Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS 3

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 1, 2010

Registration No. 333-168535

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its charter)

Maryland
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  6199
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  80-0629925
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

7501 Wisconsin Avenue
Suite 1200
Bethesda, MD 20814
(301) 215-5500
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)



William M. Walker
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
7501 Wisconsin Avenue
Suite 1200
Bethesda, MD 20814
(301) 215-5500
(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



Copies to:

David W. Bonser
James E. Showen
Hogan Lovells US LLP
555 Thirteenth Street, NW
Washington, DC 20004
(202) 637-5600

 

Edward F. Petrosky
J. Gerard Cummins
James O'Connor
Sidley Austin
LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, NY 10019
(212) 839-5300



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

         If any of the Securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:  o

         If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

         If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(3)(4)

 

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share

  $184,000,000   $820

 

(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes the initial public offering price of common stock that may be purchased by the underwriters upon the exercise of their overallotment option.

(3)
Calculated in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(4)
The aggregate amount of $12,300 was previously paid in connection with the company's previous filings on August 4, 2010 and October 21, 2010 for an initial maximum aggregate offering price of $172,500,000 and $820 is paid herewith for a total proposed maximum aggregate offering price of $184,000,000.

          The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale of the securities is not permitted.

Subject to Completion dated December 1, 2010

PROSPECTUS

         10,000,000 Shares

GRAPHIC


Common Stock



        We are one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily lending. We originate, sell and service a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate financing products.

        This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We are offering 6,666,667 shares of our common stock, and the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are selling 3,333,333 shares of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders. We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance, under the symbol "WD."

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13 of this prospectus for a discussion of the risks that you should consider before making a decision to invest in our common stock.



 
  Per Share   Total  

Public offering price

  $     $    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $     $    

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

  $     $    

        We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days after the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments, if any.

         Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any jurisdiction or other securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

        The shares of common stock sold in this offering are expected to be ready for delivery on or about                        , 2010.

Credit Suisse   Keefe, Bruyette & Woods   Morgan Stanley

William Blair & Company   JMP Securities   Stifel Nicolaus Weisel

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2010.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

Summary

  1

Risk Factors

  13

Forward-Looking Statements

  31

Use of Proceeds

  32

Dividend Policy

  32

Capitalization

  33

Dilution

  34

Selected Financial Data

  36

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  39

Business

  61

Our Management

  79

Principal and Selling Stockholders

  101

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

  103

Description of Capital Stock

  108

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  111

Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

  114

U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations

  120

ERISA Considerations

  124

Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)

  126

Legal Matters

  131

Experts

  131

Where You Can Find More Information

  131

Index to the Financial Statements

  F-1

         You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by us. We have not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different or additional information. If anyone provides you with different or additional information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus prepared by us is accurate only as of their respective dates or on the date or dates which are specified in those documents. Our business, financial condition, liquidity, results of operations and prospects may have changed since those dates.

         Until                ,        (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

         This prospectus contains registered trademarks that are the exclusive property of their respective owners, which are companies other than us, including Fannie Mae, the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal Housing Administration, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development and the Government National Mortgage Association. None of the owners of the trademarks appearing in this prospectus, their parents, subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, members, managers, stockholders, owners, agents or employees, which we refer to collectively as the "trademark owners," are issuers or underwriters of the shares of common stock being offered hereby, play (or will play) any role in the offer or sale of the shares of common stock, or have any responsibility for the creation or contents of this prospectus. In addition, none of the trademark owners have or will have any liability or responsibility whatsoever arising out of or related to the sale or offer of the shares of common stock being offered hereby, including any liability or responsibility for any financial statements, projections or other financial information or other information contained in this prospectus or otherwise disseminated in connection with the offer or sale



of the shares of common stock offered hereby. You must understand that, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, your sole recourse for any alleged or actual impropriety relating to the offer and sale of the common stock and the operation of our business will be against us (and/or, as may be applicable, any selling stockholder of such shares of common stock) and in no event may you seek to impose liability arising from or related to such activity, directly or indirectly, upon any of the trademark owners.

         We use market data and industry forecasts and projections throughout this prospectus, including data from publicly available information and industry publications. These sources generally state that the information they provide has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but that the accuracy and completeness of the information are not guaranteed. The forecasts and projections are based on industry surveys and the preparers' experience in the industry and there can be no assurance that any of the forecasts or projections will be achieved. We believe that the surveys and market research others have performed are reliable, but we have not, and the selling stockholders and the underwriters have not, independently verified this information.

ii


Table of Contents


SUMMARY

         This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It does not contain all of the information that you should consider before making a decision to invest in our common stock. You should read carefully the more detailed information set forth under "Risk Factors" and the historical financial statements, including the related notes, and the other information included in this prospectus. Except where the context suggests otherwise, the terms "company," "we," "us" and "our" refer to Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries, after giving effect to the formation transactions described in this prospectus.

         Unless indicated otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes (i) the formation transactions described in this prospectus have been completed, (ii) the common stock to be sold in this offering is sold at $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus, (iii) the grant of 481,684 shares of restricted stock under our Equity Incentive Plan to certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and non-employee directors, vesting over time and (iv) no exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option to purchase up to an additional 1,500,000 shares of our common stock.

Our Company

        We are one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily lending. We originate, sell and service a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate financing products. Our clients are owners and developers of commercial real estate across the country. We originate and sell loans through the programs of Fannie Mae and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac,"™ and together with Fannie Mae, the government-sponsored enterprises, or the "GSEs"), the Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae") and the Federal Housing Administration, a division of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (together with Ginnie Mae, "HUD"), with which we have long-established relationships. We retain servicing rights and asset management responsibilities on nearly all loans that we originate for GSE and HUD programs. We are approved as a Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing ("DUS"™) lender nationally, a Freddie Mac Program Plus™ lender in seven states, the District of Columbia and the metropolitan New York area, a HUD Multifamily Accelerated Processing ("MAP") lender nationally, and a Ginnie Mae issuer. We also originate and service loans for a number of life insurance companies, commercial banks and other institutional investors, in which cases we do not fund the loan but rather act as a loan broker.

        In 2009, we originated more than $2.2 billion in commercial real estate loans, of which approximately $1.9 billion were sold through GSE or HUD programs and approximately $343 million were placed with institutional investors. As of September 30, 2010, we serviced approximately $14.2 billion in commercial real estate loans covering approximately 1,630 properties in 46 states and the District of Columbia. We also provide investment consulting and related services for two commercial real estate funds that invest in commercial real estate securities and loans for a number of institutional investors.

        For the year ended December 31, 2009, according to the Mortgage Bankers Association, by principal amount of loans directly funded or serviced by us, we were:

1


Table of Contents

        We have not historically originated loans for our balance sheet. The sale of each loan through GSE and HUD programs is negotiated prior to closing on the loan with the borrower. For loans originated pursuant to the Fannie Mae DUS program, we generally are required to share the risk of loss, with our maximum loss capped at 20% of the unpaid principal balance of a loan. In addition to our risk-sharing obligations, we may be obligated to repurchase loans that are originated for GSE and HUD programs if certain representations and warranties that we provide in connection with such originations are breached. We have never been required to repurchase a loan. We have established a strong credit culture over decades of originating loans and are committed to disciplined risk management from the initial underwriting stage through loan payoff. From January 1, 2000 through September 30, 2010, we settled risk-sharing obligations of $4.5 million, or an average 1 basis point annually of the average at risk Fannie Mae portfolio balance.

        Our total revenues were $85.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and $88.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our income from operations was $29.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

        We have been in business for 73 years. Since becoming a Fannie Mae DUS lender in 1988, we have had major institutions as investors in our business. In January 2009, we acquired from Column Guaranteed LLC ("Column"), an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, its $5.0 billion servicing portfolio, together with its Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD operations, which significantly expanded our GSE and HUD loan origination capabilities. Our extensive borrower and lender relationships, knowledge of the commercial real estate capital markets, expertise in commercial real estate financing, and strong credit culture have enabled us to establish a significant market presence and grow rapidly and profitably in recent years. We believe our business model and expertise, combined with the additional capital from this offering, will enable us to continue to grow and enhance our position as a leading provider of commercial real estate financial services in the United States.

Industry and Market Opportunity

        We believe that sizeable demand for commercial real estate loans, principally driven by impending debt maturities and an anticipated rebound in commercial real estate investment activity, presents significant growth opportunities for companies that have an established market presence, demonstrated origination experience, deep relationships with active investors and a disciplined risk management strategy.

        Historically, multifamily and other commercial real estate loans have been funded by a large number of investors, including commercial banks, insurance companies and other institutional investors, as well as GSEs and HUD. Since reaching their highs in 2007, commercial real estate values have declined substantially as a result of the global recession and the related significant contraction in capital available to the commercial real estate market. This contraction in capital has been exacerbated by the near shut down in investor demand for commercial mortgage-backed securities ("CMBS") and by financial institutions significantly reducing their commercial real estate portfolios and lending activity in an effort to retain capital, reduce leverage, mitigate risk and meet regulatory capital requirements.

        A substantial amount of commercial real estate loans is scheduled to mature in the coming years. According to the Federal Reserve Flow of Funds Accounts of the United States, approximately $3.2 trillion of commercial real estate loans were outstanding as of June 30, 2010, of which approximately $843 billion were multifamily loans. It is estimated that $28 billion to $40 billion of multifamily loans held by investors other than commercial banks will mature each year from 2011 to 2014, according to the Survey of Loan Maturity Volumes, Mortgage Bankers Association. This amount would be considerably higher if it included multifamily loans held by commercial banks. As this debt matures, real estate owners will be required to repay or restructure their loans. In these scenarios, new debt will almost always be required, which we believe will provide significant opportunities for us. We

2


Table of Contents


further believe that demand for multifamily and other commercial real estate loans will increase as the overall economy improves, which should have a positive impact on our origination volume.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We distinguish ourselves from other commercial mortgage originators and servicers through five core strengths developed over decades of experience:

3


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

        We believe we are well positioned to grow our business by taking advantage of opportunities in the commercial real estate finance market. During the recent credit crisis, we not only maintained our position in the market, but also expanded our business through the Column transaction in 2009, which added licenses to originate and service loans for Freddie Mac and HUD. We also significantly expanded our capabilities in the healthcare lending business through the Column transaction. As a result, while commercial real estate originations dropped nationwide by 46% from 2008 to 2009 and multifamily originations dropped nationwide by 35% from 2008 to 2009, according to the Mortgage Bankers Association's 2009 Annual Origination Volume Summation, our originations grew by 12% to approximately $2.2 billion in 2009 from approximately $2.0 billion in 2008. While some of our competitors suffered extensive loan losses and negative earnings, we sustained limited credit losses and remained profitable during the same period. We believe that our performance during this period of significant market dislocation has given us access to new clients and talented professionals and enhanced our brand awareness across the commercial real estate finance industry.

        We seek to use this momentum and market position to profitably grow our business by focusing on the following areas:

4


Table of Contents

Summary of Risk Factors

        You should carefully consider the matters discussed in the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 13 of this prospectus prior to deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Some of these risks include:

5


Table of Contents

Our History and the Formation Transactions

        Walker & Dunlop was founded in 1937 and has been under three generations of Walker family leadership. We became one of the first Fannie Mae DUS lenders in 1988 and have been a top 10 originator under the Fannie Mae DUS Program for 19 of the past 20 years. We are headquartered in Bethesda, Maryland and have seven additional offices across the country.

        In January 2009, W&D, Inc., its affiliate Green Park Financial Limited Partnership ("Green Park"), and Column contributed their assets to a newly formed entity, Walker & Dunlop, LLC. The transaction brought together Walker & Dunlop's competencies in debt origination, loan servicing, asset management, investment consulting and related services, Green Park's Fannie Mae DUS origination capabilities and Column's Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD operations, including its healthcare real estate lending business, to form one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States. Substantially all of the assets and liabilities of W&D, Inc. and Green Park, including its wholly owned subsidiary Green Park Express, LLC, were transferred to Walker & Dunlop, LLC in exchange for 5% and 60% interests, respectively, in Walker & Dunlop, LLC, and certain assets and liabilities of Column were transferred to Walker & Dunlop, LLC for a 35% interest in Walker & Dunlop, LLC.

        Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will complete certain formation transactions through which Walker & Dunlop, LLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation. In connection with the formation transactions, members of the Walker family, certain of our directors and executive officers and certain other individuals and entities who currently own direct and indirect equity interests in Walker & Dunlop, LLC will contribute their respective interests in such entities to Walker & Dunlop, Inc. in exchange for shares of our common stock.

6


Table of Contents

        The following chart shows the anticipated structure and ownership of our company, including operating subsidiaries, after giving effect to the formation transactions and this offering on a fully diluted basis (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option):

GRAPHIC

Material Benefits to Related Parties

        Upon completion of the formation transactions and this offering, former direct and indirect equity holders of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, including certain of our executive officers and directors and Column, will receive the material financial and other benefits described below:

7


Table of Contents

        In addition, members of our board of directors and our executive officers, William M. Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Howard W. Smith, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Deborah A. Wilson, our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer, Richard C. Warner, our Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer, and Richard M. Lucas, our Executive Vice President and General Counsel, will receive the material financial and other benefits described below.

        For a more detailed discussion of these benefits, see "Management" and "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

Corporate Information

        We were formed as a Maryland corporation on July 29, 2010. Our principal executive office is located at 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200, Bethesda, Maryland 20814. Our telephone number is (301) 215-5500. Our web address is www.walkerdunlop.com . The information on, or otherwise accessible through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

8


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common stock offered by us

  6,666,667 shares (plus up to an additional 1,500,000 shares of our common stock that are issuable by us upon the exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option).

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

3,333,333 shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

21,889,855 shares (1)(2)

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $89.5 million after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.0 million and estimated offering expenses of approximately $3.5 million payable by us at closing (or, if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, approximately $110.4 million, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses). We currently intend to use these net proceeds to execute our growth strategy and fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes.

 

We will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering by the selling stockholders. See "Use of Proceeds" on page 33.

Risk factors

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under the heading "Risk Factors" beginning on page 13 and other information included in this prospectus before making a decision to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NYSE symbol

 

"WD"

Conflicts of interest

 

An affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC will own approximately 24.0% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis upon completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option) and two members of our board of directors are affiliated with Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. Because of this relationship, this offering is being conducted in accordance with NASD Rule 2720. This rule requires, among other things, that a qualified independent underwriter has participated in the preparation of, and has exercised the usual standards of "due diligence" with respect to, this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is acting as the qualified independent underwriter. See "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)—Conflicts of Interest."


(1)
Excludes (i) 1,500,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option and (ii) 1,658,316 additional shares of our common stock issuable under our Equity Incentive Plan after this offering.

(2)
Includes an aggregate amount of 481,684 shares of restricted stock to be granted under our Equity Incentive Plan, which includes 467,684 shares of restricted stock to certain of our employees, including our executive officers, vesting ratably on each anniversary date of grant over the next three years, and 14,000 shares of restricted stock to our non-employee directors, vesting on the one-year anniversary date of grant.

9


Table of Contents


Summary Selected Financial Data

        The following table sets forth summary selected financial and operating data on a consolidated and combined historical basis for our predecessor. We have not presented historical financial information for Walker & Dunlop, Inc. because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the initial nominal capitalization of our company and because we believe that a presentation of the results of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. would not be meaningful. The term "predecessor" refers to, collectively, Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, GPF Acquisition, LLC, W&D, Inc., Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop II, LLC, Green Park Express, LLC and W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I GP, LLC.

        You should read the following summary selected financial and operating data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes of our predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The unaudited summary selected historical financial information at September 30, 2010, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, have been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements of our predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such data. The interim results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results for 2010. Furthermore, historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods.

        The summary selected historical financial information at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, have been derived from the consolidated and combined financial statements of our predecessor audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report thereon is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

10


Table of Contents

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,   Year Ended December 31,  
$ in thousands, except per share data
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
 

Statement of Income Data(1)(2)

                               

Revenues

                               

Gains from mortgage banking activities

  $ 58,545   $ 40,149   $ 57,946   $ 29,428   $ 21,930  

Servicing fees

    19,769     15,350     20,981     12,257     12,327  

Net warehouse interest income

    2,944     3,122     4,186     1,787     17  

Escrow earnings and other interest income

    1,632     1,289     1,769     3,428     8,993  

Other

    2,889     2,355     3,879     2,272     7,005  
                       

Total Revenue

  $ 85,779   $ 62,265   $ 88,761   $ 49,172   $ 50,272  
                       

Expenses

                               

Personnel

  $ 28,877   $ 24,515   $ 32,177   $ 17,008   $ 16,779  

Amortization and depreciation

    12,394     9,137     12,917     7,804     9,067  

Provision for risk-sharing obligations, net

    4,397     (34 )   2,265     1,101      

Interest expense on corporate debt

    1,039     1,312     1,684     2,679     3,853  

Other operating expenses

    9,546     9,538     11,114     6,548     4,240  
                       

Total Expenses

  $ 56,253   $ 44,468   $ 60,157   $ 35,140   $ 33,939  
                       

Income from Operations

  $ 29,526   $ 17,797   $ 28,604   $ 14,032   $ 16,333  
                       

Gain on Bargain Purchase(3)

        10,922     10,922              
                       

Net Income

  $ 29,526   $ 28,719   $ 39,526   $ 14,032   $ 16,333  
                       

Pro forma income tax expense (unaudited)(1)(4)

    11,220     6,763     10,869     5,332     6,207  
                       

Pro forma net income (unaudited)(1)(4)

  $ 18,306   $ 21,956   $ 28,657   $ 8,700   $ 10,126  
                       

Pre-offering pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share (unaudited)(1)(4)

  $ 1.24   $ 1.55   $ 2.00   $ 0.90   $ 1.00  
                       

Pre-offering pro forma weighted average basic and diluted number of shares (unaudited)(1)(4)

    14,741,504     14,124,492     14,306,873     9,710,521     10,156,385  
                       

Balance Sheet Data(1)

                               

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 20,058 (5) $ 10,706   $ 10,390   $ 6,812   $ 17,437  

Restricted cash and pledged securities

    16,818     19,498     19,159     12,031     10,250  

Mortgage servicing rights

    99,682     74,720     81,427     38,943     32,956  

Loans held for sale

    122,922     65,363     101,939     111,711     22,543  

Total Assets

    284,093     197,736     243,732     183,347     89,463  

Warehouse notes payable

    119,108     63,454     96,612     107,005     22,300  

Notes payable

    28,968     34,276     32,961     38,176     45,508  

Total Liabilities

    191,370     135,906     173,921     169,497     81,354  

Total Equity

    92,723     61,830     69,811     13,850     8,114  

Supplemental Data(2)

                               

Income from operations, as a % of total revenue

    34 %   29 %   32 %   29 %   32 %

Total originations

  $ 2,101,967   $ 1,682,077   $ 2,229,772   $ 1,983,056   $ 2,064,361  

Servicing portfolio

  $ 14,165,850   $ 12,844,826   $ 13,203,317   $ 6,976,208   $ 6,054,186  

(1)
We have historically operated as pass-through tax entities (partnerships, LLCs and S-corporations). Accordingly, our historical earnings have resulted in only nominal federal and state corporate level expense. The tax liability has been the obligation of our owners. Upon consummation of the formation transactions, our income will be subject to both federal and state corporate tax. The change in tax status is expected to result in the recognition of an estimated $30 million to $40 million of net deferred tax liabilities and a corresponding tax expense in the quarter in which the formation transactions are consummated. We used a combined effective federal and state tax rate of 38% to estimate our pro forma tax expense and estimated net deferred tax liability.

11


Table of Contents


The estimated net deferred tax liability includes the following ($ in thousands):

Loans held for sale

  $ (1,400 )

Derivatives, net

    (1,300 )

Mortgage servicing rights

    (37,900 )

Accounts payable

    1,200  

Guaranty obligation

    3,300  

Allowance for risk-sharing obligations

    2,800  

Servicing fees receivable

    (1,100 )
       

Estimated net deferred tax liability

  $ (34,400 )
       

    To provide a more meaningful presentation of recurring operations, the initial recognition of the income tax expense corresponding to the net deferred tax liability, which will be established as a result of the termination of the entities' pass-through status, is not included in our pro forma presentations.

(2)
Statement of Income Data for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 includes the results for 11 of the 12 months and 8 of the 9 months of the operations acquired in the Column transaction. The results of these operations in January 2009 were not significant.

(3)
We recognized a one time gain on bargain purchase of $10.9 million in connection with the Column transaction in January 2009. The gain on bargain purchase represents the difference between the fair value of the assets acquired and the purchase price paid.

(4)
Concurrent with the closing of this offering, we will complete certain formation transactions through which certain individuals and entities who currently own direct and indirect equity interests in Walker & Dunlop, LLC will contribute their respective interests in such entities to Walker & Dunlop, Inc. in exchange for shares of our common stock. For purposes of calculating pre-offering pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share, we have estimated 14.7 million shares will be issued in this exchange. The pre-offering pro forma basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding reflect the respective changes, issuance and repurchase of members' ownership interests that occurred within the periods presented. We have excluded from our computations the 6.7 million shares expected to be issued and 0.5 million restricted shares to be granted in connection with this offering.

(5)
On October 27, 2010, we declared our quarterly distribution in the normal course of business with respect to the third quarter 2010 in the amount of $5 million, which will be paid to indirect equity owners of Walker & Dunlop, LLC prior to the closing of this offering.

12


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with all the other information contained in this prospectus, before making an investment decision to purchase our common stock. The realization of any of the following risks could materially and adversely affect our business, prospects, financial condition, results of operations and the market price and liquidity of our common stock, which could cause you to lose all or a significant part of your investment in our common stock. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section entitled "Forward-Looking Statements."

Risks Relating to Our Business

The loss of or changes in our relationships with GSEs, HUD and institutional investors would adversely affect our ability to originate commercial real estate loans through GSE and HUD programs, which would materially and adversely affect us.

        Currently, we originate substantially all of our loans for sale through GSE or HUD programs. We are approved as a Fannie Mae DUS lender nationwide, a Freddie Mac Program Plus lender in seven states, the District of Columbia and the metropolitan New York area, a HUD MAP lender nationwide, and a Ginnie Mae issuer. Our status as an approved lender affords us a number of advantages and may be terminated by the applicable GSE or HUD at any time. The loss of such status would, or changes in our relationships could, prevent us from being able to originate commercial real estate loans for sale through the particular GSE or HUD, which would materially and adversely affect us. It could also result in a loss of similar approvals from other GSEs or HUD.

        We also originate loans on behalf of certain life insurance companies, investment banks, commercial banks, pension funds and other institutional investors that directly underwrite and provide funding for the loans at closing. In cases where we do not fund the loan, we act as a loan broker. If these investors discontinue their relationship with us and replacement investors cannot be found on a timely basis, we could be adversely affected.

A change to the conservatorship of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and related actions, along with any changes in laws and regulations affecting the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the U.S. federal government, could materially and adversely affect our business.

        There continues to be substantial uncertainty regarding the future of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including whether they both will continue to exist in their current form.

        Due to increased market concerns about the ability of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to withstand future credit losses associated with securities on which they provide guarantees and loans held in their investment portfolios without the direct support of the U.S. federal government, in September 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (the "FHFA") placed Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into conservatorship and, together with the U.S. Treasury, established a program designed to boost investor confidence in Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac by supporting the availability of mortgage financing and protecting taxpayers. The U.S. government program includes contracts between the U.S. Treasury and each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac that seek to ensure that each GSE maintains a positive net worth by providing for the provision of cash by the U.S. Treasury to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac if FHFA determines that its liabilities exceed its assets. Although the U.S. government has described some specific steps that it intends to take as part of the conservatorship process, efforts to stabilize these entities may not be successful and the outcome and impact of these events remain highly uncertain.

        The problems faced by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac resulting in their placement into conservatorship and their delistings from the New York Stock Exchange have stirred debate among some U.S. federal policymakers regarding the continued role of the U.S. government in providing

13


Table of Contents


liquidity for mortgage loans. Future legislation could further change the relationship between Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the U.S. government, could change their business charters or structure, or could nationalize or eliminate such entities entirely. We cannot predict whether, or when any such legislation may be enacted.

        In June 2009, as part of the Obama administration's financial industry recovery proposal, the U.S. Treasury announced that it and HUD, in consultation with other government agencies, plan to engage in a wide-ranging initiative to develop recommendations on the future of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and the Federal Home Loan Bank system. The U.S. Treasury noted that there are a number of options for the reform of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including: (i) returning them to their previous status as government-sponsored enterprises with the paired interests of maximizing returns for private shareholders and pursuing public policy home ownership goals; (ii) gradual wind-down of their operations and liquidation of their assets; (iii) incorporating each of Fannie Mae's and Freddie Mac's function into a federal agency; (iv) creating a public utility model where the government regulates Fannie Mae's and Freddie Mac's profit margin, sets guarantee fees and provides explicit backing for guarantee commitments; (v) a conversion to providing insurance for covered bonds; and (vi) the dissolution of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into many smaller companies. Treasury Secretary Geithner testified in March 2010 that the administration expects to present its proposals for housing finance reform to Congress "next year." On April 14, 2010, the Obama administration released seven broad questions for public comment on the future of the housing finance system, including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and announced that it would hold a series of public forums across the country on housing finance reform. On August 17, 2010, the U.S. Treasury and HUD hosted the Obama Administration's "Conference on the Future of Housing Finance" to bring together academic experts, consumer and community organizations, industry groups, market participants and other stakeholders for an open discussion about housing finance reform. No definitive decisions were made at the conference.

        It is widely anticipated that the U.S. Congress will address GSEs as part of its next major legislative undertaking, although it is not known when, or if, that will occur. In Section 1491 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the "Dodd-Frank Act"), signed into law on July 21, 2010, Congress stated that the "hybrid public-private status of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac is untenable and must be resolved" and, further, "[i]t is the sense of the Congress that efforts to enhance by [sic] the protection, limitation, and regulation of the terms of residential mortgage credit and the practices related to such credit would be incomplete without enactment of meaningful structural reforms of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac."

        Currently, we originate a substantial majority of our loans for sale through Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac programs. Furthermore, a substantial majority of our servicing rights derive from loans we sell through Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac programs. Changes in the business charters, structure or existence of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac could eliminate or substantially reduce the number of loans we originate, which would have a material adverse effect on us.

We are subject to risk of loss in connection with defaults on loans sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity.

        Under the Fannie Mae DUS program, we originate and service multifamily loans for Fannie Mae without having to obtain Fannie Mae's prior approval for certain loans, as long as the loans meet the underwriting guidelines set forth by Fannie Mae. In return for the delegated authority to make loans and the commitment to purchase loans by Fannie Mae, we must maintain minimum collateral and generally are required to share risk of loss on loans sold through Fannie Mae. Under the full risk-sharing formula, we are required to absorb the first 5% of any losses on the unpaid principal balance of a loan, and above 5% we are required to share the loss with Fannie Mae, with our maximum loss capped at 20% of the unpaid principal balance of a loan. Our risk-sharing obligations have been modified and reduced on some Fannie Mae DUS loans. In addition, Fannie Mae can double

14


Table of Contents


or triple our risk-sharing obligations if the loan does not meet specific underwriting criteria or if the loan defaults within 12 months of its sale to Fannie Mae. In September 2010, we received notice from Fannie Mae that our risk-sharing obligation has been increased on a $4.6 million loan that defaulted within 12 months of the sale to Fannie Mae. We have recommended that Fannie Mae initiate foreclosure on the defaulted loan. We are currently evaluating our collateral level on the Fannie Mae loan, but do not currently expect to incur a loss from this default. As of September 30, 2010, we had pledged securities of $13.6 million as collateral against future losses under $6.5 billion of Fannie Mae DUS loans outstanding that are subject to risk-sharing obligations, as more fully described under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Quality and Allowance for Risk-Sharing Obligations," which we refer to as our "at risk balance." As of September 30, 2010, our allowance for risk-sharing as a percentage of the at risk balance was 0.12%, or $7.8 million, and reflects our current estimate of our future payouts under our risk-sharing obligations. We cannot assure you that our estimate will be sufficient to cover future write offs. While we originate loans that meet the underwriting guidelines defined by Fannie Mae, in addition to our own internal underwriting guidelines, underwriting criteria may not always protect against loan defaults. In addition, commercial real estate values have generally declined in recent years, in some cases to levels below the current outstanding principal balance of the loan. Also, underwriting standards, including loan-to-value ratios, have become stricter. These factors create a risk that some older loans may not be able to be refinanced at maturity and thus may experience maturity defaults. Other factors may also affect a borrower's decision to default on a loan, such as property, cash flow, occupancy, maintenance needs, and other financing obligations. As of September 30, 2010, our 60 or more days delinquency rate was 0.83% of the Fannie Mae DUS at risk portfolio. If loan defaults continue to increase, actual risk-sharing obligation payments under the Fannie Mae DUS program may increase, and such defaults and payments could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and liquidity. In addition, any failure to pay our share of losses under the Fannie Mae DUS program could result in the revocation of our license from Fannie Mae and the exercise of various remedies available to Fannie Mae under the Fannie Mae DUS program.

If we fail to act proactively with delinquent borrowers in an effort to avoid a default, the number of delinquent loans could increase, which could have a material adverse effect on us.

        As a loan servicer, we maintain the primary contact with the borrower throughout the life of the loan and are responsible, pursuant to our servicing agreements with GSEs, HUD and institutional investors, for asset management. We are also responsible, together with the applicable GSE, HUD or institutional investor, for taking actions to mitigate losses. We believe we have developed an extensive asset management process for tracking each loan that we service. However, we may be unsuccessful in identifying loans that are in danger of underperforming or defaulting or in taking appropriate action once those loans are identified. While we can recommend a loss mitigation strategy for GSEs and HUD, decisions regarding loss mitigation are within the control of GSEs and HUD. Recent turmoil in the real estate, credit and capital markets have made this process even more difficult and unpredictable. When loans become delinquent, we incur additional expenses in servicing and asset managing the loan, we are typically required to advance principal and interest payments and tax and insurance escrow amounts, we could be subject to a loss of our contractual servicing fee and we could suffer losses of up to 20% (or more for loans that do not meet specific underwriting criteria or default within 12 months) of the unpaid principal balance of a Fannie Mae DUS loan with full risk-sharing, as well as potential losses on Fannie Mae DUS loans with modified risk-sharing. These items could have a negative impact on our cash flows and a negative effect on the net carrying value of the MSR on our balance sheet and could result in a charge to our earnings. As a result of the foregoing, a continuing rise in delinquencies could have a material adverse effect on us.

15


Table of Contents


A reduction in the prices paid for our loans and services or an increase in loan or security interest rates by investors could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and liquidity.

        Our results of operations and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected if GSEs, HUD or institutional investors lower the price they are willing to pay to us for our loans or services or adversely change the material terms of their loan purchases or service arrangements with us. A number of factors determine the price we receive for our loans. With respect to Fannie Mae related originations, our loans are generally sold as Fannie Mae-insured securities to third-party investors. With respect to HUD related originations, our loans are generally sold as Ginnie Mae securities to third-party investors. In both cases, the price paid to us reflects, in part, the competitive market bidding process for these securities.

        We sell loans directly to Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac may choose to hold, sell or later securitize such loans. We believe terms set by Freddie Mac are influenced by similar market factors as those that impact the price of Fannie Mae–insured or Ginnie Mae securities, although the pricing process differs. With respect to loans that are placed with institutional investors, the origination fees that we receive from borrowers are determined through negotiations, competition and other market conditions.

        Loan servicing fees are based, in part, on the risk-sharing obligations associated with the loan and the market pricing of credit risk. The credit risk premium offered by Fannie Mae for new loans can change periodically but remains fixed once we enter into a commitment to sell the loan. Over the past several years, Fannie Mae loan servicing fees have been higher due to the market pricing of credit risk. There can be no assurance that such fees will continue to remain at such levels or that such levels will be sufficient if delinquencies occur.

        Servicing fees for loans placed with institutional investors are negotiated with each institutional investor pursuant to agreements that we have with them. These fees for new loans vary over time and may be materially and adversely affected by a number of factors, including competitors that may be willing to provide similar services at better rates.

We originate mostly multifamily and other commercial real estate loans that are eligible for sale through GSE or HUD programs, which focus may expose us to greater risk if the CMBS market recovers or alternative sources of liquidity become more readily available to the commercial real estate finance market.

        We originate mostly multifamily and other commercial real estate loans that are eligible for sale through GSE or HUD programs. Over the past few years, the number of multifamily loans financed by GSE and HUD programs has represented a significantly greater percentage of overall multifamily loan origination volume than in prior years. We believe that this increase is the result, in part, of market dislocation and illiquidity in the secondary markets for non-GSE or HUD loans. To the extent the CMBS market recovers or liquidity in the commercial real estate finance market significantly increases, there may be less demand for loans that are eligible for sale through GSE or HUD programs, and our loan origination volume may be adversely impacted, which could materially and adversely affect us.

A significant portion of our revenue is derived from loan servicing fees, and declines in or terminations of servicing engagements or breaches of servicing agreements, including as a result of non-performance by third parties that we engage for back-office loan servicing functions, could have a material adverse effect on us.

        For the year ended December 31, 2009, 24% of our revenues were from loan servicing fees. We expect that loan servicing fees will continue to constitute a significant portion of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Nearly all of these fees are derived from loans that we originate and sell through GSE and HUD programs or place with institutional investors. A decline in the number or value of loans that we originate for these investors or terminations of our servicing engagements will decrease these fees. HUD has the right to terminate our current servicing engagements for cause. In addition to termination for cause, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac may terminate our servicing engagements without

16


Table of Contents


cause by paying a termination fee. Our institutional investors typically may terminate our servicing engagements at any time with or without cause, without paying a termination fee. We are also subject to losses that may arise as a result of servicing errors, such as a failure to maintain insurance, pay taxes or provide notices. In addition, we have contracted with a third party to perform certain routine back-office aspects of loan servicing. If we or this third party fails to perform, or we breach or the third-party causes us to breach our servicing obligations to GSEs, HUD and institutional investors, our servicing engagements may be terminated. Declines or terminations of servicing engagements or breaches of such obligations could materially and adversely affect us.

If one or more of our warehouse facilities, on which we are highly dependent, are terminated, we may be unable to find replacement financing on favorable terms, or at all, which would have a material adverse effect on us.

        We require a significant amount of funding capacity on an interim basis for loans we originate. As of September 30, 2010, we had $300 million of committed loan funding available through two commercial banks, $250 million of uncommitted funding available through Fannie Mae As Soon As Pooled ("ASAP") program, and an unlimited amount of uncommitted funding available for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans through Kemps Landing Capital Company, LLC, an affiliate of Guggenheim Partners. Consistent with industry practice, three of our existing warehouse facilities are short-term, requiring annual renewal. If any of our committed facilities are terminated or are not renewed or our uncommitted facilities are not honored, we may be unable to find replacement financing on favorable terms, or at all, and we might not be able to originate loans, which would have a material adverse effect on us.

        If we fail to meet or satisfy any of the financial or other covenants included in our warehouse facilities, we would be in default under one or more of these facilities and our lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under the facilities to be immediately due and payable, enforce their interests against loans pledged under such facilities and restrict our ability to make additional borrowings. These facilities also contain cross-default provisions, such that if a default occurs under any of our debt agreements, generally the lenders under our other debt agreements could also declare a default. These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain financing or to engage in other business activities, which could materially and adversely affect us. As of June 30, 2010, we were in breach of a covenant in one of our warehouse facilities that required the delinquency rate of the Fannie Mae loans on which we have risk-sharing to not increase more than 0.5% from quarter-end to quarter-end. Our delinquency rate increased 0.71% from March 31, 2010 to June 30, 2010. The delinquency rate is calculated based on the unpaid principal amount of Fannie Mae DUS loans on which we have risk-sharing that are sixty or more days delinquent. The lenders under this warehouse line waived the breach, and all related cross-defaults were waived. The covenant was subsequently amended to increase the maximum delinquency rate increase to 1% from quarter-end to quarter-end. While we were in compliance with all financial and other covenants included in our warehouse facilities as of September 30, 2010, there can be no assurance that we will not experience another default of this nature in the future.

We are subject to the risk of failed loan deliveries, and even after a successful closing and delivery, may be required to repurchase the loan or to indemnify the investor if we breach a representation or warranty made by us in connection with the sale of the loan through a GSE or HUD program, any of which could have a material adverse effect on us.

        We bear the risk that a borrower will choose not to close on a loan that has been pre-sold to an investor or that the investor will choose not to close on the loan, including because a catastrophic change in the condition of a property occurs after we fund the loan and prior to the investor purchase date. We also have the risk of serious errors in loan documentation which prevent timely delivery of

17


Table of Contents


the loan prior to the investor purchase date. A complete failure to deliver a loan could be a default under the warehouse line used to finance the loan. Although we have experienced only one failed delivery in our history, we can provide no assurance that we will not experience additional failed deliveries in the future or that any losses will not be material or will be mitigated through property insurance or payment protections.

        We must make certain representations and warranties concerning each loan originated by us for GSE or HUD programs. The representations and warranties relate to our practices in the origination and servicing of the loans and the accuracy of the information being provided by us. For example, we are generally required to provide the following, among other, representations and warranties: we are authorized to do business and to sell or assign the loan; the loan conforms to the requirements of the GSE or HUD and certain laws and regulations; the underlying mortgage represents a valid lien on the property and there are no other liens on the property; the loan documents are valid and enforceable; taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, rents and similar other payments have been paid or escrowed; the property is insured, conforms to zoning laws and remains intact; and we do not know of any issues regarding the loan that are reasonably expected to cause the loan to be delinquent or unacceptable for investment or adversely affect its value. We are permitted to satisfy certain of these representations and warranties by furnishing a title insurance policy.

        In the event of a breach of any representation or warranty, investors could, among other things, increase the level of risk-sharing on the Fannie Mae DUS loan or require us to repurchase the full amount of the loan and seek indemnification for losses from us. Our obligation to repurchase the loan is independent of our risk-sharing obligations. The GSE or HUD could require us to repurchase the loan if representations and warranties are breached, even if the loan is not in default. Because the accuracy of many such representations and warranties generally is based on our actions or on third-party reports, such as title reports and environmental reports, we may not receive similar representations and warranties from other parties that would serve as a claim against them. Even if we receive representations and warranties from third parties and have a claim against them in the event of a breach, our ability to recover on any such claim may be limited. Our ability to recover against a borrower that breaches its representations and warranties to us may be similarly limited. Our ability to recover on a claim against any party would also be dependent, in part, upon the financial condition and liquidity of such party. Although we believe that we have capable personnel at all levels, use qualified third parties and have established controls to ensure that all loans are originated pursuant to requirements established by the GSEs and HUD, in addition to our own internal requirements, there can be no assurance that we, our employees or third parties will not make mistakes. Although we have never been required to repurchase any loan, there can be no assurance that we will not be required to do so in the future. Any significant repurchase or indemnification obligations imposed on us could have a material adverse effect on us.

We expect to offer new loan products to meet evolving borrower demands, including loans that we originate for our balance sheet. Balance sheet lending would increase our risk of loss, and because we are not as experienced with such loan products, we may not be successful or profitable in offering such products.

        Currently, we do not originate loans for our balance sheet, and all loans are pre-sold or placed with an investor before we close on the loan with the borrower. In the future, we expect to offer new loan products to meet evolving borrower demands, including loans that we originate for our balance sheet. Carrying loans for longer periods of time on our balance sheet would expose us to greater risks of loss than we currently face for loans that are pre-sold or placed with investors, including, without limitation, 100% exposure for defaults, impairment charges and interest rate movements. We may initiate new loan product and service offerings or acquire them through acquisitions of operating businesses. Because we may not be as experienced with new loan products or services, we may require

18


Table of Contents


additional time and resources for offering and managing such products and services effectively or may be unsuccessful in offering such new products and services at a profit.

Our business is significantly affected by general business, economic and market conditions and cycles, particularly in the multifamily and commercial real estate industry, including changes in government fiscal and monetary policies, and, accordingly, we could be materially harmed in the event of a continued market downturn or changes in government policies.

        We are sensitive to general business, economic and market conditions and cycles, particularly in the multifamily and commercial real estate industry. These conditions include changes in short-term and long-term interest rates, inflation and deflation, fluctuations in the real estate and debt capital markets and developments in national and local economies, unemployment rates, commercial property vacancy and rental rates. Any sustained period of weakness or weakening business or economic conditions in the markets in which we do business or in related markets could result in a decrease in the demand for our loans and services, which could materially harm us. In addition, the number of borrowers who become delinquent, become subject to bankruptcy laws or default on their loans could increase, resulting in a decrease in the value of our MSRs and servicer advances and higher levels of loss on our Fannie Mae loans for which we share risk of loss, and could materially and adversely affect us.

        We also are significantly affected by the fiscal and monetary policies of the U.S. government and its agencies. We are particularly affected by the policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the "Federal Reserve"), which regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States. The Federal Reserve's policies affect interest rates, which have a significant impact on the demand for commercial real estate loans. Significant fluctuations in interest rates as well as protracted periods of increases or decreases in interest rates could adversely affect the operation and income of multifamily and other commercial real estate properties, as well as the demand from investors for commercial real estate debt in the secondary market. In particular, higher interest rates tend to decrease the number of loans originated. An increase in interest rates could cause refinancing of existing loans to become less attractive and qualifying for a loan to become more difficult. Changes in fiscal and monetary policies are beyond our control, are difficult to predict and could materially and adversely affect us.

We are dependent upon the success of the multifamily real estate sector and conditions that negatively impact the multifamily sector may reduce demand for our products and services and materially and adversely affect us.

        We provide commercial real estate financial products and services primarily to developers and owners of multifamily properties. Accordingly, the success of our business is closely tied to the overall success of the multifamily real estate market. Various changes in real estate conditions may impact the multifamily sector. Any negative trends in such real estate conditions may reduce demand for our products and services and, as a result, adversely affect our results of operations. These conditions include:

19


Table of Contents

        Moreover, other factors may adversely affect the multifamily sector, including changes in government regulations and other laws, rules and regulations governing real estate, zoning or taxes, changes in interest rate levels, the potential liability under environmental and other laws and other unforeseen events. Any or all of these factors could negatively impact the multifamily sector and, as a result, reduce the demand for our products and services. Any such reduction could materially and adversely affect us.

For most loans that we service under the Fannie Mae and HUD programs, we are required to advance payments due to investors if the borrower is delinquent in making such payments, which requirement could adversely impact our liquidity and harm our results of operations.

        For most loans we service under the Fannie Mae DUS program, we are currently required to advance the principal and interest payments and tax and insurance escrow amounts up to 5% of the unpaid principal balance if the borrower is delinquent in making loan payments. Once the 5% threshold is met, we can apply to Fannie Mae to have the advance rate reduced to 25% of any additional principal and interest payments and tax and insurance escrow amounts, which Fannie Mae may approve at its discretion. We are reimbursed by Fannie Mae for these advances.

        Under the HUD program, we are obligated to continue to advance principal and interest payments and tax and insurance escrow amounts on Ginnie Mae securities until the HUD mortgage insurance claim and the Ginnie Mae security have been fully paid. In the event of a default on a HUD insured loan, HUD will reimburse approximately 99% of any losses of principal and interest on the loan and Ginnie Mae will reimburse the remaining losses of principal and interest. Ginnie Mae is currently considering a change to its programs that would eliminate the Ginnie Mae obligation to reimburse us for any losses not paid by HUD in return for our receiving an increased servicing fee. It is uncertain whether these changes will be implemented. An elimination of Ginnie Mae's reimbursement obligation could adversely impact us.

        Although we have funded all required advances from operating cash flow in the past, there can be no assurance that we will be able to do so in the future. If we do not have sufficient operating cash flows to fund such advances, we would need to finance such amounts. Such financing could be costly and could prevent us from pursuing our business and growth strategies.

If we securitize our loans in the future, we will be subject to additional risks that we do not currently face.

        Although some of our loans back Fannie Mae-insured or Ginnie Mae securities, we currently do not directly securitize the loans that we originate. Securitizing our loans would subject us to numerous additional risks, including:

20


Table of Contents

If we were to securitize our loans, we would have to adequately address these and other related risks. Our failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on us.

The requirements associated with being a public company, which will require us to implement significant control systems and procedures, require significant company resources and management attention.

        As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"). The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition and performance within specified time periods and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting within specified deadlines. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that our management evaluate, and our independent registered public accountant report on, our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. We expect that we will be required to complete our initial internal controls assessment by the time of the filing of our Form 10-K for our fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur prior to the time we became subject to the requirements of the Exchange Act and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our corporate governance standards, disclosure controls, internal control over financial reporting and financial reporting and accounting systems designed to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, including the timely filing of Exchange Act reports. However, if the measures we take are not sufficient to satisfy our obligations, we may incur further costs and experience continued diversion of management attention, adverse reputational effects and possible regulatory sanctions or civil litigation.

The loss of our key management could result in a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

        Our future success depends to a significant extent on the continued services of our senior management, particularly Mr. Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Smith, our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, and Mr. Warner, our Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer. The loss of the services of any of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. We only maintain "key person" life insurance on Mr. Walker.

We may not be able to hire and retain qualified loan originators or grow and maintain our relationships with key loan correspondents, and if we are unable to do so, our ability to implement our business and growth strategies could be limited.

        We depend on our loan originators to generate borrower clients by, among other things, developing relationships with commercial property owners, real estate agents and brokers, developers and others, which we believe leads to repeat and referral business. Accordingly, we must be able to attract, motivate and retain skilled loan originators. We currently employ approximately 30 loan originators throughout our eight offices. The market for loan originators is highly competitive and may lead to increased costs to hire and retain them. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to attract or retain qualified loan originators. If we cannot attract, motivate or retain a sufficient number of skilled loan originators, or even if we can motivate or retain them but at higher costs, we could be materially and adversely affected.

21


Table of Contents

        We also depend on our network of loan correspondents, who generate a significant portion of our loan originations. During the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31, 2009, correspondents generated 39% and 40%, respectively, of the loans that we originated during those periods. Unlike our loan originators, correspondents are not directly employed by us but are paid a percentage of the origination fee and the ongoing servicing fee for each loan that they help originate. In addition, although we have an exclusive relationship with our correspondents with respect to GSE and HUD loan products, we do not have an exclusive arrangement for any other loan products. While we strive to cultivate long-standing relationships that generate repeat business for us by making available co-marketing materials and educational resources to them, correspondents are free to transact business with other lenders and have done so in the past and will do so in the future. Our competitors also have relationships with some of our correspondents and actively compete with us in our efforts to expand our correspondent networks. Competition for loans originated by correspondents was particularly acute when the CMBS market was more robust. Although recent difficulties in the CMBS market have increased demand for GSE and HUD loans, we cannot guarantee that correspondents will continue to provide a strong source of originations for us if and when the CMBS market recovers. We also cannot guarantee that we will be able to maintain or develop new relationships with additional correspondents. If we cannot maintain and enhance our existing relationships and develop new relationships, particularly in geographic areas, specialties or niche markets where our loan originators are not as experienced or well-situated, our growth strategy will be significantly hampered and we would be materially and adversely affected.

We have numerous significant competitors and potential future competitors, many of which may have greater resources and access to capital than we do, and we may not be able to compete effectively in the future.

        We face significant competition across our business, including, but not limited to, commercial banks, commercial real estate service providers and life insurance companies, some of which are also investors in loans we originate. Many of these competitors enjoy competitive advantages over us, including:

        Commercial banks may have an advantage over us in originating loans if borrowers already have a line of credit with the bank. Commercial real estate service providers may have an advantage over us to the extent they also offer an investment sales platform. We compete on the basis of quality of service, relationships, loan structure, terms, pricing and industry depth. Industry depth includes the knowledge of local and national real estate market conditions, commercial real estate, loan product expertise and the ability to analyze and manage credit risk. Our competitors seek to compete aggressively on the basis of these factors and our success depends on our ability to offer attractive loan products, provide superior service, demonstrate industry depth, maintain and capitalize on relationships with investors, borrowers and key loan correspondents and remain competitive in pricing. In addition, future changes in laws, regulations and GSE and HUD program requirements and consolidation in the commercial

22


Table of Contents

real estate finance market could lead to the entry of more competitors. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to compete effectively in the future, and our failure to do so would materially and adversely affect us.

The continuation of certain indemnification obligations of certain of our predecessors could have a material adverse effect on us.

        In connection with the Column transaction, certain predecessor entities that will become our wholly owned subsidiaries through the formation transactions agreed to indemnify Walker & Dunlop, LLC and its members (including Column) for certain matters, including (i) breaches of representations, warranties and covenants, (ii) any repurchase requirements with respect to loans originated by those subsidiaries, and (iii) liabilities in connection with excluded assets and excluded liabilities. Those indemnification obligations of our subsidiaries will continue following the formation transactions. The survival of those obligations will permit the indemnified parties, including Column, to the extent that they sustain damages resulting from any indemnified matter, to assert claims for indemnification against our subsidiaries for the survival period of those obligations. While we are unaware of any potential claims for indemnification against our subsidiaries, any such claims could have a material adverse effect on us. See "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" for additional information.

We have experienced significant growth over the past several years, which may be difficult to sustain and which may place significant demands on our administrative, operational and financial resources.

        Our recent significant growth may not reflect our future growth potential, and we may not be able to maintain similarly high levels of growth in the future. Our recent growth reflects, in part, the acquisition of certain mortgage banking operations from Column in January 2009, which contributed $5.0 billion to our servicing portfolio and expanded our product lines as well as origination capacity. Much of our growth has also occurred since the onset of the 2008 credit crisis and the resulting tightening of credit standards, as many traditional lenders decreased or ceased their investments in commercial real estate debt. As a result, borrowers looked instead to GSEs, HUD and other sources of lending for multifamily loans. We intend to pursue continued growth by adding more loan originators, expanding our loan product offerings and acquiring complementary businesses, as appropriate, but we cannot guarantee such efforts will be successful. We do not know whether the favorable conditions that enabled our recent growth will continue. Because our recent significant growth is not likely to accurately reflect our future growth or our ability to grow in the future, there can be no assurance that we will continue to grow at the same pace or achieve the same financial results as we have in the past.

        In addition, if our growth continues, it could increase our expenses and place additional demands on our management, personnel, information systems and other resources. Sustaining our growth will require us to commit additional management, operational and financial resources to maintain appropriate operational and financial systems to adequately support expansion. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage any growth effectively and any failure to do so could adversely affect our ability to generate revenue and control our expenses, which could materially and adversely affect us.

If we acquire companies in the future, we may experience high transaction and integration costs, the integration process may be disruptive to our business and the acquired businesses may not perform as we expect.

        Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand or modify our business in response to changing borrower demands and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, we may determine to do so through the acquisition of complementary businesses rather than through internal growth. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time consuming and costly,

23


Table of Contents


and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions on favorable terms, or at all. Furthermore, even if we successfully complete an acquisition, we may not be able to successfully integrate newly acquired businesses into our operations, and the process of integration could be expensive and time consuming and may strain our resources. Acquisitions also typically involve significant costs related to integrating information technology, accounting, reporting and management services and rationalizing personnel levels and may require significant time to obtain new or updated regulatory approvals from GSEs, HUD and other authorities. Acquisitions could divert management's attention from the regular operations of our business and result in the potential loss of our key personnel, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions, any of which could materially and adversely affect us. In addition, future acquisitions could result in significantly dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of substantial debt, contingent liabilities or expenses or other charges, which could also materially and adversely affect us.

Risks Relating to Regulatory Matters

If we fail to comply with the numerous government regulations and program requirements of GSEs and HUD, we may lose our approved lender status with these entities and fail to gain additional approvals or licenses for our business. We are also subject to changes in laws, regulations and existing GSE and HUD program requirements, including potential increases in reserve and risk retention requirements that could increase our costs and affect the way we conduct our business, which could materially and adversely affect us.

        Our operations are subject to regulation by federal, state and local government authorities, various laws and judicial and administrative decisions, and regulations and policies of GSEs and HUD. These laws, regulations, rules and policies impose, among other things, minimum net worth, operational liquidity and collateral requirements. Fannie Mae requires us to maintain operational liquidity based on a formula that considers the balance of the loan and the level of credit loss exposure (level of risk-sharing). Fannie Mae requires Fannie Mae DUS lenders to maintain collateral, which may include pledged securities, for our risk-sharing obligations. The amount of collateral required under the Fannie Mae DUS program is calculated at the loan level and is based on the balance of the loan, the level of risk-sharing, the seasoning of the loans and the rating of the Fannie Mae DUS lender.

        Regulatory authorities also require us to submit financial reports and to maintain a quality control plan for the underwriting, origination and servicing of loans. Numerous laws and regulations also impose qualification and licensing obligations on us and impose requirements and restrictions affecting, among other things: our loan originations; maximum interest rates, finance charges and other fees that we may charge; disclosures to consumers; the terms of secured transactions; collection, repossession and claims handling procedures; personnel qualifications; and other trade practices. We also are subject to inspection by GSEs, HUD and regulatory authorities. Our failure to comply with these requirements could lead to, among other things, the loss of a license as an approved GSE or HUD lender, the inability to gain additional approvals or licenses, the termination of contractual rights without compensation, demands for indemnification or loan repurchases, class action lawsuits and administrative enforcement actions.

        Regulatory and legal requirements are subject to change. For example, Fannie Mae has recently increased its collateral requirements from 35 basis points to 60 basis points, effective as of January 1, 2011. The incremental collateral required for existing and new loans will be funded over approximately the next three years in accordance with Fannie Mae requirements. Fannie Mae also has indicated that it intends to reassess the adequacy of its collateral requirements on an annual basis, starting as of October 2011. Ginnie Mae has indicated that it is currently considering a change to its programs that would eliminate the Ginnie Mae obligation to reimburse us for any losses not paid by HUD in return for our receiving an increased servicing fee, although it is uncertain whether these changes will be implemented. In addition, Congress has also been considering proposals requiring lenders to retain a portion of all loans sold to GSEs and HUD. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes a requirement that lenders

24


Table of Contents


retain "not less than 5 percent of the credit risk" of certain securitized loans, particularly those that are not "qualified residential mortgages." It is currently unclear whether and how the Dodd-Frank Act will apply to commercial real estate lenders. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the federal banking agencies, the Federal Trade Commission (the "FTC"), HUD, and FHFA to issue rules implementing this requirement no later than 270 days after Dodd-Frank's enactment. It also requires the federal banking agencies, the FTC, HUD, and FHFA to issue a joint rule defining a "qualified residential mortgage." Therefore, the applicability of this provision to us and its effect upon our business will not be fully known until these agencies issue the joint rule. It is also impossible to predict any future legislation that Congress may enact regarding the selling of loans to GSEs or any other matter relating to GSEs or loan securitizations. GSEs, HUD and other investors may also change underwriting criteria, which could affect the volume and value of loans that we originate. Changes to regulatory and legal requirements could be difficult and expensive with which to comply and could affect the way we conduct our business, which could materially and adversely affect us.

If we do not obtain and maintain the appropriate state licenses, we will not be allowed to originate or service commercial real estate loans in some states, which could materially and adversely affect us.

        State mortgage loan finance licensing laws vary considerably. Most states and the District of Columbia impose a licensing obligation to originate, broker or purchase commercial real estate loans. Many of those mortgage loan licensing laws also impose a licensing obligation to service commercial real estate loans. If we are unable to obtain the appropriate state licenses or do not qualify for an exemption, we could be materially and adversely affected.

        If these licenses are obtained, state regulators impose additional ongoing obligations on licensees, such as maintaining certain minimum net worth or line of credit requirements. The minimum net worth requirement varies from state to state. Further, in limited instances, the net worth calculation may not include recourse on any contingent liabilities. If we do not meet these minimum net worth or line of credit requirements or satisfy other criteria, regulators may revoke or suspend our licenses and prevent us from continuing to originate, broker or service commercial real estate loans, which would materially and adversely affect us.

If we fail to comply with laws, regulations and market standards regarding the privacy, use and security of customer information, we may be subject to legal and regulatory actions and our reputation would be harmed.

        We receive, maintain and store the non-public personal information of our loan applicants. The technology and other controls and processes designed to secure our customer information and to prevent, detect and remedy any unauthorized access to that information were designed to obtain reasonable, not absolute, assurance that such information is secure and that any unauthorized access is identified and addressed appropriately. Accordingly, such controls may not have detected, and may in the future fail to prevent or detect, unauthorized access to our borrower information. If this information is inappropriately accessed and used by a third party or an employee for illegal purposes, such as identity theft, we may be responsible to the affected applicant or borrower for any losses he or she may have incurred as a result of misappropriation. In such an instance, we may be liable to a governmental authority for fines or penalties associated with a lapse in the integrity and security of our customers' information.

25


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

There is currently no public market for our common stock, an active trading market for our common stock may never develop or continue following this offering and the trading and market price of our common stock may be volatile and could decline substantially following this offering.

        Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. An active trading market for our common stock may never develop or be sustained and securities analysts may choose not to cover us, which may affect the liquidity of our common stock and your ability to sell your common stock when desired, or at all, and could depress the market price of our common stock and the price at which you may be able to sell your common stock. In addition, the initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters and may bear no relationship to the price at which the common stock will trade upon completion of this offering.

        The stock markets, including the NYSE (on which our common stock has been approved for listing, subject to official notice of issuance), have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. As a result, the trading and market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease in the value of their shares, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. The market price of our common stock could decline substantially following the offering in response to a number of factors, including those listed in this "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus and others such as:

        In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of their common stock. This type of litigation could result in

26


Table of Contents


substantial costs and divert our management's attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to execute our business and growth strategies.

Common stock eligible for future sale may have adverse effects on the market price of our common stock.

        We are offering 6,666,667 shares of our common stock and our selling stockholders are offering 3,333,333 shares of our common stock, as described in this prospectus. Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will grant an aggregate of 481,684 shares of restricted stock under our Equity Incentive Plan to certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and our non-employee directors. Our executive officers, directors, employees and Walker family members, together with Column, will collectively beneficially own approximately 54.3% of our outstanding common stock on a fully diluted basis (or approximately 50.8% if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full) upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions. These persons may sell the shares of our common stock that they own at any time following the expiration of the lock-up period for such shares, which expires 365 days after the date of this prospectus (or earlier with the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters).

        Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with regard to an aggregate of 11,408,171 shares of our common stock issued in connection with our formation transactions to former direct and indirect equity holders of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, including certain of our executive officers and directors and Column.

        We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future issuances or resales of our common stock, or the perception that such issuances or resales may occur, on the market price of our common stock. Accordingly, the market price of our common stock may decline significantly in response to such issuances, resales or perceptions, especially when the lock-up restrictions described above lapse.

Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our liquidation, and future issuances of equity securities, which would dilute the holdings of our existing common stockholders and may be senior to our common stock for the purposes of paying dividends, periodically or upon liquidation, may negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

        In the future, we may issue debt or equity securities or incur other borrowings. Upon liquidation, holders of our debt securities and other loans and preferred stock will receive a distribution of our available assets before common stockholders. We are not required to offer any such additional debt or equity securities to existing common stockholders on a preemptive basis. Therefore, additional common stock issuances, directly or through convertible or exchangeable securities, warrants or options, will dilute our existing common stockholders' ownership in us and such issuances, or the perception that such issuances may occur, may reduce the market price of our common stock. Our preferred stock, if issued, would likely have a preference on dividend payments, periodically or upon liquidation, which could eliminate or otherwise limit our ability to pay dividends to common stockholders. Because our decision to issue debt or equity securities or otherwise incur debt in the future will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing, nature or success of our future capital raising efforts. Thus, common stockholders bear the risk that our future issuances of debt or equity securities or our other borrowing will negatively affect the market price of our common stock and dilute their ownership in us.

We do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

        We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of any dividends in the future will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition, prospects, capital requirements and

27


Table of Contents


contractual arrangements, any limitations on payments of dividends present in any of our future financing documentation, applicable law and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. If we do not pay dividends, a return on your investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates.

New investors in our common stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution after this offering.

        If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience immediate dilution of $8.31 per share because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock that you acquire. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the price of the shares of our common stock being sold in this offering when they purchased their shares of our common stock, as well as the equity awards issued concurrently with the closing of this offering. See the section entitled "Dilution" in this prospectus for a more detailed description of this dilution.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our sale of common stock in this offering, and we may not use these proceeds effectively.

        All of the net proceeds from our sale of common stock in this offering will be used, as determined by management in its discretion, for working capital and other general corporate purposes. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from our sale of common stock in this offering and could spend these proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our results of operations and cash flows or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these proceeds effectively could result in financial losses, cause the market price of our common stock to decline or cause us to be unable to execute our business and growth strategies in a timely manner or at all.

Risks Related to Our Organization and Structure

Certain provisions of Maryland law could inhibit changes in control.

        Certain provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the "MGCL") may have the effect of deterring a third party from making a proposal to acquire us or of impeding a change in control under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then-prevailing market price of our common stock. We will be subject to the "business combination" provisions of the MGCL that, subject to limitations, prohibit certain business combinations (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange, or, in circumstances specified in the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between us and an "interested stockholder" (defined generally as any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of our then outstanding voting capital stock or an affiliate or associate of ours who, at any time within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of our then outstanding voting capital stock) or an affiliate thereof for five years after the most recent date on which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between us and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by our board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of our voting capital stock; and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting capital stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if our common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares. These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder.

28


Table of Contents

        The "control share" provisions of the MGCL provide that "control shares" of a Maryland corporation (defined as shares which, when aggregated with other shares controlled by the stockholder (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy) entitle the stockholder to exercise one of three increasing ranges of voting power in electing directors) acquired in a "control share acquisition" (defined as the direct and indirect acquisition of ownership or control of issued and outstanding "control shares") have no voting rights except to the extent approved by our stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, excluding votes entitled to be cast by the acquirer of control shares, our officers and our personnel who are also our directors.

        Certain provisions of the MGCL permit our board of directors, without stockholder approval and regardless of what is currently provided in our charter or bylaws, to adopt certain mechanisms, some of which (for example, a classified board) we do not yet have. These provisions may have the effect of limiting or precluding a third party from making an acquisition proposal for us or of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of our company under circumstances that otherwise could provide the holders of shares of our common stock with the opportunity to realize a premium over the then current market price. Our charter contains a provision whereby we elect, at such time as we become eligible to do so, to be subject to the provisions of Title 3, Subtitle 8 of the MGCL relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. See "Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws."

Our authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock may prevent a change in our control.

        Our charter authorizes us to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of common or preferred stock. In addition, our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, amend our charter to increase the aggregate number of shares of our common stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that we have authority to issue and classify or reclassify any unissued shares of common or preferred stock and set the preferences, rights and other terms of the classified or reclassified shares. As a result, our board of directors may establish a class or series of common or preferred stock that could delay, defer, or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for shares of our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

Our rights and the rights of our stockholders to take action against our directors and officers are limited, which could limit your recourse in the event actions are taken that are not in your best interests.

        Under Maryland law generally, a director is required to perform his or her duties in good faith, in a manner he or she reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the company and with the care that an ordinarily prudent person in a like position would use under similar circumstances. Under Maryland law, directors are presumed to have acted with this standard of care. In addition, our charter limits the liability of our directors and officers to us and our stockholders for money damages, except for liability resulting from:

        Our charter and bylaws obligate us to indemnify our directors and officers for actions taken by them in those capacities to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. In addition, we are obligated to advance the defense costs incurred by our directors and officers. As a result, we and our stockholders may have more limited rights against our directors and officers than might otherwise exist absent the current provisions in our charter and bylaws or that might exist with companies domiciled in jurisdictions other than Maryland.

29


Table of Contents


Our charter contains provisions that make removal of our directors difficult, which could make it difficult for our stockholders to effect changes to our management.

        Our charter provides that a director may only be removed for cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors. Vacancies may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if less than a quorum. These requirements make it more difficult to change our management by removing and replacing directors and may delay, defer or prevent a change in control of our company that is in the best interests of our stockholders.

We are a holding company with no direct operations and will rely on funds received from our subsidiaries for our cash requirements.

        We are a holding company and will conduct all of our operations through Walker & Dunlop, LLC, our operating company. We do not have, apart from our ownership of this operating company, any independent operations. As a result, we will rely on distributions from our operating company to pay any dividends we might declare on shares of our common stock. We will also rely on distributions from this operating company to meet any of our cash requirements, including tax liability on taxable income allocated to us.

        In addition, because we are a holding company, your claims as common stockholders will be structurally subordinated to all existing and future liabilities (whether or not for borrowed money) and any preferred equity of our operating company. Therefore, in the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization, our assets and those of our operating company will be able to satisfy the claims of our common stockholders only after all of our and our operating company's liabilities and any preferred equity have been paid in full.

Our principal stockholders, directors and executive officers will continue to own a large percentage of our common stock after this offering, which will allow them to exercise significant influence over matters subject to stockholder approval.

        Our executive officers, directors and stockholders holding 5% or more of our outstanding common stock will beneficially own or control approximately 50.6% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on a fully diluted basis, after giving effect to the formation transactions and the completion of this offering. Accordingly, these executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, collectively, will have substantial influence over the outcome of corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any other significant corporate transaction. These stockholders may also delay or prevent a change of control or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of us, even if such a change of control would benefit our other stockholders. Furthermore, we have agreed to nominate two Column designees, currently Edmund Taylor and Robert Wrzosek, for election as directors at our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. William Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mallory Walker, the father of William Walker and our former Chairman, have agreed to vote the shares of common stock owned by them for the Column designees at the 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. This significant concentration of stock ownership may adversely affect the market price and liquidity of our common stock due to investors' perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise.

30


Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        Some of the statements contained in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, projections, plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar expressions concerning matters that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "may," "will," "should," "expects," "intends," "plans," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," or "potential" or the negative of these words and phrases or similar words or phrases which are predictions of or indicate future events or trends and which do not relate solely to historical matters. You can also identify forward-looking statements by discussions of strategy, plans or intentions.

        The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus reflect our current views about future events and are subject to numerous known and unknown risks, uncertainties, assumptions and changes in circumstances that may cause actual results to differ significantly from those expressed or contemplated in any forward-looking statement. Statements regarding the following subjects, among others, may be forward-looking:

        While forward-looking statements reflect our good faith projections, assumptions and expectations, they are not guarantees of future results. Furthermore, we disclaim any obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect changes in underlying assumptions or factors, new information, data or methods, future events or other changes, except as required by applicable law. For a further discussion of these and other factors that could cause future results to differ materially from those expressed or contemplated in any forward-looking statements, see the section above entitled "Risk Factors."

31


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We are offering 6,666,667 shares of our common stock at the anticipated public offering price of $15.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus. We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $89.5 million after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions of $7.0 million and estimated offering expenses of approximately $3.5 million payable by us at closing (or, if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, approximately $110.4 million, after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses).

        We currently intend to use the net proceeds we will receive from this offering to execute our growth strategy and fund working capital and for other general corporate purposes. We also may use a portion of these net proceeds for acquisitions of businesses or products that are complementary to our business, although we have no current understandings, commitments or agreements to do so. We cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. The expected use of net proceeds of this offering represents our current intentions based upon our present plans and business conditions.

        Accordingly, our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds of this offering. Pending their uses, we plan to invest the net proceeds of this offering in U.S. government securities and other short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments or high-grade corporate notes.

        We will not receive any of the net proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock in this offering by the selling stockholders.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The payment of any dividends in the future will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our results of operations, liquidity, financial condition, prospects, capital requirements and contractual arrangements, any limitations on payments of dividends present in any of our future financing arrangements, applicable law, and other factors our board of directors may deem relevant. If we do not pay dividends, a return on your investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates.

32


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table presents capitalization information as of September 30, 2010:

        You should read the following capitalization table in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Selected Financial Data," "Management Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the more detailed information contained in our predecessor's consolidated and combined financial statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of September 30, 2010  
$ in thousands, except per share data
  Walker &
Dunlop
(Historical
Predecessor)
  Pro Forma
Walker &
Dunlop, Inc.
  Pro Forma
As Adjusted
Walker &
Dunlop, Inc.
 

Notes payable (1)

  $ 28,968   $ 28,968   $ 28,968  

Stockholders' equity/members' capital:

                   

Members' capital and non-controlling interests

    38,856          

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 100,000 shares authorized, 100 shares issued and outstanding, historical; 200 million shares authorized, 14,741,504 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 200 million shares authorized, 21,889,855 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted (2)

        147     219  

Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, historical; 50 million shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; 50 million shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma, as adjusted

                   

Additional paid-in capital

        38,709     128,137  

Retained earnings (3)

    53,867     19,467     19,467  
               

Total stockholders' equity/members' capital

  $ 92,723   $ 58,323   $ 147,823  
               

Total capitalization

 
$

121,691
 
$

87,291
 
$

176,791
 
               

(1)
Does not include amounts outstanding or available under warehouse financing facilities.

(2)
Includes an aggregate amount of 481,684 shares of restricted stock to be granted to certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and non-employee directors concurrently with the closing of this offering as if such grants had occurred on September 30, 2010. Excludes (i) up to 1,500,000 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option and (ii) an additional 1,658,316 shares issuable under our Equity Incentive Plan after this offering.

(3)
Pro forma and pro forma as adjusted amounts include $34.4 million of estimated net deferred tax liabilities expected to be recognized as a result of the termination of our predecessor's pass through tax reporting status, as if the formation transactions occurred on September 30, 2010.

33


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing the number of outstanding shares of our common stock into our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities and any outstanding preferred stock. The pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock was approximately $57.0 million, or approximately $3.87 per share, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2010, giving effect to the formation transactions as if they had occurred on that date.

        Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to the sale of common stock offered in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus), after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of September 30, 2010 would have been approximately $146.5 million, or approximately $6.69 per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $2.82 per share to existing common stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $8.31 per share to investors participating in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

  $ 15.00  

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2010, after giving effect to the formation transactions as if they had occurred on September 30, 2010

  $ 3.87  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to existing common stockholders

  $ 2.82  

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

  $ 6.69  

Pro forma dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

  $ 8.31  

        If the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full to purchase additional shares of common stock from us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $7.16, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to existing common stockholders would be $3.29 and the pro forma dilution per share to investors participating in this offering would be $7.84.

        The pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering includes the dilution from the 481,684 shares of restricted stock granted concurrently with the closing of this offering.

Differences Between New and Existing Investors in Number of Shares and Amount Paid

        The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of September 30, 2010, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from or granted by us, the total consideration and the weighted average price per share paid by existing common stockholders, after giving effect to the formation transactions, and by investors participating in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share (which is the midpoint of the price range shown on the

34


Table of Contents


cover page of this prospectus), before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses:

 
  Shares Purchased/Granted   Total Consideration    
 
 
  Weighted
Average Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percentage   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (in thousands)
   
  (in thousands)
   
   
 

Existing common stockholders before this offering, after giving effect to the formation transactions

    14,741     67 % $ 58,323     37 % $ 3.96  

Restricted shares of common stock issued concurrently with the closing of this offering

    482     2 %            

Investors participating in this offering

    6,667     31 % $ 100,000     63 % $ 15.00  

Total

    21,890     100 % $ 158,323     100 % $ 7.23  

        The number of shares of common stock outstanding in the table above is based on the pro forma number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2010 and assumes no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will cause the number of shares owned by existing common stockholders to be reduced to approximately 52% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing common stockholders would own 49% of our shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

35


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The following table sets forth selected financial and operating data on a consolidated and combined historical basis for our predecessor. We have not presented historical financial information for Walker & Dunlop, Inc. because we have not had any corporate activity since our formation other than the issuance of shares of common stock in connection with the initial nominal capitalization of our company and because we believe that a presentation of the results of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. would not be meaningful. The term "predecessor" refers to, collectively, Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, GPF Acquisition, LLC, W&D, Inc., Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop II, LLC, Green Park Express, LLC and W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I GP, LLC.

        You should read the following selected financial and operating data in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated and combined financial statements and related notes of our predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The unaudited selected historical financial information at September 30, 2010, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, have been derived from the unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements of our predecessor included elsewhere in this prospectus and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such data. The interim results for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results for 2010. Furthermore, historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in future periods.

        The selected historical financial information at December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, have been derived from the consolidated and combined financial statements of our predecessor audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report thereon is included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The selected historical financial information at December 31, 2007, has been derived from the consolidated and combined financial statements audited by KPMG LLP.

        The selected historical financial information at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005, have been derived from the unaudited financial statements of our predecessor.

36


Table of Contents

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,   Year Ended December 31,  
$ in thousands, except per share data
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007   2006   2005  
 
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
   
   
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Statement of Income Data(1)(2)

                                           

Revenues

                                           

Gains from mortgage banking activities

  $ 58,545   $ 40,149   $ 57,946   $ 29,428   $ 21,930   $ 21,568   $ 23,871  

Servicing fees

    19,769     15,350     20,981     12,257     12,327     13,732     15,527  

Net warehouse interest income

    2,944     3,122     4,186     1,787     17     88     275  

Escrow earnings and other interest income

    1,632     1,289     1,769     3,428     8,993     6,889     6,057  

Other

    2,889     2,355     3,879     2,272     7,005     1,145     2,406  
                               

Total Revenue

  $ 85,779   $ 62,265   $ 88,761   $ 49,172   $ 50,272   $ 43,422   $ 48,136  
                               

Expenses

                                           

Personnel

  $ 28,877   $ 24,515   $ 32,177   $ 17,008   $ 16,779   $ 17,952   $ 17,387  

Amortization and depreciation

    12,394     9,137     12,917     7,804     9,067     7,264     8,434  

Provision for risk-sharing obligations, net

    4,397     (34 )   2,265     1,101             255  

Interest expense on corporate debt

    1,039     1,312     1,684     2,679     3,853     1,059     42  

Other operating expenses

    9,546     9,538     11,114     6,548     4,240     5,446     6,244  
                               

Total Expenses

  $ 56,253   $ 44,468   $ 60,157   $ 35,140   $ 33,939   $ 31,721   $ 32,362  
                               

Income from Operations

  $ 29,526   $ 17,797   $ 28,604   $ 14,032   $ 16,333   $ 11,701   $ 15,774  
                               
 

Gain on Bargain Purchase(3)

        10,922     10,922                  
                               

Net Income

  $ 29,526   $ 28,719   $ 39,526   $ 14,032   $ 16,333   $ 11,701   $ 15,774  
                               

Pro forma income tax expense (unaudited)(1)(4)

    11,220     6,763     10,869     5,332     6,207              
                                   

Pro forma net income (unaudited)(1)(4)

  $ 18,306   $ 21,956   $ 28,657   $ 8,700   $ 10,126              
                                   

Pre-offering pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share (unaudited)(1)(4)

  $ 1.24   $ 1.55   $ 2.00   $ 0.90   $ 1.00              
                                   

Pre-offering pro forma weighted average basic and diluted number of shares (unaudited)(1)(4)

    14,741,504     14,124,492     14,306,873     9,710,521     10,156,385              
                                   

Balance Sheet Data(1)

                                           

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 20,058 (5) $ 10,706   $ 10,390   $ 6,812   $ 17,437   $ 13,878   $ 12,215  

Restricted cash and pledged securities

    16,818     19,498     19,159     12,031     10,250     10,594     11,149  

Mortgage servicing rights

    99,682     74,720     81,427     38,943     32,956     28,344     31,176  

Loans held for sale

    122,922     65,363     101,939     111,711     22,543     300,123     113,082  

Total Assets

    284,093     197,736     243,732     183,347     89,468     361,216     172,276  

Warehouse notes payable

   
119,108
   
63,454
   
96,612
   
107,005
   
22,300
   
302,100
   
111,067
 

Notes payable

    28,968     34,276     32,961     38,176     45,508     48,903     534  

Total Liabilities

    191,370     135,906     173,921     169,497     81,354     362,316     123,064  

Total Equity

    92,723     61,830     69,811     13,850     8,114     (1,100 )   49,212  

Supplemental Data(2)

                                           

Income from operations, as a % of total revenue

    34 %   29 %   32 %   29 %   32 %   27 %   33 %

Total originations

  $ 2,101,967   $ 1,682,077   $ 2,229,772   $ 1,983,056   $ 2,064,361              

Servicing portfolio

  $ 14,165,850   $ 12,844,826   $ 13,203,317   $ 6,976,208   $ 6,054,186              

(1)
We have historically operated as pass-through tax entities (partnerships, LLCs and S-corporations). Accordingly, our historical earnings have resulted in only nominal federal and state corporate level expense. The tax liability has been the obligation of our owners. Upon consummation of the formation transactions, our income will be subject to both federal and state corporate tax. The change in tax status is expected to result in the recognition of an estimated $30 million to $40 million of net deferred tax liabilities and a corresponding tax expense in the quarter in which the formation transactions

37


Table of Contents

    are consummated. We used a combined effective federal and state tax rate of 38% to estimate our pro forma tax expense and estimated net deferred tax liability.


The estimated net deferred tax liability includes the following ($ in thousands):

 
   
 

Loans held for sale

  $ (1,400 )

Derivatives, net

    (1,300 )

Mortgage servicing rights

    (37,900 )

Accounts payable

    1,200  

Guaranty obligation

    3,300  

Allowance for risk-sharing obligations

    2,800  

Servicing fees receivable

    (1,100 )
       

Estimated net deferred tax liability

  $ (34,400 )
       

    To provide a more meaningful presentation of recurring operations, the initial recognition of the income tax expense corresponding to the net deferred tax liability and the corresponding tax expense, which will be established as a result of the termination of the entities' pass-through status, is not included in our pro forma presentations.

(2)
Statement of Income Data for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the nine months ended September 30, 2009 includes the results for 11 of the 12 months and 8 of the 9 months of the operations acquired in the Column transaction. The results of these operations in January 2009 were not significant.

(3)
We recognized a one time gain on bargain purchase of $10.9 million in connection with the Column transaction in January 2009. The gain on bargain purchase represents the difference between the fair value of the assets acquired and the purchase price paid.

(4)
Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will complete certain formation transactions through which certain individuals and entities who currently own direct and indirect equity interests in Walker & Dunlop, LLC will contribute their respective interests in such entities to Walker & Dunlop, Inc. in exchange for shares of our common stock. For purposes of calculating pre-offering pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share, we have estimated 14.7 million shares will be issued in this exchange. The pre-offering pro forma basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding reflect the respective changes, issuance and repurchase of members' ownership interests that occurred within the periods presented. We have excluded from our computations the 6.7 million shares expected to be issued and 0.5 million restricted shares to be granted in connection with this offering.

(5)
On October 27, 2010, we declared our quarterly distribution in the normal course of business with respect to the third quarter 2010 in the amount of $5 million, which will be paid to indirect equity owners of Walker & Dunlop, LLC prior to the closing of this offering.

38


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         The following discussion should be read in conjunction with "Selected Financial Data" and the historical financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The following discussion contains, in addition to historical information, forward-looking statements that include risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those expressed or contemplated in those forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those set forth under the headings "Forward-Looking Statements," "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

        We are one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily loans. We originate, sell and service a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate financing products.

        We currently do not originate loans for our balance sheet. We fund loans for GSE and HUD programs through warehouse facility financings and sell them to investors in accordance with the related loan sale commitment, which we obtain prior to loan closing. Proceeds from the sale of the loan are used to pay off the warehouse facility. The sale of the loan is typically completed 2 to 45 days after the loan is closed. In cases where we do not fund the loan, we act as a loan broker and often service the loans. Our originators who focus on loan brokerage are engaged by borrowers to work with a variety of institutional lenders to find the most appropriate loan instrument for the borrowers' needs. These loans are then funded directly by the institutional lender and we receive an origination fee for placing the loan and a servicing fee for any loans we service.

        We recognize gains from mortgage banking activities when we commit to both make a loan to a borrower and sell that loan to an investor. The gains from mortgage banking activities reflect the fair value attributable to loan origination fees, premiums or losses on the sale of loans, net of any co-broker fees, and the fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of loans, net of any guaranty obligations retained. We also generate revenue from net warehouse interest income we earn while the loan is held for sale in one of our warehouse facilities.

        We retain servicing rights on substantially all of the loans we originate, and generate revenues from the fees we receive for servicing the loans, interest income from escrow deposits held on behalf of borrowers, late charges and other ancillary fees. Servicing fees are set at the time an investor agrees to purchase the loan and are paid monthly for the duration of the loan. Our Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac servicing engagements provide for make-whole payments in the event of a voluntary prepayment. Loans serviced outside of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac do not typically require such payments.

        We are currently not exposed to interest rate risk during the loan commitment, closing and delivery process. The sale or placement of each loan to an investor is negotiated prior to establishing the coupon rate for the loan. We also seek to mitigate the risk of a loan not closing. We have agreements in place with the GSEs and HUD that specify the cost of a failed loan delivery, also known as a pair off fee, in the event we fail to deliver the loan to the investor. The pair off fee is typically less than the deposit we collect from the borrower. Any potential loss from a catastrophic change in the property condition while the loan is held for sale using warehouse facility financing is mitigated through property insurance equal to replacement cost. We are also protected contractually from any failure to close by an investor. We have experienced only one failed delivery.

        We have risk-sharing obligations on most loans we originate under the Fannie Mae DUS program. When a Fannie Mae DUS loan is subject to full risk-sharing, we absorb the first 5% of any losses on the unpaid principal balance of a loan, and above 5% we share a percentage of the loss with Fannie Mae, with our maximum loss capped at 20% of the unpaid principal balance of a loan (subject to

39


Table of Contents


doubling or tripling if the loan does not meet specific underwriting criteria or if the loan defaults within 12 months of its sale to Fannie Mae). We may, however, request modified risk-sharing at the time of origination, which reduces our potential risk-sharing losses from the levels described above. We regularly request modified risk-sharing based on such factors as the size of the loan, market conditions and loan pricing. We may also request modified risk-sharing on large transactions if we do not believe that we are being fully compensated for the risks of the transactions or to manage overall risk levels. Except for the Fannie Mae DUS loans acquired in the Column transaction, which were acquired subject to their existing Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing levels, our current credit management policy is to cap each loan balance subject to full risk-sharing at $25 million. Accordingly, we currently elect to use modified risk-sharing for loans of more than $25 million in order to limit our maximum loss on any loan to $5 million.

        Our servicing fees for risk-sharing loans include compensation for the risk-sharing obligations and are larger than the servicing fees we receive from Fannie Mae for loans with no risk-sharing obligations. We receive a lower servicing fee for modified risk-sharing than for full risk-sharing.

Formation of Walker & Dunlop, LLC

        In January 2009, W&D, Inc., its affiliate Green Park, and Column contributed their assets to a newly formed entity, Walker & Dunlop, LLC. The transaction brought together Walker & Dunlop's competencies in debt origination, loan servicing, asset management, investment consulting and related services, Green Park's Fannie Mae DUS origination capabilities and Column's Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD operations, including its healthcare real estate lending business, to form one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States. Substantially all of the assets and liabilities of W&D, Inc. and Green Park, including its wholly owned subsidiary Green Park Express, LLC, were transferred to Walker & Dunlop, LLC in exchange for 5% and 60% interests, respectively, in Walker & Dunlop, LLC, and certain assets and liabilities of Column were transferred to Walker & Dunlop, LLC for a 35% interest in Walker & Dunlop, LLC.

Basis of Presentation

        Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will complete certain formation transactions through which Walker & Dunlop, LLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation. In connection with the formation transactions, members of the Walker family, certain of our directors and executive officers and certain other individuals and entities who currently own direct and indirect equity interests in Walker & Dunlop, LLC will contribute their respective interests in such entities to Walker & Dunlop, Inc. in exchange for shares of our common stock. See "Business—Our History and Formation Transactions."

        The selected financial data included in this prospectus represents the consolidated and combined statements for the entities that will become our wholly owned subsidiaries as of the completion of this offering.

Outlook and Trends

        We believe demand for commercial real estate loans will increase as substantial levels of existing debt mature and commercial real estate investment activity rebounds. We also believe multifamily lending will continue to be characterized by the strong market presence of GSEs and HUD, given the continued weakness of commercial banks and the secondary market for securitized loans.

        Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and the real estate and finance industries, however, have come under intense scrutiny as a result of the recent economic crisis and that scrutiny is likely to continue for the next several years. Although we cannot predict what actions Congress or other governmental authorities may take affecting GSEs, HUD and companies operating in the commercial real estate and finance

40


Table of Contents


sectors, we expect some degree of regulatory change is likely. Congress and other governmental authorities have also suggested that lenders should be required to retain on their balance sheet a portion of the loans that they originate, although no regulation has yet been implemented. We may be subject to additional liquidity and capital requirements. Separately, Fannie Mae has recently increased its collateral requirements under the Fannie Mae DUS program from 35 basis points to 60 basis points, effective January 1, 2011. The incremental collateral required for existing and new loans will be funded over approximately the next three years, in accordance with Fannie Mae requirements. Fannie Mae also has indicated that it intends to reassess the adequacy of its collateral requirements on an annual basis, starting as of October 2011.

Factors That May Impact Our Operating Results

        We believe that our results are affected by a number of factors, including the items discussed below.

Revenues

        Gains From Mortgage Banking Activities —Mortgage banking activity income is recognized when we record a derivative asset upon the commitment to both originate a loan with a borrower and sell to an investor (ASC 815). The commitment asset is recognized at fair value, which reflects the fair value of the contractual loan origination related fees and sale premiums, net of co-broker fees, the estimated fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan and the estimated fair value of guaranty obligations to be retained. Also included in gains from mortgage banking activities are changes to the fair value of loan commitments, forward sale commitments, and loans held for sale that occur during their respective holding periods. Upon sale of the loans, no gains

41


Table of Contents

or losses are recognized as such loans are recorded at fair value during their holding periods. Mortgage servicing rights and guaranty obligations are recognized as assets or liabilities, respectively, upon the sale of the loans.

        Loans originated in a brokerage capacity tend to have lower origination fees because they often require less time to execute, there is more competition for brokerage assignments and because the borrower will also have to pay an origination fee to the ultimate institutional lender.

        Premiums received on the sale of a loan result when a loan is sold to an investor for more than its face value. There are various reasons investors may pay a premium when purchasing a loan. For example, the fixed rate on the loan may be higher than the rate of return required by an investor or the characteristics of a particular loan may be desirable to an investor.

        MSRs are recorded at fair value the day we sell a loan. The fair value is based on estimates of future net cash flows associated with the servicing rights. The estimated net cash flows are discounted at a rate that reflects the credit and liquidity risk of the MSR over the estimated life of the loan.

        Servicing Fees.     We service nearly all loans we originate. We earn servicing fees for performing certain loan servicing functions, such as processing loans, tax and insurance payments and managing escrow balances. Servicing also includes asset management functions, such as monitoring the physical condition of the property, analyzing the financial condition and liquidity of the borrower and performing loss mitigation activities as directed by the GSEs and HUD.

        Our servicing fees provide a stable revenue stream. They are based on contractual terms, are earned over the life of the loan and are generally not subject to prepayment risk. Our Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac servicing engagements provide for make-whole payments in the event of a voluntary prepayment. Accordingly, we currently do not hedge our servicing portfolio for prepayment risk. Any make-whole payments received are included in "Revenues—Other."

        HUD has the right to terminate our current servicing engagements for cause. In addition to termination for cause, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac may terminate our servicing engagements without cause by paying a termination fee. Our institutional investors typically may terminate our servicing engagements at any time with or without cause, without paying a termination fee.

        Net Warehouse Interest Income.     We earn net interest income on loans funded through borrowings from our warehouse facilities from the time the loan is closed until the loan is sold pursuant to the loan purchase agreement. Each borrowing on a warehouse line relates to a specific loan for which we have already secured a loan sale commitment with an investor. Because of this "matched funding," we do not incur warehouse interest expense without earning warehouse interest income. Related interest expense from the warehouse loan funding is netted against interest income. Net warehouse interest income varies based on the period of time between the loan closing and the sale of the loan to the investor, the size of the average balance of the loans held for sale, and the net interest spread between the loan coupon rate and the cost of warehouse financing. Loans typically remain in the warehouse facility for 2 to 45 days. Loans that we broker for institutional investors and other investors are funded directly by them.

        Escrow Earnings and Other Interest Income.     We earn interest income on property level escrow deposits in our servicing portfolio, generally based on an average 30-day LIBOR. Escrow earnings reflect interest income net of interest paid to the borrower, which generally equals a money market rate.

        Other.     Other income is comprised of investment consulting and related services fees, make-whole payments and other miscellaneous non-recurring revenues.

42


Table of Contents

Costs and Expenses

        Personnel.     Personnel expense includes the cost of employee compensation and benefits, which include fixed and discretionary amounts tied to company and individual performance.

        Amortization and Depreciation.     Amortization and depreciation is principally comprised of amortization of our MSRs. The MSRs are amortized in proportion to, and over the period that, net servicing income is expected to be received. We amortize the guaranty obligations evenly over the same period as the associated MSRs. We depreciate property, plant and equipment ratably over their estimated useful lives.

        Provision for Risk-Sharing Obligations.     The provision for risk-sharing obligations is established at the loan level for Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing loans when the borrower has defaulted on the loan or we believe it is probable the borrower will default on the loan and a loss has been incurred. This provision is in addition to the guaranty obligation that is recognized when the loan is sold. Our estimates of value are based on appraisals, broker opinions of value or net operating income and market capitalization rates, whichever we believe is a better estimate of the net disposition value.

        Other Operating Expenses.     Other operating expenses include sub-servicing costs, facilities costs, travel and entertainment, marketing costs, professional fees, licenses, dues and subscriptions, corporate insurance and other administrative expenses. As a result of this offering, we will become a public company and our costs for items such as legal services, insurance, accounting services and investor relations will increase relative to our historical costs for such services as a private company. We expect to incur additional costs to maintain compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange.

        Income Tax Expense.     We have historically operated as pass-through tax entities (partnerships, LLCs and S-corporations). Accordingly, our historical earnings have resulted in only nominal federal and state corporate level expense. The tax liability has been the obligation of our owners. Upon consummation of the formation transactions, our income will be subject to both federal and state corporate tax. The change in tax status is expected to result in the recognition of approximately $30 million to $40 million of net deferred tax liabilities and a corresponding tax expense in the quarter in which the formation transactions are consummated.

Critical Accounting Policies

        Our consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts. The estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and other factors management believes to be reasonable. Actual results may differ from those estimates and assumptions. We believe the following critical accounting policies represent the areas where more significant judgments and estimates are used in the preparation of our consolidated and combined financial statements.

        Mortgage Servicing Rights and Guaranty Obligations.     MSRs are recorded at fair value the day we sell a loan. The fair value is based on estimates of future net cash flows associated with the servicing rights. The estimated net cash flows are discounted at a rate that reflects the credit and liquidity risk of the MSR over the estimated life of the loan.

        In addition to the MSR, for all Fannie Mae DUS loans with risk-sharing obligations, upon sale we record the fair value of the obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the guaranty (non-contingent obligation), and the fair value of the expected loss from the risk-sharing obligations in the event of a borrower default (contingent obligation). In determining the fair value of the guaranty obligation, we consider the risk profile of the collateral, historical loss experience, and various market

43


Table of Contents


indicators. Generally, the estimated fair value of the guaranty obligation is based on the present value of the future cash flows expected to be paid under the guaranty over the life of the loan (historically three to five basis points annually), discounted using a 12-15 percent discount rate. Historically, the contingent obligation recognized has been de minimis. The estimated life and discount rate used to calculate the guaranty obligation are consistent with those used to calculate the corresponding MSR.

        The MSR and associated guaranty obligation are amortized into expense over the estimated life of the loan. The MSR is amortized in proportion to, and over the period, that net servicing income is expected to be received. The guaranty obligation is amortized evenly over the same period. If a loan defaults and is not expected to become current or pays off prior to the estimated life, the net MSR and associated guaranty obligation balances are expensed.

        We carry the MSRs at the lower of amortized value or fair market value and evaluate the carrying value quarterly. We engage a third party to value our MSRs on an annual basis.

        The Provision for Risk-Sharing Obligations.     The amount of the provision considers our assessment of the likelihood of payment by the borrower, the estimated disposition value of the underlying collateral and the level of risk-sharing. Historically, the loss recognition occurs at or before the loan becoming 60 days delinquent.

Results of Operations

        Following is a discussion of our results of operation for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, and each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007. The financial results are not necessarily indicative of future results. Our business is not typically subject to seasonal trends. However, our quarterly results have fluctuated in the past and are expected to fluctuate in the future,

44


Table of Contents


reflecting the interest rate environment, the volume of refinancings and general economic conditions. The table below provides supplemental data regarding our financial performance.

 
  Nine Months Ended September 30,   Year Ended December 31,  
Dollars in thousands
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007  

Origination Data:

                               

Origination volumes by investor

                               
 

Fannie Mae

  $ 1,077,755   $ 1,014,833   $ 1,413,144   $ 1,234,273   $ 1,215,760  
 

Freddie Mac

    415,283     205,060     255,997          
 

Ginnie Mae-HUD

    445,216     162,599     217,186          
 

Other

    163,713     299,585     343,445     748,783     848,601  
                       

Total

  $ 2,101,967   $ 1,682,077   $ 2,229,772   $ 1,983,056   $ 2,064,361  
                       

Key Origination Metrics (as a percentage of origination volume):

                               

Origination related fees

    1.42 %   1.18 %   1.24 %   0.71 %   0.62 %

Fair value of MSRs created, net

    1.36 %   1.21 %   1.35 %   0.77 %   0.44 %

Servicing Portfolio by Type:

                               

Fannie Mae

  $ 9,172,093   $ 8,368,897   $ 8,695,229   $ 5,182,824   $ 4,309,073  

Freddie Mac

    2,119,877     2,143,160     2,055,821          

HUD/Ginnie Mae

    683,241     263,667     350,676          

Other

   
2,190,639
   
2,069,102
   
2,101,591
   
1,793,384
   
1,745,113
 
                       

Total servicing portfolio

  $ 14,165,850   $ 12,844,826   $ 13,203,317   $ 6,976,208   $ 6,054,186  
                       

Key Servicing Metrics (end of period):

                               

Weighted-average servicing fee rate

    0.20 %   0.17 %   0.18 %   0.18 %   0.17 %

Key Expense Metrics (as a percentage of total revenues):

                               

Personnel expenses

   
34

%
 
39

%
 
36

%
 
35

%
 
33

%

Other operating expenses

   
11

%
 
15

%
 
13

%
 
13

%
 
8

%

Total expenses

   
66

%
 
71

%
 
68

%
 
71

%
 
68

%

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009

        Our income from operations was $29.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $17.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 66% increase. Our total revenues were $85.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $62.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 38% increase. Our total expenses were $56.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $44.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 27% increase. Our operating margins, calculated by dividing income from operations by total revenues, were 34% and 29% for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The increases in revenues and earnings were primarily attributable to higher origination volumes resulting from the additional capabilities acquired in the Column transaction and higher origination fees per comparable transaction.

45


Table of Contents

        Gains From Mortgage Banking Activities.     Gains from mortgage banking activities were $58.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $40.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 46% increase. Gains reflect the fair value of loan origination fees, premiums or losses on the sale of loans, net of any co-broker fees, and the fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan, net of any guaranty obligations retained.

        Loan origination related fees were $29.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $19.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 51% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to higher origination volumes from our Freddie Mac and HUD product offerings and higher origination fees per comparable transaction. Origination volumes increased to $2.1 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $1.7 billion for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 25% increase. Our origination fees as a percentage of origination volumes were 142 basis points for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to 118 basis points for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 20% increase.

        The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan was $28.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $20.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 41% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to a 25% increase in origination volumes, and an increase in the servicing fee rate for new Fannie Mae loans and an increased percentage of HUD originations, which generate higher escrow earnings. The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan, as a percentage of origination volumes, was 136 basis points for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to 121 basis points for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 12% increase.

        Servicing Fees.     Servicing fees were $19.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $15.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 29% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to growth in the servicing portfolio to $14.2 billion at September 30, 2010 from $12.8 billion in 2009, a 10% increase, plus an 18% increase in the weighted-average servicing fee rate to 20 basis points at September 30, 2010 from 17 basis points at September 30, 2009.

        Net Warehouse Interest Income.     Net warehouse interest income was $2.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $3.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 6% decrease. This decrease was primarily attributable to a 155 basis point decrease in the average net interest spread between the loan coupon rate and the average cost of warehouse financing, offset by a 77% increase in the average outstanding warehouse balance. The components of net warehouse interest income are ($ in thousands):

 
  2010   2009  

Warehouse interest income

  $ 6,380   $ 4,649  

Warehouse interest expense

  $ 3,436   $ 1,527  
           

Warehouse interest income, net

  $ 2,944   $ 3,122  
           

        Escrow Earnings and Other Interest Income.     Escrow earnings and other interest income was $1.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 27% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth of the servicing portfolio.

        Other.     Other income was $2.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $2.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 23% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to a one-time performance fee received during the third quarter of 2010.

46


Table of Contents

        Gain on Bargain Purchase.     In 2009, we recognized a one time gain on bargain purchase of $10.9 million in connection with the Column transaction. The gain on bargain purchase represents the difference between the fair market value of the net assets acquired and the purchase price paid.

        Personnel.     Personnel expense was $28.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $24.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, an 18% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to the additional commissions associated with increased loan origination related fees.

        Amortization and Depreciation.     Amortization and depreciation expense was $12.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $9.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 36% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to the growth of the servicing portfolio.

        Provision for Risk-Sharing Obligations.     The provision for risk-sharing obligations was $4.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to approximately zero for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, the provisions for risk-sharing obligations were seven and approximately zero basis points of the Fannie Mae at risk portfolios, respectively. These provisions reflect the increase in 60-day delinquencies to 0.83% of the at risk portfolio at September 30, 2010 from 0.24% of the at risk portfolio at September 30, 2009. These provisions also included certain loans that were not delinquent, but for which we believed default was probable. The net write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 were $2.1 million, or three basis points of the at risk portfolio, which is included in the $2.7 million amount assumed from the Column transaction which were provisioned for at acquisition.

        Interest Expense on Corporate Debt.     Interest expense on corporate debt was $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $1.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009, a 21% decrease. This decrease was primarily attributable to a 15% decrease in the average corporate debt balance outstanding and an 11 basis point decline in the average 30-day LIBOR.

        Other Operating Expenses.     Other operating expenses were $9.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, representing no change relative to the nine months ended September 30, 2009.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

        Our income from operations was $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 104% increase. Our total revenues were $88.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $49.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an 81% increase. Our total expenses were $60.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 71% increase. Our operating margins were 32% for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to 29% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increases in revenues and earnings were primarily attributable to higher origination volumes resulting from the additional capabilities acquired in the Column transaction and higher origination fees per comparable transaction.

        Gains From Mortgage Banking Activities.     Gains from mortgage banking activities were $57.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $29.4 million for the year ended

47


Table of Contents

December 31, 2008, a 97% increase. Gains reflect the fair value of loan origination fees, premiums or losses on the sale of loans, net of any co-broker fees, and the fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan, net of any guaranty obligations retained.

        Loan origination related fees were $27.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 97% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to larger origination volumes and higher origination fees per comparable transaction associated with a shift toward GSE and HUD origination and away from institutional investors. Origination volumes increased to $2.2 billion in 2009, compared to $2.0 billion in 2008, a 12% increase. The 2009 volumes reflect the more challenging credit markets, the smaller appetite of institutional investors and increased reliance on GSEs and HUD for the secondary market. The GSEs and HUD comprised 85% and 62% of originations in 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our origination fees as a percentage of origination volumes increased to 124 basis points in 2009, from 71 basis points in 2008, a 75% increase.

        The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan was $30.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 97% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to a 12% increase in origination volumes, and an increase in MSR per comparable transaction. The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan as a percentage of origination volumes, was 135 basis points in 2009, compared to 77 basis points in 2008, a 75% increase. This increase results from an increased concentration in GSE and HUD originations and an increase in the servicing fee rate for new Fannie Mae loans.

        Servicing Fees.     Servicing fees were $21.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 71% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in the servicing portfolio to $13.2 billion at December 31, 2009 from $7.0 billion at December 31, 2008, an 89% increase, which was primarily due to the servicing acquired in the Column transaction, offset by a decrease in the weighted-average servicing fee rate to 18 basis points at December 31, 2009 from 18 basis points at December 31, 2008, a 1% decrease. The lower weighted-average servicing fee reflects the addition of Freddie Mac and HUD loans to the servicing portfolio.

        Net Warehouse Interest Income.     Net warehouse interest income was $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 134% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to an 18% increase in the average outstanding warehouse balance, together with a 198 basis point increase in the average net spread between the loan coupon rate and the cost of warehouse financing. The components of net warehouse interest income are ($ in thousands):

 
  2009   2008  

Warehouse interest income

  $ 6,532   $ 4,221  

Warehouse interest expense

  $ 2,346   $ 2,434  
           

Warehouse interest income, net

  $ 4,186   $ 1,787  
           

        Escrow Earnings and Other Interest Income.     Escrow earnings and other interest income was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 48% decrease. This decrease was primarily attributable to a 255 basis point decline in the average 30-day LIBOR, offset by the growth of the servicing portfolio.

        Other.     Other income was $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 71% increase. This increase was primarily

48


Table of Contents


attributable to an increase in application fees from the higher origination activity, a $0.6 million gain on the sale of certain MSRs and a $1.1 million increase in investment consulting and related services fees in 2009.

        Gain on Bargain Purchase.     In 2009, we recognized a one time gain on bargain purchase of $10.9 million in connection with the Column transaction. The gain on bargain purchase represents the difference between the fair market value of the net assets acquired and the purchase price paid.

        Personnel.     Personnel expense was $32.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an 89% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to the additional commissions associated with the increases in loan origination related fees and the personnel expense associated with employees added from the Column transaction in 2009.

        Amortization and Depreciation.     Amortization and depreciation expense was $12.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 66% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to growth of the servicing portfolio resulting from the Column transaction.

        Provision for Risk-Sharing Obligations.     The provision for risk-sharing obligations was $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a $1.2 million increase. The provision for risk-sharing obligations was four and three basis points of the Fannie Mae at risk portfolio balances as of December 31, 2009, and 2008, respectively. While the 60-day delinquency rate declined to 0.31% of the at risk portfolio at December 31, 2009 from 0.56% of the at risk portfolio at December 31, 2008, the increase in the provision included certain loans that were not delinquent, but for which we believed default was probable. The 2009 net write-offs were $0.5 million or one basis point of the at risk portfolio. There were no write-offs in 2008.

        Interest Expense on Corporate Debt.     The interest expense on corporate debt was $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 37% decrease. This decrease was primarily attributable to a 15% decrease in the average corporate debt outstanding and a 255 basis point decline in the average 30-day LIBOR.

        Other Operating Expenses.     Other operating expenses were $11.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $6.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a 70% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to the costs of adding seven offices and 38 employees in connection with the Column transaction in 2009.

Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

        Our income from operations was $14.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 14% decrease. Our total revenues were $49.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $50.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 2% decrease. Our total expenses were $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to $33.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 4% increase. Our operating margins were 29% for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to 32% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The 2008 results primarily reflect a decrease in escrow earnings from a 239 basis point decline in the average 30-day LIBOR coupled with a decline in prepayment penalties collected by us as the credit markets tightened. These decreases were partially offset by an increase in gains from mortgage banking activities resulting from an increase in the estimated fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loans.

49


Table of Contents

        Gains From Mortgage Banking Activities.     Gains from mortgage banking activities were $29.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $21.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 34% increase. Gains reflect the fair value of loan origination fees, premiums or losses on the sale of loans, net of any co-broker fees, and the fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan, net of any guaranty obligations retained.

        Loan origination related fees were $14.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $12.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 10% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in origination fees per comparable transaction associated with the shift toward GSE lending, offset by a decline in originations. Our origination fees as a percentage of origination volumes was 71 basis points in 2008, compared to 62 basis points in 2007, a 15% increase, and our origination volumes were $2.0 billion in 2008, compared to $2.1 billion in 2007, a 4% decrease. Origination volumes for loans placed with institutional investors fell 12% in 2008 compared to 2007.

        The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan was $15.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 68% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in our MSR per comparable transaction. The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan, as a percentage of origination volumes, was 77 basis points in 2008, compared to 44 basis points in 2007. This increase reflects the higher concentration of GSE originations and the higher servicing fee rate for new Fannie Mae loans.

        Servicing Fees.     Servicing fees were $12.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The servicing portfolio grew to $7.0 billion at December 31, 2008, compared to $6.1 billion at December 31, 2007, a 15% increase. While the ratio of weighted-average servicing fee rate remained relatively constant, our servicing revenues benefitted from other higher fees of $1.0 million in 2007.

        Net Warehouse Interest Income.     Net warehouse interest income was $1.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $0.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily attributable to a 104% increase in the average outstanding warehouse balance, together with a 197 basis point increase in the average net spread between the loan coupon rate and the cost of warehouse financing. The components of net warehouse interest income are ($ in thousands):

 
  2008   2007  

Warehouse interest income

  $ 4,221   $ 2,659  

Warehouse interest expense

  $ 2,434   $ 2,642  
           

Warehouse interest income, net

  $ 1,787   $ 17  
           

        Escrow Earnings and Other Interest Income.     Escrow earnings and other interest income was $3.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 62% decrease. This decrease was primarily attributable to a 239 basis point decline in the average 30-day LIBOR, offset by the growth of the servicing portfolio.

50


Table of Contents

        Other.     Other income was $2.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $7.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 68% decrease. This decrease was primarily attributable to a $1.1 million decline in investment consulting and related services fees and a $1.8 million decline in make-whole payments. Make-whole payments were $0.7 million and $2.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As the credit markets tightened in 2008, fewer prepayments occurred, resulting in lower make-whole payments.

        Personnel.     Personnel expenses were $17.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $16.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 1% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to the additional commissions associated with the higher origination related fees.

        Amortization and Depreciation.     Amortization and depreciation expense was $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 14% decrease. This decrease was primarily attributable to fewer prepayments and associated MSR write-offs in 2008.

        Provision for Risk-Sharing Obligations.     The provision for risk-sharing obligations was $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. We recognized no provision for the year ended December 31, 2007. The provision for risk-sharing obligations was three basis points of the Fannie Mae at risk portfolio as of December 31, 2008. These provisions reflect the increase in 60-day delinquencies to 0.56% of the at risk portfolio at December 31, 2008 from 0.19% of the at risk portfolio at December 31, 2007. These provisions also include certain loans that were not delinquent, but for which we believed default was probable. There were no-write offs for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        Interest Expense on Corporate Debt.     Interest expense on corporate debt was $2.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to $3.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 30% decrease. This decrease was primarily attributable to a 13% decrease in the average corporate debt balance outstanding and a 239 basis point decrease in the average 30-day LIBOR.

        Other Operating Expenses.     Other operating expenses were $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, compared to $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, a 54% increase. This increase was primarily attributable to $1.0 million of Column transaction expenses included in 2008.

Financial Condition

        Our cash flows from operations are generated from loan sales, servicing fees, escrow earnings, net warehouse interest income and other income, net of loan purchases and operating costs. Our cash flows from operations are impacted by the timing of loan closings and the period of time loans are held for sale in the warehouse.

        We usually lease facilities and equipment for our operations. However, when necessary and cost effective, we invest immaterial amounts of cash in property, plant and equipment.

51


Table of Contents

        We use our warehouse facilities to fund loan closings. We believe that our current warehouse facilities are adequate to meet our increasing loan origination needs. Historically we have used long-term debt to fund acquisitions.

        Although historically our excess cash flows from operations has been distributed to owners, we currently have no intention to pay dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Nine Months Ended September 30, 2009

        Our unrestricted cash balance was $20.1 million and $10.7 million as of September 30, 2010, and September 30, 2009, respectively, a $9.4 million decrease.

        Changes in cash flows from operations were driven primarily by loans acquired and sold. Such loans are held for short periods of time, generally less than 45 days, and impact cash flows presented as of a point in time. We used cash of $1.8 million and generated cash of $50.0 million from operations during the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, which included net cash outflows of $22.4 million and net cash inflows of $43.6 million from the sale of loans held for sale during the respective periods. Excluding cash flows from loan sales, our operating cash flows were $20.6 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to $6.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. The increase is due to the improved timing of cash receipts from HUD related loan origination fees in 2010 compared to the same period in 2009.

        We invested $0.5 million and $0.4 million of cash in equipment and furniture for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. These amounts represent immaterial investments in property, plant and equipment.

        We received $11.9 million and used $45.7 million of cash in financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, a $57.6 million increase. This increase was primarily attributable to a $66.0 million increase in the use of warehouse notes payable, offset by a cash contribution from the Column transaction.

Year Ended December 31, 2009 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2008

        Our unrestricted cash balance was $10.4 million and $6.8 million as of December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, respectively, a $3.6 million increase.

        Changes in cash flows from operations were driven primarily by loans acquired and sold. Such loans are held for short periods of time, generally less than 45 days, and impact cash flows presented as of a point in time. We generated $20.4 million cash flows from operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to using $79.5 million of cash for the year ended December 31, 2008. The 2009 cash flows include proceeds of $10.4 million from the sale of loans held for sale, while the 2008 cash flows include $84.7 million of cash used for the purchase of loans held for sale. Excluding cash provided by and used for the sale and purchase of loans, cash flows from operations were $10.0 million and $5.2 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in this component of cash flows from operations was primarily attributable to an increase in net income, less fair value of MSRs created and gain on bargain purchase, plus amortization and depreciation.

        We invested $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, and 2008, respectively, a $0.1 million increase. These amounts represent immaterial investments in property, plant and equipment.

        We used $16.7 million of cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to $69.1 million of cash generated from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008, an $85.7 million decrease. This decrease was attributable to a $95.1 million decrease in

52


Table of Contents


warehouse facilities outstanding, and a $2.5 million increase in distributions to owners, offset by a cash contribution from the Column transaction.

Year Ended December 31, 2008 compared to Year Ended December 31, 2007

        Our unrestricted cash balance was $6.8 million and $17.4 million as of December 31, 2008, and December 31, 2007, respectively, a $10.6 million decrease.

        Changes in cash flows from operations were driven primarily by loans acquired and sold. Such loans are held for short periods of time, generally less than 45 days, and impact cash flows presented as of a point in time. We used $79.5 million of cash flows from operations for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to cash flows from operations of $293.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The 2008 cash flows include $84.7 million of cash used for the purchase of loans held for sale, while the 2007 cash flows include $279.8 million cash from the sale of loans held for sale. Excluding cash provided by and used for the sale and purchase of loans, cash flows from operations was $5.2 million and $14.1 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in this component of cash flows from operations were primarily attributable to a decrease in net income, less fair value of MSRs created, plus amortization and depreciation.

        We invested $0.2 million and $0 for the year ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, a $0.2 million increase. These amounts represent immaterial investments in property, plant and equipment.

        We generated $69.1 million of cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2008, a $359.4 million increase over the $290.3 million of cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was attributable to a $364.5 million increase in cash generated from warehouse facilities outstanding, offset by a $3.9 million increase in the amount of debt principal payments, and other net changes in assets and liabilities.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Uses of Liquidity, Cash and Cash Equivalents

        Our cash flow requirements consist of (i) short-term liquidity necessary to fund mortgage loans, (ii) working capital to support our day-to-day operations, including debt service payments, servicer advances consisting of principal and interest advances for Fannie Mae or HUD loans that become delinquent and advances on insurance and taxes payments if the escrow funds are insufficient, and (iii) liquidity necessary to pay down our debt obligations of approximately $0.6 million maturing on January 28, 2011 and $27.9 million maturing on October 31, 2011. We have an option to extend the $27.9 million debt to October 31, 2013, subject to certain conditions.

        We also require working capital to satisfy collateral requirements for our Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing obligations and to meet the operational liquidity requirements of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, HUD, Ginnie Mae and our warehouse facility lenders. Fannie Mae has indicated that it will be increasing its collateral requirements for certain loans. Congress and other governmental authorities have also suggested that lenders will be required to retain on their balance sheet a portion of the loans that they originate, although no regulation has yet been implemented. In either scenario, we would require additional liquidity to support the increased collateral requirements.

        As of September 30, 2010, December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, we were required to maintain at least $8.1 million, $7.3 million and $6.0 million, respectively, of liquid assets to meet our operational liquidity requirements for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, HUD, Ginnie Mae and our warehouse facility lenders. As of September 30, 2010, December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, we had operational liquidity of $20.1 million, $10.4 million, and $6.8 million, respectively.

53


Table of Contents

        On October 27, 2010, we declared our quarterly distribution in the normal course of business with respect to the third quarter 2010 in the amount of $5 million, which will be paid to indirect equity owners of Walker & Dunlop, LLC prior to the closing of this offering. Following the completion of this offering, we currently intend to retain all future earnings for the operation and expansion of our business and, therefore, do not anticipate declaring or paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

        Historically, our cash flows from operations have been sufficient to enable us to meet our short-term liquidity needs and other funding requirements. Similarly, we believe that cash flows from operations should be sufficient for us to meet our current obligations for the next 12 months.

Restricted Cash and Pledged Securities

        Restricted cash and pledged securities consist primarily of collateral for our risk-sharing obligations and good faith deposits held on behalf of borrowers between the time we enter into a loan commitment with the borrower and the investor purchases the loan. The amount of collateral required by Fannie Mae is a formulaic calculation at the loan level and considers the balance of the loan, the risk level of the loan, the age of the loan and the level of risk-sharing. As of September 30, 2010, December 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008 we pledged securities to collateralize our Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing obligations of $13.6 million, $11.6 million and $7.2 million, respectively, all of which were in excess of current requirements.

        We fund any growth in our Fannie Mae required operational liquidity and collateral requirements from our working capital. Fannie Mae has recently increased its collateral requirements for certain segments of the Fannie Mae risk-sharing portfolio by approximately 25 basis points effective January 1, 2011. The incremental collateral required for existing and new loans will be funded over approximately the next three years, in accordance with Fannie Mae requirements. Based on our Fannie Mae portfolio as of September 30, 2010, the additional proposed collateral required by the end of the three year period is expected to be approximately $12 million. Fannie Mae also has indicated that it intends to reassess the adequacy of its collateral requirements on an annual basis, starting as of October 2011.

Sources of Liquidity: Warehouse Facilities

        We have four warehouse facilities that we use to fund our loan originations. Consistent with industry practice, two of these facilities are revolving commitments we expect to renew annually, one is an uncommitted facility we expect to renew annually, and the last facility is provided on an uncommitted basis without a specific maturity date. Our ability to originate mortgage loans depends upon our ability to secure and maintain these types of short-term financings on acceptable terms. The amounts we have outstanding on our warehouse lines as of any quarter-end are generally a function of the timing of the execution of loan sales. Our warehouse facilities are as follows:

    We have a $150 million committed warehouse line with Bank of America, N.A. and TD Bank, N.A. that matures on November 28, 2011. The agreement provides us with the ability to fund our Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD loans. Advances are made at 100% of the loan balance and borrowings under this line bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR plus 250 basis points. As of September 30, 2010, we had $9.7 million of borrowings outstanding under this line and corresponding loans held for sale. This line has been renewed successfully every year since we originally entered into the warehouse facility in 2005.

    This warehouse line includes various operating and financial covenants at the Walker & Dunlop, LLC entity level, including requirements for a minimum tangible net worth of $75 million, a debt to tangible net worth ratio of no more than 6 to 1, minimum liquid assets of at least $7 million, a maximum delinquency rate of no more than 2% (based on the unpaid principal amount of Fannie Mae DUS loans that are sixty or more days delinquent), and a maximum delinquency rate increase of no more than 1% (based on the unpaid principal

54


Table of Contents

      amount of the Fannie Mae DUS loans on which we have risk-sharing that are sixty or more days delinquent) from quarter-end to quarter-end. Prior to July 30, 2010, the quarter over quarter maximum delinquency rate increase was 0.5%. We were in breach of this delinquency rate covenant as of June 30, 2010, based on our delinquency rate increase of 0.71% from March 31, 2010 to June 30, 2010. The lenders under this warehouse line waived the breach, any related cross-defaults were waived and the covenant was amended to increase the maximum delinquency rate percentage change to 1% from quarter-end to quarter-end. We were in compliance with all covenants at September 30, 2010 and we do not expect that the June 30, 2010 breach of the delinquency rate covenant will have any adverse effect on our ability to borrow under our existing warehouse facilities in the future.

    We have a $150 million committed warehouse line with PNC Bank N.A. that matures on June 29, 2011. The agreement provides us with the ability to fund our Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and HUD loan closings. Advances are made at 100% of the loan balance and borrowings under this line bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR plus 250 basis points. As of September 30, 2010, we had $43.9 million of borrowings outstanding under this line and corresponding loans held for sale. This line has been renewed successfully every year since we originally entered into the warehouse facility in 2000. This warehouse line includes various operating and financial covenants at the Walker & Dunlop, LLC entity level, including requirements for a minimum adjusted tangible net worth of $85 million, an adjusted debt to adjusted tangible net worth ratio of no more than 3 to 1, minimum cash and cash equivalents of at least $7 million, a maximum delinquency rate of no more than 2% (based on the unpaid principal amount of loans that are sixty or more days delinquent) and a maximum delinquency rate increase of no more than 2% (based on the aggregate amount of unpaid principal amount of the Fannie Mae DUS loans on which we have risk-sharing that are sixty or more days delinquent) from quarter-end to quarter-end.

    We have a $250 million uncommitted facility with Fannie Mae under its As Soon As Pooled funding program. After approval of certain loan documents, Fannie Mae will fund loans after closing and the advances are used to repay the primary warehouse line. Fannie Mae will advance 99% of the loan balance and borrowings under this program bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR plus 100 basis points. As of September 30, 2010, we had $33.6 million of borrowings outstanding under this program. There is no expiration date for this facility.

    We have an unlimited uncommitted warehouse line and repurchase facility with Kemps Landing Capital Company, LLC, an affiliate of Guggenheim Partners, that matures March 31, 2011. The line provides us with the ability to fund Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans. Advances are made at the lesser of 100% of the loan balance or the purchase price of the loan. Borrowings under this line bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR plus 275 basis points. As of September 30, 2010, we had $31.8 million of borrowings outstanding under this line. This warehouse line includes various operating and financial covenants at the Walker & Dunlop, LLC entity level, including requirements for a minimum net worth of $2 million and minimum liquid assets of $200,000.

        These agreements also contain cross-default provisions, such that if a default occurs under any of our debt agreements, generally the lenders under our other debt agreements could also declare a default. We are in compliance with all of our warehouse line covenants.

Debt Obligations

        On October 31, 2006, we entered into a $42.5 million credit agreement with Bank of America that funded the purchase of a 49% interest in Green Park. Ownership interests in Green Park, GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, W&D, Inc. and

55


Table of Contents


certain cash flows from the servicing portfolio were pledged as collateral for the note. On January 30, 2009, the loan was amended to reflect the formation of Walker & Dunlop, LLC and added pledges of all of the ownership interests in Walker & Dunlop, LLC as collateral for the note. The loan matures on October 31, 2011 and we have an option to extend the agreement to October 31, 2013, subject to certain conditions. The loan bears interest at the average 30-day LIBOR plus 350 basis points and has annual principal reductions of $3.6 million. As of September 30, 2010, the outstanding note balance was $27.9 million. We are subject to the same financial covenants, including the delinquency rate covenant, under this loan as we have under the Bank of America warehouse line. In addition, the term loan includes the following requirements: (i) EBITDA must be at least $12 million; (ii) the ratio of EBITDA to the principal and interest payments required to be paid under the loan for the applicable year must be at least 2.25 to 1; (iii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the servicing portfolio must be at least $8 billion and the Fannie Mae portfolio must be at least $5 billion; and (iv) the ratio of the outstanding loan amount to the fair market value of servicing contracts must be no greater than 50%. In connection with the formation transactions and this offering, we will enter into an amendment and consent agreement with Bank of America. This agreement is expected to provide, among other things, that the company will become the pledgor of the collateral described above and will provide a payment guaranty on the loan.

        On January 16, 2006, we entered into a $7.6 million note with United Bank to purchase certain ownership interests in Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc. The note requires monthly principal and interest payments, bears an annual interest rate of 7.275% and matures on January 28, 2011. As of September 30, 2010, the outstanding balance of the note was $0.6 million.

        During 2008, we purchased small amounts of subsidiary equity from certain exiting employees and issued notes that are subordinated to the Bank of America credit agreement. The notes bear interest at the 90-day LIBOR plus 200 basis points and will be repaid in five annual installments after the Bank of America debt has been repaid. As of September 30, 2010, the aggregate outstanding balance of the notes was $0.5 million.

56


Table of Contents

Credit Quality and Allowance for Risk-Sharing Obligations

        The following table sets forth certain information useful in evaluating our credit performance.

 
  Nine Months ended
September 30,
  Years ended December 31,  
Dollars in thousands
  2010   2009   2009   2008   2007  

Key Credit Metrics

                               

Unpaid principal balance:

                               
 

Total servicing portfolio

  $ 14,165,850   $ 12,844,826   $ 13,203,317   $ 6,976,208   $ 6,054,186  

Fannie Mae servicing portfolio:

                               
 

Fannie Mae Full Risk

  $ 5,736,752   $ 5,091,039   $ 5,476,467   $ 3,202,044   $ 2,369,743  
 

Fannie Mae Modified Risk

    2,001,830     1,630,809     1,226,669     717,472     726,153  
 

Fannie Mae No Risk

    1,433,511     1,647,049     1,992,093     1,263,308     1,213,177  
                       
   

Total Fannie Mae

  $ 9,172,093   $ 8,368,897   $ 8,695,229   $ 5,182,824   $ 4,309,073  
                       
 

Fannie Mae at risk servicing portfolio(1)

  $ 6,536,724   $ 5,630,768   $ 5,870,363   $ 3,560,095   $ 2,761,733  
 

60 day delinquencies

  $ 54,006   $ 13,433   $ 17,934   $ 19,814   $ 4,557  
 

At risk loan balances associated with allowance for risk-sharing obligations

  $ 98,450   $ 33,696   $ 47,829   $ 22,727   $  

Allowance for risk-sharing obligations:

                               
 

Beginning balance

  $ 5,552   $ 1,101   $ 1,101   $   $ 888  
 

Provision for risk-sharing obligations

    4,397     (34 )   2,265     1,101      
 

Net write-offs

    (2,148 )       (498 )       (888 )
 

Contribution from Column

        2,684     2,684          
                       
   

Ending balance

  $ 7,801   $ 3,751   $ 5,552   $ 1,101   $  
                       
 

60 day delinquencies as % of at risk portfolio

    0.83 %   0.24 %   0.31 %   0.56 %   0.17 %
 

Provision for risk-sharing as % of at risk portfolio(2)

    0.07 %   0.00 %   0.04 %   0.03 %   0.03 %
 

Allowance for risk-sharing as a % of the at risk portfolio

    0.12 %   0.07 %   0.09 %   0.03 %   0.00 %
 

Net write-offs as % of the at risk portfolio(2)

    0.03 %   0.00 %   0.01 %   0.00 %   0.00 %
 

Allowance for risk-sharing as % of the specifically identified at risk balances

    7.92 %   11.13 %   11.61 %   4.84 %   n/a  

(1)
At risk servicing portfolio is defined as the balance of Fannie Mae DUS loans subject to the risk-sharing formula described below. Use of the at risk portfolio provides for comparability of the full risk-sharing and modified risk-sharing loans because the provision and allowance for risk-sharing obligations are based on the at risk balances of the associated loans. Accordingly, we have presented the key statistics as a percentage of the at risk portfolio.


For example, a $15 million loan with 50% DUS risk-sharing has the same potential risk exposure as a $7.5 million loan with full DUS risk-sharing. Accordingly, if the $15 million loan with 50% DUS risk-sharing was to default, the company would view the overall loss as a percentage of the at risk balance, or $7.5 million, to ensure comparability between all risk-sharing obligations. To date, all of the company's risk-sharing obligations that we have settled have been from full risk-sharing loans.

57


Table of Contents

(2)
The presentation of the provision for risk-sharing as a percentage of at risk portfolio and net write-offs as a percentage of the at risk portfolio for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 have not been annualized. The company has experienced a limited number of defaults and losses that do not result in a discernable annual trend.

        Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing obligations are based on a tiered formula. The risk-sharing tiers and amount of the risk-sharing obligations we absorb under full risk-sharing are provided below. Except as described in the following paragraph, the maximum amount of risk-sharing obligations we absorb is 20% of the unpaid principal balance of the loan at the time of default.

Risk-Sharing Tier
  Percentage Absorbed by Us
First 5% of unpaid principal balance   100%
Next 20% of unpaid principal balance   25%
Losses Above 25% of unpaid principal balance   10%
Maximum lender loss   20% of unpaid principal balance

        Fannie Mae can double or triple our risk-sharing obligation if the loan does not meet specific underwriting criteria or if a loan defaults within 12 months of its sale to Fannie Mae. We may request modified risk-sharing at the time of origination, which reduces our potential risk-sharing obligation from the levels described above.

        We use several tools to manage our risk exposure under the Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing program. These tools include maintaining a strong underwriting and approval process, evaluating and modifying our underwriting criteria given the underlying multifamily housing market fundamentals, limiting our market and borrower exposures and electing the modified risk-sharing option under the Fannie Mae DUS program.

        The Company monitors its underwriting criteria in light of changing economic and market conditions. In 2006 when we believed the CMBS issuers relaxed their underwriting criteria, we did not mirror those changes. Furthermore, in 2008 we strengthened our underwriting criteria in response to deteriorating market conditions. We believe these actions reduced our risk exposure under the Fannie Mae DUS risk sharing program; however, these actions also restricted growth in our origination volumes.

        We regularly request modified risk-sharing based on such factors as the size of the loan, market conditions and loan pricing. Except for the Fannie Mae DUS loans acquired in the Column transaction, which were acquired subject to their existing Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing levels, our current credit management policy is to cap the loan balance subject to full risk-sharing at $25 million. Accordingly, we currently elect to use modified risk-sharing for loans of more than $25 million in order to limit our maximum loss on any loan to $5 million.

        A provision for risk-sharing obligations is recorded, and the allowance for risk-sharing obligations is increased, when it is probable that we have incurred risk-sharing obligations. The provisions historically have been for Fannie Mae loans with full risk-sharing. The amount of the provision considers our assessment of the likelihood of payment by the borrower, the value of the underlying collateral and the level of risk-sharing. Historically, the loss recognition occurs at or before the loan becoming 60 days delinquent. Our estimates of value are determined considering broker opinions and other sources of market value information relevant to underlying property and collateral. Risk-sharing obligations are written off against the allowance at final settlement with Fannie Mae.

        In September 2010, we received notice from Fannie Mae that our risk-sharing obligation was increased on a $4.6 million loan that defaulted within 12 months of the sale to Fannie Mae. We have recommended that Fannie Mae initiate foreclosure on the defaulted loan. We are currently evaluating

58


Table of Contents


our collateral levels on the Fannie Mae loan but do not currently expect to incur a loss from this default.

        As of September 30, 2010 and 2009, $54.0 million and $13.4 million, respectively, of our Fannie Mae at risk balances were more than 60 days delinquent. For the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and September 30, 2009, our provisions for risk-sharing obligations were $4.4 million and approximately zero, respectively, or seven basis points and approximately zero basis points of the Fannie Mae at risk balance, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, our provisions were $2.3 million and $1.1 million, respectively, or four basis points and three basis points of the Fannie Mae at risk balance, respectively.

        As of September 30, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, our allowance for risk-sharing obligations was $7.8 million, $5.6 million and $1.1 million, respectively, or 12 basis points, nine basis points and three basis points of the Fannie Mae at risk balance, respectively. We had no provision for risk-sharing obligations nor an allowance for risk-sharing obligations in 2007. From January 1, 2000 through September 30, 2010, we settled risk-sharing obligations of $4.5 million, or an average 1 basis point annually of the average at risk Fannie Mae portfolio balance.

Off-Balance Sheet Risk

        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

Contractual Obligations

        We have contractual obligations to make future payments on debt and lease agreements. Additionally, in the normal course of business, we enter into contractual arrangements whereby we commit to future purchases of products or services from unaffiliated parties. We also have a deferred compensation agreement with certain senior management officers.

        Warehouse facility obligations, long-term debt and other obligations at December 31, 2009 are as follows:

Dollars in thousands
  Due in 1
Year or Less
  Due after 1
Year through
3 Years
  Due after 3
Years through
5 Years
  Due after
5 Years
  Total  

Long-term debt(1)

  $ 6,690   $ 28,464   $   $   $ 35,154  

Warehouse facilities(2)

    96,612                 96,612  

Operating leases

    1,469     2,691     406     7     4,573  

Deferred compensation liability

    800     1,154             1,954  
                       

Total

  $ 105,571   $ 32,309   $ 406   $ 7   $ 138,293  
                       

(1)
Includes interest at contractual interest rate for fixed rate loans and effective interest rate for variable rate loans.

(2)
To be repaid from proceeds of loan sales.

New/Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In January 2009, the FASB issued FAS No. 167 (ASC 810) to amend requirements for consolidating variable interest entities. This amendment changes the determination of the primary beneficiary in a variable interest entity. In January 2010, the FASB voted to finalize Accounting Standards Update (ASU) amendments to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 810 for Certain Investment Funds . The ASU will defer the effective date for a reporting enterprise's interest in certain entities. It addresses concerns that the joint consolidation model under development by the

59


Table of Contents


FASB and IASB may result in a different conclusion for asset managers and that an asset manager consolidating certain funds would not provide useful information to investors. The adoption of these standards did not have a material effect on our financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued FAS No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets —an amendment of FASB Statement 140 (as codified in ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing (ASC 860)). ASU No. 2009-16 issued in December 2009 removes the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity from Topic 860 and removes the exception from applying Topic 810, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, for qualifying special purpose entities. This ASU modifies the financial components approach used in Topic 860 and limits the circumstances in which a financial asset, or portion of a financial asset, should be derecognized. Additionally, enhanced disclosures are required to provide financial statement users with greater transparency about transfers of financial assets and a transferor's continuing involvement with transferred financial assets. We adopted ASC 860 on January 1, 2010. The adoption of the revised guidance did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

        We are not currently exposed to interest rate risk during the loan commitment, closing and delivery process. The sale or placement of each loan to an investor is negotiated prior to closing on the loan with the borrower, and the sale or placement is effectuated within 2 to 45 days of closing. The coupon rate for the loan is set after we have established the interest rate with the investor.

        Some of our assets and liabilities are subject to changes in interest rates. Earnings from escrows are generally based on LIBOR. A 100 basis point increase or decrease in the average 30-day LIBOR would increase or decrease, respectively, our annual earnings by approximately $1.9 million based on our escrow balance as of September 30, 2010. The borrowing cost of our warehouse facilities are based on a LIBOR. A 100 basis point increase or decrease in the average 30-day LIBOR would decrease or increase, respectively, our annual net warehouse interest income by approximately $1.0 million based on our outstanding warehouse balance as of September 30, 2010. Approximately $27.9 million of our corporate debt is based on the average 30-day LIBOR. A 100 basis point increase or decrease in the average 30-day LIBOR would decrease or increase, respectively, our annual earnings by approximately $0.3 million based on our outstanding corporate debt as of September 30, 2010.

        The fair value of our MSRs is subject to market risk. A 100 basis point increase or decrease in the weighted average discount rate would decrease or increase, respectively, the fair value of our MSRs by approximately $2.4 million or $2.5 million as of December 31, 2009. Our Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac servicing engagements provide for make-whole payments in the event of a voluntary prepayment prior to the expiration of the prepayment protection period. Our servicing contracts with institutional investors and HUD do not require payment of a make-whole amount. As of September 30, 2010, 94% of the service fees are protected from the risk of prepayment through make-whole requirements; hence, we do not hedge our servicing portfolio for prepayment risk.

60


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Company

        We are one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily lending. We originate, sell and service a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate financing products. Our clients are owners and developers of commercial real estate across the country. We originate and sell loans through the programs of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and HUD, with which we have long-established relationships. We retain servicing rights and asset management responsibilities on nearly all loans that we originate for GSE and HUD programs. We are approved as a Fannie Mae DUS lender nationally, a Freddie Mac Program Plus lender in seven states, the District of Columbia and the metropolitan New York area, a HUD MAP lender nationally, and a Ginnie Mae issuer. We also originate and service loans for a number of life insurance companies, commercial banks and other institutional investors, in which cases we do not fund the loan but rather act as a loan broker.

        In 2009, we originated more than $2.2 billion in commercial real estate loans, of which approximately $1.9 billion were sold through GSE or HUD programs and approximately $343 million were placed with institutional investors. As of September 30, 2010, we serviced approximately $14.2 billion in commercial real estate loans covering approximately 1,630 properties in 46 states and the District of Columbia. We also provide investment and consulting and related services for two commercial real estate funds that invest in commercial real estate securities and loans for a number of institutional investors.

        For the year ended December 31, 2009, according to the Mortgage Bankers Association, by principal amount of loans directly funded or serviced by us, we were:

        We have not historically originated loans for our balance sheet. The sale of each loan through GSEs and HUD is negotiated prior to closing on the loan with the borrower. For loans originated pursuant to the Fannie Mae DUS program, we generally are required to share the risk of loss, with our maximum loss capped at 20% of the unpaid principal balance of a loan. We have established a strong credit culture over decades of originating loans and are committed to disciplined risk management from the initial underwriting stage through loan payoff. From January 1, 2000 through September 30, 2010, we settled risk-sharing obligations of $4.5 million, or an average 1 basis point annually of the average at risk Fannie Mae portfolio balance.

        Our total revenues were $85.8 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and $88.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our income from operations was $29.5 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

        We have been in business for 73 years. Since becoming a Fannie Mae DUS lender in 1988, we have had major institutions as investors in our business. In January 2009, we acquired from Column, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, its $5.0 billion servicing portfolio, together with its Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD operations, which significantly expanded our GSE and HUD loan origination capabilities. Our extensive borrower and lender relationships, knowledge of the commercial real estate capital markets, expertise in commercial real estate financing, and strong credit culture have enabled us to establish a significant market presence and grow rapidly and profitably in recent years. We believe our business model and expertise, combined with the additional capital from this offering,

61


Table of Contents


will enable us to continue to grow and enhance our position as a leading provider of commercial real estate financial services in the United States.

Our History and the Formation Transactions

        Walker & Dunlop was founded in 1937 and has been under three generations of Walker family leadership. We became one of the first Fannie Mae DUS lenders in 1988 and have been a top 10 originator under the Fannie Mae DUS program for 19 of the past 20 years. We are headquartered in Bethesda, Maryland and have seven additional offices across the country.

        In January 2009, W&D, Inc., its affiliate Green Park, and Column contributed their assets to a newly formed entity, Walker & Dunlop, LLC. The transaction brought together Walker & Dunlop's competencies in debt origination, loan servicing, asset management, investment consulting and related services, Green Park's Fannie Mae DUS origination capabilities and Column's Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD operations, including its healthcare real estate lending business, to form one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States. Substantially all of the assets and liabilities of W&D, Inc. and Green Park, including its wholly owned subsidiary Green Park Express, LLC, were transferred to Walker & Dunlop, LLC in exchange for 5% and 60% interests, respectively, in Walker & Dunlop, LLC, and certain assets and liabilities of Column were transferred to Walker & Dunlop, LLC for a 35% interest in Walker & Dunlop, LLC.

        Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will complete certain formation transactions through which Walker & Dunlop, LLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation. In connection with the formation transactions, members of the Walker family, certain of our directors and executive officers and certain other individuals and entities who currently own direct and indirect equity interests in Walker & Dunlop, LLC will contribute their respective interests in such entities to Walker & Dunlop, Inc. in exchange for shares of our common stock. As a result of the contributions, we will become responsible for approximately $29.0 million of existing debt as of September 30, 2010. See footnotes to the "Principal and Selling Stockholders Table" for the number of shares received by each director and executive officer in connection with the formation transactions.

        The following chart shows the anticipated structure and ownership of our company, including operating subsidiaries, after giving effect to the formation transactions and this offering on a fully diluted basis (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option):

GRAPHIC

62


Table of Contents

Industry and Market Opportunity

        We believe that sizeable demand for commercial real estate loans, principally driven by impending debt maturities and an anticipated rebound in commercial real estate investment activity, presents significant growth opportunities for companies that have an established market presence, demonstrated origination experience, deep relationships with active investors and a disciplined risk management strategy.

Commercial Real Estate Loan Industry

        We believe the following represent the key sources of capital for the commercial real estate finance market:

Our current origination volume is concentrated with GSEs, as they are the dominant lender in the markets in which we operate. We expect to diversify our lending sources over time as other lenders become more attractive sources of commercial real estate financing for our clients.

Constrained Lending Environment

        Issuance of CMBS in the United States grew dramatically from $47 billion in 2000 to $230 billion in 2007, according to Commercial Mortgage Alert. This growth was fueled, in part, by rising

63


Table of Contents


commercial real estate property values, a strong economy and an abundance of debt and equity capital. CMBS were particularly attractive to borrowers because of their larger loan amounts and lower interest rates.

        Since reaching their highs in 2007, commercial real estate values have declined substantially as a result of the global recession and the related significant contraction in capital available to the commercial real estate market. This contraction in capital has been exacerbated by the near shut down in investor demand for CMBS and by financial institutions significantly reducing their commercial real estate portfolios and lending activity in an effort to retain capital, reduce leverage, mitigate risk and meet regulatory capital requirements. Similarly, the CMBS and broader securitization market collapsed. Only $3 billion of CMBS were issued in 2009, compared to a low of $47 billion and a high of $230 billion in any year from 2000 through 2007, according to Commercial Mortgage Alert. Conditions in the CMBS and broader securitization market remain extremely challenging.

        A comparison of loan delinquency rates for GSEs, CMBS, commercial banks and life insurance companies, as set forth below, shows that CMBS and commercial banks have had significantly higher delinquency rates than GSEs.


Commercial/Multifamily Mortgage Delinquency Rates by Investor Group

GRAPHIC

Source:   Q2 2010 Quarterly Data Book, Mortgage Bankers Association

Note:

 

CMBS represents 30+ days and real estate owned; Life Companies, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac represent 60+ days; Commercial Banks represent 90+ days.

Demand for Commercial Real Estate Loans

        A substantial amount of commercial real estate loans is scheduled to mature in the coming years. According to the Federal Reserve Flow of Funds Accounts of the United States, approximately $3.2 trillion of commercial real estate loans were outstanding as of June 30, 2010, of which approximately $843 billion were multifamily loans. It is estimated that $28 billion to $40 billion of multifamily loans held by investors other than commercial banks will mature each year from 2011 to 2014, according to the Survey of Loan Maturity Volumes, Mortgage Bankers Association. This amount would be considerably higher if it included multifamily loans held by commercial banks. As this debt matures, real estate owners will be required to repay or restructure their loans. In these scenarios, new debt will almost always be required, which we believe will provide significant opportunities for us. We further believe that demand for multifamily and other commercial real estate loans will increase as the overall economy improves, which should have a positive impact on our origination volume.

64


Table of Contents

Non-Bank Multifamily Loan Maturities by Investor Type ($ in billions)

GRAPHIC

Source:
Survey of Loan Maturity Volumes, Mortgage Bankers Association

        We believe that demand for commercial real estate loans will also increase as the overall economy improves, particularly job growth. We further believe stronger employment fundamentals will likely result in lower delinquency rates, stronger cash flows and higher occupancy rates for multifamily and other commercial properties, which correlate with higher property values and an increase in real estate transaction activity.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We distinguish ourselves from other commercial mortgage originators and servicers through five core strengths developed over decades of experience:

        Strong Client Relationships and Demonstrated Loan Origination Experience.     Throughout our history, we have established and maintained deep client relationships with major owners and operators of commercial real estate across the country. We understand the financial needs of our borrowers, the geographic markets in which they operate, the market conditions for different types of commercial properties, and how to structure commercial real estate loans to meet those needs. Many of our clients are repeat customers, and some have worked with us for multiple generations. We also have decades of origination experience and were one of only three institutions in 2009 that was a top 10 originator for each of Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD. We believe that our relationships and expertise have helped us become one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the country.

        Disciplined Credit Culture.     We maintain a strong credit culture and disciplined risk management underpins everything we do. From January 1, 2000 through September 30, 2010, we settled risk-sharing obligations of $4.5 million, or an average of one basis point annually of the average at risk Fannie Mae portfolio balance. We have received numerous awards from Fannie Mae for excellence in asset and risk management, including, in 2009, the Excellence in Asset Management Award and the Excellence in Loss Mitigation Award. We believe underwriting and active asset management are key components of our business model.

        Deep Investor Relationships.     We have relationships with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD that are backed by decades of experience. We view ourselves as a business partner of the GSEs and HUD, working to achieve common goals. We understand GSE and HUD program requirements and standards for originating, underwriting and servicing large volumes of loans. We also have extensive relationships

65


Table of Contents


with other institutional sources of commercial real estate capital such as life insurance companies, investment banks, pension funds, commercial banks and other institutional investors. We were one of the first companies to obtain a Fannie Mae DUS license and have been a top 10 originator during 19 of the past 20 years. Currently, 25 companies are approved as Fannie Mae DUS lenders, 26 companies are approved as Freddie Mac Program Plus lenders, and 49 companies are approved as both HUD MAP lenders and Ginnie Mae issuers. We believe that obtaining new lender licenses from the GSEs is difficult, creating a significant barrier to entry.

        Servicing and Asset Management Expertise.     As of September 30, 2010, we serviced and provided asset management for approximately $14.2 billion in commercial real estate loans representing approximately 1,630 properties in 46 states and the District of Columbia. Our asset managers monitor individual investments with special emphasis on financial performance and risk management to anticipate potential property, borrower and market issues. Because of our active servicing and asset management, we believe that we provide a more full-service, hands-on experience to our customers and award-winning risk management to our investors.

        Experienced Management Team with Substantial Ownership.     Our named executive officers have an average of more than 20 years of experience in the commercial real estate finance industry. We have a senior management team that has time-tested, hands-on experience with a high degree of market knowledge and a thorough understanding of a broad range of commercial real estate asset classes. This team led our company during the credit crisis over the last few years with consistent quarterly growth in both revenues and profits. Our named executive officers will own approximately 18.2% of our outstanding shares of common stock on a fully diluted basis following the completion of the formation transactions and this offering, closely aligning their interests with those of our stockholders.

Our Growth Strategy

        We believe we are well positioned to grow our business by taking advantage of opportunities in the commercial real estate finance market. During the recent credit crisis, we not only maintained our position in the market, but also expanded our business through the Column transaction in 2009, which added licenses to originate and service loans for Freddie Mac and HUD. We also significantly expanded our capabilities in the healthcare lending business through the Column transaction. As a result, while commercial real estate originations dropped nationwide by 46% from 2008 to 2009 and multifamily originations dropped nationwide by 35% from 2008 to 2009, according to the Mortgage Bankers Association's 2009 Annual Origination Volume Summation, our originations grew by 12% to approximately $2.2 billion in 2009 from approximately $2.0 billion in 2008. While some of our competitors suffered extensive loan losses and negative earnings, we sustained limited credit losses and remained profitable during the same period. We believe that our performance during this period of significant market dislocation has given us access to new clients and talented professionals and enhanced our brand awareness across the commercial real estate finance industry.

        We seek to use this momentum and market position to profitably grow our business by focusing on the following areas:

        Capitalize on Refinancing Needs and Commercial Real Estate Recovery.     According to the Survey of Loan Maturity Volumes, Mortgage Bankers Association, $420 billion in non-bank commercial real estate debt is expected to mature between 2011 and 2014, of which $130 billion is non-bank multifamily debt. We believe that these figures would be considerably higher if multifamily loans held by commercial banks were included. While some of this debt may be extended or restructured by existing lenders, we believe much of it will need to be refinanced, creating a significant market opportunity. In addition, we believe commercial real estate valuations will increase over time, which should produce increased transaction activity and new lending opportunities. With our strong market position and borrower relationships in multifamily debt financing, we believe that we are well positioned to benefit from an increase in lending activity for multifamily properties. Furthermore, we believe the commercial

66


Table of Contents


real estate recovery will generate opportunities for us to expand our originations of commercial real estate loans outside of the multifamily sector.

        Add to Our Origination Capabilities.     We intend to expand our business by adding to our origination capabilities. We currently have approximately 30 originators located in eight offices nationwide, supplemented by 23 independently owned mortgage banking companies with whom we have correspondent relationships. We originate loans nationally and believe that we will have significant opportunities to continue broadening our origination network. This expansion may include organic growth, recruitment of talented origination professionals and potentially acquisitions of competitors with strong origination capabilities.

        Increase Originations in Healthcare Finance.     Through the Column transaction, we significantly increased our ability to compete in the healthcare real estate lending space, which includes skilled nursing facilities, senior housing facilities and hospitals. The most active sources of capital in this space today are HUD and Fannie Mae. From January 2009 through September 30, 2010, we have originated over $420 million in hospital and skilled nursing facility loans. According to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, average annual health spending growth is anticipated to outpace average annual growth in the overall economy from 2009-2019, reaching approximately $4.5 trillion and representing 19.3% of GDP in 2019. Health spending growth is primarily attributable to the increasing average age of the U.S. population as the 65 and over population is expected to grow 36.2% from 2010 to 2020, according to the U.S Census Bureau. Given the significant and growing size of this market, along with our demonstrated origination capabilities, we believe that healthcare lending will represent a growing portion of our future business.

        Acquire Complementary Businesses.     Dislocation in the commercial real estate market has left many competitors weakened. While we have no present intention or agreement, we may choose to broaden the services we provide by acquiring complementary businesses that have deep client relationships and expertise in areas such as investment sales and special asset management. Through the Column transaction, we have demonstrated our ability to successfully acquire and integrate a significant business and believe that we have the ability to do so in the future should opportunities arise.

        Expand Our Commercial Real Estate Loan Product Offerings.     We anticipate offering additional commercial real estate loan products to our clients as their financial needs evolve. For example, we have experienced strong demand for interim financing for multifamily properties that would feed into our permanent GSE multifamily loan programs. While we have the structuring, underwriting, credit and asset management expertise to offer this type of product, we do not currently have the balance sheet to provide the necessary short-term financing for these loans. We believe proceeds from this offering, together with third-party financing sources, will allow us to meet client demand for additional products that are within our expertise.

Our Product Offerings

        We originate, sell and service a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate financing products. Our clients are developers and owners of real estate across the United States. We focus primarily on multifamily properties and offer a range of commercial real estate finance products to our customers, including first mortgage loans, second trust loans, supplemental financings, construction loans, mezzanine loans and equity investments. We originate and sell loans under the programs of GSEs and HUD. We retain servicing rights and asset management responsibilities on nearly all loans made under GSE and HUD programs and most of the loans that we place with institutional investors. Our long-established relationships with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, HUD and institutional investors enable us to offer this broad range of loan products and services.

67


Table of Contents

        We structure our internal working groups around the various services we provide: Multifamily Finance, FHA Finance, Healthcare Finance, Capital Markets and Investment Services. Each of our offerings are designed to maximize our ability to meet client needs, source capital and grow our commercial real estate financing business.

GRAPHIC

Multifamily Finance

        We are one of 25 approved lenders who participate in Fannie Mae's DUS program for multifamily, manufactured housing communities, student housing and certain healthcare properties. Under the Fannie Mae DUS program, Fannie Mae has delegated to us responsibility for ensuring that the loans we originate under the Fannie Mae DUS program satisfy the underwriting and other eligibility requirements established from time to time by Fannie Mae. In exchange for this delegation of authority, we share risk for a portion of the losses that may result from a borrower's default. For more information regarding our risk-sharing agreements with Fannie Mae, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Quality and Allowance for Risk-Sharing Obligations." Most of the Fannie Mae loans that we originate are sold in the form of a Fannie Mae-insured security to third-party investors. We also are contracted by Fannie Mae to service all loans that we originate under the Fannie Mae DUS program. We originated $1.4 billion, $1.2 billion and $1.2 billion in principal amount of multifamily loans for Fannie Mae under the Fannie Mae DUS program for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, making us the fifth largest, eighth largest and sixth largest originator of multifamily loans for those periods. We have been a top 10 originator under the Fannie Mae DUS program for 19 of the last 20 years.

        We are one of 26 lenders approved as a Freddie Mac Program Plus lender under which we originate and sell to Freddie Mac multifamily and healthcare loans that satisfy Freddie Mac's

68


Table of Contents


underwriting and other eligibility requirements. Under the program, we submit our completed loan underwriting package to Freddie Mac and obtain Freddie Mac's commitment to purchase the loan at a specified price after closing. Freddie Mac ultimately performs its own underwriting of loans that we sell to it. Freddie Mac may choose to hold, sell or later securitize such loans. We do not have any risk-sharing arrangements on loans we sell to Freddie Mac under Program Plus. We also are contracted by Freddie Mac to service all loans that we originate under its program. We originated $256 million in principal amount of loans for Freddie Mac during 2009, making us the tenth largest originator of loans as a Freddie Mac Program Plus lender for the period.

FHA Finance

        As an approved HUD MAP lender and Ginnie Mae issuer, we provide construction and permanent loans to developers and owners of multifamily housing, senior housing and healthcare facilities. We submit our completed loan underwriting package to HUD and obtain HUD's approval to originate the loan.

        HUD insured loans are typically placed in single loan pools which back Ginnie Mae securities. Ginnie Mae is a United States government corporation in The United States Department of Housing and Urban Development. Ginnie Mae securities are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, and we do not bear any risk of loss on Ginnie Mae securities. In the event of a default on a HUD insured loan, HUD will reimburse approximately 99% of any losses of principal and interest on the loan and Ginnie Mae will reimburse the remaining losses of principal and interest. We are obligated to continue to advance principal and interest payments and tax and insurance escrow amounts on Ginnie Mae securities until the HUD mortgage insurance claim has been paid and the Ginnie Mae security fully paid. Ginnie Mae is currently considering a change to its programs that would eliminate the Ginnie Mae obligation to reimburse us for any losses not paid by HUD in return for our receiving an increased servicing fee. It is uncertain whether these changes will be implemented. As of September 30, 2010, we were servicing HUD loans with an unpaid principal balance of $683 million, of which $660 million were in Ginnie Mae securities.

Healthcare Finance

        Through the Column transaction, we significantly increased our ability to compete in the healthcare real estate lending space, which includes skilled nursing facilities and hospitals. The most active sources of capital in this space today are HUD and Fannie Mae. The process for originating healthcare real estate loans is similar to the process for originating multifamily loans with HUD or Fannie Mae, as applicable. We do not have any risk-sharing arrangements on loans originated through HUD, but do share risk of loss on loans originated under the Fannie Mae DUS program. We are also contracted by HUD and Fannie Mae to service all loans we originate under their programs. Since the Column transaction in January 2009 through September 30, 2010, we have originated over $420 million in hospital and skilled nursing facility loans. Given the significant size of this addressable market and an aging population in the United States, along with our demonstrated origination capabilities, we believe that healthcare lending will represent a growing portion of our future business.

Capital Markets

        We serve as an intermediary in the placement of commercial real estate debt between institutional sources of capital, such as life insurance companies, investment banks, commercial banks, pension funds and other institutional investors, and owners of all types of commercial real estate. A client seeking to finance or refinance a property will seek our assistance in developing different alternatives and soliciting interest from various sources of capital. We often advise on capital structure, develop the financing package, facilitate negotiations between our client and institutional sources of capital, coordinate due diligence and assist in closing the transaction. In these instances, we do not underwrite

69


Table of Contents


or fund the loan and do not retain any interest in these loans. In cases where we do not fund the loan, we act as a loan broker and often service the loan. We placed approximately $343 million in loans with institutional investors in 2009, approximately $749 million in 2008 and approximately $849 million in 2007. As of September 30, 2010, we serviced approximately $2.2 billion in loans for institutional investors.

Investment Services

        We provide investment consulting and related services for two commercial real estate funds, W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I LP and Walker & Dunlop Apartment Fund I, LLC.

        W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I LP is a commercial real estate fund that has invested approximately $50 million in commercial real estate securities and loans, such as first mortgages, B-notes, mezzanine debt and equity securities, and has no further commitments to invest. Third-party pension funds hold limited partnership interests in this fund and are entitled to all regular distributions. Through our subsidiary, we hold a general partnership interest in this fund and are entitled to incentive distributions only if returns exceed certain pre-established thresholds. To date, the general partner has never received an incentive fee. Pursuant to contractual arrangements, we provide investment consulting and related services to a third-party entity controlled by William Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, which serves as the investment advisor to the fund. In return, we are entitled to all investment advisory payments earned by this third party entity.

        Walker & Dunlop Apartment Fund I, LLC is a commercial real estate fund that has invested $45 million in multifamily real estate properties and mezzanine loans, and has no further commitments to invest. An institutional investor owns a 99% non-managing member interest in the fund and a third-party entity controlled by members of the Walker family and other individuals own a 1% managing member interest therein. Pursuant to the fund's operating agreement, distribution of net cash flows is first distributed to an institutional investor based on an investment yield, next to the managing member and the balance of the net cash flows of the fund is then distributed 99% to an institutional investor and 1% to the managing member. Pursuant to contractual arrangements, we provide investment consulting and related services to the managing member, which serves as the investment advisor to the fund. In return, we are entitled to all investment advisory payments earned by the managing member.

        We do not intend to make any further investments on behalf of these funds or perform any further services, other than managing the existing fund investments.

        In the future, we may raise additional funds in an effort to provide clients with a broader selection of commercial real estate finance products. We believe the financing alternatives provided by future funds would complement our existing product offerings and do not intend to create funds that would compete with our existing products. We expect that third-party investors would likely provide the great majority of capital for these funds. Such funds would allow us to effectively leverage our cash without borrowing additional capital, strengthen and create relationships with institutional investors, create an ongoing, stable stream of asset management fees and potentially realize substantial returns on equity depending on fund performance.

        We intend to form a wholly owned subsidiary of our company to provide investment management services directly to any new funds we may create.

Direct Loan Originators and Correspondent Network

        We originate loans directly through approximately 30 originators operating out of eight offices nationwide. These individuals have deep knowledge of the commercial real estate lending business and bring with them extensive relationships with some of the largest property owners in the country. They have a thorough understanding of the financial needs and objectives of borrowers, the geographic

70


Table of Contents


markets in which they operate, market conditions specific to different types of commercial properties and how to structure a loan product to meet those needs. These originators collect and analyze financial and property information, assist the borrower in submitting information required to complete a loan application and, ultimately, help the borrower close the loan. Our originators are paid a salary and commissions based on the volume of approved loans that they originate.

        In addition to our group of talented originators, we have correspondent agreements with 23 independently owned mortgage banking companies across the country with whom we have exclusive relationships for GSE and HUD loan originations. This network of correspondents helps us extend our geographic reach into new and/or smaller markets on a cost effective basis. In addition to identifying potential borrowers, our correspondents assist us in evaluating loans, including pre-screening borrowers and properties for program eligibility, coordinating due diligence and generally providing market intelligence. In exchange for providing these services, the correspondent earns an origination fee based on a percentage of the principal amount of the financing arranged and a fee paid out over time based on the servicing revenue stream over the life of the loan.

        During the year ended December 31, 2009, our direct originators and correspondents originated approximately 60% and 40% of our loans, respectively.

Underwriting and Risk Management

        We have suffered minimal credit losses over the past ten years and believe our success is due in large part to our thorough and disciplined underwriting process and our conservative risk management practices. Our success in these areas allows us to attract lenders and related capital to support our origination growth. We generally follow, or will follow, the same underwriting and risk management procedures irrespective of whether we retain risk or do not retain risk on the loans sold to third parties or originate loans for our balance sheet.

        We use several tools to manage our risk exposure through the Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing program. Those tools include a strong underwriting process and approval process, evaluating and modifying our underwriting criteria given the underlying multifamily housing market fundamentals, limiting our market and borrower exposures and using modified risk-sharing under the Fannie Mae DUS program.

        Our underwriting process begins with a review of suitability for our lending partners and a detailed review of the borrower and the borrower's property. We review a borrower's financial statements for minimum net worth and liquidity requirements, as well as credit and criminal background checks. We also review a borrower's operating track record, including evaluating the performance of other properties owned by the applicable borrower. We also consider the borrower's bankruptcy and foreclosure history. We believe that lending to a borrower with a proven track record as an operator mitigates our credit risk.

        We review the fundamental value and credit profile of the underlying property, including an analysis of regional economic trends, appraisals of the property, and reviews of historical and prospective financials. Third-party vendors are engaged for appraisals, engineering reports, environmental reports, flood certification reports, zoning reports and credit reports. We utilize a list of approved third-party vendors for these reports. Each report is reviewed by our underwriting team for quality and comprehensiveness. All third party vendors are reviewed periodically for the quality of their work and are removed from our list of approved vendors if the quality or timeliness of the reports is below our standards. This is particularly true for engineering and environmental reports on which we rely to make decisions regarding ongoing replacement reserves and environmental matters.

        Our quality control is covered by our experienced system of checks and balances. First, underwriters and analysts work as a team to check one another's work as they complete an initial loan

71


Table of Contents


narrative. The narrative consists of in-depth borrower and key principal financial analysis, property financial and appraisal analysis, market analysis, and analyses for each loan, including analyses provided by third parties. The financial analysis must include an exit strategy for an unpaid loan at maturity. This narrative is then reviewed by one or two Deputy Chief Underwriters prior to submission to our Chief Credit Officer for approval. This three-level system is designed to ensure thorough underwriting and to maintain quality in all of our loan narratives.

        As required by our current internal policies and procedures, any contemplated loan over $25 million is first presented to our standing loan committee prior to being approved. This committee is currently comprised of our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Credit Officer and our Chief Operating Officer, in addition to two directors of our board. At the completion of this offering, our standing loan committee will be comprised of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Credit Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Senior Vice President of Asset Management.

        Once the loan is approved by our standing loan committee and closed, the loan becomes the responsibility of our asset management group, which also reports to our Chief Credit Officer. Our asset management group monitors geographic trends at a high level, leveraging off of knowledge from a large servicing portfolio, receives and reviews property-level financial statements quarterly, monitors and evaluates escrow balances and property maintenance and routinely visits each property, in addition to monitoring payment patterns of the borrower. We believe that providing asset management services is an important advantage in minimizing credit losses. As the primary contact for the borrower, we gain insight in dealing with problem loans often before the borrower defaults. This insight, combined with our commercial real estate expertise, enables us to actively work to mitigate losses on any problem loans.

        While our underwriting procedures are generally the same for all loans, we have a stringent focus on managing our risk on loans where we participate in risk-sharing with the lender. We carefully evaluate such lending partners and their underwriting standards in assessing our willingness to share credit risk. We currently share a portion of losses that may result from a borrower's default on most of the loans we originate under the Fannie Mae DUS program. Currently, we do not retain similar risk on other loans we originate. We have a long relationship with Fannie Mae and maintain a thorough understanding of their underwriting and other eligibility requirements, as well as their loss mitigation and property work-out procedures. While we can recommend a loss mitigation strategy, however, final decisions are within the control of Fannie Mae. During the foreclosure process, we decide whether we will calculate our share of losses based on the appraised value of the property or the final sale amount. We believe that our experience and in-depth knowledge of market conditions and property-level fundamentals enable us to the make sound choices in this regard. We believe Fannie Mae has a strong track record underwriting multifamily real estate loans. For example, according to the Quarterly Data Book, Mortgage Bankers Association, as of June 30, 2010, Fannie Mae's 60+ day delinquency rate was .80%, while the CMBS 30+ day and real estate owned delinquency rate was 8.22% and the Bank and Thrifts 90+ day delinquency rate was 4.26%.

        In addition, we maintain concentration limits with respect to our Fannie Mae loans. We limit geographic concentration, focusing on regional employment concentration and trends. We minimize individual loan concentrations under our current credit management policy to cap the loan balance subject to full risk-sharing at $25 million. Accordingly, we currently elect to use modified risk-sharing for loans of more than $25 million in order to limit our maximum loss on any loan to $5 million.

        The Company monitors its underwriting criteria in light of changing economic and market conditions. In 2006 when we believed the CMBS issuers relaxed their underwriting criteria we did not mirror those changes. Furthermore, in 2008 we strengthened our underwriting criteria in response to deteriorating market conditions. We believe these actions reduced our risk exposure under the Fannie

72


Table of Contents

Mae DUS risk sharing program; however, these actions also restricted growth in our origination volumes.

        While we believe we continue to manage credit well, the multifamily sector has experienced declining fundamentals in certain markets due to the slow economy and job losses. The declining fundamentals have resulted in increased delinquencies and defaults for us and the multifamily industry. Many items can affect a borrower's decision to default on a loan, including the property, cash flow, occupancy and maintenance needs and tax considerations, along with non-property specific issues such as general market conditions and other financing obligations of the borrower.

        We experienced, in 2009, an increase in delinquencies, defaults, and provisions for risk-sharing obligations. Including the increase in recent defaults, we continue to demonstrate a strong credit history. On our at risk Fannie Mae servicing portfolio of $5.9 billion, $3.6 billion and $2.8 billion at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, we had provisions for risk-sharing obligations of $2.3 million, $1.1 million and $0 million, respectively. These provisions represent four basis points, three basis points and 0 basis points of our Fannie Mae DUS at risk portfolio for the years 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Our net write-offs were $0.5 million in 2009, and we had no net write-offs in 2008 and 2007. For 2009, the net write-off represented one basis point of our at risk servicing portfolio of $5.9 billion.

        The provision for risk-sharing obligations was $4.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010, compared to approximately zero for the nine months ended September 30, 2009. For the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010, and 2009, the provisions for risk-sharing obligations were seven and approximately zero basis points of the Fannie Mae at risk portfolios, respectively. These provisions reflect the increase in 60-day delinquencies to 0.83% of the at risk portfolio at September 30, 2010 from 0.24% of the at risk portfolio at September 30, 2009. The amount of the provision considers our assessment of the likelihood of payment by the borrower, the estimated disposition value of the underlying collateral and the level of risk-sharing. Historically, the loss recognition occurs at or before the loan becoming 60 days delinquent. The net write-offs for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 were $2.1 million or three basis points of the at risk portfolio and included the write-off of the risk-sharing obligations loans from the Column transaction which were provisioned for at acquisition.

        Our allowance for risk-sharing obligations was $7.8 million at September 30, 2010, which represents 12 basis points of the Fannie Mae DUS at risk portfolio. Measured on the specifically identified at risk balances of $98.5 million, this allowance for risk-sharing obligations is 7.92%, which is consistent with historical experience. Our experience reflects the seasoning in the at risk portfolio and conservative underwriting. The level of the allowance is dependent upon the level of estimated losses that have been incurred and the timing of the settlement of the respective losses. If the loans with risk-sharing obligations are in states that take months for a foreclosure to occur, the allowance will remain outstanding until the foreclosure process is complete and the final risk-sharing loss has been settled.

        Finally, in addition to our risk-sharing obligations, we may be obligated to repurchase loans that are originated for GSE or HUD programs if certain representations and warranties that we provide in connection with such origination are breached. We have never been required to repurchase any loan.

Servicing and Asset Management

        We provide servicing for nearly all loans originated for GSEs and HUD and for most of our loans originated for institutional investors, primarily life insurance companies. We are an approved servicer of loans for Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and HUD and were the seventh largest GSE servicer in 2009, with $10.7 billion in loans being serviced at December 31, 2009. At September 30, 2010, we had a total servicing portfolio of approximately $14.2 billion, including $12.0 billion of loans under GSE and HUD programs.

73


Table of Contents


Servicing Portfolio

 
   
  As of December 31,  
 
  As of
September 30, 2010
 
Dollars in thousands
  2009   2008   2007  

Fannie Mae

  $ 9,172,093   $ 8,695,229   $ 5,182,824   $ 4,309,073  

Freddie Mac

    2,119,877     2,055,821          

HUD/Ginnie Mae

    683,241     350,676          

Other

    2,190,639     2,101,591     1,793,384     1,745,113  
                   

Total

  $ 14,165,850   $ 13,203,317   $ 6,976,208   $ 6,054,186  
                   

        Our servicing function includes both loan servicing and asset management activities. We have a dedicated team of professionals who have significant experience in performing or overseeing the following servicing and asset management activities:

        Although we are the primary contact for the borrower at all times, certain routine back-office aspects of loan servicing, such as preparing statements, collecting payments and managing escrow accounts for taxes and insurance, are performed by a third-party provider under the supervision of our in-house servicing team. We directly handle any questions or issues that the borrower may have and make any non-routine decisions regarding collection of payment, application of funds and related matters. We believe that we enjoy significant cost savings as a result of this arrangement, without compromising the quality of the overall servicing process or diminishing the value we bring to the servicing function. All asset management activities are performed by us directly.

        Our servicing function provides us with recurring fees that are generally equal to a specified percentage of the outstanding principal balance of the loans being serviced and are paid by investors over the term of the loan. These servicing fees are contractual in nature and are agreed to upon loan origination. We may also be entitled to other forms of servicing compensation, such as late fees and fees for additional services that we are requested to perform, including loan modifications, lease reviews and defeasance. We generally retain the right to act as primary servicer for loans that we originate and sell.

        For most loans we service under the Fannie Mae DUS program, we are currently required to advance the principal and interest payments and tax and insurance escrow amounts up to 5% of the unpaid principal balance of a loan if the borrower is delinquent in making loan payments. Once the 5% threshold is met, we can apply to Fannie Mae to have the advance rate reduced to 25% of any additional principal and interest payments and tax and insurance escrow amounts, which Fannie Mae may approve at its discretion. We are reimbursed by Fannie Mae for these advances.

        Under the HUD program, we are obligated to continue to advance principal and interest payments and tax and insurance escrow amounts on Ginnie Mae securities until the HUD mortgage insurance

74


Table of Contents


claim has been paid and the Ginnie Mae security fully paid. In the event of a default on a HUD-insured loan, HUD will reimburse approximately 99% of any losses of principal and interest on the loan and Ginnie Mae will reimburse the remaining losses of principal and interest. Ginnie Mae is currently considering a change to its programs that would eliminate its obligation to reimburse us for any losses not paid by HUD in return for our receiving an increased servicing fee. It is uncertain whether these changes will be implemented.

Competition

        We face significant competition across our business, including, but not limited to, commercial banks, commercial real estate service providers and insurance companies, some of which are also investors in loans we originate. Many of these competitors enjoy competitive advantages over us, including greater name recognition, financial resources and access to capital. Commercial banks may have an advantage over us in originating commercial loans if borrowers already have a line of credit with the bank. Commercial real estate service providers may have an advantage over us to the extent they also offer an investment sales platform.

        We compete on the basis of quality of service, relationships, loan structure, terms, pricing and industry depth. Industry depth includes the knowledge of local and national real estate market conditions, commercial real estate, loan product expertise and the ability to analyze and manage credit risk. Our competitors seek to compete aggressively on the basis of these factors and our success depends on our ability to offer attractive loan products, provide superior service, demonstrate industry depth, maintain and capitalize on relationships with investors, borrowers and key loan correspondents and remain competitive in pricing. In addition, future changes in laws, regulations and GSE and HUD program requirements and consolidation in the commercial real estate finance market could lead to the entry of more competitors.

Regulatory Requirements

        Our business is subject to regulation and supervision in a number of jurisdictions. The level of regulation and supervision to which we are subject varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and is based on the type of business activities involved. The regulatory requirements that apply to our activities are subject to change from time to time and may become more restrictive, making our compliance with applicable requirements more difficult or expensive or otherwise restricting our ability to conduct our businesses in the manner that they are now conducted. Changes in applicable regulatory requirements, including changes in their enforcement, could materially and adversely affect us.

Federal and State Regulation of Commercial Real Estate Lending Activities

        Our multifamily and commercial real estate lending, servicing and asset management businesses are subject, in certain instances, to supervision and regulation by federal and state governmental authorities in the United States. In addition, these businesses may be subject to various laws and judicial and administrative decisions imposing various requirements and restrictions, which, among other things, regulate lending activities, regulate conduct with borrowers, establish maximum interest rates, finance charges and other charges and require disclosures to borrowers. Although most states do not regulate commercial finance, certain states impose limitations on interest rates and other charges and on certain collection practices and creditor remedies, and require licensing of lenders and adequate disclosure of certain contract terms. We also are required to comply with certain provisions of, among other statutes and regulations, the USA PATRIOT Act, regulations promulgated by the Office of Foreign Asset Control, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, which we refer to as "ERISA," and federal and state securities laws and regulations.

75


Table of Contents

Requirements of GSEs and HUD

        To maintain our status as an approved lender for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and as a HUD-approved mortgagee and issuer of Ginnie Mae securities, we are required to meet and maintain various eligibility criteria from time to time established by each GSE and HUD, such as minimum net worth, operational liquidity and collateral requirements and compliance with reporting requirements. We also are required to originate our loans and perform our loan servicing functions in accordance with the applicable program requirements and guidelines from time to time established by the respective GSE and HUD. If we fail to comply with the requirements of any of these programs, the relevant GSE or HUD may terminate or withdraw our approval. In addition, the GSEs and HUD have the authority under their guidelines to terminate a lender's authority to sell loans to it and service their loans. The loss of one or more of these approvals would have a material adverse impact on us and could result in further disqualification with other counterparties, and we may be required to obtain additional state lender or mortgage banker licensing to originate loans if that status is revoked.

Regulation as an Investment Adviser

        In the future, one or more of our subsidiaries may be required to register as an investment adviser with the SEC under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 a result of investment management services that it may provide. A registered investment adviser is subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investor or client of the adviser. These laws and regulations include requirements relating to, among other things, fiduciary duties to clients, maintaining an effective compliance program, solicitation agreements, conflicts of interest, record keeping and reporting requirements, disclosure requirements, limitations on agency cross and principal transactions between an investment adviser and its advisory clients and general anti-fraud prohibitions. In addition, these laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict us from conducting our advisory activities in the event we fail to comply with those laws and regulations. Sanctions that may be imposed for a failure to comply with applicable legal requirements include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on our engaging in various advisory activities for specified periods of time, the revocation of registrations, other censures and fines.

Employees

        As of September 30, 2010, we had more than 150 employees nationwide. None of our employees are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Legal Proceedings

        On February 17, 2010, Capital Funding Group, Inc. ("Capital Funding") filed a lawsuit in the state Circuit Court of Montgomery County, Maryland against Walker & Dunlop, LLC for alleged breach of contract, unjust enrichment and unfair competition arising out of an alleged agreement that Capital Funding had with Column to refinance a large portfolio of senior healthcare facilities located throughout the United States (the "Golden Living Facilities"). Capital Funding alleges, among other things, that a contract existed between it and Column (and its affiliates) whereby Capital Funding allegedly had the right to perform the HUD refinancing for the Golden Living Facilities and according to which Capital Funding provided certain alleged proprietary information to Column and its affiliates relating to the refinancing of the Golden Living Facilities on a confidential basis. Capital Funding further alleges, among other things (including certain claims made against Walker & Dunlop, LLC as a result of its alleged actions), that Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as the alleged successor by merger to Column, is bound by Column's alleged agreement with Capital Funding, and breached the agreement by taking for itself the opportunity to perform the HUD refinancing for the Golden Living Facilities.

76


Table of Contents


Capital Funding demands alleged damages of approximately $30 million on its claim for breach of contract or unjust enrichment and $30 million or more for its unfair competition claim as well as injunctive relief. On May 3, 2010, we answered the complaint, denying liability for all three claims, and are defending ourselves against the allegations. The court denied Walker & Dunlop, LLC's motion to dismiss the unfair competition claim. A trial date for the matter is scheduled for Spring 2011.

        We are not aware of any contract between the plaintiff and Column or its affiliates regarding the right to refinance the Golden Living Facilities. Moreover, we believe that Walker & Dunlop, LLC did not assume any of the rights or liabilities related to the original Golden Living Facilities financing, which was provided in part by Column's parent company, Column Financial, Inc. Pursuant to an agreement, dated January 30, 2009 (the "Column Transaction Agreement"), among Column, Walker & Dunlop, LLC, W&D, Inc. and Green Park, Column generally agreed to indemnify Walker & Dunlop, LLC against liability arising from Column's conduct prior to Column's transfer of the assets to Walker & Dunlop, LLC.

        In connection with this litigation, in addition to our indemnification rights under the Column Transaction Agreement, Column in November 2010 further agreed to indemnify us for any liabilities that arise as a result of this litigation. As part of this further indemnification agreement with respect to the Capital Funding lawsuit, we have agreed to indemnify Column for an amount up to $3.0 million for any liabilities that Column may pay to us under this agreement and for which Column otherwise would not have been obligated to pay under the Column Transaction Agreement. Also as part of this further indemnification agreement, William Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mallory Walker, in their individual capacities, agreed that if Column is required to indemnify us under this agreement and otherwise would not have been obligated to pay such amounts under the Column Transaction Agreement, Messrs. William Walker and Mallory Walker will pay any such amounts in excess of $3 million but equal to or less than $6 million. As a result of this agreement, we will have no liability or other obligation for any damage amounts in excess of $3 million arising out of this litigation. Column's indemnification obligation arises only after Column receives a claim notice following the resolution of the litigation that specifies the amount of Walker & Dunlop, LLC's claim. As a result, we may be required to bear the significant costs of the litigation and any adverse judgment unless and until we are able to prevail on our indemnification claim. We believe that we will fully prevail on our indemnification claims against Column, and that we ultimately will incur no material loss as a result of this litigation, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

        We may be subject to liability under various other legal actions that are pending or that may be asserted against us in our ordinary course of business.

        We cannot predict the outcome of any pending litigation and may be subject to consequences that could include fines, penalties and other costs, and our reputation and business may be impacted. Our management believes that any liability that could be imposed on us in connection with the disposition of any pending lawsuits would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial condition.

Facilities

        Our principal headquarters are located in Bethesda, Maryland. As of September 30, 2010, we maintained an additional seven offices across the country, including in: Atlanta, Georgia; Chicago, Illinois; Dallas, Texas; New Orleans, Louisiana; New York, New York; Orange County, California; and Walnut Creek, California. We believe that our facilities are adequate for us to conduct our present business activities.

        All of our office space is leased. The most significant terms of the lease arrangements for our office space are the length of the lease and the amount of the rent. Our leases have terms varying in duration and rent as a result of differences in prevailing market conditions in different geographic

77


Table of Contents


locations. We do not believe that any single office lease is material to us. In addition, we believe there is adequate alternative office space available at acceptable rental rates to meet our needs, although adverse movements in rental rates in some markets may negatively affect our results of operations and cash flows when we enter into new leases.

Other Information

        We were formed as a Maryland corporation on July 29, 2010. Our principal executive office is located at 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200, Bethesda, Maryland 20814. Our telephone number is (301) 215-5500. Our web address is www.walkerdunlop.com . The information on, or otherwise accessible through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

78


Table of Contents


OUR MANAGEMENT

Our Directors, Director Nominees and Executive Officers

        Currently, we have six directors with one board member seat vacant. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will consist of nine members. Pursuant to our organizational documents, each of our directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of our stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies. Our bylaws provide that a majority of the entire board of directors may at any time increase or decrease the number of directors. However, unless our charter and bylaws are amended, the number of directors may never be less than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the "MGCL") nor more than 15.

        The following table sets forth certain information concerning the individuals who will be our executive officers and directors upon completion of this offering:

Name
  Age   Position
William M. Walker     43   Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Howard W. Smith, III

 

 

52

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

Deborah A. Wilson

 

 

54

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

Richard C. Warner

 

 

55

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer

Richard M. Lucas

 

 

45

 

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Mitchell M. Gaynor

 

 

51

 

Director(1)

John Rice

 

 

44

 

Director(1)

Edmund F. Taylor

 

 

50

 

Director(2)

Robert A. Wrzosek

 

 

38

 

Director(2)

Alan J. Bowers

 

 

55

 

Director Nominee(1)(3)

Cynthia A. Hallenbeck

 

 

53

 

Director Nominee(1)(3)

Dana L. Schmaltz

 

 

43

 

Director Nominee(1)(3)

(1)
Independent within the meaning of the NYSE listing standards.

(2)
We have agreed to nominate two Column designees, currently Edmund Taylor and Robert Wrzosek, for election as directors at our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. In addition, William Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mallory Walker, the father of William Walker and our former Chairman, have agreed to vote the shares of common stock owned by them for the Column designees at the 2011 annual meeting of stockholders and at any special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs within six months after the expiration of Column's lock-up agreement.

(3)
It is expected that this individual will become a director immediately upon completion of this offering.

79


Table of Contents

        Set forth below is biographical information for our directors, director nominees and executive officers.

         William M. Walker will serve as our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer.            Mr. Walker has been a member of our board since July 2010 and a board member of Walker & Dunlop, LLC or its predecessors since February 2000. In September 2003, Mr. Walker became the executive vice president and chief operating officer of Walker & Dunlop and has been serving as the president of Walker & Dunlop since January 2005 and as the chief executive officer since January 2007. Prior to joining Walker & Dunlop, Mr. Walker was on the management team at TeleTech, a global business process outsourcing company, from 1998 to 2003. At TeleTech, he held several senior management positions, including president of the company's European and Latin American divisions. Prior to TeleTech, Mr. Walker was a consultant at Newbridge Latin America where he was responsible for private equity transactions in the aviation, water, and apparel industries. Prior to Newbridge Latin America, Mr. Walker was the general manager of ALTA, a regional airline based in Argentina, from August 1995 to October 1996. Mr. Walker currently serves as chairman of the board of directors of Transcom Worldwide S.A., a publicly traded European outsourcing company, as well as chairman of the board of directors of the District of Columbia Water and Sewer Authority. Mr. Walker is also a member of the board of directors of Sustainable Technologies Fund, a Swedish clean-tech venture capital firm. He is a member of the Young Presidents Organization, the Mortgage Bankers Association and the Urban Land Institute. Mr. Walker received his Bachelor of Arts in Government from St. Lawrence University and his Masters in Business Administration from Harvard University.

        Mr. Walker brings to our board more than 20 years of leadership experience. Mr. Walker possesses in-depth knowledge of our industry, offers valuable insight into our business and provides the leadership, general management and vision that help us compete successfully.

         Howard W. Smith will serve as our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and one of our directors. Mr. Smith has been a member of our board since July 2010. Mr. Smith joined Walker & Dunlop in November 1980 and has been a member of the management team since 1988. Mr. Smith has been serving as the executive vice president, chief operating officer and a board member of Walker & Dunlop, LLC or its predecessors since 2004. As Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Smith is responsible for our Multifamily, FHA Finance, Healthcare Finance, Underwriting and Asset Management groups. Mr. Smith is a member of the board of directors of the Tudor Place Foundation, the Commercial Real Estate/Multifamily Finance Board of Governors of the Mortgage Bankers Association and the National Multi Housing Council. He is also an advisory council member of the Fannie Mae DUS Peer Group, a group he chaired from 2007 to 2008 and again from 2009 to 2010. Mr. Smith received his Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Washington & Lee University.

        Mr. Smith brings to our board nearly 30 years of experience in the commercial real estate finance industry. He has extensive knowledge of our operations, having spent his entire career at Walker & Dunlop. In his capacity as Chief Operating Officer, Mr. Smith also provides our board with management's perspective on our business operations and conditions, which is crucial to our board's performance of its oversight function.

         Deborah A. Wilson will serve as our Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer. Ms. Wilson has been serving as the senior vice president and chief financial officer of Walker & Dunlop, LLC or its predecessors since July 2008 and as secretary and treasurer since July 2010, and will serve as executive vice president upon consummation of this offering. As Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer, Ms. Wilson is responsible for financial reporting, budgeting and accounting, servicing, loan sales, closing and delivery, and, together with the other members of our senior management team, the overall strategic financial direction of our company. Prior to joining Walker & Dunlop, she served as vice president of counterparty risk at Fannie Mae from 2000 to 2008. From 1983 to 1989, she was a member of the financial services audit practice

80


Table of Contents


at KPMG LLP and she was a member of KPMG LLP's consulting practice from 1991 to 2000, where her last position was as a partner in the national mortgage banking and real estate consulting practice. At KPMG LLP, she focused on valuation, mergers & acquisitions, and productivity and profitability of commercial/multifamily mortgage banking companies. Ms. Wilson received her Bachelor of Arts in Accounting from Texas A&M University.

         Richard C. Warner will serve as our Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer. Mr. Warner has been serving as a senior vice president and chief underwriter of Walker & Dunlop, LLC or its predecessors since September 2002 and will serve as executive vice president upon consummation of this offering. As Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer, Mr. Warner is responsible for our portfolio management department, which includes day-to-day management of our Asset Management and Underwriting groups. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Warner held a number of leadership positions with Main America Capital and its successors, a company that originated commercial and multifamily loans nationwide. From 1994 to 1998, Mr. Warner was the president of Main America Capital; from 1998 to 2000, he was vice president of originations for RFC Commercial; and from 2000 to 2002, he was vice president and branch manager for GMAC Commercial Mortgage. In 1978, Mr. Warner started his career with Canada's Confederation Life Insurance Company, where he held a number of successive positions, ending as mortgage and real estate vice president in 1994. While with Confederation Life Insurance Company, Mr. Warner was a member of the Green Park Financial Board and Loan Committee from 1989 to 1994. Mr. Warner received his Bachelor of Arts in Urban Studies from McGill University.

         Richard M. Lucas will serve as our Executive Vice President and General Counsel. Mr. Lucas was a member of our board from July to October 2010 and served as a board member of Walker & Dunlop, LLC since January 2010. Mr. Lucas joined Hilton Worldwide, Inc., a global hospitality company, in May 2008 as executive vice president, general counsel and corporate secretary and served as a member of Hilton's executive committee until his resignation in 2010. Prior to joining Hilton, Mr. Lucas was a partner at the law firm of Arnold & Porter LLP in Washington, D.C., where he was in private practice for 18 years. At Arnold & Porter, his practice focused on real estate transactions and litigation, primarily in the hospitality and senior living areas. From 2005 to 2008, Mr. Lucas also served as an adjunct faculty member at The George Washington University Law School, where he taught a course on real estate transactions. Mr. Lucas is also a member of the board of directors of the non-profit Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation Capitol Chapter. Mr. Lucas received his Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from Georgetown University's McDonough School of Business and his Juris Doctor from Yale Law School.

         Mitchell M. Gaynor will serve as one of our directors. Mr. Gaynor has been a member of our board since July 2010. Mr. Gaynor has served as a board member of Walker & Dunlop, LLC or its predecessors since 1995. Mr. Gaynor also served in various other capacities with Walker & Dunlop since he joined the company in 1987, including as vice president and chief financial officer from 1992 to 1994, senior vice president and chief financial officer from 1994 to 2002, and as interim chief financial officer both from 2005 to 2006 and in 2008. Mr. Gaynor has also been a private consultant since 2005. Prior to joining Walker & Dunlop, Mr. Gaynor worked as a product manager for Applied Expert Systems, a financial services software firm, as an analyst for the Saddlebrook Corporation, a bank software company, and as a consultant for ICF, Incorporated, a national consulting firm. Mr. Gaynor received his Bachelor of Science from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and his Masters in Business Administration from Harvard University.

        Mr. Gaynor brings to our board more than 20 years of industry experience, as well as 15 years of experience as a Walker & Dunlop board member. Mr. Gaynor's in-depth knowledge of our history and his demonstrated financial expertise are assets to our board.

81


Table of Contents

         John Rice will serve as one of our directors. Mr. Rice has been a member of our board since July 2010 and has served as a board member of Walker & Dunlop, LLC since January 2010. Mr. Rice serves as chief executive officer of Management Leadership for Tomorrow, a national non-profit organization that he founded in 2001. Management Leadership for Tomorrow equips under-represented minorities with the skills, coaching and relationships that unlock their potential as senior business and community leaders. Prior to Management Leadership for Tomorrow, Mr. Rice was an executive with the National Basketball Association from 1996 to 2000, where he served as managing director of NBA Japan and as director of marketing for Latin America. Before joining the National Basketball Association, Mr. Rice spent four years with the Walt Disney Company in new business development and marketing, and two years with AT&T. Mr. Rice is also a senior advisor and co-founder of CareerCore, a technology company that provides outsourced career services and mentoring solutions for colleges and corporations. He serves on the Yale University Council, the Board of Visitors of Duke University's Sanford School of Public Policy, and is a member of the Young Presidents' Organization. Mr. Rice received his Bachelor of Arts from Yale University and his Masters in Business Administration from Harvard University.

        Mr. Rice's success with his various entrepreneurial ventures, as well as his many years of marketing and talent development experience, provide our board with valuable business and marketing insights. Additionally, Mr. Rice's leadership in the non-profit sector is consistent with our commitment to community service.

         Edmund F. Taylor will serve as one of our directors. Mr. Taylor has been a member of our board since July 2010 and has served as a board member of Walker & Dunlop, LLC since January 2009. Mr. Taylor is currently a managing director at Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, where he manages all the global legacy businesses, including commercial real estate, in the fixed income department of the bank's investment banking division. Mr. Taylor is a member of the fixed income department's operating committee. Prior to assuming his current role at Credit Suisse, he was chief operating officer of the global securities business in its investment banking division. Before joining Credit Suisse in 1996, Mr. Taylor spent three years in the commercial real estate group at Daiwa Securities America, an investment banking company, where he was a senior trader and deal manager. Prior to that, he spent six years in a variety of roles in Drexel Burnham Lambert's residential mortgage-backed securities business. Mr. Taylor also spent two years at Goldman Sachs, where he developed financial models for its commodities business. Mr. Taylor is a member of the Real Estate Roundtable, the Sam Zell Real Estate Institute at the Wharton Graduate School of Business, the American Finance Association and the American Economics Association. Mr. Taylor received his Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Hamilton College and his Masters in Business Administration from the Stern School of Business at New York University.

        Mr. Taylor's in depth knowledge of the real estate industry, his experience with mortgage-backed securities, his senior management experience, and his business affiliations throughout the real estate and investment banking communities provide strong leadership and support to the rest of our board, particularly on capital markets matters.

         Robert A. Wrzosek will serve as one of our directors. Mr. Wrzosek has been a member of our board since July 2010 and has served as a board member of Walker & Dunlop, LLC since November 2009. Mr. Wrzosek is a director in the fixed income department of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC's investment banking division. At Credit Suisse, Mr. Wrzosek is responsible for the day-to-day operations of Credit Suisse's tax credit equity syndication business and assisting the firm's clients with respect to GSE and HUD financings. Mr. Wrzosek is also responsible for the development and implementation of strategic restructuring or disposition plans related to non-core assets and business units. Prior to joining Credit Suisse in 2006, Mr. Wrzosek was a partner with the law firm of Eichner & Norris PLLC in Washington, D.C. Mr. Wrzosek's legal practice focused on structured financial products, with a specialization in the securitization of tax exempt securities, affordable housing

82


Table of Contents


finance and general tax matters. Mr. Wrzosek received a LL.M. in taxation from Georgetown University Law Center, a Juris Doctor from Duke University School of Law, and both a Bachelor of Science and a Bachelor of Arts in Finance and Philosophy, respectively, from Ithaca College.

        Mr. Wrzosek's legal, investment banking and real estate experience, and his familiarity with our core business of originating GSE and HUD loans, provide our board with sound expertise and counsel instrumental to the development and expansion of our company.

         Alan J. Bowers is one of our director nominees. Mr. Bowers currently serves on the boards and as audit chair of the following privately held companies: Roadlink Inc., a trucking and logistics firm, Refrigerated Holdings, Inc., a temperature controlled logistics firm, and Fastfrate Holdings, Inc., a Canadian trucking and logistics firm. Mr. Bowers is also a board member of Quadel Consulting Corp., a privately held government contract manager and consulting firm. In addition, Mr. Bowers is a board member and audit chair of American Achievement Corp, an SEC registrant that manufactures and distributes graduation products. Prior to Mr. Bowers' retirement in 2005, Mr. Bowers was the president and chief executive officer and a board member of Cape Success, LLC, a private equity-backed staffing service and information technology solutions business, from 2001 to 2004. Mr. Bowers was also the president and chief executive officer and a board member of MarketSource Corporation, a marketing and sales support service firm, from 2000 to 2001, and of MBL Life Assurance Corporation, a life insurance firm, from 1995 to 1999. Mr. Bowers has been a certified public accountant since 1978 and served as staff auditor, audit partner and managing partner, serving a diverse client base during his tenure at Coopers & Lybrand, L.L.P. from 1978 to 1995 and a staff accountant with Laventhol & Horwath, CPAs from 1976 to 1978. Mr. Bowers received his Bachelor of Science in Accounting from Montclair State University and his Masters in Business Administration from St. John's University.

        Mr. Bowers will bring to our board over 30 years of experience in accounting and executive management, including experience on the audit committees of private companies and an SEC registrant. Mr. Bowers' accounting expertise and diverse corporate management experience will be assets to our board.

         Cynthia A. Hallenbeck is one of our director nominees. Ms. Hallenbeck currently serves as the chief executive officer of Alceryn, Inc., a private consulting firm that she founded in 2010, and is also the acting chief financial officer for the non-profit Council for Economic Education. Prior to founding Alceryn, Inc., Ms. Hallenbeck worked at Citigroup, Inc. from 2002 to 2008, where she served in a number of divisions in various capacities, including as chief financial officer of Citigroup's corporate treasury department from 2002 to 2005, an internal consultant for Citigroup's office of the chief administrative officer from 2006 to 2007 and chief operating officer of global legal support from 2007 to 2008. Prior to her service with Citigroup, Ms. Hallenbeck spent over fourteen years at Merrill Lynch & Co., Inc. in a variety of finance, treasury and accounting roles including treasurer of its global futures business and chief financial officer of its securities financing group. Ms. Hallenbeck also worked with GTE Corporation (currently Verizon Communications, Inc.), a telecommunications company, from 1985 to 1987, where she served as a manager in its financial strategies division, and also with Manufacturers Hanover Trust, a banking institution, from 1979 to 1983, where she served as assistant vice president and a thrift industry specialist. Ms. Hallenbeck is treasurer of the board for the non-profit Global HIV Vaccine Enterprise, where she has been serving since 2009. Global HIV Vaccine Enterprise is a unique global alliance of independent organizations working together to accelerate the development of safe and effective HIV vaccine, funded primarily by the Gates Foundation and National Institutes of Health. Ms. Hallenbeck is also a member of the non-profit Junior League of the City of New York, where she most recently served as chairperson of its audit committee from 2004 to 2008. Ms. Hallenbeck received her Bachelor of Arts in Economics from Smith College and her Masters in Business Administration from Harvard University.

83


Table of Contents

        Ms. Hallenbeck will bring to our board over 30 years of experience in financial management and accounting, including extensive management experience on the executive management teams of numerous private and public companies and service on the audit committees of several organizations. Ms. Hallenbeck's accounting expertise and management experience will be assets to our board.

         Dana L. Schmaltz is one of our director nominees. Mr. Schmaltz is the co-founder, director and former chief financial officer of Blacksmith Brands, Inc., a privately owned consumer products company that was created in September 2009. As the co-founder and a senior manager of Blacksmith Brands, Mr. Schmaltz is responsible for overseeing the operations of the business with his partner, the chief executive officer, as well as for developing future acquisition opportunities for the company. Prior to founding Blacksmith Brands, Mr. Schmaltz was a managing partner of West Hill Partners, LLC, a Boston-based private equity firm from 2007 to 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Schmaltz was the president of J.W. Childs Associates, LP, a private equity fund, where he focused on investments in the consumer/specialty retail sector. Mr. Schmaltz was a general partner at J.W. Childs from 1997 to 2007. He has also been a director of numerous corporations including Mattress Firm, Inc. from January to June 2007, Fitness Quest, Inc from 2004 to 2007, Esselte, AB from 2002 to 2007 and NutraSweet from 2000 to 2007. Mr. Schmaltz began his career in the private equity industry at the NTC Group in 1991 and has held various positions at Kidder, Peabody, Inc. and Drexel Burnham Lambert. Mr. Schmaltz received his Bachelor of Arts in History from Dartmouth College and his Masters in Business Administration from Harvard University.

        Mr. Schmaltz will bring to our board over 20 years of experience in private equity investments, executive management and financial advisory services. Mr. Schmaltz's investment and management experience will be an asset to our board.

Corporate Governance

        We value good corporate governance and have structured our corporate governance in a manner we believe closely aligns our interests with those of our stockholders. Notable features of our corporate governance structure include the following:

    our board of directors is not staggered, with each of our directors subject to re-election annually;

    of the nine persons who will serve on our board of directors upon completion of this offering, five of our directors have been determined by us to be independent for purposes of the NYSE's corporate governance listing standards and are independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act;

    at least one of our directors qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by the SEC; and

    we do not have a stockholder rights plan or other poison pill.

        We expect that our directors will stay informed about our business by attending meetings of our board of directors and its committees and through supplemental reports and communications. Our independent directors will meet regularly in executive sessions without the presence of our corporate officers or non-independent directors.

Board Committees

        Upon the completion of this offering, our board of directors will establish three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee, and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each comprised of independent directors. Their principal functions are briefly described below. Our board of directors may from time to time establish other committees to facilitate our management.

84


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

        Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Alan Bowers, Mitchell Gaynor and Cynthia Hallenbeck, three of our independent directors, with Ms. Hallenbeck serving as our chairperson. The chairperson of our audit committee will qualify as an "audit committee financial expert" as that term is defined by the applicable SEC regulations and NYSE corporate governance listing standards. Our board of directors has determined that each of the audit committee members is "financially literate" as that term is defined by the NYSE corporate governance listing standards. We have adopted an audit committee charter, effective upon completion of this offering, that details the principal functions of the audit committee, including oversight related to:

    our accounting and financial reporting processes;

    the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and financial reporting process;

    our systems of disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting;

    our compliance with financial, legal and regulatory requirements;

    the evaluation of the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent registered public accounting firm;

    the performance of our internal audit function; and

    our overall risk profile.

        The audit committee will also be responsible for engaging an independent registered public accounting firm, reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the plans and results of the audit engagement, approving professional services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm, including all audit and non-audit services, reviewing the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm, considering the range of audit and non-audit fees and reviewing the adequacy of our internal accounting controls. The audit committee also will prepare the audit committee report required by SEC regulations to be included in our annual proxy statement.

Compensation Committee

        Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Cynthia Hallenbeck, John Rice and Dana Schmaltz, three of our independent directors, with Mr. Rice serving as our chairperson. We have adopted a compensation committee charter, effective upon completion of this offering, that details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

    reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our executive officers' compensation, evaluating our executive officers' performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration of our executive officers based on such evaluation;

    reviewing and approving the compensation of our executive officers, subject to the terms and conditions of any pre-existing employment agreements;

    reviewing and evaluating on an annual basis, the compensation for directors, including board committee retainers, meeting fees, equity based compensation and such other forms of compensation as the compensation committee may consider appropriate and recommend to the board, as appropriate, changes to such compensation;

    reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans;

    implementing and administering our incentive and equity-based compensation plans;

85


Table of Contents

    determining the number and terms of equity awards to be granted to our directors, executive officers and other employees pursuant to these plans;

    assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

    producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement;

    reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors; and

    reviewing the company's policies and procedures with respect to risk assessment and risk management for compensating all employees, including non-executive officers, and reporting its findings to the board.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Upon completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Alan Bowers, John Rice and Dana Schmaltz, three of our independent directors, with Mr. Bowers serving as our chairperson. We have adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, effective upon completion of this offering, that details the principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including:

    identifying and recommending to the full board of directors qualified candidates for election as directors and recommending nominees for election as directors at the annual meeting of stockholders;

    developing and recommending to the board of directors corporate governance guidelines and implementing and monitoring such guidelines;

    overseeing the board of directors' compliance with financial, legal and regulatory requirements and its ethics program as set forth in the company's code of business conduct and ethics and the code of ethics for principal executive officer and senior financial officers;

    reviewing and making recommendations on matters involving the general operation of the board of directors, including board size and composition, and committee composition and structure;

    recommending to the board of directors nominees for each committee of the board of directors;

    annually facilitating the assessment of the board of directors' performance as a whole and of the individual directors, as required by applicable law, regulations and the NYSE corporate governance listing standards; and

    overseeing the board of directors' evaluation of management.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

        Our board of directors has established, effective upon completion of this offering, a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our officers, directors and employees. Among other matters, our code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote:

    honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships;

    full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in our SEC reports and other public communications;

    compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations;

86


Table of Contents

    prompt internal reporting of violations of the code to appropriate persons identified in the code; and

    accountability for adherence to the code.

        Any waiver of the code of business conduct and ethics for our executive officers or directors will require approval by a majority of our independent directors, and any such waiver will require prompt disclosure as required by law or NYSE regulations.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

    Compensation Philosophy

        We believe that the primary goals of executive compensation are to retain our existing executive team, provide incentives to grow the company and increase the firm's value to stockholders, and attract new executives who will further enable the company's growth through broadening our management talent.

        Upon completion of this offering, our newly established compensation committee of the board of directors will be responsible for overseeing our compensation program. Although we anticipate that the compensation committee will adhere to the compensation philosophy described above, it is possible that the compensation committee could develop a compensation philosophy, adopt compensation elements or implement such philosophy or elements, in each case in a manner different than that developed, adopted or implemented by Walker & Dunlop, LLC and our current board of directors.

    Elements of Compensation

        Following the completion of this offering, executive compensation will consist of the following elements, each of which satisfies one of more of our alignment, performance and retention objectives:

    Annual Base Salary.   Base salary will be designed to compensate our named executive officers at a fixed level of compensation that serves as core compensation for the industry knowledge, experience and management skills they apply every day. In determining base salaries, we expect that our compensation committee will consider each executive's role and responsibility, unique skills, future potential with our company, salary levels for similar positions at comparable firms and internal pay considerations.

    Cash Bonus.   Cash bonuses will be designed to incentivize our named executive officers at a variable level of compensation that is "at risk," based on the performance of both the company and such individual. In connection with our cash bonus program, we expect that our compensation committee will determine annual and/or long-term performance criteria that change with the needs of our business. We expect our compensation committee to also decide whether the cash bonus will be paid based on the achievement of specific, pre-established financial and operational objectives with formulaic payouts or on the basis of a subjective review of performance with discretionary payouts.

    Equity Awards.   We will provide equity awards pursuant to our Equity Incentive Plan. Equity awards will be designed to reward our named executive officers for long-term stockholder value creation. In determining equity awards, we anticipate that our compensation committee will take into account the company's overall financial performance as well as its performance versus competitor firms. The awards expected to be made under our Equity Incentive Plan in 2010 concurrent with the closing of this offering will be granted to recognize such individuals' efforts on our behalf in connection with our formation and this offering, to ensure their alignment with our stockholder's interests, and to provide a retention element to their compensation.

87


Table of Contents

    Retirement Savings Opportunities.   All eligible employees will be able to participate in a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan, or 401(k) plan. We intend to provide this plan to help our employees save some amount of their cash compensation for retirement in a tax efficient manner. Under the 401(k) plan, employees will be eligible to defer a portion of their salary, and we, at our discretion, may make a matching contribution and/or a profit sharing contribution. We currently do not intend to provide an option for our employees to invest in our stock through the 401(k) plan.

    Health and Welfare Benefits.   We intend to provide to all eligible employees a competitive benefits package, which is expected to include health and welfare benefits, such as medical, dental, disability insurance, and life insurance benefits. The plans under which these benefits will be offered are not expected to discriminate in scope, terms or operation in favor of officers and will be available to all eligible employees.

    Perquisites and Other Benefits.   As a general matter, we do not intend to provide perquisites and other benefits to our named executive officers with an aggregate value in excess of $10,000, because we believe that we can provide better incentives for desired performance with compensation in the forms described above. We recognize, however, that from time to time, perquisites and other benefits may directly or indirectly serve our business purpose, for example, by helping to make our named executive officers more available to us and to maximize their time and attention.

    Compensation Policies

        We do not currently have any formal policies regarding common stock ownership or the allocation of compensation between cash and non-cash components, but encourage our named executive officers to own and hold our common stock to ensure sustained alignment of their interests with those of stockholders. We have not adopted any policies with respect to long-term versus currently-paid compensation, but feel that both elements are necessary for achieving our compensation objectives. Currently paid compensation provides financial stability for each of our named executive officers and immediate reward for superior company and individual performance, while long-term compensation rewards achievement of strategic long-term objectives and contributes towards overall stockholder value.

        Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code generally limits the tax deductibility of compensation paid by a public company to its chief executive officer and certain other highly compensated executive officers to $1 million in the year the compensation becomes taxable to the executive. There is an exception to the limit on deductibility for performance-based compensation that meets certain requirements. While we consider the impact of this and other tax rules when developing and implementing our executive compensation programs, we also believe that it is important to preserve flexibility in administering compensation programs in a manner designed to promote varying corporate goals. Accordingly, we have not adopted a policy that all compensation must qualify as deductible under Section 162(m) or any other tax rule.

    Role of Board of Directors and Management

        Once our new compensation committee is fully constituted, we anticipate that they will consult with outside compensation consultants from time to time, as necessary, to make further executive compensation decisions. We also anticipate that the Compensation Committee will consider the recommendations of Mr. Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, regarding any company and individual performance targets, assessments of executive performance and compensation levels generally for our named executive officers. Mr. Walker may discuss his own individual performance with the Compensation Committee and make recommendations regarding his own

88


Table of Contents

compensation, but the Compensation Committee will make the final determination in an executive session without Mr. Walker being present, as required by our Compensation Committee charter. Senior members of the human resources, finance, tax and accounting departments may also provide input to the Compensation Committee.

        Based on our compensation philosophy, objectives and other considerations, the board of directors approved the following base salaries for each of our named executive officers, to be effective upon consummation of this offering:

Name
  Base Salary ($)  

William M. Walker

  $ 500,000  

Howard W. Smith, III

  $ 400,000  

Deborah A. Wilson

  $ 300,000  

Richard C. Warner

  $ 300,000  

Richard M. Lucas

  $ 250,000  

        Each named executive officer may also receive a cash bonus at the discretion of the compensation committee.

        In addition, each named executive officer who was employed as of January 1, 2010 is eligible to participate in our 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "Long-Term Incentive Plan"). Up to 15% of our annualized base payroll as of January 2010 will be made available to a cash bonus pool for payment of bonuses to eligible employees, including our named executive officers. The bonus pool will be funded following completion of the 2010 fiscal year at (i) 100% of the available bonus amount if our adjusted gross income ("AGI") meets or exceeds our target AGI established by our compensation committee, (ii) 50% if AGI is 90% or more but less than 100% of our target AGI, and (iii) 25% if AGI is 80% or more but less than 90% of our target AGI. The bonus pool will not be funded if AGI is less than 80% of our target AGI. Each of our named executive officers will earn a bonus award equal to their target bonus amount, as set forth below, multiplied by the percentage of the bonus pool funded:

Name
  Target Bonus
Award
 

William M. Walker

  $ 360,000  

Howard W. Smith, III

  $ 292,500  

Deborah A. Wilson

  $ 225,000  

Richard C. Warner

  $ 225,000  

Richard M. Lucas

    N/A (1)

(1)
Mr. Lucas joined the company as Executive Vice President and General Counsel in November 2010. Accordingly, Mr. Lucas will not participate in the Long-Term Incentive Plan for 2010.

        Amounts funded into the bonus pool will be paid out over time, subject to each participant remaining an employee in good standing and the company's achievement of additional earnings targets as follows:

Date
  Payment
Amount
(as a % of
bonus pool)
  Earnings Target
6 months after end of 2010     20%   None

18 months after end of 2010

 

 

30%

 

2011 AGI must meet or exceed 2010 target AGI

30 months after end of 2010

 

 

50%

 

2012 AGI must meet or exceed 2010 target AGI

89


Table of Contents

        Our Long-Term Incentive Plan allows for the payment of additional discretionary bonuses of up to 10% of the amount by which our AGI exceeds the target AGI for 2010.

        We believe that our Long-Term Incentive Plan creates strong incentives for our named executive officers and other employees to perform at a high level individually and contribute towards overall company performance. We also believe the plan provides appropriate incentives for long-term, and not just short-term, performance.

        Concurrently with the closing of this offering, our named executive officers will be granted 183,335 shares of restricted stock, vesting ratably on each anniversary date of grant over the next three years, conditioned upon continued employment, to recognize such individuals' efforts on our behalf in connection with our formation and this offering, to ensure their alignment with our stockholder's interests, and to provide a retention element to their compensation. The individual grants are set forth below:

Name
  Restricted
Stock

William M. Walker

  50,000

Howard W. Smith, III

  40,000

Deborah A. Wilson

  33,334

Richard C. Warner

  33,334

Richard M. Lucas

  26,667

        These compensation packages are reflected, in part, in negotiated employment agreements that we will enter into with each of our named executive officers. The employment agreements with the named executive officers will also include severance provisions. See "—Employment Agreements" and "—Potential Payments Upon Termination" for a description of specific terms.

        Until consummation of the formation transactions and this offering, Messrs. Walker, Smith, Warner and Ms. Wilson have been executive officers of Walker & Dunlop, LLC. Compensation has historically consisted of a base salary, an annual discretionary bonus and a long-term incentive bonus. Because Walker & Dunlop, LLC is a private company, equity was not a component of compensation, although equity in Walker & Dunlop, LLC, or its predecessors, has been sold to the named executive officers over the past decade.

        Decisions regarding base salaries and annual discretionary bonuses for executive officers of Walker & Dunlop, LLC were made by Mr. Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, acting on behalf of the board, or a committee of the board, based on a combination of considerations, including individual past performance, company performance, market competition for executives and our long-term executive retention objectives. The board of managers, or a committee of the board, considered the recommendations of Mr. Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, regarding company and individual performance measures to be established for the long-term incentive bonus program and assessments of executive performance. Mr. Walker discussed his own individual performance with the board, or a committee of the board, and made recommendations regarding his own compensation, but the board, or a committee of the board, made the final determination in an executive session.

        Base salaries were unchanged in 2009 from 2008 for executive officers. Further, Mr. Walker's salary was unchanged between 2005 and 2009. In making discretionary bonuses, the board, or a committee of the board, recognized the company's strong performance in 2009, individual contributions to the company's performance and the need to reward such performance. The board also recognized the need to encourage long-term performance and had earlier established a 2009 long-term incentive bonus

90


Table of Contents


program for executives and other employees. Amounts under the long-term performance program are determined in accordance with incentive deferred bonus compensation agreements that Walker & Dunlop, LLC entered into with each of its executive officers. Pursuant to these agreements, 25% of the amount by which Walker & Dunlop, LLC's adjusted net income exceeds the targeted adjusted net income for the stated base year is available, on a delayed contingent basis, for payment of incentive bonuses to all employees who are eligible to participate. Each eligible employee, including executive officers, receives his or her allocated portion of such pool for such stated base year, but only if the aggregate adjusted net income of Walker & Dunlop, LLC for the three-year period, beginning with the base year, exceeds the aggregate targeted adjusted net income for the same three-year period. For 2009, Walker & Dunlop, LLC exceeded the $25.2 million targeted pre-tax adjusted net income established by the company. However, the bonus amount for 2009 will not become payable until early 2012 and only if the aggregate adjusted net income for years 2009 through 2011 exceeds the aggregate targeted adjusted net income. See "—2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards" and "—2009 Summary of Compensation Table."

Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth the compensation paid to or earned by our named executive officers, other than Mr. Lucas, who was not a named executive officer in 2009, in their capacities as executive officers of Walker & Dunlop, LLC during 2009:


2009 Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position
  Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Non-equity Incentive Plan Compensation
($)
  All Other Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

William M. Walker
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

  $ 300,000   $ 400,000   $ 402,831(1)   $ 4,500(2)   $ 1,107,331  

Howard W. Smith, III
Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer, and Director

 
$

250,000
 
$

325,000
 
$

402,831(1)
 
$

4,500(2)
 
$

982,331
 

Deborah A. Wilson
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

 
$

250,000
 
$

212,500
 
$

193,359(1)
 
$

4,500(2)
 
$

660,359
 

Richard C. Warner
Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer

 
$

205,000
 
$

250,000
 
$

193,359(1)
 
$

4,500(2)
 
$

652,859
 

(1)
See "—Narrative Disclosures to Summary Compensation and Grants and Plan-Based Awards Tables."

(2)
Represents company's contribution to the executive's 401(k) plan.

91


Table of Contents


2009 Grants of Plan-Based Awards

Name
  Grant Date   Threshold
($)
  Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards(1)
Target
($)
  Maximum
($)

William M. Walker

    April 30, 2009   $ 0   $ 402,831   N/A

Howard W. Smith, III

    April 30, 2009   $ 0   $ 402,831   N/A

Deborah A. Wilson

    April 30, 2009   $ 0   $ 193,359   N/A

Richard C. Warner

    April 30, 2009   $ 0   $ 193,359   N/A

(1)
See "—Narrative Disclosures to Summary Compensation and Grants and Plan-Based Awards Tables."

        The 2009 non-equity incentive plan compensation amount in the Summary Compensation Table represents the amount of incentive cash bonus that each named executive officer is eligible to receive for 2009, in accordance with the incentive deferred bonus compensation agreements that Walker & Dunlop, LLC entered into with each of the named executive officers in April 2009. The amounts reflected as target amounts in the Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table represent target amounts that could be earned by each named executive officer for 2009, depending on the company's 2010 and 2011 operating results. Named executive officers will receive the targeted amount only if our aggregate adjusted net income for years 2009 through 2011 exceeds targeted aggregate adjusted net income for years 2009 through 2011. Otherwise, named executive officers will receive no incentive bonus for 2009. The maximum amount is "N/A" because named executive officers cannot receive any amount other than the targeted amount.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt, and our stockholder is expected to approve, our 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the "Equity Incentive Plan") for the purpose of attracting and retaining non-employee directors, executive officers and other key employees and service providers, including officers, employees and service providers of our subsidiaries and affiliates, and to stimulate their efforts toward our continued success, long-term growth and profitability. The Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, stock units (including deferred stock units), dividend equivalent rights, other equity-based awards and cash bonus awards. We have reserved 2,140,000 shares for issuance pursuant to the Equity Incentive Plan, subject to certain adjustments set forth in the plan. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the detailed provisions of the Equity Incentive Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

        Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limits publicly held companies to an annual deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes of $1,000,000 for compensation paid to each of their chief executive officer and their three highest compensated executive officers (other than the chief executive officer or the chief financial officer) determined at the end of each year, referred to as covered employees. However, performance-based compensation is excluded from this limitation. The Equity Incentive Plan is designed to permit the compensation committee to grant awards that qualify as performance-based for purposes of satisfying the conditions of Section 162(m), but it is not required under the Equity Incentive Plan that awards qualify for this exception.

        Administration of the Equity Incentive Plan.     The Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, and the compensation committee will determine all terms of awards granted

92


Table of Contents


to our executive officers under the Equity Incentive Plan. Our compensation committee will also determine the type of award and its terms and conditions and the number of shares of common stock subject to the award, if the award is equity-based. To the extent permissible under law, the board of directors may delegate to our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer or other director the authority to make grants to non-executive employees. The compensation committee will also interpret the provisions of the Equity Incentive Plan. During any period of time in which we do not have a compensation committee, the Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our board of directors or another committee appointed by the board of directors. References below to the compensation committee include a reference to the board of directors or another committee appointed by the board of directors for those periods in which the board of directors or such other committee appointed by the board of directors is acting.

        Eligibility.     All of our employees and the employees of our subsidiaries and affiliates are eligible to receive awards under the Equity Incentive Plan. In addition, our non-employee directors and consultants and advisors who perform services for us and our subsidiaries and affiliates may receive awards under the Equity Incentive Plan, other than incentive stock options. Each member of our compensation committee that administers the Equity Incentive Plan will be both a "non-employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, and an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code.

        Share Authorization.     As stated above, we have reserved 2,140,000 shares of common stock. In connection with share splits, dividends, recapitalizations and certain other events, our board will make proportionate adjustments that it deems appropriate in the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the Equity Incentive Plan and the terms of outstanding awards. If any options or share appreciation rights terminate, expire or are canceled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without having been exercised or paid or if any share awards, performance shares, performance units or other equity-based awards are forfeited or expire or otherwise terminate without the delivery of any shares of common stock or are settled in cash, the shares of common stock subject to such awards will again be available for purposes of the Equity Incentive Plan.

        The maximum number of shares of common stock subject to options or share appreciation rights that can be issued under the Equity Incentive Plan to any person is 25% of the shares reserved under the Equity Incentive Plan (or 535,000 shares) in any single calendar year (or 50% of the shares reserved under the Equity Incentive Plan (or 1,070,000 shares) in the year that the person is first employed). The maximum number of shares that can be issued under the Equity Incentive Plan to any person other than pursuant to an option or share appreciation right is 12.5% of the shares reserved under the Equity Incentive Plan (or 267,500 shares) in any single calendar year (or 25% of the shares reserved under the Equity Incentive Plan (or 535,000 shares) in the year that the person is first employed). The maximum amount that may be earned as an annual incentive award or other cash award in any calendar year by any one person is two million dollars ($2,000,000) (or five million dollars ($5,000,000) in the year that the person is first employed) and the maximum amount that may be earned as a performance award or other cash award in respect of a performance period by any one person is five million dollars ($5,000,000) (or seven and one-half million dollars ($7,500,000) for a performance period beginning with or immediately after the year that the person is first employed).

        The initial awards described above will become effective concurrently with the closing of this offering.

93


Table of Contents

        Options.     The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes our compensation committee to grant incentive stock options (under Section 421 of the Internal Revenue Code) and options that do not qualify as incentive stock options. The exercise price of each option will be determined by the compensation committee, provided that the price will be equal to at least the fair market value of the shares of common stock on the date on which the option is granted. If we were to grant incentive stock options to any 10% stockholder, the exercise price may not be less than 110% of the fair market value of our shares of common stock on the date of grant.

        The term of an option cannot exceed 10 years from the date of grant. If we were to grant incentive stock options to any 10% stockholder, the term cannot exceed five years from the date of grant. The compensation committee determines at what time or times each option may be exercised and the period of time, if any, after retirement, death, disability or termination of employment during which options may be exercised. Options may be made exercisable in installments. The exercisability of options may be accelerated by the compensation committee. The exercise price of an option may not be amended or modified after the grant of the option, and an option may not be surrendered in consideration of or exchanged for a grant of a new option having an exercise price below that of the option which was surrendered or exchanged without stockholder approval.

        The exercise price for any option or the purchase price for restricted shares is generally payable (i) in cash, (ii) by certified check, (iii) to the extent the award agreement provides, by the surrender of shares of common stock (or attestation of ownership of shares of common stock) with an aggregate fair market value on the date on which the option is exercised, of the exercise price, or (iv) to the extent the award agreement provides, by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures established by the Federal Reserve.

        Share Awards.     The Equity Incentive Plan also provides for the grant of share awards (which includes restricted shares and share units). A share award is an award of shares of common stock that may be subject to restrictions on transferability and other restrictions as our compensation committee determines in its sole discretion on the date of grant. The restrictions, if any, may lapse over a specified period of time or through the satisfaction of conditions, in installments or otherwise, as our compensation committee may determine. A participant who receives a share award will have all of the rights of a stockholder as to those shares, including, without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends or distributions on the shares, except that the board of directors may require any dividends to be reinvested in shares. During the period, if any, when share awards are non-transferable or forfeitable, a participant is prohibited from selling, transferring, assigning, pledging or otherwise encumbering or disposing of his or her award shares. We will retain custody of the certificates and a participant must deliver a stock power to us for each share award.

        Share Appreciation Rights.     The Equity Incentive Plan authorizes our compensation committee to grant share appreciation rights that provide the recipient with the right to receive, upon exercise of the share appreciation right, cash, shares of common stock or a combination of the two. The amount that the recipient will receive upon exercise of the share appreciation right generally will equal the excess of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise over the shares' fair market value on the date of grant. Share appreciation rights will become exercisable in accordance with terms determined by our compensation committee. Share appreciation rights may be granted in tandem with an option grant or independently from an option grant. The term of a share appreciation right cannot exceed 10 years from the date of grant.

        Performance Units.     The Equity Incentive Plan also authorizes our compensation committee to grant performance units. Performance units represent the participant's right to receive a compensation amount, based on the value of the shares of common stock, if performance goals established by the compensation committee are met. Our compensation committee will determine the applicable performance period, the performance goals and such other conditions that apply to the performance

94


Table of Contents


unit. Performance goals may relate to our financial performance or the financial performance of our operating units, the participant's performance or such other criteria determined by the compensation committee. If the performance goals are met, performance units will be paid in cash, shares of common stock or a combination thereof.

        Bonuses.     Cash performance bonuses payable under the Equity Incentive Plan may be based on the attainment of performance goals that are established by the compensation committee and relate to one or more performance criteria described in the plan. Cash performance bonuses, for which there is no minimum, must be based upon objectively determinable bonus formulas established in accordance with the plan, as determined by the board.

        Dividend Equivalents.     Our compensation committee may grant dividend equivalents in connection with the grant of any equity-based award. Dividend equivalents may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents, and may be payable in cash, shares of common stock or a combination of the two. Our compensation committee will determine the terms of any dividend equivalents.

        Other Equity-Based Awards.     Our compensation committee may grant other types of equity-based awards under the Equity Incentive Plan. Other equity-based awards are payable in cash, shares of common stock or other equity, or a combination thereof, and may be restricted or unrestricted, as determined by our compensation committee. The terms and conditions that apply to other equity-based awards are determined by the compensation committee.

        Change in Control.     If we experience a change in control in which equity-based awards that are not exercised prior to the change in control will not be assumed or continued by the surviving entity, unless otherwise provided in an award: (i) all restricted shares will vest, and all share units will vest and the underlying shares will be delivered immediately before the change in control, and (ii) at the board of directors' discretion either all options and share appreciation rights will become exercisable 15 days before the change in control and terminate upon the consummation of the change in control, or all options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares and share units will be cashed out before the change in control. In the case of performance shares, if more than half of the performance period has lapsed, the performance shares will be converted into restricted shares based on actual performance to date. If less than half of the performance period has lapsed, or if actual performance is not determinable, the performance shares will be converted into restricted shares assuming target performance has been achieved.

        Amendment; Termination.     Our board of directors may amend or terminate the Equity Incentive Plan at any time; provided that no amendment may adversely impair the benefits of participants with outstanding awards. Our stockholders must approve any amendment if such approval is required under applicable law or NYSE regulations. Our stockholders also must approve any amendment that changes the no re-pricing provisions of the plan. Unless terminated sooner by our board of directors or extended with stockholder approval, the Equity Incentive Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the adoption of the plan.

        We intend to enter into employment agreements with each of our named executive officers. Our employment agreements will provide for the following:

95


Table of Contents

        Each agreement has an initial term of three years, to be extended for an additional year on each anniversary date of the agreement, unless either party gives 60 days' prior notice that the term will not be extended.

        Regardless of the reason for any termination of employment, each named executive officer is entitled to receive the following benefits upon termination: (a) payment of any unpaid portion of such executive's base salary through the effective date of termination, (b) reimbursement for any outstanding reasonable business expense, (c) continued insurance benefits to the extent required by law, (d) payment of any vested but unpaid rights as may be required independent of the employment agreement, and (e) except in the case of termination by the company for cause, any bonus or incentive compensation that had been accrued through the effective date of termination but not paid, provided, however, that in the event of a termination without cause, a resignation for good reason or retirement, a pro rata incentive compensation will be paid only to the extent performance goals for the year are achieved.

        In addition to the benefits described above in subparagraphs (a) - (e), each named executive officer will be entitled to receive a severance payment if we terminate his or her employment without cause or the executive resigns for good reason. The severance payment is equal to (i) continued payment by the company of the executive's base salary, as in effect as of the executive's last day of employment, for a period of 12 months, (ii) continued payment for life and health insurance coverage for 12 months, to the same extent the company paid for such coverage immediately prior to termination, (iii) two times the average annual bonus earned by the executive over the preceding two years (or if the executive has not been employed for two years, payments equal to two times the target bonus for the year of termination), and (iv) vesting as of the last day of employment in any unvested portion of any options and restricted stock previously issued to the executive. The foregoing benefits are conditioned upon the executive's execution of a general release of claims.

        If the named executive officer's employment terminates due to death or disability, in addition to the benefits described above in subparagraphs (a) - (e), the executive's estate is entitled to receive (i) vesting as of the last day of employment in any unvested portion of any options and restricted stock previously issued to the executive and (ii) payment of the pro rata share of any performance bonus to which such executive would have been entitled for the year of death.

        If the named executive officer's employment terminates due to retirement, in addition to the benefits described above in subparagraphs (a) - (e), the executive is entitled to receive vesting as of the last day of employment in any unvested portion of any options and restricted stock previously issued to the executive.

96


Table of Contents

        Each employment agreement contains customary non-competition and non-solicitation covenants that apply during the term and for 12 months after the term of each executive's employment with us.

        The compensation payable to our named executive officers upon voluntary termination for good reason, involuntary termination without cause and termination in the event of permanent disability, death or retirement of the executive is described above under "Executive Compensation—Employment Agreements."

        The table below summarizes the potential cash payments and estimated equivalent cash value of benefits that will be generally owed to our named executive officers under the terms of their employment agreements described above upon termination of those agreements under various scenarios as of December 31, 2010. Amounts shown do not include (a) payment of any unpaid portion of such executive's base salary through the effective date of termination, (b) reimbursement for any outstanding reasonable business expense, (c) continued insurance benefits to the extent required by law, (d) payment of any vested but unpaid rights as may be required independent of the employment agreement, and (e) any bonus or incentive compensation that had been accrued through the effective date of termination but not paid. The amounts set forth in the table below take into account only obligations expected to exist as of the effective time of this offering. We may implement additional termination and/or change in control plans, programs or agreements subsequent to the effective time of this offering.

Named Executive Officer
  Benefit   Non-Renewal
by Company(1)
  Without Cause/
For Good
Reason(2)
  Death   Disability(3)   Retirement(4)  

William M. Walker

 

Cash

  $ 1,400,000 (5) $ 1,400,000 (5)   N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

Continued Life and Health

  $ 15,201 (6) $ 15,201 (6)   N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

Equity Acceleration

  $ 750,000 (7) $ 750,000 (7) $ 750,000 (7) $ 750,000 (7) $ 750,000 (7)

 

Total

  $ 2,165,201   $ 2,165,201   $ 750,000   $ 750,000   $ 750,000  

Howard W. Smith, III

 

Cash

  $ 1,125,000 (5) $ 1,125,000 (5)   N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

Continued Life and Health

  $ 15,329 (6) $ 15,329 (6)   N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

Equity Acceleration

  $ 600,000 (7) $ 600,000 (7) $ 600,000 (7) $ 600,000 (7) $ 600,000 (7)

 

Total

  $ 1,740,329   $ 1,740,329   $ 600,000   $ 600,000   $ 600,000  

Deborah A. Wilson

 

Cash

  $ 812,500 (5) $ 812,500 (5)   N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

Continued Life and Health

  $ 72 (6) $ 72 (6)   N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

Equity Acceleration

  $ 500,010 (7) $ 500,010 (7) $ 500,010 (7) $ 500,010 (7) $ 500,010 (7)

 

Total

  $ 1,312,582   $ 1,312,582   $ 500,010   $ 500,010   $ 500,010  

Richard C. Warner

 

Cash

  $ 850,000 (5) $ 850,000 (5)   N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

Continued Life and Health

  $ 72 (6) $ 72 (6)   N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

Equity Acceleration

  $ 500,010 (7) $ 500,010 (7) $ 500,010 (7) $ 500,010 (7) $ 500,010 (7)

 

Total

  $ 1,350,082   $ 1,350,082   $ 500,010   $ 500,010   $ 500,010  

Richard M. Lucas

 

Cash

  $ 750,000 (5) $ 750,000 (5)   N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

Continued Life and Health

  $ 15,201 (6) $ 15,201 (6)   N/A     N/A     N/A  

 

Equity Acceleration

  $ 400,005 (7) $ 400,005 (7) $ 400,005 (7) $ 400,005 (7) $ 400,005 (7)

 

Total

  $ 1,165,206   $ 1,165,206   $ 400,005   $ 400,005   $ 400,005  

(1)
This column describes the payments and benefits that become payable if the company elects not to renew the employment agreement.

(2)
The term "cause" means any of the following, subject to any applicable cure provisions: (i) the conviction of the executive of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the executive to, any felony; (ii) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement by the executive; (iii) the executive's willful failure or gross negligence in the performance of his assigned

97


Table of Contents

    duties for the company; (iv) the executive's breach of any of his fiduciary duties to the company; (v) a material violation of a material company policy; or (vi) the material breach by the executive of any material term of the employment agreement.

    The term "good reason" means any of the following, subject to any applicable cure provisions, without the executive's consent: (i) the assignment to the executive of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the executive's position at the company, or any other action by the company which results in a substantial diminution of the executive's duties or responsibilities; (ii) a requirement that the executive work principally from a location that is 20 miles further from the executive's residence than the company's address on the effective date of the executive's employment agreement; (iii) a 10% or greater reduction in the executive's aggregate base salary and other compensation (including the target bonus amount and retirement plan, welfare plans and fringe benefits) taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets; or (iv) any material breach by the company of the employment agreement.

(3)
The term "disability" means such physical or mental impairment as would render the executive unable to perform each of the essential duties of the executive's position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

(4)
The term "retirement" means the point at which the executive has reached the age of 65 and has decided to exit the workforce completely. For purposes of the amounts disclosed in this table, we have assumed that each named executive officer has reached the retirement age of 65, regardless of their actual age.

(5)
Cash amounts represent the sum of the following: (i) the executive's expected 2010 base salary, to be paid in approximately equal installments on the company's regularly scheduled payroll dates, subject to payroll deductions and withholdings, and (ii) two times the average annual bonus earned by the executive for 2009 and 2010, assuming all performance targets have been met for 2010 (or in the case of Mr. Lucas, two times the target bonus for 2010), half of such amount to be paid within 60 days of the end of the fiscal year of termination and the remaining half to be paid at the end of the 12-month non-compete period.

(6)
Represents the value of life and health benefits paid by the company for 12 months.

(7)
The amounts represent the value of accelerated restricted stock to be granted to the executives concurrent with this offering. The fair value was calculated using the midpoint of the initial public offering price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus.

Director Compensation

        Prior to the formation transactions and the completion of this offering, each of our directors served as a member of the board of managers of Walker & Dunlop, LLC. The following table sets forth 2009 compensation for each director who was a member of the board of managers of Walker & Dunlop, LLC in 2009 and is currently a member of our board of directors.


2009 Director Compensation

Name and Principal Position
  Fees Earned
or Paid in
Cash
($)
  Total
($)
 

Mitchell M. Gaynor

    10,000     10,000  

Edmund F. Taylor

    0     0  

Robert A. Wrzosek

    0     0  

        Following completion of the formation transactions and this offering, we intend to approve and implement a new compensation program for our non-employee directors, including each of the independent director nominees, that consists of annual retainer fees and equity awards. In the future, each non-employee director will receive an annual base fee for his or her services of $30,000, and an annual award of $30,000 of shares of restricted stock, which will vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the director's continued service on our board of directors. In addition, each non-employee director who serves on the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive an annual cash retainer of $2,500 for each committee on which he or she serves, and the chairs of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive an additional annual cash retainer of $10,000, $5,000 and $5,000, respectively.

98


Table of Contents


We will also reimburse each of our directors for their travel expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at full board of directors and committee meetings.

        Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will grant 2,000 shares of restricted stock to each of our non-employee directors, pursuant to our Equity Incentive Plan. See "—Equity Incentive Plan." These awards of restricted stock will vest on the one-year anniversary of the date of grant.

        Any director compensation payable to Messrs. Taylor or Wrzosek shall be paid to Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, or an affiliate thereof, for so long as each remains an employee thereof.

Indemnification Agreements

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. The form of indemnification agreement provides that if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as our director, officer or employee, we must indemnify such director or executive officer for all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, unless it has been established that:

provided, however, that we will have no obligation to (i) indemnify such director or executive officer for a proceeding by or in the right of our company for expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, if it has been adjudged that such director or executive officer is liable to us with respect to such proceeding or (ii) indemnify or advance expenses of such director or executive officer for a proceeding brought by such director or executive officer against our company, except for a proceeding brought to enforce indemnification under Section 2-418 of the MGCL or as otherwise provided by our bylaws, our charter, a resolution of the board of directors or an agreement approved by the board of directors. Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer in a suit by or in the right of the corporation in which the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received.

        Upon application by one of our directors or executive officers to a court of appropriate jurisdiction, the court may order indemnification of such director or executive officer if:

99


Table of Contents

        Notwithstanding, and without limiting, any other provisions of the indemnification agreements, if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as our director, officer or employee, and such director or executive officer is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such proceeding, we must indemnify such director or executive officer for all reasonable expenses actually incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter, including any claim, issue or matter in such a proceeding that is terminated by dismissal, with or without prejudice.

        We must pay all indemnifiable expenses in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding if the director or executive officer furnishes us with a written affirmation of the director's or executive officer's good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by us has been met and a written undertaking to repay the amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.

        Our charter and bylaws obligate us, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to (1) any of our present or former directors or officers who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity or (2) any individual who, while serving as our director or officer and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

        Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to the 365-day anniversary of the date of this prospectus (subject to potential extension or early termination), the sale of any shares under such plan would be subject to compliance with the lock-up agreement that the director or executive officer has entered into with the underwriters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        Upon completion of this offering, we do not anticipate that any of our executive officers will serve as a member of a board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

100


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, excluding any grants of restricted stock under the Equity Incentive Plan, there will be 14,741,504 shares of our common stock outstanding, and 10 stockholders of record, after giving effect to the formation transactions. Immediately after this offering, including grants of restricted stock made concurrently with the closing of this offering under the Equity Incentive Plan, there will be 21,889,855 shares of our common stock outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option). The following table sets forth certain information, prior to and after this offering, regarding the ownership of each class of our capital stock by:

        In accordance with SEC rules, each listed person's beneficial ownership includes:

        Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each named person is c/o Walker & Dunlop, Inc., 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200, Bethesda, Maryland 20814. No shares of common stock beneficially owned by any named executive officer, director or director nominee have been pledged as security.

 
  Common Stock Outstanding  
 
  Immediately Prior to
this Offering
  Immediately After
this Offering(1)
 
Beneficial Owner
  Shares
Owned
  Percentage   Shares
Owned
  Percentage  

William M. Walker(2)

    2,160,110     14.7 %   2,210,110     10.1 %

Howard W. Smith, III(3)

    1,427,069     9.7 %   1,467,069     6.7 %

Deborah A. Wilson(4)

    96,875     *     130,209     *  

Richard C. Warner(5)

    116,807     *     150,141     *  

Richard M. Lucas

        *     26,667 (6)   *  

Mitchell M. Gaynor

        *     2,000 (7)   *  

John Rice

        *     2,000 (8)   *  

Edmund F. Taylor

        *     2,000 (9)   *  

Robert A. Wrzosek

        *     2,000 (10)   *  

Alan J. Bowers

        *     2,000 (11)   *  

Cynthia A. Hallenbeck

        *     2,000 (12)   *  

Dana L. Schmaltz

        *     2,000 (13)   *  

Mallory Walker(14)

    4,674,274     31.7 %   1,840,941     8.4 %

Taylor Walker(15)

    891,301     6.0 %   391,301     1.8 %

Column Guaranteed, LLC(16)

    5,246,466     35.6 %   5,246,466     24.0 %

All directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (12 persons)

    3,800,861     25.8 %   3,998,196     18.3 %

*
Represents less than 1.0% of the common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

101


Table of Contents

(1)
Does not reflect shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option.

(2)
Represents 2,160,110 shares of common stock received by Mr. Walker in connection with the formation transactions and, with respect to holdings immediately after this offering, an additional 50,000 shares of restricted stock, vesting ratably on each anniversary date of grant over the next three years, granted to Mr. Walker concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(3)
Represents 1,427,069 shares of common stock received by Mr. Smith in connection with the formation transactions and, with respect to holdings immediately after this offering, an additional 40,000 shares of restricted stock, vesting ratably on each anniversary date of grant over the next three years, granted to Mr. Smith concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(4)
Represents 96,875 shares of common stock received by Ms. Wilson in connection with the formation transactions and, with respect to holdings immediately after this offering, an additional 33,334 shares of restricted stock, vesting ratably on each anniversary date of grant over the next three years, granted to Ms. Wilson concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(5)
Represents 116,807 shares of common stock received by Mr. Warner in connection with the formation transactions and, with respect to holdings immediately after this offering, an additional 33,334 shares of restricted stock, vesting ratably on each anniversary date of grant over the next three years, granted to Mr. Warner concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(6)
Represents 26,667 shares of restricted stock, vesting ratably on each anniversary date of grant over the next three years, to be granted to Mr. Lucas concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(7)
Represents 2,000 shares of restricted stock, vesting on the one-year anniversary date of grant, to be granted to Mr. Gaynor concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(8)
Represents 2,000 shares of restricted stock, vesting on the one-year anniversary date of grant, to be granted to Mr. Rice concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(9)
Represents 2,000 shares of restricted stock, vesting on the one-year anniversary date of grant, to be granted to Mr. Taylor concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(10)
Represents 2,000 shares of restricted stock, vesting on the one-year anniversary date of grant, to be granted to Mr. Wrzosek concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(11)
Represents 2,000 shares of restricted stock, vesting on the one-year anniversary date of grant, to be granted to Mr. Bowers concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(12)
Represents 2,000 shares of restricted stock, vesting on the one-year anniversary date of grant, to be granted to Ms. Hallenbeck concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(13)
Represents 2,000 shares of restricted stock, vesting on the one-year anniversary date of grant, to be granted to Mr. Schmaltz concurrently with the closing of this offering.

(14)
Represents shares of common stock received by Mr. Walker in connection with the formation transactions. Mr. Walker will sell 2,833,333 shares of common stock as a selling stockholder in this offering.

(15)
Represents shares of common stock received by Mr. Walker in connection with the formation transactions. Mr. Walker will sell 500,000 shares of common stock as a selling stockholder in this offering.

(16)
Represents shares of common stock received by Column in connection with the formation transactions.

102


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

2009 Column Transaction

        In January 2009, W&D, Inc., its affiliate Green Park and Column, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, contributed their assets to a newly formed entity, Walker & Dunlop, LLC. We treated the Column transaction as an acquisition of a business. The transaction brought together Walker & Dunlop's competencies in debt origination and investment consulting and related services, Green Park's Fannie Mae DUS origination capabilities and Column's Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD operations, including its healthcare real estate lending business, to form one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States. Substantially all of the assets and liabilities of W&D, Inc. and Green Park (the "GPF Parties"), including its wholly owned subsidiary Green Park Express, LLC, were transferred to Walker & Dunlop, LLC in exchange for 5% and 60% interests, respectively, in Walker & Dunlop, LLC, and certain assets and liabilities of Column were transferred to Walker & Dunlop, LLC for a 35% interest in Walker & Dunlop, LLC. We obtained a third-party valuation of Column and the GPF Parties to assist us in determining the valuation of the consideration paid to obtain the Column operations and in determining the relative ownership of Walker & Dunlop, LLC.

        Separately, the fair values of the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Column were supported by a third-party valuation that used discounted cash flow techniques. Because the fair value of these net assets acquired exceeded the fair value of the consideration paid, a bargain purchase gain of $10.9 million was recognized. We attribute this gain to the economic and credit environments at the time of the transaction. In connection with the 2009 Column transaction, Walker & Dunlop, LLC entered into a transition services agreement with Green Park and Column, which terminated according to its terms on December 31, 2009.

        In connection with the Column transaction, the GPF Parties, Walker & Dunlop, LLC and Column entered into the Column Transaction Agreement, pursuant to which the GPF Parties and Column agreed to provide indemnification for certain matters. Each of the GPF Parties and Column agreed to indemnify Walker & Dunlop, LLC and its related parties against any damages or expenses that might be incurred from (i) the breach of certain representations and warranties, covenants or agreements of the indemnifying party contained in the Column Transaction Agreement or related documents, (ii) a request or requirement by a third-party that Walker & Dunlop, LLC repurchase a loan originated by Column or the GPF Parties, as applicable, and (iii) any liability with respect to assets and liabilities of Column or the GPF Parties, as applicable, that were specifically excluded by the terms of the Column Transaction Agreement. Pursuant to this provision, we are seeking indemnification from Column for the litigation filed by Capital Funding, as described in "Business—Legal Proceedings." Liability is capped at $10 million for each party, subject to certain exceptions. The cap does not apply to certain excepted warranties or to breaches based on claims not based solely on an asserted breach of a representation or warranty, including claims related to a third party request or requirement that Walker & Dunlop, LLC repurchase a loan originated by a Column or GPF Party, as applicable.

        As a result of the formation transactions, the GPF Parties and Walker & Dunlop, LLC will be our wholly owned subsidiaries, and will no longer have any outside members, officers or directors. The Column indemnity to Walker & Dunlop, LLC (which includes an indemnification for any obligation to repurchase a loan originated by Column as described above) will continue in accordance with its terms. In addition, we have agreed that the GPF Parties' indemnity to Walker & Dunlop, LLC and its current members, including Column, will continue following the formation transactions. With respect to third party loan repurchase obligations, these indemnities survive through January 30, 2019. With respect to breaches of certain representations and warranties, these indemnities survive until the later of January 30, 2012, or the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations; indemnities with respect to all other representations and warranties have previously expired. The survival of the indemnity by the GPF Parties to Walker & Dunlop, LLC and its members, including Column, will permit them, to the

103


Table of Contents


extent that they sustain damages resulting from any indemnified matter, to assert claims for indemnification against the GPF Parties for the survival period of the applicable indemnification obligation under the Column Transaction Agreement. As wholly owned subsidiaries of ours, we could be materially and adversely affected by any such indemnity claim made against the GPF Parties, to the extent successful. We intend to seek indemnification under the Column Transaction Agreement for claims arising out of the Golden Living Facilities refinancing. In connection with this litigation, in addition to our indemnification rights under the Column Transaction Agreement, Column has further agreed to indemnify us for liabilities in excess of $3 million that arise as a result of this litigation, as described in more detail under "Business—Legal Proceedings."

Formation Transactions

        Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will complete certain formation transactions through which Walker & Dunlop, LLC will become a wholly owned subsidiary of Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation. In connection with the formation transactions, members of the Walker family, certain of our directors and executive officers and certain other individuals and entities who currently own interests in certain entities which directly or indirectly hold equity interests in Walker & Dunlop, LLC, will contribute their respective interests in such entities to Walker & Dunlop, Inc. for shares of our common stock. As a result of the contributions, we will become responsible for three loans in the aggregate outstanding amount of $29.0 million. In connection with the formation transactions, each of our executive officers, certain directors and Column will receive the following number of shares of our common stock:

        In addition to the shares of common stock to be received in connection with the formation transactions, our executive officers and directors will also benefit from the following:

        Our predecessor, Walker & Dunlop, LLC, provided tax advances to its members on a quarterly basis when it generated taxable income for the members. Tax advances were based on taxable income at the highest federal and local taxes for residents of the District of Columbia. For the nine months

104


Table of Contents


ended September 30, 2010, and the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, tax advances were made to William Walker and Howard Smith as provided below:

 
  9/30/10   12/31/09   12/31/08   12/31/07  

William M. Walker

  $ 611,636   $ 242,346   $ 1,275,966   $ 768,594  

Howard W. Smith, III

  $ 459,546   $ 217,600   $ 840,531   $ 542,008  

        Tax advances have generally been repaid from Walker & Dunlop, LLC's distributions in first or second quarter following the tax distribution. No tax advances were made to Mr. Smith and Mr. Walker during the quarter ended September 30, 2010 and all previously outstanding advances have been repaid in full. As of September 30, 2010, tax advances to non-executive shareholders totaling $0.7 million were outstanding. The tax advances bear no interest rate.

        On July 8, 2008, Ms. Wilson purchased a 3.2% interest in one of our predecessors, GPF Acquisition, LLC, in return for a $218,946 note held by the company. The note was scheduled to mature on the earlier of December 31, 2018, at Ms. Wilson's termination of employment with the company, or a sale of GPF Acquisition, LLC. The interest rate on the note was equal to the 90-day LIBOR plus 200 basis points. All GPF Acquisition, LLC distributions, except for tax advances, were used to pay down the note. Ms. Wilson paid principal and interest amounts of $48,814 and $26,713 in October 2009. On August 2, 2010, Ms. Wilson repaid the balance of the note in full.

Commercial Real Estate Funds

        W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I GP, LLC, our wholly owned subsidiary, is the general partner of W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I LP (the "Balanced Fund"), a commercial real estate fund that has invested approximately $50 million in commercial real estate securities and loans, such as first mortgages, B-notes, mezzanine debt and equity securities. The Balanced Fund has invested approximately $50 million to date and has no further commitments to invest. It is only responsible for managing the investments. All of the limited partnership interests in the Balanced Fund are held by third-party pension funds. Pursuant to the Balanced Fund's partnership agreement, only the limited partners share in regular distributions; our subsidiary, as the general partner, is only entitled to an incentive fee if returns exceed certain pre-established thresholds. To date, the general partner has never received an incentive fee. Our subsidiary has contracted with Walker & Dunlop Fund Management, LLC (the "Advisor"), a registered investment advisor, of which Mr. Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, is the sole member, for it to provide investment advisory services to the Balanced Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement. We provide consulting, overhead and other corporate services to the Advisor pursuant to a corporate services agreement for a fee. In 2009 and the nine months of 2010, the amount of such fees were approximately $686,000 and $514,148, respectively.

        We also provide investment, consulting and related services to Walker & Dunlop Multifamily Equity I, LLC (the "Multifamily Advisor"), in which members of the Walker family, including Mr. Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, hold 81.1% of the membership interests. The Multifamily Advisor holds a 1% managing member interest in, and serves as the investment advisor pursuant to an investment advisory agreement to, Walker & Dunlop Apartment Fund I, LLC (the "Apartment Fund"), a commercial real estate fund that has invested approximately $45 million in multifamily real estate properties and mezzanine loans and has no further commitments to invest. An institutional investor owns a 99% non-managing member interest in the Apartment Fund. Pursuant to the Apartment Fund's operating agreement, distribution of net cash flow is first distributed to the institutional investor based on an investment yield, then to the Multifamily Advisor, and the balance of the net cash flow of the Apartment Fund is then distributed 99% to the institutional investor and 1% to the Multifamily Advisor. In exchange for the provision of investment, consulting and related services pursuant to a corporate services agreement between the Multifamily Advisor and Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Walker & Dunlop, LLC provides corporate services to the Multifamily Advisor

105


Table of Contents


in connection with Multifamily Advisor's asset management responsibilities to the Apartment Fund for a fee. In 2009 and the nine months of 2010, the amount of such fees was approximately $329,748 and $151,570, respectively.

Related Party Transaction Policies

        Our board of directors has adopted a policy regarding the approval of any "related person transaction," which is any transaction or series of transactions in which we or any of our subsidiaries is or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $100,000, and a "related person" (as defined under SEC rules) has a direct or indirect material interest; provided, however, that approval is not required for competitive bidding and similar transactions that are not deemed to be related party transactions under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act. Under the policy, a related person would need to promptly disclose to our Compliance Officer any related person transaction and all material facts about the transaction. Our Compliance Officer would then assess and promptly communicate that information to the Audit Committee of our board of directors. Based on its consideration of all of the relevant facts and circumstances, the Audit Committee will decide whether or not to approve such transaction and will generally approve only those transactions that do not create a conflict of interest. If we become aware of an existing related person transaction that has not been pre-approved under this policy, the transaction will be referred to the Audit Committee which will evaluate all options available, including ratification, revision or termination of such transaction. Our policy requires any director who may be interested in a related person transaction to recuse himself or herself from any consideration of such related person transaction.

Equity-Based Awards

        Concurrently with the closing of this offering, we will grant an aggregate amount of 481,684 shares of restricted stock under our Equity Incentive Plan, which includes 467,684 shares of restricted stock to be granted to certain of our employees, including our executive officers, vesting ratably on each anniversary date of grant over the next three years, and 14,000 shares of restricted stock to be granted to our non-employee directors, vesting on the one-year anniversary date of grant.

Indemnification Agreements

        We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our executive officers and directors that will obligate us to indemnify them to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law. The form of indemnification agreement provides that if a director or executive officer is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding by reason of such director's or executive officer's status as our director, officer or employee, we must indemnify such director or executive officer for all expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, unless it has been established that:

provided, however, that we will have no obligation to (i) indemnify such director or executive officer for a proceeding by or in the right of our company for expenses and liabilities actually and reasonably incurred by him or her, or on his or her behalf, if it has been adjudged that such director or executive officer is liable to us with respect to such proceeding or (ii) indemnify or advance expenses of such director or executive officer for a proceeding brought by such director or executive officer against our

106


Table of Contents


company, except for a proceeding brought to enforce indemnification under Section 2-418 of the MGCL or as otherwise provided by our charter or bylaws, a resolution of the board of directors or an agreement approved by the board of directors. Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer in a suit by or in the right of the corporation in which the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that a personal benefit was improperly received.

Registration Rights Agreement

        Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with regard to shares of our common stock issued in connection with our formation transactions to former direct and indirect equity holders of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, including certain of our executive officers and directors, which we refer to collectively as the registrable shares. Pursuant to the registration rights agreement, we will grant such holders and their direct and indirect transferees demand registration rights to have the registrable shares registered for resale, which registration statement must remain effective for the shorter of two years or until the date on which all of the registrable shares have been sold; provided, however, that these registration rights will only begin to apply one year after the completion of this offering. In addition to demand registration rights, certain holders will receive tag along rights whereby they will have the right to have their shares registered if other persons with registration rights register their shares or if the company proposes to file a registration statement in connection with an underwriting offering. The right to keep a registration statement effective shall cease to apply when registrable shares can be sold pursuant to Rule 144 without any limitations other than the requirement for current public information regarding the company.

        Notwithstanding the foregoing, we will be permitted to suspend the use, from time to time, of the prospectus that is part of the registration statement (and therefore suspend sales under the registration statement) in the event of certain corporate events affecting us for certain periods, referred to as "blackout periods."

        We will bear all of the costs and expenses incident to our registration requirements under the registration rights agreement, including, without limitation, all registration, filing and stock exchange or FINRA fees, all fees and expenses of complying with securities or "blue sky" laws, all printing expenses, and all fees and disbursements of counsel and independent public accountants retained by us and one counsel retained by the selling stockholders. We have also agreed to indemnify the persons receiving registration rights against specified liabilities, including certain potential liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), or to contribute the payments such persons may be required to make in respect thereof.

Stockholders Agreement

        Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into a stockholders agreement with Column, William Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mallory Walker, the father of William Walker and our former Chairman. Pursuant to this agreement, we have agreed to nominate two Column designees, currently Edmund Taylor and Robert Wrzosek, for election as directors at our 2011 annual meeting of stockholders, and William Walker and Mallory Walker have agreed to vote the shares of common stock owned by them for the Column designees at the 2011 annual meeting of stockholders and at any special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected that occurs within six months after the expiration of Column's lock-up agreement entered into in connection with this offering. In addition, if William Walker and/or Mallory Walker propose to sell their shares of common stock in a private transaction where the number of shares proposed to be sold exceed 10% of the total outstanding shares of common stock of the Company, the Walkers have agreed to permit Column to participate as a selling stockholder in such transaction, subject to certain conditions. Similarly, Column has agreed to permit Mallory Walker to participate in such a transaction if Column is the selling party, subject to certain limitations and conditions.

107


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

         The following summary of the material terms of our capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable Maryland law and to our charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

General

        Our charter provides that we may issue up to two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share. Our charter authorizes our board of directors to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of common stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series without stockholder approval. Upon completion of this offering and the formation transactions described in this prospectus, 21,889,855 shares of common stock will be issued and outstanding on a fully diluted basis (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option) or 23,389,855 shares if the underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full, and no preferred shares will be issued and outstanding.

        Under Maryland law, stockholders generally are not personally liable for our debts or obligations solely as a result of their status as stockholders.

        Shares of our common stock are not deposits or other obligations of any bank, an insurance policy of any insurance company or insured or guaranteed by the FDIC, any other governmental agency or any insurance company. The shares of common stock will not benefit from any insurance guarantee association coverage or any similar protection.

Shares of Common Stock

Voting Rights of Common Stock

        Except as may otherwise be specified in the terms of any class or series of shares of common stock, each outstanding share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, including the election of directors, and, except as provided with respect to any other class or series of shares of capital stock, the holders of such shares of common stock will possess the exclusive voting power. There will be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

        Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, consolidate, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a statutory share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders holding at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage (but not less than a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter) is set forth in the corporation's charter. Our charter provides that these actions (other than certain amendments to the provisions of our charter related to the removal of directors) may be taken if declared advisable by a majority of our board of directors and approved by the vote of stockholders holding a majority of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter. Maryland law also permits a corporation to transfer all or substantially all of its assets without the approval of its stockholders to an entity if all of the equity interests of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the corporation. In addition, because operating assets may be held by a corporation's subsidiaries, as in our situation, these subsidiaries may be able to transfer all or substantially all of such assets without the approval of our stockholders.

108


Table of Contents

Dividends, Distributions, Liquidation and Other Rights

        Subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our stock, holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends on such shares of common stock if, as and when authorized by our board of directors, and declared by us out of assets legally available therefore. If we fail to pay dividends on any shares of our preferred stock, if any are then outstanding, generally we may not pay dividends on or repurchase shares of our common stock. Such holders are also entitled to share ratably in the assets of our company legally available for distribution to our stockholders in the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up after payment or establishment of reserves for all debts and liabilities of our company and the preferential amounts owing with respect to any outstanding preferred shares.

        Holders of shares of common stock have no preference, conversion, exchange, sinking fund or redemption rights, have no preemptive rights to subscribe for any securities of our company and generally have no appraisal rights, unless our board of directors determines prospectively that appraisal rights will apply to one or more transactions in which holders of our common stock would otherwise be entitled to exercise appraisal rights. Holders of shares of our common stock will have equal dividend, liquidation and other rights.

Power to Reclassify Our Unissued Shares of Stock

        Our charter authorizes our board of directors to classify and reclassify any unissued shares of our common or preferred stock into other classes or series of shares of stock and to establish the number of shares in each class or series and to set the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption for each such class or series. As a result, our board of directors could authorize the issuance of shares of preferred stock that have priority over the shares of our common stock with respect to dividends, distributions and rights upon liquidation and with other terms and conditions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of shares of our common stock or otherwise might be in their best interest. No shares of our preferred stock are presently outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Power to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares of Common Stock and Issue Additional Shares of Common and Preferred Stock

        We believe that the power of our board of directors to amend our charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of authorized shares of stock, to issue additional authorized but unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and to classify or reclassify unissued shares of our common stock or preferred stock and thereafter to cause to issue such classified or reclassified shares of stock will provide us with increased flexibility in structuring possible future financings and acquisitions and in meeting other needs that might arise. The additional classes or series of stock, as well as the additional shares of stock, will be available for issuance without further action by our stockholders, unless such action is required by applicable law or the rules of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which our securities may be listed or traded. Although our board of directors does not currently intend to do so, it could authorize us to issue a class or series that could, depending upon the terms of the particular class or series, delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of our shares of stock or otherwise be in the best interest of our stockholders. See "Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws—Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and of Our Charter and Bylaws."

109


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

        Our charter authorizes our board of directors to designate and issue one or more classes or series of preferred stock without stockholder approval. Our board of directors may determine the relative rights, preferences and privileges of each class or series of preferred stock so issued, which may be more beneficial than the rights, preferences and privileges attributable to our common stock with respect to dividends, distributions or rights upon liquidation. The issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of shares of our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of the stockholders. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of shares of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of preferred stock. Our board of directors has no present plans to issue preferred stock but may do so at any time in the future without stockholder approval.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar for our shares of common stock will be BNY Mellon Shareowner Services.

110


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        After giving effect to this offering and the formation transactions described in this prospectus, we will have 21,889,855 shares of common stock outstanding on a fully diluted basis (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option) or 23,389,855 shares if the underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full. Of these shares, the 10,000,000 shares sold in this offering (or 11,500,000 shares if the underwriters' overallotment option is exercised in full) will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased in this offering by our "affiliates," as that term is defined by Rule 144 under the Securities Act and any shares otherwise subject to lock-up agreements, as described below.

        Our shares of common stock are newly issued securities for which there is no established trading market. No assurance can be given as to (i) the likelihood that an active trading market for our shares of common stock will develop or continue, (ii) the liquidity of any such market, (iii) the ability of the stockholders to sell the shares when desired, or at all, or (iv) the prices that stockholders may obtain for any of the shares. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of shares or the availability of shares for future sale will have on the trading or market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of shares of common stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, may affect materially and adversely the trading and prevailing market price of our common stock. See "Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock."

Rule 144

        After giving effect to this offering, 11,408,171 shares of our outstanding shares of common stock will be "restricted" securities under the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and may not be sold in the absence of registration under the Securities Act unless an exemption from registration is available, including the exemption provided by Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, a person (or persons whose restricted securities are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months would be entitled to freely transfer those restricted securities, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

        An affiliate of ours who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months would be entitled to sell, within any three-month period, a number of restricted securities that does not exceed the greater of:

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling restricted securities on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Lock-Up Agreements

        We have agreed that we will not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with respect to our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our common stock: (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase,

111


Table of Contents


purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which we have or hereafter acquire the power of disposition, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of our common stock, whether any such swap, hedge or transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) establish or increase a put-equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call-equivalent position in our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or (iv) file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our common stock (except for a registration statement on Form S-8 to register shares granted pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date of this prospectus), or with respect to any of the foregoing (i) through (iii), or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, except, in each case, (A) the securities purchased by the underwriters (including any overallotment, if exercised) to be sold pursuant to this prospectus and the securities to be issued in connection with the formation transactions; (B) grants of employee stock options or other equity pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date of this prospectus and described herein, provided that such options do not vest during the 180-day Restricted Period (as defined below); or (C) the issuance of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock in connection with the acquisition by the company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the company in connection with any such acquisition, provided that (i) no securities may be issued under this clause (C) within 60 days of the date of this prospectus and (ii) any shares of common stock issued or issuable in all instances under this clause (C) may not exceed, in aggregate amount, 10% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following this offering and any recipient of any such shares or securities agrees in writing to be subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraph. We will be subject to these restrictions for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus (the "180-day Restricted Period").

        Our executive officers, directors, including our director nominees, employees of our company that are participants in our directed share program and our existing equity holders have agreed that they will not, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of our common stock, whether any such swap, hedge or transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Our executive officers, directors, including our director nominees and our existing equity holders will be subject to these restrictions for a period of 365 days from the date of this prospectus (the "365-day Restricted Period"), and our employees who are participants in the directed share program will be subject to these restrictions for the 180-day Restricted Period. The 365-day Restricted Period and the 180-day Restricted Period are collectively referred to as the "Restricted Periods." At any time and without public notice, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, may, in their sole discretion, release all or some of the securities from these lock-up agreements.

112


Table of Contents

        The Restricted Periods are subject to extension under limited circumstances. In the event that either (i) during the last 17 days of any Restricted Period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of any Restricted Period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such Restricted Period, then such Restricted Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated waive, in writing, such extension.

Registration Rights Agreement

        Upon completion of this offering, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with regard to an aggregate of 11,408,171 shares of our common stock issued in connection with our formation transactions to former direct and indirect equity holders of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, including certain of our employees, including our executive officers, and Column. For more information on our registration rights agreement, see "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement."

Grants Under Equity Incentive Plan

        Our Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive awards to our employees, officers, directors and service providers. Concurrently with the closing of this offering we will grant an aggregate amount of 481,684 shares of restricted stock under our Equity Incentive Plan, which includes 467,684 shares of restricted stock to certain of our employees, including our executive officers, vesting ratably on each anniversary date of grant over the next three years, and 14,000 shares of restricted stock to our non-employee directors, vesting on the one-year anniversary date of grant, and intend to reserve an additional 1,658,316 shares of common stock for issuance under the plan after this offering.

        We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the shares of common stock issuable under the Equity Incentive Plan. Shares of our common stock covered by such registration statement, including any shares of our restricted stock and shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options, will be eligible for transfer or resale without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by affiliates.

113


Table of Contents


CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF MARYLAND LAW AND OUR CHARTER AND BYLAWS

         The following summary of certain provisions of the MGCL and our charter and bylaws does not purport to be complete and is subject to and qualified in its entirety by reference to applicable Maryland law and to our charter and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. See "Where You Can Find More Information."

Our Board of Directors

        Our charter and bylaws provide that the number of directors of our company may be established, increased or decreased only by a majority of our entire board of directors, but may not be fewer than the minimum number required under the MGCL nor more than 15. We will have nine directors upon the completion of this offering. Our charter and bylaws provide that any vacancy, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors, may be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum. Any individual elected to fill such vacancy will serve for the remainder of the full term and until a successor is duly elected and qualifies.

        Pursuant to our bylaws, each of our directors is elected by our stockholders to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until his or her successor is duly elected and qualifies under the MGCL. Holders of shares of our common stock will have no right to cumulative voting in the election of directors. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast.

        Our bylaws provide that at least a majority of our directors will be "independent," with independence being defined in the manner established by our board of directors and in a manner consistent with listing standards established by the NYSE.

Removal of Directors

        Our charter provides that, subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of preferred stock to elect or remove one or more directors, a director may be removed only for cause (as defined in our charter) and only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors and that our board of directors has the exclusive power to fill vacant directorships. These provisions may preclude stockholders from removing incumbent directors and filling the vacancies created by such removal with their own nominees.

Business Combinations

        Under the MGCL, certain "business combinations" (including a merger, consolidation, share exchange or, in certain circumstances specified under the statute, an asset transfer or issuance or reclassification of equity securities) between a Maryland corporation and any interested stockholder, or an affiliate of such an interested stockholder, are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as:

        A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approve in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. In approving a transaction, however, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of the approval, with any terms and conditions determined by it.

114


Table of Contents

        After such five-year prohibition, any business combination between the company and an interested stockholder must be recommended by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of at least:

These supermajority approval requirements do not apply if, among other conditions, the corporation's common stockholders receive a minimum price (as defined in the MGCL) for their shares and the consideration is received in cash or in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.

        These provisions of the MGCL do not apply, however, to business combinations that are approved or exempted by a corporation's board of directors prior to the time that the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder.

Control Share Acquisitions

        The MGCL provides that "control shares" of a Maryland corporation acquired in a "control share acquisition" have no voting rights except to the extent approved at a special meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders entitled to exercise or direct the exercise of the voting power in the election of directors generally but excluding: (i) a person who makes or proposes to make a control share acquisition, (ii) an officer of the corporation or (iii) an employee of the corporation who is also a director of the corporation. "Control shares" are voting shares of stock that, if aggregated with all other such shares of stock previously acquired by the acquirer or in respect of which the acquirer is able to exercise or direct the exercise of voting power (except solely by virtue of a revocable proxy), would entitle the acquirer to exercise voting power in electing directors within one of the following ranges of voting power:

Control shares do not include shares the acquiring person is then entitled to vote as a result of having previously obtained stockholder approval. A "control share acquisition" means the acquisition, directly or indirectly, of ownership of, or the power to direct the exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and outstanding control shares, subject to certain exceptions.

        A person who has made or proposes to make a control share acquisition, upon satisfaction of certain conditions (including an undertaking to pay expenses and making an "acquiring person statement" as described in the MGCL), may compel our board of directors to call a special meeting of stockholders to be held within 50 days of demand to consider the voting rights of the control shares. If no request for a special meeting is made, we may present the question at any stockholders meeting.

        If voting rights of control shares are not approved at the meeting or if the acquiring person does not deliver an "acquiring person statement" as required by the statute, then, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the corporation may redeem any or all of the control shares (except those for which voting rights have previously been approved) for fair value. Fair value is determined, without regard to the absence of voting rights for the control shares, as of the date of the last control share

115


Table of Contents

acquisition by the acquirer or of any meeting of stockholders at which the voting rights of such shares are considered and not approved. If voting rights for control shares are approved at a stockholders meeting and the acquirer becomes entitled to vote a majority of the shares entitled to vote, all other stockholders may exercise appraisal rights. The fair value of the shares as determined for purposes of such appraisal rights may not be less than the highest price per share paid by the acquirer in the control share acquisition.

        The control share acquisition statute does not apply (i) to shares acquired in a merger, consolidation or share exchange if we are a party to the transaction or (ii) to acquisitions approved or exempted by the charter or bylaws of the corporation.

Subtitle 8

        Subtitle 8 of Title 3 of the MGCL permits a Maryland corporation with a class of equity securities registered under the Exchange Act and at least three independent directors to elect to be subject, by provision in its charter or bylaws or a resolution of its board of directors and notwithstanding any contrary provision in the charter or bylaws, to any or all of the following five provisions:

        Our charter provides that, at such time as we become eligible to make a Subtitle 8 election, we elect to be subject to the provisions of Subtitle 8 relating to the filling of vacancies on our board of directors. Through provisions in our charter and bylaws unrelated to Subtitle 8, we already (i) require the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors for the removal of any director from the board, which removal will be allowed only for cause, (ii) vest in the board the exclusive power to fix the number of directorships, subject to limitations set forth in our charter and bylaws, and fill vacancies and (iii) require, unless called by the chairman of our board of directors, our president or chief executive officer or a majority of our directors then in office, the written request of stockholders entitled to cast no less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at such meeting to call a special meeting to consider and vote on any matter that may properly be considered at a meeting of stockholders. We have not elected to create a classified board. In the future, our board of directors may elect, without stockholder approval, to create a classified board or adopt one or more of the other provisions of Subtitle 8.

Amendment of Our Charter and Bylaws and Approval of Extraordinary Actions

        Under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation generally cannot dissolve, amend its charter, merge, sell all or substantially all of its assets, engage in a statutory share exchange or engage in similar transactions outside the ordinary course of business unless declared advisable by the board of directors and approved by the affirmative vote of stockholders entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter unless a lesser percentage, but not less than a majority of all of the votes entitled to be cast on the matter, is set forth in the corporation's charter. Our charter provides that these actions (other than certain amendments to the provisions of our charter related to the removal of directors and indemnification of directors and officers) may be taken if declared advisable by a majority of our board of directors and approved by the vote of stockholders holding a majority of all votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

116


Table of Contents

        Our board of directors has the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of our bylaws and to make new bylaws.

Meetings of Stockholders

        Under our bylaws, annual meetings of stockholders are to be held each year at a date and time as determined by our board of directors. Special meetings of stockholders may be called only by a majority of the directors then in office, by the chairman of our board of directors, our president or our chief executive officer. Additionally, subject to the provisions of our bylaws, special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by our secretary upon the written request of stockholders holding not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at such meeting. Only matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered and acted upon at such a meeting. Maryland law and our bylaws provide that any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting by unanimous written consent, if that consent sets forth that action and is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter.

Advance Notice of Director Nominations and New Business

        Our bylaws provide that, with respect to an annual meeting of stockholders, nominations of persons for election to our board of directors and the proposal of business to be considered by stockholders at the annual meeting may be made only:

        With respect to special meetings of stockholders, only the business specified in our notice of meeting may be brought before the meeting of stockholders. Nominations of persons for election to our board of directors may be made only:

        The purpose of requiring stockholders to give advance notice of nominations and other proposals is to afford our board of directors the opportunity to consider the qualifications of the proposed nominees or the advisability of the other proposals and, to the extent considered necessary by our board of directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations regarding the nominations or other proposals. The advance notice procedures also permit a more orderly procedure for conducting our stockholder meetings. Although our bylaws do not give our board of directors the power to disapprove timely stockholder nominations and proposals, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding a contest for the election of directors or proposals for other action if the proper procedures are not

117


Table of Contents

followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors to our board of directors or to approve its own proposal.

Anti-takeover Effect of Certain Provisions of Maryland Law and Our Charter and Bylaws

        The business combination statute, control share acquisition statute, the provisions of our charter on removal of directors and the advance notice provisions of the bylaws could delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control of our company that might involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

Indemnification and Limitation of Directors' and Officers' Liability

        The MGCL permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

        The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

        However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses.

        In addition, the MGCL permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation's receipt of:

        Our charter and bylaws obligate us, to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition

118


Table of Contents

of a proceeding without requiring a preliminary determination of the director's or officer's ultimate entitlement to:

        Our charter and bylaws also permit us, with the approval of our board of directors, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

        Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that would provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

        Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

119


Table of Contents


U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

        The following is a discussion of certain United States federal income tax considerations relating to the holding and disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. stockholder (as defined below). As used in this section, references to the terms "company," "we," "our," and "us" mean only Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and not its subsidiaries or other lower-tier entities, except as otherwise indicated.

        This summary is based upon the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Internal Revenue Code"), U.S. Treasury Regulations, rulings and other administrative interpretations and practices of the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") (including administrative interpretations and practices expressed in private letter rulings which are binding on the IRS only with respect to the particular taxpayers who requested and received those rulings), and judicial decisions, all as currently in effect, and all of which are subject to differing interpretations or to change, possibly with retroactive effect. No assurance can be given that the IRS would not assert, or that a court would not sustain, a position contrary to any of the tax consequences described below. We have not sought and will not seek an advance ruling from the IRS regarding any matter discussed in this section. The summary is also based upon the assumption that we will operate the company and its subsidiaries and affiliated entities in accordance with their applicable organizational documents.

        This summary is for general information only, and does not purport to discuss all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be important to a particular investor in light of its investment or tax circumstances, or to investors subject to special tax rules, including:

        This summary assumes that stockholders will hold our common stock as a capital asset, which generally means as property held for investment.

120


Table of Contents

         You are urged to consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal, state, local, and foreign income and other tax consequences to you in light of your particular investment or tax circumstances of acquiring, holding, exchanging, or otherwise disposing of our common stock.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders

        This section summarizes the taxation of non-U.S. stockholders. For these purposes, a non-U.S. stockholder is a beneficial owner of our common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is other than:

        If an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partner of any such partnership holding our common stock should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences to the partner of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by the partnership.

Distributions

        If distributions are paid on shares of our common stock, the distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, it will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, the adjusted tax basis of your shares in our common stock. Any remainder will constitute gain on the common stock. Dividends paid to a non-U.S. stockholder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. If the dividend is effectively connected with the non-U.S. stockholder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States or, if a tax treaty requires, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by such non-U.S. stockholder, the dividend will not be subject to any withholding tax, provided certification requirements are met, as described below, but will be subject to U.S. federal income tax imposed on net income on the same basis that applies to U.S. persons generally. A non-U.S. stockholder that is taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may, under certain circumstances, also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, on a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year

        To claim the benefit of a tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because the income is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-U.S. stockholder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN for treaty benefits or W-8ECI for effectively connected income, or such successor forms as the IRS designates, prior to the payment of dividends. These forms must be periodically updated. Non-U.S. stockholders generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund. Non-U.S.

121


Table of Contents


stockholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the potential applicability (including their eligibility for the benefits) of any income tax treaty.

Disposition

        A non-U.S. stockholder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, including by way of withholding, on gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless any one of the following is true:

        We believe that we are not currently, and will not become, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. As a general matter, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, however, it will not be treated as a U.S. real property interest with respect to any non-U.S. stockholder that holds no more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock. If we are determined to be a USRPHC and the foregoing exception does not apply, among other things, a purchaser may be required to withhold 10% of the proceeds payable to a non-U.S. stockholder from a disposition of our common stock, and the non-U.S. stockholder generally will be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to United States persons, and may also be subject to alternative minimum tax.

        Unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise, gain described in the first bullet point above will be subject to the U.S. federal income tax imposed on net income on the same basis that applies to U.S. persons generally but will generally not be subject to withholding. A non-U.S. stockholder that is taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may, under certain circumstances, also be subject to a branch profits tax equal to 30%, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, on such gain. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a flat 30% U.S. federal income tax, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult any potentially applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

        Information reporting and backup withholding may apply to dividends paid with respect to our common stock and to proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock. In certain circumstances, non-U.S. stockholders may not be subject to information reporting and backup withholding if they certify under penalties of perjury as to their status as non-U.S. stockholders or otherwise establish an exemption and certain other requirements are met. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

122


Table of Contents

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. stockholder generally may be refunded or credited against the non-U.S. stockholder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Withholding on Payments to Certain Foreign Entities

        The Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act imposes withholding taxes on certain types of payments made to "foreign financial institutions" and certain other non-U.S. entities unless additional certification, information reporting and other specified requirements are satisfied. Failure to comply with the new reporting requirements could result in withholding tax being imposed on payments of, among other types of payments, dividends and proceeds of the sales of stock, in any case to foreign intermediaries and certain non-U.S. stockholders. This legislation is generally effective for payments made after December 31, 2012. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding this new legislation.

U.S. Federal Estate Taxes

        Shares of our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who at the time of death is a non-U.S. stockholder are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual's estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

State, Local and Foreign Taxes

        Our stockholders may be subject to state, local or foreign taxation in various jurisdictions, including those in which we or they transact business, own property or reside. We may conduct business or own assets located in numerous U.S. jurisdictions, and may be required to file tax returns in some or all of those jurisdictions. The state, local and foreign tax treatment of our stockholders may not conform to the U.S. federal income tax treatment discussed above. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the application and effect of state, local and foreign income and other tax laws on an investment in our common stock.

123


Table of Contents


ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

        A fiduciary of a pension, profit sharing, retirement or other employee benefit plan, or plan, subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"), should consider the fiduciary standards under ERISA in the context of the plan's particular circumstances before authorizing an investment of a portion of such plan's assets in the shares of common stock. Accordingly, such fiduciary should consider (i) whether the investment satisfies the diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA, (ii) whether the investment is in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the plan as required by Section 404(a)(1)(D) of ERISA, and (iii) whether the investment is prudent under ERISA. In addition to the imposition of general fiduciary standards of investment prudence and diversification, ERISA, and the corresponding provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, prohibit a wide range of transactions involving the assets of the plan and persons who have certain specified relationships to the plan ("parties in interest" within the meaning of ERISA, "disqualified persons" within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code). Thus, a plan fiduciary considering an investment in the shares of common stock also should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of the shares of common stock might constitute or give rise to a direct or indirect prohibited transaction that is not subject to an exemption issued by the Department of Labor, or the DOL. Similar restrictions apply to many governmental and foreign plans which are not subject to ERISA. Thus, those considering investing in the shares of common stock on behalf of such a plan should consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of the shares of common stock might violate any such similar restrictions.

        The DOL, has issued final regulations, or the DOL Regulations, as to what constitutes assets of an employee benefit plan under ERISA. Under the DOL Regulations, if a plan acquires an equity interest in an entity, which interest is neither a "publicly offered security" nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, the plan's assets would include, for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA, both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the entity's underlying assets unless certain specified exceptions apply. The DOL Regulations define a publicly offered security as a security that is "widely held," "freely transferable," and either part of a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, or sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act (provided the securities are registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which the public offering occurred). The shares of common stock are being sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act and will be registered under the Exchange Act.

        The DOL Regulations provided that a security is "widely held" only if it is part of a class of securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. A security will not fail to be "widely held" because the number of independent investors falls below 100 subsequent to the initial public offering as a result of events beyond the issuer's control. The company expects the common stock to be "widely held" upon completion of the initial public offering.

        The DOL Regulations provide that whether a security is "freely transferable" is a factual question to be determined on the basis of all relevant facts and circumstances. The DOL Regulations further provide that when a security is part of an offering in which the minimum investment is $10,000 or less, as is the case with this offering, certain restrictions ordinarily will not, alone or in combination, affect the finding that such securities are "freely transferable." We believe that the restrictions imposed under our charter on the transfer of our common stock are limited to the restrictions on transfer generally permitted under the DOL Regulations are not likely to result in the failure of common stock to be "freely transferable." The DOL Regulations only establish a presumption in favor of the finding of free transferability, and, therefore, no assurance can be given that the DOL will not reach a contrary conclusion.

124


Table of Contents

        Accordingly, we believe that our common stock will be publicly offered securities for purposes of the DOL Regulations and that our assets will not be deemed to be "plan assets" of any plan that invests in our common stock.

        Each holder of our common stock will be deemed to have represented and agreed that its purchase and holding of such common stock (or any interest therein) will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or violate any similar laws.

125


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

        We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of our common stock described in this prospectus through Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, as the underwriters in this offering. Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are acting as the joint book-running managers and representatives of the several underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated as representative of the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, each of the underwriters has severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table (the "Initial Shares").

Underwriter of Shares
  Number  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. 

       

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated

       

William Blair & Company, L.L.C. 

       

JMP Securities LLC

       

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

       
       
 

Total

    10,000,000  
       

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters or securities dealers may distribute the prospectus to investors electronically.

Commissions and Discounts

        Shares of common stock sold by the underwriters to the public will be offered initially at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares of common stock sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $            per share from the public offering price. Any of these securities dealers may resell any shares of common stock purchased from the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $            per share from the public offering price. After the initial public offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and the other selling terms. Sales of shares of common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.

        The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions we and the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters, assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option to purchase an additional                        shares of common stock:

 
  Company
No Exercise
  Company
Full Exercise
  Selling
Stockholder
No Exercise
  Selling
Stockholder
Full Exercise
 

Per Share

  $     $                
                   

Total

  $     $                
                   

        We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us and the selling stockholders, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions but including our reimbursement of certain expenses of the underwriters, will be approximately $3.5 million.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Our common stock has been approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to the official notice of

126


Table of Contents


issuance, under the symbol "WD." The initial public offering price for the common stock will be determined by negotiations among the underwriters, the selling stockholders and us and the initial public offering price of the common stock may not be indicative of the market price following this offering. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical and projected business, results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the various other matters referenced in this prospectus in relation to the market valuation of other comparable corporations.

Over-allotment Option

        We have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional shares of our common stock (the "Option Shares"), at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option in whole or from time to time in part solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to the conditions in the Underwriting Agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares of our common stock proportionate to such underwriter's initial amount relative to the total amount reflected in the above table.

No Sales of Similar Securities

        We have agreed that we will not, directly or indirectly, take any of the following actions with respect to our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our common stock: (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which we have or hereafter acquire the power of disposition, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of our common stock, whether any such swap, hedge or transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, (iii) establish or increase a put-equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call-equivalent position in our common stock or securities convertible into our common stock within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, or (iv) file any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any of the foregoing under (i) through (iii) or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, except, in each case, (A) the securities purchased by the underwriters (including any overallotment, if exercised) to be sold pursuant to this prospectus and the securities to be issued in connection with the formation transactions; (B) grants of employee stock options or other equity pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date of this prospectus and described herein, provided that such options do not vest during the 180-day Restricted Period; or (C) the issuance of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any of our common stock in connection with the acquisition by the company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, property or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the company in connection with any such acquisition, provided that (i) no securities may be issued under this clause (C) within 60 days of the date of this prospectus and (ii) any shares of common stock issued or issuable in all instances under this clause (C) may not exceed, in aggregate amount, 10% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately following this offering and any recipient of any such shares or securities agrees in writing to be subject to the restrictions set forth in the following paragraph. We will be subject to these restrictions for the 180-day Restricted Period.

        Our executive officers, directors, including our director nominees, our employees who are participants in the directed share program and our existing equity holders have agreed that they will

127


Table of Contents


not, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of our common stock, whether any such swap, hedge or transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Our executive officers, directors, including our director nominees and our existing equity holders will be subject to these restrictions for the 365-day Restricted Period and our employees who are participants in the directed share program will be subject to the restrictions for the 180-day Restricted Period. At any time and without public notice, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, may, in their sole discretion, release all or some of the securities from these lock-up agreements.

        The Restricted Periods are subject to extension under limited circumstances. In the event that either (i) during the last 17 days of any Restricted Period, we release earnings results or material news or a material event relating to us occurs or (ii) prior to the expiration of any Restricted Period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of such Restricted Period, then such Restricted Period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated waive, in writing, such extension.

Directed Share Program

        At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale up to 5% percent of the shares of our common stock to be sold by us and the selling stockholders in the offering, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to our directors, officers, and other employees, principal stockholders and related persons. Any shares purchased by our employees under this directed share program are subject to the 180-day Restricted Period. The number of shares of our common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Indemnification and Contribution

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and their affiliates, selling agents and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. If we are unable to provide this indemnification, we will contribute to the payments the underwriters and their affiliates, selling agents and controlling persons may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Price Stabilization and Short Positions

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including:

128


Table of Contents

        Stabilizing transactions consist of bids or purchases made for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock while this offering is in progress. These transactions may also include making short sales of our common stock, which involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering. Short sales may be "covered short sales," which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters' over-allotment option referred to above, or may be "naked short sales," which are short positions in excess of that amount.

        The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchased in this offering.

        As a result of these activities, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the underwriters at any time without notice. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Passive Market Making

        In connection with this offering, the underwriters and selling group members may engage in passive market making transactions in our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange in accordance with Rule 103 of Regulation M under the Exchange Act during a period before the commencement of offers or sales of common stock and extending through the completion of the distribution of this offering. A passive market maker must display its bid at a price not in excess of the highest independent bid of that security. However, if all independent bids are lowered below the passive market maker's bid, that bid must then be lowered when specified purchase limits are exceeded. Passive market making may cause the price of our common stock to be higher than the price that otherwise would exist in the open market in the absence of those transactions. The underwriters and dealers are not required to engage in a passive market making and may end passive market making activities at any time.

Affiliations

        The underwriters and their affiliates have provided certain commercial banking, financial advisory and investment banking services for us for which they receive fees. Affiliates of certain of the underwriters from time to time enter bids with respect to mortgage backed security trades with us and the lowest bidder purchases those securities.

        The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future perform services for us and engage in other transactions with us.

Conflicts of Interest

        An affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC will own approximately 24.0% of our common stock on a fully diluted basis upon completion of this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' overallotment option) and two members of our board of directors are affiliated with

129


Table of Contents


Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. Because of this relationship, this offering is being conducted in accordance with NASD Rule 2720. This rule requires, among other things, that a qualified independent underwriter has participated in the preparation of, and has exercised the usual standards of "due diligence" with respect to, this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to act as qualified independent underwriter for this offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, specifically including those inherent in Section 11 of the Securities Act.

Selling restrictions

European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a "Relevant Member State"), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the "Relative Implementation Date") an offer of shares of common stock which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State except that an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

provided that no such offer of shares of common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by the company or the underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression "an offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

        Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

130


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        Certain legal matters relating to this offering, including the validity of common stock offered hereby by us and by the selling stockholders will be passed upon for us by Hogan Lovells US LLP. Sidley Austin LLP will act as counsel to the underwriters.


EXPERTS

        The consolidated and combined financial statements of Walker & Dunlop, our predecessor (collectively, Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, GPF Acquisition, LLC, W&D, Inc., Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Green Park Express, LLC, Walker & Dunlop II, LLC and W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I GP, LLC), as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, and the financial statements of Column Guaranteed LLC as of December 31, 2008 and for the year then ended, have been included herein in reliance on the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The Audit Report dated August 2, 2010 on the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements of Walker & Dunlop as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, refers to Walker & Dunlop's adoption of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109 (included in FASB ASC Subtopic 815, Derivatives and Hedging ), effective January 1, 2008 and FASB Statement No. 159, Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (included in FASB ASC Subtopic 825, Financial Instruments ), effective January 1, 2008.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We maintain a website at www.walkerdunlop.com . Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus.

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, schedules and amendments filed with the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we and the selling stockholders propose to sell in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. For further information with respect to our company and the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete and, where that contract or other document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement in this prospectus is qualified in all respects by the exhibit to which the reference relates. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the public reference room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. Information about the operation of the public reference room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement can be obtained from the public reference room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement, are also available to you, free of charge, on the SEC's website at http://www.sec.gov .

        As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and will file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

131


Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONTENTS

 
  PAGE

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements of Walker & Dunlop:

   
 

Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008

  F-3
 

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

  F-4
 

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

  F-5
 

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

  F-6
 

Notes to the Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

  F-7

Schedule IV—Mortgage Loans on Real Estate as of December 31, 2009

 
F-29

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements of Walker & Dunlop:

   
 

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet as of September 30, 2010

  F-31
 

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

  F-32
 

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Changes in Equity for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2010

  F-33
 

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009

  F-34
 

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

  F-35

Column Guaranteed LLC 2008 Financial Statements

 
F-45

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of
Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets of Walker & Dunlop as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated and combined statements of income, changes in equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009. In connection with our audit of the consolidated and combined financial statements, we have also audited financial statement schedule IV as of December 31, 2009. These consolidated and combined financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated and combined financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Walker & Dunlop as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated and combined financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

        As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated and combined financial statements, in 2008 the Company changed its method of accounting for written loan commitments with the adoption of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109 (included in FASB ASC Subtopic 815, Derivatives and Hedging) , and adopted FASB Statement No. 159, Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (included in FASB ASC Subtopic 825, Financial Instruments ), for certain financial assets and liabilities.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

McLean, Virginia
August 2, 2010

F-2


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets

(in thousands)

 
  December 31,  
 
  2009   2008  

Assets

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 10,390   $ 6,812  
 

Restricted cash

    7,516     4,824  
 

Pledged securities, at fair value

    11,643     7,207  
 

Loans held for sale

    101,939     111,711  
 

Servicing fees and other receivables

    15,790     4,468  
 

Derivative assets

    11,153     8,028  
 

Mortgage servicing rights

    81,427     38,943  
 

Intangible assets

    1,398      
 

Other assets

    2,476     1,354  
           

Total Assets

  $ 243,732   $ 183,347  
           

Liabilities and Equity

             

Liabilities

             
 

Accounts payable and other accruals

  $ 18,753   $ 6,207  
 

Performance deposit from borrowers

    4,585     3,195  
 

Derivative liabilities

    6,707     8,384  
 

Guaranty obligation, net of accumulated amortization

    8,751     5,429  
 

Allowance for risk-sharing obligations

    5,552     1,101  
 

Warehouse notes payable

    96,612     107,005  
 

Notes payable

    32,961     38,176  
           

Total Liabilities

  $ 173,921   $ 169,497  
           

Equity

             
 

Members' equity

  $ 30,770   $ 13,850  
 

Non-controlling interest

    39,041      
           

Total Equity

  $ 69,811   $ 13,850  
           

Total Liabilities and Equity

  $ 243,732   $ 183,347  
           

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income

($ in thousands, except per share data)

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Revenues

                   
 

Gains from mortgage banking activities

  $ 57,946   $ 29,428   $ 21,930  
 

Servicing fees

    20,981     12,257     12,327  
 

Net warehouse interest income

    4,186     1,787     17  
 

Escrow earnings and other interest income

    1,769     3,428     8,993  
 

Other

    3,879     2,272     7,005  
               
   

Total revenues

  $ 88,761   $ 49,172   $ 50,272  
               

Expenses

                   
 

Personnel

  $ 32,177   $ 17,008   $ 16,779  
 

Amortization and depreciation

    12,917     7,804     9,067  
 

Provision for risk-sharing obligations

    2,265     1,101      
 

Interest expense on corporate debt

    1,684     2,679     3,853  
 

Other operating expenses

    11,114     6,548     4,240  
               
   

Total expenses

  $ 60,157   $ 35,140   $ 33,939  
               
 

Income from operations

  $ 28,604   $ 14,032   $ 16,333  
               
 

Gain on bargain purchase

    10,922          
               

Net income

  $ 39,526   $ 14,032   $ 16,333  
 

Less: non-controlling interest in net income

    14,740          
               

Net income attributable to Walker & Dunlop

  $ 24,786   $ 14,032   $ 16,333  
               

Pro forma financial information (unaudited)

                   
 

Pro forma income tax expense

    10,869     5,332     6,207  
               
 

Pro forma net income

  $ 28,657   $ 8,700   $ 10,126  
               
 

Pro forma net income per share:

                   
   

Basic and diluted

  $ 2.00   $ 0.90   $ 1.00  
               
 

Pro forma weighted average basic and diluted shares used to calculate pro forma net income per share

    14,306,873     9,710,521     10,156,385  
               

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Consolidated and Combined Statement of Changes in Equity

For the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

(in thousands)

 
  Members'
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Members'
Interests
Acquired, at
Cost
  Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
  Non-
Controlling
Interest
  Total
(Deficit) Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2007

  $ 1,279   $ 7,089   $ (9,459 ) $ (9 ) $   $ (1,100 )
                           
 

Net income

  $   $ 16,333   $   $   $   $ 16,333  
 

Unrealized loss on hedging instrument

                (33 )       (33 )
                                     
 

Comprehensive income

                                $ 16,300  
                                     
 

Contribution of equity

    840                     840  
 

Dividends

        (7,926 )               (7,926 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2007

  $ 2,119   $ 15,496   $ (9,459 ) $ (42 ) $   $ 8,114  
                           
 

Net income

  $   $ 14,032   $   $   $   $ 14,032  
 

Unrealized gain on hedging instrument

                20         20  
                                     
 

Comprehensive income

                                $ 14,052  
                                     
 

Contribution of equity

    60                     60  
 

Purchase of members' interest

        (469 )   (354 )           (823 )
 

Dividends

        (7,553 )               (7,553 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2008

  $ 2,179   $ 21,506   $ (9,813 ) $ (22 ) $   $ 13,850  
                           
 

Net income

  $   $ 24,786   $   $   $ 14,740   $ 39,526  
 

Unrealized gain on hedging instrument

                22         22  
                                     
 

Comprehensive income

                                $ 39,548  
                                     
 

Contribution of equity

    76                 26,400     26,476  
 

Capital reallocation

    (1,077 )   306             771      
 

Purchase of members' interest

            (13 )           (13 )
 

Dividends

        (7,180 )           (2,870 )   (10,050 )
                           

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 1,178   $ 39,418   $ (9,826 ) $   $ 39,041   $ 69,811  
                           

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  For the Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Cash flows from operating activities:

                   
 

Net income

  $ 39,526   $ 14,032   $ 16,333  
 

Reconciling adjustments:

                   
   

Fair value of MSRs created, net

    (30,212 )   (15,315 )   (9,101 )
   

Gain on bargain purchase

    (10,922 )        
   

Gain on sale of MSR, less prepayment of originated

                   
     

mortgage servicing rights

    899     521     2,961  
   

Provision for risk-sharing obligations

    2,265     1,101      
   

Amortization and depreciation

    12,917     6,759     6,106  
   

Loss on disposal of fixed assets

        58      
   

Originations of loans held for sale

    (1,650,683 )   (1,369,442 )   (945,160 )
   

Sales of loans to third parties

    1,661,076     1,284,737     1,224,960  
   

Changes in:

                   
     

Restricted cash and pledged securities

    1,995     (1,781 )   344  
     

Servicing fees and other receivables

    (11,298 )   99     (1,999 )
     

Derivative fair value adjustment

    (3,676 )   (868 )   19  
     

Intangible and other assets

    (1,098 )   (202 )   (257 )
     

Accounts payable and other accruals

    9,483     (704 )   587  
     

Performance deposits from borrowers

    619     1,530     (574 )
     

Cash paid to settle guaranty agreement

    (498 )       (309 )
               
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 20,393   $ (79,475 ) $ 293,910  
               

Cash flows used in investing activities:

                   
 

Capital expenditures

  $ (146 ) $ (228 ) $ (38 )
               
 

Net cash used in investing activities

  $ (146 ) $ (228 ) $ (38 )
               

Cash flows from financing activities:

                   
 

Warehouse notes payable, net

  $ (10,393 ) $ 84,705   $ (279,800 )
 

Notes payable

    (5,215 )   (7,332 )   (3,395 )
 

Contribution of equity

    76     60     841  
 

Dividends

    (10,050 )   (7,553 )   (7,926 )
 

Members' equity acquired at cost

    (13 )   (354 )    
 

Purchase of members' equity

        (469 )    
 

Cash received from acquisition of Column

    8,904          
 

Other

    22     21     (33 )
               
 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

  $ (16,669 ) $ 69,078   $ (290,313 )
               

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,578   $ (10,625 ) $ 3,559  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

    6,812     17,437     13,878  
               

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

  $ 10,390   $ 6,812   $ 17,437  
               

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

                   
 

Cash paid to third parties for interest

  $ 4,044   $ 4,978   $ 6,342  
               

See accompanying notes to consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION

        These financial statements represent a consolidation and combination of the Walker & Dunlop affiliated companies (the Company), all of which are controlled by an individual owner. W&D, Inc., Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, and GPF Acquisition, LLC are entities under common control and are combined herein. Green Park Financial Limited Partnership (Green Park) consolidates its majority-owned subsidiary, Walker & Dunlop, LLC (W&D LLC), and consolidates its wholly owned subsidiaries Walker & Dunlop II, LLC and Green Park Express, LLC and W&D LLC's wholly owned subsidiary, W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I GP, LLC. Walker & Dunlop MultiFamily, Inc consolidates Green Park. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us," "our" and the "Company" mean the Walker & Dunlop combined and consolidated companies.

        We are one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily lending. We originate, sell and service a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate financing products. Our clients are owners and developers of commercial real estate across the country. We originate pursuant to the programs of Fannie Mae and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac," and together with Fannie Mae, the government-sponsored enterprises, or the "GSEs") and the Federal Housing Administration, a division of the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD"), with which we have long-established relationships. We retain servicing rights and asset management responsibilities on nearly all loans that we sell to GSEs and HUD. We are approved as a Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing ("DUS" TM ) lender nationally, a Freddie Mac Program Plus lender in seven states, the District of Columbia and the metropolitan New York area and a HUD Multifamily Accelerated Processing ("MAP") lender nationally. We also originate and service loans for a number of life insurance companies and other institutional investors, in which cases we do not fund the loan but rather act as a loan broker.

        The principal activities of each of the previously separate affiliated companies are described below.

Entity
  Date and State of Incorporation   Principal Activities

W & D, Inc (formerly Walker & Dunlop, Inc)

  July 1, 1987   5% owner of Walker & Dunlop, LLC
 

("W&D, Inc" a Subchapter S Corporation)

  (Delaware)    

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

  April 25, 1988   50.5% limited partner of Green Park
 

("Multifamily," a Subchapter S Corporation)

  (Delaware)   Financial Limited Partnership ("Green Park")

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership

  July 23, 1990   60% owner of Walker & Dunlop, LLC
 

("Green Park," a Limited Partnership)

  (District of Columbia)   100% owner of Walker & Dunlop II, LLC

      100% owner of Green Park Express, LLC

Green Park Express, LLC

  April 25, 2006   Dormant
 

("GPE," a Limited Liability Company)

  (Delaware)    

Walker & Dunlop II, LLC

  January 26, 2009   0.2% owner of Walker & Dunlop, LLC
 

"W&D II LLC," a Limited Liability Company

  (Delaware)    

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

  October 22, 1996   0.5% general partner of Green Park
 

("GP LLC," a Limited Liability Company)

  (Delaware)    

W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I GP, LLC

  April 23, 2007   General partner of W&D Balanced
 

("Balanced Fund," a Limited Liability Company)

  (Delaware)   Real Estate Fund I, LP

GPF Acquisition, LLC

  October 23, 2006   49% limited partner of Green Park
 

("GPFA," a Limited Liability Company)

  (Delaware)    

Walker & Dunlop, LLC

  November 2, 2008   Commercial real estate financial services
 

("W&D LLC," a Limited Liability Company)

  (Delaware)    

F-7


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION (Continued)

        W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I GP, LLC has a general partnership interest in a partnership that invests in commercial real estate. The Company can be removed as general partner at the sole discretion of one of the limited partners. Accordingly, we apply the equity method of accounting to this investment.

        On January 30, 2009, substantially all of the assets and liabilities of W&D Inc. and Green Park, companies under the common control of an individual owner, together with substantially all of the assets and liabilities of Column Guaranteed LLC (Column), a subsidiary of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, were contributed to form Walker & Dunlop, LLC (W&D LLC) (the Column transaction). The Column transaction was accounted for as an acquisition of a business (Note 3).

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Principles of Consolidation and Combination —The consolidated and combined financial statements include the accounts of the Company as defined in Note 1. Combined financial statements are presented due to the common control of the included entities. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. We have evaluated all subsequent events through August 2, 2010.

        Cash and Cash Equivalents —The term cash and cash equivalents, as used in the accompanying consolidated and combined financial statements, includes currency on hand, demand deposits with financial institutions, and short-term, highly liquid investments purchased with a maturity of three months or less.

        Restricted Cash —Restricted cash represents amounts set aside by employees for health care flex spending accounts, deferred compensation, Column advance, and good faith deposits at December 31, 2009 and 2008 as follows ($ in thousands):

 
  Balance at December 31,  
 
  2009   2008  

Good faith customer deposits

  $ 3,854   $ 3,206  

Former Column employee bonus arrangement

    2,211      

Deferred compensation (Note 11)

    1,419     1,595  

Employee flex deposits

    32     23  
           

  $ 7,516   $ 4,824  
           

        Pledged Securities —As security for its GSE risk-sharing obligations (Notes 5 and 10), certain securities have been pledged to the benefit of Fannie Mae to secure the Company's risk-sharing

F-8


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


obligations. The balances for these pledged securities at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are as follows ($ in thousands):

Investment
  2009   2008   Maturity date  

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

  $ 1,750   $     January 15, 2010  

Federal Home Loan Bank

    1,852         January 15, 2010  

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

    1,300         January 27, 2010  

General Electric Capital Services

    1,600         February 3, 2010  

General Electric Capital Services

    1,350         February 12, 2010  

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

    400         March 1, 2010  

HSBC Finance Corporation

    3,393         March 1, 2010  

Toyota Motor Credit Corporation

        4,165     January 31, 2009  

American Honda Financial Corporation

        1,525     February 23, 2009  

General Electric Capital Services

        1,525     February 24, 2010  
                 
 

Face value of securities

  $ 11,645   $ 7,215        
 

Unamortized discount

    (2 )   (8 )      
                 

  $ 11,643   $ 7,207        
                 

        Asset balances per the financial statements are reduced by the amount of unamortized discount. Amortized cost approximates fair value.

        Concentrations of Credit Risk —Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, loans held for sale and derivative financial instruments.

        The Company places the cash and temporary investments with high-credit-quality financial institutions and believes no significant credit risk exists. The counterparties to the loans held for sale and funding commitments are owners of residential multifamily properties located throughout the United States. Mortgage loans are generally transferred or sold within 2 to 45 days from the date that a mortgage loan is funded.

        There is no material counterparty risk with respect to the Company's funding commitments in that each potential borrower must make a non-refundable good faith deposit when the funding commitment is executed. The counterparty to the forward sales generally is an investment bank. There is a risk that the purchase price agreed to by Fannie Mae or the other investor will be reduced in the event of a late delivery. The risk for non-delivery of a loan primarily results from the risk that a borrower does not close on the funding commitment in a timely manner, which generally is a risk mitigated by the non-refundable good faith deposit.

        Fair Value Measurement —The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures.

        On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109 (ASC 815-10-S99) which requires the fair value of written loan commitments that are marked-to-market through earnings to include the fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan. This has the effect of recognizing income when loan sale commitments are executed.

F-9


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        On January 1, 2008, the Company also elected to measure certain financial instruments at fair value (ASC 825). Unrealized gains and losses on financial instruments for which the fair value option has been elected, namely loans held for sale, are included in earnings. Electing to use fair value allows a better offset of the change in fair value of the loan and the derivative instruments used as an economic hedge.

        Loans Held for Sale —Loans held for sale represent originated loans that are generally transferred or sold within 2 to 45 days from the date that a mortgage loan is funded. We initially measure all originated loans at fair value. Subsequent to initial measurement, we measure all mortgage loans at fair value, unless we document at the time the loan is originated that we will measure the specific loan at the lower of cost or fair market value for the life of the loan. During the period prior to its sale, interest income on the loans held for sale is calculated in accordance with the terms of each individual loan. There were no loans that were valued at the lower of cost or market or on a non-accrual status at December 31, 2009 and 2008.

        Derivative Assets and Liabilities —Certain loan commitments and forward sales commitments meet the definition of a derivative and are recorded at fair value in the consolidated and combined balance sheets. The estimated fair value of loan commitments includes the value of loan origination fees and premiums on anticipated sale of the loan, net of co-broker fees, and the fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan, net of any estimated net future cash flows associated with the risk-sharing obligation. Adjustments to fair value are reflected as a component of income.

        Prior to our January 1, 2008 adoption of the fair value measurement provisions of ASC 820, loan commitments were recorded at the transaction price upon commitment. Subsequent to the adoption of the fair value measurement provisions on January 1, 2008, loan commitments are recorded at fair value using the exit price. This adoption had the effect of recognizing mortgage banking activity income at commitment, rather than date of sale.

        Gains from Mortgage Banking Activities —Mortgage banking activity income is recognized when we record a derivative asset upon the commitment to originate a loan with a borrower and sell the loan to an investor (ASC 815). This commitment asset is recognized at fair value, which reflects the fair value of the contractual loan origination related fees and sale premiums, net of co-broker fees, and the estimated fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing of loans net of the estimated net future cash flows associated with the risk-sharing obligations. Also included in gains from mortgage banking activities are changes to the fair value of loan commitments, forward sale commitments, and loans held for sale that occur during their respective holding periods. Upon sale of the loans, no gains or losses are recognized as such loans are recorded at fair value during their holding periods. Mortgage servicing rights and guaranty obligations are recognized as assets or liabilities, respectively, upon the sale of the loans.

        Loans originated in a brokerage capacity tend to have lower origination fees because they often require less time to execute, there is more competition for brokerage assignments and because the borrower will also have to pay an origination fee to the ultimate institutional lender. The co-broker fees for the year ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $10.1 million, $6.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

        Transfer of financial assets is reported as a sale when (a) the transferor surrenders control over those assets and (b) consideration other than beneficial interests in the transferred assets is received in

F-10


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


exchange. The transferor is considered to have surrendered control over transferred assets if, and only if, certain conditions are met. The Company has determined that all loans sold have met these specific conditions and accounts for all transfers of mortgage loans and mortgage participations as completed sales.

        When the mortgage loans are sold, the Company retains the right to service the loan and initially recognizes the Mortgage Servicing Right ("MSR") at fair value. Subsequent to the initial measurement date, mortgage servicing assets are amortized using the effective interest method.

        When loans are sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program, the Company undertakes an obligation to partially guarantee the performance of the loan. At inception, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guaranty is recognized. Subsequent to the initial measurement date, the liability is amortized over the life of the guaranty period using the straight-line method.

        Servicing Fees —Fees for servicing mortgage loans are recorded as revenue over the lives of the related mortgage loans (Note 7).

        Amortization —Amortization expense principally relates to mortgage servicing rights (Note 5).

        Deferred Bonuses —Certain members of senior management are eligible to receive bonus compensation if certain financial performance targets are met over specified three-year periods and they are employed at the end of the three-year period. Compensation expense is recognized ratably over the vesting period. If the officer ceases to be employed by the Company, the accrued liability is reduced to zero and recorded as a reduction of current year compensation expense.

        Other Operating Expenses —Other operating expenses consist primarily of marketing fees, professional fees, travel, entertainment, and office expenses (Note 15).

        Use of Estimates —The preparation of consolidated and combined financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, including guaranty obligations, and capitalized mortgage servicing rights, derivative instruments and hedging relationships, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results may vary from these estimates.

        Comprehensive Income —Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes changes in unrealized gains and losses on financial instruments. Comprehensive income is presented in the consolidated and combined statements of changes in members' equity.

        Income Taxes —The Company has elected pass-through tax status under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code and the various states in which they are qualified to do business. As pass through entities, the Company is not subject to federal, state and local income taxes as the owners separately account for their pro-rata share of the Company's items of income, deductions, losses and credits. Therefore, no provision is made in the accompanying financial statements for liabilities for federal, state and local income taxes since such liabilities are the responsibilities of the individual owners. The Company files income tax returns in the applicable U.S federal, state and local jurisdictions and generally is subject to examination by the respective jurisdictions for three years from the filing of a tax return.

F-11


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Net Warehouse Interest Income —The Company presents warehouse interest income net of warehouse interest expense. Warehouse interest income is the interest earned from loans that are held for sale. Warehouse interest expense is incurred on borrowings used to fund loans solely while they are held for sale. Warehouse interest income and expense are earned or incurred after a loan is closed and before a loan is sold. Included in net warehouse interest income for the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are the following components ($ in thousands):

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Warehouse interest income

  $ 6,532   $ 4,221   $ 2,659  

Warehouse interest expense

  $ 2,346   $ 2,434   $ 2,642  
               

Warehouse interest income, net

  $ 4,186   $ 1,787   $ 17  
               

        Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements —In June 2009, the FASB issued FAS No. 167 (ASC 810) to amend requirements for consolidating variable interest entities. This amendment changes the determination of the primary beneficiary in a variable interest entity. In January 2010, the FASB voted to finalize Accounting Standards Update (ASU) amendments to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC 810) for Certain Investment Funds. The ASU will defer the effective date for a reporting enterprise's interest in certain entities. It addresses concerns that the joint consolidation model under development by the FASB and IASB and may result in a different conclusion for asset managers and that an asset manager consolidating certain funds would not provide useful information to investors. We do not expect these standards to have a material effect on our financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued FAS No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement 140 (as codified in ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing (ASC 860)). ASU No. 2009-16 issued in December 2009 removes the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity from Topic 860 and removes the exception from applying Topic 810, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, for qualifying special purpose entities. This ASU modifies the financial components approach used in ASC 860 and limits the circumstances in which a financial asset, or portion of a financial asset, should be derecognized. Additionally, enhanced disclosures are required to provide financial statement users with greater transparency about transfers of financial assets and a transferor's continuing involvement with transferred financial assets. ASC 860 is effective January 1, 2010. The adoption of the revised guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

NOTE 3—ACQUISITION AND RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITY

        In January 2009, W&D Inc. and its affiliate Green Park Financial Limited Partnership ("Green Park"), contributed their assets to a newly formed entity, W&D LLC, in exchange for 5 percent and 60 percent of W&D LLC, respectively. Simultaneously, Column contributed certain assets and liabilities into W&D LLC for a 35 percent interest.

        The Column contribution was treated as an acquisition of a business. The fair value of the consideration transferred was determined using third-party valuations of the Column, Green Park and W&D Inc. businesses. The purchase price of Column was allocated to the assets and liabilities acquired based on their estimated fair values at the acquisition date. Green Park and W&D Inc. are related parties under the common control of a single investor. Accordingly, their assets and liabilities contributed to W&D LLC were recorded at the carrying amounts in the records of Green Park and W&D Inc., respectively, at the date of contribution.

F-12


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 3—ACQUISITION AND RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITY (Continued)

        Statement of Net Assets Acquired —The following statement of net assets acquired reflects the value assigned to Column's net assets as of the acquisition date ($ in thousands):

 
  January 30, 2009  

ASSETS

       
 

Cash and restricted cash received

  $ 18,028  
 

Servicing fees and other receivables

    499  
 

Mortgage servicing rights

    24,988  
 

Agency licenses

    1,400  
 

Pipeline intangible assets

    759  
 

Below market leases

    300  
       
   

Total assets

  $ 45,974  
       

LIABILITIES

       
 

Accounts payable

  $ 1,131  
 

Contingent obligations

    1,932  
 

Performance deposits from borrowers

    771  
 

Allowance for risk-sharing obligations

    2,684  
 

Guaranty obligation

    2,134  
       
   

Total liabilities

  $ 8,652  
       

NET ASSETS

  $ 37,322  
       

        The fair values of the Column assets and liabilities acquired were estimated using discounted cash flow valuation techniques. The estimated cash inflows and outflows from these assets and liabilities acquired were discounted using a market rate of return.

        Contingent Obligations Acquired —The fair value of the net Column assets acquired include certain contingent liabilities that were recorded as of the acquisition date. These contingent liabilities have been recorded at their acquisition date fair values. The contingent liabilities recorded by the Company as of the acquisition date consist of bonus liabilities and recourse obligations under the Fannie Mae DUS program. Fair value was determined as amounts expected to be paid under the arrangements. The effect of discounting these contingencies is not significant.

        Also as a condition of the Column transaction, Column transferred its recourse obligations with respect to the Fannie Mae DUS program to the Company. As a member of the DUS program, Column sold certain multifamily mortgages that it had originated to Fannie Mae and agreed to guarantee one-third of any ultimate loss on the loan should the borrower fail to perform, with Fannie Mae bearing the remainder of the loss. On January 30, 2009, and simultaneous with the Column transaction, the Company reached agreement with Fannie Mae who converted the Column historical loss sharing formula to standard DUS loss sharing whereby the Company bears the first five percent of the loss, and certain amounts after that with a maximum exposure of 20 percent of the original unpaid principal balance of the loan. The Company acquired the servicing of Fannie Mae DUS loans from Column as part of the transaction.

        At January 30, 2009, the Company estimated the fair value of the risk-sharing obligations as of the acquisition date and recorded the obligation as a component of guaranty obligations. The guaranty

F-13


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 3—ACQUISITION AND RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITY (Continued)


obligation acquired from Column had three components (a) the fair value of the cost to stand ready to perform under the guaranty provisions for Fannie Mae DUS loans ("stand-ready component"), (b) the fair value of the obligation expected to be paid under the guaranty for all loans acquired ("contingent component"), and (c) the fair value of the loss expected to be paid under the guarantee for one loan ("risk loss").

        To estimate the fair value of the stand-ready component of the guaranty obligation acquired from Column, the Company used estimates of future costs to be incurred to monitor and comply with the terms of the guaranty obligation. The total obligation measured using a discounted cash flow technique was estimated to be $0.8 million at January 30, 2009. The stand-ready component is amortized ratably over the life of the loan on a straight-line basis.

        To estimate the fair value of the contingent component acquired from Column, the Company used estimates of the losses expected to be incurred based on a collateral valuation approach adjusted for probability of incurrence. The total contingent component was estimated to be $1.9 million at January 30, 2009. Similar to the stand-ready component, the contingent component is amortized ratably over the life of the loan on a straight-line basis.

        The fair value of the risk-sharing obligations acquired from Column was estimated as the amount expected to be paid under the guaranty obligation. This estimate considered each loan and an assessment of the likelihood of performance under the obligation, and expected losses in the event of performance. Management determined that the likelihood of non-performance was probable for one loan and determined the fair value of the probable loss using a collateral-based approach. The estimated obligation was recorded at fair value and not discounted or adjusted for probability of occurrence. The total fair value of the risk loss was estimated to be $2.1 million at January 30, 2009. The risk of loss is reviewed for adequacy on at least an annual basis and adjusted as circumstances warrant, or as payments are made under the obligation.

        Gain on Bargain Purchase —A gain on bargain purchase is recognized in a business combination in the event the total acquisition date fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired exceeds the fair value of the consideration transferred. The Column transaction was achieved through the exchange of assets and liabilities for equity interests in the Company. The gain on bargain purchase of $10.9 million is calculated as the total acquisition date fair value for the identifiable net assets acquired, less the fair value of the consideration transferred. The table below summarizes the calculation of the gain on bargain purchase ($ in thousands):

Fair value of net assets acquired

  $ 37,322  

Consideration transferred

    (26,400 )
       
 

Gain on bargain purchase

  $ 10,922  
       

        The economic and credit environments at the time of the transaction, combined with participation in certain real estate markets and transactions, has resulted in a number of institutions exiting certain real estate related businesses.

F-14


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 3—ACQUISITION AND RESTRUCTURING ACTIVITY (Continued)

        Pro Forma Results —The following pro forma results of operations assume that the acquisition of Column was completed as of January 1, 2009 for 2009 and January 1, 2008 for 2008 ($ in thousands):

 
  2009   2008  

Revenues

  $ 89,662   $ 72,043  
           

Net income

  $ 38,641   $ 15,469  
           

        The revenues and income reported for the year 2009 for the Company include amounts attributed to Column; however, these amounts cannot be separately reported because the operations of Column have been integrated into those of the Company as part of the Column transaction and the amounts are no longer separately maintained.

NOTE 4—GAINS FROM MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES

        The gains from mortgage banking activities consist of the following activity for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 ($ in thousands):

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Contractual loan origination related fees, net

  $ 27,734   $ 14,113   $ 12,829  

Fair value of expected net future cash flows from servicing recognized at commitment

    32,294     17,080      

Reduction in gain for expected guaranty obligation

    (2,082 )   (1,765 )   (1,118 )

Mortgage servicing rights

            10,219  
               

Total gains from mortgage banking activities

  $ 57,946   $ 29,428   $ 21,930  
               

        In 2007, gains from mortgage banking activities were recognized when the loan was sold and the associated mortgage servicing right and guaranty obligation were recorded (Note 2).

NOTE 5—MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

        Mortgage servicing rights (MSR) represent the fair value of the servicing rights retained by the Company for mortgage loans originated and sold. The capitalized amount is equal to the estimated fair value of the future expected cash flows associated with the servicing rights. The following describes the key assumptions used in calculating each loan's MSR:

        Discount rate —Depending upon loan type, the discount rate used is management's best estimate of market discount rates. The rates used for loans originated were 12% to 15% for each of the three years presented.

        Estimated Life —The estimated life of the MSRs approximates the stated maturity date of the underlying loan and may be reduced by 6 to 12 months based upon the expiration of various types of make-whole payment lockout provisions prior to that stated maturity date.

        Servicing Cost —The estimated future cost to service the loan for the estimated life of the MSR is subtracted from the estimated future cash flows.

        The fair values of the MSRs at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $96,685 and $48,700, respectively. Changes in the fair value of MSRs reflect the change in discount rates largely due to

F-15


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 5—MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS (Continued)


changes in interest rates. The Company uses a discounted static cash flow valuation approach and the key economic assumption is the discount rate, for example see the following sensitivities:

    The impact of 100 basis point decrease at December 31, 2009 is $2.5 million.

    The impact of 100 basis point increase at December 31, 2009 is $2.4 million.

        These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. These estimates do not include interplay among assumptions and are estimated as a portfolio rather than individual assets.

        Activity related to capitalized MSRs for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was as follows ($ in thousands):

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Beginning balance

  $ 38,943   $ 32,994   $ 32,314  

Acquisition date fair value of MSRs contributed by Column acquisition

    24,988          

Additions

    31,119     13,579     10,219  

Amortization

    (12,610 )   (7,110 )   (6,326 )

Write-offs of asset

    (1,013 )   (520 )   (3,213 )
               

Year end balance

  $ 81,427   $ 38,943   $ 32,994  
               

        The rights are being amortized in proportion to, and over the period, that net servicing income is expected to be received using the effective interest method. The Company reported write downs of MSRs related to loans that were repaid prior to the expected maturity or the servicing rights being sold. These write-offs are included with the amortization and depreciation expense in the accompanying consolidated and combined statements of income. Prepayment fees and sale proceeds from the sale of MSRs totaling $1.3 million, $0.7 million and $2.6 million were collected for 2009, 2008, and 2007 respectively.

        Management reviews the capitalized MSRs for impairment quarterly. MSRs are measured for impairment on an asset-by-asset basis, considering factors such as debt service coverage ratio, property location, loan-to-value ratio and property type. No impairments other than write-offs discussed above have been recognized for the years presented.

NOTE 6—GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS

        When a loan is sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program, the Company typically agrees to guarantee a portion of the ultimate loss incurred on the loan should the borrower fail to perform. The compensation for this risk is a component of the servicing fee on the loan. No guaranty is provided for loans sold under the Freddie Mac or HUD loan programs.

        The Company recognizes, upon inception of the guaranty, the fair value of the guarantor's obligation. The fair value includes the obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the guaranty (the non-contingent guaranty), and its obligation to make future payments should those triggering events or conditions occur (contingent guaranty). Historically the contingent guaranty recognized at inception has been de minimis.

        In determining the fair value of the guaranty obligation, we consider the risk profile of the collateral, historical loss experience, and various market indicators. Generally, the estimated fair value of the guaranty obligation is based on the present value of the future cash flows expected to be paid

F-16


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 6—GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS (Continued)


under the guaranty over the estimated life of the loan historically three to five basis points per year, discounted using a 12-15 percent discount rate. The discount rate and estimated life used are consistent with those used for the calculation of the MSR.

        We recognized a guaranty obligation for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, of $2.1 million, $1.8 million and $1.1 million, respectively. We subsequently amortize the guaranty obligation on a straight-line basis over the life of the mortgage loan with a corresponding reduction in amortization expense. The corresponding reduction in amortization expense for all capitalized guaranty obligations was $1.4 million, $0.5 million and $0.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

        Subsequently, we evaluate the allowance for risk-sharing obligations by monitoring the performance of each loan for triggering events or conditions that may signal a potential default. In situations where payment under the guaranty is probable and estimable on a specific loan, we record an additional liability for the estimated allowance for risk-sharing through a charge to the provision for risk-sharing obligations in the income statement, along with a write-off of the loan-specific MSR. The amount of the provision considers our assessment of the likelihood of payment by the borrower, the estimated disposition value of the underlying collateral and the level of risk-sharing. Historically, the loss recognition occurs at or before the loan becoming 60 days delinquent. A summary of our allowance for risk-sharing for the contingent portion of the guaranty obligation for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 was ($ in thousands):

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Balance at January 1

  $ 1,101   $   $ 888  
 

Write offs

    (498 )       (888 )
 

Provision for risk-sharing obligations

    2,265     1,101      
 

Contribution by Column (Note 3)

    2,684          
               

Balance at December 31

  $ 5,552   $ 1,101   $  
               

        As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the maximum quantifiable contingent liability associated with guarantees was $1.2 billion and $0.7 billion, respectively. The maximum quantifiable contingent liability is not representative of the actual loss we would incur. We would be liable for this amount only if all of the loans we service for Fannie Mae, for which we retain some risk of loss, were to default and all of the collateral underlying these loans were worthless.

NOTE 7—SERVICING

        The amount of loans the Company was servicing for various institutional investors was as follows at December 31, 2009 and 2008 ($ in thousands):

 
  2009   2008  

Unpaid principal balance of loans

  $ 13,203,317   $ 6,976,208  
           

        At December 31, 2009 and 2008, custodial escrow accounts relating to loans serviced by the Company totaled $208.7 million and $115.5 million, respectively. These amounts are not included in the accompanying balance sheets as such amounts are not company assets. Certain cash deposits at other

F-17


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 7—SERVICING (Continued)


financial institutions exceed the FDIC insured limits. The Company places these deposits with major financial institutions where we believe the risk of loss to be minimal.

NOTE 8—FORMATION TRANSACTIONS (unaudited)

        As part of the formation transactions, Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (WDI) was incorporated in Maryland on July 29, 2010, and has had no activity other than its initial capitalization. As part of the Company's initial public offering, the Company expects the shares of the Company's interests to be exchanged for shares of WDI, resulting in an estimated 14.7 million shares of our common stock outstanding. This exchange will be treated as a stock-split.

        Pro forma basic EPS and diluted EPS are computed by dividing pro forma net income available to common stockholders by the pro forma weighted-average number of shares expected to be deemed outstanding for the periods presented. Changes in ownership interests during any period are weighted for the portion of the period that shares will be deemed outstanding. No dilutive securities are expected to be issued as part of the formation transactions.

        The following is a calculation of the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share for the years ended December 31 ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Net income

  $ 39,526   $ 14,032   $ 16,333  
               

Pro forma income tax expense

    10,869     5,332     6,207  
               

Pro forma net income

  $ 28,657   $ 8,700   $ 10,126  
               

Pro forma basic and diluted income per share

  $ 2.00   $ 0.90   $ 1.00  
               

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares

    14,306,873     9,710,521     10,156,385  
               

NOTE 9—NOTES PAYABLE

        Warehouse notes payable —To provide financing to borrowers under GSE and HUD programs, the Company has arranged for warehouse lines of credit totaling $300 million with certain national banks. In support of these credit facilities, the Company has pledged its loans held for sale under the Company's approved programs.

        The outstanding borrowings under the warehouse notes payable at December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as follows ($ in thousands):

Institution
  2009   2008   Interest rate

Warehouse facility

  $ 11,149   $ 39,764   Average 30-day LIBOR plus 2.50%

Warehouse facility

    23,514     46,219   Average 30-day LIBOR plus 2.75%

Fannie Mae Repurchase agreement uncommitted line and open maturity

    61,949     21,022   Average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.00%
             
 

Total

  $ 96,612   $ 107,005    
             

F-18


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 9—NOTES PAYABLE (Continued)

        The average 30-day LIBOR was 0.23% and 1.08% as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Interest expense under the warehouse notes payable for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 aggregated $2.3 million, $2.4 million and $2.6 million, respectively. Included in interest expense in 2009, 2008 and 2007 are facility fees of $0.2 million, $0.1 million, and $0.1 million, respectively.

        We have a $150 million committed warehouse line that matures on November 29, 2010. The agreement provides us with the ability to fund our Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD closings. Advances are made at 100% of the loan balance and borrowings under this line bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR plus 275 basis points.

        This warehouse line includes various operating and financial covenants at the Walker & Dunlop, LLC entity level, including requirements for a minimum tangible net worth of $75 million, debt to tangible net worth ratio of no more than 6 to 1, minimum liquid assets of at least $7 million, a maximum delinquency rate of no more than 2% (based on the unpaid principal amount of Fannie Mae DUS loans comprising our servicing portfolio that are sixty or more days delinquent), and a maximum delinquency rate increase of no more than 0.5% (based on the aggregate amount of unpaid principal amount of Fannie Mae at risk mortgage loans) from quarter-end to quarter-end. We were in breach of the delinquency rate covenant as of June 30, 2010, based on our delinquency rate increase of 0.7% from March 31, 2010 to June 30, 2010. The lenders under this warehouse line waived the breach, any related cross-defaults were waived and the covenant was amended on July 30, 2010 to increase the maximum delinquency rate increase to 1% from quarter-end to quarter-end.

        We have a $150 million committed warehouse line that matures on June 29, 2011. The agreement provides us with the ability to fund our Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and HUD loan closings. Advances are made at 100% of the loan balance and borrowings under this line bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR plus 250 basis points. This warehouse line includes various operating and financial covenants at the Walker & Dunlop, LLC entity level, including requirements for a minimum adjusted tangible net worth of $85 million, debt to adjusted tangible net worth ratio of no more than 3 to 1, a minimum cash and cash equivalents of at least $7 million, a maximum delinquency rate of no more than 2% (based on the unpaid principal amount of mortgage loans comprising our servicing portfolio that are sixty or more days delinquent) and a maximum delinquency rate increase of no more than 2% (based on the aggregate amount of unpaid principal amount of at risk mortgage loans) from quarter-end to quarter-end.

        We have a $250 million uncommitted facility with Fannie Mae under its As Soon As Pooled funding program. After approval of certain loan documents, Fannie Mae will fund loans after closing and the advances are used to repay the primary warehouse line. Fannie Mae will advance 99% of the loan balance and borrowings under this program bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR plus 100 basis points. There is no expiration date for this facility.

        We have an unlimited uncommitted warehouse line and repurchase facility that matures March 31, 2011. The line provides us with the ability to fund Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac loans. Advances are made at 100% of the loan balance less warehouse interest costs that will not be funded through the loan purchase settlement. Borrowings under this line bear interest at the average 30-day LIBOR plus 275 basis points. This warehouse line includes various operating and financial covenants at the Walker & Dunlop, LLC entity level, including requirements for a minimum net worth of $2 million and minimum liquid assets of $0.2 million.

F-19


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 9—NOTES PAYABLE (Continued)

        Notes Payable —Borrowings for notes payable at December 2009 and 2008, are as follows ($ in thousands):

 
  December 31,    
Institution
  2009   2008   Interest rate and repayments

Bank—$7.6 million note due
January 28, 2011

  $ 1,892   $ 3,507   7.275% fixed rate with monthly amortization and interest

Bank—$42.5 million note due
October 31, 2011

   
30,600
   
34,200
 

average 30-day LIBOR plus 3.50% monthly interest, quarterly principal of $900,000

Three notes to former partners, due in
full upon repayment of the
$42.5 million bank note

   
469
   
469
 

90-day LIBOR plus 2.00% interest paid monthly, no principal amortization

             
 

Total

 
$

32,961
 
$

38,176
   
             

        The bank debt in the original principal amount of $42.5 million was scheduled to mature on October 31, 2009; an option to extend the maturity for two years was exercised. The Company has the right to exercise a second option to extend the maturity date to October 31, 2013.

        The bank debt that is due January 28, 2011, and had a remaining balance of $1.9 million at December 31, 2009, is guaranteed by the Company's principal shareholder.

        All of the notes payable, including the warehouse facilities, are senior obligations of the Company.

        The scheduled maturities as of December 31, 2009, for the aggregate of the warehouse notes payable and the notes payable is shown below. The warehouse notes payable obligations are incurred in support of the related Loans held for sale. Amounts advanced under the warehouse notes payable are included in the current year as the amounts are usually drawn and repaid within 2 to 45 days ($ in thousands):

Year
  Maturities  

2010

  $ 101,951  

2011

    27,622  
       

  $ 129,573  
       

NOTE 10—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        On January 1, 2008, the Company elected to measure at the time of closing, all loans classified as loans held for sale at fair value pursuant to the provisions of ASC 825, unless contemporaneous documentation to the contrary is put in place at the loan's closing. During 2009 and 2008, no such contemporaneous documentation was put in place, and so all loans held for sale at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses for these loans were included in earnings.

F-20


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 10—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

        On January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 157 (ASC 820) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity's own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

    Level 1 —Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.

    Level 2 —Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

    Level 3 —Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall valuation.

        The Company's MSRs are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. That is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The Company's MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, precise terms and conditions vary with each transaction and are not readily available. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of MSRs using discounted cash flow ("DCF") models that calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The model considers contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenue, costs to service and other economic factors. The Company reassesses and periodically adjusts the underlying inputs and assumptions used in the model to reflect observable market conditions and assumptions that a market participant would consider in valuing an MSR asset. MSRs are carried at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value.

        A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below. These valuation methodologies were applied to all of the Company's financial assets and financial liabilities carried at fair value effective January 1, 2008:

    Derivative Instruments —The derivative positions are valued using a discounted cash flow model developed based on changes in the U.S. Treasury rate and other observable market data and are classified within Level 3 of the valuation hierarchy.

F-21


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 10—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

    Loans held for sale —The loans held for sale are reported at fair value. The Company determines the fair value of the loans held for sale using discounted cash flow models that incorporate quoted observable prices from market participants. Therefore, the Company classifies these loans held for sale as Level 2.

    Pledged Securities —The pledged securities are valued using quoted market prices from recent trades. Therefore, the Company classifies pledged securities as Level 1. The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy used to measure fair value ($ in thousands):

 
  Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
  Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
  Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
  Balance as of
period end
 

December 31, 2009

                         
 

Assets

                         
   

Loans held for sale

  $   $ 101,939   $   $ 101,939  
   

Pledged securities

    11,643             11,643  
   

Derivative assets

            11,153     11,153  
                   
   

Total

  $ 11,643   $ 101,939   $ 11,153   $ 124,735  
                   
 

Liabilities

                         
   

Derivative liabilities

  $   $   $ 6,707   $ 6,707  
                   
   

Total

  $   $   $ 6,707   $ 6,707  
                   

December 31, 2008

                         
 

Assets

                         
   

Loans held for sale

  $   $ 111,711   $   $ 111,711  
   

Pledged securities

    7,207             7,207  
   

Derivative assets

            8,028     8,028  
                   
   

Total

  $ 7,207   $ 111,711   $ 8,028   $ 126,946  
                   
 

Liabilities

                         
   

Derivative liabilities

  $   $   $ 8,384   $ 8,384  
                   
   

Total

  $   $   $ 8,384   $ 8,384  
                   

        Derivative instruments (Level 3) are outstanding for short periods of time (generally less than 45 days) and are not outstanding for more than one period.

F-22


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 10—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

        The carrying amounts and the fair values of the Company's financial instruments as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, are presented below ($ in thousands):

 
  December 31, 2009   December 31, 2008  
 
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value   Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value  

Financial assets:

                         
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 10,390   $ 10,390   $ 6,812   $ 6,812  
 

Restricted cash

    7,516     7,516     4,824     4,824  
 

Pledged securities

    11,643     11,643     7,207     7,207  
 

Derivative assets

    11,153     11,153     8,028     8,028  
                   
   

Total financial assets

  $ 40,702   $ 40,702   $ 26,871   $ 26,871  
                   

Financial liabilities:

                         
 

Derivative liabilities

  $ 6,707   $ 6,707   $ 8,384   $ 8,384  
                   
   

Total financial liabilities

  $ 6,707   $ 6,707   $ 8,384   $ 8,384  
                   

        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

        Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash:     The carrying amounts, at face value or cost plus accrued interest, approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

        Pledged Securities —Consist of highly liquid investments in commercial paper of AAA rated entities. Investments typically have maturities of 90 days or less, and are valued using quoted market prices from recent trades.

        Derivative Instruments —Consist of interest rate lock commitments and forward sale agreements. These instruments are valued using discounted cash flow models ("DCF") developed based on changes in the U.S. Treasury rate and other observable market data. The value was determined after considering the potential impact of collateralization, adjusted to reflect nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and the Company.

        Fair Value of Derivative Instruments and Loans Held for Sale —In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contractual commitments to originate (purchase) and sell multifamily mortgage loans at fixed prices with fixed expiration dates. The commitments become effective when the borrowers "lock-in" a specified interest rate within time frames established by the Company. All mortgagors are evaluated for credit worthiness prior to the extension of the commitment. Market risk arises if interest rates move adversely between the time of the "lock-in" of rates by the borrower and the sale date of the loan to an investor.

        To mitigate the effect of the interest rate risk inherent in providing rate lock commitments to borrowers, the Company's policy is to enter into a sale commitment with the investor simultaneously with the rate lock commitment with the borrower. The sale contract with the investor locks in an interest rate and price for the sale of the loan. The terms of the contract with the investor and the rate lock with the borrower are matched in substantially all respects, with the objective of eliminating interest rate risk to the extent practical. Sale commitments with the investors have an expiration date

F-23


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 10—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)


that is longer than our related commitments to the borrower to allow, among other things, for the closing of the loan and processing of paperwork to deliver the loan into the sale commitment.

        Both the rate lock commitments to borrowers and the forward sale contracts to buyers are undesignated derivatives and, accordingly, are marked to fair value through other income and expenses. The fair value of the Company's rate lock commitments to borrowers and loans held for sale and the related input levels includes, as applicable:

    the assumed gain/loss of the expected resultant loan sale to the buyer;

    the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan (Level 2); and

    the effects of interest rate movements between the date of the rate lock and the balance sheet date (Level 3).

        The fair value of the Company's forward sales contracts to investors considers effects of interest rate movements between the trade date and the balance sheet date (Level 3). The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

        The assumed gain/loss considers the amount that the Company has discounted the price to the borrower from par for competitive reasons, if at all, and the expected net cash flows from servicing to be received upon securitization of the loan. The fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing the loan is calculated pursuant to the valuation techniques described previously for mortgage servicing rights.

        To calculate the effects of interest rate movements, the Company uses applicable published U.S. Treasury prices, and multiplies the price movement between the rate lock date and the balance sheet date by the notional loan commitment amount.

        The fair value of the Company's forward sales contracts to investors solely considers the market price movement of the same type of security between the trade date and the balance sheet date (Level 3). The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value.

($ in thousands)

December 31, 2009
  Notional or
Principal
Amount
  Assumed
Gain (Loss)
on Sale
  Interest Rate
Movement
Effect
  Total Fair
Value
Adjustment
 

Rate lock commitments

  $ 154,948   $ 6,550   $ 4,172   $ 10,722  

Forward sale contracts

    251,560         (6,639 )   (6,639 )

Receivable of loans held for sale

    96,612     2,860     2,467     5,327  
                     

Total

        $ 9,410   $   $ 9,410  
                     

December 31, 2008
                         

Rate lock commitments

  $ 94,520   $ 2,175   $ 5,544   $ 7,719  

Forward sale contracts

    201,589         (8,076 )   (8,076 )

Receivable of loans held for sale

    107,069     2,110     2,532     4,642  
                     

Total

        $ 4,285   $   $ 4,285  
                     

F-24


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 10—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)

        Other Derivatives —In 2006 we purchased a three-year interest rate cap for to limit the interest rate cost associated with a $42.5 million note due in 3 years. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, interest expense related to the cap agreement of $0.03 million was recorded as interest expense in the statement of income. In addition for the years December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, income of $0.02 million and $0.02 million and expense of $0.03 million, respectively, were recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income as a fair value adjustment.

NOTE 11—LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Fannie Mae DUS Related Commitments —Commitments for the origination and subsequent sale and delivery of loans to Fannie Mae represent those mortgage loan transactions where the borrower has locked an interest rate and scheduled closing and the Company has entered into a mandatory delivery commitment to sell the loan to Fannie Mae. As discussed in Note 9, the Company accounts for these commitments as derivatives recorded at fair value.

        The Company is generally required to share the risk of any losses associated with loans sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program (the DUS risk-sharing obligations). The Company is required to secure this obligation by assigning restricted cash balances and securities to Fannie Mae. The reserve for loans may be posted over the first 48 months. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had pledged cash and securities in excess of these requirements. Under the provisions of the DUS agreement, the Company must also maintain a certain level of liquid assets referred to as the operational and unrestricted portions of the required reserves each year. These requirements were satisfied by the Company as of December 31, 2009 and 2008.

        For most loans we service under the Fannie Mae DUS program, we are currently required to advance 100% of the principal and interest due to noteholders up to 5% of the unpaid principal balance if the borrower is delinquent in making loan payments. Under the HUD program, we are required to advance 100% of the principal and interest payments due to noteholders if the borrower is delinquent in making loan payments. Advances are included in Loan origination related fees and other receivables to the extent such amounts are recoverable.

        Fannie Mae has established benchmark standards for capital adequacy, and reserves the right to terminate the Company's servicing authority for all or some of the portfolio, if at any time it determines that the Company's financial condition is not adequate to support its obligation under the DUS agreement. The Company is required to maintain acceptable net worth as defined in the standards and the Company satisfied the requirements as of December 31, 2009 and 2008. The net worth requirement is derived primarily from unpaid balances on Fannie Mae loans and the level of risk-sharing. The net worth requirement and the Company's net worth for 2009 was $41.3 million and $92.5 million, respectively.

        Other Commitments —Effective January 1, 1997, Green Park became party to a Deferred Bonus Trust Agreement with certain senior management officers. The officers will receive bonus compensation if Green Park's financial performance meets set targets over specified three-year periods and they are employed by Green Park or an affiliate of Green Park at the end of the three-year period. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, cash in the amount of $1.4 million and $1.6 million, respectively, has been classified as restricted cash to fund potential future payouts under this agreement related to 2006-2008, and 2007-2009 financial performance. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, $1.9 million and

F-25


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 11—LITIGATION, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)


$1.5 million was recorded as a liability related to these three agreements, with the difference between the liability and cash funding representing the incremental non-cash expense expected to be recorded related to these agreements, assuming Green Park's financial performance meets set targets, and all plan participants remain employed by Green Park or an affiliate through January 2010.

        Litigation —Capital Funding Group, Inc. ("Capital Funding") filed a lawsuit in the state circuit court of Montgomery County, Maryland against Walker & Dunlop, LLC for alleged breach of contract, unjust enrichment, and unfair competition arising out of an engagement to potentially refinance a large portfolio of senior healthcare facilities located throughout the United States ("Golden Living Facilities"). Walker & Dunlop, LLC was included in the lawsuit by virtue of its alleged status as a successor to Column and its affiliates, in connection with the January 2009 Column transaction. The plaintiff alleges that a contract existed between the plaintiff and Column and its affiliates whereby the plaintiff provided certain proprietary information to Column and its affiliates in exchange for the right to refinance the Golden Living Facilities. Capital Funding is seeking damages of approximately $30 million or more for each of the three claims in the complaint and injunctive relief for the unfair competition claim.

        The Company believes that Walker & Dunlop, LLC is entitled to indemnification from Column with respect to some or all of the claims arising out of this matter. However, Column has not accepted or rejected the Company's indemnification claim and may not until after the matter has been fully resolved. The Company is unable to estimate an expected loss, if any.

        In the normal course of business, the Companies may be party to various claims and litigation. In the opinion of management, based on the opinion of legal counsel, the resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Companies' financial position or future results of operations.

        Lease Commitments —Green Park executed a lease agreement in October 2002, which was subsequently amended in November 2003, to increase the amount of space leased to a full floor (approximately 22,814 square feet). The original lease terminated November 30, 2007, and gave Green Park an option to renew the lease for an additional five years at market rates. On February 28, 2007, Green Park signed an amendment to extend the lease expiration date to November 30, 2012. Rent expense related to this lease is recognized on the straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

        Minimum cash basis operating lease commitments for office space are as follows ($ in thousands):

Year ending December 31,
   
 

2010

  $ 1,469  

2011

    1,384  

2012

    1,307  

2013

    203  

2014

    203  

2015

    7  
       

  $ 4,573  
       

F-26


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 12—TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

        Column, a subsidiary of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, owns a 35% interest in Walker & Dunlop, LLC. From time to time Credit Suisse refers HUD related financing opportunities to the Company. Credit Suisse receives a fee directly from the borrower if the loans are approved and closed.

        A subsidiary of the Company has contracted with Walker & Dunlop Fund Management, LLC (the "Advisor"), a registered investment advisor, of which Mr. Walker, our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, is the sole member, for the Advisor to provide investment advisory services to a real estate fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement. We provide consulting, overhead and other corporate services to the Advisor pursuant to a corporate services agreement for a fee. In 2009 the amount of such fees was approximately $0.7 million.

        Included as a contra-account in the Company's equity at December 31, 2009, is a $153,600 stock subscription receivable from the Company's Chief Financial Officer. This amount is the remaining portion due under a stock purchase agreement for the purchase of less than 1% of the Company that was entered into by the CFO as part of the CFO's 2008 employment letter agreement.

        The Company has made tax advances to shareholders or members for quarterly estimated taxes. These tax advances have been repaid through quarterly distributions within 12 months. As of December 31, 2009, tax advances totaling $0.3 million were outstanding. No advances were outstanding at December 31, 2008.

NOTE 13—RETIREMENT PLAN

        The Company has no post-retirement benefit obligations as of December 31, 2009. The Company participates in a 401(k) plan with elective employee deferrals and a stated employer match of 50% of the employee's contribution up to the lesser of (a) 6% of salary or (b) $4,500. Total compensation expense for the 401(k) plan was $0.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.1 million for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

NOTE 14—SEGMENTS

        We are one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily lending. We originate a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate loans that are sold to government sponsored enterprises or placed with institutional investors. We also service nearly all of loans that we sell to government sponsored enterprises and a great majority of the loans that we place with institutional investors. Substantially all of our operations involve the delivery and servicing of loan products for our customers. Management makes operating decisions and assesses performance based on an ongoing review of these integrated operations, which constitute the Company's only operating segment for financial reporting purposes.

        We evaluate the performance of our business and allocate our resources based on a single segment concept. No one borrower/key principal accounts for more than 4.0% of our total risk-sharing loan portfolio. In 2009, Fannie Mae, and Ginnie Mae-HUD commercial loan programs were directly or indirectly related to 76% and 14%, respectively, of our total revenues.

        An analysis of the investor concentrations and geographic dispersion of our service revenue is shown in the following tables. This information is based on the distribution of the loans serviced for

F-27


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 14—SEGMENTS (Continued)


others. The principal balance of the loans serviced for others as of December 31, by investor, was as follows ($ in thousands):

 
  Balance as of December 31,  
 
  2009   2008   2007  

Fannie Mae

  $ 8,695,229   $ 5,182,824   $ 4,309,073  

Freddie Mac

    2,055,821          

Ginnie Mae-HUD

    350,676          

Life insurance companies and other

    2,101,591     1,793,384     1,745,113  
               

Total

  $ 13,203,317   $ 6,976,208   $ 6,054,186  
               

        The principal balance of the loans serviced for others as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 by geographical area, is as shown in the following table. No other state accounted for more than 5% of revenues in any of the three fiscal years presented. The Company does not have any operations outside of the United States.

 
  Percent of Total UPB  
U.S. State
  2009   2008   2007  

Virginia

    13.7 %   13.5 %   16.0 %

California

    11.9 %   4.0 %   4.5 %

Maryland

    9.6 %   15.9 %   17.4 %

Texas

    8.9 %   9.2 %   5.5 %

Florida

    6.4 %   4.9 %   4.1 %

Pennsylvania

    4.4 %   6.4 %   6.2 %

District of Columbia

    2.5 %   4.7 %   6.0 %

All other

    42.6 %   41.4 %   40.3 %
               

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
               

NOTE 15—OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES

        The following is a summary of the major components of other operating expenses for each of the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 ($ in thousands):

 
  2009   2008   2007  

Professional fees

  $ 4,087   $ 2,052   $ 1,022  

Rent

    1,661     1,201     999  

Travel and entertainment

    1,452     1,009     884  

Marketing and preferred broker

    1,144     925     717  

Office expenses

    850     493     446  

Loan servicing fees to others

    744          

All other

    1,176     868     172  
               

Total

  $ 11,114   $ 6,548   $ 4,240  
               

F-28


Table of Contents

Walker & Dunlop

Schedule IV—Mortgage Loans on Real Estate

December 31, 2009

        Mortgage loans that exceed 3% of total mortgage loans—Loans Held for Sale ($ in thousands)

Loan Name
  Type   State   Interest
Rate
  Final Maturity Date   Periodic Payment Terms   Loan
Amount
  Fair
Market
Value
 

Everglades

  Apartment   AL     4.850   January 1, 2045   35 yr. Amortization   $ 3,960   $ 4,382  

Vestavia Park

  Apartment   AL     5.300   January 1, 2025   15 yr. Amortization     4,000     4,326  

1010 Esplanade

  Apartment   CA     5.130   January 1, 2020   30 yr. Amortization     4,000     4,242  

17 Mile Drive Village

  Apartment   CA     5.530   January 1, 2017   2 yrs. IO, 30 yr. Amort.     13,675     14,422  

Homboldt Gardens

  Apartment   CA     5.750   January 1, 2020   30 yr. Amortization     3,330     3,534  

Glenn Arms

  Apartment   DC     5.250   January 1, 2045   35 yr. Amortization     3,824     4,219  

Promenade

  Apartment   DC     4.560   January 1, 2020   10 yr. Amortization     3,160     3,385  

River Club

  Apartment   DE     5.740   January 1, 2020   30 yr. Amortization     6,400     6,744  

Summer Palms

  Apartment   FL     6.250   January 1, 2017   2 yrs. IO, 25 yr. Amort.     12,400     12,523  

La Maison Whitney

  Apartment   LA     5.880   January 1, 2020   30 yr. Amortization     3,049     3,273  

Cascade Woods

  Apartment   OR     5.580   January 1, 2020   30 yr. Amortization     4,870     5,183  

Brookfall I & II

  Apartment   SC     5.380   January 1, 2020   30 yr. Amortization     3,770     3,978  

Providence Place

  Apartment   TX     7.350   January 1, 2045   30 yr. Amortization     4,683     4,729  

Carrington Square

  Apartment   UT     5.340   January 1, 2020   30 yr. Amortization     13,700     14,676  

Berkley & Warwick Place

  Apartment   VA     6.170   January 1, 2020   30 yr. Amortization     3,989     4,024  

Eagle Pointe

  Apartment   WA     5.810   January 1, 2020   30 yr. Amortization     3,000     3,170  
                                 

                          91,810     96,810  

West Ridge

  Mobile Home
Community
  NM     6.050   January 1, 2020   25 yr. Amortization     4,802     5,129  
                                 
 

Total at December 31, 2009

                        $ 96,612   $ 101,939  
                                 

Notes:

All mortgage loans are originated loans that are held for sale in the near term (usually 2 to 45 days)

1.
There are no prior liens on any of the loans.

2.
All loans are current as to interest and principal payments.

3.
There are no allowance accounts associated any of the loans.

4.
There are no individual loans under 3% of total mortgage loans at December 31, 2009.

5.
No loans were renewed, extended, written-down or reserved against.

6.
No loans were from controlled or other affiliated entities.

F-29


Table of Contents

7.
The following schedule reconciles the mortgage loans for each of the income statement periods presented

 
  Year ended December 31,  
Reconciliation of mortgage loans ($ in thousands):
  2009   2008   2007  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 111,711   $ 22,543   $ 301,987  
               

Additions:

                   
 

Originations of loans held for sale

    1,650,683     1,369,442     945,160  
               

Total additions

  $ 1,650,683   $ 1,369,442   $ 945,160  
               

Deductions:

                   
 

Sales of loans to third parties

    (1,661,076 )   (1,284,737 )   (1,224,960 )
               

Total deductions

  $ (1,661,076 ) $ (1,284,737 ) $ (1,224,960 )

Changes in fair value

    621     4,463     356  
               

Balance at end of year

  $ 101,939   $ 111,711   $ 22,543  
               

F-30


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheet

(unaudited and in thousands)

 
  September 30,
2010
 

Assets

       
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 20,058  
 

Restricted cash

    3,241  
 

Pledged securities, at fair value

    13,577  
 

Loans held for sale

    122,922  
 

Servicing fees and other receivables

    13,166  
 

Derivative assets

    5,940  
 

Mortgage servicing rights

    99,682  
 

Intangible assets

    1,299  
 

Other assets

    4,208  
       

Total Assets

  $ 284,093  
       

Liabilities and Equity

       

Liabilities

       
 

Accounts payable and other accruals

  $ 20,110  
 

Performance deposit from borrowers

    3,998  
 

Derivative liabilities

    2,606  
 

Guaranty obligation, net of accumulated amortization

    8,779  
 

Allowance for risk-sharing obligations

    7,801  
 

Warehouse notes payable

    119,108  
 

Notes payable

    28,968  
       

Total Liabilities

  $ 191,370  
       

Equity

       
 

Members' equity

  $ 45,233  
 

Non-controlling interest

    47,490  
       

Total Equity

  $ 92,723  
       

Total Liabilities and Equity

  $ 284,093  
       

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-31


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income

(unaudited and $ in thousands, except for per share data)

 
  Nine months ended September 30,  
 
  2010   2009  

Revenue

             
 

Gains from mortgage banking activities

  $ 58,545   $ 40,149  
 

Servicing fees

    19,769     15,350  
 

Net warehouse interest income

    2,944     3,122  
 

Escrow earnings and other interest income

    1,632     1,289  
 

Other

    2,889     2,355  
           
   

Total revenues

  $ 85,779   $ 62,265  
           

Expenses

             
 

Personnel

  $ 28,877   $ 24,515  
 

Amortization and depreciation

    12,394     9,137  
 

Provision for risk-sharing obligations, net

    4,397     (34 )
 

Interest expense on corporate debt

    1,039     1,312  
 

Other operating expenses

    9,546     9,538  
           
   

Total expenses

  $ 56,253   $ 44,468  
           
 

Income from operations

  $ 29,526   $ 17,797  
           
 

Gain on bargain purchase

        10,922  
           

Net income

  $ 29,526   $ 28,719  
 

Less: non-controlling interest in net income

   
10,771
   
10,710
 
           

Net income attributable to Walker & Dunlop

  $ 18,755   $ 18,009  
           

Pro forma financial information

             
 

Pro forma income tax expense

    11,220     6,763  
           
 

Pro forma net income

  $ 18,306   $ 21,956  
           
 

Pro forma net income per share:

             
   

Basic and diluted

  $ 1.24   $ 1.55  
           
 

Pro forma weighted average basic and diluted shares used to calculate pro forma net income per share

    14,741,504     14,124,492  
           

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-32


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statement of Changes in Equity

(unaudited and in thousands)

 
  Members'
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Members
Interests
Acquired,
at cost
  Non-
Controlling
Interest
  Total
Members'
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2009

  $ 1,178   $ 39,418   $ (9,826 ) $ 39,041   $ 69,811  
 

Net income

        18,755         10,771     29,526  
 

Equity receivables collected

            173         173  
 

Cash repaid to Column

    (159 )               (159 )
 

Dividends declared

        (4,306 )       (2,322 )   (6,628 )
                       

Balance at September 30, 2010

  $ 1,019   $ 53,867   $ (9,653 ) $ 47,490   $ 92,723  
                       

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements.

F-33


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Condensed Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows

(unaudited and in thousands)

 
  Nine months ended
September 30,
 
 
  2010   2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

             
 

Net income

  $ 29,526   $ 28,719  
 

Reconciling adjustments:

             
   

Fair value of MSR's created

    (29,846 )   (18,507 )
   

Gain on bargain purchase

        (10,922 )
   

Gain on sale of MSR, less prepayment of originated mortgage servicing rights

    733     176  
   

Provision for risk sharing obligations

    4,397     (34 )
   

Amortization and depreciation

    11,661     8,961  
   

Originations of loans held for sale

    (1,746,683 )   (1,257,848 )
   

Sales of loans to third parties

    1,724,298     1,301,463  
   

Changes in:

             
     

Restricted cash and pledged securities

    2,341     1,658  
     

Loan origination fees and other receivables

    2,046     (9,931 )
     

Derivative fair value adjustment

    2,514     (4,009 )
     

Intangible and other assets

    (1,377 )   137  
     

Accounts payable and accruals

    1,357     8,543  
     

Performance deposits from borrowers

    (587 )   1,602  
     

Cash paid to settle guaranty obligation

    (2,148 )    
           
 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

    (1,768 )   50,008  
           

Cash flows used in investing activities:

             
 

Capital expenditures

    (453 )   (408 )
           
 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (453 )   (408 )
           

Cash flows from financing activities:

             
 

Warehouse notes payable

    22,496     (43,551 )
 

Notes payable

    (3,993 )   (3,900 )
 

Dividends

    (6,628 )   (7,146 )
 

Cash (repaid to) contributed by Column

    (158 )   8,904  
 

Other

    172     (13 )
           
 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    11,889     (45,706 )
           

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    9,668     3,894  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

    10,390     6,812  
           

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ 20,058   $ 10,706  
           

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

             
 

Cash paid to third parties for interest

  $ 4,323   $ 2,851  
           

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated and combined financial statements

F-34


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION

        These financial statements represent a condensed consolidation and combination of the Walker & Dunlop affiliated companies (the Company), all of which are controlled by an individual owner. W&D, Inc., Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, and GPF Acquisition, LLC are entities under common control and are combined herein. Green Park Financial Limited Partnership (Green Park) consolidates its majority-owned subsidiary, Walker & Dunlop, LLC (W&D LLC), and its wholly owned subsidiaries Green Park Express, LLC and Walker & Dunlop, LLC and W&D LLC's wholly owned subsidiary, W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I GP, LLC. Walker & Dunlop MultiFamily, Inc consolidates Green Park. Unless the context otherwise requires, references to "we," "us," "our" and the "Company" mean the Walker & Dunlop combined and consolidated companies.

        We are one of the leading providers of commercial real estate financial services in the United States, with a primary focus on multifamily lending. We originate a range of multifamily and other commercial real estate loans that are placed with or sold to government-sponsored enterprises (GSE) and a great majority of the loans that we place with institutional investors. We also service nearly all loans that we sell to GSEs and a great majority of the loans that we place with institutional investors, and also guarantee a portion of losses on many of the loans we service.

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Basis of Presentation —The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated and combined financial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP for interim financial information. Accordingly, these condensed consolidated and combined financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the condensed combined consolidated financial statements. The results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 or September 30, 2009, are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.

        These condensed consolidated and combined financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2009, and the notes thereto, which contain additional and expanded financial statement disclosures.

        Use of Estimates —The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Principles of Consolidation and Combination —The condensed consolidated and combined financial statements include the accounts of Walker & Dunlop and affiliated companies as previously defined in Note 1. The condensed consolidated and combined financial statements are presented due to the common control by an individual owner of the affiliated companies.

F-35


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Concentrations of Credit Risk —Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, loans held for sale and derivative financial instruments.

        The Company places the cash and temporary investments with high-credit-quality financial institutions and believes no significant credit risk exists. The counterparties to the loans held for sale and funding commitments are owners of residential multifamily properties located throughout the United States. Mortgage loans are generally transferred or sold within 2 to 45 days from the date that a mortgage loan is funded.

        There is no material counterparty risk with respect to the Company's funding commitments in that each potential borrower must make a non-refundable good faith deposit when the funding commitment is executed. The counterparty to the forward sales generally is Fannie Mae or a mortgage backed securities ("MBS") investor. There is a risk that the purchase price agreed to by Fannie Mae or the other investor will be reduced in the event of a late delivery. The risk for non-delivery of a loan primarily results from the risk that a borrower does not close on the funding commitment in a timely manner, which generally is a risk mitigated by the non-refundable good faith deposit.

        Fair Value Measurement —The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures (Note 7).

        Derivative Assets and Liabilities —Certain loan commitments and forward sales commitments meet the definition of a derivative and are recorded at fair value in the consolidated and combined balance sheets. The estimated fair value of loan commitments includes the value of loan origination fees and premiums on anticipated sale of the loan, net of co-broker fees, and the fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with the servicing of the loan, net of any estimated net future cash flows associated with the risk-sharing obligation. Adjustments to fair value are reflected as a component of income.

        Gains from Mortgage Banking Activities —Mortgage banking activity income is recognized when we record a derivative asset upon the commitment to originate a loan with a borrower and sell it to an investor (ASC 815). This commitment asset is recognized at fair value, which reflects the fair value of the contractual loan origination related fees and sale premiums, net of co-broker fees, and the estimated fair value of the expected net future cash flows associated with servicing of loans net of the estimated net future cash flows associated with the risk-sharing obligations. Also included in gains from mortgage banking activities are changes to the fair value of loan commitments, forward sale commitments, and loans held for sale that occur during their respective holding periods. Upon sale of the loans, no gains or losses are recognized as such loans are recorded at fair value during their holding periods. Mortgage servicing rights and guaranty obligations are recognized as assets or liabilities, respectively, upon the sale of the loans.

        Loans originated in a brokerage capacity tend to have lower origination fees because they often require less time to execute, there is more competition for brokerage assignments and because the borrower will also have to pay an origination fee to the ultimate institutional lender. The co-broker fees for the nine month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 were $11.4 million and $7.4 million, respectively.

F-36


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

        Transfer of financial assets is reported as a sale when (a) the transferor surrenders control over those assets and (b) consideration other than beneficial interests in the transferred assets is received in exchange. The transferor is considered to have surrendered control over transferred assets if, and only if, certain conditions are met. The Company has determined that all loans sold have met these specific conditions and accounts for all transfers of mortgage loans and mortgage participations as completed sales.

        When the mortgage loans are sold, the Company retains the right to service the loan and initially recognizes the Mortgage Servicing Right ("MSR") at fair value. Subsequent to the initial measurement date, mortgage servicing assets are amortized using the effective interest method.

        When loans are sold under the Fannie Mae DUS program, the Company undertakes an obligation to partially guarantee the performance of the loan. At inception, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guaranty is recognized. Subsequent to the initial measurement date, the liability is amortized over the life of the guaranty period using the straight-line method.

        Net Warehouse Interest Income —The Company presents warehouse interest income net of warehouse interest expense. Warehouse interest income is the interest earned from loans that are held for sale. Warehouse interest expense is incurred on borrowings used to fund loans solely while they are held for sale. Warehouse interest income and expense are earned or incurred before a loan is closed or after a loan is sold. Included in net warehouse interest income for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 are the following components ($ in thousands):

 
  2010   2009  

Warehouse interest income

  $ 6,380   $ 4,649  

Warehouse interest expense

  $ 3,436   $ 1,527  
           

Warehouse interest income, net

  $ 2,944   $ 3,122  
           

        Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements —In June 2009, the FASB issued FAS No. 167 (ASC 810) to amend requirements for consolidating variable interest entities. This amendment changes the determination of the primary beneficiary in a variable interest entity. In January 2010, the FASB voted to finalize Accounting Standards Update (ASU) amendments to Accounting Standards Codification (ASC 810) for Certain Investment Funds. The ASU will defer the effective date for a reporting enterprise's interest in certain entities. It addresses concerns that the joint consolidation model under development by the FASB and IASB and may result in a different conclusion for asset managers and that an asset manager consolidating certain funds would not provide useful information to investors. The adoption of these standards did not have a material effect on our financial statements.

        In June 2009, the FASB issued FAS No. 166, Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets—an amendment of FASB Statement 140 (as codified in ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing (ASC 860)). ASU No. 2009-16 issued in December 2009 removes the concept of a qualifying special purpose entity from Topic 860 and removes the exception from applying Topic 810, Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , for qualifying special purpose entities. This ASU modifies the financial components approach used in Topic 860 and limits the circumstances in which a financial asset, or portion of a financial asset, should be derecognized. Additionally, enhanced disclosures are required to provide financial statement users with greater transparency about transfers of financial assets and a transferor's continuing

F-37


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)


involvement with transferred financial assets. ASC 860 was adopted by the Company on January 1, 2010. The adoption of the revised guidance did not have a material impact on our financial statements.

NOTE 3—MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

        Mortgage servicing rights (MSR) represent the fair value of the servicing rights retained by the Company for mortgage loans originated and sold. The capitalized amount is equal to the estimated fair value of the future expected cash flows associated with the servicing rights. The following describes the key assumptions used in calculating each loan's MSR:

        Discount rate —Depending upon loan type, the discount rate used is management's best estimate of market discount rates. The rates used for loans originated were 12% to 15% for each of the three years presented.

        Estimated Life —The estimated life of the MSRs approximates the stated maturity date of the underlying loan and may be reduced by 6 to 12 months based upon the expiration of various types of make-whole payment lockout provisions prior to that stated maturity date.

        Servicing Cost —The estimated future cost to service the loan for the life of the MSR is subtracted from the estimated future cash flows.

        The rights are being amortized in proportion to and over the period of net servicing income using the effective interest method.

        The Company reported write-offs of MSRs related to loans that were repaid prior to the expected maturity or the servicing rights being sold. These amounts are included with the amortization expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated and combined statements of income.

        Management periodically reviews the capitalized MSRs for impairment. The fair value of the MSRs at September 30, 2010 was $120 million.

        Activity related to capitalized MSRs for each of the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 was as follows ($ in thousands):

 
  2010   2009  

Beginning balance

  $ 81,427   $ 38,943  

Acquisition date fair value of MSRs contributed by Column acquisition

        24,988  

Additions

    31,422     20,682  

Amortization

    (11,992 )   (9,421 )

Retirements and other

    (1,175 )   (472 )
           

Ending balance

  $ 99,682   $ 74,720  
           

F-38


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 4—GUARANTY OBLIGATION AND ALLOWANCE FOR RISK-SHARING OBLIGATIONS

        When a loan is sold to Fannie Mae under the Fannie Mae DUS program, the Company typically agrees to guarantee a portion of the ultimate loss incurred on the loan should the borrower fail to perform. The compensation for this risk is a component of the servicing fee on the loan. No guaranty is provided for loans sold under the Freddie Mac, HUD or other investor loan programs.

        The Company recognizes, upon inception of the guaranty, the greater of the fair value of the guarantor's obligation. The fair value includes the obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the guaranty (the non-contingent guaranty), and its obligation to make future payments should those triggering events or conditions occur (contingent guaranty). Historically the contingent guaranty recognized at inception has been de minimis.

        In determining the fair value of the guaranty obligation, we consider the risk profile of the collateral, historical loss experience, and various market indicators. Generally, the estimated fair value of the guaranty obligation is based on the present value of the future cash flows expected to be paid under the guaranty over the estimated life of the loan historically three to five basis points per year, discounted using a 12-15 percent discount rate. The discount rate and estimated life used are consistent with those used for the calculation of the MSR.

        This amount is presented as the "Guaranty Obligation" in the financial statements, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, was $1.6 million and $2.1 million, respectively. We subsequently amortize the guaranty obligation on a straight-line basis over the life of the mortgage loan with a corresponding reduction in amortization expense. The corresponding reduction in amortization expense for all capitalized guaranty obligations was $1.0 million and $1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

        Subsequently, we evaluate the allowance for risk-sharing obligations by monitoring the performance of each loan for triggering events or conditions that may signal a potential default. In situations where payment under the guaranty is probable and estimable on a specific loan we record an additional liability for the estimated loss through a charge to the provision for risk-sharing obligations in the income statement, along with a write-off of the loan-specific MSR. The amount of the provision considers our assessment of the likelihood of payment by the borrower, the estimated disposition value of the underlying collateral and the level of risk-sharing. Historically, the loss recognition occurs at or before the loan becoming 60 days delinquent.

        As of September 30, 2010 and 2009, the maximum quantifiable contingent liability associated with guarantees was $1.3 billion and $1.1 billion, respectively. The maximum quantifiable contingent liability is not representative of the actual loss we would incur. We would be liable for this amount only if all of the loans we service for Fannie Mae, for which we retain some risk of loss, were to default and all of the collateral underlying these loans were worthless.

NOTE 5—SERVICING

        The aggregate amount of all loans the Company was servicing for various institutional investors at September 30, 2010 was $14.2 billion.

F-39


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 6—NOTES PAYABLE

        Warehouse Notes Payable —To originate loans for our customers, we have established warehouse facilities which advance funds to us on a short term basis usually 2-45 days to facilitate us closing our customers loans under pre-approved investor program. The Company has arranged for warehouse lines of credit in excess of $300 million. At September 30, 2010, our warehouse borrowings aggregated $119.1 million under the Bank facilities. The rates under these warehouse facilities continue to be computed based on the average 30-day LIBOR plus 1.0 to 2.75%. Included in interest expense was $0.1 million of loan fees for the nine months ended September 30, 2010.

        For the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2010 and 2009 the Company incurred interest expense on its warehouse facilities of $3.4 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The notes payable are subject to various financial covenants and the Company was in compliance with all such covenants at September 30, 2010.

NOTE 7—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

        The Company uses valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entity's own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

    Level 1 —Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.

    Level 2 —Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

    Level 3 —Financial assets and liabilities whose values are based on inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall valuation.

        The Company's MSRs are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. That is, the instruments are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment). The Company's MSRs do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, precise terms and conditions vary with each transaction and are not readily available. Accordingly, the estimated fair value of MSRs using discounted cash flow ("DCF") models that calculate the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The model considers and incorporates individual loan characteristics, contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, late charges, other ancillary revenue, costs to service and other economic factors. The Company reassesses and periodically adjusts the underlying inputs and assumptions used in the model to reflect observable

F-40


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 7—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS (Continued)


market conditions and assumptions that a market participant would consider in valuing an MSR asset. MSRs are carried at the lower of amortized cost or estimated fair value.

        The carrying amounts and the fair values of the Company's financial instruments as of September 30, 2010, are presented below ($ in thousands):

 
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value  

Financial assets:

             
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 20,058   $ 20,058  
 

Restricted cash

    3,241     3,241  
 

Pledged securities

    13,577     13,577  
 

Derivative assets

    5,940     5,940  
           
   

Total financial assets

  $ 42,816   $ 42,816  
           

Financial liabilities:

             
 

Derivative liabilities

  $ 2,606   $ 2,606  
           
   

Total financial liabilities

  $ 2,606   $ 2,606  
           

        The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

        Cash and Cash Equivalents and Restricted Cash:     The carrying amounts, at face value or cost plus accrued interest, approximate fair value because of the short maturity of these instruments.

        Pledged Securities —Consist of highly liquid investments in commercial paper of AAA rated entities. Investments typically have maturities of 90 days or less, and are valued using quoted market prices from recent trades.

        Derivative Instruments —Consist of interest rate lock commitments and forward sale agreements. These instruments are valued using discounted cash flow models ("DCF") developed based on changes in the U.S. Treasury rate and other observable market data. The value was determined after considering the potential impact of collateralization adjusted to reflect nonperformance risk of both the counterparty and the Company.

        The fair value of the Company's forward sales contracts to investors solely considers the market price movement of the same type of security between the trade date and the balance sheet date (Level 3). The market price changes are multiplied by the notional amount of the forward sales contracts to measure the fair value. Aggregate contract values at September 30, 2010 are summarized below ($ in thousands):

 
  Notional or
Principal
Amount
  Assumed
Gain (Loss)
on Sale
  Interest Rate
Movement
Effect
  Total Fair
Value
Adjustment
 

Rate lock commitments

  $ 76,457   $ 3,838   $ 1,440   $ 5,278  

Forward sale contracts

    195,454         (2,573 )   (2,573 )

Receivable of loans held for sale

    118,997     2,826     1,133     3,959  
                     
 

Total

        $ 6,664   $   $ 6,664  
                     

F-41


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 8—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Fannie Mae DUS Related Commitment —Commitments for the origination and subsequent sale and delivery of loans to Fannie Mae represent those mortgage loan transactions where the borrower has locked an interest rate and scheduled closing and the Company has entered into a mandatory delivery commitment to sell the loan to Fannie Mae. The Company accounts for these commitments as derivatives recorded at fair value (Note 7).

        The Company is generally required to share the risk of any losses associated with loans sold to Fannie Mae under the Fannie Mae DUS program (the Fannie Mae DUS risk-sharing obligations). The Company is required to secure this obligation by assigning restricted cash balances and securities to Fannie Mae. The reserve for loans may be posted over the first 48 months.

        Under the provisions of the Fannie Mae DUS agreement, the Company must also maintain a certain level of liquid assets referred to as the operational and unrestricted portions of the required reserves each year for each period presented these requirements were satisfied by the Company. Fannie Mae has established benchmark standards for capital adequacy, and reserves the right to terminate the Company's servicing authority for all or some of the portfolio. For all periods presented the Company satisfied and exceeded the capital adequacy requirements.

        Litigation —On February 17, 2010, Capital Funding Group, Inc. ("Capital Funding") filed a lawsuit in the state Circuit Court of Montgomery County, Maryland against Walker & Dunlop, LLC for alleged breach of contract, unjust enrichment and unfair competition arising out of an alleged agreement that Capital Funding had with Column to refinance a large portfolio of senior healthcare facilities located throughout the United States (the "Golden Living Facilities"). Capital Funding alleges, among other things, that a contract existed between it and Column (and its affiliates) whereby Capital Funding allegedly had the right to perform the HUD refinancing for the Golden Living Facilities and according to which Capital Funding provided certain alleged proprietary information to Column and its affiliates relating to the refinancing of the Golden Living Facilities on a confidential basis. Capital Funding further alleges, among other things (including certain claims made against Walker & Dunlop, LLC as a result of its alleged actions), that Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as the alleged successor by merger to Column, is bound by Column's alleged agreement with Capital Funding, and breached the agreement by taking for itself the opportunity to perform the HUD refinancing for the Golden Living Facilities. Capital Funding demands alleged damages of approximately $30 million on its claim for breach of contract or unjust enrichment and $30 million or more for its unfair competition claim as well as injunctive relief. On May 3, 2010, the Company answered the complaint, denying liability for all three claims, and is defending itself against the allegations. The court denied Walker & Dunlop, LLC's motion to dismiss the unfair competition claim. A trial date for the matter is scheduled for Spring 2011.

        The Company is not aware of any contract between the plaintiff and Column or its affiliates regarding the right to refinance the Golden Living Facilities. Moreover, the Company believes that Walker & Dunlop, LLC did not assume any of the rights or liabilities related to the original Golden Living Facilities financing, which was provided in part by Column's parent company, Column Financial, Inc. Pursuant to the Column Transaction Agreement, Column generally agreed to indemnify Walker & Dunlop, LLC against liability arising from Column's conduct prior to Column's transfer of the assets to Walker & Dunlop, LLC.

        In connection with this litigation, in addition to the Company's indemnification rights under the Column Transaction Agreement, Column in November 2010 further agreed to indemnify the Company

F-42


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 8—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Continued)


for any liabilities that arise as a result of this litigation. As part of this further indemnification agreement with respect to the Capital Funding lawsuit, the Company has agreed to indemnify Column for an amount up to $3.0 million for any liabilities that Column may pay to the Company under this agreement and for which Column otherwise would not have been obligated to pay under the Column Transaction Agreement. Also as part of this further indemnification agreement, William Walker, the Company's Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, and Mallory Walker, in their individual capacities, agreed that if Column is required to indemnify the Company under this agreement and otherwise would not have been obligated to pay such amounts under the Column Transaction Agreement, Messrs. William Walker and Mallory Walker will pay any such amounts in excess of $3 million but equal to or less than $6 million. As a result of this agreement, the Company will have no liability or other obligation for any damage amounts in excess of $3 million arising out of this litigation. Column's indemnification obligation arises only after Column receives a claim notice following the resolution of the litigation that specifies the amount of Walker & Dunlop, LLC's claim. As a result, the Company may be required to bear the significant costs of the litigation and any adverse judgment unless and until it is able to prevail on its indemnification claim. The Company believes that it will fully prevail on its indemnification claims against Column, and the Company ultimately will incur no material loss as a result of this litigation, although there can be no assurance that this will be the case.

        In the normal course of business, the Companies may be party to various claims and litigation. In the opinion of management, based on the opinion of legal counsel, the resolution of these matters is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Companies' financial position or future results of operations.

        Other commitments —The Company has entered into an agreement with underwriters pursuant to the registration of common stock securities. The costs are being recorded as incurred.

NOTE 9—TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

        Column, an affiliate of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, owns a 35% interest in Walker & Dunlop, LLC and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, an affiliate of Column, is participating as an underwriter for the public common stock offering.

        From time to time, the Company has made tax advances to shareholders or members for quarterly estimated taxes. These tax advances generally have been repaid through quarterly distributions within 12 months. As of September 30, 2010 tax advances to non-executive shareholders totaling $0.7 million were outstanding and are included in servicing fees and other receivables. On July 28, 2010 a dividend was declared to be paid net of these advances.

NOTE 10—FORMATION TRANSACTIONS

        As part of the formation transactions, Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (WDI) was incorporated in Maryland on July 29, 2010, and has had no activity other than its initial capitalization. As part of the Company's initial public offering the Company expects the shares of the Company's interests to be exchanged for shares of WDI, resulting in 14.7 million shares of our common stock outstanding. This exchange will be treated as a stock-split.

        Pro forma basic EPS and diluted EPS are computed by dividing pro forma net income available to common stockholders by the pro forma weighted-average number of shares expected to be deemed

F-43


Table of Contents


WALKER & DUNLOP

Notes to Condensed Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements (Continued)

NOTE 10—FORMATION TRANSACTIONS (Continued)


outstanding for the periods presented. Changes in ownership interests during any period are weighted for the portion of the period that shares will be deemed outstanding.

        The following is a calculation of the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share for the nine-month periods ended September 30 ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 
  2010   2009  

Net income

  $ 29,526   $ 28,719  
           

Pro forma income tax expense

  $ 11,220   $ 6,763  
           

Pro forma net income

  $ 18,306   $ 21,956  
           

Pro forma basic and diluted income per share

  $ 1.24   $ 1.55  
           

Pro forma weighted-average number of common shares

    14,741,504     14,124,492  
           

F-44


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC
(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Index to Financial Statements

 
  Page

Independent Auditor's Report, March 30, 2009

  F-46

Statement of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2008

 
F-47

Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2008

 
F-48

Statement of Changes in Members' Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 2008

 
F-49

Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2008

 
F-50

Notes to the Financial Statements

 
F-51

F-45


Table of Contents


Independent Auditors' Report

The Board of Directors
Column Guaranteed, LLC;

        We have audited the accompanying statement of financial condition of Column Guaranteed LLC (the "Company"), a majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc., as of December 31, 2008 and the related statements of operations, changes in members' equity and cash flows for the year then ended. Those financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2008, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.


 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP  

March 30, 2009
New York, New York

F-46


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC
(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Statement of Financial Condition

December 31, 2008

(In thousands)

ASSETS

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 9,231  

Receivables from affiliates

    1,113  

Mortgage loans held for sale (of which $34,379 was encumbered)

    50,378  

Mortgage servicing rights

    26,822  

Accrued interest receivable

    310  

Other assets

    521  
       
 

Total assets

  $ 88,375  
       

LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY

       

Short-term borrowings from an affiliate

  $ 30,549  

Assets sold under agreements to repurchase with an affiliate

    30,941  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    5,588  

Payables to parent and affiliates

    1,002  

Guarantees

    8,032  

Other liabilities

    250  
       
 

Total liabilities

    76,362  
       

Majority member's interest

    9,678  

Minority member's interest

    2,335  
       
 

Total members' equity

    12,013  
       
 

Total liabilities and members' equity

  $ 88,375  
       

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-47


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC
(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Statement of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2008

(In thousands)

Revenues:

       
 

Gains from mortgage banking activities

  $ 14,169  
 

Loan servicing and other fees

    4,906  
 

Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    (4,961 )
       

    14,114  
 

Interest income

   
3,796
 
 

Interest expense

    1,684  
       
   

Net interest income

    2,112  
       
   

Total net revenues

    16,226  
       

Expenses:

       
 

Employee compensation and benefits

    10,136  
 

Management fees

    3,140  
 

Communications

    187  
 

Occupancy and equipment rental

    799  
 

Professional fees

    2,934  
 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

    24,126  
 

Other operating expenses

    733  
       
   

Total expenses

    42,055  
       

Net loss

  $ (25,829 )
       

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-48


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC
(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Statement of Changes in Members' Equity

Year Ended December 31, 2008

(In thousands)

 
  Majority
Member's
Interest
  Minority
Member's
Interest
  Total
Members'
Equity
 

Balances as of December 31, 2007

  $ 33,102   $ 4,678   $ 37,780  

Net loss

    (23,486 )   (2,343 )   (25,829 )

CSG Share Plan activity

    62         62  
               

Balances as of December 31, 2008

  $ 9,678   $ 2,335   $ 12,013  
               

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-49


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC
(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Statement of Cash Flows

Year Ended December 31, 2008

(In thousands)

Cash flows from operating activities:

       
 

Net loss

  $ (25,829 )
 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

       
   

CSG Share Plan activity

    67  
   

Change in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights

    4,961  
   

Impairment of goodwill

    14,126  
   

Impairment of intangible asset

    10,000  
 

Changes in operating assets and operating liabilities:

       
   

Mortgage loans held for sale

    (30,751 )
   

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from transfers of financial assets

    (8,349 )
   

Receivables from parent and affiliates

    (747 )
   

Accrued interest receivable

    140  
   

Other assets

    (453 )
   

Guarantee

    2,161  
   

Payables to parent and affiliates

    (3,195 )
   

Other liabilities

    250  
   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    2,192  
       

Net cash used in operating activities

    (35,427 )
       

Cash flows from financing activities:

       
   

Payables to parent and affiliates

    (7,814 )
   

Dividend equivalents on CSG share plan activity

    (5 )
   

Short-term borrowing from affiliate

    30,549  
   

Assets sold under agreements to repurchase with an affiliate

    13,356  
       

Net cash provided by financing activities

    36,086  
       

Increase in cash and cash equivalents

    659  

Cash and cash equivalents as of the beginning of year

    8,572  
       

Cash and cash equivalents as of the end of year

  $ 9,231  
       

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE:

       
 

Cash payments for interest

  $ 7,534  
       

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-50


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2008

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The Company

        Column Guaranteed LLC (the "Company") is a majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc. (the "Parent"). The Parent is a wholly owned subsidiary of DLJ Mortgage Capital, Inc., and an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Credit Suisse (USA), Inc. and Credit Suisse Holdings (USA), Inc. ("CS Holdings") whose ultimate parent is Credit Suisse Group ("CSG").

        On November 26, 2003 the Parent acquired an 80% interest in Investment Property Mortgage, L.L.C. ("IPM") and an 80% interest in certain assets and liabilities of the Income Property Loan Division of Standard Mortgage Corporation ("SMC"). Simultaneously with the closing of the acquisition, IPM was converted from a Louisiana limited liability company to a Delaware limited liability company and renamed Column Guaranteed LLC, and the assets and liabilities acquired from SMC were contributed to the Company. SMC (the "Minority Member"), who previously owned 50% of IPM, retained a minority interest of 20% in the Company. SMC also contributed their remaining 20% of certain assets and liabilities of the Income Property Loan Division.

        The results of the Company's operations are allocated 80% to the Parent and 20% to the Minority Member with the exception of certain expenses related to purchase accounting adjustments, required under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 141, "Business Combinations". For the year ended December 31, 2008 there were purchase accounting adjustments related to the impairment of goodwill and the indefinite-lived intangible asset. See note 10 for more information.

        The Company originates and services commercial multifamily mortgage loans and is an approved Fannie Mae Delegated Underwriting and Servicing ("DUS™") lender. DUS™ is Fannie Mae's principal line of business for purchasing individual multifamily loans. Fannie Mae delegates the responsibility for originating, underwriting, closing, and delivering multifamily mortgages in accordance with the Fannie Mae Guide to the DUS™ Lenders.

        The Company is also an approved Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac") Program Plus® Seller/Servicer. Freddie Mac's Program Plus® network is a group of multifamily loan originators and servicers across the United States. Program Plus® Seller/Servicers are approved for specific geographic areas. The Company's approved geographic territory is Louisiana, Mississippi, Georgia, Hawaii and California. Additionally, the Company is approved to participate in Freddie Mac's Multifamily Targeted Affordable Seller/Servicer Program®.

        The Company is also an approved Federal Housing Administration ("FHA") Title II mortgagee regulated by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development ("HUD") (collectively, "HUD Programs"). The Company is also an approved Multifamily Accelerated Processing ("MAP") program lender. MAP is FHA's program designed to delegate much of the underwriting responsibility to lenders, thereby, improving the speed and consistency of FHA underwriting. The Company's FHA Title II and MAP designations allow it to participate in all loan programs offered by HUD to finance multifamily, seniors housing and healthcare facilities.

        The Company is an approved Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae") issuer in the Ginnie Mae I Multifamily Mortgage-Backed Securities Program.

F-51


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        On January 30, 2009, the Company entered into an agreement with Green Park Financial Limited Partnership and Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (collectively, "Green Park Financial") to form a new entity, Walker & Dunlop LLC ("W&D"), and for each party to contribute certain of their assets related to the origination, underwriting, sale and servicing of multi-family real estate loans made pursuant to the various approved programs with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae into W&D. In addition, the Company agreed to contribute certain cash consideration all in exchange for a membership interest in W&D (collectively, "Formation Agreement").

        Upon the closing of the Formation Agreement, the Company contributed cash plus its core assets, including certain mortgage servicing rights, along with certain office space and employees to W&D, in exchange for a 35% membership interest in W&D. See Notes 10 and 12 for more information.

        The accompanying financial statements have been prepared from separate records maintained by the Company and may not necessarily be indicative of the financial condition or results of its operations that would have existed if the Company had been operated as an unaffiliated entity.

Significant Accounting Policies

        Basis of financial information.     To prepare the financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, management must make certain estimates and assumptions. The reported amounts of assets and liabilities and revenues and expenses are affected by these estimates and assumptions. Estimates, by their nature, are based on judgment and available information. Therefore, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

        Cash and cash equivalents.     Cash and cash equivalents include demand deposits held in banks and certain highly liquid investments with original maturities of 90 days or less.

        Assets sold under agreements to repurchase with an affiliate.     The Company enters into transactions with an affiliate involving assets sold under agreements to repurchase ("repurchase agreements") to finance the Company's mortgage loan inventory. Repurchase agreements are treated as financing arrangements and are carried at contract amounts that reflect the amount at which the mortgage loan inventory will subsequently be repurchased. Interest on such contract amounts is accrued and included in payables to parent and affiliates in the statement of financial condition. As of December 31, 2008 the carrying value of these repurchase agreements approximates fair value. Management determines fair value in a manner similar to determining the fair value of mortgage loans held for sale.

        Fair value.     Certain of the Company's assets and liabilities are carried at fair value. See Note 2 for more information.

        Mortgage loans held for sale.     Mortgage loans held for sale represent commercial mortgage loans originated by the Company and are carried at fair value with the changes in fair value included in gains from mortgage banking activities in the statement of operations. Management determines fair value primarily based upon the forward sales price received for loans sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and HUD under the DUS™ Program, the Program Plus® Seller/Servicer Program and the FHA Title II

F-52


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


program respectively. As of December 31, 2008 all mortgage loans held for sale were originated by the Company and were pending sale to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Ginnie Mae, pursuant to the DUS™ lender agreement, the Program Plus® Seller/Servicer Program, and Multifamily Mortgage-Backed Securities Program, respectively. Originations and sales of mortgage loans held for sale are recorded on a settlement date basis. Interest is accrued on all mortgage loans held for sale with the exception of those that are 90 days delinquent or more.

        Mortgage servicing rights.     Mortgage servicing rights are recognized as an asset when the Company sells loans it originated and retains the right to service the loans. The Company is required under the provisions of the DUS™ program to retain the servicing rights related to Fannie Mae DUS™ loans. The Company also services the Freddie Mac and HUD loans that it originates. Mortgage servicing rights are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the statement of operations. See Note 4 for more information.

        Goodwill and identifiable intangible asset.     Goodwill represents the amount by which the purchase price exceeds the fair value of the net tangible and intangible assets of an acquired company on the date of acquisition. Goodwill and the indefinite-lived intangible assets are reviewed annually for impairment. Based upon the Company's annual review, the goodwill and the intangible asset were fully impaired. See Notes 10 and 12 for more information.

        Other assets.     Other assets include commitments to sell commercial mortgage whole loans which the Company has elected to account for at fair value and other receivables.

        Gains from mortgage banking activities.     Gains from mortgage banking activities include gains and losses on mortgage loans held for sale and commitments to sell commercial mortgage whole loans. Gains and losses on mortgage loans held for sale are recognized on a settlement date basis. Also included in gains from mortgage banking activities are mortgage whole loan origination fees which are recognized upon origination.

        Loan servicing and other fees.     Loan servicing and other fees are recognized as they are earned over the life of the servicing portfolio.

        Interest income (expense).     Interest income includes interest income on the Company's cash and cash equivalents and mortgage loans held for sale as well as interest income on customer escrow deposits. Interest expense includes interest on short-term borrowings from the Parent and an affiliate and repurchase agreements with an affiliate.

        Management fees.     Certain expenses are allocated to the Company by CS Holdings under a service agreement for services performed on behalf of the Company. The service agreement encompasses compensation and benefits, clearing fees, settlement and transaction processing services, as well as accounting, legal, leased facilities, and other support services, which are incremental to amounts incurred directly by the Company. See Note 3 for more information.

        Share-based compensation.     The Company recognizes compensation expense over the required service period on a straight-line basis for all share options, share units and share awards granted under

F-53


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


the Credit Suisse Group Master Share Plan (the "Share Plan"). See Notes 3 and 9 for more information.

        Income taxes.     The Company is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Therefore, under U.S. tax regulations, the partnership itself is generally not subject to federal, state or local income taxes. Accordingly, federal, state or local income taxes have not been provided for in the accompanying financial statements. Each partner is responsible for reporting their allocable share of the partnership's income, gain, losses, deductions and credits on their individual or corporate tax returns.

        The Company remains open to examination from either federal or Texas jurisdictions for the years 2005 and forward. The Company does not anticipate any settlements that would result in a material change to its financial statements.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

FSP SFAS 157-3

        In October 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued FASB Staff Position ("FSP") SFAS 157-3, "Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active" ("FSP SFAS 157-3"). FSP SFAS 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS No. 157, "Fair Value Measurements" ("SFAS 157") in a market that is not active and provides an example to illustrate key considerations in determining the fair value of a financial asset when the market for that financial asset is not active.

        FSP SFAS 157-3 is effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements have not been issued. The adoption of FSP SFAS 157-3 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

FSP SFAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4

        In September 2008, the FASB issued FSP SFAS 133-1 and FASB Interpretation ("FIN") 45-4, "Disclosures about Credit Derivatives and Certain Guarantees: An Amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and FASB Interpretation No. 45; and Clarification of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 161" ("FSP SFAS 133-1" and "FIN 45-4"). FSP SFAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 applies to credit derivatives within the scope of FASB Statement No. 133 "Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("SFAS 133") hybrid instruments that have embedded credit derivatives, and guarantees within the scope of FIN No. 45, "Guarantor's Accounting and Disclosure Requirements for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of Others—an interpretation of FASB Statements No. 5, 57, and 107 and rescission of FASB Interpretation No. 34" ("FIN 45").

        FSP SFAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 amends SFAS 133 to require sellers of credit derivatives to disclose information about credit derivatives and hybrid instruments that have embedded credit derivatives. These disclosures include the nature and term of the credit derivative, the maximum potential of future payments the seller could be required to make under the credit derivative, the fair value of the credit

F-54


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


derivative and the nature of any recourse provisions that would enable the seller to recover from third parties any amounts paid under the credit derivative.

        FSP SFAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 also amends FIN 45 to include the status of the payment and performance risk of the guarantee. The adoption of FSP SFAS 133-1 and FIN 45-4 did not have an impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Standards to be Adopted in the Future Periods

SFAS 160

        In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, "Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of ARB No. 51" ("SFAS 160"). SFAS 160 amends Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 to establish accounting and reporting standards for a noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for deconsolidation of a subsidiary.

        SFAS 160 requires the recognition of a noncontrolling interest as equity in the consolidated financial statements and separate from the parent's equity. In addition, net income attributable to the noncontrolling interest must be included in consolidated net income on the face of the consolidated statement of operations. SFAS 160 clarifies that changes in a parent's ownership interest in a subsidiary that do not result in deconsolidation are equity transactions if the parent retains its controlling financial interest. SFAS 160 has additional disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners.

        SFAS 160 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008. The Company adopted the presentation and transaction guidance of SFAS 160 as of January 1, 2009.

2. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities

        The fair value of certain of the Company's assets and liabilities is based on observable inputs. These instruments include commitments to sell commercial mortgage whole loans and mortgage loans held for sale.

        In addition, the Company holds assets for which no prices are available, and which have little or no observable inputs. For these instruments the determination of fair value requires subjective assessment and varying degrees of judgment depending on liquidity, concentration, pricing assumptions and the risks affecting the specific instrument. In such circumstances, valuation is determined based on management's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset (including assumptions about risk). These instruments include mortgage servicing rights. Valuation techniques for certain of these instruments are described more fully below.

        Further deterioration of financial markets could significantly impact the fair value of these financial instruments and the Company's results of operations and financial condition.

F-55


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

2. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (Continued)

Fair Value Hierarchy

        Assets and liabilities recorded in the Company's statement of financial condition at fair value as of December 31, 2008 have been categorized based upon the relative reliability of the fair value measures in accordance with SFAS 157.

        The levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined as follows in SFAS 157:

        Level 1:     Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. This level of the fair value hierarchy provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and is used to measure fair value whenever available.

        Level 2:     Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These inputs include: (a) quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; (b) quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, that is, markets in which there are few transactions for the asset or liability, the prices are not current, or price quotations vary substantially either over time or among market makers, or in which little information is released publicly; (c) inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability or (d) inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

        Level 3:     Inputs that are unobservable for the asset or liability. These inputs reflect the Company's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability (including assumptions about risk). These inputs are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances, which include the Company's own data. The Company's own data used to develop unobservable inputs are adjusted if information indicates that market participants would use different assumptions.

        Fair value measurements are not adjusted for transaction costs.

F-56


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

2. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (Continued)

Quantitative Disclosures of Fair Values

        Following is a tabular presentation of fair value of assets for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

Fair value of assets and liabilities

December 31, 2008
  Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets or
liabilities
(level 1)
  Significant
other observable
inputs
(level 2)
  Significant
unobservable inputs
(level 3)
  Total at
fair value
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Assets

                         

Mortgage loans held for sale

  $   $ 50,378   $   $ 50,378  

Mortgage servicing rights

            26,822     26,822  

Other assets

        485         485  
                   

Total assets at fair value

  $   $ 50,863   $ 26,822   $ 77,685  
                   

Liabilities

                         

Other liabilities

  $   $ 250   $   $ 250  
                   

Total liabilities at fair value

  $   $ 250   $   $ 250  
                   

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

December 31, 2008
  Mortgage
servicing rights
  Total  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Assets

             

Balance as of January 1, 2008

  $ 23,434   $ 23,434  

Total losses (unrealized)

    (4,961 )   (4,961 )

Purchases of servicing assets

    8,349     8,349  
           

Balance as of December 31, 2008

  $ 26,822   $ 26,822  
           

F-57


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

2. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (Continued)

Gains and losses on assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (level 3)

December 31, 2008
  Change in fair
value of
mortgage
servicing rights
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Total losses included in earnings for the year

  $ (4,961 )

Changes in unrealized losses relating to assets still held at reporting date

  $ (4,961 )

        Both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair value of positions that have been classified within level 3. As a result, the unrealized losses for assets within level 3 presented in the table above may include changes in fair value that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs.

Qualitative Disclosures of Valuation Techniques

Mortgage loans held for sale

        The fair value of mortgage loans held for sale is primarily based upon the forward sales price received for loans sold to Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae under the DUS™ Program and the Multifamily Mortgage-Backed Securities Program, respectively, and to Freddie Mac under the Program Plus® Seller/Servicer Program.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

        The fair value of mortgage servicing rights, is determined on the basis of internally developed models using several variables, including discount rates, and the default and early pre-payment rates of loans in the portfolio. The model is designed to discount the anticipated future cash flows including ancillary fees associated with these servicing rights on a loan by loan basis. Servicing fees are based on the amortizing balance of the underlying loan over its estimated life. Included in the model are deductions for the costs to service the loan. The model is updated monthly for changes in the servicing portfolio.

Other Assets and Other Liabilities

        The determination of the fair value of commitments to sell commercial mortgage whole loans which are recorded in other assets and other liabilities in the statement of financial condition involves only a limited degree of subjectivity because the required inputs are observable in the marketplace including the forward sales price received for loans sold.

F-58


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

2. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (Continued)

Fair Value Option

        The Company has elected fair value for certain of its financial statement captions as follows:

        Mortgage loans held for sale.     The Company has elected to account for originated mortgage loans held for sale entered into after January 1, 2007 at fair value. These activities are managed on a fair value basis, thus fair value accounting is deemed more appropriate for reporting purposes.

        Other assets and other liabilities.     The Company has elected to account for all commitments to sell commercial mortgage loans entered into after January 1, 2007 at fair value. These activities are managed on a fair value basis, thus fair value accounting is deemed more appropriate for reporting purposes.

Gains/losses on assets where fair value option was elected

December 31, 2008
  Total gains (losses)   Of which related to interest income   Of which related to interest expense   Of which related to gains from mortgage banking activities  
 
  (In thousands)
 

Mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 19,961   $ 2,861   $   $ 17,100  

Other assets

    485             485  

Other liabilities

    (250 )           (250 )

Gains/losses on assets with fair value option elected

December 31, 2008
  Total
gains (losses)
  Of which
related to
credit risk
  Of which not
related to
credit risk
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Assets

                   

Mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 19,961   $ 19,961   $  

Other assets

    485     485      

Other liabilities

    (250 )   (250 )    

F-59


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

2. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities (Continued)

Difference between the fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balances

December 31, 2008
  Of which
at fair
value
  Aggregate
unpaid
principal
  Difference
between
aggregate
fair value
and unpaid
principal
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Assets

                   

Mortgage loans held for sale

  $ 50,378   $ 50,652   $ 274  

Other assets

    485         485  

Other liabilities

    250         250  

3. Related Party Transactions

        The Company's ultimate parent Credit Suisse Group and its banking subsidiary Credit Suisse, centrally manage their funding activities and lend funds to their subsidiaries and affiliates. The Company relies on Credit Suisse for financing. In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into significant financing and operating transactions with affiliated companies and believes that these transactions are generally on market terms that could be obtained from unrelated third parties.

        The Company reimburses its Parent and CS Securities for allocated expenses under a service agreement. See Note 1 for more information.

F-60


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

3. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

        The following table sets forth related party assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2008:

 
  (In thousands)  

ASSETS

       

Receivables from affiliates

  $ 1,113  
       

Total assets

  $ 1,113  
       

 

 
  (In thousands)  

LIABILITIES

       

Short-term borrowings from an affiliate

  $ 30,549  

Assets sold under agreements to repurchase with an affiliate

    30,941  

Payables to parent and affiliates

    1,002  
       

Total liabilities

  $ 62,492  
       

        Included in the statement of operations are expenses resulting from various financing activities with certain affiliates as well as fees for services performed for the Company. For the year ended December 31, 2008, interest expense and management fees charged to the Company, by related parties, totaled approximately $1.7 million and $3.1 million, respectively.

        The Company enters into repurchase agreements with an affiliate to finance its mortgage loan inventory. As of December 31, 2008, the fair market value of assets that the Company had pledged to an affiliate was $34 million.

        The Share Plan provides for the grant of equity-based awards to Company employees based on CSG shares pursuant to which employees of the Company may be granted, as compensation, shares or other equity-based awards as compensation for services performed. CS Holdings purchases shares indirectly from CSG to satisfy these awards, but CS Holdings does not require reimbursement from the Company; therefore, amounts associated with these awards are considered a capital contribution to the majority member and credited to paid-in-capital. Amounts contributed by CS Holdings relating to equity-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $62 thousand. See Notes 1 and 9 for further information on the Company's share-based compensation.

4. Mortgage Servicing Rights

        Mortgage servicing rights are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the statement of operations. The Company owns servicing rights related to outstanding loan balances of

F-61


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

4. Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)


$4.9 billion as of December 31, 2008. The following table presents the mortgage servicing rights activity for the year ended December 31, 2008:

 
  (In thousands)  

Balance at beginning of year

  $ 23,434  
 

Change in fair value(1)

    (4,961 )
 

Mortgage servicing rights resulting from transfers of financial assets

    8,349  
       

Mortgage servicing rights at end of year

  $ 26,822  
       

(1)
Primarily represents changes due to payments and the passage of time.

        The key economic assumptions used in determining the fair value of mortgage servicing rights as of December 31, 2008 are as follows:

Weighted average life (in years)

    8.31  

Prepayment rate (in rate per annum)

    N/A (1)

Weighted average discount rate

    10%-14 %

Expected credit losses (in rate per annum)

    0.25 %

(1)
Commercial mortgage loans typically have prepayment protection in the form of prepayment lockouts and yield maintenance. As a servicer of the Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac programs the Company receives a portion of the prepayment fees representing the lost servicing income and therefore the Company does not expect prepayments to have a significant effect on the fair value of the mortgage servicing rights.

        The commercial mortgage servicing rights valuation process includes the use of a discounted cash flow model to arrive at an estimate of fair value at each balance sheet date. The cash flow assumptions and prepayment assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model are based on empirical data drawn from historical performance of the mortgage servicing rights.

        The cash flow model used to value the mortgage servicing rights is subjected to validation in accordance with the Company's model validation policies. This process includes review of the theoretical soundness of the model and the related development process along with ongoing performance monitoring.

        The variables can change as market conditions change. The current market data utilized in the mortgage servicing rights valuation process and in the assessment of the reasonableness of our valuation is obtained from industry surveys and other market analysis.

5. Borrowings

        Short-term borrowings from affiliates are demand obligations with interest approximating the federal funds rate, the London Interbank Offered Rate or other money market indices. Such borrowings are generally used to finance mortgage loans held for sale. As of December 31, 2008

F-62


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

5. Borrowings (Continued)


short-term borrowings were $30.5 million, none of which was secured by Company-owned assets. The interest rate as of December 31, 2008 was 2.25%.

6. Leases and Commitments

        The Company leases office space under cancelable and non-cancelable lease agreements that expire on various dates through 2011. Rental expense on operating leases was approximately $528 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2008.

        As of December 31, 2008, non-cancelable leases in excess of one year had the following minimum lease commitments:

 
  (In thousands)  

2009

  $ 163  

2010

    100  

2011

    25  
       
 

Total

  $ 288  
       

7. Guarantees

        As part of the Company's commercial mortgage activities, the Company sells certain commercial mortgages that it has originated to Fannie Mae and agrees to guarantee one third of any ultimate loss on the loan should the borrower fail to perform, with Fannie Mae bearing the remainder of the loss. FIN 45 requires disclosure by a guarantor of its maximum potential payment obligations under certain of its guarantees to the extent that it is possible to estimate them. FIN 45 also requires a guarantor to recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability for the fair value of the obligations undertaken in issuing such guarantee, including its ongoing obligation to stand ready to perform over the term of the guarantee in the event that certain events or conditions occur. Pursuant to FIN 45 the Company records a liability associated with its guarantee. The initial guarantee liability is reassessed on a regular basis. On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors the guaranteed loans and, if necessary, increases its liability for any evidenced credit deterioration that inure to the Company by way of its guarantee.

        The following table sets forth the maximum quantifiable contingent liability associated with guarantees as of December 31, 2008 by maturity:

 
  Amount of Guarantee Expiration Per Period  
 
  Less than
1 year
  1-3 years   4-5 years   Over
5 years
  Total
guarantees
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Credit guarantees

  $ 20,292   $ 31,991   $ 86,133   $ 355,945   $ 494,361  
                       
 

Total guarantees

  $ 20,292   $ 31,991   $ 86,133   $ 355,945   $ 494,361  
                       

        As a result of the Formation Agreement and an agreement with Green Park Financial and Fannie Mae to transfer certain mortgage servicing rights and obligations under the Fannie Mae DUS Program

F-63


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

7. Guarantees (Continued)


("Transfer Agreement"), the Company was legally released from its obligation under the loss share agreement effective January 30, 2009.

        As of December 31, 2008, the Company has recorded a guarantee liability of approximately $8 million. This includes the Company's share of remaining known losses on loans in which the borrower failed to perform, a transfer fee to be paid to Fannie Mae under the Transfer Agreement and cash consideration that will be paid to W&D to assume the obligation.

8. Concentrations of Credit Risk

        The Company is engaged in the origination and servicing of commercial mortgage loans. Mortgage loan transactions are collateralized.

        Credit risk is the potential for loss resulting from the default by a counterparty of its obligations. Exposure to credit risk arises from the inability of the mortgagors to make the required payments as well as changes in the value of the real estate collateralizing the mortgage loans. The Company uses various means to manage its credit risk. Each mortgage facility is individually approved. The approval process includes an analysis of the credit-worthiness of the counterparty and of the real estate provided as collateral. These counterparties are subsequently reviewed on a periodic basis.

9. Share-Based Compensation

        The Company participates in the Share Plan. The Share Plan provides share awards to certain employees based on the fair market value of CSG shares at the time of grant. CSG determines the fair value of share based compensation and allocates compensation expense to different legal entities within CSG based on the legal entity to which an employee renders services. Total compensation expense for share-based compensation recognized in the statement of operations in employee compensation and benefits was $67 thousand.

Share Awards

        For the year ended December 31, 2008, there were no share awards granted to the Company's employees. As of December 31, 2008, there were 404 share awards outstanding.

Share Unit Awards

    Incentive Share Units

        As part of its annual incentive performance process, the Company granted Incentive Share Units ("ISUs"). An ISU is a unit that is similar to shares, but offers additional upside depending on the development of the CSG share price. For each ISU granted, the employee will receive at least one CSG share. In addition, the leverage component can deliver additional upside, which will be determined by the monthly average CSG share price over the three-year period following the grant. Each ISU will vest at a rate of one-third of a share per year over three years, with the potential additional shares vesting on the third anniversary of the grant date, depending on the development of the leverage component.

F-64


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

9. Share-Based Compensation (Continued)

        The number of ISU base and leverage units granted during the year ended December 31, 2008 was 888. The fair value of the ISU base component granted in January 2008 was $49.97 per unit and the fair value of the 2008 ISU leverage component was $9.73 per unit. The number of ISU base and leverage units outstanding as of December 31, 2008 was 5 thousand.

10. Impairment of Goodwill and Identifiable Intangible Asset

        As a result of the formation agreement entered into with Green Park Financial and the pending transfer of the Company's core assets to W&D discussed in Notes 1 and 12, the implied fair value of the Company was determined to be less than its carrying amount. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recorded a $24.1 million charge in the statement of operations related to the impairment of the goodwill and the intangible asset. $2 million of the goodwill impairment charge was allocated to the Minority member and $12.1 million was allocated to the Majority member. The entire intangible asset impairment charge of $10 million was allocated to the Majority member.

11. Agency Capital Requirements

        The Company is subject to HUD, Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae net worth requirements. The Company is required to maintain $250,000 of adjusted net worth to remain a Title II mortgagee in good standing with HUD. The Company is required to maintain $1,000,000 of adjusted net worth to remain a Ginnie Mae I Multifamily Mortgage-Backed Securities Program issuer in good standing with Ginnie Mae. Freddie Mac requires a minimum net worth of $2 million to remain a Program Plus® approved Seller/Servicer in good standing. The Fannie Mae net worth and liquidity requirements are tied to the size of the Company's Fannie Mae portfolio and are impacted by the credit rating of the Company's parent companies. As of December 31, 2008 the Company's Fannie Mae net worth requirement was $8.3 million. As of December 31, 2008 the Company had adjusted net worth pursuant to Fannie Mae's prescribed calculation of approximately $16.4 million. The Company exceeds Fannie Mae liquidity requirements by approximately 9 times.

12. Subsequent Event (Unaudited)

        On January 30, 2009, the Company entered into the Formation Agreement to contribute certain of their assets and liabilities to a newly formed entity, W&D, in exchange for a 35% membership interest in the new entity. The Company also entered into the Transfer Agreement to transfer certain rights and obligations to W&D. See Notes 1 and 7 for more details.

        In connection with the Company entering into the Formation Agreement, an affiliate purchased the Minority Member's 20% interest in the Company with a carrying value of $2.3 million, plus a $5.1 million payment by the Company, for total consideration of $7.4 million. With this payment, the affiliate now holds a 20% interest in the Company.

        The net consideration provided by the Company on January 30, 2009 to W&D was $34.3 million. This consisted of $43 million in assets, including cash, non-HUD mortgage servicing rights and office space partially offset by the transfer of the Fannie Mae loss sharing obligation and certain payables to employees, together totaling $8.7 million.

F-65


Table of Contents


COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

(A majority owned subsidiary of Column Financial, Inc.)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2008

12. Subsequent Event (Unaudited) (Continued)

        The Company's 35% membership interest in W&D primarily includes mortgage loans and mortgage servicing rights.

        The Company is expected to operate under the HUD Programs until September 2009. Mortgage servicing rights related to HUD loans of $1.9 million will remain on the Company's statement of financial condition unless and until HUD approval is received or the HUD loans are transferred to a third party at the direction of W&D. During 2009, despite the delayed transfer of the HUD assets, the Company received full compensation for the HUD mortgage servicing rights and as a result the Company recognized a $1.9 million obligation to W&D.

        Effective January 30, 2009, W&D will perform origination, underwriting, sales and servicing of commercial mortgages pursuant to programs sponsored by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

F-66


Table of Contents

        Until                        ,         (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

10,000,000 Shares

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

Common Stock

PROSPECTUS

Credit Suisse

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods

Morgan Stanley

William Blair & Company

JMP Securities

Stifel Nicolaus Weisel

                         , 2010


Table of Contents


Part II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table itemizes the expenses incurred by us in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered hereunder. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee.

SEC registration fee

  $ 13,120  

FINRA filing fee

    18,900  

NYSE listing fee

    150,000  

Printing and engraving fees

    150,000  

Legal fees and expenses (including Blue Sky fees)

    2,000,000  

Accounting fees and expenses

    800,000  

Transfer agent and registrar fees

    3,500  

Miscellaneous expenses

    364,480  
       

Total

  $ 3,500,000  
       

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        The Maryland General Corporation Law, or MGCL, permits a Maryland corporation to include in its charter a provision limiting the liability of its directors and officers to the corporation and its stockholders for money damages except for liability resulting from actual receipt of an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services or active and deliberate dishonesty established by a final judgment as being material to the cause of action. Our charter contains such a provision that eliminates such liability to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

        The MGCL requires a corporation (unless its charter provides otherwise, which our charter does not) to indemnify a director or officer who has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in the defense of any proceeding to which he or she is made or threatened to be made a party by reason of his or her service in that capacity. The MGCL permits a corporation to indemnify its present and former directors and officers, among others, against judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by them in connection with any proceeding to which they may be made or are threatened to be made a party by reason of their service in those or other capacities unless it is established that:

    the act or omission of the director or officer was material to the matter giving rise to the proceeding and (1) was committed in bad faith or (2) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty;

    the director or officer actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or

    in the case of any criminal proceeding, the director or officer had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.

        However, under the MGCL, a Maryland corporation may not indemnify a director or officer for an adverse judgment in a suit by or in the right of the corporation or if the director or officer was adjudged liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received, unless in either case a court orders indemnification and then only for expenses.

II-1


Table of Contents

        In addition, the MGCL permits a corporation to advance reasonable expenses to a director or officer upon the corporation's receipt of:

    a written affirmation by the director or officer of his or her good faith belief that he or she has met the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the corporation; and

    a written undertaking by the director or on the director's behalf to repay the amount paid or reimbursed by the corporation if it is ultimately determined that the director did not meet the standard of conduct.

        Our charter and bylaws obligate us, to the fullest extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, to indemnify and to pay or reimburse reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to:

    any present or former director or officer who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity; or

    any individual who, while a director or officer of our company and at our request, serves or has served another corporation, REIT, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise as a director, officer, partner or trustee of such corporation, REIT, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise and who is made or threatened to be made a party to the proceeding by reason of his or her service in that capacity.

        Our charter and bylaws also permit us, with the approval of our board of directors, to indemnify and advance expenses to any person who served a predecessor of ours in any of the capacities described above and to any employee or agent of our company or a predecessor of our company.

        Upon completion of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that would provide for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law.

        Insofar as the foregoing provisions permit indemnification of directors, officers or persons controlling us for liability arising under the Securities Act, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, this indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        On July 29, 2010, we issued 100 shares of common stock to William M. Walker in connection with the formation and initial capitalization of our company for an aggregate purchase price of $100. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D thereunder.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

        (a)   Exhibits. The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1:

Exhibit No.   Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2.1   Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, by and among Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith, William M. Walker, Taylor Walker, Richard C. Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Edward B. Hermes, Deborah A. Wilson and Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
  2.2   Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, between Column Guaranteed LLC and Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
  3.1   Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

II-2


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description
  3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
  4.1 ** Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
  4.2   Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Mallory Walker, Taylor Walker, William M. Walker, Howard W. Smith, III, Richard C. Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Ted Hermes, Deborah A. Wilson and Column Guaranteed LLC
  4.3   Form of Stockholders Agreement by and among William M. Walker, Mallory Walker, Column Guaranteed LLC and Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
  5.1 * Opinion of Hogan Lovells US LLP regarding the validity of the securities being registered
  10.1 ** Formation Agreement, dated January 30, 2009, by and among Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Column Guaranteed LLC and Walker & Dunlop, LLC
  10.2 Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and William M. Walker
  10.3 Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Howard W. Smith, III
  10.4 Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Deborah A. Wilson
  10.5 Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Richard C. Warner
  10.6 Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Richard M. Lucas
  10.7 **† 2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated June 16, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and William M. Walker
  10.8 **† Amendment to 2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated December 31, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and William M. Walker
  10.9 **† 2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated June 16, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Howard W. Smith, III
  10.10 **† Amendment to 2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated December 31, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Howard W. Smith, III
  10.11 **† 2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated June 16, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Richard C. Warner
  10.12 **† Amendment to 2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated December 31, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Richard C. Warner
  10.13 **† 2009 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated April 30, 2009, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and William M. Walker
  10.14 **† 2009 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated April 30, 2009, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Howard W. Smith, III
  10.15 **† 2009 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated April 30, 2009, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Richard C. Warner
  10.16 **† 2009 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated April 30, 2009, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Deborah A. Wilson

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description
  10.17 **† 2010 Long Term Incentive Plan of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, dated January 1, 2010
  10.18 Equity Incentive Plan of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
  10.19 Form of Restricted Common Stock Award Agreement
  10.20 Form of Stock Option Award Agreement
  10.21   Form of Indemnification Agreement with officers and directors
  10.22 ** Amended & Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated October 15, 2009, among Walker & Dunlop LLC and Green Park Financial Limited Partnership (the "Borrowers"); Bank of America, NA and TD Bank, NA (the "Lenders"); and Bank of America, NA as "Credit Agent" (the "A&R Warehouse Agreement")
  10.23 ** First Amendment to A&R Warehouse Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, by and between the Borrowers, the Credit Agent and the Lenders
  10.24 ** Second Amendment to A&R Warehouse Agreement, dated March 26, 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, the Credit Agent and the Lenders
  10.25 ** Third Amendment to A&R Warehouse Agreement, dated July 30, 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, the Credit Agent and the Lenders
  10.26   Fourth Amendment to A&R Warehouse Agreement, dated November 29, 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, the Credit Agent and the Lenders
  10.27 * Consent Agreement, dated December     , 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, the Credit Agent and the Lenders
  10.28 ** Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, LLC and PNC Bank, National Association
  10.29 ** Master Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2010, by and between Walker & Dunlop, LLC and Kemps Landing Capital Company, LLC
  10.30   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto (the "Credit Agreement")
  10.31   First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2009, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto
  10.32   Second Amendment and Consent to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2009, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto
  10.33   Third Amendment and Waiver Agreement to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto
  10.34   Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2010, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description
  10.35 * Fifth Amendment and Consent Agreement, dated as of                        , 2010, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto
  21.1 ** List of Subsidiaries of the Company
  23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP
  23.2   Consent of KPMG LLP
  23.3   Consent of Hogan Lovells US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  99.1 ** Consent of Alan J. Bowers to be named as a director nominee
  99.2 ** Consent of Cynthia A. Hallenback to be named as a director nominee
  99.3 ** Consent of Dana L. Schmaltz to be named as a director nominee

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Denotes a management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement.

        (b)   Financial Statement Schedules. See page F-1 for an index to the financial statements included in registration statement.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

        (a)   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        (b)   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        (c)   The undersigned registrant hereby further undertakes that:

            (1)   For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (2)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Bethesda, State of Maryland, on December 1, 2010.

    WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ WILLIAM M. WALKER

William M. Walker
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ WILLIAM M. WALKER

William M. Walker
  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   December 1, 2010

/s/ DEBORAH A. WILSON

Deborah A. Wilson

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer (principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 

December 1, 2010

/s/ HOWARD W. SMITH, III

Howard W. Smith, III

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

 

December 1, 2010

/s/ MITCHELL M. GAYNOR

Mitchell M. Gaynor

 

Director

 

December 1, 2010

/s/ JOHN RICE

John Rice

 

Director

 

December 1, 2010

/s/ EDMUND F. TAYLOR

Edmund F. Taylor

 

Director

 

December 1, 2010

/s/ ROBERT A. WRZOSEK

Robert A. Wrzosek

 

Director

 

December 1, 2010

II-6


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.   Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

2.1

 

Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, by and among Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith, William M. Walker, Taylor Walker, Richard C. Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Edward B. Hermes, Deborah A. Wilson and Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

2.2

 

Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, between Column Guaranteed LLC and Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

3.1

 

Articles of Amendment and Restatement of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

4.1

**

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

4.2

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Mallory Walker, Taylor Walker, William M. Walker, Howard W. Smith, III, Richard C. Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Ted Hermes, Deborah A. Wilson and Column Guaranteed LLC

 

4.3

 

Form of Stockholders Agreement by and among William M. Walker, Mallory Walker, Column Guaranteed LLC and Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Hogan Lovells US LLP regarding the validity of the securities being registered

 

10.1

**

Formation Agreement, dated January 30, 2009, by and among Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Column Guaranteed LLC and Walker & Dunlop,  LLC

 

10.2


Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and William M. Walker

 

10.3


Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Howard W. Smith, III

 

10.4


Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Deborah A. Wilson

 

10.5


Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Richard Warner

 

10.6


Employment Agreement, dated October 27, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Richard M. Lucas

 

10.7

**†

2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated June 16, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and William M. Walker

 

10.8

**†

Amendment to 2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated December 31, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and William M. Walker

 

10.9

**†

2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated June 16, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Howard W. Smith, III

 

10.10

**†

Amendment to 2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated December 31, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Howard W. Smith, III

 

10.11

**†

2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated June 16, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Richard C. Warner

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description
  10.12 **† Amendment to 2008 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated December 31, 2008, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Richard C. Warner

 

10.13

**†

2009 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated April 30, 2009, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and William M. Walker

 

10.14

**†

2009 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated April 30, 2009, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Howard W. Smith, III

 

10.15

**†

2009 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated April 30, 2009, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Richard C. Warner

 

10.16

**†

2009 Incentive Deferred Bonus Compensation Agreement, dated April 30, 2009, by and between Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Deborah A. Wilson

 

10.17

**†

2010 Long Term Incentive Plan of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, dated January 1, 2010

 

10.18


Equity Incentive Plan of Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

10.19


Form of Restricted Common Stock Award Agreement

 

10.20


Form of Stock Option Award Agreement

 

10.21

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement with officers and directors

 

10.22

**

Amended & Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated October 15, 2009, among Walker & Dunlop LLC and Green Park Financial Limited Partnership (the "Borrowers"); Bank of America, NA and TD Bank, NA (the "Lenders"); and Bank of America, NA as "Credit Agent" (the "A&R Warehouse Agreement")

 

10.23

**

First Amendment to A&R Warehouse Agreement, dated November 30, 2009, by and between the Borrowers, the Credit Agent and the Lenders

 

10.24

**

Second Amendment to A&R Warehouse Agreement, dated March 26, 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, the Credit Agent and the Lenders

 

10.25

**

Third Amendment to A&R Warehouse Agreement, dated July 30, 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, the Credit Agent and the Lenders

 

10.26

 

Fourth Amendment to A&R Warehouse Agreement, dated November 29, 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, the Credit Agent and the Lenders

 

10.27

*

Consent Agreement, dated December     , 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, LLC, the Credit Agent and the Lenders

 

10.28

**

Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2010, between Walker & Dunlop, LLC and PNC Bank, National Association

 

10.29

**

Master Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2010, by and between Walker & Dunlop, LLC and Kemps Landing Capital Company, LLC

 

10.30

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto (the "Credit Agreement")

 

10.31

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2009, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto

Table of Contents

Exhibit No.   Description
  10.32   Second Amendment and Consent to Credit Agreement, dated as of October 2, 2009, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto

 

10.33

 

Third Amendment and Waiver Agreement to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2010, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto

 

10.34

 

Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of July 30, 2010, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto

 

10.35

*

Fifth Amendment and Consent Agreement, dated as of                    , 2010, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A. and the Lenders party thereto

 

21.1

**

List of Subsidiaries of the Company

 

23.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

 

23.2

 

Consent of KPMG LLP

 

23.3

 

Consent of Hogan Lovells US LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

99.1

**

Consent of Alan J. Bowers to be named as a director nominee

 

99.2

**

Consent of Cynthia A. Hallenback to be named as a director nominee

 

99.3

**

Consent of Dana L. Schmaltz to be named as a director nominee

*
To be filed by amendment.

**
Previously filed.

Denotes a management contract or compensation plan, contract or arrangement.



Exhibit 2.1

 

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

 

by and among

 

MALLORY WALKER

TAYLOR WALKER

WILLIAM WALKER

HOWARD SMITH, III

RICHARD WARNER

DONNA MIGHTY

MICHAEL YAVINSKY

EDWARD B. HERMES

DEBORAH WILSON

 

and

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

Dated as of October 29, 2010

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

ARTICLE 1. CONTRIBUTION OF REMAINING COMPANY INTERESTS

1

Section 1.1

Contribution of Remaining Company Interests

1

Section 1.2

Consideration and Exchange of Equity

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTORS

2

Section 2.1

Due Authorization

2

Section 2.2

Consents and Approvals

2

Section 2.3

Ownership of the Remaining Company Interests

2

Section 2.4

Non-Contravention

3

Section 2.5

Non-Foreign Status

3

Section 2.6

Investment Purposes

3

Section 2.7

Solvency

4

Section 2.8

Tax

4

Section 2.9

Related Party Contracts

4

Section 2.10

Exclusive Representations

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

5

Section 3.1

Organization; Authority; Qualification

5

Section 3.2

Due Authorization

5

Section 3.3

Capitalization

5

Section 3.4

Consents and Approvals

5

Section 3.5

Non-Contravention

5

Section 3.6

Common Shares

6

Section 3.7

Conduct of Business of the Company

6

Section 3.8

Exclusive Representations

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS

6

Section 4.1

Covenants of the Contributors

6

Section 4.2

Tax Covenants

7

Section 4.3

Cooperation with Respect to Proceedings

7

Section 4.4

Further Assurances

8

Section 4.5

Column Contribution Agreement

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5. WAIVER AND CONSENT; POWER OF ATTORNEY

8

Section 5.1

Waiver of Rights and Consent Under Operating Agreements

8

Section 5.2

Grant of Power of Attorney

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

9

Section 6.1

Conditions to the Company’s Obligation to Close

9

Section 6.2

Conditions to the Contributors’ Obligation to Close

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7. CLOSING

11

Section 7.1

Time and Place; Closing

11

Section 7.2

Closing Deliveries

11

Section 7.3

Additional Closing Deliveries

12

Section 7.4

Costs

12

 

i



 

ARTICLE 8. INDEMNIFICATION; SURVIVAL

12

Section 8.1

Indemnification

12

Section 8.2

Survival

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9. TERMINATION

12

Section 9.1

Termination

12

Section 9.2

Procedure and Effect of Termination

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS

14

Section 10.1

Counterparts

14

Section 10.2

Governing Law

14

Section 10.3

Amendment; Waiver

14

Section 10.4

Entire Agreement

14

Section 10.5

Assignability

14

Section 10.6

Titles

14

Section 10.7

Third Party Beneficiary

14

Section 10.8

Severability

14

Section 10.9

Interpretation

15

Section 10.10

Reliance

15

Section 10.11

Notices

15

Section 10.12

Equitable Remedies

16

Section 10.13

Enforcement Costs

16

 

ii



 

EXHIBIT LIST

 

 

 

 

SECTION FIRST

EXHIBITS

 

 

REFERENCED

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

Definitions

 

Recital A

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

Column Contribution Agreement

 

Recital B

 

 

 

 

 

C

 

Contributors, Participating Companies and Remaining Company Interests

 

Recital B

 

 

 

 

 

D

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

Recital D

 

 

 

 

 

E

 

Form of Contribution and Assumption Agreement

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

 

F

 

Total Consideration

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

G

 

FIRPTA Certificate

 

7.2(a)(ii)

 

 

 

 

 

H

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iii)

 

 

 

 

 

I

 

Form of Stockholders Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iv)

 

iii


 

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (including all exhibits and schedules hereto, this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 29, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “ Company ”), Mallory Walker, Taylor Walker, William Walker, Howard Smith, III, Richard Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Edward B. Hermes and Deborah Wilson (each a “ Contributor ,” and collectively the “ Contributors ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     For purposes of this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings given to such terms in Exhibit A , or as otherwise defined in this Agreement.

 

B.                                     The Company desires to consolidate the ownership of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ W&D LLC ”), through a series of transactions (collectively, the “ Formation Transactions ”) whereby the Company will acquire (i) a 35% membership interest in W&D LLC (the “ Column Interest ”) from Column Guaranteed LLC (“ Column ”) pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and Column, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Column Contribution Agreement ”), and (ii) pursuant to this Agreement, all of the interests in certain corporations and limited liability companies set forth on Exhibit C (collectively, the “ Participating Companies ”), which Participating Companies own, directly or indirectly, all of the membership interests in W&D LLC other than the Column Interest (collectively, the “ Remaining Company Interests ” and, together with the Column Interest, the “ Company Interests ”).

 

C.                                     The Formation Transactions include the proposed initial public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), of the Company.

 

D.                                     In connection with the Public Offering, on the date hereof each Contributor is delivering to the Company a duly executed Lock-Up Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

 

E.                                      The Contributors desire to transfer the Remaining Company Interests to the Company in exchange for Common Shares of the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

F.                                       The parties hereto intend that the Formation Transactions will be governed by Section 351 of the Code.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual undertakings set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.
CONTRIBUTION OF REMAINING COMPANY INTERESTS

 

Section 1.1                                     Contribution of Remaining Company Interests .  At the Closing (as defined in Section 7.1) and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, the Contributors shall contribute, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Company, absolutely and unconditionally, and, except as set forth in Section 2.3, free and clear of all Liens, the Remaining Company Interests in exchange for Common Shares, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.  The contribution and assumption of the Remaining Company Interests shall be evidenced by a Contribution

 

1



 

and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (the “ Contribution and Assumption Agreement ”).  From and after the Closing, the Contributors shall no longer be members or shareholders, as applicable, of any Participating Company, and after the Closing the Contributors shall have no rights or obligations as a member or shareholder, as applicable, under any Operating Agreement.

 

Section 1.2                                     Consideration and Exchange of Equity .  The Company shall, in exchange for the Remaining Company Interests, transfer to each Contributor the number of Common Shares as determined on, and allocated between each such Contributor as set forth in, Exhibit F (each such number of Common Shares being each Contributor’s “ Total Consideration ”).  The parties acknowledge and agree that the issuance of Common Shares to the Contributors shall be evidenced by, at the Company’s election, either certificates representing such shares (“ Share Certificates ”) or by book-entry of uncertificated shares recorded in the Company’s share ledger.  Each party shall take such additional actions and execute such other documentation as may be required by the relevant Operating Agreements or as reasonably requested by any other party in order to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 2.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTORS

 

Each Contributor severally, with respect to itself only, represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

Section 2.1                                     Due Authorization .  Such Contributor has the legal right, capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Contributor pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Contributor, each enforceable against such Contributor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

Section 2.2                                     Consents and Approvals .  Except as shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by such Contributor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 2.3                                     Ownership of the Remaining Company Interests .  The Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor constitute all of the interests in each Participating Company that are held by such Contributor.  Such Contributor is the sole owner of the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor, beneficially and of record, free and clear of any Liens of any nature, other than (i) Liens imposed by the applicable Participating Company’s Operating Agreement and (ii) Liens imposed as security for or otherwise with respect to any loan made to a Participating Company.  Upon delivery of consideration for the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor as herein provided, the Company will acquire good title thereto, free and clear of any Liens, other than (i) Liens imposed by the applicable Participating Company’s Operating Agreement and (ii) Liens imposed as security for or otherwise with respect to any loan made to a Participating Company which the Company has not caused to be released prior to the Closing.  There exist no rights to purchase, subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights or preemptive rights relating to the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor, other than such rights provided for in the applicable Participating Company’s Operating Agreement.

 

2



 

Section 2.4                                     Non-Contravention .  None of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by such Contributor does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) contravene, violate or conflict with the organizational documents of such Contributor, (ii) contravene, violate, or conflict with, any foreign, federal, state, local or other law binding on such Contributor, or by which such Contributor or any of its respective assets or properties (including the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor) are bound or subject, (iii) result in any violation of, breach of, default under or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification or cancellation or other right adverse to such Contributor under (A) any agreement, document or instrument to which such Contributor is a party or by which such Contributor or the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor are bound, or (B) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of a Governmental Entity by which such Contributor or the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor are bound, (iv) require any approval, consent or waiver of, or the making of any filing with, any Person, including any Governmental Entity or (v) result in the creation of any Lien upon the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor.

 

Section 2.5                                     Non-Foreign Status .  Such Contributor is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), and is not subject to any withholding requirements under the Code or other applicable law in connection with any payment or consideration contemplated under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.6                                     Investment Purposes .   Such Contributor acknowledges its understanding that the offering and issuance of the Common Shares to be acquired pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Act ”) and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated in part on the accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties of such Contributor contained herein, and further acknowledges as follows:

 

(a)                                  Investment Except for the Common Shares which may be sold by Mallory Walker and Taylor Walker in the Public Offering, such Contributor is acquiring Common Shares solely for its own account for the purpose of investment and not as a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution of such Common Shares.  Such Contributor agrees and acknowledges that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (each, a “ Transfer ”) any of the Common Shares, unless (i) the Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and qualification or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state securities laws, or (ii) if requested by the Company, counsel for such Contributor (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to the effect that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Transfer shall be made unless it is permitted under the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Knowledge .  Such Contributor is knowledgeable, sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters and fully understands the limitations on transfer imposed by applicable securities laws and as described in this Agreement.  Such Contributor is able to bear the economic risk of holding the Common Shares for an indefinite period and is able to afford the complete loss of its investment in the Common Shares.  Such Contributor has received and reviewed all information and documents about or pertaining to the Company, the business and prospects of the Company and the issuance of the Common Shares as such Contributor deems necessary or desirable and has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information and documents, the Company, the business and prospects of the Company and the

 

3



 

Common Shares, which such Contributor deems necessary or desirable to evaluate the merits and risks related to its investment in the Common Shares.

 

(c)                                   Holding Period .  Such Contributor acknowledges that it has been advised that (i) the Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement are “restricted securities” under applicable federal securities laws and may be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption therefrom; accordingly, such Contributor may have to bear indefinitely the economic risks of an investment in the Common Shares; (ii) a restrictive legend in the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on the Share Certificates; and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Common Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer.

 

(d)                                  Accredited Investor .  Such Contributor is an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act).

 

(e)                                   Legend .  Each Share Certificate issued pursuant to this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

The securities evidenced hereby have not been registered under the Act, or the securities laws of any state and may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in the absence of such registration, unless, except in limited circumstances, the transferor delivers to the company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the company, to the effect that the proposed sale, transfer or other disposition may be effected without registration under the Act and under applicable state securities laws.

 

Section 2.7                                     Solvency .   Such Contributor will be solvent immediately following the transfer by such Contributor of its Remaining Company Interests to the Company.

 

Section 2.8                                     Tax .   No Tax Lien or other charge exists or will exist upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor.  There are no outstanding powers of attorney relating to Tax matters with respect to the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor, or to the extent executed by such Contributor or any of its affiliates, with respect to any Participating Company.  There are no audits, investigations, disputes, notices of deficiency, assessments, claims, litigation, or other actions for or relating to any liability for Taxes (including, for the sake of clarity, any liability for any amount as a result of a failure to comply with applicable Tax law) of such Contributor or any of its affiliates with respect to such Contributor’s investment in any Participating Company that is ongoing, pending, or which have been threatened in writing.  Neither such Contributor nor any of its affiliates has taken any action or position inconsistent with the tax items reported to such Contributor on Schedule K-1 of either IRS Form 1065 or IRS Form 1120-S (or, in either case, any state or local analogues), as the case may be, in respect of its investment in any Participating Company.   No amount is required to be withheld in respect of Taxes from any consideration payable to such Contributor pursuant to this Agreement under the Code or any other applicable law.   Except for the Common Shares which may be sold by Mallory Walker and Taylor Walker in the Public Offering, no Contributor has any present plan or intention to sell any Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement during the applicable Lock-Up Period .

 

Section 2.9                                     Related Party Contracts .  To the knowledge of such Contributor, no present or former officer, director, member, partner or any Person owning 1% or more of the equity of any Participating Company, and no family member of any such Person, is a party to any contract with the Participating Companies or any of their respective properties, assets or liabilitie s, other than the Operating Agreements for each of the Participating Companies.

 

4



 

Section 2.10                              Exclusive Representations .  Except as set forth in this Article 2, such Contributor makes no representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, and the Company acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.  Such Contributor acknowledges that no representation or warranty has been made by the Company with respect to the legal and Tax consequences of the transfer to the Company of the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor, nor with respect to such Contributor’s receipt of Common Shares as consideration therefor.  Such Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.

 

ARTICLE 3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Contributor that:

 

Section 3.1                                     Organization; Authority; Qualification .  The Company is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is presently conducted and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its property make such qualification necessary.  The Company has made available to the Contributors true and correct drafts of its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as proposed to be in effect for the Company on the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.2                                     Due Authorization .  The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, each enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

Section 3.3                                     Capitalization .  As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000 Common Shares.  As of the date hereof, there are 100 Common Shares issued and outstanding (the “ Current Shares ”) and no Common Shares are held by the Company as treasury stock.  All of the issued and outstanding Current Shares were duly authorized for issuance and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  Prior to the completion of the Public Offering, the Company shall not grant any options to purchase Common Shares; provided, that concurrently with or prior to the completion of the Public Offering, the Company may grant options to purchase Common Shares pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to its employees, including its executive officers and independent directors, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 8% of all Common Shares to be issued and outstanding immediately following the Public Offering.

 

Section 3.4                                     Consents and Approvals .  Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributors made hereunder and except in connection with the Public Offering, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.5                                     Non-Contravention .  Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributors made hereunder, none of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated

 

5



 

hereby does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) contravene, violate or conflict with the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, (ii) contravene, violate or conflict with any foreign, federal, state, local or other law binding on the Company or by which the Company or any of its assets or properties are bound or subject, or (iii) result in any violation of, breach of, default under or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification or cancellation or other right adverse to the Company under (A) any agreement, document or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, or (B) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of a Governmental Entity by which the Company is bound.

 

Section 3.6                                     Common Shares .  Upon issuance thereof and subject to the payment of consideration described herein, any Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject to preemptive or similar rights created by statute or any agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

Section 3.7                                     Conduct of Business of the Company .   The Company has not engaged in any material operations prior to the date hereof, and will not engage in any material operations prior to the completion of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering.  The Company has no material assets or liabilities as of the date hereof, and will not have any material assets or operations prior to the completion of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering.

 

Section 3.8                                     Exclusive Representations . Except as set forth in this Article 3, the Company makes no any representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, and each Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.

 

ARTICLE 4.
COVENANTS

 

Section 4.1                                     Covenants of the Contributors.

 

(a)                                  Affirmative Covenants .  From the Effective Date through the earlier of (i) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.1, and (ii) the Closing Date, and except in connection with the Formation Transactions, each Contributor, severally and not jointly, shall, to the extent such Contributor has the authority to take such actions:

 

(i)                                      cause each Participating Company and W&D LLC to preserve and maintain their existence, rights, franchises, licenses and privileges in the jurisdiction of their formation; and

 

(ii)                                   cause each Participating Company and W&D LLC to conduct their business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and consistent with their obligations under such Participating Company’s or W&D LLC’s organizational documents.

 

(b)                                  Negative Covenants .  From the Effective Date through the earlier of (i) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.1, and (ii) the Closing Date, and except in connection with the Formation Transactions, each Contributor, severally and not jointly, shall not, nor shall any Contributor, to the extent such Contributor has the authority to take such actions, permit any Participating Company or W&D LLC to, in each case without the prior written consent of the Company:

 

(i)                                      sell, transfer (or agree to sell or transfer) or otherwise dispose of, or cause the sale, transfer or disposition of (or agree to do any of the foregoing) all or any portion of the

 

6



 

Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor or any membership interest in W&D LLC owned, directly or indirectly, by a Participating Company;

 

(ii)                                   mortgage, pledge or encumber all or any portion of the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor or any membership interest in W&D LLC owned, directly or indirectly, by a Participating Company;

 

(iii)                                enter into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iv)                               mortgage, pledge or encumber any assets, except (A) liens for Taxes not delinquent, (B) purchase money security interests in the ordinary course of business, and (C) mechanics’ liens being disputed in good faith and by appropriate proceeding in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(v)                                  cause or take any action that would render any of the representations or warranties as set forth in Article 2 of this Agreement untrue, incomplete or misleading in any material respect.

 

Section 4.2                                     Tax Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Each Contributor, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall provide each other with such cooperation and information relating to any of the Participating Companies or the Remaining Company Interests, as applicable, as the other party reasonably requests in (i) preparing and filing any Tax Return, amended Tax Return or claim for Tax refund; (ii) determining any liability for Taxes or a right to a Tax refund; (iii) conducting any audit, investigation, dispute, deficiency, assessment, claim, litigation, or other action in respect of Taxes; or (iv) performing Tax diligence.  Such reasonable cooperation shall include, without limitation, the reasonable provision of documents, the reasonable granting of powers of attorney, and making employees and agents available on a mutually convenient and reasonable basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns of the Participating Companies and their subsidiaries which are due after the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   The Contributors shall pay and bear all transfer, stamp, documentary, recording and similar Taxes with the transactions contemplated herein.

 

(d)                                  (i)  The parties intend that the Formation Transactions will be governed by Section 351 of the Code and shall take no action or position inconsistent with such treatment except to the extent such treatment is inapplicable under law.  For the sake of clarity, any sale of Common Shares after the Lock-Up Period shall not be treated as violating this Section 4.2(d)(i).

 

(ii)  Mallory Walker and Taylor Walker will not, in connection with the Public Offering, sell Common Shares representing in the aggregate more than 17.5% of the Common Shares outstanding immediately following the completion of the Public Offering and the Formation Transactions.

 

Section 4.3                                     Cooperation with Respect to Proceedings .  In the event of a Proceeding by any Person, including any Governmental Entity, seeking to restrain, prevent, prohibit, materially delay or restructure the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering, the parties shall cooperate and exercise commercially reasonable efforts to seek a resolution of such Proceeding so as to eliminate any impediment to Closing.

 

7



 

Section 4.4                                     Further Assurances .  Each Contributor shall execute and deliver to the Company all such other and further instruments and documents and take or cause to be taken all such other and further actions as the Company may reasonably request in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby, including instruments or documents deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect and evidence the conveyance of the Remaining Company Interests in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.5                                     Column Contribution Agreement .  The Company shall not amend, modify, supplement or otherwise alter, directly or indirectly, the Column Contribution Agreement in any material respect without the prior written consent of Mallory Walker.  The Company shall not waive any material condition to the Company’s obligation to consummate the Closing (as defined in the Column Contribution Agreement) provided in Section 6.1 of the Column Contribution Agreement without the prior written consent of Mallory Walker.

 

ARTICLE 5.
WAIVER AND CONSENT; POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Section 5.1                                     Waiver of Rights and Consent Under Operating Agreements Effective as of the Closing, each Contributor hereby waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits otherwise afforded to such Contributor under any Operating Agreement with respect to the contribution, sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or delivery by the other members or shareholders of each Participating Company of the Remaining Company Interests to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, including all rights of appraisal, rights of first offer or first refusal, preemptive rights, buy/sell rights, call rights and any other right to consent to or approve of the transactions conducted by such other members or shareholders in connection with the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering and any and all notice provisions related thereto.  Each Contributor acknowledges that the agreements contained herein and the transactions contemplated hereby and any actions taken in contemplation of the transactions contemplated hereby may conflict with, and may not have been contemplated by, certain Operating Agreements or other agreements among one or more holders of Remaining Company Interests or one or more of the members or shareholders of a Participating Company.  Each Contributor expressly gives all Consents (and any consents necessary to authorize the proper parties in interest to give all Consents) and Waivers that it is entitled to give that are necessary or desirable to cause the other Contributors to have authority to transfer the Remaining Company Interests to the Company.  In addition, if the transactions contemplated hereby occur, this Agreement shall be deemed to be an amendment to any Operating Agreement to the extent the terms herein conflict with the terms thereof, including terms with respect to allocations, distributions and the like.  In the event the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not occur, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to be or construed as an amendment or modification of, or commitment of any kind to amend or modify, the Operating Agreements, which shall remain in full force and effect without modification.  The Waiver and Consent enumerated in this Section 5.1 shall become effective only upon the Closing of the contribution and exchange of the Remaining Company Interests pursuant to Article 1 and Article 7.

 

Section 5.2                                     Grant of Power of Attorney .

 

(a)                                  Each Contributor hereby irrevocably appoints William M. Walker (or his designee) and any successor thereof from time to time (William M. Walker or such designee or any such successor of any of them acting in his, her or its capacity as attorney in fact pursuant hereto, the “ Attorney in Fact ”) as the true and lawful attorney in fact and agent of such Contributor, to act in the name, place and stead of such Contributor to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such other deeds (including grant deeds if applicable), agreements, assignments, contracts, orders, receipts, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, consents, letters and other writings (including the execution of any documents or

 

8



 

other items required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.2(a) and 7.3 or other documents relating to the acquisition by the Company of the Remaining Company Interests, including any registration rights agreements, partnership agreements, pledge agreements and any lock-up agreements), to provide information to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and others about the transactions contemplated hereby and, in general, to do all things and to take all actions which the Attorney in Fact in his sole and absolute discretion may consider necessary or proper in connection with or to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as fully as could the applicable Contributor if personally present and acting (the “ Power of Attorney ”).  Further, each Contributor hereby grants to the Attorney in Fact a proxy (the “ Proxy ”) to vote the Remaining Company Interests on any matter related to the Formation Transactions that is presented to the members or shareholders of any Participating Company for a vote, including with respect to the transfer of interests in any Participating Company by the other members or shareholders.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Power of Attorney and the Proxy and all authority granted thereby shall be coupled with an interest and therefore shall be irrevocable and shall not be terminated by any act of any Contributor, and if any other such act or event shall occur prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Attorney in Fact shall nevertheless be authorized and directed to consummate all such transactions as if such other act or event had not occurred and regardless of notice thereof.  Each Contributor acknowledges and agrees that, at the request of the Company, it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Company a separate power of attorney and proxy on the same terms set forth in this Section 5.2, such execution to be witnessed and notarized, and in recordable form (if necessary).  Each Contributor hereby authorizes the reliance of third parties on each of the Power of Attorney and the Proxy.

 

(c)                                   It is understood that the Attorney in Fact assumes no responsibility or liability to any Person by virtue of the Power of Attorney or Proxy granted by each Contributor under this Section 5.2.  The Attorney in Fact makes no representations with respect to and shall have no responsibility in his capacity as the Attorney in Fact for the Formation Transactions or the Public Offering, or the acquisition of the Remaining Company Interests by the Company and shall not be liable in his capacity as Attorney in Fact for any error or judgment or for any act done or omitted or for any mistake of fact or law, except for his own gross negligence or bad faith, or a breach of this Agreement or the terms of his power of attorney provided for herein.

 

ARTICLE 6.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

Section 6.1                                     Conditions to the Company’s Obligation to Close .  The obligation of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing (unless waived in whole or in part by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion):

 

(a)                                  The representations and warranties of each Contributor contained in this Agreement (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date that such representations and warranties were made, and (ii) shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 7.1) as if made on and as of such date;

 

(b)                                  The obligations of each Contributor contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or prior to the Closing Date and no Contributor shall have breached any covenants contained herein in any material respect;

 

9



 

(c)                                   Each Contributor, directly or through the Attorney in Fact, shall have executed and delivered to the Company the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.2(a) and 7.3;

 

(d)                                  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(e)                                   The Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 previously filed with the SEC shall have become effective under the Act, and shall not be the subject of any stop order or other Proceeding by the SEC seeking a stop order;

 

(f)                                    The closing of the Public Offering shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing of the Public Offering); and

 

(g)                                   The closing under the Column Contribution Agreement shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing under the Column Contribution Agreement).

 

Section 6.2                                     Conditions to the Contributors’ Obligation to Close .  The obligations of each Contributor to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing (unless waived in whole or in part by such Contributor, in its sole and absolute discretion):

 

(a)                                  The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date such representations and warranties were made, and (ii) shall be true and correct on the Closing Date in all material respects as if made on and as of such date;

 

(b)                                  The obligations of the Company contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or prior to the Closing Date and the Company shall not have breached any covenants contained herein in any material respect;

 

(c)                                   The Company shall have executed and delivered to the Contributors the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.2(b) and 7.3;

 

(d)                                  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(e)                                   The Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 previously filed with the SEC shall have become effective under the Act, and shall not be the subject of any stop order or Proceeding by the SEC seeking a stop order;

 

(f)                                    The closing of the Public Offering shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing of the Public Offering); and

 

10


 

(g)                                   The closing under the Column Contribution Agreement shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing under the Column Contribution Agreement).

 

ARTICLE 7.
CLOSING

 

Section 7.1                                     Time and Place; Closing .  The date, time and place of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ” or the “ Closing Date ”) shall occur concurrently with (or prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of), and at the same location as, the closing of the Public Offering.

 

Section 7.2                                     Closing Deliveries .  At the Closing, the parties shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following:

 

(a)                                  Each Contributor shall deliver to the Company the following:

 

(i)                                      a copy of the Contribution and Assumption Agreement, duly executed by such Contributor;

 

(ii)                                   an affidavit from such Contributor substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , duly executed by such Contributor;

 

(iii)                                a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), duly executed by such Contributor;

 

(iv)                               with respect to William Walker and Mallory Walker, a copy of the Stockholders Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), duly executed by William Walker or Mallory Walker, as applicable;

 

(v)                                  any other documents that are in the possession of such Contributor or which can be obtained through such Contributor’s reasonable efforts which are reasonably requested by the Company or reasonably necessary or desirable to assign, transfer, convey, contribute and deliver the Remaining Company Interests and effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

(vi)                               a certification regarding the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the Contributors contained in this Agreement as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall deliver to each Contributor the following:

 

(i)                                      the Share Certificates or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares by book-entry and/or other evidence of the transfer of Common Shares to such Contributor;

 

(ii)                                   a copy of the Contribution and Assumption Agreement, duly executed by the Company;

 

(iii)                                a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed by the Company; and

 

(iv)                               a certification regarding the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement as of the Closing Date.

 

11



 

(c)                                   The Company shall deliver to Mallory Walker a copy of the Stockholders Agreement, duly executed by the Company and Column.

 

Section 7.3                                     Additional Closing Deliveries .  At the Closing, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered through the Attorney in Fact, such additional legal documents and other items to which it is a party or for which it is otherwise responsible as are necessary to carry out the intention of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated to take place in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.4                                     Costs .  Each party hereto shall be responsible for its own attorneys’ and advisors’ fees, charges and disbursements in connection with this Agreement, and any other costs and expenses incident to the transactions contemplated hereby incurred by it.  The provisions of this Section 7.4 shall survive the Closing.

 

ARTICLE 8.
INDEMNIFICATION; SURVIVAL

 

Section 8.1                                     Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contributors, their affiliates and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “ Contributor Indemnified Persons ”), from and after the Closing, against any and all actual losses, damages, assessments, fines, penalties, adjustments, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (“ Damages ”) incurred or suffered by any Contributor Indemnified Person to the extent arising out of or caused by (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement; or (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each Contributor shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Company Indemnified Persons ”), from and after the Closing, against any and all actual Damages incurred or suffered by any Company Indemnified Person to the extent arising out of or caused by (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of such Contributor contained in this Agreement; or (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of such Contributor contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 8.2                                     Survival .  It is the express intention and agreement of the parties hereto that the representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities of each of the Contributors and the Company set forth in this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The provisions of this Agreement that contemplate performance after the Closing and the obligations of the parties not fully performed at the Closing shall survive the Closing and shall not be deemed to be merged into or waived by the instruments of Closing.

 

ARTICLE 9.
TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1                                     Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be abandoned at any time prior to Closing:

 

(a)                                  by mutual agreement of all of the Contributors and the Company;

 

12



 

(b)                                  at any time after December 31, 2010 (the “ Termination Date ”), by either the Company or any Contributor, by prior written notice to the other party, if the Closing shall not have occurred for any reason on or prior to the Termination Date; provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur;

 

(c)                                   by the Company, upon written notice to the Contributors, if (i) the Company determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 shall have become incapable of fulfillment and shall not have been waived by the Company, (iii) any Contributor fails to perform in any material respect any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to such Contributor, such breach shall not have been cured or waived by the Company and such Contributor shall not have provided reasonable assurance to the Company that such breach will be cured in all material respects on or prior to the Closing, or (iv) any Contributor shall breach in any material respect any of its representations or warranties hereunder, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to such Contributor, such Contributor shall continue to be in breach of such representation or warranty; or

 

(d)                                  by any Contributor, upon written notice to the Company, if (i) any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall have become incapable of fulfillment and shall not have been waived by the Contributors, (ii) the Company fails to perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Company, such breach shall not have been cured or waived by the Contributors and the Company shall not have provided reasonable assurance to the Contributors that such breach will be cured in all material respects at or prior to the Closing, or (iii) the Company shall breach in any material respect any of its representations or warranties hereunder, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Company, the Company shall continue to be in breach of such representation or warranty.

 

Section 9.2                                     Procedure and Effect of Termination .  In the event of the termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to Section 9.1, written notice thereof shall be given by the party so terminating to the other parties to this Agreement, and this Agreement shall terminate and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be abandoned without further action by the parties hereto.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof:

 

(a)                                  this Agreement shall become null and void and of no further force or effect, except that the obligations provided for in Section 4.2, Section 7.4, Article 8, this Section 9.2 and Article 10 hereof shall survive any such termination of this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                  except as otherwise set forth herein, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party; provided , however , that if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement fail to close as a result of any breach or violation of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement by any party, such party shall be fully liable for any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the other parties as a result of any such breach or violation so long as such other parties are not then themselves in breach in any material respect of their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

13



 

ARTICLE 10.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.1                              Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.2                              Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 10.3                              Amendment; Waiver .  Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time. Except as otherwise provided herein, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 10.4                              Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto and the agreements referred to in Section 7.2 hereof constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be.

 

Section 10.5                              Assignability .  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and any reference to a party shall also be a reference to an heir, legal representative, successor or permitted assign; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an affiliate.

 

Section 10.6                              Titles .  The titles and captions of the Articles, Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.7                              Third Party Beneficiary .  Except as may be expressly provided or incorporated by reference herein, including in Section 5.2, no provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 10.8                              Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect such

 

14



 

replacement; provided however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.9                              Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to articles, sections, schedules, exhibits and attachments shall be deemed references to articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and attachments to, this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular article, section or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  Any deadline or time period set forth in this Agreement that by its terms ends on a day that is not a Business Day shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the Parties understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the Parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which Party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.10                       Reliance .  Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that it is not relying on Tax or other advice from any other party to this Agreement, and that it has or will consult with its own Tax and other advisors with regard to the transactions contemplated herein and its investment in the Company.  No Contributor shall be liable for any Damages resulting from a successful challenge of the treatment or characterization by any taxing authority of the transactions contemplated herein except to the extent attributable to a breach by such Contributor of any Tax-related representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or any Exhibit to this Agreement.

 

Section 10.11                       Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party making such notice, request, demand, waiver or communication and shall be deemed to be given (i) on the day delivered (or if that day is not a Business Day, or if delivered after the close of business on a Business Day, on the next day that is a Business Day) when delivered by personal delivery or overnight courier, (ii) on the third Business Day after mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) upon transmission when sent by facsimile transmission or email transmission (provided that such facsimile or email is followed by an original of such notice by mail or personal delivery as provided herein).  Mailed notices shall be addressed as set forth below, but any party may change the address set forth below by written notice to other parties in accordance with this paragraph.

 

To the Company :

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200
Bethesda, Maryland 20814
Phone: (301) 215-5500
Facsimile: (301) 634-2150

 

15



 

Email: wwalker@walkerdunlop.com
Attn:  William M. Walker

 

with a copy to:

 

Hogan Lovells US LLP
555 Thirteenth Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004
Phone: (202) 637-5600
Facsimile: (202) 637-5910
Email: david.bonser@hoganlovells.com
Attn: David Bonser

 

To the Contributors :

 

William M. Walker
c/o Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200
Bethesda, Maryland 20814
Phone: (301) 215-5500
Facsimile: (301) 634-2150
Email: wwalker@walkerdunlop.com

 

Section 10.12                       Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit the Contributors to enforce the consummation of the Public Offering.

 

Section 10.13                       Enforcement Costs .  Should either party institute any Proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by such prevailing party in connection with such Proceeding.  A party entitled to recover costs and expenses under this Section shall also be entitled to recover all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in the enforcement of any judgment or settlement obtained in such action or proceeding (and in any such judgment provision shall be made for the recovery of such post-judgment costs and expenses).

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties have duly executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief

 

 

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTORS

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mallory Walker

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

/s/ Taylor Walker

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

/s/ William Walker

 

William Walker

 

 

 

/s/ Howard Smith, III

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Warner

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

/s/ Donna Mighty

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Yavinsky

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

/s/ Edward B. Hermes

 

Edward B. Hermes

 

 

 

/s/ Deborah Wilson

 

Deborah Wilson

 

Signature Page to Contribution Agreement (Individuals)

 



 

EXHIBIT A
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)                                  Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by applicable law to close.

 

(b)                                  Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(c)                                   Consents ” means any consent necessary or desirable under any Operating Agreement or any other agreement among all or any of the holders of interests in any Participating Company (i) to cause any Contributor to have authority to transfer its Remaining Company Interests to the Company or to amend such Operating Agreement and/or other agreements so that no provision thereof prohibits, restricts, impairs or interferes with any such transfer, (ii) to enable the Company to effect the Public Offering, (iii) to admit the Company as a substitute member of such Participating Company upon the Company’s acquisition of the Remaining Company Interests and to adopt such amendment as is necessary or desirable to effect such admission, (iv) to adopt any amendment to an Operating Agreement as may be reasonably deemed desirable by the Company, either simultaneously with or immediately prior to the acquisition of the Remaining Company Interests, and (v) to continue such Participating Company following the transfer of interest therein to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Damages ” means all claims, liabilities, Taxes, demands, obligations, losses, penalties, fines, assessments, levies and judgments (at equity or at law), damages (including compensatory damages and amounts paid in settlement), costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, investigators’, and experts fees and expenses (reasonably sustained or incurred in connection with the defense or investigation of any Proceedings, including Proceedings to establish insurance coverage), whenever arising or incurred, but expressly excluding exemplary and punitive damages (except to the extent awarded in any Proceeding initiated by a third party).

 

(e)                                   Governmental Entity ” means any governmental agency or quasi-governmental agency, bureau, board, commission, court, department, official, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality of any government, whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign.

 

(f)                                    Liens ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), other charge or security interest or any preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement), and any obligations under capital leases having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

 

(g)                                   Lock-Up Period ” has the meaning, with respect to each Contributor, given to such term in that certain Letter Agreement, dated October 29, 2010, by and among such Contributor and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or such shorter period after which the Contributor is permitted to sell Common Shares under the Letter Agreement pursuant to a waiver or otherwise.

 

Exhibit A-1



 

(h)                                  Operating Agreement ” means the respective limited liability company agreement, membership agreement or certificate of incorporation, as applicable, under which each Participating Company was formed (including all amendments or restatements thereto).

 

(i)                                      Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Entity.

 

(j)                                     Proceeding ” means any governmental, judicial, administrative or adversarial proceeding (public or private), any action, claim, lawsuit, legal proceeding, whistleblower complaint, charge, accusation, petition, litigation, arbitration or mediation, any hearing, investigation (internal or otherwise), probe or inquiry by any Governmental Entity or any other dispute, including any adversarial proceeding.

 

(k)                                  Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment-related, excise, goods and services, harmonized sales, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.

 

(l)                                      Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement related to Taxes or provided to any taxing authority or in respect of Tax law, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

 

(m)                              Waivers ” means the waiving of any and all rights that any Contributor may have with respect to, and (to the extent controlled by such Contributor) that any such other Person may have with respect to, or that may accrue to such Contributor or such other controlled Person upon the occurrence of, the transfer of the Company Interests to the Company, including the following rights: rights of notice; rights to response periods; rights to purchase the direct or indirect interests of another member or shareholder in any Participating Company or to sell such Contributor’s or other Person’s direct or indirect interest therein to another partner; rights to sell such Contributor’s or other Person’s direct or indirect interest therein at a price other than as provided herein; or rights to prohibit, limit, invalidate, otherwise restrict or impair any such transfer or to cause a termination or dissolution of any Participating Company because of such transfer.

 

(n)                                  Each of the following terms is defined in the section set forth below opposite such term:

 

Term

 

Section

 

 

 

Act

 

2.6

Agreement

 

Preamble

Attorney in Fact

 

5.2(a)

Closing

 

7.1

Closing Date

 

7.1

Column

 

Recital B

Column Contribution Agreement

 

Recital B

Column Interest

 

Recital B

Common Shares

 

Recital C

 

Exhibit A-2



 

Company

 

Preamble

Company Indemnified Persons

 

8.1(b)

Company Interests

 

Recital B

Contribution and Assumption Agreement

 

1.1

Contributor

 

Preamble

Contributors

 

Preamble

Contributor Indemnified Persons

 

8.1(a)

Current Shares

 

3.3

Damages

 

8.1(a)

Effective Date

 

Preamble

Formation Transactions

 

Recital B

Participating Companies

 

Recital B

Power of Attorney

 

5.2(a)

Proxy

 

5.2(a)

Public Offering

 

Recital C

Registration Rights Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iii)

Remaining Company Interest

 

Recital B

SEC

 

5.2(a)

Share Certificate

 

1.2

Stockholders Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iv)

Termination Date

 

9.1(b)

Total Consideration

 

1.2

Transfer

 

2.6(a)

W&D LLC

 

Recital B

 

Exhibit A-3


 

 

EXHIBIT B
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

COLUMN CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

[See Attached]

 

Exhibit B-1


 

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

 

and

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

Dated as of October 29, 2010

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1. CONTRIBUTION OF COLUMN INTEREST

1

Section 1.1

Contribution of Column Interest

1

Section 1.2

Consideration and Exchange of Equity

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTOR

2

Section 2.1

Organization; Authority; Qualification

2

Section 2.2

Due Authorization

2

Section 2.3

Consents and Approvals

2

Section 2.4

Ownership of the Column Interest

2

Section 2.5

Non-Contravention

3

Section 2.6

Non-Foreign Status

3

Section 2.7

Investment Purposes

3

Section 2.8

Solvency

4

Section 2.9

Tax

4

Section 2.10

Exclusive Representations

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

4

Section 3.1

Organization; Authority; Qualification

4

Section 3.2

Due Authorization

5

Section 3.3

Capitalization

5

Section 3.4

Consents and Approvals

5

Section 3.5

Non-Contravention

5

Section 3.6

Common Shares

5

Section 3.7

Conduct of Business of the Company

5

Section 3.8

Conduct of Business of Green Park Financial Limited Partnership and the Participating Companies

5

Section 3.9

No Claims Under the Formation Agreement

6

Section 3.10

No Misstatement or Omission of Material Fact

6

Section 3.11

Exclusive Representations

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS

6

Section 4.1

No Transfer of Column Interest

6

Section 4.2

Tax Covenants

6

Section 4.3

Cooperation with Respect to Proceedings

7

Section 4.4

Further Assurances

7

Section 4.5

Walker Contribution Agreement

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5. WAIVER AND CONSENT; FORMATION AGREEMENT INDEMNIFICATION

7

Section 5.1

Waiver of Rights and Consent Under Operating Agreement

7

Section 5.2

Formation Agreement Indemnification

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

8

Section 6.1

Conditions to the Company’s Obligation to Close

8

Section 6.2

Conditions to the Contributor’s Obligation to Close

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7. CLOSING

9

Section 7.1

Time and Place; Closing

9

Section 7.2

Closing Deliveries

10

 

i



 

Section 7.3

Additional Closing Deliveries

10

Section 7.4

Costs

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8. INDEMNIFICATION; SURVIVAL

11

Section 8.1

Indemnification

11

Section 8.2

Survival

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9. TERMINATION

11

Section 9.1

Termination

11

Section 9.2

Procedure and Effect of Termination

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS

12

Section 10.1

Counterparts

12

Section 10.2

Governing Law

13

Section 10.3

Amendment; Waiver

13

Section 10.4

Entire Agreement

13

Section 10.5

Assignability

13

Section 10.6

Titles

13

Section 10.7

Third Party Beneficiary

13

Section 10.8

Severability

13

Section 10.9

Interpretation

13

Section 10.10

Reliance

14

Section 10.11

Notices

14

Section 10.12

Equitable Remedies

15

Section 10.13

Enforcement Costs

15

 

ii



 

EXHIBIT LIST

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION FIRST

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

REFERENCED

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

Definitions

 

 

Recital A

 

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

Walker Contribution Agreement

 

 

Recital B

 

 

 

 

 

 

C

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

 

Recital D

 

 

 

 

 

 

D

 

Form of Contribution and Assumption Agreement

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

E

 

Total Consideration

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

F

 

FIRPTA Certificate

 

 

7.2(a)(ii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

G

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

7.2(a)(iii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

H

 

Form of Stockholders Agreement

 

 

7.2(a)(iv)

 

iii


 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (including all exhibits and schedules hereto, this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 29, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Column Guaranteed LLC (“the Contributor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    For purposes of this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings given to such terms in Exhibit A , or as otherwise defined in this Agreement.

 

B.                                      The Company desires to consolidate the ownership of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ W&D LLC ”), through a series of transactions (collectively, the “ Formation Transactions ”) whereby the Company will acquire (i) a 35% membership interest in W&D LLC from the Contributor (the “ Column Interest ”) pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) all of the interests in certain corporations and limited liability companies which own, directly or indirectly, all of the membership interests in W&D LLC other than the Column Interest (collectively, the “ Remaining Company Interests ” and, together with the Column Interest, the “ Company Interests ”) pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Mallory Walker, Taylor Walker, William Walker, Howard S. Smith III, Richard Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Ted Hermes and Deborah Wilson, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Walker Contribution Agreement ”).

 

C.                                      The Formation Transactions include the proposed initial public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), of the Company.

 

D.                                     In connection with the Public Offering, on the date hereof the Contributor is delivering to the Company a duly executed Lock-Up Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

E.                                       The Contributor desires to transfer the Column Interest to the Company in exchange for Common Shares of the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

F.                                       The parties hereto intend that the Formation Transactions will be governed by Section 351 of the Code.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual undertakings set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.

CONTRIBUTION OF COLUMN INTEREST

 

Section 1.1                                       Contribution of Column Interest .  At the Closing (as defined in Section 7.1) and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, the Contributor shall contribute, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Company, absolutely and unconditionally, and free and clear of all Liens, the Column Interest in exchange for Common Shares, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.  The contribution and assumption of the Column Interest shall be evidenced by a Contribution and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the “ Contribution and Assumption Agreement ”).  From and after the Closing, the Contributor shall no longer

 

1



 

be a member of W&D LLC, and after the Closing, the Contributor shall have no rights or obligations as a member under the Operating Agreement; provided , however , that the Contributor’s rights under Article XIII of the Operating Agreement, including, among other rights, rights to indemnification and exculpation, shall survive the Formation Transactions, and the Company shall cause W&D LLC to comply with its obligations thereunder.

 

Section 1.2                                       Consideration and Exchange of Equity .  The Company shall, in exchange for the Column Interest, transfer to the Contributor the number of Common Shares as determined on Exhibit E (such number of Common Shares being the Contributor’s “ Total Consideration ”).  The parties acknowledge and agree that the issuance of Common Shares to the Contributor shall be evidenced by, at the Company’s election, either certificates representing such shares (“ Share Certificates ”) or by book-entry of uncertificated shares recorded in the Company’s share ledger.  Each party shall take such additional actions and execute such other documentation as may be required by the Operating Agreement or as reasonably requested by the other party in order to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 2.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTOR

 

The Contributor represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

Section 2.1                                       Organization; Authority; Qualification .  The Contributor is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation and has the requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is presently conducted and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its property make such qualification necessary.

 

Section 2.2                                       Due Authorization .  The Contributor has the requisite limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Contributor pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Contributor, each enforceable against the Contributor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

Section 2.3                                       Consents and Approvals .  Except as shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Contributor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 2.4                                       Ownership of the Column Interest .  The Column Interest constitutes all of the interests in W&D LLC that are held by the Contributor.  The Contributor is the sole owner of the Column Interest, beneficially and of record, free and clear of any Liens of any nature, other than Liens imposed by the Operating Agreement, and, upon delivery of consideration for such Column Interest as herein provided, the Company will acquire good title thereto, free and clear of any Liens, other than Liens imposed by the Operating Agreement.  There exist no rights to purchase, subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights or preemptive rights relating to the Column Interest, other than any such rights provided for in the Operating Agreement.

 

2



 

Section 2.5                                       Non-Contravention .  None of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Contributor does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) contravene, violate or conflict with the organizational documents of the Contributor, (ii) contravene, violate, or conflict with, any foreign, federal, state, local or other law binding on the Contributor, or by which the Contributor or any of its respective assets or properties (including the Column Interest) are bound or subject, (iii) result in any violation of, breach of, default under or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification or cancellation or other right adverse to the Contributor under (A) any agreement, document or instrument to which the Contributor is a party or by which the Contributor or the Column Interests are bound, or (B) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of a Governmental Entity by which the Contributor or the Column Interest is bound, (iv) require any approval, consent or waiver of, or the making of any filing with, any Person, including any Governmental Entity or (v) result in the creation of any Lien upon the Column Interest.

 

Section 2.6                                       Non-Foreign Status .  The Contributor is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), and is not subject to any withholding requirements under the Code or other applicable law in connection with any payment or consideration contemplated under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.7                                       Investment Purposes .  The Contributor acknowledges its understanding that the offering and issuance of the Common Shares to be acquired pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Act ”) and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated in part on the accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties of the Contributor contained herein, and further acknowledges as follows:

 

(a)                                   Investment .  The Contributor is acquiring the Common Shares solely for its own account for the purpose of investment and not as a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution of such Common Shares.  The Contributor agrees and acknowledges that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (each, a “ Transfer ”) any of the Common Shares, unless (i) the Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and qualification or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state securities laws, or (ii) counsel for the Contributor (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to the effect that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Transfer shall be made unless it is permitted under the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Knowledge .  The Contributor is knowledgeable, sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters and fully understands the limitations on transfer imposed by applicable securities laws and as described in this Agreement.  The Contributor is able to bear the economic risk of holding the Common Shares for an indefinite period and is able to afford the complete loss of its investment in the Common Shares.  The Contributor has received and reviewed all information and documents about or pertaining to the Company, the business and prospects of the Company and the issuance of the Common Shares as the Contributor deems necessary or desirable and has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information and documents, the Company, the business and prospects of the Company and the Common Shares, which the Contributor deems necessary or desirable to evaluate the merits and risks related to its investment in the Common Shares.

 

3



 

(c)                                   Holding Period .  The Contributor acknowledges that it has been advised that (i) the Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement are “restricted securities” under applicable federal securities laws and may be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption therefrom; accordingly, such Contributor may have to bear indefinitely the economic risks of an investment in the Common Shares; (ii) a restrictive legend in the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on the Share Certificates; and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Common Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer.

 

(d)                                  Accredited Investor .  The Contributor is an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act).

 

(e)                                   Legend .  Each Share Certificate issued pursuant to this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

The securities evidenced hereby have not been registered under the Act, or the securities laws of any state and may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in the absence of such registration, unless, except in limited circumstances, the transferor delivers to the company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the company, to the effect that the proposed sale, transfer or other disposition may be effected without registration under the Act and under applicable state securities laws.

 

Section 2.8                                       Solvency .  The Contributor will be solvent immediately following the transfer of the Column Interest to the Company.

 

Section 2.9                                       Tax .  No Tax Lien or other charge exists or will exist upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the Column Interest.   No amount is required to be withheld in respect of Taxes from any consideration payable to the Contributor pursuant to this Agreement under the Code or any other applicable law.   The Contributor has no present plan or intention to sell any Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement during the Lock-Up Period.

 

Section 2.10                                 Exclusive Representations .  Except as set forth in this Article 2, the Contributor makes no representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, and the Company acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.  The Contributor acknowledges that no representation or warranty has been made by the Company with respect to the legal and Tax consequences of the transfer to the Company of the Column Interest, nor with respect to the Contributor’s receipt of Common Shares as consideration therefor.  The Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.

 

ARTICLE 3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Contributor that:

 

Section 3.1                                       Organization; Authority; Qualification .  The Company is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is presently conducted and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its property make such qualification necessary.  The Company has made available to the Contributor true and correct drafts of its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as proposed to be in effect for the Company on the Closing Date.

 

4



 

Section 3.2                                       Due Authorization .  The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, each enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

Section 3.3                                       Capitalization .  As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000 Common Shares.  As of the date hereof, there are 100 Common Shares issued and outstanding (the “ Current Shares ”) and no Common Shares are held by the Company as treasury stock.  All of the issued and outstanding Current Shares were duly authorized for issuance and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  Prior to the completion of the Public Offering, the Company shall not grant any options to purchase Common Shares; provided, that concurrently with or prior to the completion of the Public Offering, the Company may grant options to purchase Common Shares pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to its employees, including its executive officers and independent directors, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 8% of all Common Shares to be issued and outstanding immediately following the Public Offering.

 

Section 3.4                                       Consents and Approvals .  Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributor made hereunder and except in connection with the Public Offering, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.5                                       Non-Contravention .  Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributor made hereunder, none of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) contravene, violate or conflict with the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, (ii) contravene, violate or conflict with any foreign, federal, state, local or other law binding on the Company or by which the Company or any of its assets or properties are bound or subject, or (iii) result in any violation of, breach of, default under or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification or cancellation or other right adverse to the Company under (A) any agreement, document or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, or (B) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of a Governmental Entity by which the Company is bound.

 

Section 3.6                                       Common Shares .  Upon issuance thereof and subject to the payment of consideration described herein, any Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject to preemptive or similar rights created by statute or any agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

Section 3.7                                       Conduct of Business of the Company .   The Company has not engaged in any material operations prior to the date hereof, and will not engage in any material operations prior to the completion of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering.  The Company has no material assets or liabilities as of the date hereof, and will not have any material assets or operations prior to the completion of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering.

 

Section 3.8                                       Conduct of Business of Green Park Financial Limited Partnership and the Participating Companies Neither Green Park Financial Limited Partnership nor any of the Participating

 

5



 

Companies has engaged in any material operations since January 30, 2009.  The material assets owned by the Participating Companies consist solely of the Remaining Company Interests and equity interests in certain corporations and limited liability companies which own, directly or indirectly, Remaining Company Interests.

 

Section 3.9                                       No Claims Under the Formation Agreement To the actual knowledge of the executive officers of the Company, there are no pending facts or circumstances that give W&D LLC the right to seek indemnification against the GPF Parties (as defined in the Formation Agreement) under any part of Section 11.2 of the Formation Agreement.

 

Section 3.10                                 No Misstatement or Omission of Material Fact The Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-168535) does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading with respect to the Participating Companies.

 

Section 3.11                                 Exclusive Representations . Except as set forth in this Article 3, the Company makes no any representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, and the Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.

 

ARTICLE 4.

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.1                                       No Transfer of Column Interest .   From the Effective Date through the earlier of (i) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.1, and (ii) the Closing Date, and except in connection with the Formation Transactions, the Contributor shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, sell, transfer, mortgage, pledge or encumber or otherwise dispose of (or agree to do or cause to be done any of the foregoing) all or any portion of the Column Interest.

 

Section 4.2                                       Tax Covenants .

 

(a)                                   The Contributor, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall provide each other with such cooperation and information relating to W&D LLC or the Column Interest, as applicable, as the other party reasonably requests in (i) preparing and filing any Tax Return, amended Tax Return or claim for Tax refund; (ii) determining any liability for Taxes or a right to a Tax refund; (iii) conducting any audit, investigation, dispute, deficiency, assessment, claim, litigation, or other action in respect of Taxes; or (iv) performing Tax diligence.  Such reasonable cooperation shall include, without limitation, the reasonable provision of documents, the reasonable granting of powers of attorney, and making employees and agents available on a mutually convenient and reasonable basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall (i) prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns of W&D LLC and its subsidiaries which are due after the Closing Date and (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Contributor such information as is necessary for the Contributor to prepare and file its federal, state and local Tax Returns as they relate to W&D LLC for taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date.  The Company shall use every reasonable effort to provide such information within 90 days following the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   The Contributor shall pay and bear all transfer, stamp, documentary, recording and similar Taxes with the transactions contemplated herein.

 

6



 

(d)                                  The parties intend that the Formation Transactions will be governed by Section 351 of the Code and shall take no action or position inconsistent with such treatment except to the extent such treatment is inapplicable under law.  For the sake of clarity, any sale of Common Shares after the Lock-Up Period shall not be treated as violating this Section 4.2(d).

 

Section 4.3                                       Cooperation with Respect to Proceedings .  In the event of a Proceeding by any Person, including any Governmental Entity, seeking to restrain, prevent, prohibit, materially delay or restructure the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering, the parties shall cooperate and exercise commercially reasonable efforts to seek a resolution of such Proceeding so as to eliminate any impediment to Closing.

 

Section 4.4                                       Further Assurances .  The Contributor shall execute and deliver to the Company all such other and further instruments and documents and take or cause to be taken all such other and further actions as the Company may reasonably request in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby, including instruments or documents deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect and evidence the conveyance of the Column Interest in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.5                                       Walker Contribution Agreement .  The Company shall not amend, modify, supplement or otherwise alter, directly or indirectly, the Walker Contribution Agreement in any material respect without the prior written consent of the Contributor.  The Company shall not waive (i) any of its material interests in or rights under the Walker Contribution Agreement or (ii) any material condition to the Company’s obligation to consummate the Closing (as defined in the Walker Contribution Agreement) provided in Section 6.1 of the Walker Contribution Agreement without the prior written consent of the Contributor.

 

ARTICLE 5.

WAIVER AND CONSENT; FORMATION AGREEMENT INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 5.1                                       Waiver of Rights and Consent Under Operating Agreement Effective as of the Closing, the Contributor hereby waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits otherwise afforded to the Contributor under the Operating Agreement with respect to the contribution, sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or delivery by the other members of W&D LLC of the Remaining Company Interests to the Company pursuant to the Walker Contribution Agreement, including all rights of appraisal, rights of first offer or first refusal, preemptive rights, buy/sell rights, call rights and any other right to consent to or approve of the transactions conducted by such other members in connection with the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering and any and all notice provisions related thereto.  The Contributor acknowledges that the agreements contained herein and in the Walker Contribution Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and any actions taken in contemplation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby may conflict with, and may not have been contemplated by, the Operating Agreement or other agreements among one or more holders of Company Interests or one or more of the members of W&D LLC.  The Contributor expressly gives all Consents (and any consents necessary to authorize the proper parties in interest to give all Consents) and Waivers that it is entitled to give that are necessary or desirable to cause the parties to the Walker Contribution Agreement to have authority to transfer the Company Interests to the Company.  In addition, if the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Walker Contribution Agreement occur, this Agreement shall be deemed to be an amendment to the Operating Agreement to the extent the terms herein conflict with the terms thereof, including terms with respect to allocations, distributions and the like.  In the event the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not occur, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to be or construed as an amendment or modification of, or commitment of any kind to amend or modify, the Operating Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect without modification.  The Waiver and

 

7



 

Consent enumerated in this Section 5.1 shall become effective only upon the Closing of the contribution and exchange of the Column Interest pursuant to Article 1 and Article 7.

 

Section 5.2                                       Formation Agreement Indemnification The Company and the Contributor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding the consummation of the Formation Transactions or anything in the Formation Agreement to the contrary, from and after the Closing, the Contributor shall continue to be considered an Indemnified CGL Party (as defined in the Formation Agreement) for all purposes of Section 11.2 of the Formation Agreement, with rights of indemnification pursuant to, but subject to, all of the provisions of Article 11 of the Formation Agreement; provided, that the Contributor shall have the sole and exclusive right to pursue claims against the GPF Parties for any Damages (as defined in the Formation Agreement) incurred by W&D LLC or the Contributor.  The Company and the Contributor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding the consummation of the Formation Transactions or anything in the Formation Agreement to the contrary, from and after the Closing, the Company shall continue to be considered an Indemnified GPF Party (as defined in the Formation Agreement) for all purposes of Section 11.1 of the Formation Agreement, with rights of indemnification pursuant to, but subject to, all of the provisions of Article 11 of the Formation Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 6.

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

Section 6.1                                       Conditions to the Company’s Obligation to Close .  The obligation of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing (unless waived in whole or in part by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion):

 

(a)                                   The representations and warranties of the Contributor contained in this Agreement (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date that such representations and warranties were made, and (ii) shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 7.1) as if made on and as of such date;

 

(b)                                  The obligations of the Contributor contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or prior to the Closing Date and the Contributor shall not have breached any covenants contained herein in any material respect;

 

(c)                                   The Contributor shall have executed and delivered to the Company the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.2(a) and 7.3;

 

(d)                                  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(e)                                   The Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 previously filed with the SEC shall have become effective under the Act, and shall not be the subject of any stop order or other Proceeding by the SEC seeking a stop order;

 

(f)                                     The closing of the Public Offering shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing of the Public Offering); and

 

8



 

(g)                                  The closing under the Walker Contribution Agreement shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing under the Walker Contribution Agreement).

 

Section 6.2                                       Conditions to the Contributor’s Obligation to Close .  The obligations of the Contributor to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing (unless waived in whole or in part by the Contributor, in its sole and absolute discretion):

 

(a)                                   The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date such representations and warranties were made, and (ii) shall be true and correct on the Closing Date in all material respects as if made on and as of such date;

 

(b)                                  The obligations of the Company contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or prior to the Closing Date and the Company shall not have breached any covenants contained herein in any material respect;

 

(c)                                   The Company shall have executed and delivered to the Contributor the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.2(b) and 7.3;

 

(d)                                  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(e)                                   No material legal or regulatory change shall have been enacted, promulgated, enforced or proposed that would render inadvisable, in the Contributor’s reasonable judgment, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Contributor.

 

(f)                                     The Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 previously filed with the SEC shall have become effective under the Act, and shall not be the subject of any stop order or Proceeding by the SEC seeking a stop order;

 

(g)                                  The closing of the Public Offering shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing of the Public Offering); and

 

(h)                                  The closing under the Walker Contribution Agreement shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing under the Walker Contribution Agreement).

 

ARTICLE 7.

CLOSING

 

Section 7.1                                       Time and Place; Closing .  The date, time and place of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ” or the “ Closing Date ”) shall occur concurrently with (or prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of), and at the same location as, the closing of the Public Offering.

 

9


 

Section 7.2                                       Closing Deliveries .  At the Closing, the parties shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following:

 

(a)                                   The Contributor shall deliver to the Company the following:

 

(i)                                      a copy of the Contribution and Assumption Agreement, duly executed by the Contributor;

 

(ii)                                   an affidavit from the Contributor substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , duly executed by the Contributor;

 

(iii)                                a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), duly executed by the Contributor;

 

(iv)                               a copy of the Stockholders Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), duly executed by the Contributor;

 

(v)                                  any other documents that are in the possession of the Contributor or which can be obtained through the Contributor’s reasonable efforts which are reasonably requested by the Company or reasonably necessary or desirable to assign, transfer, convey, contribute and deliver the Column Interest and effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

(vi)                               a certification regarding the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the Contributor contained in this Agreement as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall deliver to the Contributor the following:

 

(i)                                      the Share Certificates or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares by book-entry and/or other evidence of the transfer of Common Shares to the Contributor;

 

(ii)                                   a copy of the Contribution and Assumption Agreement, duly executed by the Company;

 

(iii)                                a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed by the Company;

 

(iv)                               a copy of the Stockholders Agreement, duly executed by William M. Walker and Mallory Walker; and

 

(v)                                  a certification regarding the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 7.3                                       Additional Closing Deliveries .  At the Closing, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered, such additional legal documents and other items to which it is a party or for which it is otherwise responsible as are necessary to carry out the intention of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated to take place in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.4                                       Costs .  Each party hereto shall be responsible for its own attorneys’ and advisors’ fees, charges and disbursements in connection with this Agreement, and any other costs and expenses

 

10



 

incident to the transactions contemplated hereby incurred by it.  The provisions of this Section 7.4 shall survive the Closing.

 

ARTICLE 8.

INDEMNIFICATION; SURVIVAL

 

Section 8.1                                       Indemnification .

 

                                                                                                (a)                                   The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contributor, its affiliates and their respective officers, directors, managers, members, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Contributor Indemnified Persons ”), from and after the Closing, against any and all actual losses, damages, assessments, fines, penalties, adjustments, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (“ Damages ”) incurred or suffered by any Contributor Indemnified Person to the extent arising out of or caused by (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement; or (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement.

 

                                                                                                (b)                                  The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Company Indemnified Persons ”), from and after the Closing, against any and all actual Damages incurred or suffered by any Company Indemnified Person to the extent arising out of or caused by (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Contributor contained in this Agreement; or (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Contributor contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 8.2                                       Survival .  It is the express intention and agreement of the parties hereto that the representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities of the Contributor and the Company set forth in this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The provisions of this Agreement that contemplate performance after the Closing and the obligations of the parties not fully performed at the Closing shall survive the Closing and shall not be deemed to be merged into or waived by the instruments of Closing.

 

ARTICLE 9.

TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1                                       Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be abandoned at any time prior to Closing:

 

(a)                                   by mutual agreement of the Contributor and the Company;

 

(b)                                  at any time after December 31, 2010 (the “ Termination Date ”), by either the Company or the Contributor, by prior written notice to the other party, if the Closing shall not have occurred for any reason on or prior to the Termination Date; provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur;

 

(c)                                   by the Company, upon written notice to the Contributor, if (i) the Company determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 shall have become incapable of fulfillment and shall not have been waived by the Company, (iii) the Contributor fails to perform in any material respect any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing, and,

 

11



 

within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Contributor, such breach shall not have been cured or waived by the Company and the Contributor shall not have provided reasonable assurance to the Company that such breach will be cured in all material respects on or prior to the Closing, or (iv) the Contributor shall breach in any material respect any of its representations or warranties hereunder, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Contributor, the Contributor shall continue to be in breach of such representation or warranty; or

 

(d)                                  by the Contributor, upon written notice to the Company, if (i) any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall have become incapable of fulfillment and shall not have been waived by the Contributor, (ii) the Company fails to perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Company, such breach shall not have been cured or waived by the Contributor and the Company shall not have provided reasonable assurance to the Contributor that such breach will be cured in all material respects at or prior to the Closing, or (iii) the Company shall breach in any material respect any of its representations or warranties hereunder, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Company, the Company shall continue to be in breach of such representation or warranty(e)                                      .

 

Section 9.2                                       Procedure and Effect of Termination .  In the event of the termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to Section 9.1, written notice thereof shall be given by the party so terminating to the other parties to this Agreement, and this Agreement shall terminate and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be abandoned without further action by the parties hereto.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof:

 

(a)                                   this Agreement shall become null and void and of no further force or effect, except that the obligations provided for in Section 7.4, Article 8, this Section 9.2 and Article 10 hereof shall survive any such termination of this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                  except as otherwise set forth herein, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party; provided , however , that if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement fail to close as a result of any breach or violation of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement by any party, such party shall be fully liable for any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the other parties as a result of any such breach or violation so long as such other parties are not then themselves in breach in any material respect of their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 10.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.1                                 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

12



 

Section 10.2                                 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 10.3                                 Amendment; Waiver .  Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time. Except as otherwise provided herein, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 10.4                                 Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto and the agreements referred to in Section 7.2 hereof constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be.

 

Section 10.5                                 Assignability .  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and any reference to a party shall also be a reference to an heir, legal representative, successor or permitted assign; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an affiliate.

 

Section 10.6                                 Titles .  The titles and captions of the Articles, Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.7                                 Third Party Beneficiary .  No provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 10.8                                 Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect such replacement.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties waive any provision of applicable law which renders any provision of this Agreement unenforceable in any respect.

 

Section 10.9                                 Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references

 

13



 

herein to articles, sections, schedules, exhibits and attachments shall be deemed references to articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and attachments to, this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular article, section or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  Any deadline or time period set forth in this Agreement that by its terms ends on a day that is not a Business Day shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the Parties understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the Parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which Party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.10                           Reliance .  Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that it is not relying on Tax or other advice from any other party to this Agreement, and that it has or will consult with its own Tax and other advisors with regard to the transactions contemplated herein and its investment in the Company.  Except to the extent attributable to a breach by the Contributor of any Tax-related representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or any Exhibit to this Agreement, the Contributor shall not be liable for any Damages resulting from a successful challenge of the treatment or characterization by any taxing authority of the transactions contemplated herein.

 

Section 10.11                           Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party making such notice, request, demand, waiver or communication and shall be deemed to be given (i) on the day delivered (or if that day is not a Business Day, or if delivered after the close of business on a Business Day, on the next day that is a Business Day) when delivered by personal delivery or overnight courier, (ii) on the third Business Day after mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) upon transmission when sent by facsimile transmission or email transmission (provided that such facsimile or email is followed by an original of such notice by mail or personal delivery as provided herein).  Mailed notices shall be addressed as set forth below, but any party may change the address set forth below by written notice to other parties in accordance with this paragraph.

 

To the Company :

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

Phone: (301) 215-5500

Facsimile: (301) 215-2150

Email: wwalker@walkerdunlop.com

Attn:  William M. Walker

 

with a copy to:

 

Hogan Lovells US LLP

555 Thirteenth Street, N.W.

Washington, DC 20004

Phone: (202) 637-5600

Facsimile: (202) 637-5910

 

14



 

Email: david.bonser@hoganlovells.com

Attn: David Bonser

 

To the Contributor :

 

Column Financial, Inc.

11 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Facsimile:  (212) 538-2200

Attn:  Edmund Taylor

 

with a copy to:

 

Credit Suisse

1 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Facsimile:  (212) 325-8282

Attn:  Legal and Compliance Division

 

with a copy to:

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Phone:   (212) 310-8000

Facsimile:  (212) 310-8007

Email: doug.warner@weil.com

Attn:  Doug Warner

 

Section 10.12                           Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit the Contributor to enforce the consummation of the Public Offering.

 

Section 10.13                           Enforcement Costs .  Should either party institute any Proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by such prevailing party in connection with such Proceeding.  A party entitled to recover costs and expenses under this Section shall also be entitled to recover all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in the enforcement of any judgment or settlement obtained in such action or proceeding (and in any such judgment provision shall be made for the recovery of such post-judgment costs and expenses).

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief

 

 

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Wrzosek

 

 

Name:

Robert Wrzosek

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Signature Page to Contribution Agreement (Column)

 



 

EXHIBIT A

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

DEFINITIONS

 

                                                For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)                                   Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by applicable law to close.

 

(b)                                  Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(c)                                   Consents ” means any consent necessary or desirable under the Operating Agreement or any other agreement among all or any of the holders of interests in W&D LLC (i) to cause the Contributor to have authority to transfer the Column Interest to the Company or to amend the Operating Agreement and/or other agreements so that no provision thereof prohibits, restricts, impairs or interferes with any such transfer, (ii) to cause the other members of W&D LLC to have authority to transfer the Remaining Company Interests to the Company or to amend the Operating Agreement and/or other agreements so that no provision thereof prohibits, restricts, impairs or interferes with any such transfer, (iii) to enable the Company to effect the Public Offering, (iv) to admit the Company as a substitute member of W&D LLC upon the Company’s acquisition of the Column Interest and the Remaining Company Interests and to adopt such amendment as is necessary or desirable to effect such admission, (v) to adopt any amendment to the Operating Agreement as may be reasonably deemed desirable by the Company, either simultaneously with or immediately prior to the acquisition of the Column Interest, and (vi) to continue W&D LLC following the transfer of interest therein to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Damages ” means all claims, liabilities, Taxes, demands, obligations, losses, penalties, fines, assessments, levies and judgments (at equity or at law), damages (including compensatory damages and amounts paid in settlement), costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, investigators’, and experts fees and expenses (reasonably sustained or incurred in connection with the defense or investigation of any Proceedings, including Proceedings to establish insurance coverage), whenever arising or incurred, but expressly excluding exemplary and punitive damages (except to the extent awarded in any Proceeding initiated by a third party).

 

(e)                                   Formation Agreement ” means that certain Formation Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, W&D Inc. (formerly known as Walker & Dunlop, Inc.), the Contributor and Walker & Dunlop, LLC.

 

(f)                                     Governmental Entity ” means any governmental agency or quasi-governmental agency, bureau, board, commission, court, department, official, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality of any government, whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign.

 

(g)                                  Liens ” means, means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), other charge or security interest or any preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement), and any obligations under capital leases having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

 

Exhibit A-1

 



 

(h)                                  Lock-Up Period ” has the meaning given to such term in that certain Letter Agreement, dated October 29, 2010, by and among the Contributor and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or such shorter period after which the Contributor is permitted to sell Common Shares under the Letter Agreement pursuant to a waiver or otherwise.

 

(i)                                      Operating Agreement ” means the limited liability company agreement of W&D LLC (including all amendments or restatements thereto).

 

(j)                                      Participating Companies ” means Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, GPF Acquisition, LLC and W&D, Inc.

 

(k)                                   Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Entity.

 

(l)                                      Proceeding ” shall mean any governmental, judicial, administrative or adversarial proceeding (public or private), any action, claim, lawsuit, legal proceeding, whistleblower complaint, charge, accusation, petition, litigation, arbitration or mediation, any hearing, investigation (internal or otherwise), probe or inquiry by any Governmental Entity or any other dispute, including any adversarial proceeding.

 

(m)                                SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(n)                                  Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment-related, excise, goods and services, harmonized sales, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.

 

(o)                                  Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement related to Taxes or provided to any taxing authority or in respect of Tax law, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

 

(p)                                  Waivers ” means the waiving of any and all rights that the Contributor may have with respect to, and (to the extent controlled by the Contributor) that any such other Person may have with respect to, or that may accrue to the Contributor or such other controlled Person upon the occurrence of, the transfer of the Company Interests to the Company, including the following rights: rights of notice; rights to response periods; rights to purchase the direct or indirect interests of another member in W&D LLC or to sell the Contributor’s or other Person’s direct or indirect interest therein to another partner; rights to sell the Contributor’s or other Person’s direct or indirect interest therein at a price other than as provided herein; or rights to prohibit, limit, invalidate, otherwise restrict or impair any such transfer or to cause a termination or dissolution of W&D LLC because of such transfer.

 

(q)                                  Each of the following terms is defined in the section set forth below opposite such term:

 

Exhibit A-2

 



 

Term

 

Section

Act

 

2.7

Agreement

 

Preamble

Closing

 

7.1

Closing Date

 

7.1

Column Interest

 

Recital B

Common Shares

 

Recital C

Company

 

Preamble

Company Indemnified Persons

 

8.1(b)

Company Interests

 

Recital B

Contribution and Assumption Agreement

 

1.1

Contributor

 

Preamble

Contributor Indemnified Persons

 

8.1(a)

Current Shares

 

3.3

Damages

 

8.1(a)

Effective Date

 

Preamble

Formation Transactions

 

Recital B

Public Offering

 

Recital C

Registration Rights Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iv)

Remaining Company Interest

 

Recital B

Share Certificate

 

1.2

Stockholders Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iv)

Termination Date

 

9.1(b)

Total Consideration

 

1.2

Transfer

 

2.7(a)

W&D LLC

 

Recital B

Walker Contribution Agreement

 

Recital B

 

Exhibit A-3

 


 

EXHIBIT B

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

WALKER CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

[See Attached]

 

Exhibit B-1



 

EXHIBIT C

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

Exhibit C-1



 

LOCK-UP LETTER

 

October         , 2010

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

787 Seventh Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10019

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, NY  10036

 

Re:          Proposed Public Offering by Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) between Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and you as the representatives (the “Representatives”) of the underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), relating to an underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company.

 

In order to induce the Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned agrees that the undersigned will not, during a period of 365 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such swap, hedge or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.  In the event that (1) during the last 17 days of the 365 day restricted period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 365 day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 365 day restricted period, then in each case the 365 day restricted period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such extension.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (ii) to any trust or family limited partnership for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that the trustee of the trust or general partner of the family limited partnership, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by

 



 

the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, or (iii) with your prior written consent; provided, however, that transfers referenced under (i) and (ii) shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 365-day restricted period).  For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

 

Upon consummation of the Formation Transactions (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) and/or grant of equity under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the undersigned will have and, except as contemplated by clauses (i) through (iii) above and except with respect to shares sold as selling shareholders in the initial public offering, for the duration of the Lock-Up Agreement will have good and marketable title to the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever, except with respect to any liens, encumbrances and claims that were in existence on the date hereof.  The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Common Stock, except in compliance with this Lock-Up Agreement.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of the undersigned’s Common Stock if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Agreement.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement.  The undersigned agrees that the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding also upon the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, by 6-months from the date hereof or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Lock-up Agreement.

 

[signatures on next page]

 

2



 

This Lock-up Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

3



 

EXHIBIT D

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned (the “ Contributor ”) hereby assigns, transfers, sells and conveys to WALKER & DUNLOP, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), its entire legal and beneficial right, title and interest in, to a 35% membership interest (the “ Column Interest ”) in Walker & Dunlop, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the right to receive distributions of money, profits and other assets with respect to such membership interest, presently existing or hereafter at any time arising or accruing.

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Company, its successors and assigns, forever.

 

Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Company assumes from the Contributor, all obligations in respect of the Column Interest accruing from and after the date hereof.

 

The Contributor, for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees that, at any time and from time to time after the date hereof upon the written request of the Company, it will, without further consideration, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, each and all of such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Company in order to assign, transfer, set over, convey, assure and confirm unto and vest in the Company, its successors and assigns, title to the Column Interest (as defined in that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, by and between the Company and the Contributor (the “Contribution Agreement”)) granted, sold, transferred, conveyed and delivered by this Agreement.

 

Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Contribution Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

Exhibit D-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief

 

 

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit D-2



 

EXHIBIT E
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

TOTAL CONSIDERATION

 

The Total Consideration to be received by the Contributor in exchange for the Column Interest shall be the number of Common Shares determined by reference to the formula set forth below for the Contributor and subject, in all applicable cases, to any splits or other similar adjustments made prior to or in connection with the Closing:

 

Total Consideration = 0.35 * DE / POP

 

The number shown above (0.35) represents the Contributor’s percentage interest in W&D LLC based on its legal ownership.  This number may be increased (but shall not be decreased) prior to Closing to take into account the settlement of outstanding intercompany receivables among W&D LLC and the Participating Companies, as of October 31, 2010.  Such adjustment shall be determined by the Company, in its reasonable judgment.  It is currently estimated that the adjustments described above would result in the Total Consideration to be received by the Contributor to be equal to 0.356130 * DE / POP.

 

DE = Distributable Equity

 

POP = Public Offering Price

 

Distributable Equity ” means Gross Equity Value minus Public Equity Value.

 

Gross Equity Value ” means the gross equity value of the Company upon the closing of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering (excluding any shares issued by the Company at the time of the Public Offering pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan), as determined by the Company in consultation with the underwriters in the Public Offering.

 

Public Equity Value ” means the equity value of the shares of the Common Shares issued by the Company to the investors in the Public Offering, calculated by multiplying the number of Common Shares issued in the Public Offering (excluding any Common Shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option) by the Public Offering Price.

 

Public Offering Price ” means the public offering price set forth on the cover page of the final prospectus for the Public Offering.

 

Any fractional Common Shares that the Contributor would otherwise be entitled to receive as a result of the calculation set forth above shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Common Shares.

 

Exhibit E-1



 

EXHIBIT F

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF FIRPTA CERTIFICATE

 

1.                          Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), provides that a transferee of a United States real property interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person.  For United States tax purposes (including Section 1445), the owner of a disregarded entity which has legal title to a United States real property interest under local law, and not the disregarded entity, is the transferor of the property.

 

2.                          In order to inform Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “ Transferee ”), that withholding of tax is not required in connection with the transfer of the limited liability company interests in                    (the “ Participating Company ”), pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, by and between the Transferee,                (the “ Transferor ”) and certain other contributors party thereto, the Transferor hereby certifies and declares the following:

 

[(a)                 [                  ] is a disregarded entity within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii) and [                      ] is wholly owned by the Transferor.]

 

(b)                    The Transferor is not a foreign person, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as such terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

(c)                     The Transferor is a corporation for federal income tax purposes and is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

(d)                    The Federal Taxpayer Identification Number for the Transferor is [                        ].

 

(e)                                   The address for the Transferor is:

 

[                      ]

[                      ]

 

3.                          The Transferor understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the Transferee and that any false statement contained in this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment or both.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

Exhibit F-1



 

Under penalties of perjury, (the undersigned signatory signing on behalf of the Transferor below) declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct and complete, and I further declare that I have the authority to sign this document on behalf of the Transferor.

 

Executed this                  day of                           , 2010.

 

 

Transferor

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit F-2

 



 

EXHIBIT G

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit G-1


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2010 by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and the holders listed on Schedule I hereto (each an “ Initial Holder ” and collectively, the “ Initial Holders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaging in various related transactions (the “ IPO Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will effect an initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), the closing of which is occurring on the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO Transactions, the Company is engaging in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Initial Holders are receiving Common Shares on the date hereof in exchange for their respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions (the “ Private Placement Shares ”), as set forth on Schedule I hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to grant to the Initial Holders (and their permitted assignees and transferees) the registration rights described in this Agreement (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.          DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Blackout Period ” is defined in Section 2.1(f)  hereof.

 

Business Day ” any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday other than a day on which banks and other financial institutions are authorized or required to be closed for business in the State of New York.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 



 

Formation Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Holder ” means to (a) any Initial Holder who is the record or beneficial owner of any Registrable Security or (b) any assignee or transferee of such Initial Holder, provided such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the all the provisions hereof.

 

Initial Holder ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

IPO Closing Date ” means the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

IPO Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Maximum Threshold ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)  hereof.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)  hereof.

 

Private Placement Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Pro Rata Adjusted ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)(x)  hereof.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by Section 2.1(d)  or Section 2.2(a) , including any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Registrable Securities ” means the Private Placement Shares and any additional Common Shares issued with respect thereto by way of share dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise, and any Common Shares or shares of common stock issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof.

 

Registration Notice ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Registration Rights ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by Section 2.1(d)  or Section 2.2(a) , including any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2



 

Shelf Registration Statement ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Suspension Event ” is defined in Section 2.3(a)  hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering Notice ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  hereof.

 

SECTION 2.          REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

2.1            Demand Registration Rights .

 

(a)            Demand Registration .  Subject to Sections 2.1(e)  and 2.3 hereof, at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, each Holder may deliver to the Company a written notice (a “ Registration Notice ”) informing the Company of such Holder’s desire to have some or all of its Registrable Securities registered for resale and specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be registered by the Company.  Upon receipt of a Registration Notice from a Holder requesting registration of the lesser of (i) one million (1,000,000) Registrable Securities or (ii) all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, if the Company has not already caused such Registrable Securities to be included as part of an existing shelf registration statement and related prospectus that the Company then has on file with, and which has been declared effective by, the Commission and which remains in effect and not subject to any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission (in which event the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its registration obligation under this Section 2.1 with respect to such Registrable Securities), then the Company shall cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving the Registration Notice, but in no event more than sixty (60) days following receipt of such notice, a new registration statement and related prospectus pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act covering the resale of the Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), which complies as to form in all material respects with applicable Commission rules providing for the sale by such Holder or group of Holders of such Registrable Securities.  The Company agrees (subject to Section 2.3 hereof) to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable.

 

Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective (including the preparation and filing of any amendments and supplements necessary for that purpose) until the earlier of (i) the date that is two (2) years after the date of effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder, or (iii) the date on which the Holder or Holders consummate the sale of all of the Registrable Securities registered under such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may at any time (including, without

 

3



 

limitation, prior to or after receiving a Registration Notice from a Holder), in its sole discretion, include all additional Registrable Securities then outstanding or any portion thereof in any registration statement, including by virtue of adding such Registrable Securities as additional securities to an existing shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (in which event the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its registration obligation under this Section 2.1(a)  with respect to the Registrable Securities so included, so long as such registration statement remains effective and not the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission).  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a Holder, include in any Shelf Registration Statement filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)  with respect to such Holder’s Registrable Securities, (i) any Common Shares to be offered by the Company for its own account or (ii) any Common Shares owned by any Person that is not a Holder.

 

(b)            Notice to Holders .  Upon receipt of a valid Registration Notice at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, the Company shall give written notice of the proposed filing of the Shelf Registration Statement to all other Holders as soon as practicable, and each Holder who wishes to participate in such Shelf Registration Statement shall notify the Company in writing within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company, and shall specify in such notice the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(c)            Offers and Sales .  All offers and sales of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement by the Holder thereof shall be completed within the period during which such Shelf Registration Statement remains effective and not the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission.  Upon notice that such Shelf Registration Statement is no longer effective, no Holder will offer or sell the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement.  If directed in writing by the Company, each Holder will return all undistributed copies of the related Prospectus in such Holder’s possession upon the expiration of such period.

 

(d)            Underwritten Registered Resales .  If a Holder or Holders submit a Registration Notice requesting registration of a number of Registrable Securities equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the Private Placement Shares originally issued in the Formation Transactions (an “ Underwritten Offering Notice ”), then such Holder(s) shall be entitled to effect the sale of such Registrable Securities through an underwritten public offering (an “ Underwritten Offering ”); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three Underwritten Offerings under this Section 2.1(d) ; and provided , further , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, an Underwritten Offering (i) within one hundred eighty (180) days following the last date on which an Underwritten Offering was effected pursuant to this Section 2.1(d)  or during any lock-up period required by the underwriters in any prior Underwritten Offering conducted by the Company on its own behalf or on behalf of selling stockholders, or (ii) during the period commencing with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of (provided the Company is actively employed in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to file such registration statement), and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a registration statement with respect to an offering by the Company with respect to which the Company gave notice pursuant to

 

4



 

Section 2.2(a) .  Any request for an Underwritten Offering hereunder shall be made to the Company in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.  Upon receipt of a valid Underwritten Offering Notice for an Underwritten Offering in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.1(d) , the Company shall give written notice of the proposed Underwritten Offering to all other Holders as soon as practicable, and each Holder who wishes to participate in such Underwritten Offering shall notify the Company in writing within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company, and shall specify in such notice the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the Underwritten Offering.  The Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in an Underwritten Offering shall be entitled to select the managing underwriters for any such Underwritten Offering, subject to the approval of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.  The Company shall cooperate with the Holder(s) and such managing underwriters in connection with any such offering, including without limitation entering into such customary agreements (including underwriting and lock-up agreements in customary form) and taking all such other customary actions as the Holders or the managing underwriters of such Underwritten Offering reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities subject to such Underwritten Offering (including, without limitation, making members of senior management of the Company available to participate in “road show” and other customary marketing activities), making available customary financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company for review by the underwriters and their counsel and causing to be delivered to the underwriters opinions of counsel to the Company and comfort letters from the Company’s accountants in customary form, covering such matters as are customarily covered in an underwritten public offering, as the managing underwriters may request and addressed to the underwriters.

 

(e)            Limitations on Registration Rights .  Each Holder and its permitted assignees collectively shall be entitled to five (5) exercises of the Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) ; provided , however , that the Holders, collectively and as a group, shall not be permitted to exercise such Registration Rights more than once in any consecutive six month period and the Company shall not be obligated to effect any Shelf Registration Statement within six months after the effective date of a previous Shelf Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission within one hundred twenty (120) days after the original filing date or is suspended for more than ninety (90) days at any one time, the Holders shall be deemed not to have exercised their Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) .  Each Holder’s Registration Rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall expire upon the date on which all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder.  Except as set forth in Section 2.1(d) , the Registration Rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 may not be exercised in connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company or by any Holder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(f)             Black-Out Period .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities (other than to donees or affiliates of

 

5



 

such Holder who agree to be similarly bound) within seven (7) days prior to and for up to ninety (90) days, in the event of any subsequent offering, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or the date of an underwriting agreement with respect to an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities (the “ Black-Out Period ”); provided , however , that:

 

(i)             with respect to the Black-Out Period, such agreement shall not be applicable to the Registrable Securities to be sold on such Holder’s behalf to the public in an underwritten offering pursuant to such registration statement;

 

(ii)            all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Shares shall enter into similar agreements;

 

(iii)           the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain similar agreements from each 10% or greater shareholder of the Company; and

 

(iv)           such Holder shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer, director or other 10% or greater shareholder of the Company that entered into similar agreements.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Registrable Securities subject to this Section 2.1(f)  and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other Common Shares of any Holder (and the Common Shares or securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

Section 2.2              Piggy-Back Registration Rights .

 

(a)            Piggy-Back Registration .  Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, if at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an underwritten offering of Common Shares by the Company for its own account (other than (i) any Shelf Registration Statement filed in connection with a Registration Notice pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or (ii) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be adopted by the Commission) or filed in connection with an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing stockholders), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) Business Days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register such number of shares of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing within five (5) Business Days of receiving such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”).  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter(s) of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included therein.  Participation in a Piggy-Back Registration as provided in this Section 2.2(a)  shall not count as an exercise of the Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) .  All Holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities

 

6



 

through a Piggy-Back Registration shall (i) enter into an underwriting agreement in reasonable and customary form with the underwriter(s) selected by the Company for such Piggy-Back Registration and (ii) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers-of-attorney, indemnities, opinions and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement.

 

(b)            Reduction of Offering .  If the managing underwriter(s) for a Piggy-Back Registration advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities that in their opinion the dollar amount or number of Common Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell, taken together with Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with Persons other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2 , and the Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities, as applicable, the “ Maximum Threshold ”), then the Company shall include if the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (i) first, the Common Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof pro rata in accordance with the number of Registrable Securities which such Holders have requested be included in such underwritten offering, regardless of the number of Registrable Securities or other securities held by each such Person (such proportion is referred to herein as “ Pro Rata Adjusted ”) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

(c)            Withdrawal .  Any Holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.  The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by Persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement without thereby incurring any liability to the Holders of Registrable Securities, provided that the Company promptly deliver written notice of such withdrawal to each Holder.  Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the Holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 4 .

 

7



 

2.3            Suspension of Offering .

 

(a)            Notwithstanding Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereof, the Company shall be entitled to postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, and from time to time to require Holders not to sell under a Registration Statement or to suspend the effectiveness thereof, if (i) the Company determines in good faith that such registration and/or offering would materially and adversely affect any offering of securities of the Company, or (ii) the negotiation or consummation of a transaction by the Company or its subsidiaries is pending or an event has occurred, which negotiation, consummation or event would require additional disclosure by the Company in the Registration Statement of material information which the Company has a bona fide business purpose for keeping confidential and the non-disclosure of which in the Registration Statement would be expected, in the Company’s reasonable determination, to cause the Registration Statement to fail to comply with applicable disclosure requirements (each such circumstance a “ Suspension Event ”); provided , however , that the Company may not delay, suspend or withdraw such Registration Statement for more than sixty (60) days at any one time, or more than twice in any twelve (12) month period.  Upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the happening of any Suspension Event during the period the Registration Statement is effective or if as a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or related Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of the Prospectus) not misleading, each Holder agrees that (x) it will immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Registrable Securities under such Registration Statement until the Holder receives copies of a supplemental or amended Prospectus (which the Company agrees to promptly prepare) that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and receives notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or unless otherwise notified by the Company that it may resume such offers and sales, and (y) it will maintain the confidentiality of any information included in the written notice delivered by the Company unless otherwise required by law or subpoena.  If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company all copies of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice, other than permanent file copies then in the possession of such Holder’s counsel.

 

(b)            If all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act have not been filed by the required date taking into account any permissible extension, upon written notice thereof by the Company to the Holders, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement or to require the Company take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement shall be suspended until the date on which the Company has filed such reports, and the Company shall notify the Holders in writing as promptly as practicable when such suspension is no longer required.

 

2.4            Qualification . The Company shall file such documents as necessary to register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be covered by a Registration Statement by the time such Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder may reasonably request in writing, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept

 

8



 

effective pursuant to this Agreement or during the period offers or sales are being made by the Holders, whichever is shorter, and to do any and all other similar acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Holders to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in each such jurisdiction; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Agreement, (ii) take any action that would cause it to become subject to any taxation in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be subject to such taxation or (iii) take any action that would subject it to the general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

2.5            Additional Obligations of the Company . When the Company is required to effect the registration of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Company shall:

 

(a)            prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements as to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary (i) to keep such Registration Statement effective and (ii) to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, in each case for such time as is contemplated in Section 2.1 ;

 

(b)            furnish, without charge, to the Holders such number of copies of the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), and the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by the Holders;

 

(c)            notify the Holders: (i) when the Registration Statement, any pre-effective amendment, the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed, and, with respect to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation or threat of any proceedings for that purpose, and (iii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(d)            promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, and, if any such order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement is issued, shall promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible moment;

 

(e)            following receipt of a Registration Notice and thereafter until the sooner of completion, abandonment or termination of the offering or sale contemplated thereby and the

 

9



 

expiration of the period during which the Company is required to maintain the effectiveness of the related Registration Statement, promptly notify the Holders: (i) of the existence of any fact of which the Company is aware or the happening of any event which has resulted in (A) the Registration Statement, as then in effect, containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein not misleading or (B) the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (ii) of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement would be appropriate or that there exist circumstances not yet disclosed to the public which make further sales under such Registration Statement inadvisable pending such disclosure and post-effective amendment; and, if the notification relates to any event described in either of the clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.5(e) , subject to Section 2.3 above, at the request of the Holders, the Company shall prepare and, to the extent the exemption from the prospectus delivery requirements in Rule 172 under the Securities Act is not available, furnish to the Holders a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or file any other required document so that (1) such Registration Statement shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (2) as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(f)             use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on the national securities exchange on which the Common Shares are then listed, if the listing of Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such national securities exchange; and

 

(g)            if requested by any Holder participating in the offering of Registrable Securities, incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information concerning the Holder or the intended method of distribution as the Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and is reasonably necessary to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other material terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to include in any such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any requested information that is not required by the rules of the Commission and is unreasonable in scope compared with the Company’s most recent prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a primary or secondary offering of equity securities by the Company.

 

2.6            Obligations of the Holder .  In connection with any Registration Statement utilized by the Company to satisfy the Registration Rights pursuant to this Section 2 , each Holder agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement,

 

10


 

and each Holder agrees that it will (i) respond within ten (10) Business Days to any written request by the Company to provide or verify information regarding the Holder or the Holder’s Registrable Securities (including the proposed manner of sale) that may be required to be included in such Registration Statement and related Prospectus pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission, and (ii) provide in a timely manner information regarding the proposed distribution by the Holder of the Registrable Securities and such other information as may be requested by the Company from time to time in connection with the preparation of and for inclusion in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

SECTION 3.         INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION

 

3.1           Indemnification by the Company.   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and any of their partners, members, officers, directors, employees or representatives, as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which the Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each case whether or not a party, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 3.1 does not apply to any Holder with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense to the extent

 

11



 

arising out of (A) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) any Holder’s failure to deliver an amended or supplemental Prospectus furnished to such Holder by the Company, if such loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense would not have arisen had such delivery occurred.

 

3.2           Indemnification by Holder . Each Holder (and each permitted assignee of such Holder, on a several basis) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors and officers (including each director and officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement), each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each other Holder as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which the Registrable Securities of such Holder were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Holder; and

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each case whether or not a party, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall only apply with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense to the extent arising out of (A) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder

 

12



 

expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or (B) any Holder’s failure to deliver an amended or supplemental Prospectus furnished to the Holder by the Company, if such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense would not have arisen had such delivery occurred.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.2 , a Holder and any permitted assignee shall not be required to indemnify the Company, its officers, directors or control persons with respect to any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Holder or such permitted assignee, as the case may be, from sales of the Registrable Securities of such Holder under the Registration Statement that is the subject of the indemnification claim.

 

3.3           Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  An indemnified party hereunder shall give reasonably prompt notice to the indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify the indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have under the indemnity agreement provided in Sections 3.1 or 3.2 above, unless and only to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and the lack of notice by the indemnified party results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) shall not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided under Sections 3.1 or 3.2 above.  If the indemnifying party so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the indemnifying party may assume the defense of such action or proceeding at such indemnifying party’s own expense with counsel chosen by the indemnifying party and approved by the indemnified party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , however , that the indemnifying party will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any such action or proceeding without the written consent of the indemnified party unless such settlement, compromise or consent secures the unconditional release of the indemnified party of all liability at no cost or expense to the indemnified party; and provided further , that, if the indemnified party reasonably determines that a conflict of interest exists where it is advisable for the indemnified party to be represented by separate counsel or that, upon advice of counsel, there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, then the indemnifying party shall not be entitled to assume such defense and the indemnified party shall be entitled to separate counsel at the indemnifying party’s expense. If the indemnifying party is not entitled to assume the defense of such action or proceeding as a result of the second proviso to the preceding sentence, the indemnifying party’s counsel shall be entitled to conduct the indemnifying party’s defense and counsel for the indemnified party shall be entitled to conduct the defense of the indemnified party, it being understood that both such counsel will cooperate with each other to conduct the defense of such action or proceeding as efficiently as possible. If the indemnifying party is not so entitled to assume the defense of such action or does not assume such defense, after having received the notice referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, the indemnifying party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified party. In such event, however, the indemnifying party will not be liable for any settlement effected without the written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). If an indemnifying party is entitled to assume, and assumes, the defense of such action or proceeding in accordance with this paragraph, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any fees and

 

13



 

expenses of counsel for the indemnified party incurred thereafter in connection with such action or proceeding.

 

3.4           Contribution .

 

(a)           In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 above is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified party although applicable in accordance with its terms, the Company and the relevant Holder shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Holder, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holder on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, the indemnifying party or the indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action.

 

(b)           The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.4 , a Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Holder from sales of the Registrable Securities of such Holder under the Registration Statement that is the subject of the indemnification claim.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 3.4 , each Person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holder, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

SECTION 4.         EXPENSES

 

The Company shall pay all expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its registration obligations under Section 2 above, including (i) Commission, stock exchange and FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in complying with securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any underwriter incurred in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities as may be set forth in any underwriting agreement), (iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (iv) the fees, charges and expenses of counsel to the Company and of its

 

14



 

independent public accountants and any other accounting fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including, without limitation, any expenses arising from any “comfort” letters or any special audits incident to or required by any registration or qualification), and (v) the fees, charges and expenses of one firm of counsel for the selling Holders (which shall be selected by the Holder or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being included in any particular registration statement).  Each Holder shall be responsible for the payment of any brokerage and sales commissions, fees and disbursements of such Holder’s counsel, accountants and other advisors (except as contemplated by the preceding sentence), and any transfer taxes relating to the sale or disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.         RULE 144 COMPLIANCE

 

The Company covenants that it will use its best efforts to timely file the reports required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so as to enable the Holders to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  In connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition by a Holder of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company shall cooperate with the Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any Securities Act legend, and enable certificates for such Registrable Securities to be for such number of shares and registered in such names as such Holder may reasonably request at least five (5) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

SECTION 6.         MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1           No Conflict of Rights .  The Company shall not, after the date hereof, grant any registration rights which conflict with or impair the rights granted to the Holders hereby.

 

6.2           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

6.3           Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

6.4           Amendment; Waiver.   Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no

 

15



 

action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

6.5           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and schedules hereto constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be.

 

6.6           Assignment; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement and the rights granted hereunder may not be assigned by a Holder without the written consent of the Company; provided , however , that a Holder may assign its rights and obligations hereunder, without such consent, in connection with a transfer of some or all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities (i) to the extent permitted under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and (ii) provided such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions hereof and the Holder provides written notice to the Company within ten (10) Business Days of the effectiveness of such assignment.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon all of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal and legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, including, without limitation, any successor of the Company by merger, acquisition, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise.

 

6.7           Titles .  The titles and captions of the sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

6.8           Third Party Beneficiary .  Except as may be expressly provided herein (including, without limitation, Section 3 hereof), no provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

6.9           Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect such replacement; provided , however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

6.10         Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and

 

16



 

assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to articles, sections, schedules, exhibits and attachments shall be deemed references to articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and attachments to, this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular article, section or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  Any deadline or time period set forth in this Agreement that by its terms ends on a day that is not a Business Day shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the parties hereto understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

6.11         Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party making such notice, request, demand, waiver or communication and shall be deemed to be given (i) on the day delivered (or if that day is not a Business Day, or if delivered after the close of business on a Business Day, on the next day that is a Business Day) when delivered by personal delivery or overnight courier, (ii) on the third Business Day after mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) upon transmission when sent by facsimile transmission or email transmission (provided that such facsimile or email is followed by an original of such notice by mail or personal delivery as provided herein).  All notices hereunder shall be delivered to the parties at the addresses set forth opposite their signatures below, or to any other address or addressee as any party entitled to receive notice under this Agreement shall designate, from time to time, to others in the manner provided in this Section 6.11 for the service of notices; provided , however , that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof.

 

6.12         Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit any Holder to enforce the consummation of the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

Address:

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Address: See Schedule I for the

 

INITIAL HOLDERS:

addresses of the Initial Holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edward B. Hermes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

Schedule I

 

Initial Holders

 

Common
Shares

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

 

 

Ted Hermes

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT H

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit H-1

 


 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2010 by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), Column Guaranteed LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Column ”), William M. Walker (“ WW ”) and Mallory Walker (“ MW ” and collectively with Column and WW, the “ Stockholders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaging in various related transactions (the “ IPO Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will effect an initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), the closing of which is occurring on the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO Transactions, the Company is engaging in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, Column and the Walker Stockholders, among others, are receiving Common Shares on the date hereof in exchange for their respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions, as set forth on Schedule I hereto;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with IPO Transactions, Column has executed and delivered to the Company a Lock-Up Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”) imposing certain restrictions on the transfer and sale of the Common Shares to be issued to Column pursuant to the Formation Transactions; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Column to enter into the Lock-up Agreement and to consummate the Formation Transactions to which it is a party, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement and provide for certain rights and restrictions with respect to the nomination and election of  Directors.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

2011 Director Election ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 



 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Column ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Column Nominees ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Consummation Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2(a)  hereof.

 

Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exempt Transfer ” means (i) a sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition pursuant to a registered offering under the Securities Act or in a broker transaction pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (including the volume limitations thereunder, if applicable), (ii) a pledge or other hypothecation of Common Shares pursuant to a bona fide financing transaction with a third party, and any foreclosure or transfer in lieu of foreclosure of such Common Shares in connection therewith, or (iii) a transfer in connection with a tender or exchange offer made to all stockholders of the Company.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the closing sales price for Common Shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal.

 

Formation Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

IPO Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Lock-Up Agreement ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereto.

 

Named Third Party ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Notice Stockholders ” means the Stockholders; provided , that any of Column, MW and WW proposing to make a Transfer shall not be considered a Notice Stockholder with respect to such proposed Transfer.

 

Participation Notice ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereof.

 

Participation Period ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereof.

 

Permitted Transferee ” means (i) with respect to an individual, (a) such individual’s spouse, lineal descendants (in each case, natural or adopted), siblings or parents, (b) any

 

2



 

corporation, limited liability company or partnership in which the direct and beneficial owners of all of the equity interests are the individuals and/or any of the individuals referred to in clause (a) above, (c) any trust the sole beneficiaries of which, or any charitable trust the grantor of which, include the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b) above or any private foundation organized or controlled by any of the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b) above, or (d) any charitable entity qualified under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, and (ii) with respect to a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, an entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such entity.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Stockholders ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Tag-Along Rights Termination Date ” means the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of the expiration, pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, of the “Restricted Period” (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).

 

Tag-Along Stockholders ” means Column and MW.

 

Termination Date ” means the date that is six (6) months after the date of the expiration, pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, of the “Restricted Period” (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).

 

Transfer ” means a sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of more than ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding Common Shares of the Company in any transaction or series of related transactions; provided , that a “ Transfer ” shall not include a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee.  For the avoidance of doubt, “Transfer” shall not include (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of Common Shares in connection with the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions or (ii) any Exempt Transfer.

 

Transfer Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b ) hereof.

 

Transfer Notice ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Transferring Stockholder ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Voting Securities ” means at any time shares of any class of capital stock of the Company which are then entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors.

 

Walker Stockholders ” means William M. Walker and Mallory Walker.

 

3



 

SECTION 2.         BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.1             Column Nominees .

 

(a)           At the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held during the 2011 calendar year, or at any special meeting of stockholders of the Company held prior to the Termination Date at which Directors are to be elected, or at any taking of action by written consent of stockholders of the Company prior to the Termination Date with respect to which Directors are to be elected (each a “ 2011 Director Election ”), Column shall have the right (but not the obligation) to designate two (2) nominees for election to the Board of Directors (such nominees, the “ Column Nominees ”) at such 2011 Director Election.

 

(b)           Column shall not name any person as a Column Nominee if (i) such person is not reasonably experienced in business, financial or commercial real estate finance matters; (ii) such person has been convicted of, or has pled no lo contendere to, a felony; (iii) the election of such person would violate any law; or (iv) any event required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act has occurred with respect to such person.

 

(c)           At or prior to any 2011 Director Election: (i) the Company’s nominating committee (or any other committee exercising a similar function) shall recommend to the Board of Directors the nomination of each Column Nominee for election to the Board of Directors, and (ii) the Board of Directors shall recommend to the stockholders of the Company the election of each Column Nominee to the Board of Directors.  The Company shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause each Column Nominee to be elected to the Board of Directors at any 2011 Director Election, including, without limitation, using its reasonable efforts to solicit from the stockholders of the Company eligible to vote in the election of Directors proxies in favor of the Column Nominees.

 

Section 2.2             Vacancies .  From and after the date hereof until the Termination Date, in the event that any Director who is a Column Nominee ceases to serve as a Director for any reason other than the fact that Column no longer has a right to nominate a Director as provided in Section 2.1(a) , the vacancy resulting thereby shall be filled by a Column Nominee designated by Column and the other Directors shall cause the appointment of such Column Nominee to the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any Column Nominee so designated by Column shall satisfy the qualification requirements set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Section 2.3             Termination of Nomination Right .  The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate as of the Termination Date.

 

SECTION 3.         ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1             Voting Agreement .  At any 2011 Director Election, each of the Walker Stockholders agrees to vote, at a meeting or by written consent, all of the Voting Securities then owned by such Walker Stockholder (and attend such 2011 Director Election, in person or by proxy, for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of written consents in lieu of meetings) in favor of the election to the Board of Directors, to the extent permitted pursuant to the

 

4



 

Company’s Articles of Incorporation and subject to compliance with applicable law, of each of the Column Nominees.

 

SECTION 4.         TAG-ALONG RIGHTS

 

Subject to Section 4.3 below, no Stockholder shall be permitted to engage in a Transfer without first offering each of the Tag-Along Stockholders the right to participate in such Transfer in accordance with this Section 4 .

 

Section 4.1             Transfers by Stockholders .

 

(a)           The Stockholder(s) proposing to make a Transfer (collectively, the “ Transferring Stockholder ”) shall first deliver a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Notice Stockholders stating (i) the Transferring Stockholder’s desire to Transfer Common Shares to a third party; (ii) the number of Common Shares subject to the proposed Transfer; (iii) the price and the other general terms of the proposed Transfer; and (iv) the identity of the third party transferee (the “ Named Third Party ”).  Thereafter, the Tag-Along Stockholders may elect to participate in the Transfer subject to the participation rights set forth in this Section 4 .

 

(b)           The Tag-Along Stockholders may elect to participate in the contemplated Transfer at the same price per Common Share and on the same terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice by delivering written notice (the “ Participation Notice ”) to the Transferring Stockholder within ten (10) days after delivery of the Transfer Notice (the “ Participation Period ”).  If any such Tag-Along Stockholders elect to participate in such Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder and such Tag-Along Stockholders participating in such sale shall each be entitled to sell in the contemplated Transfer, at the same price and on the same terms, a number of Common Shares equal to the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the percentage of all issued and outstanding Common Shares held by such Transferring Stockholder or such Tag-Along Stockholder, as the case may be, as of the applicable date by (y) the aggregate percentage of all issued and outstanding Common Shares owned by the Transferring Stockholder and the Tag-Along Stockholders participating in such sale and (ii) the number of Common Shares to be sold in the contemplated Transfer (such number of shares with respect to each such Transferring Stockholder or Tag-Along Stockholder, as the case may be, the “ Transfer Amount ”); provided , however , that if such Tag-Along Stockholder is MW, (A) MW shall be entitled to sell no more than a number of Common Shares which has an aggregate Fair Market Value of $10,000,000 on the date the Transfer Notice with respect to such proposed Transfer is delivered (such number of shares, the “ MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount ”), and (B) Column shall be entitled to sell, in addition to the Transfer Amount applicable to Column with respect to such proposed Transfer, a number of Common Shares that equals the difference between (X) the Transfer Amount applicable to MW with respect to such proposed Transfer minus (Y) the MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount.  If the Tag-Along Stockholders do not send a Participation Notice during the Participation Period or otherwise decline to participate in the proposed Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder shall be permitted to consummate a transaction with the

 

5



 

Named Third Party on substantially the same terms as the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, provided that the closing of such transaction occurs within ninety (90) days after the delivery of the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)           If the Transferring Stockholder receives a Participation Notice from one or more of the Tag-Along Stockholders, the Transferring Stockholder shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain the agreement of the Named Third Party to the participation of such Tag-Along Stockholders in any contemplated Transfer, and no Transferring Stockholder shall transfer any Common Shares to the Named Third Party if such Named Third Party declines to allow the participation of the Tag-Along Stockholders.

 

Section 4.2             Consummation of Proposed Transfer .

 

(a)           At least ten (10) days prior to the consummation of a Transfer by a Transferring Stockholder and not before the earlier of (x) the end of the Participation Period and (y) the receipt by the Transferring Stockholder of a Participation Notice from the Tag-Along Stockholders, the Transferring Stockholder shall provide written notice (a “ Consummation Notice ”) to each of the Tag-Along Stockholders participating in the Transfer stating (i) the number of Common Shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder will be entitled to sell to the Named Third Party, and (ii) the date the Transfer will be consummated.  At least five (5) days prior to the date of such consummation, each Tag-Along Stockholder participating in the Transfer shall deliver to the Transferring Stockholder (or such other person as may be designated in writing by the Transferring Stockholder) for Transfer to the Named Third Party one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer (or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares by book-entry and/or other evidence of the transfer of Common Shares), which represent the number of Common Shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder is entitled to sell as provided in the Consummation Notice.  The certificate(s) (or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares) delivered to the Transferring Stockholder (or the Transferring Stockholder’s designee) by the Tag-Along Stockholders shall be transferred to the Named Third Party as part of the consummation of the Transfer of Common Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice and the Consummation Notice.  Except to the extent other arrangements are made between the Transferring Stockholder and the Named Third Party for the delivery of proceeds directly to the Tag-Along Stockholders, upon receipt of the proceeds of the Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder shall promptly remit to each Tag-Along Stockholder that portion of such proceeds to which such Tag-Along Stockholder is entitled by reason of such Tag-Along Stockholder’s participation in such Transfer together with any stock certificates for any shares not sold in the Transfer.

 

(b)           In connection with a Transfer pursuant to this Section 4 , each Stockholder shall be required to make representations and warranties regarding the Common Shares that such Stockholder proposes to Transfer of a type customarily made by similarly situated stockholders, including, but not limited to, such Stockholder’s ownership of and authority to transfer such

 

6



 

Common Shares, the absence of any liens or other encumbrances on such Common Shares, and the compliance of such Transfer with the federal and state securities laws and all other applicable laws and regulations; provided , however , that each Tag-Along Stockholder shall enter into the same agreement or agreements as the Transferring Stockholder with respect to the proposed Transfer.

 

Section 4.3             Termination of Rights .  The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate automatically, without any action by any Stockholder, on the Tag-Along Rights Termination Date.

 

SECTION 5.         MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2             Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 5.3             Amendment; Waiver .  Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 5.4             Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 5.5             Assignability .  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and any reference to a party shall also be a reference to an heir, legal representative, successor or permitted assign; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an Affiliate of the Company.  For the avoidance of

 

7



 

doubt, (i) any Person who is a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) any Person who receives Common Shares pursuant to (A) a Transfer in compliance with Section 4 hereof or (B) an Exempt Transfer shall not be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.6             Titles .  The titles and captions of the sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7             Third Party Beneficiary .  No provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, Affiliate, stockholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8             Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement to effect such replacement; provided , however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.9             Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to sections and subsections shall be deemed references to sections and subsections of this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular section, subsection or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the parties understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

8



 

Section 5.10           Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit Column to enforce the consummation of the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

COLUMN:

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALKER STOCKHOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement

 



 

Schedule I

 

 

 

Common
Shares

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT C
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

CONTRIBUTORS, PARTICIPATING COMPANIES AND REMAINING COMPANY INTERESTS

 

Set forth below is a list of the Participating Companies that are subject to this Agreement and the Remaining Company Interests held by the applicable Contributor in such Participating Company that are being contributed to the Company under this Agreement.

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

PARTICIPATING
COMPANY

 

REMAINING
COMPANY INTERESTS

 

Mallory Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

74.1

%

Mallory Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

75.0

%

Mallory Walker

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

13.7

%

Mallory Walker

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.8

%

Taylor Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

6.4

%

Taylor Walker

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

6.9

%

Taylor Walker

 

W&D, Inc.

 

40.9

%

William Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

6.4

%

William Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

25.0

%

William Walker

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

47.8

%

William Walker

 

W&D, Inc.

 

46.7

%

Howard Smith, III

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

13.2

%

Howard Smith, III

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

20.9

%

Howard Smith, III

 

W&D, Inc.

 

5.8

%

Richard Warner

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

3.8

%

Donna Mighty

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

2.7

%

Donna Mighty

 

W&D, Inc.

 

1.2

%

Michael Yavinsky

 

W&D, Inc.

 

2.3

%

Edward B. Hermes

 

W&D, Inc.

 

2.3

%

 

Exhibit C-1



 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

PARTICIPATING
COMPANY

 

REMAINING
COMPANY INTERESTS

 

Deborah Wilson

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

3.2

%

 

Exhibit C-2



 

EXHIBIT D

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

Exhbit D-1



 

LOCK-UP LETTER

 

October         , 2010

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

787 Seventh Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10019

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, NY  10036

 

Re:          Proposed Public Offering by Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) between Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and you as the representatives (the “Representatives”) of the underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), relating to an underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company.

 

In order to induce the Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned agrees that the undersigned will not, during a period of 365 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such swap, hedge or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.  In the event that (1) during the last 17 days of the 365 day restricted period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 365 day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 365 day restricted period, then in each case the 365 day restricted period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such extension.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (ii) to any trust or family limited partnership for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that the trustee of the trust or general partner of the family limited partnership, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by

 



 

the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, or (iii) with your prior written consent; provided, however, that transfers referenced under (i) and (ii) shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 365-day restricted period).  For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

 

Upon consummation of the Formation Transactions (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) and/or grant of equity under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the undersigned will have and, except as contemplated by clauses (i) through (iii) above and except with respect to shares sold as selling shareholders in the initial public offering, for the duration of the Lock-Up Agreement will have good and marketable title to the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever, except with respect to any liens, encumbrances and claims that were in existence on the date hereof.  The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Common Stock, except in compliance with this Lock-Up Agreement.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of the undersigned’s Common Stock if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Agreement.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement.  The undersigned agrees that the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding also upon the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, by 6-months from the date hereof or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Lock-up Agreement.

 

[signatures on next page]

 

2



 

This Lock-up Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

3



 

EXHIBIT E
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned (the “ Contributor ”) hereby assigns, transfers, sells and conveys to WALKER & DUNLOP, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), its entire legal and beneficial right, title and interest in and to the interests in each Participating Company set forth opposite the Contributor’s name on Schedule A attached hereto, including all right, title and interest, if any, of the undersigned in and to the assets of each Participating Company and the right to receive distributions of money, profits and other assets from each Participating Company, presently existing or hereafter at any time arising or accruing..

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Company, its successors and assigns, forever.

 

Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Company assumes from the Contributor, all obligations in respect of the interests in the Participating Companies set forth opposite the Contributor’s name on Schedule A attached hereto accruing from and after the date hereof.

 

The Contributor, for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees that, at any time and from time to time after the date hereof upon the written request of the Company, it will, without further consideration, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, each and all of such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Company in order to assign, transfer, set over, convey, assure and confirm unto and vest in the Company, its successors and assigns, title to the Remaining Company Interests (as defined in that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of  October 29, 2010, by and among the Company, the Contributor and the other parties thereto (the “ Contribution Agreement ”)) granted, sold, transferred, conveyed and delivered by this Agreement.

 

Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Contribution Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

Exhibit E-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

Exhibit E-2



 

EXHIBIT F
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

TOTAL CONSIDERATION

 

The Total Consideration to be received by each Contributor in exchange for its Remaining Company Interests shall be the number of Common Shares determined by reference to the formulas set forth below for such Contributor and subject, in all applicable cases, to any splits or other similar adjustments made prior to or in connection with the Closing:

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

PARTICIPATING
COMPANY

 

TOTAL CONSIDERATION(1)

Mallory Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.269794 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.059944 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.184546 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.104201 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

0.011258 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

0.008620 * DE / POP

 

Exhibit F-1



 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

PARTICIPATING
COMPANY

 

TOTAL CONSIDERATION(1)

 

 

W&D, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.001150 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Edward B. Hermes

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.001150 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

0.009337 * DE / POP

 


(1) Numbers shown reflect an overall indirect percentage interest in all of the Participating Companies based on legal ownership.  Individual numbers will be adjusted prior to Closing once the Public Offering Price has been determined to take into account (i) the settlement of outstanding intercompany receivables among the W&D LLC and the Participating Companies, and (ii) an allocation of debt of GPF Acquisition, LLC and Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc. to its equity owners, both as of October 31, 2010.  Such adjustment shall be determined by the Company, in its reasonable judgment.  As a result, the Total Consideration to be received by each Contributor may be less or more than what is reflected in the table.  Assuming a Public Offering of 10,000,000 Common Shares at a Public Offering Price of $15.00 per Common Share, it is currently estimated that the adjustments described above would result in the Total Consideration to be received by each Contributor to be as follows:

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

TOTAL CONSIDERATION

Mallory Walker

 

0.314726 * DE / POP

Taylor Walker

 

0.060483 * DE / POP

William Walker

 

0.148028 * DE / POP

Howard Smith, III

 

0.097059 * DE / POP

Richard Warner

 

0.008062 * DE / POP

Donna Mighty

 

0.006378 * DE / POP

Michael Yavinsky

 

0.001223 * DE / POP

Edward B. Hermes

 

0.001223 * DE / POP

Deborah Wilson

 

0.006687 * DE / POP

 

Exhibit F-2



 

DE = Distributable Equity

 

POP = Public Offering Price

 

Distributable Equity ” means Gross Equity Value minus Public Equity Value.

 

Gross Equity Value ” means the gross equity value of the Company upon the closing of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering (excluding any shares issued by the Company at the time of the Public Offering pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan), as determined by the Company in consultation with the underwriters in the Public Offering.

 

Public Equity Value ” means the equity value of the shares of the Common Shares issued by the Company to the investors in the Public Offering, calculated by multiplying the number of Common Shares issued in the Public Offering (excluding any Common Shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option) by the Public Offering Price.

 

Public Offering Price ” means the public offering price set forth on the cover page of the final prospectus for the Public Offering.

 

Any fractional Common Shares that a Contributor would otherwise be entitled to receive as a result of the calculation set forth above shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Common Shares.

 

Exhibit F-3



 

EXHIBIT G

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF FIRPTA CERTIFICATE

 

1.        Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), provides that a transferee of a United States real property interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person.  For United States tax purposes (including Section 1445), the owner of a disregarded entity which has legal title to a United States real property interest under local law, and not the disregarded entity, is the transferor of the property.

 

2.        In order to inform Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “ Transferee ”), that withholding of tax is not required in connection with the transfer of the limited liability company interests or stock, as applicable, in                    (the “ Participating Company ”), pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, by and between the Transferee,                (the “ Transferor ”) and certain other contributors party thereto, the Transferor hereby certifies and declares the following:

 

[(a)    [                  ] is a disregarded entity within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii) and [                     ] is wholly owned by the Transferor.]

 

(b)      The Transferor is not a foreign person, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as such terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

(c)       The Transferor is a corporation for federal income tax purposes and is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

(d)      The Federal Taxpayer Identification Number for the Transferor is [                        ].

 

(e)           The address for the Transferor is:

 

[                      ]
[                      ]

 

3.        The Transferor understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the Transferee and that any false statement contained in this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment or both.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

Exhibit G-1



 

Under penalties of perjury, (the undersigned signatory signing on behalf of the Transferor below) declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct and complete, and I further declare that I have the authority to sign this document on behalf of the Transferor.

 

Executed this                  day of                           , 2010.

 

 

Transferor

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit G-2



 

EXHIBIT H

TO

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit H-1


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2010 by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and the holders listed on Schedule I hereto (each an “ Initial Holder ” and collectively, the “ Initial Holders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaging in various related transactions (the “ IPO Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will effect an initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), the closing of which is occurring on the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO Transactions, the Company is engaging in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Initial Holders are receiving Common Shares on the date hereof in exchange for their respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions (the “ Private Placement Shares ”), as set forth on Schedule I hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to grant to the Initial Holders (and their permitted assignees and transferees) the registration rights described in this Agreement (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.          DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Blackout Period ” is defined in Section 2.1(f)  hereof.

 

Business Day ” any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday other than a day on which banks and other financial institutions are authorized or required to be closed for business in the State of New York.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 



 

Formation Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Holder ” means to (a) any Initial Holder who is the record or beneficial owner of any Registrable Security or (b) any assignee or transferee of such Initial Holder, provided such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the all the provisions hereof.

 

Initial Holder ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

IPO Closing Date ” means the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

IPO Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Maximum Threshold ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)  hereof.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)  hereof.

 

Private Placement Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Pro Rata Adjusted ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)(x)  hereof.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by Section 2.1(d)  or Section 2.2(a) , including any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Registrable Securities ” means the Private Placement Shares and any additional Common Shares issued with respect thereto by way of share dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise, and any Common Shares or shares of common stock issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof.

 

Registration Notice ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Registration Rights ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by Section 2.1(d)  or Section 2.2(a) , including any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2



 

Shelf Registration Statement ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Suspension Event ” is defined in Section 2.3(a)  hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering Notice ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  hereof.

 

SECTION 2.          REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

2.1            Demand Registration Rights .

 

(a)            Demand Registration .  Subject to Sections 2.1(e)  and 2.3 hereof, at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, each Holder may deliver to the Company a written notice (a “ Registration Notice ”) informing the Company of such Holder’s desire to have some or all of its Registrable Securities registered for resale and specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be registered by the Company.  Upon receipt of a Registration Notice from a Holder requesting registration of the lesser of (i) one million (1,000,000) Registrable Securities or (ii) all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, if the Company has not already caused such Registrable Securities to be included as part of an existing shelf registration statement and related prospectus that the Company then has on file with, and which has been declared effective by, the Commission and which remains in effect and not subject to any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission (in which event the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its registration obligation under this Section 2.1 with respect to such Registrable Securities), then the Company shall cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving the Registration Notice, but in no event more than sixty (60) days following receipt of such notice, a new registration statement and related prospectus pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act covering the resale of the Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), which complies as to form in all material respects with applicable Commission rules providing for the sale by such Holder or group of Holders of such Registrable Securities.  The Company agrees (subject to Section 2.3 hereof) to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable.

 

Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective (including the preparation and filing of any amendments and supplements necessary for that purpose) until the earlier of (i) the date that is two (2) years after the date of effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder, or (iii) the date on which the Holder or Holders consummate the sale of all of the Registrable Securities registered under such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may at any time (including, without

 

3



 

limitation, prior to or after receiving a Registration Notice from a Holder), in its sole discretion, include all additional Registrable Securities then outstanding or any portion thereof in any registration statement, including by virtue of adding such Registrable Securities as additional securities to an existing shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (in which event the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its registration obligation under this Section 2.1(a)  with respect to the Registrable Securities so included, so long as such registration statement remains effective and not the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission).  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a Holder, include in any Shelf Registration Statement filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)  with respect to such Holder’s Registrable Securities, (i) any Common Shares to be offered by the Company for its own account or (ii) any Common Shares owned by any Person that is not a Holder.

 

(b)            Notice to Holders .  Upon receipt of a valid Registration Notice at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, the Company shall give written notice of the proposed filing of the Shelf Registration Statement to all other Holders as soon as practicable, and each Holder who wishes to participate in such Shelf Registration Statement shall notify the Company in writing within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company, and shall specify in such notice the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(c)            Offers and Sales .  All offers and sales of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement by the Holder thereof shall be completed within the period during which such Shelf Registration Statement remains effective and not the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission.  Upon notice that such Shelf Registration Statement is no longer effective, no Holder will offer or sell the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement.  If directed in writing by the Company, each Holder will return all undistributed copies of the related Prospectus in such Holder’s possession upon the expiration of such period.

 

(d)            Underwritten Registered Resales .  If a Holder or Holders submit a Registration Notice requesting registration of a number of Registrable Securities equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the Private Placement Shares originally issued in the Formation Transactions (an “ Underwritten Offering Notice ”), then such Holder(s) shall be entitled to effect the sale of such Registrable Securities through an underwritten public offering (an “ Underwritten Offering ”); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three Underwritten Offerings under this Section 2.1(d) ; and provided , further , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, an Underwritten Offering (i) within one hundred eighty (180) days following the last date on which an Underwritten Offering was effected pursuant to this Section 2.1(d)  or during any lock-up period required by the underwriters in any prior Underwritten Offering conducted by the Company on its own behalf or on behalf of selling stockholders, or (ii) during the period commencing with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of (provided the Company is actively employed in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to file such registration statement), and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a registration statement with respect to an offering by the Company with respect to which the Company gave notice pursuant to

 

4



 

Section 2.2(a) .  Any request for an Underwritten Offering hereunder shall be made to the Company in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.  Upon receipt of a valid Underwritten Offering Notice for an Underwritten Offering in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.1(d) , the Company shall give written notice of the proposed Underwritten Offering to all other Holders as soon as practicable, and each Holder who wishes to participate in such Underwritten Offering shall notify the Company in writing within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company, and shall specify in such notice the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the Underwritten Offering.  The Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in an Underwritten Offering shall be entitled to select the managing underwriters for any such Underwritten Offering, subject to the approval of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.  The Company shall cooperate with the Holder(s) and such managing underwriters in connection with any such offering, including without limitation entering into such customary agreements (including underwriting and lock-up agreements in customary form) and taking all such other customary actions as the Holders or the managing underwriters of such Underwritten Offering reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities subject to such Underwritten Offering (including, without limitation, making members of senior management of the Company available to participate in “road show” and other customary marketing activities), making available customary financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company for review by the underwriters and their counsel and causing to be delivered to the underwriters opinions of counsel to the Company and comfort letters from the Company’s accountants in customary form, covering such matters as are customarily covered in an underwritten public offering, as the managing underwriters may request and addressed to the underwriters.

 

(e)            Limitations on Registration Rights .  Each Holder and its permitted assignees collectively shall be entitled to five (5) exercises of the Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) ; provided , however , that the Holders, collectively and as a group, shall not be permitted to exercise such Registration Rights more than once in any consecutive six month period and the Company shall not be obligated to effect any Shelf Registration Statement within six months after the effective date of a previous Shelf Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission within one hundred twenty (120) days after the original filing date or is suspended for more than ninety (90) days at any one time, the Holders shall be deemed not to have exercised their Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) .  Each Holder’s Registration Rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall expire upon the date on which all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder.  Except as set forth in Section 2.1(d) , the Registration Rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 may not be exercised in connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company or by any Holder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(f)             Black-Out Period .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities (other than to donees or affiliates of

 

5



 

such Holder who agree to be similarly bound) within seven (7) days prior to and for up to ninety (90) days, in the event of any subsequent offering, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or the date of an underwriting agreement with respect to an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities (the “ Black-Out Period ”); provided , however , that:

 

(i)             with respect to the Black-Out Period, such agreement shall not be applicable to the Registrable Securities to be sold on such Holder’s behalf to the public in an underwritten offering pursuant to such registration statement;

 

(ii)            all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Shares shall enter into similar agreements;

 

(iii)           the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain similar agreements from each 10% or greater shareholder of the Company; and

 

(iv)           such Holder shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer, director or other 10% or greater shareholder of the Company that entered into similar agreements.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Registrable Securities subject to this Section 2.1(f)  and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other Common Shares of any Holder (and the Common Shares or securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

Section 2.2              Piggy-Back Registration Rights .

 

(a)            Piggy-Back Registration .  Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, if at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an underwritten offering of Common Shares by the Company for its own account (other than (i) any Shelf Registration Statement filed in connection with a Registration Notice pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or (ii) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be adopted by the Commission) or filed in connection with an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing stockholders), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) Business Days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register such number of shares of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing within five (5) Business Days of receiving such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”).  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter(s) of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included therein.  Participation in a Piggy-Back Registration as provided in this Section 2.2(a)  shall not count as an exercise of the Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) .  All Holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities

 

6



 

through a Piggy-Back Registration shall (i) enter into an underwriting agreement in reasonable and customary form with the underwriter(s) selected by the Company for such Piggy-Back Registration and (ii) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers-of-attorney, indemnities, opinions and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement.

 

(b)            Reduction of Offering .  If the managing underwriter(s) for a Piggy-Back Registration advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities that in their opinion the dollar amount or number of Common Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell, taken together with Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with Persons other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2 , and the Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities, as applicable, the “ Maximum Threshold ”), then the Company shall include if the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (i) first, the Common Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof pro rata in accordance with the number of Registrable Securities which such Holders have requested be included in such underwritten offering, regardless of the number of Registrable Securities or other securities held by each such Person (such proportion is referred to herein as “ Pro Rata Adjusted ”) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

(c)            Withdrawal .  Any Holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.  The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by Persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement without thereby incurring any liability to the Holders of Registrable Securities, provided that the Company promptly deliver written notice of such withdrawal to each Holder.  Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the Holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 4 .

 

7



 

2.3            Suspension of Offering .

 

(a)            Notwithstanding Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereof, the Company shall be entitled to postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, and from time to time to require Holders not to sell under a Registration Statement or to suspend the effectiveness thereof, if (i) the Company determines in good faith that such registration and/or offering would materially and adversely affect any offering of securities of the Company, or (ii) the negotiation or consummation of a transaction by the Company or its subsidiaries is pending or an event has occurred, which negotiation, consummation or event would require additional disclosure by the Company in the Registration Statement of material information which the Company has a bona fide business purpose for keeping confidential and the non-disclosure of which in the Registration Statement would be expected, in the Company’s reasonable determination, to cause the Registration Statement to fail to comply with applicable disclosure requirements (each such circumstance a “ Suspension Event ”); provided , however , that the Company may not delay, suspend or withdraw such Registration Statement for more than sixty (60) days at any one time, or more than twice in any twelve (12) month period.  Upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the happening of any Suspension Event during the period the Registration Statement is effective or if as a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or related Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of the Prospectus) not misleading, each Holder agrees that (x) it will immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Registrable Securities under such Registration Statement until the Holder receives copies of a supplemental or amended Prospectus (which the Company agrees to promptly prepare) that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and receives notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or unless otherwise notified by the Company that it may resume such offers and sales, and (y) it will maintain the confidentiality of any information included in the written notice delivered by the Company unless otherwise required by law or subpoena.  If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company all copies of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice, other than permanent file copies then in the possession of such Holder’s counsel.

 

(b)            If all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act have not been filed by the required date taking into account any permissible extension, upon written notice thereof by the Company to the Holders, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement or to require the Company take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement shall be suspended until the date on which the Company has filed such reports, and the Company shall notify the Holders in writing as promptly as practicable when such suspension is no longer required.

 

2.4            Qualification . The Company shall file such documents as necessary to register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be covered by a Registration Statement by the time such Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder may reasonably request in writing, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept

 

8



 

effective pursuant to this Agreement or during the period offers or sales are being made by the Holders, whichever is shorter, and to do any and all other similar acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Holders to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in each such jurisdiction; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Agreement, (ii) take any action that would cause it to become subject to any taxation in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be subject to such taxation or (iii) take any action that would subject it to the general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

2.5            Additional Obligations of the Company . When the Company is required to effect the registration of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Company shall:

 

(a)            prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements as to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary (i) to keep such Registration Statement effective and (ii) to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, in each case for such time as is contemplated in Section 2.1 ;

 

(b)            furnish, without charge, to the Holders such number of copies of the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), and the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by the Holders;

 

(c)            notify the Holders: (i) when the Registration Statement, any pre-effective amendment, the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed, and, with respect to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation or threat of any proceedings for that purpose, and (iii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(d)            promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, and, if any such order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement is issued, shall promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible moment;

 

(e)            following receipt of a Registration Notice and thereafter until the sooner of completion, abandonment or termination of the offering or sale contemplated thereby and the

 

9



 

expiration of the period during which the Company is required to maintain the effectiveness of the related Registration Statement, promptly notify the Holders: (i) of the existence of any fact of which the Company is aware or the happening of any event which has resulted in (A) the Registration Statement, as then in effect, containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein not misleading or (B) the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (ii) of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement would be appropriate or that there exist circumstances not yet disclosed to the public which make further sales under such Registration Statement inadvisable pending such disclosure and post-effective amendment; and, if the notification relates to any event described in either of the clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.5(e) , subject to Section 2.3 above, at the request of the Holders, the Company shall prepare and, to the extent the exemption from the prospectus delivery requirements in Rule 172 under the Securities Act is not available, furnish to the Holders a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or file any other required document so that (1) such Registration Statement shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (2) as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(f)             use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on the national securities exchange on which the Common Shares are then listed, if the listing of Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such national securities exchange; and

 

(g)            if requested by any Holder participating in the offering of Registrable Securities, incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information concerning the Holder or the intended method of distribution as the Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and is reasonably necessary to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other material terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to include in any such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any requested information that is not required by the rules of the Commission and is unreasonable in scope compared with the Company’s most recent prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a primary or secondary offering of equity securities by the Company.

 

2.6            Obligations of the Holder .  In connection with any Registration Statement utilized by the Company to satisfy the Registration Rights pursuant to this Section 2 , each Holder agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement,

 

10


 

and each Holder agrees that it will (i) respond within ten (10) Business Days to any written request by the Company to provide or verify information regarding the Holder or the Holder’s Registrable Securities (including the proposed manner of sale) that may be required to be included in such Registration Statement and related Prospectus pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission, and (ii) provide in a timely manner information regarding the proposed distribution by the Holder of the Registrable Securities and such other information as may be requested by the Company from time to time in connection with the preparation of and for inclusion in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

SECTION 3.         INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION

 

3.1           Indemnification by the Company.   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and any of their partners, members, officers, directors, employees or representatives, as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which the Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each case whether or not a party, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 3.1 does not apply to any Holder with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense to the extent

 

11



 

arising out of (A) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) any Holder’s failure to deliver an amended or supplemental Prospectus furnished to such Holder by the Company, if such loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense would not have arisen had such delivery occurred.

 

3.2           Indemnification by Holder . Each Holder (and each permitted assignee of such Holder, on a several basis) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors and officers (including each director and officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement), each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each other Holder as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which the Registrable Securities of such Holder were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Holder; and

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each case whether or not a party, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall only apply with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense to the extent arising out of (A) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder

 

12



 

expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or (B) any Holder’s failure to deliver an amended or supplemental Prospectus furnished to the Holder by the Company, if such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense would not have arisen had such delivery occurred.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.2 , a Holder and any permitted assignee shall not be required to indemnify the Company, its officers, directors or control persons with respect to any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Holder or such permitted assignee, as the case may be, from sales of the Registrable Securities of such Holder under the Registration Statement that is the subject of the indemnification claim.

 

3.3           Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  An indemnified party hereunder shall give reasonably prompt notice to the indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify the indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have under the indemnity agreement provided in Sections 3.1 or 3.2 above, unless and only to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and the lack of notice by the indemnified party results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) shall not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided under Sections 3.1 or 3.2 above.  If the indemnifying party so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the indemnifying party may assume the defense of such action or proceeding at such indemnifying party’s own expense with counsel chosen by the indemnifying party and approved by the indemnified party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , however , that the indemnifying party will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any such action or proceeding without the written consent of the indemnified party unless such settlement, compromise or consent secures the unconditional release of the indemnified party of all liability at no cost or expense to the indemnified party; and provided further , that, if the indemnified party reasonably determines that a conflict of interest exists where it is advisable for the indemnified party to be represented by separate counsel or that, upon advice of counsel, there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, then the indemnifying party shall not be entitled to assume such defense and the indemnified party shall be entitled to separate counsel at the indemnifying party’s expense. If the indemnifying party is not entitled to assume the defense of such action or proceeding as a result of the second proviso to the preceding sentence, the indemnifying party’s counsel shall be entitled to conduct the indemnifying party’s defense and counsel for the indemnified party shall be entitled to conduct the defense of the indemnified party, it being understood that both such counsel will cooperate with each other to conduct the defense of such action or proceeding as efficiently as possible. If the indemnifying party is not so entitled to assume the defense of such action or does not assume such defense, after having received the notice referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, the indemnifying party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified party. In such event, however, the indemnifying party will not be liable for any settlement effected without the written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). If an indemnifying party is entitled to assume, and assumes, the defense of such action or proceeding in accordance with this paragraph, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any fees and

 

13



 

expenses of counsel for the indemnified party incurred thereafter in connection with such action or proceeding.

 

3.4           Contribution .

 

(a)           In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 above is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified party although applicable in accordance with its terms, the Company and the relevant Holder shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Holder, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holder on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, the indemnifying party or the indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action.

 

(b)           The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.4 , a Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Holder from sales of the Registrable Securities of such Holder under the Registration Statement that is the subject of the indemnification claim.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 3.4 , each Person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holder, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

SECTION 4.         EXPENSES

 

The Company shall pay all expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its registration obligations under Section 2 above, including (i) Commission, stock exchange and FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in complying with securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any underwriter incurred in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities as may be set forth in any underwriting agreement), (iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (iv) the fees, charges and expenses of counsel to the Company and of its

 

14



 

independent public accountants and any other accounting fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including, without limitation, any expenses arising from any “comfort” letters or any special audits incident to or required by any registration or qualification), and (v) the fees, charges and expenses of one firm of counsel for the selling Holders (which shall be selected by the Holder or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being included in any particular registration statement).  Each Holder shall be responsible for the payment of any brokerage and sales commissions, fees and disbursements of such Holder’s counsel, accountants and other advisors (except as contemplated by the preceding sentence), and any transfer taxes relating to the sale or disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.         RULE 144 COMPLIANCE

 

The Company covenants that it will use its best efforts to timely file the reports required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so as to enable the Holders to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  In connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition by a Holder of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company shall cooperate with the Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any Securities Act legend, and enable certificates for such Registrable Securities to be for such number of shares and registered in such names as such Holder may reasonably request at least five (5) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

SECTION 6.         MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1           No Conflict of Rights .  The Company shall not, after the date hereof, grant any registration rights which conflict with or impair the rights granted to the Holders hereby.

 

6.2           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

6.3           Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

6.4           Amendment; Waiver.   Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no

 

15



 

action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

6.5           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and schedules hereto constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be.

 

6.6           Assignment; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement and the rights granted hereunder may not be assigned by a Holder without the written consent of the Company; provided , however , that a Holder may assign its rights and obligations hereunder, without such consent, in connection with a transfer of some or all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities (i) to the extent permitted under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and (ii) provided such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions hereof and the Holder provides written notice to the Company within ten (10) Business Days of the effectiveness of such assignment.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon all of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal and legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, including, without limitation, any successor of the Company by merger, acquisition, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise.

 

6.7           Titles .  The titles and captions of the sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

6.8           Third Party Beneficiary .  Except as may be expressly provided herein (including, without limitation, Section 3 hereof), no provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

6.9           Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect such replacement; provided , however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

6.10         Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and

 

16



 

assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to articles, sections, schedules, exhibits and attachments shall be deemed references to articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and attachments to, this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular article, section or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  Any deadline or time period set forth in this Agreement that by its terms ends on a day that is not a Business Day shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the parties hereto understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

6.11         Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party making such notice, request, demand, waiver or communication and shall be deemed to be given (i) on the day delivered (or if that day is not a Business Day, or if delivered after the close of business on a Business Day, on the next day that is a Business Day) when delivered by personal delivery or overnight courier, (ii) on the third Business Day after mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) upon transmission when sent by facsimile transmission or email transmission (provided that such facsimile or email is followed by an original of such notice by mail or personal delivery as provided herein).  All notices hereunder shall be delivered to the parties at the addresses set forth opposite their signatures below, or to any other address or addressee as any party entitled to receive notice under this Agreement shall designate, from time to time, to others in the manner provided in this Section 6.11 for the service of notices; provided , however , that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof.

 

6.12         Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit any Holder to enforce the consummation of the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

Address:

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Address: See Schedule I for the

 

INITIAL HOLDERS:

addresses of the Initial Holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edward B. Hermes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

Schedule I

 

Initial Holders

 

Common
Shares

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

 

 

Ted Hermes

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT I
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit I-1


 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2010 by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), Column Guaranteed LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Column ”), William M. Walker (“ WW ”) and Mallory Walker (“ MW ” and collectively with Column and WW, the “ Stockholders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaging in various related transactions (the “ IPO Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will effect an initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), the closing of which is occurring on the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO Transactions, the Company is engaging in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, Column and the Walker Stockholders, among others, are receiving Common Shares on the date hereof in exchange for their respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions, as set forth on Schedule I hereto;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with IPO Transactions, Column has executed and delivered to the Company a Lock-Up Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”) imposing certain restrictions on the transfer and sale of the Common Shares to be issued to Column pursuant to the Formation Transactions; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Column to enter into the Lock-up Agreement and to consummate the Formation Transactions to which it is a party, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement and provide for certain rights and restrictions with respect to the nomination and election of  Directors.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

2011 Director Election ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 



 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Column ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Column Nominees ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Consummation Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2(a)  hereof.

 

Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exempt Transfer ” means (i) a sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition pursuant to a registered offering under the Securities Act or in a broker transaction pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (including the volume limitations thereunder, if applicable), (ii) a pledge or other hypothecation of Common Shares pursuant to a bona fide financing transaction with a third party, and any foreclosure or transfer in lieu of foreclosure of such Common Shares in connection therewith, or (iii) a transfer in connection with a tender or exchange offer made to all stockholders of the Company.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the closing sales price for Common Shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal.

 

Formation Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

IPO Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Lock-Up Agreement ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereto.

 

Named Third Party ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Notice Stockholders ” means the Stockholders; provided , that any of Column, MW and WW proposing to make a Transfer shall not be considered a Notice Stockholder with respect to such proposed Transfer.

 

Participation Notice ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereof.

 

Participation Period ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereof.

 

Permitted Transferee ” means (i) with respect to an individual, (a) such individual’s spouse, lineal descendants (in each case, natural or adopted), siblings or parents, (b) any

 

2



 

corporation, limited liability company or partnership in which the direct and beneficial owners of all of the equity interests are the individuals and/or any of the individuals referred to in clause (a) above, (c) any trust the sole beneficiaries of which, or any charitable trust the grantor of which, include the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b) above or any private foundation organized or controlled by any of the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b) above, or (d) any charitable entity qualified under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, and (ii) with respect to a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, an entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such entity.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Stockholders ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Tag-Along Rights Termination Date ” means the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of the expiration, pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, of the “Restricted Period” (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).

 

Tag-Along Stockholders ” means Column and MW.

 

Termination Date ” means the date that is six (6) months after the date of the expiration, pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, of the “Restricted Period” (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).

 

Transfer ” means a sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of more than ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding Common Shares of the Company in any transaction or series of related transactions; provided , that a “ Transfer ” shall not include a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee.  For the avoidance of doubt, “Transfer” shall not include (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of Common Shares in connection with the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions or (ii) any Exempt Transfer.

 

Transfer Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b ) hereof.

 

Transfer Notice ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Transferring Stockholder ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Voting Securities ” means at any time shares of any class of capital stock of the Company which are then entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors.

 

Walker Stockholders ” means William M. Walker and Mallory Walker.

 

3



 

SECTION 2.         BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.1             Column Nominees .

 

(a)           At the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held during the 2011 calendar year, or at any special meeting of stockholders of the Company held prior to the Termination Date at which Directors are to be elected, or at any taking of action by written consent of stockholders of the Company prior to the Termination Date with respect to which Directors are to be elected (each a “ 2011 Director Election ”), Column shall have the right (but not the obligation) to designate two (2) nominees for election to the Board of Directors (such nominees, the “ Column Nominees ”) at such 2011 Director Election.

 

(b)           Column shall not name any person as a Column Nominee if (i) such person is not reasonably experienced in business, financial or commercial real estate finance matters; (ii) such person has been convicted of, or has pled no lo contendere to, a felony; (iii) the election of such person would violate any law; or (iv) any event required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act has occurred with respect to such person.

 

(c)           At or prior to any 2011 Director Election: (i) the Company’s nominating committee (or any other committee exercising a similar function) shall recommend to the Board of Directors the nomination of each Column Nominee for election to the Board of Directors, and (ii) the Board of Directors shall recommend to the stockholders of the Company the election of each Column Nominee to the Board of Directors.  The Company shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause each Column Nominee to be elected to the Board of Directors at any 2011 Director Election, including, without limitation, using its reasonable efforts to solicit from the stockholders of the Company eligible to vote in the election of Directors proxies in favor of the Column Nominees.

 

Section 2.2             Vacancies .  From and after the date hereof until the Termination Date, in the event that any Director who is a Column Nominee ceases to serve as a Director for any reason other than the fact that Column no longer has a right to nominate a Director as provided in Section 2.1(a) , the vacancy resulting thereby shall be filled by a Column Nominee designated by Column and the other Directors shall cause the appointment of such Column Nominee to the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any Column Nominee so designated by Column shall satisfy the qualification requirements set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Section 2.3             Termination of Nomination Right .  The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate as of the Termination Date.

 

SECTION 3.         ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1             Voting Agreement .  At any 2011 Director Election, each of the Walker Stockholders agrees to vote, at a meeting or by written consent, all of the Voting Securities then owned by such Walker Stockholder (and attend such 2011 Director Election, in person or by proxy, for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of written consents in lieu of meetings) in favor of the election to the Board of Directors, to the extent permitted pursuant to the

 

4



 

Company’s Articles of Incorporation and subject to compliance with applicable law, of each of the Column Nominees.

 

SECTION 4.         TAG-ALONG RIGHTS

 

Subject to Section 4.3 below, no Stockholder shall be permitted to engage in a Transfer without first offering each of the Tag-Along Stockholders the right to participate in such Transfer in accordance with this Section 4 .

 

Section 4.1             Transfers by Stockholders .

 

(a)           The Stockholder(s) proposing to make a Transfer (collectively, the “ Transferring Stockholder ”) shall first deliver a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Notice Stockholders stating (i) the Transferring Stockholder’s desire to Transfer Common Shares to a third party; (ii) the number of Common Shares subject to the proposed Transfer; (iii) the price and the other general terms of the proposed Transfer; and (iv) the identity of the third party transferee (the “ Named Third Party ”).  Thereafter, the Tag-Along Stockholders may elect to participate in the Transfer subject to the participation rights set forth in this Section 4 .

 

(b)           The Tag-Along Stockholders may elect to participate in the contemplated Transfer at the same price per Common Share and on the same terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice by delivering written notice (the “ Participation Notice ”) to the Transferring Stockholder within ten (10) days after delivery of the Transfer Notice (the “ Participation Period ”).  If any such Tag-Along Stockholders elect to participate in such Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder and such Tag-Along Stockholders participating in such sale shall each be entitled to sell in the contemplated Transfer, at the same price and on the same terms, a number of Common Shares equal to the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the percentage of all issued and outstanding Common Shares held by such Transferring Stockholder or such Tag-Along Stockholder, as the case may be, as of the applicable date by (y) the aggregate percentage of all issued and outstanding Common Shares owned by the Transferring Stockholder and the Tag-Along Stockholders participating in such sale and (ii) the number of Common Shares to be sold in the contemplated Transfer (such number of shares with respect to each such Transferring Stockholder or Tag-Along Stockholder, as the case may be, the “ Transfer Amount ”); provided , however , that if such Tag-Along Stockholder is MW, (A) MW shall be entitled to sell no more than a number of Common Shares which has an aggregate Fair Market Value of $10,000,000 on the date the Transfer Notice with respect to such proposed Transfer is delivered (such number of shares, the “ MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount ”), and (B) Column shall be entitled to sell, in addition to the Transfer Amount applicable to Column with respect to such proposed Transfer, a number of Common Shares that equals the difference between (X) the Transfer Amount applicable to MW with respect to such proposed Transfer minus (Y) the MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount.  If the Tag-Along Stockholders do not send a Participation Notice during the Participation Period or otherwise decline to participate in the proposed Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder shall be permitted to consummate a transaction with the

 

5



 

Named Third Party on substantially the same terms as the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, provided that the closing of such transaction occurs within ninety (90) days after the delivery of the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)           If the Transferring Stockholder receives a Participation Notice from one or more of the Tag-Along Stockholders, the Transferring Stockholder shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain the agreement of the Named Third Party to the participation of such Tag-Along Stockholders in any contemplated Transfer, and no Transferring Stockholder shall transfer any Common Shares to the Named Third Party if such Named Third Party declines to allow the participation of the Tag-Along Stockholders.

 

Section 4.2             Consummation of Proposed Transfer .

 

(a)           At least ten (10) days prior to the consummation of a Transfer by a Transferring Stockholder and not before the earlier of (x) the end of the Participation Period and (y) the receipt by the Transferring Stockholder of a Participation Notice from the Tag-Along Stockholders, the Transferring Stockholder shall provide written notice (a “ Consummation Notice ”) to each of the Tag-Along Stockholders participating in the Transfer stating (i) the number of Common Shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder will be entitled to sell to the Named Third Party, and (ii) the date the Transfer will be consummated.  At least five (5) days prior to the date of such consummation, each Tag-Along Stockholder participating in the Transfer shall deliver to the Transferring Stockholder (or such other person as may be designated in writing by the Transferring Stockholder) for Transfer to the Named Third Party one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer (or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares by book-entry and/or other evidence of the transfer of Common Shares), which represent the number of Common Shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder is entitled to sell as provided in the Consummation Notice.  The certificate(s) (or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares) delivered to the Transferring Stockholder (or the Transferring Stockholder’s designee) by the Tag-Along Stockholders shall be transferred to the Named Third Party as part of the consummation of the Transfer of Common Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice and the Consummation Notice.  Except to the extent other arrangements are made between the Transferring Stockholder and the Named Third Party for the delivery of proceeds directly to the Tag-Along Stockholders, upon receipt of the proceeds of the Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder shall promptly remit to each Tag-Along Stockholder that portion of such proceeds to which such Tag-Along Stockholder is entitled by reason of such Tag-Along Stockholder’s participation in such Transfer together with any stock certificates for any shares not sold in the Transfer.

 

(b)           In connection with a Transfer pursuant to this Section 4 , each Stockholder shall be required to make representations and warranties regarding the Common Shares that such Stockholder proposes to Transfer of a type customarily made by similarly situated stockholders, including, but not limited to, such Stockholder’s ownership of and authority to transfer such

 

6



 

Common Shares, the absence of any liens or other encumbrances on such Common Shares, and the compliance of such Transfer with the federal and state securities laws and all other applicable laws and regulations; provided , however , that each Tag-Along Stockholder shall enter into the same agreement or agreements as the Transferring Stockholder with respect to the proposed Transfer.

 

Section 4.3             Termination of Rights .  The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate automatically, without any action by any Stockholder, on the Tag-Along Rights Termination Date.

 

SECTION 5.         MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2             Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 5.3             Amendment; Waiver .  Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 5.4             Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 5.5             Assignability .  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and any reference to a party shall also be a reference to an heir, legal representative, successor or permitted assign; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an Affiliate of the Company.  For the avoidance of

 

7



 

doubt, (i) any Person who is a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) any Person who receives Common Shares pursuant to (A) a Transfer in compliance with Section 4 hereof or (B) an Exempt Transfer shall not be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.6             Titles .  The titles and captions of the sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7             Third Party Beneficiary .  No provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, Affiliate, stockholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8             Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement to effect such replacement; provided , however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.9             Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to sections and subsections shall be deemed references to sections and subsections of this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular section, subsection or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the parties understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

8



 

Section 5.10           Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit Column to enforce the consummation of the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

COLUMN:

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALKER STOCKHOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement

 



 

Schedule I

 

 

 

Common
Shares

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 2.2

 

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

 

and

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

Dated as of October 29, 2010

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1. CONTRIBUTION OF COLUMN INTEREST

1

Section 1.1

Contribution of Column Interest

1

Section 1.2

Consideration and Exchange of Equity

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTOR

2

Section 2.1

Organization; Authority; Qualification

2

Section 2.2

Due Authorization

2

Section 2.3

Consents and Approvals

2

Section 2.4

Ownership of the Column Interest

2

Section 2.5

Non-Contravention

3

Section 2.6

Non-Foreign Status

3

Section 2.7

Investment Purposes

3

Section 2.8

Solvency

4

Section 2.9

Tax

4

Section 2.10

Exclusive Representations

4

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

4

Section 3.1

Organization; Authority; Qualification

4

Section 3.2

Due Authorization

5

Section 3.3

Capitalization

5

Section 3.4

Consents and Approvals

5

Section 3.5

Non-Contravention

5

Section 3.6

Common Shares

5

Section 3.7

Conduct of Business of the Company

5

Section 3.8

Conduct of Business of Green Park Financial Limited Partnership and the Participating Companies

5

Section 3.9

No Claims Under the Formation Agreement

6

Section 3.10

No Misstatement or Omission of Material Fact

6

Section 3.11

Exclusive Representations

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS

6

Section 4.1

No Transfer of Column Interest

6

Section 4.2

Tax Covenants

6

Section 4.3

Cooperation with Respect to Proceedings

7

Section 4.4

Further Assurances

7

Section 4.5

Walker Contribution Agreement

7

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5. WAIVER AND CONSENT; FORMATION AGREEMENT INDEMNIFICATION

7

Section 5.1

Waiver of Rights and Consent Under Operating Agreement

7

Section 5.2

Formation Agreement Indemnification

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

8

Section 6.1

Conditions to the Company’s Obligation to Close

8

Section 6.2

Conditions to the Contributor’s Obligation to Close

9

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7. CLOSING

9

Section 7.1

Time and Place; Closing

9

Section 7.2

Closing Deliveries

10

 

i



 

Section 7.3

Additional Closing Deliveries

10

Section 7.4

Costs

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 8. INDEMNIFICATION; SURVIVAL

11

Section 8.1

Indemnification

11

Section 8.2

Survival

11

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9. TERMINATION

11

Section 9.1

Termination

11

Section 9.2

Procedure and Effect of Termination

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS

12

Section 10.1

Counterparts

12

Section 10.2

Governing Law

13

Section 10.3

Amendment; Waiver

13

Section 10.4

Entire Agreement

13

Section 10.5

Assignability

13

Section 10.6

Titles

13

Section 10.7

Third Party Beneficiary

13

Section 10.8

Severability

13

Section 10.9

Interpretation

13

Section 10.10

Reliance

14

Section 10.11

Notices

14

Section 10.12

Equitable Remedies

15

Section 10.13

Enforcement Costs

15

 

ii



 

EXHIBIT LIST

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION FIRST

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

REFERENCED

 

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

Definitions

 

 

Recital A

 

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

Walker Contribution Agreement

 

 

Recital B

 

 

 

 

 

 

C

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

 

Recital D

 

 

 

 

 

 

D

 

Form of Contribution and Assumption Agreement

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

E

 

Total Consideration

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

F

 

FIRPTA Certificate

 

 

7.2(a)(ii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

G

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

 

7.2(a)(iii)

 

 

 

 

 

 

H

 

Form of Stockholders Agreement

 

 

7.2(a)(iv)

 

iii


 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (including all exhibits and schedules hereto, this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 29, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Column Guaranteed LLC (“the Contributor ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    For purposes of this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings given to such terms in Exhibit A , or as otherwise defined in this Agreement.

 

B.                                      The Company desires to consolidate the ownership of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ W&D LLC ”), through a series of transactions (collectively, the “ Formation Transactions ”) whereby the Company will acquire (i) a 35% membership interest in W&D LLC from the Contributor (the “ Column Interest ”) pursuant to this Agreement, and (ii) all of the interests in certain corporations and limited liability companies which own, directly or indirectly, all of the membership interests in W&D LLC other than the Column Interest (collectively, the “ Remaining Company Interests ” and, together with the Column Interest, the “ Company Interests ”) pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among the Company, Mallory Walker, Taylor Walker, William Walker, Howard S. Smith III, Richard Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Ted Hermes and Deborah Wilson, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Walker Contribution Agreement ”).

 

C.                                      The Formation Transactions include the proposed initial public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), of the Company.

 

D.                                     In connection with the Public Offering, on the date hereof the Contributor is delivering to the Company a duly executed Lock-Up Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

E.                                       The Contributor desires to transfer the Column Interest to the Company in exchange for Common Shares of the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

F.                                       The parties hereto intend that the Formation Transactions will be governed by Section 351 of the Code.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual undertakings set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.

CONTRIBUTION OF COLUMN INTEREST

 

Section 1.1                                       Contribution of Column Interest .  At the Closing (as defined in Section 7.1) and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, the Contributor shall contribute, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Company, absolutely and unconditionally, and free and clear of all Liens, the Column Interest in exchange for Common Shares, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.  The contribution and assumption of the Column Interest shall be evidenced by a Contribution and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the “ Contribution and Assumption Agreement ”).  From and after the Closing, the Contributor shall no longer

 

1



 

be a member of W&D LLC, and after the Closing, the Contributor shall have no rights or obligations as a member under the Operating Agreement; provided , however , that the Contributor’s rights under Article XIII of the Operating Agreement, including, among other rights, rights to indemnification and exculpation, shall survive the Formation Transactions, and the Company shall cause W&D LLC to comply with its obligations thereunder.

 

Section 1.2                                       Consideration and Exchange of Equity .  The Company shall, in exchange for the Column Interest, transfer to the Contributor the number of Common Shares as determined on Exhibit E (such number of Common Shares being the Contributor’s “ Total Consideration ”).  The parties acknowledge and agree that the issuance of Common Shares to the Contributor shall be evidenced by, at the Company’s election, either certificates representing such shares (“ Share Certificates ”) or by book-entry of uncertificated shares recorded in the Company’s share ledger.  Each party shall take such additional actions and execute such other documentation as may be required by the Operating Agreement or as reasonably requested by the other party in order to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 2.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTOR

 

The Contributor represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

Section 2.1                                       Organization; Authority; Qualification .  The Contributor is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of formation and has the requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is presently conducted and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its property make such qualification necessary.

 

Section 2.2                                       Due Authorization .  The Contributor has the requisite limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Contributor pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Contributor, each enforceable against the Contributor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

Section 2.3                                       Consents and Approvals .  Except as shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Contributor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 2.4                                       Ownership of the Column Interest .  The Column Interest constitutes all of the interests in W&D LLC that are held by the Contributor.  The Contributor is the sole owner of the Column Interest, beneficially and of record, free and clear of any Liens of any nature, other than Liens imposed by the Operating Agreement, and, upon delivery of consideration for such Column Interest as herein provided, the Company will acquire good title thereto, free and clear of any Liens, other than Liens imposed by the Operating Agreement.  There exist no rights to purchase, subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights or preemptive rights relating to the Column Interest, other than any such rights provided for in the Operating Agreement.

 

2



 

Section 2.5                                       Non-Contravention .  None of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Contributor does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) contravene, violate or conflict with the organizational documents of the Contributor, (ii) contravene, violate, or conflict with, any foreign, federal, state, local or other law binding on the Contributor, or by which the Contributor or any of its respective assets or properties (including the Column Interest) are bound or subject, (iii) result in any violation of, breach of, default under or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification or cancellation or other right adverse to the Contributor under (A) any agreement, document or instrument to which the Contributor is a party or by which the Contributor or the Column Interests are bound, or (B) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of a Governmental Entity by which the Contributor or the Column Interest is bound, (iv) require any approval, consent or waiver of, or the making of any filing with, any Person, including any Governmental Entity or (v) result in the creation of any Lien upon the Column Interest.

 

Section 2.6                                       Non-Foreign Status .  The Contributor is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), and is not subject to any withholding requirements under the Code or other applicable law in connection with any payment or consideration contemplated under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.7                                       Investment Purposes .  The Contributor acknowledges its understanding that the offering and issuance of the Common Shares to be acquired pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Act ”) and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated in part on the accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties of the Contributor contained herein, and further acknowledges as follows:

 

(a)                                   Investment .  The Contributor is acquiring the Common Shares solely for its own account for the purpose of investment and not as a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution of such Common Shares.  The Contributor agrees and acknowledges that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (each, a “ Transfer ”) any of the Common Shares, unless (i) the Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and qualification or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state securities laws, or (ii) counsel for the Contributor (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to the effect that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Transfer shall be made unless it is permitted under the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Knowledge .  The Contributor is knowledgeable, sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters and fully understands the limitations on transfer imposed by applicable securities laws and as described in this Agreement.  The Contributor is able to bear the economic risk of holding the Common Shares for an indefinite period and is able to afford the complete loss of its investment in the Common Shares.  The Contributor has received and reviewed all information and documents about or pertaining to the Company, the business and prospects of the Company and the issuance of the Common Shares as the Contributor deems necessary or desirable and has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information and documents, the Company, the business and prospects of the Company and the Common Shares, which the Contributor deems necessary or desirable to evaluate the merits and risks related to its investment in the Common Shares.

 

3



 

(c)                                   Holding Period .  The Contributor acknowledges that it has been advised that (i) the Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement are “restricted securities” under applicable federal securities laws and may be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption therefrom; accordingly, such Contributor may have to bear indefinitely the economic risks of an investment in the Common Shares; (ii) a restrictive legend in the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on the Share Certificates; and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Common Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer.

 

(d)                                  Accredited Investor .  The Contributor is an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act).

 

(e)                                   Legend .  Each Share Certificate issued pursuant to this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

The securities evidenced hereby have not been registered under the Act, or the securities laws of any state and may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in the absence of such registration, unless, except in limited circumstances, the transferor delivers to the company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the company, to the effect that the proposed sale, transfer or other disposition may be effected without registration under the Act and under applicable state securities laws.

 

Section 2.8                                       Solvency .  The Contributor will be solvent immediately following the transfer of the Column Interest to the Company.

 

Section 2.9                                       Tax .  No Tax Lien or other charge exists or will exist upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the Column Interest.   No amount is required to be withheld in respect of Taxes from any consideration payable to the Contributor pursuant to this Agreement under the Code or any other applicable law.   The Contributor has no present plan or intention to sell any Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement during the Lock-Up Period.

 

Section 2.10                                 Exclusive Representations .  Except as set forth in this Article 2, the Contributor makes no representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, and the Company acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.  The Contributor acknowledges that no representation or warranty has been made by the Company with respect to the legal and Tax consequences of the transfer to the Company of the Column Interest, nor with respect to the Contributor’s receipt of Common Shares as consideration therefor.  The Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.

 

ARTICLE 3.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Contributor that:

 

Section 3.1                                       Organization; Authority; Qualification .  The Company is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is presently conducted and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its property make such qualification necessary.  The Company has made available to the Contributor true and correct drafts of its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as proposed to be in effect for the Company on the Closing Date.

 

4



 

Section 3.2                                       Due Authorization .  The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, each enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

Section 3.3                                       Capitalization .  As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000 Common Shares.  As of the date hereof, there are 100 Common Shares issued and outstanding (the “ Current Shares ”) and no Common Shares are held by the Company as treasury stock.  All of the issued and outstanding Current Shares were duly authorized for issuance and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  Prior to the completion of the Public Offering, the Company shall not grant any options to purchase Common Shares; provided, that concurrently with or prior to the completion of the Public Offering, the Company may grant options to purchase Common Shares pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to its employees, including its executive officers and independent directors, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 8% of all Common Shares to be issued and outstanding immediately following the Public Offering.

 

Section 3.4                                       Consents and Approvals .  Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributor made hereunder and except in connection with the Public Offering, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.5                                       Non-Contravention .  Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributor made hereunder, none of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) contravene, violate or conflict with the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, (ii) contravene, violate or conflict with any foreign, federal, state, local or other law binding on the Company or by which the Company or any of its assets or properties are bound or subject, or (iii) result in any violation of, breach of, default under or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification or cancellation or other right adverse to the Company under (A) any agreement, document or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, or (B) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of a Governmental Entity by which the Company is bound.

 

Section 3.6                                       Common Shares .  Upon issuance thereof and subject to the payment of consideration described herein, any Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject to preemptive or similar rights created by statute or any agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

Section 3.7                                       Conduct of Business of the Company .   The Company has not engaged in any material operations prior to the date hereof, and will not engage in any material operations prior to the completion of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering.  The Company has no material assets or liabilities as of the date hereof, and will not have any material assets or operations prior to the completion of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering.

 

Section 3.8                                       Conduct of Business of Green Park Financial Limited Partnership and the Participating Companies Neither Green Park Financial Limited Partnership nor any of the Participating

 

5



 

Companies has engaged in any material operations since January 30, 2009.  The material assets owned by the Participating Companies consist solely of the Remaining Company Interests and equity interests in certain corporations and limited liability companies which own, directly or indirectly, Remaining Company Interests.

 

Section 3.9                                       No Claims Under the Formation Agreement To the actual knowledge of the executive officers of the Company, there are no pending facts or circumstances that give W&D LLC the right to seek indemnification against the GPF Parties (as defined in the Formation Agreement) under any part of Section 11.2 of the Formation Agreement.

 

Section 3.10                                 No Misstatement or Omission of Material Fact The Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-168535) does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading with respect to the Participating Companies.

 

Section 3.11                                 Exclusive Representations . Except as set forth in this Article 3, the Company makes no any representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, and the Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.

 

ARTICLE 4.

COVENANTS

 

Section 4.1                                       No Transfer of Column Interest .   From the Effective Date through the earlier of (i) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.1, and (ii) the Closing Date, and except in connection with the Formation Transactions, the Contributor shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, sell, transfer, mortgage, pledge or encumber or otherwise dispose of (or agree to do or cause to be done any of the foregoing) all or any portion of the Column Interest.

 

Section 4.2                                       Tax Covenants .

 

(a)                                   The Contributor, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall provide each other with such cooperation and information relating to W&D LLC or the Column Interest, as applicable, as the other party reasonably requests in (i) preparing and filing any Tax Return, amended Tax Return or claim for Tax refund; (ii) determining any liability for Taxes or a right to a Tax refund; (iii) conducting any audit, investigation, dispute, deficiency, assessment, claim, litigation, or other action in respect of Taxes; or (iv) performing Tax diligence.  Such reasonable cooperation shall include, without limitation, the reasonable provision of documents, the reasonable granting of powers of attorney, and making employees and agents available on a mutually convenient and reasonable basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall (i) prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns of W&D LLC and its subsidiaries which are due after the Closing Date and (ii) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Contributor such information as is necessary for the Contributor to prepare and file its federal, state and local Tax Returns as they relate to W&D LLC for taxable periods ending on or before the Closing Date.  The Company shall use every reasonable effort to provide such information within 90 days following the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   The Contributor shall pay and bear all transfer, stamp, documentary, recording and similar Taxes with the transactions contemplated herein.

 

6



 

(d)                                  The parties intend that the Formation Transactions will be governed by Section 351 of the Code and shall take no action or position inconsistent with such treatment except to the extent such treatment is inapplicable under law.  For the sake of clarity, any sale of Common Shares after the Lock-Up Period shall not be treated as violating this Section 4.2(d).

 

Section 4.3                                       Cooperation with Respect to Proceedings .  In the event of a Proceeding by any Person, including any Governmental Entity, seeking to restrain, prevent, prohibit, materially delay or restructure the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering, the parties shall cooperate and exercise commercially reasonable efforts to seek a resolution of such Proceeding so as to eliminate any impediment to Closing.

 

Section 4.4                                       Further Assurances .  The Contributor shall execute and deliver to the Company all such other and further instruments and documents and take or cause to be taken all such other and further actions as the Company may reasonably request in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby, including instruments or documents deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect and evidence the conveyance of the Column Interest in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.5                                       Walker Contribution Agreement .  The Company shall not amend, modify, supplement or otherwise alter, directly or indirectly, the Walker Contribution Agreement in any material respect without the prior written consent of the Contributor.  The Company shall not waive (i) any of its material interests in or rights under the Walker Contribution Agreement or (ii) any material condition to the Company’s obligation to consummate the Closing (as defined in the Walker Contribution Agreement) provided in Section 6.1 of the Walker Contribution Agreement without the prior written consent of the Contributor.

 

ARTICLE 5.

WAIVER AND CONSENT; FORMATION AGREEMENT INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 5.1                                       Waiver of Rights and Consent Under Operating Agreement Effective as of the Closing, the Contributor hereby waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits otherwise afforded to the Contributor under the Operating Agreement with respect to the contribution, sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or delivery by the other members of W&D LLC of the Remaining Company Interests to the Company pursuant to the Walker Contribution Agreement, including all rights of appraisal, rights of first offer or first refusal, preemptive rights, buy/sell rights, call rights and any other right to consent to or approve of the transactions conducted by such other members in connection with the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering and any and all notice provisions related thereto.  The Contributor acknowledges that the agreements contained herein and in the Walker Contribution Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby and any actions taken in contemplation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby may conflict with, and may not have been contemplated by, the Operating Agreement or other agreements among one or more holders of Company Interests or one or more of the members of W&D LLC.  The Contributor expressly gives all Consents (and any consents necessary to authorize the proper parties in interest to give all Consents) and Waivers that it is entitled to give that are necessary or desirable to cause the parties to the Walker Contribution Agreement to have authority to transfer the Company Interests to the Company.  In addition, if the transactions contemplated hereby and by the Walker Contribution Agreement occur, this Agreement shall be deemed to be an amendment to the Operating Agreement to the extent the terms herein conflict with the terms thereof, including terms with respect to allocations, distributions and the like.  In the event the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not occur, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to be or construed as an amendment or modification of, or commitment of any kind to amend or modify, the Operating Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect without modification.  The Waiver and

 

7



 

Consent enumerated in this Section 5.1 shall become effective only upon the Closing of the contribution and exchange of the Column Interest pursuant to Article 1 and Article 7.

 

Section 5.2                                       Formation Agreement Indemnification The Company and the Contributor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding the consummation of the Formation Transactions or anything in the Formation Agreement to the contrary, from and after the Closing, the Contributor shall continue to be considered an Indemnified CGL Party (as defined in the Formation Agreement) for all purposes of Section 11.2 of the Formation Agreement, with rights of indemnification pursuant to, but subject to, all of the provisions of Article 11 of the Formation Agreement; provided, that the Contributor shall have the sole and exclusive right to pursue claims against the GPF Parties for any Damages (as defined in the Formation Agreement) incurred by W&D LLC or the Contributor.  The Company and the Contributor acknowledge and agree that, notwithstanding the consummation of the Formation Transactions or anything in the Formation Agreement to the contrary, from and after the Closing, the Company shall continue to be considered an Indemnified GPF Party (as defined in the Formation Agreement) for all purposes of Section 11.1 of the Formation Agreement, with rights of indemnification pursuant to, but subject to, all of the provisions of Article 11 of the Formation Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 6.

CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

Section 6.1                                       Conditions to the Company’s Obligation to Close .  The obligation of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing (unless waived in whole or in part by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion):

 

(a)                                   The representations and warranties of the Contributor contained in this Agreement (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date that such representations and warranties were made, and (ii) shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 7.1) as if made on and as of such date;

 

(b)                                  The obligations of the Contributor contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or prior to the Closing Date and the Contributor shall not have breached any covenants contained herein in any material respect;

 

(c)                                   The Contributor shall have executed and delivered to the Company the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.2(a) and 7.3;

 

(d)                                  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(e)                                   The Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 previously filed with the SEC shall have become effective under the Act, and shall not be the subject of any stop order or other Proceeding by the SEC seeking a stop order;

 

(f)                                     The closing of the Public Offering shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing of the Public Offering); and

 

8



 

(g)                                  The closing under the Walker Contribution Agreement shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing under the Walker Contribution Agreement).

 

Section 6.2                                       Conditions to the Contributor’s Obligation to Close .  The obligations of the Contributor to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing (unless waived in whole or in part by the Contributor, in its sole and absolute discretion):

 

(a)                                   The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date such representations and warranties were made, and (ii) shall be true and correct on the Closing Date in all material respects as if made on and as of such date;

 

(b)                                  The obligations of the Company contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or prior to the Closing Date and the Company shall not have breached any covenants contained herein in any material respect;

 

(c)                                   The Company shall have executed and delivered to the Contributor the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.2(b) and 7.3;

 

(d)                                  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(e)                                   No material legal or regulatory change shall have been enacted, promulgated, enforced or proposed that would render inadvisable, in the Contributor’s reasonable judgment, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by the Contributor.

 

(f)                                     The Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 previously filed with the SEC shall have become effective under the Act, and shall not be the subject of any stop order or Proceeding by the SEC seeking a stop order;

 

(g)                                  The closing of the Public Offering shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing of the Public Offering); and

 

(h)                                  The closing under the Walker Contribution Agreement shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing under the Walker Contribution Agreement).

 

ARTICLE 7.

CLOSING

 

Section 7.1                                       Time and Place; Closing .  The date, time and place of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ” or the “ Closing Date ”) shall occur concurrently with (or prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of), and at the same location as, the closing of the Public Offering.

 

9


 

Section 7.2                                       Closing Deliveries .  At the Closing, the parties shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following:

 

(a)                                   The Contributor shall deliver to the Company the following:

 

(i)                                      a copy of the Contribution and Assumption Agreement, duly executed by the Contributor;

 

(ii)                                   an affidavit from the Contributor substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F , duly executed by the Contributor;

 

(iii)                                a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), duly executed by the Contributor;

 

(iv)                               a copy of the Stockholders Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), duly executed by the Contributor;

 

(v)                                  any other documents that are in the possession of the Contributor or which can be obtained through the Contributor’s reasonable efforts which are reasonably requested by the Company or reasonably necessary or desirable to assign, transfer, convey, contribute and deliver the Column Interest and effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

(vi)                               a certification regarding the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the Contributor contained in this Agreement as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall deliver to the Contributor the following:

 

(i)                                      the Share Certificates or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares by book-entry and/or other evidence of the transfer of Common Shares to the Contributor;

 

(ii)                                   a copy of the Contribution and Assumption Agreement, duly executed by the Company;

 

(iii)                                a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed by the Company;

 

(iv)                               a copy of the Stockholders Agreement, duly executed by William M. Walker and Mallory Walker; and

 

(v)                                  a certification regarding the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 7.3                                       Additional Closing Deliveries .  At the Closing, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered, such additional legal documents and other items to which it is a party or for which it is otherwise responsible as are necessary to carry out the intention of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated to take place in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.4                                       Costs .  Each party hereto shall be responsible for its own attorneys’ and advisors’ fees, charges and disbursements in connection with this Agreement, and any other costs and expenses

 

10



 

incident to the transactions contemplated hereby incurred by it.  The provisions of this Section 7.4 shall survive the Closing.

 

ARTICLE 8.

INDEMNIFICATION; SURVIVAL

 

Section 8.1                                       Indemnification .

 

                                                                                                (a)                                   The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contributor, its affiliates and their respective officers, directors, managers, members, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Contributor Indemnified Persons ”), from and after the Closing, against any and all actual losses, damages, assessments, fines, penalties, adjustments, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (“ Damages ”) incurred or suffered by any Contributor Indemnified Person to the extent arising out of or caused by (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement; or (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement.

 

                                                                                                (b)                                  The Contributor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Company Indemnified Persons ”), from and after the Closing, against any and all actual Damages incurred or suffered by any Company Indemnified Person to the extent arising out of or caused by (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Contributor contained in this Agreement; or (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Contributor contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 8.2                                       Survival .  It is the express intention and agreement of the parties hereto that the representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities of the Contributor and the Company set forth in this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The provisions of this Agreement that contemplate performance after the Closing and the obligations of the parties not fully performed at the Closing shall survive the Closing and shall not be deemed to be merged into or waived by the instruments of Closing.

 

ARTICLE 9.

TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1                                       Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be abandoned at any time prior to Closing:

 

(a)                                   by mutual agreement of the Contributor and the Company;

 

(b)                                  at any time after December 31, 2010 (the “ Termination Date ”), by either the Company or the Contributor, by prior written notice to the other party, if the Closing shall not have occurred for any reason on or prior to the Termination Date; provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur;

 

(c)                                   by the Company, upon written notice to the Contributor, if (i) the Company determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 shall have become incapable of fulfillment and shall not have been waived by the Company, (iii) the Contributor fails to perform in any material respect any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing, and,

 

11



 

within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Contributor, such breach shall not have been cured or waived by the Company and the Contributor shall not have provided reasonable assurance to the Company that such breach will be cured in all material respects on or prior to the Closing, or (iv) the Contributor shall breach in any material respect any of its representations or warranties hereunder, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Contributor, the Contributor shall continue to be in breach of such representation or warranty; or

 

(d)                                  by the Contributor, upon written notice to the Company, if (i) any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall have become incapable of fulfillment and shall not have been waived by the Contributor, (ii) the Company fails to perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Company, such breach shall not have been cured or waived by the Contributor and the Company shall not have provided reasonable assurance to the Contributor that such breach will be cured in all material respects at or prior to the Closing, or (iii) the Company shall breach in any material respect any of its representations or warranties hereunder, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Company, the Company shall continue to be in breach of such representation or warranty(e)                                      .

 

Section 9.2                                       Procedure and Effect of Termination .  In the event of the termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to Section 9.1, written notice thereof shall be given by the party so terminating to the other parties to this Agreement, and this Agreement shall terminate and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be abandoned without further action by the parties hereto.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof:

 

(a)                                   this Agreement shall become null and void and of no further force or effect, except that the obligations provided for in Section 7.4, Article 8, this Section 9.2 and Article 10 hereof shall survive any such termination of this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                  except as otherwise set forth herein, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party; provided , however , that if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement fail to close as a result of any breach or violation of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement by any party, such party shall be fully liable for any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the other parties as a result of any such breach or violation so long as such other parties are not then themselves in breach in any material respect of their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 10.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.1                                 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

12



 

Section 10.2                                 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 10.3                                 Amendment; Waiver .  Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time. Except as otherwise provided herein, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 10.4                                 Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto and the agreements referred to in Section 7.2 hereof constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be.

 

Section 10.5                                 Assignability .  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and any reference to a party shall also be a reference to an heir, legal representative, successor or permitted assign; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by either party without the prior written consent of the other party, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an affiliate.

 

Section 10.6                                 Titles .  The titles and captions of the Articles, Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.7                                 Third Party Beneficiary .  No provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 10.8                                 Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect such replacement.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the parties waive any provision of applicable law which renders any provision of this Agreement unenforceable in any respect.

 

Section 10.9                                 Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references

 

13



 

herein to articles, sections, schedules, exhibits and attachments shall be deemed references to articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and attachments to, this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular article, section or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  Any deadline or time period set forth in this Agreement that by its terms ends on a day that is not a Business Day shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the Parties understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the Parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which Party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.10                           Reliance .  Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that it is not relying on Tax or other advice from any other party to this Agreement, and that it has or will consult with its own Tax and other advisors with regard to the transactions contemplated herein and its investment in the Company.  Except to the extent attributable to a breach by the Contributor of any Tax-related representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or any Exhibit to this Agreement, the Contributor shall not be liable for any Damages resulting from a successful challenge of the treatment or characterization by any taxing authority of the transactions contemplated herein.

 

Section 10.11                           Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party making such notice, request, demand, waiver or communication and shall be deemed to be given (i) on the day delivered (or if that day is not a Business Day, or if delivered after the close of business on a Business Day, on the next day that is a Business Day) when delivered by personal delivery or overnight courier, (ii) on the third Business Day after mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) upon transmission when sent by facsimile transmission or email transmission (provided that such facsimile or email is followed by an original of such notice by mail or personal delivery as provided herein).  Mailed notices shall be addressed as set forth below, but any party may change the address set forth below by written notice to other parties in accordance with this paragraph.

 

To the Company :

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

Phone: (301) 215-5500

Facsimile: (301) 215-2150

Email: wwalker@walkerdunlop.com

Attn:  William M. Walker

 

with a copy to:

 

Hogan Lovells US LLP

555 Thirteenth Street, N.W.

Washington, DC 20004

Phone: (202) 637-5600

Facsimile: (202) 637-5910

 

14



 

Email: david.bonser@hoganlovells.com

Attn: David Bonser

 

To the Contributor :

 

Column Financial, Inc.

11 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Facsimile:  (212) 538-2200

Attn:  Edmund Taylor

 

with a copy to:

 

Credit Suisse

1 Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

Facsimile:  (212) 325-8282

Attn:  Legal and Compliance Division

 

with a copy to:

 

Weil, Gotshal & Manges LLP

767 Fifth Avenue

New York, NY 10153

Phone:   (212) 310-8000

Facsimile:  (212) 310-8007

Email: doug.warner@weil.com

Attn:  Doug Warner

 

Section 10.12                           Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit the Contributor to enforce the consummation of the Public Offering.

 

Section 10.13                           Enforcement Costs .  Should either party institute any Proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by such prevailing party in connection with such Proceeding.  A party entitled to recover costs and expenses under this Section shall also be entitled to recover all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in the enforcement of any judgment or settlement obtained in such action or proceeding (and in any such judgment provision shall be made for the recovery of such post-judgment costs and expenses).

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

15



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief

 

 

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Wrzosek

 

 

Name:

Robert Wrzosek

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Signature Page to Contribution Agreement (Column)

 



 

EXHIBIT A

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

DEFINITIONS

 

                                                For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)                                   Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by applicable law to close.

 

(b)                                  Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(c)                                   Consents ” means any consent necessary or desirable under the Operating Agreement or any other agreement among all or any of the holders of interests in W&D LLC (i) to cause the Contributor to have authority to transfer the Column Interest to the Company or to amend the Operating Agreement and/or other agreements so that no provision thereof prohibits, restricts, impairs or interferes with any such transfer, (ii) to cause the other members of W&D LLC to have authority to transfer the Remaining Company Interests to the Company or to amend the Operating Agreement and/or other agreements so that no provision thereof prohibits, restricts, impairs or interferes with any such transfer, (iii) to enable the Company to effect the Public Offering, (iv) to admit the Company as a substitute member of W&D LLC upon the Company’s acquisition of the Column Interest and the Remaining Company Interests and to adopt such amendment as is necessary or desirable to effect such admission, (v) to adopt any amendment to the Operating Agreement as may be reasonably deemed desirable by the Company, either simultaneously with or immediately prior to the acquisition of the Column Interest, and (vi) to continue W&D LLC following the transfer of interest therein to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Damages ” means all claims, liabilities, Taxes, demands, obligations, losses, penalties, fines, assessments, levies and judgments (at equity or at law), damages (including compensatory damages and amounts paid in settlement), costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, investigators’, and experts fees and expenses (reasonably sustained or incurred in connection with the defense or investigation of any Proceedings, including Proceedings to establish insurance coverage), whenever arising or incurred, but expressly excluding exemplary and punitive damages (except to the extent awarded in any Proceeding initiated by a third party).

 

(e)                                   Formation Agreement ” means that certain Formation Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, W&D Inc. (formerly known as Walker & Dunlop, Inc.), the Contributor and Walker & Dunlop, LLC.

 

(f)                                     Governmental Entity ” means any governmental agency or quasi-governmental agency, bureau, board, commission, court, department, official, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality of any government, whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign.

 

(g)                                  Liens ” means, means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), other charge or security interest or any preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement), and any obligations under capital leases having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

 

Exhibit A-1

 



 

(h)                                  Lock-Up Period ” has the meaning given to such term in that certain Letter Agreement, dated October 29, 2010, by and among the Contributor and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or such shorter period after which the Contributor is permitted to sell Common Shares under the Letter Agreement pursuant to a waiver or otherwise.

 

(i)                                      Operating Agreement ” means the limited liability company agreement of W&D LLC (including all amendments or restatements thereto).

 

(j)                                      Participating Companies ” means Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, GPF Acquisition, LLC and W&D, Inc.

 

(k)                                   Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Entity.

 

(l)                                      Proceeding ” shall mean any governmental, judicial, administrative or adversarial proceeding (public or private), any action, claim, lawsuit, legal proceeding, whistleblower complaint, charge, accusation, petition, litigation, arbitration or mediation, any hearing, investigation (internal or otherwise), probe or inquiry by any Governmental Entity or any other dispute, including any adversarial proceeding.

 

(m)                                SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(n)                                  Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment-related, excise, goods and services, harmonized sales, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.

 

(o)                                  Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement related to Taxes or provided to any taxing authority or in respect of Tax law, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

 

(p)                                  Waivers ” means the waiving of any and all rights that the Contributor may have with respect to, and (to the extent controlled by the Contributor) that any such other Person may have with respect to, or that may accrue to the Contributor or such other controlled Person upon the occurrence of, the transfer of the Company Interests to the Company, including the following rights: rights of notice; rights to response periods; rights to purchase the direct or indirect interests of another member in W&D LLC or to sell the Contributor’s or other Person’s direct or indirect interest therein to another partner; rights to sell the Contributor’s or other Person’s direct or indirect interest therein at a price other than as provided herein; or rights to prohibit, limit, invalidate, otherwise restrict or impair any such transfer or to cause a termination or dissolution of W&D LLC because of such transfer.

 

(q)                                  Each of the following terms is defined in the section set forth below opposite such term:

 

Exhibit A-2

 



 

Term

 

Section

Act

 

2.7

Agreement

 

Preamble

Closing

 

7.1

Closing Date

 

7.1

Column Interest

 

Recital B

Common Shares

 

Recital C

Company

 

Preamble

Company Indemnified Persons

 

8.1(b)

Company Interests

 

Recital B

Contribution and Assumption Agreement

 

1.1

Contributor

 

Preamble

Contributor Indemnified Persons

 

8.1(a)

Current Shares

 

3.3

Damages

 

8.1(a)

Effective Date

 

Preamble

Formation Transactions

 

Recital B

Public Offering

 

Recital C

Registration Rights Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iv)

Remaining Company Interest

 

Recital B

Share Certificate

 

1.2

Stockholders Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iv)

Termination Date

 

9.1(b)

Total Consideration

 

1.2

Transfer

 

2.7(a)

W&D LLC

 

Recital B

Walker Contribution Agreement

 

Recital B

 

Exhibit A-3

 


 

EXHIBIT B

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

WALKER CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

[See Attached]

 

Exhibit B-1

 


 

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

 

by and among

 

MALLORY WALKER

TAYLOR WALKER

WILLIAM WALKER

HOWARD SMITH, III

RICHARD WARNER

DONNA MIGHTY

MICHAEL YAVINSKY

EDWARD B. HERMES

DEBORAH WILSON

 

and

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

Dated as of October 29, 2010

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

PAGE

 

 

ARTICLE 1. CONTRIBUTION OF REMAINING COMPANY INTERESTS

1

Section 1.1

Contribution of Remaining Company Interests

1

Section 1.2

Consideration and Exchange of Equity

2

 

 

 

ARTICLE 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTORS

2

Section 2.1

Due Authorization

2

Section 2.2

Consents and Approvals

2

Section 2.3

Ownership of the Remaining Company Interests

2

Section 2.4

Non-Contravention

3

Section 2.5

Non-Foreign Status

3

Section 2.6

Investment Purposes

3

Section 2.7

Solvency

4

Section 2.8

Tax

4

Section 2.9

Related Party Contracts

4

Section 2.10

Exclusive Representations

5

 

 

 

ARTICLE 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

5

Section 3.1

Organization; Authority; Qualification

5

Section 3.2

Due Authorization

5

Section 3.3

Capitalization

5

Section 3.4

Consents and Approvals

5

Section 3.5

Non-Contravention

5

Section 3.6

Common Shares

6

Section 3.7

Conduct of Business of the Company

6

Section 3.8

Exclusive Representations

6

 

 

 

ARTICLE 4. COVENANTS

6

Section 4.1

Covenants of the Contributors

6

Section 4.2

Tax Covenants

7

Section 4.3

Cooperation with Respect to Proceedings

7

Section 4.4

Further Assurances

8

Section 4.5

Column Contribution Agreement

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 5. WAIVER AND CONSENT; POWER OF ATTORNEY

8

Section 5.1

Waiver of Rights and Consent Under Operating Agreements

8

Section 5.2

Grant of Power of Attorney

8

 

 

 

ARTICLE 6. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

9

Section 6.1

Conditions to the Company’s Obligation to Close

9

Section 6.2

Conditions to the Contributors’ Obligation to Close

10

 

 

 

ARTICLE 7. CLOSING

11

Section 7.1

Time and Place; Closing

11

Section 7.2

Closing Deliveries

11

Section 7.3

Additional Closing Deliveries

12

Section 7.4

Costs

12

 

i



 

ARTICLE 8. INDEMNIFICATION; SURVIVAL

12

Section 8.1

Indemnification

12

Section 8.2

Survival

12

 

 

 

ARTICLE 9. TERMINATION

12

Section 9.1

Termination

12

Section 9.2

Procedure and Effect of Termination

13

 

 

 

ARTICLE 10. MISCELLANEOUS

14

Section 10.1

Counterparts

14

Section 10.2

Governing Law

14

Section 10.3

Amendment; Waiver

14

Section 10.4

Entire Agreement

14

Section 10.5

Assignability

14

Section 10.6

Titles

14

Section 10.7

Third Party Beneficiary

14

Section 10.8

Severability

14

Section 10.9

Interpretation

15

Section 10.10

Reliance

15

Section 10.11

Notices

15

Section 10.12

Equitable Remedies

16

Section 10.13

Enforcement Costs

16

 

ii



 

EXHIBIT LIST

 

 

 

 

SECTION FIRST

EXHIBITS

 

 

REFERENCED

 

 

 

 

 

A

 

Definitions

 

Recital A

 

 

 

 

 

B

 

Column Contribution Agreement

 

Recital B

 

 

 

 

 

C

 

Contributors, Participating Companies and Remaining Company Interests

 

Recital B

 

 

 

 

 

D

 

Lock-Up Agreement

 

Recital D

 

 

 

 

 

E

 

Form of Contribution and Assumption Agreement

 

1.1

 

 

 

 

 

F

 

Total Consideration

 

1.2

 

 

 

 

 

G

 

FIRPTA Certificate

 

7.2(a)(ii)

 

 

 

 

 

H

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iii)

 

 

 

 

 

I

 

Form of Stockholders Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iv)

 

iii


 

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

This CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (including all exhibits and schedules hereto, this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of October 29, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “ Company ”), Mallory Walker, Taylor Walker, William Walker, Howard Smith, III, Richard Warner, Donna Mighty, Michael Yavinsky, Edward B. Hermes and Deborah Wilson (each a “ Contributor ,” and collectively the “ Contributors ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                    For purposes of this Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings given to such terms in Exhibit A , or as otherwise defined in this Agreement.

 

B.                                      The Company desires to consolidate the ownership of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ W&D LLC ”), through a series of transactions (collectively, the “ Formation Transactions ”) whereby the Company will acquire (i) a 35% membership interest in W&D LLC (the “ Column Interest ”) from Column Guaranteed LLC (“ Column ”) pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and between the Company and Column, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Column Contribution Agreement ”), and (ii) pursuant to this Agreement, all of the interests in certain corporations and limited liability companies set forth on Exhibit C (collectively, the “ Participating Companies ”), which Participating Companies own, directly or indirectly, all of the membership interests in W&D LLC other than the Column Interest (collectively, the “ Remaining Company Interests ” and, together with the Column Interest, the “ Company Interests ”).

 

C.                                      The Formation Transactions include the proposed initial public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) of shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), of the Company.

 

D.                                     In connection with the Public Offering, on the date hereof each Contributor is delivering to the Company a duly executed Lock-Up Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D .

 

E.                                       The Contributors desire to transfer the Remaining Company Interests to the Company in exchange for Common Shares of the Company, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

F.                                       The parties hereto intend that the Formation Transactions will be governed by Section 351 of the Code.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual undertakings set forth below, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1.
CONTRIBUTION OF REMAINING COMPANY INTERESTS

 

Section 1.1                                       Contribution of Remaining Company Interests .  At the Closing (as defined in Section 7.1) and subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement, the Contributors shall contribute, transfer, assign, convey and deliver to the Company, absolutely and unconditionally, and, except as set forth in Section 2.3, free and clear of all Liens, the Remaining Company Interests in exchange for Common Shares, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.  The contribution and assumption of the Remaining Company Interests shall be evidenced by a Contribution

 

1



 

and Assumption Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E attached hereto (the “ Contribution and Assumption Agreement ”).  From and after the Closing, the Contributors shall no longer be members or shareholders, as applicable, of any Participating Company, and after the Closing the Contributors shall have no rights or obligations as a member or shareholder, as applicable, under any Operating Agreement.

 

Section 1.2                                       Consideration and Exchange of Equity .  The Company shall, in exchange for the Remaining Company Interests, transfer to each Contributor the number of Common Shares as determined on, and allocated between each such Contributor as set forth in, Exhibit F (each such number of Common Shares being each Contributor’s “ Total Consideration ”).  The parties acknowledge and agree that the issuance of Common Shares to the Contributors shall be evidenced by, at the Company’s election, either certificates representing such shares (“ Share Certificates ”) or by book-entry of uncertificated shares recorded in the Company’s share ledger.  Each party shall take such additional actions and execute such other documentation as may be required by the relevant Operating Agreements or as reasonably requested by any other party in order to effect the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 2.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE CONTRIBUTORS

 

Each Contributor severally, with respect to itself only, represents and warrants to the Company as follows:

 

Section 2.1                                       Due Authorization .  Such Contributor has the legal right, capacity, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of such Contributor pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Contributor, each enforceable against such Contributor in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

Section 2.2                                       Consents and Approvals .  Except as shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by such Contributor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 2.3                                       Ownership of the Remaining Company Interests .  The Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor constitute all of the interests in each Participating Company that are held by such Contributor.  Such Contributor is the sole owner of the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor, beneficially and of record, free and clear of any Liens of any nature, other than (i) Liens imposed by the applicable Participating Company’s Operating Agreement and (ii) Liens imposed as security for or otherwise with respect to any loan made to a Participating Company.  Upon delivery of consideration for the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor as herein provided, the Company will acquire good title thereto, free and clear of any Liens, other than (i) Liens imposed by the applicable Participating Company’s Operating Agreement and (ii) Liens imposed as security for or otherwise with respect to any loan made to a Participating Company which the Company has not caused to be released prior to the Closing.  There exist no rights to purchase, subscriptions, warrants, options, conversion rights or preemptive rights relating to the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor, other than such rights provided for in the applicable Participating Company’s Operating Agreement.

 

2



 

Section 2.4                                       Non-Contravention .  None of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby by such Contributor does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) contravene, violate or conflict with the organizational documents of such Contributor, (ii) contravene, violate, or conflict with, any foreign, federal, state, local or other law binding on such Contributor, or by which such Contributor or any of its respective assets or properties (including the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor) are bound or subject, (iii) result in any violation of, breach of, default under or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification or cancellation or other right adverse to such Contributor under (A) any agreement, document or instrument to which such Contributor is a party or by which such Contributor or the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor are bound, or (B) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of a Governmental Entity by which such Contributor or the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor are bound, (iv) require any approval, consent or waiver of, or the making of any filing with, any Person, including any Governmental Entity or (v) result in the creation of any Lien upon the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor.

 

Section 2.5                                       Non-Foreign Status .  Such Contributor is a United States person (as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), and is not subject to any withholding requirements under the Code or other applicable law in connection with any payment or consideration contemplated under this Agreement.

 

Section 2.6                                       Investment Purposes .   Such Contributor acknowledges its understanding that the offering and issuance of the Common Shares to be acquired pursuant to this Agreement are intended to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations in effect thereunder (the “ Act ”) and that the Company’s reliance on such exemption is predicated in part on the accuracy and completeness of the representations and warranties of such Contributor contained herein, and further acknowledges as follows:

 

(a)                                   Investment Except for the Common Shares which may be sold by Mallory Walker and Taylor Walker in the Public Offering, such Contributor is acquiring Common Shares solely for its own account for the purpose of investment and not as a nominee or agent for any other person and not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection with, any distribution of such Common Shares.  Such Contributor agrees and acknowledges that it will not, directly or indirectly, offer, transfer, sell, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of (each, a “ Transfer ”) any of the Common Shares, unless (i) the Transfer is pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act and qualification or other compliance under applicable blue sky or state securities laws, or (ii) if requested by the Company, counsel for such Contributor (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) shall have furnished the Company with an opinion, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company, to the effect that no such registration is required because of the availability of an exemption from registration under the Act.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Transfer shall be made unless it is permitted under the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Knowledge .  Such Contributor is knowledgeable, sophisticated and experienced in business and financial matters and fully understands the limitations on transfer imposed by applicable securities laws and as described in this Agreement.  Such Contributor is able to bear the economic risk of holding the Common Shares for an indefinite period and is able to afford the complete loss of its investment in the Common Shares.  Such Contributor has received and reviewed all information and documents about or pertaining to the Company, the business and prospects of the Company and the issuance of the Common Shares as such Contributor deems necessary or desirable and has been given the opportunity to obtain any additional information or documents and to ask questions and receive answers about such information and documents, the Company, the business and prospects of the Company and the

 

3



 

Common Shares, which such Contributor deems necessary or desirable to evaluate the merits and risks related to its investment in the Common Shares.

 

(c)                                   Holding Period .  Such Contributor acknowledges that it has been advised that (i) the Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement are “restricted securities” under applicable federal securities laws and may be disposed of only pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption therefrom; accordingly, such Contributor may have to bear indefinitely the economic risks of an investment in the Common Shares; (ii) a restrictive legend in the form hereafter set forth shall be placed on the Share Certificates; and (iii) a notation shall be made in the appropriate records of the Company indicating that the Common Shares are subject to restrictions on transfer.

 

(d)                                  Accredited Investor .  Such Contributor is an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D under the Act).

 

(e)                                   Legend .  Each Share Certificate issued pursuant to this Agreement shall bear the following legend:

 

The securities evidenced hereby have not been registered under the Act, or the securities laws of any state and may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of in the absence of such registration, unless, except in limited circumstances, the transferor delivers to the company an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the company, to the effect that the proposed sale, transfer or other disposition may be effected without registration under the Act and under applicable state securities laws.

 

Section 2.7                                       Solvency .   Such Contributor will be solvent immediately following the transfer by such Contributor of its Remaining Company Interests to the Company.

 

Section 2.8                                       Tax .   No Tax Lien or other charge exists or will exist upon consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor.  There are no outstanding powers of attorney relating to Tax matters with respect to the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor, or to the extent executed by such Contributor or any of its affiliates, with respect to any Participating Company.  There are no audits, investigations, disputes, notices of deficiency, assessments, claims, litigation, or other actions for or relating to any liability for Taxes (including, for the sake of clarity, any liability for any amount as a result of a failure to comply with applicable Tax law) of such Contributor or any of its affiliates with respect to such Contributor’s investment in any Participating Company that is ongoing, pending, or which have been threatened in writing.  Neither such Contributor nor any of its affiliates has taken any action or position inconsistent with the tax items reported to such Contributor on Schedule K-1 of either IRS Form 1065 or IRS Form 1120-S (or, in either case, any state or local analogues), as the case may be, in respect of its investment in any Participating Company.   No amount is required to be withheld in respect of Taxes from any consideration payable to such Contributor pursuant to this Agreement under the Code or any other applicable law.   Except for the Common Shares which may be sold by Mallory Walker and Taylor Walker in the Public Offering, no Contributor has any present plan or intention to sell any Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement during the applicable Lock-Up Period .

 

Section 2.9                                       Related Party Contracts .  To the knowledge of such Contributor, no present or former officer, director, member, partner or any Person owning 1% or more of the equity of any Participating Company, and no family member of any such Person, is a party to any contract with the Participating Companies or any of their respective properties, assets or liabilitie s, other than the Operating Agreements for each of the Participating Companies.

 

4



 

Section 2.10                                 Exclusive Representations .  Except as set forth in this Article 2, such Contributor makes no representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, and the Company acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.  Such Contributor acknowledges that no representation or warranty has been made by the Company with respect to the legal and Tax consequences of the transfer to the Company of the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor, nor with respect to such Contributor’s receipt of Common Shares as consideration therefor.  Such Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.

 

ARTICLE 3.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY

 

The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Contributor that:

 

Section 3.1                                       Organization; Authority; Qualification .  The Company is duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite power and authority to carry on its business as it is presently conducted and, to the extent required under applicable law, is qualified to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of its business or the ownership, leasing or operation of its property make such qualification necessary.  The Company has made available to the Contributors true and correct drafts of its Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws as proposed to be in effect for the Company on the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.2                                       Due Authorization .  The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  This Agreement and each agreement, document and instrument executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to this Agreement constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, each enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy or the application of equitable principles.

 

Section 3.3                                       Capitalization .  As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 100,000 Common Shares.  As of the date hereof, there are 100 Common Shares issued and outstanding (the “ Current Shares ”) and no Common Shares are held by the Company as treasury stock.  All of the issued and outstanding Current Shares were duly authorized for issuance and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  Prior to the completion of the Public Offering, the Company shall not grant any options to purchase Common Shares; provided, that concurrently with or prior to the completion of the Public Offering, the Company may grant options to purchase Common Shares pursuant to the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan to its employees, including its executive officers and independent directors, in an aggregate amount not to exceed 8% of all Common Shares to be issued and outstanding immediately following the Public Offering.

 

Section 3.4                                       Consents and Approvals .  Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributors made hereunder and except in connection with the Public Offering, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization of any third party or Governmental Entity is required to be obtained by the Company in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, except any of the foregoing that shall have been satisfied prior to the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.5                                       Non-Contravention .  Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Contributors made hereunder, none of the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement, any agreement contemplated hereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated

 

5



 

hereby does or will, with or without the giving of notice, lapse of time, or both, (i) contravene, violate or conflict with the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, (ii) contravene, violate or conflict with any foreign, federal, state, local or other law binding on the Company or by which the Company or any of its assets or properties are bound or subject, or (iii) result in any violation of, breach of, default under or give rise to a right of termination, acceleration, modification or cancellation or other right adverse to the Company under (A) any agreement, document or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound, or (B) any term or provision of any judgment, order, writ, injunction, or decree of a Governmental Entity by which the Company is bound.

 

Section 3.6                                       Common Shares .  Upon issuance thereof and subject to the payment of consideration described herein, any Common Shares issued pursuant to this Agreement will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and not subject to preemptive or similar rights created by statute or any agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound.

 

Section 3.7                                       Conduct of Business of the Company .   The Company has not engaged in any material operations prior to the date hereof, and will not engage in any material operations prior to the completion of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering.  The Company has no material assets or liabilities as of the date hereof, and will not have any material assets or operations prior to the completion of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering.

 

Section 3.8                                       Exclusive Representations . Except as set forth in this Article 3, the Company makes no any representation or warranty of any kind, express or implied, and each Contributor acknowledges that it has not relied upon any other such representation or warranty.

 

ARTICLE 4.
COVENANTS

 

Section 4.1                                       Covenants of the Contributors.

 

(a)                                   Affirmative Covenants .  From the Effective Date through the earlier of (i) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.1, and (ii) the Closing Date, and except in connection with the Formation Transactions, each Contributor, severally and not jointly, shall, to the extent such Contributor has the authority to take such actions:

 

(i)                                      cause each Participating Company and W&D LLC to preserve and maintain their existence, rights, franchises, licenses and privileges in the jurisdiction of their formation; and

 

(ii)                                   cause each Participating Company and W&D LLC to conduct their business in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and consistent with their obligations under such Participating Company’s or W&D LLC’s organizational documents.

 

(b)                                  Negative Covenants .  From the Effective Date through the earlier of (i) the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 9.1, and (ii) the Closing Date, and except in connection with the Formation Transactions, each Contributor, severally and not jointly, shall not, nor shall any Contributor, to the extent such Contributor has the authority to take such actions, permit any Participating Company or W&D LLC to, in each case without the prior written consent of the Company:

 

(i)                                      sell, transfer (or agree to sell or transfer) or otherwise dispose of, or cause the sale, transfer or disposition of (or agree to do any of the foregoing) all or any portion of the

 

6



 

Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor or any membership interest in W&D LLC owned, directly or indirectly, by a Participating Company;

 

(ii)                                   mortgage, pledge or encumber all or any portion of the Remaining Company Interests to be contributed by such Contributor or any membership interest in W&D LLC owned, directly or indirectly, by a Participating Company;

 

(iii)                                enter into any material transaction not in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iv)                               mortgage, pledge or encumber any assets, except (A) liens for Taxes not delinquent, (B) purchase money security interests in the ordinary course of business, and (C) mechanics’ liens being disputed in good faith and by appropriate proceeding in the ordinary course of business; or

 

(v)                                  cause or take any action that would render any of the representations or warranties as set forth in Article 2 of this Agreement untrue, incomplete or misleading in any material respect.

 

Section 4.2                                       Tax Covenants .

 

(a)                                   Each Contributor, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall provide each other with such cooperation and information relating to any of the Participating Companies or the Remaining Company Interests, as applicable, as the other party reasonably requests in (i) preparing and filing any Tax Return, amended Tax Return or claim for Tax refund; (ii) determining any liability for Taxes or a right to a Tax refund; (iii) conducting any audit, investigation, dispute, deficiency, assessment, claim, litigation, or other action in respect of Taxes; or (iv) performing Tax diligence.  Such reasonable cooperation shall include, without limitation, the reasonable provision of documents, the reasonable granting of powers of attorney, and making employees and agents available on a mutually convenient and reasonable basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereunder.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall prepare or cause to be prepared and file or cause to be filed all Tax Returns of the Participating Companies and their subsidiaries which are due after the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   The Contributors shall pay and bear all transfer, stamp, documentary, recording and similar Taxes with the transactions contemplated herein.

 

(d)                                  (i)  The parties intend that the Formation Transactions will be governed by Section 351 of the Code and shall take no action or position inconsistent with such treatment except to the extent such treatment is inapplicable under law.  For the sake of clarity, any sale of Common Shares after the Lock-Up Period shall not be treated as violating this Section 4.2(d)(i).

 

(ii)  Mallory Walker and Taylor Walker will not, in connection with the Public Offering, sell Common Shares representing in the aggregate more than 17.5% of the Common Shares outstanding immediately following the completion of the Public Offering and the Formation Transactions.

 

Section 4.3                                       Cooperation with Respect to Proceedings .  In the event of a Proceeding by any Person, including any Governmental Entity, seeking to restrain, prevent, prohibit, materially delay or restructure the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering, the parties shall cooperate and exercise commercially reasonable efforts to seek a resolution of such Proceeding so as to eliminate any impediment to Closing.

 

7



 

Section 4.4                                       Further Assurances .  Each Contributor shall execute and deliver to the Company all such other and further instruments and documents and take or cause to be taken all such other and further actions as the Company may reasonably request in order to effect the transactions contemplated hereby, including instruments or documents deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect and evidence the conveyance of the Remaining Company Interests in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Section 4.5                                       Column Contribution Agreement .  The Company shall not amend, modify, supplement or otherwise alter, directly or indirectly, the Column Contribution Agreement in any material respect without the prior written consent of Mallory Walker.  The Company shall not waive any material condition to the Company’s obligation to consummate the Closing (as defined in the Column Contribution Agreement) provided in Section 6.1 of the Column Contribution Agreement without the prior written consent of Mallory Walker.

 

ARTICLE 5.
WAIVER AND CONSENT; POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Section 5.1                                       Waiver of Rights and Consent Under Operating Agreements Effective as of the Closing, each Contributor hereby waives and relinquishes all rights and benefits otherwise afforded to such Contributor under any Operating Agreement with respect to the contribution, sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or delivery by the other members or shareholders of each Participating Company of the Remaining Company Interests to the Company pursuant to this Agreement, including all rights of appraisal, rights of first offer or first refusal, preemptive rights, buy/sell rights, call rights and any other right to consent to or approve of the transactions conducted by such other members or shareholders in connection with the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering and any and all notice provisions related thereto.  Each Contributor acknowledges that the agreements contained herein and the transactions contemplated hereby and any actions taken in contemplation of the transactions contemplated hereby may conflict with, and may not have been contemplated by, certain Operating Agreements or other agreements among one or more holders of Remaining Company Interests or one or more of the members or shareholders of a Participating Company.  Each Contributor expressly gives all Consents (and any consents necessary to authorize the proper parties in interest to give all Consents) and Waivers that it is entitled to give that are necessary or desirable to cause the other Contributors to have authority to transfer the Remaining Company Interests to the Company.  In addition, if the transactions contemplated hereby occur, this Agreement shall be deemed to be an amendment to any Operating Agreement to the extent the terms herein conflict with the terms thereof, including terms with respect to allocations, distributions and the like.  In the event the transactions contemplated by this Agreement do not occur, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to be or construed as an amendment or modification of, or commitment of any kind to amend or modify, the Operating Agreements, which shall remain in full force and effect without modification.  The Waiver and Consent enumerated in this Section 5.1 shall become effective only upon the Closing of the contribution and exchange of the Remaining Company Interests pursuant to Article 1 and Article 7.

 

Section 5.2                                       Grant of Power of Attorney .

 

(a)                                   Each Contributor hereby irrevocably appoints William M. Walker (or his designee) and any successor thereof from time to time (William M. Walker or such designee or any such successor of any of them acting in his, her or its capacity as attorney in fact pursuant hereto, the “ Attorney in Fact ”) as the true and lawful attorney in fact and agent of such Contributor, to act in the name, place and stead of such Contributor to make, execute, acknowledge and deliver all such other deeds (including grant deeds if applicable), agreements, assignments, contracts, orders, receipts, notices, requests, instructions, certificates, consents, letters and other writings (including the execution of any documents or

 

8



 

other items required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.2(a) and 7.3 or other documents relating to the acquisition by the Company of the Remaining Company Interests, including any registration rights agreements, partnership agreements, pledge agreements and any lock-up agreements), to provide information to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) and others about the transactions contemplated hereby and, in general, to do all things and to take all actions which the Attorney in Fact in his sole and absolute discretion may consider necessary or proper in connection with or to carry out the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, as fully as could the applicable Contributor if personally present and acting (the “ Power of Attorney ”).  Further, each Contributor hereby grants to the Attorney in Fact a proxy (the “ Proxy ”) to vote the Remaining Company Interests on any matter related to the Formation Transactions that is presented to the members or shareholders of any Participating Company for a vote, including with respect to the transfer of interests in any Participating Company by the other members or shareholders.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Power of Attorney and the Proxy and all authority granted thereby shall be coupled with an interest and therefore shall be irrevocable and shall not be terminated by any act of any Contributor, and if any other such act or event shall occur prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Attorney in Fact shall nevertheless be authorized and directed to consummate all such transactions as if such other act or event had not occurred and regardless of notice thereof.  Each Contributor acknowledges and agrees that, at the request of the Company, it shall promptly execute and deliver to the Company a separate power of attorney and proxy on the same terms set forth in this Section 5.2, such execution to be witnessed and notarized, and in recordable form (if necessary).  Each Contributor hereby authorizes the reliance of third parties on each of the Power of Attorney and the Proxy.

 

(c)                                   It is understood that the Attorney in Fact assumes no responsibility or liability to any Person by virtue of the Power of Attorney or Proxy granted by each Contributor under this Section 5.2.  The Attorney in Fact makes no representations with respect to and shall have no responsibility in his capacity as the Attorney in Fact for the Formation Transactions or the Public Offering, or the acquisition of the Remaining Company Interests by the Company and shall not be liable in his capacity as Attorney in Fact for any error or judgment or for any act done or omitted or for any mistake of fact or law, except for his own gross negligence or bad faith, or a breach of this Agreement or the terms of his power of attorney provided for herein.

 

ARTICLE 6.
CONDITIONS TO CLOSING

 

Section 6.1                                       Conditions to the Company’s Obligation to Close .  The obligation of the Company to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing (unless waived in whole or in part by the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion):

 

(a)                                   The representations and warranties of each Contributor contained in this Agreement (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date that such representations and warranties were made, and (ii) shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Closing Date (as defined in Section 7.1) as if made on and as of such date;

 

(b)                                  The obligations of each Contributor contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or prior to the Closing Date and no Contributor shall have breached any covenants contained herein in any material respect;

 

9



 

(c)                                   Each Contributor, directly or through the Attorney in Fact, shall have executed and delivered to the Company the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.2(a) and 7.3;

 

(d)                                  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(e)                                   The Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 previously filed with the SEC shall have become effective under the Act, and shall not be the subject of any stop order or other Proceeding by the SEC seeking a stop order;

 

(f)                                     The closing of the Public Offering shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing of the Public Offering); and

 

(g)                                  The closing under the Column Contribution Agreement shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing under the Column Contribution Agreement).

 

Section 6.2                                       Conditions to the Contributors’ Obligation to Close .  The obligations of each Contributor to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby shall be subject to the fulfillment of the following conditions at or prior to the Closing (unless waived in whole or in part by such Contributor, in its sole and absolute discretion):

 

(a)                                   The representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date such representations and warranties were made, and (ii) shall be true and correct on the Closing Date in all material respects as if made on and as of such date;

 

(b)                                  The obligations of the Company contained in this Agreement shall have been duly performed on or prior to the Closing Date and the Company shall not have breached any covenants contained herein in any material respect;

 

(c)                                   The Company shall have executed and delivered to the Contributors the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 7.2(b) and 7.3;

 

(d)                                  No order, statute, rule, regulation, executive order, injunction, stay, decree or restraining order shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity that prohibits the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(e)                                   The Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 previously filed with the SEC shall have become effective under the Act, and shall not be the subject of any stop order or Proceeding by the SEC seeking a stop order;

 

(f)                                     The closing of the Public Offering shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing of the Public Offering); and

 

10


 

(g)                                  The closing under the Column Contribution Agreement shall be occurring simultaneously with the Closing (or the Closing shall occur prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of, the closing under the Column Contribution Agreement).

 

ARTICLE 7.
CLOSING

 

Section 7.1                                       Time and Place; Closing .  The date, time and place of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “ Closing ” or the “ Closing Date ”) shall occur concurrently with (or prior to, but conditioned upon the immediate subsequent occurrence of), and at the same location as, the closing of the Public Offering.

 

Section 7.2                                       Closing Deliveries .  At the Closing, the parties shall deliver or cause to be delivered the following:

 

(a)                                   Each Contributor shall deliver to the Company the following:

 

(i)                                      a copy of the Contribution and Assumption Agreement, duly executed by such Contributor;

 

(ii)                                   an affidavit from such Contributor substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G , duly executed by such Contributor;

 

(iii)                                a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”), duly executed by such Contributor;

 

(iv)                               with respect to William Walker and Mallory Walker, a copy of the Stockholders Agreement substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”), duly executed by William Walker or Mallory Walker, as applicable;

 

(v)                                  any other documents that are in the possession of such Contributor or which can be obtained through such Contributor’s reasonable efforts which are reasonably requested by the Company or reasonably necessary or desirable to assign, transfer, convey, contribute and deliver the Remaining Company Interests and effectuate the transactions contemplated hereby; and

 

(vi)                               a certification regarding the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the Contributors contained in this Agreement as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall deliver to each Contributor the following:

 

(i)                                      the Share Certificates or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares by book-entry and/or other evidence of the transfer of Common Shares to such Contributor;

 

(ii)                                   a copy of the Contribution and Assumption Agreement, duly executed by the Company;

 

(iii)                                a copy of the Registration Rights Agreement, duly executed by the Company; and

 

(iv)                               a certification regarding the accuracy in all material respects of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement as of the Closing Date.

 

11



 

(c)                                   The Company shall deliver to Mallory Walker a copy of the Stockholders Agreement, duly executed by the Company and Column.

 

Section 7.3                                       Additional Closing Deliveries .  At the Closing, the parties shall make, execute, acknowledge and deliver, or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered through the Attorney in Fact, such additional legal documents and other items to which it is a party or for which it is otherwise responsible as are necessary to carry out the intention of this Agreement and the other transactions contemplated to take place in connection therewith.

 

Section 7.4                                       Costs .  Each party hereto shall be responsible for its own attorneys’ and advisors’ fees, charges and disbursements in connection with this Agreement, and any other costs and expenses incident to the transactions contemplated hereby incurred by it.  The provisions of this Section 7.4 shall survive the Closing.

 

ARTICLE 8.
INDEMNIFICATION; SURVIVAL

 

Section 8.1                                       Indemnification .

 

(a)                                   The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contributors, their affiliates and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns (collectively, the “ Contributor Indemnified Persons ”), from and after the Closing, against any and all actual losses, damages, assessments, fines, penalties, adjustments, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) (“ Damages ”) incurred or suffered by any Contributor Indemnified Person to the extent arising out of or caused by (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement; or (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Each Contributor shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates and their respective officers, directors, employees and agents (collectively, the “ Company Indemnified Persons ”), from and after the Closing, against any and all actual Damages incurred or suffered by any Company Indemnified Person to the extent arising out of or caused by (i) any breach of any representation or warranty of such Contributor contained in this Agreement; or (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement of such Contributor contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 8.2                                       Survival .  It is the express intention and agreement of the parties hereto that the representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities of each of the Contributors and the Company set forth in this Agreement shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  The provisions of this Agreement that contemplate performance after the Closing and the obligations of the parties not fully performed at the Closing shall survive the Closing and shall not be deemed to be merged into or waived by the instruments of Closing.

 

ARTICLE 9.
TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1                                       Termination .  This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be abandoned at any time prior to Closing:

 

(a)                                   by mutual agreement of all of the Contributors and the Company;

 

12



 

(b)                                  at any time after December 31, 2010 (the “ Termination Date ”), by either the Company or any Contributor, by prior written notice to the other party, if the Closing shall not have occurred for any reason on or prior to the Termination Date; provided , however , that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(b) shall not be available to any party whose failure to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement required to be performed by it at or prior to the Closing has been the cause of, or resulted in, the failure of the Closing to occur;

 

(c)                                   by the Company, upon written notice to the Contributors, if (i) the Company determines, in its sole and absolute discretion, not to proceed with the Public Offering, (ii) any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.1 shall have become incapable of fulfillment and shall not have been waived by the Company, (iii) any Contributor fails to perform in any material respect any of its covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to such Contributor, such breach shall not have been cured or waived by the Company and such Contributor shall not have provided reasonable assurance to the Company that such breach will be cured in all material respects on or prior to the Closing, or (iv) any Contributor shall breach in any material respect any of its representations or warranties hereunder, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to such Contributor, such Contributor shall continue to be in breach of such representation or warranty; or

 

(d)                                  by any Contributor, upon written notice to the Company, if (i) any of the conditions set forth in Section 6.2 shall have become incapable of fulfillment and shall not have been waived by the Contributors, (ii) the Company fails to perform in any material respect any covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed by it on or prior to the Closing, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Company, such breach shall not have been cured or waived by the Contributors and the Company shall not have provided reasonable assurance to the Contributors that such breach will be cured in all material respects at or prior to the Closing, or (iii) the Company shall breach in any material respect any of its representations or warranties hereunder, and, within twenty (20) days after written notice of such breach to the Company, the Company shall continue to be in breach of such representation or warranty.

 

Section 9.2                                       Procedure and Effect of Termination .  In the event of the termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to Section 9.1, written notice thereof shall be given by the party so terminating to the other parties to this Agreement, and this Agreement shall terminate and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be abandoned without further action by the parties hereto.  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof:

 

(a)                                   this Agreement shall become null and void and of no further force or effect, except that the obligations provided for in Section 4.2, Section 7.4, Article 8, this Section 9.2 and Article 10 hereof shall survive any such termination of this Agreement; and

 

(b)                                  except as otherwise set forth herein, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party; provided , however , that if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement fail to close as a result of any breach or violation of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement by any party, such party shall be fully liable for any and all Damages incurred or suffered by the other parties as a result of any such breach or violation so long as such other parties are not then themselves in breach in any material respect of their respective obligations under this Agreement.

 

13



 

ARTICLE 10.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 10.1                                 Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.2                                 Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 10.3                                 Amendment; Waiver .  Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time. Except as otherwise provided herein, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 10.4                                 Entire Agreement .  This Agreement, the exhibits and schedules hereto and the agreements referred to in Section 7.2 hereof constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be.

 

Section 10.5                                 Assignability .  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and any reference to a party shall also be a reference to an heir, legal representative, successor or permitted assign; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by any party without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an affiliate.

 

Section 10.6                                 Titles .  The titles and captions of the Articles, Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.7                                 Third Party Beneficiary .  Except as may be expressly provided or incorporated by reference herein, including in Section 5.2, no provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 10.8                                 Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect such

 

14



 

replacement; provided however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.9                                 Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to articles, sections, schedules, exhibits and attachments shall be deemed references to articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and attachments to, this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular article, section or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  Any deadline or time period set forth in this Agreement that by its terms ends on a day that is not a Business Day shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the Parties understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the Parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which Party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

Section 10.10                           Reliance .  Each party to this Agreement acknowledges and agrees that it is not relying on Tax or other advice from any other party to this Agreement, and that it has or will consult with its own Tax and other advisors with regard to the transactions contemplated herein and its investment in the Company.  No Contributor shall be liable for any Damages resulting from a successful challenge of the treatment or characterization by any taxing authority of the transactions contemplated herein except to the extent attributable to a breach by such Contributor of any Tax-related representations, warranties or covenants set forth in this Agreement or any Exhibit to this Agreement.

 

Section 10.11                           Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party making such notice, request, demand, waiver or communication and shall be deemed to be given (i) on the day delivered (or if that day is not a Business Day, or if delivered after the close of business on a Business Day, on the next day that is a Business Day) when delivered by personal delivery or overnight courier, (ii) on the third Business Day after mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) upon transmission when sent by facsimile transmission or email transmission (provided that such facsimile or email is followed by an original of such notice by mail or personal delivery as provided herein).  Mailed notices shall be addressed as set forth below, but any party may change the address set forth below by written notice to other parties in accordance with this paragraph.

 

To the Company :

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200
Bethesda, Maryland 20814
Phone: (301) 215-5500
Facsimile: (301) 634-2150

 

15



 

Email: wwalker@walkerdunlop.com
Attn:  William M. Walker

 

with a copy to:

 

Hogan Lovells US LLP
555 Thirteenth Street, N.W.
Washington, DC 20004
Phone: (202) 637-5600
Facsimile: (202) 637-5910
Email: david.bonser@hoganlovells.com
Attn: David Bonser

 

To the Contributors :

 

William M. Walker
c/o Walker & Dunlop, Inc.
7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200
Bethesda, Maryland 20814
Phone: (301) 215-5500
Facsimile: (301) 634-2150
Email: wwalker@walkerdunlop.com

 

Section 10.12                           Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit the Contributors to enforce the consummation of the Public Offering.

 

Section 10.13                           Enforcement Costs .  Should either party institute any Proceeding to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to receive all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by such prevailing party in connection with such Proceeding.  A party entitled to recover costs and expenses under this Section shall also be entitled to recover all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred in the enforcement of any judgment or settlement obtained in such action or proceeding (and in any such judgment provision shall be made for the recovery of such post-judgment costs and expenses).

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

16



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties have duly executed this Agreement or caused this Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief

 

 

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTORS

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mallory Walker

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

/s/ Taylor Walker

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

/s/ William Walker

 

William Walker

 

 

 

/s/ Howard Smith, III

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

/s/ Richard Warner

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

/s/ Donna Mighty

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

/s/ Michael Yavinsky

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

/s/ Edward B. Hermes

 

Edward B. Hermes

 

 

 

/s/ Deborah Wilson

 

Deborah Wilson

 

Signature Page to Contribution Agreement (Individuals)

 



 

EXHIBIT A
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of the Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

(a)                                   Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banks in the City of New York are authorized or obligated by applicable law to close.

 

(b)                                  Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

(c)                                   Consents ” means any consent necessary or desirable under any Operating Agreement or any other agreement among all or any of the holders of interests in any Participating Company (i) to cause any Contributor to have authority to transfer its Remaining Company Interests to the Company or to amend such Operating Agreement and/or other agreements so that no provision thereof prohibits, restricts, impairs or interferes with any such transfer, (ii) to enable the Company to effect the Public Offering, (iii) to admit the Company as a substitute member of such Participating Company upon the Company’s acquisition of the Remaining Company Interests and to adopt such amendment as is necessary or desirable to effect such admission, (iv) to adopt any amendment to an Operating Agreement as may be reasonably deemed desirable by the Company, either simultaneously with or immediately prior to the acquisition of the Remaining Company Interests, and (v) to continue such Participating Company following the transfer of interest therein to the Company.

 

(d)                                  Damages ” means all claims, liabilities, Taxes, demands, obligations, losses, penalties, fines, assessments, levies and judgments (at equity or at law), damages (including compensatory damages and amounts paid in settlement), costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’, accountants’, investigators’, and experts fees and expenses (reasonably sustained or incurred in connection with the defense or investigation of any Proceedings, including Proceedings to establish insurance coverage), whenever arising or incurred, but expressly excluding exemplary and punitive damages (except to the extent awarded in any Proceeding initiated by a third party).

 

(e)                                   Governmental Entity ” means any governmental agency or quasi-governmental agency, bureau, board, commission, court, department, official, political subdivision, tribunal or other instrumentality of any government, whether federal, state or local, domestic or foreign.

 

(f)                                     Liens ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), other charge or security interest or any preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement), and any obligations under capital leases having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing.

 

(g)                                  Lock-Up Period ” has the meaning, with respect to each Contributor, given to such term in that certain Letter Agreement, dated October 29, 2010, by and among such Contributor and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated or such shorter period after which the Contributor is permitted to sell Common Shares under the Letter Agreement pursuant to a waiver or otherwise.

 

Exhibit A-1



 

(h)                                  Operating Agreement ” means the respective limited liability company agreement, membership agreement or certificate of incorporation, as applicable, under which each Participating Company was formed (including all amendments or restatements thereto).

 

(i)                                      Person ” means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or Governmental Entity.

 

(j)                                      Proceeding ” means any governmental, judicial, administrative or adversarial proceeding (public or private), any action, claim, lawsuit, legal proceeding, whistleblower complaint, charge, accusation, petition, litigation, arbitration or mediation, any hearing, investigation (internal or otherwise), probe or inquiry by any Governmental Entity or any other dispute, including any adversarial proceeding.

 

(k)                                   Tax ” or “ Taxes ” means any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign income, gross receipts, license, payroll, employment-related, excise, goods and services, harmonized sales, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, windfall profits, environmental, customs duties, capital stock, franchise, profits, withholding, social security, unemployment, disability, real property, personal property, sales, use, transfer, registration, value added, alternative or add-on minimum, estimated, or other tax of any kind whatsoever, including any interest, penalty, or addition thereto, whether disputed or not.

 

(l)                                      Tax Return ” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement related to Taxes or provided to any taxing authority or in respect of Tax law, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof or supplement thereto.

 

(m)                                Waivers ” means the waiving of any and all rights that any Contributor may have with respect to, and (to the extent controlled by such Contributor) that any such other Person may have with respect to, or that may accrue to such Contributor or such other controlled Person upon the occurrence of, the transfer of the Company Interests to the Company, including the following rights: rights of notice; rights to response periods; rights to purchase the direct or indirect interests of another member or shareholder in any Participating Company or to sell such Contributor’s or other Person’s direct or indirect interest therein to another partner; rights to sell such Contributor’s or other Person’s direct or indirect interest therein at a price other than as provided herein; or rights to prohibit, limit, invalidate, otherwise restrict or impair any such transfer or to cause a termination or dissolution of any Participating Company because of such transfer.

 

(n)                                  Each of the following terms is defined in the section set forth below opposite such term:

 

Term

 

Section

 

 

 

Act

 

2.6

Agreement

 

Preamble

Attorney in Fact

 

5.2(a)

Closing

 

7.1

Closing Date

 

7.1

Column

 

Recital B

Column Contribution Agreement

 

Recital B

Column Interest

 

Recital B

Common Shares

 

Recital C

 

Exhibit A-2



 

Company

 

Preamble

Company Indemnified Persons

 

8.1(b)

Company Interests

 

Recital B

Contribution and Assumption Agreement

 

1.1

Contributor

 

Preamble

Contributors

 

Preamble

Contributor Indemnified Persons

 

8.1(a)

Current Shares

 

3.3

Damages

 

8.1(a)

Effective Date

 

Preamble

Formation Transactions

 

Recital B

Participating Companies

 

Recital B

Power of Attorney

 

5.2(a)

Proxy

 

5.2(a)

Public Offering

 

Recital C

Registration Rights Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iii)

Remaining Company Interest

 

Recital B

SEC

 

5.2(a)

Share Certificate

 

1.2

Stockholders Agreement

 

7.2(a)(iv)

Termination Date

 

9.1(b)

Total Consideration

 

1.2

Transfer

 

2.6(a)

W&D LLC

 

Recital B

 

Exhibit A-3


 

 

EXHIBIT B
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

COLUMN CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

[See Attached]

 

Exhibit B-1



 

EXHIBIT C
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

CONTRIBUTORS, PARTICIPATING COMPANIES AND REMAINING COMPANY INTERESTS

 

Set forth below is a list of the Participating Companies that are subject to this Agreement and the Remaining Company Interests held by the applicable Contributor in such Participating Company that are being contributed to the Company under this Agreement.

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

PARTICIPATING
COMPANY

 

REMAINING
COMPANY INTERESTS

 

Mallory Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

74.1

%

Mallory Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

75.0

%

Mallory Walker

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

13.7

%

Mallory Walker

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.8

%

Taylor Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

6.4

%

Taylor Walker

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

6.9

%

Taylor Walker

 

W&D, Inc.

 

40.9

%

William Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

6.4

%

William Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

25.0

%

William Walker

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

47.8

%

William Walker

 

W&D, Inc.

 

46.7

%

Howard Smith, III

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

13.2

%

Howard Smith, III

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

20.9

%

Howard Smith, III

 

W&D, Inc.

 

5.8

%

Richard Warner

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

3.8

%

Donna Mighty

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

2.7

%

Donna Mighty

 

W&D, Inc.

 

1.2

%

Michael Yavinsky

 

W&D, Inc.

 

2.3

%

Edward B. Hermes

 

W&D, Inc.

 

2.3

%

 

Exhibit C-1



 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

PARTICIPATING
COMPANY

 

REMAINING
COMPANY INTERESTS

 

Deborah Wilson

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

3.2

%

 

Exhibit C-2



 

EXHIBIT D

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

Exhbit D-1



 

LOCK-UP LETTER

 

October         , 2010

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

787 Seventh Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10019

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, NY  10036

 

Re:          Proposed Public Offering by Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) between Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and you as the representatives (the “Representatives”) of the underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), relating to an underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company.

 

In order to induce the Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned agrees that the undersigned will not, during a period of 365 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such swap, hedge or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.  In the event that (1) during the last 17 days of the 365 day restricted period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 365 day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 365 day restricted period, then in each case the 365 day restricted period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such extension.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (ii) to any trust or family limited partnership for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that the trustee of the trust or general partner of the family limited partnership, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by

 



 

the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, or (iii) with your prior written consent; provided, however, that transfers referenced under (i) and (ii) shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 365-day restricted period).  For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

 

Upon consummation of the Formation Transactions (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) and/or grant of equity under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the undersigned will have and, except as contemplated by clauses (i) through (iii) above and except with respect to shares sold as selling shareholders in the initial public offering, for the duration of the Lock-Up Agreement will have good and marketable title to the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever, except with respect to any liens, encumbrances and claims that were in existence on the date hereof.  The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Common Stock, except in compliance with this Lock-Up Agreement.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of the undersigned’s Common Stock if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Agreement.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement.  The undersigned agrees that the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding also upon the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, by 6-months from the date hereof or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Lock-up Agreement.

 

[signatures on next page]

 

2



 

This Lock-up Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

3



 

EXHIBIT E
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned (the “ Contributor ”) hereby assigns, transfers, sells and conveys to WALKER & DUNLOP, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), its entire legal and beneficial right, title and interest in and to the interests in each Participating Company set forth opposite the Contributor’s name on Schedule A attached hereto, including all right, title and interest, if any, of the undersigned in and to the assets of each Participating Company and the right to receive distributions of money, profits and other assets from each Participating Company, presently existing or hereafter at any time arising or accruing..

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Company, its successors and assigns, forever.

 

Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Company assumes from the Contributor, all obligations in respect of the interests in the Participating Companies set forth opposite the Contributor’s name on Schedule A attached hereto accruing from and after the date hereof.

 

The Contributor, for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees that, at any time and from time to time after the date hereof upon the written request of the Company, it will, without further consideration, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, each and all of such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Company in order to assign, transfer, set over, convey, assure and confirm unto and vest in the Company, its successors and assigns, title to the Remaining Company Interests (as defined in that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of  October 29, 2010, by and among the Company, the Contributor and the other parties thereto (the “ Contribution Agreement ”)) granted, sold, transferred, conveyed and delivered by this Agreement.

 

Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Contribution Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

Exhibit E-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

Exhibit E-2



 

EXHIBIT F
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

TOTAL CONSIDERATION

 

The Total Consideration to be received by each Contributor in exchange for its Remaining Company Interests shall be the number of Common Shares determined by reference to the formulas set forth below for such Contributor and subject, in all applicable cases, to any splits or other similar adjustments made prior to or in connection with the Closing:

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

PARTICIPATING
COMPANY

 

TOTAL CONSIDERATION(1)

Mallory Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.269794 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.059944 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.184546 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.104201 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

0.011258 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

0.008620 * DE / POP

 

Exhibit F-1



 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

PARTICIPATING
COMPANY

 

TOTAL CONSIDERATION(1)

 

 

W&D, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.001150 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Edward B. Hermes

 

W&D, Inc.

 

0.001150 * DE / POP

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

0.009337 * DE / POP

 


(1) Numbers shown reflect an overall indirect percentage interest in all of the Participating Companies based on legal ownership.  Individual numbers will be adjusted prior to Closing once the Public Offering Price has been determined to take into account (i) the settlement of outstanding intercompany receivables among the W&D LLC and the Participating Companies, and (ii) an allocation of debt of GPF Acquisition, LLC and Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc. to its equity owners, both as of October 31, 2010.  Such adjustment shall be determined by the Company, in its reasonable judgment.  As a result, the Total Consideration to be received by each Contributor may be less or more than what is reflected in the table.  Assuming a Public Offering of 10,000,000 Common Shares at a Public Offering Price of $15.00 per Common Share, it is currently estimated that the adjustments described above would result in the Total Consideration to be received by each Contributor to be as follows:

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

TOTAL CONSIDERATION

Mallory Walker

 

0.314726 * DE / POP

Taylor Walker

 

0.060483 * DE / POP

William Walker

 

0.148028 * DE / POP

Howard Smith, III

 

0.097059 * DE / POP

Richard Warner

 

0.008062 * DE / POP

Donna Mighty

 

0.006378 * DE / POP

Michael Yavinsky

 

0.001223 * DE / POP

Edward B. Hermes

 

0.001223 * DE / POP

Deborah Wilson

 

0.006687 * DE / POP

 

Exhibit F-2



 

DE = Distributable Equity

 

POP = Public Offering Price

 

Distributable Equity ” means Gross Equity Value minus Public Equity Value.

 

Gross Equity Value ” means the gross equity value of the Company upon the closing of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering (excluding any shares issued by the Company at the time of the Public Offering pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan), as determined by the Company in consultation with the underwriters in the Public Offering.

 

Public Equity Value ” means the equity value of the shares of the Common Shares issued by the Company to the investors in the Public Offering, calculated by multiplying the number of Common Shares issued in the Public Offering (excluding any Common Shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option) by the Public Offering Price.

 

Public Offering Price ” means the public offering price set forth on the cover page of the final prospectus for the Public Offering.

 

Any fractional Common Shares that a Contributor would otherwise be entitled to receive as a result of the calculation set forth above shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Common Shares.

 

Exhibit F-3



 

EXHIBIT G

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF FIRPTA CERTIFICATE

 

1.        Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), provides that a transferee of a United States real property interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person.  For United States tax purposes (including Section 1445), the owner of a disregarded entity which has legal title to a United States real property interest under local law, and not the disregarded entity, is the transferor of the property.

 

2.        In order to inform Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “ Transferee ”), that withholding of tax is not required in connection with the transfer of the limited liability company interests or stock, as applicable, in                    (the “ Participating Company ”), pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, by and between the Transferee,                (the “ Transferor ”) and certain other contributors party thereto, the Transferor hereby certifies and declares the following:

 

[(a)    [                  ] is a disregarded entity within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii) and [                     ] is wholly owned by the Transferor.]

 

(b)      The Transferor is not a foreign person, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as such terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

(c)       The Transferor is a corporation for federal income tax purposes and is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

(d)      The Federal Taxpayer Identification Number for the Transferor is [                        ].

 

(e)           The address for the Transferor is:

 

[                      ]
[                      ]

 

3.        The Transferor understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the Transferee and that any false statement contained in this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment or both.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

Exhibit G-1



 

Under penalties of perjury, (the undersigned signatory signing on behalf of the Transferor below) declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct and complete, and I further declare that I have the authority to sign this document on behalf of the Transferor.

 

Executed this                  day of                           , 2010.

 

 

Transferor

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit G-2



 

EXHIBIT H

TO

 

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit H-1


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2010 by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and the holders listed on Schedule I hereto (each an “ Initial Holder ” and collectively, the “ Initial Holders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaging in various related transactions (the “ IPO Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will effect an initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), the closing of which is occurring on the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO Transactions, the Company is engaging in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Initial Holders are receiving Common Shares on the date hereof in exchange for their respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions (the “ Private Placement Shares ”), as set forth on Schedule I hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to grant to the Initial Holders (and their permitted assignees and transferees) the registration rights described in this Agreement (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.          DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Blackout Period ” is defined in Section 2.1(f)  hereof.

 

Business Day ” any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday other than a day on which banks and other financial institutions are authorized or required to be closed for business in the State of New York.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 



 

Formation Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Holder ” means to (a) any Initial Holder who is the record or beneficial owner of any Registrable Security or (b) any assignee or transferee of such Initial Holder, provided such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the all the provisions hereof.

 

Initial Holder ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

IPO Closing Date ” means the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

IPO Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Maximum Threshold ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)  hereof.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)  hereof.

 

Private Placement Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Pro Rata Adjusted ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)(x)  hereof.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by Section 2.1(d)  or Section 2.2(a) , including any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Registrable Securities ” means the Private Placement Shares and any additional Common Shares issued with respect thereto by way of share dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise, and any Common Shares or shares of common stock issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof.

 

Registration Notice ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Registration Rights ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by Section 2.1(d)  or Section 2.2(a) , including any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2



 

Shelf Registration Statement ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Suspension Event ” is defined in Section 2.3(a)  hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering Notice ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  hereof.

 

SECTION 2.          REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

2.1            Demand Registration Rights .

 

(a)            Demand Registration .  Subject to Sections 2.1(e)  and 2.3 hereof, at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, each Holder may deliver to the Company a written notice (a “ Registration Notice ”) informing the Company of such Holder’s desire to have some or all of its Registrable Securities registered for resale and specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be registered by the Company.  Upon receipt of a Registration Notice from a Holder requesting registration of the lesser of (i) one million (1,000,000) Registrable Securities or (ii) all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, if the Company has not already caused such Registrable Securities to be included as part of an existing shelf registration statement and related prospectus that the Company then has on file with, and which has been declared effective by, the Commission and which remains in effect and not subject to any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission (in which event the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its registration obligation under this Section 2.1 with respect to such Registrable Securities), then the Company shall cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving the Registration Notice, but in no event more than sixty (60) days following receipt of such notice, a new registration statement and related prospectus pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act covering the resale of the Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), which complies as to form in all material respects with applicable Commission rules providing for the sale by such Holder or group of Holders of such Registrable Securities.  The Company agrees (subject to Section 2.3 hereof) to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable.

 

Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective (including the preparation and filing of any amendments and supplements necessary for that purpose) until the earlier of (i) the date that is two (2) years after the date of effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder, or (iii) the date on which the Holder or Holders consummate the sale of all of the Registrable Securities registered under such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may at any time (including, without

 

3



 

limitation, prior to or after receiving a Registration Notice from a Holder), in its sole discretion, include all additional Registrable Securities then outstanding or any portion thereof in any registration statement, including by virtue of adding such Registrable Securities as additional securities to an existing shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (in which event the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its registration obligation under this Section 2.1(a)  with respect to the Registrable Securities so included, so long as such registration statement remains effective and not the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission).  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a Holder, include in any Shelf Registration Statement filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)  with respect to such Holder’s Registrable Securities, (i) any Common Shares to be offered by the Company for its own account or (ii) any Common Shares owned by any Person that is not a Holder.

 

(b)            Notice to Holders .  Upon receipt of a valid Registration Notice at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, the Company shall give written notice of the proposed filing of the Shelf Registration Statement to all other Holders as soon as practicable, and each Holder who wishes to participate in such Shelf Registration Statement shall notify the Company in writing within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company, and shall specify in such notice the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(c)            Offers and Sales .  All offers and sales of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement by the Holder thereof shall be completed within the period during which such Shelf Registration Statement remains effective and not the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission.  Upon notice that such Shelf Registration Statement is no longer effective, no Holder will offer or sell the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement.  If directed in writing by the Company, each Holder will return all undistributed copies of the related Prospectus in such Holder’s possession upon the expiration of such period.

 

(d)            Underwritten Registered Resales .  If a Holder or Holders submit a Registration Notice requesting registration of a number of Registrable Securities equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the Private Placement Shares originally issued in the Formation Transactions (an “ Underwritten Offering Notice ”), then such Holder(s) shall be entitled to effect the sale of such Registrable Securities through an underwritten public offering (an “ Underwritten Offering ”); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three Underwritten Offerings under this Section 2.1(d) ; and provided , further , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, an Underwritten Offering (i) within one hundred eighty (180) days following the last date on which an Underwritten Offering was effected pursuant to this Section 2.1(d)  or during any lock-up period required by the underwriters in any prior Underwritten Offering conducted by the Company on its own behalf or on behalf of selling stockholders, or (ii) during the period commencing with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of (provided the Company is actively employed in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to file such registration statement), and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a registration statement with respect to an offering by the Company with respect to which the Company gave notice pursuant to

 

4



 

Section 2.2(a) .  Any request for an Underwritten Offering hereunder shall be made to the Company in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.  Upon receipt of a valid Underwritten Offering Notice for an Underwritten Offering in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.1(d) , the Company shall give written notice of the proposed Underwritten Offering to all other Holders as soon as practicable, and each Holder who wishes to participate in such Underwritten Offering shall notify the Company in writing within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company, and shall specify in such notice the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the Underwritten Offering.  The Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in an Underwritten Offering shall be entitled to select the managing underwriters for any such Underwritten Offering, subject to the approval of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.  The Company shall cooperate with the Holder(s) and such managing underwriters in connection with any such offering, including without limitation entering into such customary agreements (including underwriting and lock-up agreements in customary form) and taking all such other customary actions as the Holders or the managing underwriters of such Underwritten Offering reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities subject to such Underwritten Offering (including, without limitation, making members of senior management of the Company available to participate in “road show” and other customary marketing activities), making available customary financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company for review by the underwriters and their counsel and causing to be delivered to the underwriters opinions of counsel to the Company and comfort letters from the Company’s accountants in customary form, covering such matters as are customarily covered in an underwritten public offering, as the managing underwriters may request and addressed to the underwriters.

 

(e)            Limitations on Registration Rights .  Each Holder and its permitted assignees collectively shall be entitled to five (5) exercises of the Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) ; provided , however , that the Holders, collectively and as a group, shall not be permitted to exercise such Registration Rights more than once in any consecutive six month period and the Company shall not be obligated to effect any Shelf Registration Statement within six months after the effective date of a previous Shelf Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission within one hundred twenty (120) days after the original filing date or is suspended for more than ninety (90) days at any one time, the Holders shall be deemed not to have exercised their Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) .  Each Holder’s Registration Rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall expire upon the date on which all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder.  Except as set forth in Section 2.1(d) , the Registration Rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 may not be exercised in connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company or by any Holder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(f)             Black-Out Period .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities (other than to donees or affiliates of

 

5



 

such Holder who agree to be similarly bound) within seven (7) days prior to and for up to ninety (90) days, in the event of any subsequent offering, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or the date of an underwriting agreement with respect to an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities (the “ Black-Out Period ”); provided , however , that:

 

(i)             with respect to the Black-Out Period, such agreement shall not be applicable to the Registrable Securities to be sold on such Holder’s behalf to the public in an underwritten offering pursuant to such registration statement;

 

(ii)            all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Shares shall enter into similar agreements;

 

(iii)           the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain similar agreements from each 10% or greater shareholder of the Company; and

 

(iv)           such Holder shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer, director or other 10% or greater shareholder of the Company that entered into similar agreements.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Registrable Securities subject to this Section 2.1(f)  and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other Common Shares of any Holder (and the Common Shares or securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

Section 2.2              Piggy-Back Registration Rights .

 

(a)            Piggy-Back Registration .  Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, if at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an underwritten offering of Common Shares by the Company for its own account (other than (i) any Shelf Registration Statement filed in connection with a Registration Notice pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or (ii) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be adopted by the Commission) or filed in connection with an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing stockholders), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) Business Days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register such number of shares of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing within five (5) Business Days of receiving such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”).  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter(s) of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included therein.  Participation in a Piggy-Back Registration as provided in this Section 2.2(a)  shall not count as an exercise of the Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) .  All Holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities

 

6



 

through a Piggy-Back Registration shall (i) enter into an underwriting agreement in reasonable and customary form with the underwriter(s) selected by the Company for such Piggy-Back Registration and (ii) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers-of-attorney, indemnities, opinions and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement.

 

(b)            Reduction of Offering .  If the managing underwriter(s) for a Piggy-Back Registration advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities that in their opinion the dollar amount or number of Common Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell, taken together with Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with Persons other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2 , and the Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities, as applicable, the “ Maximum Threshold ”), then the Company shall include if the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (i) first, the Common Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof pro rata in accordance with the number of Registrable Securities which such Holders have requested be included in such underwritten offering, regardless of the number of Registrable Securities or other securities held by each such Person (such proportion is referred to herein as “ Pro Rata Adjusted ”) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

(c)            Withdrawal .  Any Holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.  The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by Persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement without thereby incurring any liability to the Holders of Registrable Securities, provided that the Company promptly deliver written notice of such withdrawal to each Holder.  Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the Holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 4 .

 

7



 

2.3            Suspension of Offering .

 

(a)            Notwithstanding Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereof, the Company shall be entitled to postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, and from time to time to require Holders not to sell under a Registration Statement or to suspend the effectiveness thereof, if (i) the Company determines in good faith that such registration and/or offering would materially and adversely affect any offering of securities of the Company, or (ii) the negotiation or consummation of a transaction by the Company or its subsidiaries is pending or an event has occurred, which negotiation, consummation or event would require additional disclosure by the Company in the Registration Statement of material information which the Company has a bona fide business purpose for keeping confidential and the non-disclosure of which in the Registration Statement would be expected, in the Company’s reasonable determination, to cause the Registration Statement to fail to comply with applicable disclosure requirements (each such circumstance a “ Suspension Event ”); provided , however , that the Company may not delay, suspend or withdraw such Registration Statement for more than sixty (60) days at any one time, or more than twice in any twelve (12) month period.  Upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the happening of any Suspension Event during the period the Registration Statement is effective or if as a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or related Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of the Prospectus) not misleading, each Holder agrees that (x) it will immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Registrable Securities under such Registration Statement until the Holder receives copies of a supplemental or amended Prospectus (which the Company agrees to promptly prepare) that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and receives notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or unless otherwise notified by the Company that it may resume such offers and sales, and (y) it will maintain the confidentiality of any information included in the written notice delivered by the Company unless otherwise required by law or subpoena.  If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company all copies of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice, other than permanent file copies then in the possession of such Holder’s counsel.

 

(b)            If all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act have not been filed by the required date taking into account any permissible extension, upon written notice thereof by the Company to the Holders, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement or to require the Company take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement shall be suspended until the date on which the Company has filed such reports, and the Company shall notify the Holders in writing as promptly as practicable when such suspension is no longer required.

 

2.4            Qualification . The Company shall file such documents as necessary to register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be covered by a Registration Statement by the time such Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder may reasonably request in writing, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept

 

8



 

effective pursuant to this Agreement or during the period offers or sales are being made by the Holders, whichever is shorter, and to do any and all other similar acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Holders to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in each such jurisdiction; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Agreement, (ii) take any action that would cause it to become subject to any taxation in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be subject to such taxation or (iii) take any action that would subject it to the general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

2.5            Additional Obligations of the Company . When the Company is required to effect the registration of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Company shall:

 

(a)            prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements as to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary (i) to keep such Registration Statement effective and (ii) to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, in each case for such time as is contemplated in Section 2.1 ;

 

(b)            furnish, without charge, to the Holders such number of copies of the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), and the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by the Holders;

 

(c)            notify the Holders: (i) when the Registration Statement, any pre-effective amendment, the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed, and, with respect to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation or threat of any proceedings for that purpose, and (iii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(d)            promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, and, if any such order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement is issued, shall promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible moment;

 

(e)            following receipt of a Registration Notice and thereafter until the sooner of completion, abandonment or termination of the offering or sale contemplated thereby and the

 

9



 

expiration of the period during which the Company is required to maintain the effectiveness of the related Registration Statement, promptly notify the Holders: (i) of the existence of any fact of which the Company is aware or the happening of any event which has resulted in (A) the Registration Statement, as then in effect, containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein not misleading or (B) the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (ii) of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement would be appropriate or that there exist circumstances not yet disclosed to the public which make further sales under such Registration Statement inadvisable pending such disclosure and post-effective amendment; and, if the notification relates to any event described in either of the clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.5(e) , subject to Section 2.3 above, at the request of the Holders, the Company shall prepare and, to the extent the exemption from the prospectus delivery requirements in Rule 172 under the Securities Act is not available, furnish to the Holders a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or file any other required document so that (1) such Registration Statement shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (2) as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(f)             use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on the national securities exchange on which the Common Shares are then listed, if the listing of Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such national securities exchange; and

 

(g)            if requested by any Holder participating in the offering of Registrable Securities, incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information concerning the Holder or the intended method of distribution as the Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and is reasonably necessary to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other material terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to include in any such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any requested information that is not required by the rules of the Commission and is unreasonable in scope compared with the Company’s most recent prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a primary or secondary offering of equity securities by the Company.

 

2.6            Obligations of the Holder .  In connection with any Registration Statement utilized by the Company to satisfy the Registration Rights pursuant to this Section 2 , each Holder agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement,

 

10


 

and each Holder agrees that it will (i) respond within ten (10) Business Days to any written request by the Company to provide or verify information regarding the Holder or the Holder’s Registrable Securities (including the proposed manner of sale) that may be required to be included in such Registration Statement and related Prospectus pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission, and (ii) provide in a timely manner information regarding the proposed distribution by the Holder of the Registrable Securities and such other information as may be requested by the Company from time to time in connection with the preparation of and for inclusion in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

SECTION 3.         INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION

 

3.1           Indemnification by the Company.   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and any of their partners, members, officers, directors, employees or representatives, as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which the Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each case whether or not a party, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 3.1 does not apply to any Holder with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense to the extent

 

11



 

arising out of (A) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) any Holder’s failure to deliver an amended or supplemental Prospectus furnished to such Holder by the Company, if such loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense would not have arisen had such delivery occurred.

 

3.2           Indemnification by Holder . Each Holder (and each permitted assignee of such Holder, on a several basis) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors and officers (including each director and officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement), each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each other Holder as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which the Registrable Securities of such Holder were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Holder; and

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each case whether or not a party, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall only apply with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense to the extent arising out of (A) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder

 

12



 

expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or (B) any Holder’s failure to deliver an amended or supplemental Prospectus furnished to the Holder by the Company, if such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense would not have arisen had such delivery occurred.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.2 , a Holder and any permitted assignee shall not be required to indemnify the Company, its officers, directors or control persons with respect to any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Holder or such permitted assignee, as the case may be, from sales of the Registrable Securities of such Holder under the Registration Statement that is the subject of the indemnification claim.

 

3.3           Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  An indemnified party hereunder shall give reasonably prompt notice to the indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify the indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have under the indemnity agreement provided in Sections 3.1 or 3.2 above, unless and only to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and the lack of notice by the indemnified party results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) shall not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided under Sections 3.1 or 3.2 above.  If the indemnifying party so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the indemnifying party may assume the defense of such action or proceeding at such indemnifying party’s own expense with counsel chosen by the indemnifying party and approved by the indemnified party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , however , that the indemnifying party will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any such action or proceeding without the written consent of the indemnified party unless such settlement, compromise or consent secures the unconditional release of the indemnified party of all liability at no cost or expense to the indemnified party; and provided further , that, if the indemnified party reasonably determines that a conflict of interest exists where it is advisable for the indemnified party to be represented by separate counsel or that, upon advice of counsel, there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, then the indemnifying party shall not be entitled to assume such defense and the indemnified party shall be entitled to separate counsel at the indemnifying party’s expense. If the indemnifying party is not entitled to assume the defense of such action or proceeding as a result of the second proviso to the preceding sentence, the indemnifying party’s counsel shall be entitled to conduct the indemnifying party’s defense and counsel for the indemnified party shall be entitled to conduct the defense of the indemnified party, it being understood that both such counsel will cooperate with each other to conduct the defense of such action or proceeding as efficiently as possible. If the indemnifying party is not so entitled to assume the defense of such action or does not assume such defense, after having received the notice referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, the indemnifying party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified party. In such event, however, the indemnifying party will not be liable for any settlement effected without the written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). If an indemnifying party is entitled to assume, and assumes, the defense of such action or proceeding in accordance with this paragraph, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any fees and

 

13



 

expenses of counsel for the indemnified party incurred thereafter in connection with such action or proceeding.

 

3.4           Contribution .

 

(a)           In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 above is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified party although applicable in accordance with its terms, the Company and the relevant Holder shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Holder, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holder on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, the indemnifying party or the indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action.

 

(b)           The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.4 , a Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Holder from sales of the Registrable Securities of such Holder under the Registration Statement that is the subject of the indemnification claim.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 3.4 , each Person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holder, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

SECTION 4.         EXPENSES

 

The Company shall pay all expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its registration obligations under Section 2 above, including (i) Commission, stock exchange and FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in complying with securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any underwriter incurred in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities as may be set forth in any underwriting agreement), (iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (iv) the fees, charges and expenses of counsel to the Company and of its

 

14



 

independent public accountants and any other accounting fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including, without limitation, any expenses arising from any “comfort” letters or any special audits incident to or required by any registration or qualification), and (v) the fees, charges and expenses of one firm of counsel for the selling Holders (which shall be selected by the Holder or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being included in any particular registration statement).  Each Holder shall be responsible for the payment of any brokerage and sales commissions, fees and disbursements of such Holder’s counsel, accountants and other advisors (except as contemplated by the preceding sentence), and any transfer taxes relating to the sale or disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.         RULE 144 COMPLIANCE

 

The Company covenants that it will use its best efforts to timely file the reports required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so as to enable the Holders to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  In connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition by a Holder of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company shall cooperate with the Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any Securities Act legend, and enable certificates for such Registrable Securities to be for such number of shares and registered in such names as such Holder may reasonably request at least five (5) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

SECTION 6.         MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1           No Conflict of Rights .  The Company shall not, after the date hereof, grant any registration rights which conflict with or impair the rights granted to the Holders hereby.

 

6.2           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

6.3           Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

6.4           Amendment; Waiver.   Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no

 

15



 

action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

6.5           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and schedules hereto constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be.

 

6.6           Assignment; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement and the rights granted hereunder may not be assigned by a Holder without the written consent of the Company; provided , however , that a Holder may assign its rights and obligations hereunder, without such consent, in connection with a transfer of some or all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities (i) to the extent permitted under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and (ii) provided such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions hereof and the Holder provides written notice to the Company within ten (10) Business Days of the effectiveness of such assignment.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon all of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal and legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, including, without limitation, any successor of the Company by merger, acquisition, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise.

 

6.7           Titles .  The titles and captions of the sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

6.8           Third Party Beneficiary .  Except as may be expressly provided herein (including, without limitation, Section 3 hereof), no provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

6.9           Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect such replacement; provided , however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

6.10         Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and

 

16



 

assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to articles, sections, schedules, exhibits and attachments shall be deemed references to articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and attachments to, this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular article, section or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  Any deadline or time period set forth in this Agreement that by its terms ends on a day that is not a Business Day shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the parties hereto understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

6.11         Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party making such notice, request, demand, waiver or communication and shall be deemed to be given (i) on the day delivered (or if that day is not a Business Day, or if delivered after the close of business on a Business Day, on the next day that is a Business Day) when delivered by personal delivery or overnight courier, (ii) on the third Business Day after mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) upon transmission when sent by facsimile transmission or email transmission (provided that such facsimile or email is followed by an original of such notice by mail or personal delivery as provided herein).  All notices hereunder shall be delivered to the parties at the addresses set forth opposite their signatures below, or to any other address or addressee as any party entitled to receive notice under this Agreement shall designate, from time to time, to others in the manner provided in this Section 6.11 for the service of notices; provided , however , that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof.

 

6.12         Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit any Holder to enforce the consummation of the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

Address:

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Address: See Schedule I for the

 

INITIAL HOLDERS:

addresses of the Initial Holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edward B. Hermes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

Schedule I

 

Initial Holders

 

Common
Shares

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

 

 

Ted Hermes

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT I
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit I-1


 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2010 by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), Column Guaranteed LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Column ”), William M. Walker (“ WW ”) and Mallory Walker (“ MW ” and collectively with Column and WW, the “ Stockholders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaging in various related transactions (the “ IPO Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will effect an initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), the closing of which is occurring on the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO Transactions, the Company is engaging in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, Column and the Walker Stockholders, among others, are receiving Common Shares on the date hereof in exchange for their respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions, as set forth on Schedule I hereto;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with IPO Transactions, Column has executed and delivered to the Company a Lock-Up Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”) imposing certain restrictions on the transfer and sale of the Common Shares to be issued to Column pursuant to the Formation Transactions; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Column to enter into the Lock-up Agreement and to consummate the Formation Transactions to which it is a party, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement and provide for certain rights and restrictions with respect to the nomination and election of  Directors.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

2011 Director Election ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 



 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Column ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Column Nominees ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Consummation Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2(a)  hereof.

 

Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exempt Transfer ” means (i) a sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition pursuant to a registered offering under the Securities Act or in a broker transaction pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (including the volume limitations thereunder, if applicable), (ii) a pledge or other hypothecation of Common Shares pursuant to a bona fide financing transaction with a third party, and any foreclosure or transfer in lieu of foreclosure of such Common Shares in connection therewith, or (iii) a transfer in connection with a tender or exchange offer made to all stockholders of the Company.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the closing sales price for Common Shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal.

 

Formation Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

IPO Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Lock-Up Agreement ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereto.

 

Named Third Party ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Notice Stockholders ” means the Stockholders; provided , that any of Column, MW and WW proposing to make a Transfer shall not be considered a Notice Stockholder with respect to such proposed Transfer.

 

Participation Notice ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereof.

 

Participation Period ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereof.

 

Permitted Transferee ” means (i) with respect to an individual, (a) such individual’s spouse, lineal descendants (in each case, natural or adopted), siblings or parents, (b) any

 

2



 

corporation, limited liability company or partnership in which the direct and beneficial owners of all of the equity interests are the individuals and/or any of the individuals referred to in clause (a) above, (c) any trust the sole beneficiaries of which, or any charitable trust the grantor of which, include the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b) above or any private foundation organized or controlled by any of the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b) above, or (d) any charitable entity qualified under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, and (ii) with respect to a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, an entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such entity.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Stockholders ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Tag-Along Rights Termination Date ” means the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of the expiration, pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, of the “Restricted Period” (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).

 

Tag-Along Stockholders ” means Column and MW.

 

Termination Date ” means the date that is six (6) months after the date of the expiration, pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, of the “Restricted Period” (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).

 

Transfer ” means a sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of more than ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding Common Shares of the Company in any transaction or series of related transactions; provided , that a “ Transfer ” shall not include a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee.  For the avoidance of doubt, “Transfer” shall not include (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of Common Shares in connection with the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions or (ii) any Exempt Transfer.

 

Transfer Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b ) hereof.

 

Transfer Notice ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Transferring Stockholder ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Voting Securities ” means at any time shares of any class of capital stock of the Company which are then entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors.

 

Walker Stockholders ” means William M. Walker and Mallory Walker.

 

3



 

SECTION 2.         BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.1             Column Nominees .

 

(a)           At the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held during the 2011 calendar year, or at any special meeting of stockholders of the Company held prior to the Termination Date at which Directors are to be elected, or at any taking of action by written consent of stockholders of the Company prior to the Termination Date with respect to which Directors are to be elected (each a “ 2011 Director Election ”), Column shall have the right (but not the obligation) to designate two (2) nominees for election to the Board of Directors (such nominees, the “ Column Nominees ”) at such 2011 Director Election.

 

(b)           Column shall not name any person as a Column Nominee if (i) such person is not reasonably experienced in business, financial or commercial real estate finance matters; (ii) such person has been convicted of, or has pled no lo contendere to, a felony; (iii) the election of such person would violate any law; or (iv) any event required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act has occurred with respect to such person.

 

(c)           At or prior to any 2011 Director Election: (i) the Company’s nominating committee (or any other committee exercising a similar function) shall recommend to the Board of Directors the nomination of each Column Nominee for election to the Board of Directors, and (ii) the Board of Directors shall recommend to the stockholders of the Company the election of each Column Nominee to the Board of Directors.  The Company shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause each Column Nominee to be elected to the Board of Directors at any 2011 Director Election, including, without limitation, using its reasonable efforts to solicit from the stockholders of the Company eligible to vote in the election of Directors proxies in favor of the Column Nominees.

 

Section 2.2             Vacancies .  From and after the date hereof until the Termination Date, in the event that any Director who is a Column Nominee ceases to serve as a Director for any reason other than the fact that Column no longer has a right to nominate a Director as provided in Section 2.1(a) , the vacancy resulting thereby shall be filled by a Column Nominee designated by Column and the other Directors shall cause the appointment of such Column Nominee to the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any Column Nominee so designated by Column shall satisfy the qualification requirements set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Section 2.3             Termination of Nomination Right .  The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate as of the Termination Date.

 

SECTION 3.         ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1             Voting Agreement .  At any 2011 Director Election, each of the Walker Stockholders agrees to vote, at a meeting or by written consent, all of the Voting Securities then owned by such Walker Stockholder (and attend such 2011 Director Election, in person or by proxy, for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of written consents in lieu of meetings) in favor of the election to the Board of Directors, to the extent permitted pursuant to the

 

4



 

Company’s Articles of Incorporation and subject to compliance with applicable law, of each of the Column Nominees.

 

SECTION 4.         TAG-ALONG RIGHTS

 

Subject to Section 4.3 below, no Stockholder shall be permitted to engage in a Transfer without first offering each of the Tag-Along Stockholders the right to participate in such Transfer in accordance with this Section 4 .

 

Section 4.1             Transfers by Stockholders .

 

(a)           The Stockholder(s) proposing to make a Transfer (collectively, the “ Transferring Stockholder ”) shall first deliver a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Notice Stockholders stating (i) the Transferring Stockholder’s desire to Transfer Common Shares to a third party; (ii) the number of Common Shares subject to the proposed Transfer; (iii) the price and the other general terms of the proposed Transfer; and (iv) the identity of the third party transferee (the “ Named Third Party ”).  Thereafter, the Tag-Along Stockholders may elect to participate in the Transfer subject to the participation rights set forth in this Section 4 .

 

(b)           The Tag-Along Stockholders may elect to participate in the contemplated Transfer at the same price per Common Share and on the same terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice by delivering written notice (the “ Participation Notice ”) to the Transferring Stockholder within ten (10) days after delivery of the Transfer Notice (the “ Participation Period ”).  If any such Tag-Along Stockholders elect to participate in such Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder and such Tag-Along Stockholders participating in such sale shall each be entitled to sell in the contemplated Transfer, at the same price and on the same terms, a number of Common Shares equal to the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the percentage of all issued and outstanding Common Shares held by such Transferring Stockholder or such Tag-Along Stockholder, as the case may be, as of the applicable date by (y) the aggregate percentage of all issued and outstanding Common Shares owned by the Transferring Stockholder and the Tag-Along Stockholders participating in such sale and (ii) the number of Common Shares to be sold in the contemplated Transfer (such number of shares with respect to each such Transferring Stockholder or Tag-Along Stockholder, as the case may be, the “ Transfer Amount ”); provided , however , that if such Tag-Along Stockholder is MW, (A) MW shall be entitled to sell no more than a number of Common Shares which has an aggregate Fair Market Value of $10,000,000 on the date the Transfer Notice with respect to such proposed Transfer is delivered (such number of shares, the “ MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount ”), and (B) Column shall be entitled to sell, in addition to the Transfer Amount applicable to Column with respect to such proposed Transfer, a number of Common Shares that equals the difference between (X) the Transfer Amount applicable to MW with respect to such proposed Transfer minus (Y) the MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount.  If the Tag-Along Stockholders do not send a Participation Notice during the Participation Period or otherwise decline to participate in the proposed Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder shall be permitted to consummate a transaction with the

 

5



 

Named Third Party on substantially the same terms as the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, provided that the closing of such transaction occurs within ninety (90) days after the delivery of the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)           If the Transferring Stockholder receives a Participation Notice from one or more of the Tag-Along Stockholders, the Transferring Stockholder shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain the agreement of the Named Third Party to the participation of such Tag-Along Stockholders in any contemplated Transfer, and no Transferring Stockholder shall transfer any Common Shares to the Named Third Party if such Named Third Party declines to allow the participation of the Tag-Along Stockholders.

 

Section 4.2             Consummation of Proposed Transfer .

 

(a)           At least ten (10) days prior to the consummation of a Transfer by a Transferring Stockholder and not before the earlier of (x) the end of the Participation Period and (y) the receipt by the Transferring Stockholder of a Participation Notice from the Tag-Along Stockholders, the Transferring Stockholder shall provide written notice (a “ Consummation Notice ”) to each of the Tag-Along Stockholders participating in the Transfer stating (i) the number of Common Shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder will be entitled to sell to the Named Third Party, and (ii) the date the Transfer will be consummated.  At least five (5) days prior to the date of such consummation, each Tag-Along Stockholder participating in the Transfer shall deliver to the Transferring Stockholder (or such other person as may be designated in writing by the Transferring Stockholder) for Transfer to the Named Third Party one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer (or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares by book-entry and/or other evidence of the transfer of Common Shares), which represent the number of Common Shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder is entitled to sell as provided in the Consummation Notice.  The certificate(s) (or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares) delivered to the Transferring Stockholder (or the Transferring Stockholder’s designee) by the Tag-Along Stockholders shall be transferred to the Named Third Party as part of the consummation of the Transfer of Common Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice and the Consummation Notice.  Except to the extent other arrangements are made between the Transferring Stockholder and the Named Third Party for the delivery of proceeds directly to the Tag-Along Stockholders, upon receipt of the proceeds of the Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder shall promptly remit to each Tag-Along Stockholder that portion of such proceeds to which such Tag-Along Stockholder is entitled by reason of such Tag-Along Stockholder’s participation in such Transfer together with any stock certificates for any shares not sold in the Transfer.

 

(b)           In connection with a Transfer pursuant to this Section 4 , each Stockholder shall be required to make representations and warranties regarding the Common Shares that such Stockholder proposes to Transfer of a type customarily made by similarly situated stockholders, including, but not limited to, such Stockholder’s ownership of and authority to transfer such

 

6



 

Common Shares, the absence of any liens or other encumbrances on such Common Shares, and the compliance of such Transfer with the federal and state securities laws and all other applicable laws and regulations; provided , however , that each Tag-Along Stockholder shall enter into the same agreement or agreements as the Transferring Stockholder with respect to the proposed Transfer.

 

Section 4.3             Termination of Rights .  The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate automatically, without any action by any Stockholder, on the Tag-Along Rights Termination Date.

 

SECTION 5.         MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2             Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 5.3             Amendment; Waiver .  Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 5.4             Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 5.5             Assignability .  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and any reference to a party shall also be a reference to an heir, legal representative, successor or permitted assign; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an Affiliate of the Company.  For the avoidance of

 

7



 

doubt, (i) any Person who is a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) any Person who receives Common Shares pursuant to (A) a Transfer in compliance with Section 4 hereof or (B) an Exempt Transfer shall not be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.6             Titles .  The titles and captions of the sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7             Third Party Beneficiary .  No provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, Affiliate, stockholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8             Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement to effect such replacement; provided , however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.9             Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to sections and subsections shall be deemed references to sections and subsections of this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular section, subsection or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the parties understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

8



 

Section 5.10           Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit Column to enforce the consummation of the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

COLUMN:

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALKER STOCKHOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement

 



 

Schedule I

 

 

 

Common
Shares

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT C

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT

 

[SEE ATTACHED]

 

Exhibit C-1



 

LOCK-UP LETTER

 

October         , 2010

 

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Eleven Madison Avenue

New York, NY 10010

 

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

787 Seventh Avenue, 4th Floor
New York, NY 10019

 

Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
1585 Broadway
New York, NY  10036

 

Re:          Proposed Public Offering by Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

This letter is being delivered to you in connection with the proposed Underwriting Agreement (the “Underwriting Agreement”) between Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), and you as the representatives (the “Representatives”) of the underwriters named therein (the “Underwriters”), relating to an underwritten public offering of shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), of the Company.

 

In order to induce the Underwriters to enter into the Underwriting Agreement, the undersigned agrees that the undersigned will not, during a period of 365 days from the date of the Underwriting Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Representatives, directly or indirectly, (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition, (ii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of Common Stock, whether any such swap, hedge or transaction is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (iii) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock.  In the event that (1) during the last 17 days of the 365 day restricted period, the Company releases earnings results or material news or a material event relating to the Company occurs or (2) prior to the expiration of the 365 day restricted period, the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 365 day restricted period, then in each case the 365 day restricted period will be extended until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of release of the earnings results or the occurrence of the material news or material event, as applicable, unless the Representatives waive, in writing, such extension.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the undersigned may transfer the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, (ii) to any trust or family limited partnership for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that the trustee of the trust or general partner of the family limited partnership, as the case may be, agrees to be bound by

 



 

the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, or (iii) with your prior written consent; provided, however, that transfers referenced under (i) and (ii) shall not involve a disposition for value and no filing by any party (donor, donee, transferor or transferee) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, shall be required or shall be voluntarily made in connection with such transfer (other than a filing on a Form 5 made after the expiration of the 365-day restricted period).  For purposes of this Lock-Up Agreement, “immediate family” shall mean any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

 

Upon consummation of the Formation Transactions (as defined in the Underwriting Agreement) and/or grant of equity under the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, the undersigned will have and, except as contemplated by clauses (i) through (iii) above and except with respect to shares sold as selling shareholders in the initial public offering, for the duration of the Lock-Up Agreement will have good and marketable title to the undersigned’s shares of Common Stock, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, and claims whatsoever, except with respect to any liens, encumbrances and claims that were in existence on the date hereof.  The undersigned also agrees and consents to the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company’s transfer agent and registrar against the transfer of the undersigned’s Common Stock, except in compliance with this Lock-Up Agreement.  In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company and its transfer agent and registrar are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of the undersigned’s Common Stock if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this Lock-Up Agreement.

 

The undersigned represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this Lock-Up Agreement.  The undersigned agrees that the provisions of this Lock-Up Agreement shall be binding also upon the successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the undersigned.

 

The undersigned understands that if the Underwriting Agreement does not become effective, by 6-months from the date hereof or if the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated prior to payment for and delivery of the Common Stock to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be released from all obligations under this Lock-up Agreement.

 

[signatures on next page]

 

2



 

This Lock-up Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

3



 

EXHIBIT D

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF CONTRIBUTION AND ASSUMPTION AGREEMENT

 

FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the undersigned (the “ Contributor ”) hereby assigns, transfers, sells and conveys to WALKER & DUNLOP, INC., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), its entire legal and beneficial right, title and interest in, to a 35% membership interest (the “ Column Interest ”) in Walker & Dunlop, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the right to receive distributions of money, profits and other assets with respect to such membership interest, presently existing or hereafter at any time arising or accruing.

 

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the same unto the Company, its successors and assigns, forever.

 

Upon the execution and delivery hereof, the Company assumes from the Contributor, all obligations in respect of the Column Interest accruing from and after the date hereof.

 

The Contributor, for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby covenants and agrees that, at any time and from time to time after the date hereof upon the written request of the Company, it will, without further consideration, do, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be done, executed, acknowledged and delivered, each and all of such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Company in order to assign, transfer, set over, convey, assure and confirm unto and vest in the Company, its successors and assigns, title to the Column Interest (as defined in that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, by and between the Company and the Contributor (the “Contribution Agreement”)) granted, sold, transferred, conveyed and delivered by this Agreement.

 

Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined have the meanings ascribed to them in the Contribution Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

Exhibit D-1



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief

 

 

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

CONTRIBUTOR

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit D-2



 

EXHIBIT E
TO
CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

TOTAL CONSIDERATION

 

The Total Consideration to be received by the Contributor in exchange for the Column Interest shall be the number of Common Shares determined by reference to the formula set forth below for the Contributor and subject, in all applicable cases, to any splits or other similar adjustments made prior to or in connection with the Closing:

 

Total Consideration = 0.35 * DE / POP

 

The number shown above (0.35) represents the Contributor’s percentage interest in W&D LLC based on its legal ownership.  This number may be increased (but shall not be decreased) prior to Closing to take into account the settlement of outstanding intercompany receivables among W&D LLC and the Participating Companies, as of October 31, 2010.  Such adjustment shall be determined by the Company, in its reasonable judgment.  It is currently estimated that the adjustments described above would result in the Total Consideration to be received by the Contributor to be equal to 0.356130 * DE / POP.

 

DE = Distributable Equity

 

POP = Public Offering Price

 

Distributable Equity ” means Gross Equity Value minus Public Equity Value.

 

Gross Equity Value ” means the gross equity value of the Company upon the closing of the Formation Transactions and the Public Offering (excluding any shares issued by the Company at the time of the Public Offering pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plan), as determined by the Company in consultation with the underwriters in the Public Offering.

 

Public Equity Value ” means the equity value of the shares of the Common Shares issued by the Company to the investors in the Public Offering, calculated by multiplying the number of Common Shares issued in the Public Offering (excluding any Common Shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option) by the Public Offering Price.

 

Public Offering Price ” means the public offering price set forth on the cover page of the final prospectus for the Public Offering.

 

Any fractional Common Shares that the Contributor would otherwise be entitled to receive as a result of the calculation set forth above shall be rounded to the nearest whole number of Common Shares.

 

Exhibit E-1



 

EXHIBIT F

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF FIRPTA CERTIFICATE

 

1.                          Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), provides that a transferee of a United States real property interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person.  For United States tax purposes (including Section 1445), the owner of a disregarded entity which has legal title to a United States real property interest under local law, and not the disregarded entity, is the transferor of the property.

 

2.                          In order to inform Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “ Transferee ”), that withholding of tax is not required in connection with the transfer of the limited liability company interests in                    (the “ Participating Company ”), pursuant to the Contribution Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, by and between the Transferee,                (the “ Transferor ”) and certain other contributors party thereto, the Transferor hereby certifies and declares the following:

 

[(a)                 [                  ] is a disregarded entity within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii) and [                      ] is wholly owned by the Transferor.]

 

(b)                    The Transferor is not a foreign person, foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust or foreign estate (as such terms are defined in the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder).

 

(c)                     The Transferor is a corporation for federal income tax purposes and is not a disregarded entity as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.1445-2(b)(2)(iii).

 

(d)                    The Federal Taxpayer Identification Number for the Transferor is [                        ].

 

(e)                                   The address for the Transferor is:

 

[                      ]

[                      ]

 

3.                          The Transferor understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by the Transferee and that any false statement contained in this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment or both.

 

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank.]

 

Exhibit F-1



 

Under penalties of perjury, (the undersigned signatory signing on behalf of the Transferor below) declare that I have examined this certification and, to the best of my knowledge and belief, it is true, correct and complete, and I further declare that I have the authority to sign this document on behalf of the Transferor.

 

Executed this                  day of                           , 2010.

 

 

Transferor

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Exhibit F-2



 

EXHIBIT G

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit G-1


 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2010 by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and the holders listed on Schedule I hereto (each an “ Initial Holder ” and collectively, the “ Initial Holders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaging in various related transactions (the “ IPO Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will effect an initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), the closing of which is occurring on the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO Transactions, the Company is engaging in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Initial Holders are receiving Common Shares on the date hereof in exchange for their respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions (the “ Private Placement Shares ”), as set forth on Schedule I hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to grant to the Initial Holders (and their permitted assignees and transferees) the registration rights described in this Agreement (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.          DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Blackout Period ” is defined in Section 2.1(f)  hereof.

 

Business Day ” any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday other than a day on which banks and other financial institutions are authorized or required to be closed for business in the State of New York.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 



 

Formation Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Holder ” means to (a) any Initial Holder who is the record or beneficial owner of any Registrable Security or (b) any assignee or transferee of such Initial Holder, provided such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the all the provisions hereof.

 

Initial Holder ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

IPO Closing Date ” means the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

IPO Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Maximum Threshold ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)  hereof.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)  hereof.

 

Private Placement Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Pro Rata Adjusted ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)(x)  hereof.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by Section 2.1(d)  or Section 2.2(a) , including any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Registrable Securities ” means the Private Placement Shares and any additional Common Shares issued with respect thereto by way of share dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise, and any Common Shares or shares of common stock issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof.

 

Registration Notice ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Registration Rights ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by Section 2.1(d)  or Section 2.2(a) , including any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2



 

Shelf Registration Statement ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Suspension Event ” is defined in Section 2.3(a)  hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering Notice ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  hereof.

 

SECTION 2.          REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

2.1            Demand Registration Rights .

 

(a)            Demand Registration .  Subject to Sections 2.1(e)  and 2.3 hereof, at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, each Holder may deliver to the Company a written notice (a “ Registration Notice ”) informing the Company of such Holder’s desire to have some or all of its Registrable Securities registered for resale and specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be registered by the Company.  Upon receipt of a Registration Notice from a Holder requesting registration of the lesser of (i) one million (1,000,000) Registrable Securities or (ii) all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, if the Company has not already caused such Registrable Securities to be included as part of an existing shelf registration statement and related prospectus that the Company then has on file with, and which has been declared effective by, the Commission and which remains in effect and not subject to any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission (in which event the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its registration obligation under this Section 2.1 with respect to such Registrable Securities), then the Company shall cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving the Registration Notice, but in no event more than sixty (60) days following receipt of such notice, a new registration statement and related prospectus pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act covering the resale of the Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), which complies as to form in all material respects with applicable Commission rules providing for the sale by such Holder or group of Holders of such Registrable Securities.  The Company agrees (subject to Section 2.3 hereof) to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable.

 

Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective (including the preparation and filing of any amendments and supplements necessary for that purpose) until the earlier of (i) the date that is two (2) years after the date of effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder, or (iii) the date on which the Holder or Holders consummate the sale of all of the Registrable Securities registered under such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may at any time (including, without

 

3



 

limitation, prior to or after receiving a Registration Notice from a Holder), in its sole discretion, include all additional Registrable Securities then outstanding or any portion thereof in any registration statement, including by virtue of adding such Registrable Securities as additional securities to an existing shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (in which event the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its registration obligation under this Section 2.1(a)  with respect to the Registrable Securities so included, so long as such registration statement remains effective and not the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission).  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a Holder, include in any Shelf Registration Statement filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)  with respect to such Holder’s Registrable Securities, (i) any Common Shares to be offered by the Company for its own account or (ii) any Common Shares owned by any Person that is not a Holder.

 

(b)            Notice to Holders .  Upon receipt of a valid Registration Notice at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, the Company shall give written notice of the proposed filing of the Shelf Registration Statement to all other Holders as soon as practicable, and each Holder who wishes to participate in such Shelf Registration Statement shall notify the Company in writing within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company, and shall specify in such notice the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(c)            Offers and Sales .  All offers and sales of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement by the Holder thereof shall be completed within the period during which such Shelf Registration Statement remains effective and not the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission.  Upon notice that such Shelf Registration Statement is no longer effective, no Holder will offer or sell the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement.  If directed in writing by the Company, each Holder will return all undistributed copies of the related Prospectus in such Holder’s possession upon the expiration of such period.

 

(d)            Underwritten Registered Resales .  If a Holder or Holders submit a Registration Notice requesting registration of a number of Registrable Securities equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the Private Placement Shares originally issued in the Formation Transactions (an “ Underwritten Offering Notice ”), then such Holder(s) shall be entitled to effect the sale of such Registrable Securities through an underwritten public offering (an “ Underwritten Offering ”); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three Underwritten Offerings under this Section 2.1(d) ; and provided , further , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, an Underwritten Offering (i) within one hundred eighty (180) days following the last date on which an Underwritten Offering was effected pursuant to this Section 2.1(d)  or during any lock-up period required by the underwriters in any prior Underwritten Offering conducted by the Company on its own behalf or on behalf of selling stockholders, or (ii) during the period commencing with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of (provided the Company is actively employed in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to file such registration statement), and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a registration statement with respect to an offering by the Company with respect to which the Company gave notice pursuant to

 

4



 

Section 2.2(a) .  Any request for an Underwritten Offering hereunder shall be made to the Company in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.  Upon receipt of a valid Underwritten Offering Notice for an Underwritten Offering in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.1(d) , the Company shall give written notice of the proposed Underwritten Offering to all other Holders as soon as practicable, and each Holder who wishes to participate in such Underwritten Offering shall notify the Company in writing within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company, and shall specify in such notice the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the Underwritten Offering.  The Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in an Underwritten Offering shall be entitled to select the managing underwriters for any such Underwritten Offering, subject to the approval of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.  The Company shall cooperate with the Holder(s) and such managing underwriters in connection with any such offering, including without limitation entering into such customary agreements (including underwriting and lock-up agreements in customary form) and taking all such other customary actions as the Holders or the managing underwriters of such Underwritten Offering reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities subject to such Underwritten Offering (including, without limitation, making members of senior management of the Company available to participate in “road show” and other customary marketing activities), making available customary financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company for review by the underwriters and their counsel and causing to be delivered to the underwriters opinions of counsel to the Company and comfort letters from the Company’s accountants in customary form, covering such matters as are customarily covered in an underwritten public offering, as the managing underwriters may request and addressed to the underwriters.

 

(e)            Limitations on Registration Rights .  Each Holder and its permitted assignees collectively shall be entitled to five (5) exercises of the Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) ; provided , however , that the Holders, collectively and as a group, shall not be permitted to exercise such Registration Rights more than once in any consecutive six month period and the Company shall not be obligated to effect any Shelf Registration Statement within six months after the effective date of a previous Shelf Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission within one hundred twenty (120) days after the original filing date or is suspended for more than ninety (90) days at any one time, the Holders shall be deemed not to have exercised their Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) .  Each Holder’s Registration Rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall expire upon the date on which all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder.  Except as set forth in Section 2.1(d) , the Registration Rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 may not be exercised in connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company or by any Holder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(f)             Black-Out Period .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities (other than to donees or affiliates of

 

5



 

such Holder who agree to be similarly bound) within seven (7) days prior to and for up to ninety (90) days, in the event of any subsequent offering, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or the date of an underwriting agreement with respect to an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities (the “ Black-Out Period ”); provided , however , that:

 

(i)             with respect to the Black-Out Period, such agreement shall not be applicable to the Registrable Securities to be sold on such Holder’s behalf to the public in an underwritten offering pursuant to such registration statement;

 

(ii)            all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Shares shall enter into similar agreements;

 

(iii)           the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain similar agreements from each 10% or greater shareholder of the Company; and

 

(iv)           such Holder shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer, director or other 10% or greater shareholder of the Company that entered into similar agreements.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Registrable Securities subject to this Section 2.1(f)  and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other Common Shares of any Holder (and the Common Shares or securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

Section 2.2              Piggy-Back Registration Rights .

 

(a)            Piggy-Back Registration .  Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, if at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an underwritten offering of Common Shares by the Company for its own account (other than (i) any Shelf Registration Statement filed in connection with a Registration Notice pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or (ii) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be adopted by the Commission) or filed in connection with an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing stockholders), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) Business Days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register such number of shares of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing within five (5) Business Days of receiving such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”).  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter(s) of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included therein.  Participation in a Piggy-Back Registration as provided in this Section 2.2(a)  shall not count as an exercise of the Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) .  All Holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities

 

6



 

through a Piggy-Back Registration shall (i) enter into an underwriting agreement in reasonable and customary form with the underwriter(s) selected by the Company for such Piggy-Back Registration and (ii) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers-of-attorney, indemnities, opinions and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement.

 

(b)            Reduction of Offering .  If the managing underwriter(s) for a Piggy-Back Registration advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities that in their opinion the dollar amount or number of Common Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell, taken together with Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with Persons other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2 , and the Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities, as applicable, the “ Maximum Threshold ”), then the Company shall include if the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (i) first, the Common Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof pro rata in accordance with the number of Registrable Securities which such Holders have requested be included in such underwritten offering, regardless of the number of Registrable Securities or other securities held by each such Person (such proportion is referred to herein as “ Pro Rata Adjusted ”) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

(c)            Withdrawal .  Any Holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.  The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by Persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement without thereby incurring any liability to the Holders of Registrable Securities, provided that the Company promptly deliver written notice of such withdrawal to each Holder.  Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the Holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 4 .

 

7



 

2.3            Suspension of Offering .

 

(a)            Notwithstanding Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereof, the Company shall be entitled to postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, and from time to time to require Holders not to sell under a Registration Statement or to suspend the effectiveness thereof, if (i) the Company determines in good faith that such registration and/or offering would materially and adversely affect any offering of securities of the Company, or (ii) the negotiation or consummation of a transaction by the Company or its subsidiaries is pending or an event has occurred, which negotiation, consummation or event would require additional disclosure by the Company in the Registration Statement of material information which the Company has a bona fide business purpose for keeping confidential and the non-disclosure of which in the Registration Statement would be expected, in the Company’s reasonable determination, to cause the Registration Statement to fail to comply with applicable disclosure requirements (each such circumstance a “ Suspension Event ”); provided , however , that the Company may not delay, suspend or withdraw such Registration Statement for more than sixty (60) days at any one time, or more than twice in any twelve (12) month period.  Upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the happening of any Suspension Event during the period the Registration Statement is effective or if as a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or related Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of the Prospectus) not misleading, each Holder agrees that (x) it will immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Registrable Securities under such Registration Statement until the Holder receives copies of a supplemental or amended Prospectus (which the Company agrees to promptly prepare) that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and receives notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or unless otherwise notified by the Company that it may resume such offers and sales, and (y) it will maintain the confidentiality of any information included in the written notice delivered by the Company unless otherwise required by law or subpoena.  If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company all copies of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice, other than permanent file copies then in the possession of such Holder’s counsel.

 

(b)            If all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act have not been filed by the required date taking into account any permissible extension, upon written notice thereof by the Company to the Holders, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement or to require the Company take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement shall be suspended until the date on which the Company has filed such reports, and the Company shall notify the Holders in writing as promptly as practicable when such suspension is no longer required.

 

2.4            Qualification . The Company shall file such documents as necessary to register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be covered by a Registration Statement by the time such Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder may reasonably request in writing, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept

 

8



 

effective pursuant to this Agreement or during the period offers or sales are being made by the Holders, whichever is shorter, and to do any and all other similar acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Holders to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in each such jurisdiction; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Agreement, (ii) take any action that would cause it to become subject to any taxation in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be subject to such taxation or (iii) take any action that would subject it to the general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

2.5            Additional Obligations of the Company . When the Company is required to effect the registration of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Company shall:

 

(a)            prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements as to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary (i) to keep such Registration Statement effective and (ii) to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, in each case for such time as is contemplated in Section 2.1 ;

 

(b)            furnish, without charge, to the Holders such number of copies of the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), and the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by the Holders;

 

(c)            notify the Holders: (i) when the Registration Statement, any pre-effective amendment, the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed, and, with respect to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation or threat of any proceedings for that purpose, and (iii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(d)            promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, and, if any such order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement is issued, shall promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible moment;

 

(e)            following receipt of a Registration Notice and thereafter until the sooner of completion, abandonment or termination of the offering or sale contemplated thereby and the

 

9



 

expiration of the period during which the Company is required to maintain the effectiveness of the related Registration Statement, promptly notify the Holders: (i) of the existence of any fact of which the Company is aware or the happening of any event which has resulted in (A) the Registration Statement, as then in effect, containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein not misleading or (B) the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (ii) of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement would be appropriate or that there exist circumstances not yet disclosed to the public which make further sales under such Registration Statement inadvisable pending such disclosure and post-effective amendment; and, if the notification relates to any event described in either of the clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.5(e) , subject to Section 2.3 above, at the request of the Holders, the Company shall prepare and, to the extent the exemption from the prospectus delivery requirements in Rule 172 under the Securities Act is not available, furnish to the Holders a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or file any other required document so that (1) such Registration Statement shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (2) as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(f)             use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on the national securities exchange on which the Common Shares are then listed, if the listing of Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such national securities exchange; and

 

(g)            if requested by any Holder participating in the offering of Registrable Securities, incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information concerning the Holder or the intended method of distribution as the Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and is reasonably necessary to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other material terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to include in any such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any requested information that is not required by the rules of the Commission and is unreasonable in scope compared with the Company’s most recent prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a primary or secondary offering of equity securities by the Company.

 

2.6            Obligations of the Holder .  In connection with any Registration Statement utilized by the Company to satisfy the Registration Rights pursuant to this Section 2 , each Holder agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement,

 

10


 

and each Holder agrees that it will (i) respond within ten (10) Business Days to any written request by the Company to provide or verify information regarding the Holder or the Holder’s Registrable Securities (including the proposed manner of sale) that may be required to be included in such Registration Statement and related Prospectus pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission, and (ii) provide in a timely manner information regarding the proposed distribution by the Holder of the Registrable Securities and such other information as may be requested by the Company from time to time in connection with the preparation of and for inclusion in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

SECTION 3.         INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION

 

3.1           Indemnification by the Company.   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and any of their partners, members, officers, directors, employees or representatives, as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which the Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each case whether or not a party, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 3.1 does not apply to any Holder with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense to the extent

 

11



 

arising out of (A) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) any Holder’s failure to deliver an amended or supplemental Prospectus furnished to such Holder by the Company, if such loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense would not have arisen had such delivery occurred.

 

3.2           Indemnification by Holder . Each Holder (and each permitted assignee of such Holder, on a several basis) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors and officers (including each director and officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement), each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each other Holder as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which the Registrable Securities of such Holder were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Holder; and

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each case whether or not a party, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall only apply with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense to the extent arising out of (A) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder

 

12



 

expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or (B) any Holder’s failure to deliver an amended or supplemental Prospectus furnished to the Holder by the Company, if such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense would not have arisen had such delivery occurred.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.2 , a Holder and any permitted assignee shall not be required to indemnify the Company, its officers, directors or control persons with respect to any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Holder or such permitted assignee, as the case may be, from sales of the Registrable Securities of such Holder under the Registration Statement that is the subject of the indemnification claim.

 

3.3           Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  An indemnified party hereunder shall give reasonably prompt notice to the indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify the indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have under the indemnity agreement provided in Sections 3.1 or 3.2 above, unless and only to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and the lack of notice by the indemnified party results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) shall not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided under Sections 3.1 or 3.2 above.  If the indemnifying party so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the indemnifying party may assume the defense of such action or proceeding at such indemnifying party’s own expense with counsel chosen by the indemnifying party and approved by the indemnified party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , however , that the indemnifying party will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any such action or proceeding without the written consent of the indemnified party unless such settlement, compromise or consent secures the unconditional release of the indemnified party of all liability at no cost or expense to the indemnified party; and provided further , that, if the indemnified party reasonably determines that a conflict of interest exists where it is advisable for the indemnified party to be represented by separate counsel or that, upon advice of counsel, there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, then the indemnifying party shall not be entitled to assume such defense and the indemnified party shall be entitled to separate counsel at the indemnifying party’s expense. If the indemnifying party is not entitled to assume the defense of such action or proceeding as a result of the second proviso to the preceding sentence, the indemnifying party’s counsel shall be entitled to conduct the indemnifying party’s defense and counsel for the indemnified party shall be entitled to conduct the defense of the indemnified party, it being understood that both such counsel will cooperate with each other to conduct the defense of such action or proceeding as efficiently as possible. If the indemnifying party is not so entitled to assume the defense of such action or does not assume such defense, after having received the notice referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, the indemnifying party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified party. In such event, however, the indemnifying party will not be liable for any settlement effected without the written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). If an indemnifying party is entitled to assume, and assumes, the defense of such action or proceeding in accordance with this paragraph, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any fees and

 

13



 

expenses of counsel for the indemnified party incurred thereafter in connection with such action or proceeding.

 

3.4           Contribution .

 

(a)           In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 above is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified party although applicable in accordance with its terms, the Company and the relevant Holder shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Holder, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holder on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, the indemnifying party or the indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action.

 

(b)           The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.4 , a Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Holder from sales of the Registrable Securities of such Holder under the Registration Statement that is the subject of the indemnification claim.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 3.4 , each Person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holder, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

SECTION 4.         EXPENSES

 

The Company shall pay all expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its registration obligations under Section 2 above, including (i) Commission, stock exchange and FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in complying with securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any underwriter incurred in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities as may be set forth in any underwriting agreement), (iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (iv) the fees, charges and expenses of counsel to the Company and of its

 

14



 

independent public accountants and any other accounting fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including, without limitation, any expenses arising from any “comfort” letters or any special audits incident to or required by any registration or qualification), and (v) the fees, charges and expenses of one firm of counsel for the selling Holders (which shall be selected by the Holder or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being included in any particular registration statement).  Each Holder shall be responsible for the payment of any brokerage and sales commissions, fees and disbursements of such Holder’s counsel, accountants and other advisors (except as contemplated by the preceding sentence), and any transfer taxes relating to the sale or disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.         RULE 144 COMPLIANCE

 

The Company covenants that it will use its best efforts to timely file the reports required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so as to enable the Holders to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  In connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition by a Holder of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company shall cooperate with the Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any Securities Act legend, and enable certificates for such Registrable Securities to be for such number of shares and registered in such names as such Holder may reasonably request at least five (5) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

SECTION 6.         MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1           No Conflict of Rights .  The Company shall not, after the date hereof, grant any registration rights which conflict with or impair the rights granted to the Holders hereby.

 

6.2           Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

6.3           Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

6.4           Amendment; Waiver.   Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no

 

15



 

action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

6.5           Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and schedules hereto constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be.

 

6.6           Assignment; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement and the rights granted hereunder may not be assigned by a Holder without the written consent of the Company; provided , however , that a Holder may assign its rights and obligations hereunder, without such consent, in connection with a transfer of some or all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities (i) to the extent permitted under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and (ii) provided such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions hereof and the Holder provides written notice to the Company within ten (10) Business Days of the effectiveness of such assignment.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon all of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal and legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, including, without limitation, any successor of the Company by merger, acquisition, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise.

 

6.7           Titles .  The titles and captions of the sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

6.8           Third Party Beneficiary .  Except as may be expressly provided herein (including, without limitation, Section 3 hereof), no provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

6.9           Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect such replacement; provided , however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

6.10         Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and

 

16



 

assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to articles, sections, schedules, exhibits and attachments shall be deemed references to articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and attachments to, this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular article, section or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  Any deadline or time period set forth in this Agreement that by its terms ends on a day that is not a Business Day shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the parties hereto understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

6.11         Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party making such notice, request, demand, waiver or communication and shall be deemed to be given (i) on the day delivered (or if that day is not a Business Day, or if delivered after the close of business on a Business Day, on the next day that is a Business Day) when delivered by personal delivery or overnight courier, (ii) on the third Business Day after mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) upon transmission when sent by facsimile transmission or email transmission (provided that such facsimile or email is followed by an original of such notice by mail or personal delivery as provided herein).  All notices hereunder shall be delivered to the parties at the addresses set forth opposite their signatures below, or to any other address or addressee as any party entitled to receive notice under this Agreement shall designate, from time to time, to others in the manner provided in this Section 6.11 for the service of notices; provided , however , that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof.

 

6.12         Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit any Holder to enforce the consummation of the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

Address:

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Address: See Schedule I for the

 

INITIAL HOLDERS:

addresses of the Initial Holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edward B. Hermes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

Schedule I

 

Initial Holders

 

Common
Shares

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

 

 

Ted Hermes

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 



 

EXHIBIT H

TO

CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

Exhibit H-1

 


 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2010 by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), Column Guaranteed LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Column ”), William M. Walker (“ WW ”) and Mallory Walker (“ MW ” and collectively with Column and WW, the “ Stockholders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaging in various related transactions (the “ IPO Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will effect an initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), the closing of which is occurring on the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO Transactions, the Company is engaging in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, Column and the Walker Stockholders, among others, are receiving Common Shares on the date hereof in exchange for their respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions, as set forth on Schedule I hereto;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with IPO Transactions, Column has executed and delivered to the Company a Lock-Up Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”) imposing certain restrictions on the transfer and sale of the Common Shares to be issued to Column pursuant to the Formation Transactions; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Column to enter into the Lock-up Agreement and to consummate the Formation Transactions to which it is a party, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement and provide for certain rights and restrictions with respect to the nomination and election of  Directors.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

2011 Director Election ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 



 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Column ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Column Nominees ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Consummation Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2(a)  hereof.

 

Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exempt Transfer ” means (i) a sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition pursuant to a registered offering under the Securities Act or in a broker transaction pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (including the volume limitations thereunder, if applicable), (ii) a pledge or other hypothecation of Common Shares pursuant to a bona fide financing transaction with a third party, and any foreclosure or transfer in lieu of foreclosure of such Common Shares in connection therewith, or (iii) a transfer in connection with a tender or exchange offer made to all stockholders of the Company.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the closing sales price for Common Shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal.

 

Formation Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

IPO Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Lock-Up Agreement ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereto.

 

Named Third Party ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Notice Stockholders ” means the Stockholders; provided , that any of Column, MW and WW proposing to make a Transfer shall not be considered a Notice Stockholder with respect to such proposed Transfer.

 

Participation Notice ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereof.

 

Participation Period ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereof.

 

Permitted Transferee ” means (i) with respect to an individual, (a) such individual’s spouse, lineal descendants (in each case, natural or adopted), siblings or parents, (b) any

 

2



 

corporation, limited liability company or partnership in which the direct and beneficial owners of all of the equity interests are the individuals and/or any of the individuals referred to in clause (a) above, (c) any trust the sole beneficiaries of which, or any charitable trust the grantor of which, include the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b) above or any private foundation organized or controlled by any of the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b) above, or (d) any charitable entity qualified under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, and (ii) with respect to a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, an entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such entity.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Stockholders ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Tag-Along Rights Termination Date ” means the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of the expiration, pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, of the “Restricted Period” (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).

 

Tag-Along Stockholders ” means Column and MW.

 

Termination Date ” means the date that is six (6) months after the date of the expiration, pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, of the “Restricted Period” (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).

 

Transfer ” means a sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of more than ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding Common Shares of the Company in any transaction or series of related transactions; provided , that a “ Transfer ” shall not include a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee.  For the avoidance of doubt, “Transfer” shall not include (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of Common Shares in connection with the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions or (ii) any Exempt Transfer.

 

Transfer Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b ) hereof.

 

Transfer Notice ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Transferring Stockholder ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Voting Securities ” means at any time shares of any class of capital stock of the Company which are then entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors.

 

Walker Stockholders ” means William M. Walker and Mallory Walker.

 

3



 

SECTION 2.         BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.1             Column Nominees .

 

(a)           At the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held during the 2011 calendar year, or at any special meeting of stockholders of the Company held prior to the Termination Date at which Directors are to be elected, or at any taking of action by written consent of stockholders of the Company prior to the Termination Date with respect to which Directors are to be elected (each a “ 2011 Director Election ”), Column shall have the right (but not the obligation) to designate two (2) nominees for election to the Board of Directors (such nominees, the “ Column Nominees ”) at such 2011 Director Election.

 

(b)           Column shall not name any person as a Column Nominee if (i) such person is not reasonably experienced in business, financial or commercial real estate finance matters; (ii) such person has been convicted of, or has pled no lo contendere to, a felony; (iii) the election of such person would violate any law; or (iv) any event required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act has occurred with respect to such person.

 

(c)           At or prior to any 2011 Director Election: (i) the Company’s nominating committee (or any other committee exercising a similar function) shall recommend to the Board of Directors the nomination of each Column Nominee for election to the Board of Directors, and (ii) the Board of Directors shall recommend to the stockholders of the Company the election of each Column Nominee to the Board of Directors.  The Company shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause each Column Nominee to be elected to the Board of Directors at any 2011 Director Election, including, without limitation, using its reasonable efforts to solicit from the stockholders of the Company eligible to vote in the election of Directors proxies in favor of the Column Nominees.

 

Section 2.2             Vacancies .  From and after the date hereof until the Termination Date, in the event that any Director who is a Column Nominee ceases to serve as a Director for any reason other than the fact that Column no longer has a right to nominate a Director as provided in Section 2.1(a) , the vacancy resulting thereby shall be filled by a Column Nominee designated by Column and the other Directors shall cause the appointment of such Column Nominee to the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any Column Nominee so designated by Column shall satisfy the qualification requirements set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Section 2.3             Termination of Nomination Right .  The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate as of the Termination Date.

 

SECTION 3.         ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1             Voting Agreement .  At any 2011 Director Election, each of the Walker Stockholders agrees to vote, at a meeting or by written consent, all of the Voting Securities then owned by such Walker Stockholder (and attend such 2011 Director Election, in person or by proxy, for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of written consents in lieu of meetings) in favor of the election to the Board of Directors, to the extent permitted pursuant to the

 

4



 

Company’s Articles of Incorporation and subject to compliance with applicable law, of each of the Column Nominees.

 

SECTION 4.         TAG-ALONG RIGHTS

 

Subject to Section 4.3 below, no Stockholder shall be permitted to engage in a Transfer without first offering each of the Tag-Along Stockholders the right to participate in such Transfer in accordance with this Section 4 .

 

Section 4.1             Transfers by Stockholders .

 

(a)           The Stockholder(s) proposing to make a Transfer (collectively, the “ Transferring Stockholder ”) shall first deliver a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Notice Stockholders stating (i) the Transferring Stockholder’s desire to Transfer Common Shares to a third party; (ii) the number of Common Shares subject to the proposed Transfer; (iii) the price and the other general terms of the proposed Transfer; and (iv) the identity of the third party transferee (the “ Named Third Party ”).  Thereafter, the Tag-Along Stockholders may elect to participate in the Transfer subject to the participation rights set forth in this Section 4 .

 

(b)           The Tag-Along Stockholders may elect to participate in the contemplated Transfer at the same price per Common Share and on the same terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice by delivering written notice (the “ Participation Notice ”) to the Transferring Stockholder within ten (10) days after delivery of the Transfer Notice (the “ Participation Period ”).  If any such Tag-Along Stockholders elect to participate in such Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder and such Tag-Along Stockholders participating in such sale shall each be entitled to sell in the contemplated Transfer, at the same price and on the same terms, a number of Common Shares equal to the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the percentage of all issued and outstanding Common Shares held by such Transferring Stockholder or such Tag-Along Stockholder, as the case may be, as of the applicable date by (y) the aggregate percentage of all issued and outstanding Common Shares owned by the Transferring Stockholder and the Tag-Along Stockholders participating in such sale and (ii) the number of Common Shares to be sold in the contemplated Transfer (such number of shares with respect to each such Transferring Stockholder or Tag-Along Stockholder, as the case may be, the “ Transfer Amount ”); provided , however , that if such Tag-Along Stockholder is MW, (A) MW shall be entitled to sell no more than a number of Common Shares which has an aggregate Fair Market Value of $10,000,000 on the date the Transfer Notice with respect to such proposed Transfer is delivered (such number of shares, the “ MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount ”), and (B) Column shall be entitled to sell, in addition to the Transfer Amount applicable to Column with respect to such proposed Transfer, a number of Common Shares that equals the difference between (X) the Transfer Amount applicable to MW with respect to such proposed Transfer minus (Y) the MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount.  If the Tag-Along Stockholders do not send a Participation Notice during the Participation Period or otherwise decline to participate in the proposed Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder shall be permitted to consummate a transaction with the

 

5



 

Named Third Party on substantially the same terms as the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, provided that the closing of such transaction occurs within ninety (90) days after the delivery of the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)           If the Transferring Stockholder receives a Participation Notice from one or more of the Tag-Along Stockholders, the Transferring Stockholder shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain the agreement of the Named Third Party to the participation of such Tag-Along Stockholders in any contemplated Transfer, and no Transferring Stockholder shall transfer any Common Shares to the Named Third Party if such Named Third Party declines to allow the participation of the Tag-Along Stockholders.

 

Section 4.2             Consummation of Proposed Transfer .

 

(a)           At least ten (10) days prior to the consummation of a Transfer by a Transferring Stockholder and not before the earlier of (x) the end of the Participation Period and (y) the receipt by the Transferring Stockholder of a Participation Notice from the Tag-Along Stockholders, the Transferring Stockholder shall provide written notice (a “ Consummation Notice ”) to each of the Tag-Along Stockholders participating in the Transfer stating (i) the number of Common Shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder will be entitled to sell to the Named Third Party, and (ii) the date the Transfer will be consummated.  At least five (5) days prior to the date of such consummation, each Tag-Along Stockholder participating in the Transfer shall deliver to the Transferring Stockholder (or such other person as may be designated in writing by the Transferring Stockholder) for Transfer to the Named Third Party one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer (or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares by book-entry and/or other evidence of the transfer of Common Shares), which represent the number of Common Shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder is entitled to sell as provided in the Consummation Notice.  The certificate(s) (or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares) delivered to the Transferring Stockholder (or the Transferring Stockholder’s designee) by the Tag-Along Stockholders shall be transferred to the Named Third Party as part of the consummation of the Transfer of Common Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice and the Consummation Notice.  Except to the extent other arrangements are made between the Transferring Stockholder and the Named Third Party for the delivery of proceeds directly to the Tag-Along Stockholders, upon receipt of the proceeds of the Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder shall promptly remit to each Tag-Along Stockholder that portion of such proceeds to which such Tag-Along Stockholder is entitled by reason of such Tag-Along Stockholder’s participation in such Transfer together with any stock certificates for any shares not sold in the Transfer.

 

(b)           In connection with a Transfer pursuant to this Section 4 , each Stockholder shall be required to make representations and warranties regarding the Common Shares that such Stockholder proposes to Transfer of a type customarily made by similarly situated stockholders, including, but not limited to, such Stockholder’s ownership of and authority to transfer such

 

6



 

Common Shares, the absence of any liens or other encumbrances on such Common Shares, and the compliance of such Transfer with the federal and state securities laws and all other applicable laws and regulations; provided , however , that each Tag-Along Stockholder shall enter into the same agreement or agreements as the Transferring Stockholder with respect to the proposed Transfer.

 

Section 4.3             Termination of Rights .  The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate automatically, without any action by any Stockholder, on the Tag-Along Rights Termination Date.

 

SECTION 5.         MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1             Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2             Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 5.3             Amendment; Waiver .  Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 5.4             Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 5.5             Assignability .  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and any reference to a party shall also be a reference to an heir, legal representative, successor or permitted assign; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an Affiliate of the Company.  For the avoidance of

 

7



 

doubt, (i) any Person who is a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) any Person who receives Common Shares pursuant to (A) a Transfer in compliance with Section 4 hereof or (B) an Exempt Transfer shall not be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.6             Titles .  The titles and captions of the sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7             Third Party Beneficiary .  No provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, Affiliate, stockholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8             Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement to effect such replacement; provided , however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.9             Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to sections and subsections shall be deemed references to sections and subsections of this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular section, subsection or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the parties understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

8



 

Section 5.10           Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit Column to enforce the consummation of the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

COLUMN:

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALKER STOCKHOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement

 



 

Schedule I

 

 

 

Common
Shares

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 3.1

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Corporation ”), hereby certifies to the State Department of Assessments and Taxation of Maryland (“ SDAT ”) that:

 

FIRST :                     The Corporation desires to amend and restate its charter as currently in effect and as hereinafter amended.

 

SECOND :                The following provisions are all the provisions of the Charter of the Corporation currently in effect and as hereinafter amended and restated (the “ Charter ”):

 

ARTICLE I


INCORPORATOR

 

William M. Walker, whose address is 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200, Bethesda, MD 20814, being a natural person over the age of eighteen, formed a corporation under the provisions and subject to the requirements of the laws of the State of Maryland on July 29, 2010.

 

ARTICLE II


NAME

 

The name of the corporation is:  Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

ARTICLE III


PURPOSES AND POWERS

 

Section 3.1              Purposes .  The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are to engage in any lawful act or activity, including, without limitation or obligation, engaging in business for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in effect.  The foregoing enumerated purposes and objects shall be in no way limited or restricted by reference to, or inference from, the terms of any other clause of this or any other article of the Charter and each shall be regarded as independent; and they are intended to be and shall be construed as powers as well as purposes and objects of the Corporation and shall be in addition to and not in limitation of the general powers of corporations under the general laws of Maryland.

 

Section 3.2              Powers .  The Corporation shall have all of the powers granted by law to Maryland corporations and all other powers set forth in the Charter that are not inconsistent with law and are appropriate to promote and attain its purposes.

 



 

ARTICLE IV


PRINCIPAL OFFICE IN STATE AND RESIDENT AGENT

 

The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200, Bethesda, MD 20814.  The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, MD 21202.  The Corporation may have such offices or places of business within or outside the State of Maryland as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) may from time to time determine. The resident agent is a Maryland corporation.

 

ARTICLE V


BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 5.1.             Powers .  Subject to any express limitations contained in the Charter or in the bylaws of the Corporation (the “ Bylaws ”), (a) the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors and (b) the Board of Directors shall have full, exclusive and absolute power, control and authority over any and all property of the Corporation.  The Board of Directors may take any action as in its sole judgment and discretion is necessary or appropriate to conduct the business and affairs of the Corporation.  This Charter shall be construed with the presumption in favor of the grant of power and authority to the Board of Directors.  Any construction of the Charter or determination made in good faith by the Board of Directors concerning its powers and authority hereunder shall be conclusive.  The enumeration and definition of particular powers of the Board of Directors included in the Charter or in the Bylaws shall in no way be limited or restricted by reference to or inference from the terms of this or any other provision of the Charter or the Bylaws or construed or deemed by inference or otherwise in any manner to exclude or limit the powers conferred upon the Board of Directors or the directors under the general laws of the State of Maryland or any other applicable law.

 

Section 5.2              Number of Directors .  The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors is currently set at six (6), but may hereafter be increased or decreased only by the Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions set forth in the Bylaws, but shall never be fewer than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “ MGCL ”) nor more than fifteen (15).  The names of the directors who shall serve until the first annual meeting of stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualify are:

 

William M. Walker

Howard W. Smith, III

Mitchell M. Gaynor

John Rice

Edmund F. Taylor

Robert A. Wrzosek

 

The Corporation elects, at such time as it becomes eligible to make the election provided for under Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, that, except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of any class or series of stock, any and all vacancies on the Board of Directors may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the

 

2



 

remainder of the full term of the directorship in which such vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies.

 

Section 5.3              Removal of Directors .  Subject to the rights of holders of one or more classes or series of Preferred Stock, as hereinafter defined, to elect or remove one or more directors, any director may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast generally in the election of directors.  For the purpose of this paragraph, “cause” shall mean, with respect to any particular director, conviction of a felony or a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction holding that such director caused demonstrable, material harm to the Corporation through bad faith or active and deliberate dishonesty.

 

Section 5.4              Approval of Extraordinary Actions .  Except as specifically provided in Section 5.3 (relating to removal of directors) and in Article VII, notwithstanding any provision of law permitting or requiring any action to be taken or approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares entitled to cast a greater proportion of votes, any such action shall be effective and valid if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and taken or approved by the affirmative vote of holders of shares entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

ARTICLE VI


STOCK

 

Section 6.1              Authorized Shares .  The total number of shares of stock of all classes which the Corporation has authority to issue is two hundred fifty million (250,000,000), consisting of two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).  The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000).  The Board of Directors, with the approval of a majority of the entire Board of Directors, and without any action by the stockholders of the Corporation, may amend the Charter from time to time to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has the authority to issue.

 

Section 6.2              Common Stock .  Subject to the provisions of Article VII, each share of Common Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to one vote on each matter upon which holders of Common Stock are entitled to vote.  The Board of Directors may reclassify any unissued shares of Common Stock from time to time in one or more classes or series of Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

 

Section 6.2.1           Dividends and Distributions .  The Board of Directors may from time to time authorize and the Corporation shall declare to the holders of Common Stock such dividends or distributions in cash or other assets of the Corporation or in securities of the Corporation or from any other source as the Board of Directors in its discretion shall determine, but only out of funds legally available therefor.  Stockholders shall have no right to any dividend or distribution unless and until authorized by the Board of Directors and declared by the Corporation.  The exercise of the powers and rights of the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section 6.2.1 shall be subject to the preferences of any class or series of stock at the time outstanding.

 

Section 6.2.2           Liquidation Rights .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of, or any distribution of the assets of, the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to participate in the distribution of any assets of the Corporation

 

3



 

remaining after the Corporation shall have paid, or provided for payment of, all debts and liabilities of the Corporation and after the Corporation shall have paid, or set aside for payment, to the holders of any class of stock having preference over the Common Stock as to distributions in the event of dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.

 

Section 6.3              Preferred Stock .  The Board of Directors may classify any unissued shares of Preferred Stock and reclassify any previously classified but unissued shares of Preferred Stock of any series from time to time, in one or more classes or series of stock.

 

Section 6.4              Classification and Reclassification of Shares .  Prior to issuance of classified or reclassified shares of any class or series, the Board of Directors (a) by resolution shall: (i) designate that class or series to distinguish it from all other classes and series of stock of the Corporation; (ii) specify the number of shares to be included in the class or series; and (iii) set or change, subject to the express terms of any class or series of stock of the Corporation outstanding at the time, the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends or other distributions, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption for each class or series; and (b) shall cause the Corporation to file articles supplementary with SDAT containing the information required by the MGCL.  Any of the terms of any class or series of stock set or changed pursuant to clause (a)(iii) of this Section 6.4 may be made dependent upon facts or events ascertainable outside the Charter (including determinations or actions by the Board of Directors or other facts or events within the control of the Corporation) and may vary among holders thereof, provided that the manner in which such facts, events or variations shall operate upon the terms of such class or series of stock is clearly and expressly set forth in the articles supplementary filed with the SDAT.

 

If shares of stock of one class are classified or reclassified into shares of another class pursuant to this Article VI, the number of authorized shares of the former class shall be automatically decreased and the number of shares of the latter class shall be automatically increased, in each case by the number of shares so classified or reclassified, so that the aggregate number of shares of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue shall not be more than the total number of shares of stock set forth in Section 6.1.

 

Section 6.5              Authorization by the Board of Directors of Stock Issuance .  The Board of Directors, without approval of the stockholders of the Corporation, may authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of stock of the Corporation of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, or securities or rights convertible into shares of its stock of any class or series, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration (whether in cash, property, past or future services, obligation for future payment or otherwise) as the Board of Directors may deem advisable (or without consideration in the case of a stock split or stock dividend), subject to such restrictions or limitations, if any, as may be set forth in the Charter or the Bylaws.

 

Section 6.6              Preemptive and Appraisal Rights .  Except as may be provided by the Board of Directors in setting the terms of classified or reclassified shares of stock of the Corporation pursuant to Section 6.4 or as may otherwise be provided by contract, no holder of shares of stock shall, as such holder, have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any additional shares of stock of the Corporation or any other security of the Corporation which it may issue or sell.  Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 or Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors, shall determine that such rights apply, with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.

 

4



 

Section 6.7              Stockholders’ Consent in Lieu of Meeting .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting by consent, in writing or by electronic transmission, in any manner permitted by the MGCL and set forth in the Bylaws.

 

Section 6.8              Charter and Bylaws .  All persons who shall acquire a share of stock shall acquire the same subject to the provisions of the Charter and the Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

Section 7.1              Limitation of Director and Officer Liability .  To the maximum extent that Maryland law in effect from time to time permits limitation of the liability of directors and officers, no present or former director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages.  Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 7.1, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the Charter or Bylaws of the Corporation inconsistent with this Section 7.1, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of the preceding sentence with respect to any act or failure to act which occurred prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption.  In the absence of any Maryland statute limiting the liability of directors and officers of a Maryland corporation for money damages in a suit by or on behalf of the Corporation or by any stockholder, no director or officer of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or to any stockholder for money damages except to the extent that (a) the director or officer actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (b) a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the director or officer is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the director’s or officer’s action or failure to act was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding.

 

Section 7.2              Indemnification .

 

(a)    To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Bylaws and any indemnification agreement in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify, and pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (i) any present or former director or officer of the Corporation against any claim or liability to which he or she may become subject by reason of service in such capacity, and (ii) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in such capacity.  The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in this Section 7.2 shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, regulation, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

 

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Section 7.2, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of this Charter or the Bylaws inconsistent with this Section 7.2, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of this Section 7.2 with respect to any act or omission that occurred prior to the effective date of such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

5



 

(b)            The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person described in the preceding paragraph against any liability which may be asserted against such person.

 

(c)            The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

DURATION

 

The Corporation shall continue perpetually unless terminated pursuant to any applicable provision of the MGCL.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to the Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including, without limitation, any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in the Charter, of any shares of outstanding stock.  All rights and powers conferred by the Charter on stockholders, directors and officers are granted subject to this reservation.  Except as set forth below and except for those amendments permitted to be made without stockholder approval under Maryland law or by specific provision in the Charter, any amendment to the Charter shall be valid only if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of all the shares of stock of the Corporation then outstanding and entitled to be cast on the matter.  Any amendment to Section 5.3 or this sentence of the Charter shall be valid only if declared advisable by the Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of all the shares of stock of the Corporation then outstanding and entitled to be cast on the matter.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of the Charter shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such holding shall apply only to the extent of any such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not in any manner affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of the Charter in any other jurisdiction.

 

6



 

THIRD :                   The amendment to and restatement of the Charter as hereinabove set forth have been duly advised by the Board of Directors and approved by the stockholders of the Corporation as required by law.

 

FOURTH :               The current address of the principal office of the Corporation is as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment to and restatement of the Charter.

 

FIFTH :                    The name and address of the Corporation’s current resident agent are as set forth in Article IV of the foregoing amendment to and restatement of the Charter.

 

SIXTH :                    The number of directors of the Corporation and the names of those currently in office are as set forth in Article V of the foregoing amendment to and restatement of the Charter.

 

SEVENTH :              The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation had authority to issue immediately prior to the foregoing amendment to and restatement of the Charter was one hundred thousand (100,000) shares of Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share. The aggregate par value of all shares of stock having par value was one thousand dollars ($1,000).

 

EIGHTH :                 The total number of shares of stock which the Corporation has authority to issue pursuant to the foregoing amendment to and restatement of the Charter is two hundred fifty million (250,000,000), consisting of two hundred million (200,000,000) shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).  The aggregate par value of all authorized shares of stock having par value is two million five hundred thousand dollars ($2,500,000).

 

NINTH :                   The undersigned acknowledges these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be the corporate act of the Corporation and as to all matters or facts required to be verified under oath, the undersigned acknowledges that, to the best of his knowledge, information and belief, these matters and facts are true in all material respects and that this statement is made under the penalties for perjury.

 

7



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused these Articles of Amendment and Restatement to be signed in its name and on its behalf by its Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and attested to by its Secretary on this 28 th  day of October, 2010.

 

 

ATTEST:

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Deborah A. Wilson

 

/s/ William M. Walker (SEAL)

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Deborah A. Wilson

 

Name:

William M. Walker

Title:

Secretary

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 


 

 



Exhibit 3.2

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

Section 1.                     PRINCIPAL OFFICE .  The principal office of Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) shall be located at such place or places as the board of directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) may designate.

 

Section 2.                     ADDITIONAL OFFICES .  The Corporation may have additional offices at such places as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.                     PLACE .  All meetings of stockholders shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation or at such other place within the United States as shall be set by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2.                     ANNUAL MEETING .  An annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors (the “ Directors ”) and the transaction of any business within the powers of the Corporation shall be held each year at a convenient location and on proper notice, on a date and at the time set by the Board of Directors, beginning with the year 2011.  Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporation’s existence or affect any otherwise valid acts of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.                     SPECIAL MEETINGS .  The chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or a majority of the Directors then in office may call special meetings of the stockholders.  A special meeting of the stockholders shall be called by the secretary of the Corporation upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast not less than a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at any such meeting.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted on at such meeting.  Upon receipt of such request, the Corporation shall inform such stockholders of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of such costs to the Corporation, the Corporation shall deliver such notice to each stockholder entitled to notice of such meeting.  The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the date, time and place of the special meeting; provided , however , that the date of any special meeting shall not be more than 90 days after the record date for such meeting; and provided further, that if the Board of Directors fails to designate, within 20 days after the date that a valid request for a special meeting is received by the secretary, a date and time for the special meeting, then such meeting shall be held at 2:00 p.m. local time on the 90th day after the meeting record date, or if such 90th day is not a business day, on the first preceding business day; and provided further, that in the event that the Board of Directors fails to designate a place for the special meeting, then such meeting shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

 



 

Section 4.                     NOTICE .  Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each meeting of stockholders, the secretary shall give to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting and to each stockholder not entitled to vote who is entitled to notice of the meeting written or printed notice stating the time and place (if any) of the meeting, the means of remote communication (if any) by which the stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting or as otherwise may be required by any statute, the purpose for which the meeting is called.  Such notice shall be written and may be delivered either by mail or nationally recognized private delivery service, by presenting it to such stockholder personally, by leaving it at his or her residence or usual place of business, or by any other means permitted under Maryland law, including by transmitting it to such stockholder by electronic mail to any electronic mail address of such stockholder or through any other electronic transmission by the Corporation.  If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail addressed to the stockholder at his or her post office address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid.  If transmitted electronically, such notice shall be deemed to be given when transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions.  The Corporation may give a single notice to all stockholders who share an address, which single notice shall be effective as to any stockholder at such address, unless a stockholder objects to receiving such single notice or revokes a prior consent to receiving such single notice.  Failure to give notice of any meeting to one or more stockholders, or any irregularity in such notice, shall not affect the validity of any meeting fixed in accordance with this Article II or the validity of any proceedings at any such meeting.

 

Section 5.                     SCOPE OF NOTICE .  Subject to Section 12(a) of this Article II, any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders without being specifically designated in the notice, except such business as is required by any statute to be stated in such notice.  No business shall be transacted at a special meeting of stockholders except as specifically designated in the notice.  The Corporation may postpone or cancel a meeting of shareholders by making a public announcement (as defined in Section 12(c)(3) of this Article II) of such postponement or cancellation prior to the meeting. Notice of the date, time and place to which the meeting is postponed shall be given not less than 10 days prior to such date and otherwise in the manner set forth in this section.

 

Section 6.                     ORGANIZATION AND CONDUCT . At every meeting of the stockholders, the chairman of the board, if there be one, shall conduct the meeting or, in the case of vacancy in office or absence of the chairman of the board, one of the following officers present shall conduct the meeting in the order stated: the chief executive officer, the president, the chief operating officer, if there be one, the vice presidents in their order of rank and seniority, or, if no such officer is present, a chairman chosen by the stockholders entitled to cast a majority of the votes which all stockholders present in person or by proxy are entitled to cast.  The secretary, or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary, or in the absence of both the secretary and assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary.

 

The order of business and all other matters of procedure at any meeting of stockholders shall be determined by the chairman of the meeting. The chairman of the meeting may prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and take such action as, in the discretion of such chairman and without any action by the stockholders, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, (a) restricting admission to the time set for the commencement of the meeting; (b) limiting attendance at the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized proxies or other such persons as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (c) limiting participation at the meeting on any matter to stockholders of record of the Corporation entitled to vote on such matter, their duly authorized proxies or other such persons as the chairman of the meeting may determine; (d) limiting the time allotted to questions or comments by participants; (e) maintaining order and security at the meeting; (f) removing any stockholder or any other person who refuses to comply with meeting procedures, rules

 

2



 

or guidelines as set forth by the chairman of the meeting; (g) determining when and for how long the polls should be open and closed; (h) recessing or adjourning the meeting to a later date and time and place announced at the meeting; (i) concluding a meeting; and (j) complying with any state and local laws and regulations concerning safety and security.  Unless otherwise determined by the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with the rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

Section 7.                     QUORUM .  At any meeting of stockholders, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders entitled to cast a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at such meeting on any matter shall constitute a quorum, but this section shall not affect any requirement under any statute or under the charter of the Corporation for the vote necessary for the adoption of any measure.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall have the power to adjourn the meeting from time to time to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date without a new record date and without notice other than announcement at the meeting.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.

 

The stockholders present either in person or by proxy, at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum was established, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 8.                     VOTING .  A plurality of all the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect a Director.  Each share of stock may be voted for as many individuals as there are Directors to be elected and for whose election the share of stock is entitled to be voted, without any right to cumulate votes.  A majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders duly called and at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to approve any other matter which may properly come before the meeting, unless a different proportion of the votes cast or entitled to be cast is required herein or by statute or by the charter of the Corporation.  Unless otherwise provided in the charter of the Corporation, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, shall be entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders.  Voting on any question or in any election may be by voice unless the presiding officer shall order that voting be by ballot.

 

Section 9.                     PROXIES .  A stockholder may cast the votes entitled to be cast by the shares of stock owned of record by the stockholder in person or by proxy executed by the stockholder or by the stockholder’s duly authorized agent in any manner permitted by law.  Such proxy or evidence of authorization of such proxy shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation before or at the meeting.  No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months after its date unless otherwise provided in the proxy.

 

Section 10.               VOTING OF STOCK BY CERTAIN HOLDERS .  Shares of stock of the Corporation registered in the name of a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, corporation or other entity, if entitled to be voted, may be voted by the president or a vice president, a general partner, manager or director thereof, as the case may be, or a proxy appointed by any of the foregoing individuals, unless some other person (1) has been appointed to vote such shares pursuant to a bylaw or a resolution of the governing board of such corporation or other entity or pursuant to an agreement of the partners of the partnership or of the members of the limited liability company, and (2) presents a certified copy of such bylaw, resolution or agreement, in which case such person may vote such shares.  Any director or other fiduciary may vote shares of stock registered in his or her name as such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy.

 

Shares of stock of the Corporation directly or indirectly owned by it shall not be voted at any meeting and shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be

 

3



 

voted at any given time, unless they are held in a fiduciary capacity, in which case they may be voted and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time.

 

The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution a procedure by which a stockholder may certify in writing to the Corporation that any shares of stock registered in the name of the stockholder are held for the account of a specified person other than the stockholder.  The resolution shall set forth the class of stockholders who may make the certification, the purpose for which the certification may be made, the form of certification and the information to be contained in it; if the certification is with respect to a record date or closing of the share transfer books, the time after the record date or closing of the stock transfer books within which the certification must be received by the Corporation; and any other provisions with respect to the procedure which the Board of Directors considers necessary or desirable.  On receipt of such certification, the person specified in the certification shall be regarded as, for the purposes set forth in the certification, the stockholder of record of the specified shares in place of the stockholder who makes the certification.

 

Section 11.               INSPECTORS .  At any meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting may, or upon the request of any stockholder shall, appoint one or more persons as inspectors for such meeting.  Such inspectors shall ascertain and report the number of shares of stock represented at the meeting based upon their determination of the validity and effect of proxies, count all votes, report the results, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote and perform such other acts as are proper to conduct the election and voting with impartiality and fairness to all the stockholders.  In case any person who may be appointed as an inspector fails to appear or act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment made by the Board of Directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the meeting.

 

Each report of an inspector shall be in writing and signed by him or her or by a majority of them if there is more than one inspector acting at such meeting.  If there is more than one inspector, the report of a majority shall be the report of the inspectors. The report of the inspector or inspectors on the number of shares represented at the meeting and the results of the voting shall be prima facie evidence thereof.

 

Section 12.               ADVANCE NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER NOMINEES FOR DIRECTOR AND OTHER PROPOSALS BY STOCKHOLDERS .

 

(a)                                   Annual Meetings of Stockholders .

 

(1)                                   Nominations of individuals for election to the Board of Directors and the proposal of business other than nominations of Directors to be considered by the stockholders at an annual meeting of stockholders shall be made:  (i) pursuant to the notice of the meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (ii) otherwise by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by a stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice of the meeting and at the time of the annual meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting in the election of directors or on the proposal of other business, as the case may be, and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Sections 12(a)(2), (4) and (5), in the case of nominations of Directors, and Sections 12(a)(3) and (4), in the case of business other than the nomination of Directors.

 

(2)                                   For nominations to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 12(a)(1)(iii), the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the secretary of the Corporation (the “ Stockholder Notice ”) containing the information specified in this Section 12(a)(2).  To be timely, such Stockholder Notice shall be delivered to the

 

4



 

secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting nor earlier than the 150th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, such Stockholder Notice to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  Such Stockholder Notice shall set forth: (i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a Director, (A) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and such beneficial owner (if any) on whose behalf the nomination is made, on the one hand, and such potential nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons), on the other hand, pursuant to which the nomination is to be made by such stockholder, and (B) all other information relating to such potential nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of Directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a Director if elected; and (ii) as to the stockholder giving such Stockholder Notice and the beneficial owner (if any) on whose behalf the nomination is made, the additional information specified in Section 12(a)(4) below.

 

(3)                                   For business other than the nomination of Directors to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 12(a)(1)(iii), the stockholder must have given a timely Stockholder Notice in writing to the secretary of the Corporation containing the information specified in this Section 12(a)(3).  To be timely, such Stockholder Notice shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting nor earlier than the 150th day prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced or delayed by more than 30 days from the first anniversary of the date of the preceding year’s annual meeting, such Stockholder Notice to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 150th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made.  Such Stockholder Notice shall set forth:  (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting (including the complete text of any proposed resolutions or proposed amendments to these Bylaws or other governing documents of the Corporation), the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, a brief written statement of the reasons why the stockholder and the beneficial owner (if any) on whose behalf the proposal is made support such business, and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and of such beneficial owner (if any); (ii) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to such business between or among the stockholder and the beneficial owner (if any) on whose behalf the proposal is made, on the one hand, and any of their respective affiliates or associates and any others (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing, on the other hand, and a representation that such stockholder and such beneficial owner (if any) will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date on which public announcement of the record date is first made; and (iii) as to the stockholder giving such Stockholder Notice and the beneficial owner (if any) on whose behalf the proposal is made, the additional information specified in Section 12(a)(4) below.

 

5



 

(4)                                   Each Stockholder Notice delivered pursuant to Section 12(a)(2) or Section 12(a)(3) also must contain the following information as to the stockholder giving the Stockholder Notice and the beneficial owner (if any) on whose behalf the nomination is made (in the case of Section 12(a)(2)) or the business other than the nomination of Directors is desired to be brought (in the case of Section 12(a)(3)):

 

(A)                               the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’ s books, and of such beneficial owner (if any);

 

(B)                                 the class or series and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner (if any), including the proportionate interest in the shares of stock of the Corporation held, directly or indirectly, by a general or limited partnership in which such stockholder or such beneficial owner (if any) is a general partner or a direct or indirect beneficial owner of an interest in a general partner, as of the date of the Stockholder Notice, and a representation that such stockholder and such beneficial owner (if any) will notify the Corporation in writing of the class or series and number of such shares (including the proportionate interest in the shares held through a general or limited partnership) owned of record and beneficially as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date on which public announcement of the record date is first made;

 

(C)                                 a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, without limitation, any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by such stockholder and/or such beneficial owner (if any) as of the date of the Stockholder Notice, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage the risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of such stockholder or beneficial owner or any of their respective affiliates, and a representation that such stockholder and such beneficial owner (if any) will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date on which public announcement of the record date is first made;

 

(D)                                a representation that such stockholder intends to appear at the meeting in person or by proxy to make the nomination or propose the other business specified in such Stockholder Notice, as the case may be; and

 

(E)                                  a representation as to whether such stockholder or such beneficial owner (if any) intends, or is intended to be part of a group (within the meaning ascribed to such term under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) that intends, (i) to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding shares of stock required to elect the proposed Director nominee or to approve or adopt the other business proposal, as the case may be, and/or (ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such nominee or other business proposal, as the case may be.

 

(5)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 12(a), in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation of such action or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 130 days prior to the first anniversary of the date of the proxy statement for the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by Section 12(a)(2) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if the notice is delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than

 

6



 

5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the tenth day immediately following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting.  Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which Directors are to be elected only (i) pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that Directors shall be elected at such special meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Section 12(b) and at the time of the special meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has complied with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 12(b).  In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more Directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election as a Director as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice containing the information required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Section 12 shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the 150th day prior to such special meeting and not later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the later of the 120th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting.  In no event shall the public announcement of a postponement or adjournment of a special meeting to a later date or time commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

(c)                                   General .

 

(1)                                   Upon written request by the secretary or the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, any stockholder proposing a nominee for election as a Director or any proposal for other business at a meeting of stockholders shall provide, within five business days of delivery of such request (or such other period as may be specified in such request), written verification, satisfactory to the secretary or the Board of Directors or any committee thereof, in his, her or its sole discretion, of the accuracy of any information submitted by the stockholder pursuant to this Section 12.  If a stockholder fails to provide such written verification within such period, the secretary or the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may treat the information as to which written verification was requested as not having been provided in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12.

 

(2)                                   Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12 shall be eligible for election by stockholders as directors, and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12.  The presiding officer of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any other business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 12 and, if any proposed nomination or other business is not in compliance with this Section 12, to declare that such defective nomination or proposal be disregarded.

 

(3)                                   For purposes of this Section 12, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable news service or (ii) in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act.

 

(4)                                   Sections 12(a) and (b) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to make nominations or submit business before an annual meeting of the stockholders.  Notwithstanding the

 

7



 

foregoing provisions of this Section 12, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of state law and of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Section 12; provided , however , that any references in these Bylaws to the Exchange Act or the rules promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit the requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to Sections 12(a) and (b).  Nothing in this Section 12 shall be deemed to affect any right of a stockholder to request inclusion of a proposal in, nor the right of the Corporation to omit a proposal from, the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8, or any successor provision, under the Exchange Act.

 

Section 13.               TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  The Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting may permit stockholders to participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 14.               INFORMAL ACTION BY STOCKHOLDERS .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter and is filed with the records of the stockholders meetings.

 

ARTICLE III

 

DIRECTORS

 

Section 1.                     GENERAL POWERS .  The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of its Board of Directors.  In case of failure to elect Directors at an annual meeting of the shareholders, the Directors holding over shall continue to direct the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify.

 

Section 2.                     NUMBER, ELECTION, AND QUALIFICATIONS .  At any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, a majority of the entire Board of Directors may establish, increase or decrease the number of Directors; provided, that the number thereof shall never be fewer than the minimum number required by the Maryland General Corporation Law (the “ MGCL ”), nor more than 15; and further provided, that the tenure of office of a Director shall not be affected by any decrease in the number of directors.  Unless otherwise provided in the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, the Directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, and each Director shall be elected to serve until the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.  At least a majority of the Board of Directors shall be directors whom the Board of Directors has determined are independent under the standards established by the Board of Directors and in accordance with the then applicable listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.  A Director shall be an individual at least 21 years of age who is not under legal disability.  The third sentence of this Article III, Section 2 shall be effective from and after the commencement of trading of securities of the Corporation on the New York Stock Exchange, and not prior thereto.

 

Section 3.                     ANNUAL AND REGULAR MEETINGS .  An annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, no notice other than this Bylaw being necessary.  The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place, either within or without the State of Maryland, for the holding of regular meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

 

8



 

Section 4.                     SPECIAL MEETINGS .  Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer or the president or by a majority of the Directors then in office.  The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix any place, either within or without the State of Maryland, as the place for holding any special meeting of the Board of Directors called by them. The Board of Directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of special meetings of the Board of Directors without other notice than such resolution.

 

Section 5.                     NOTICE .  Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be delivered personally or by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile transmission, U.S. mail or courier to each Director at his or her business or residence address or by any other means permitted under Maryland law.  Notice by personal delivery, telephone, electronic mail or facsimile transmission shall be given at least 24 hours prior to the meeting.  Notice by U.S. mail shall be given at least five days prior to the meeting.  Notice by courier shall be given at least two days prior to the meeting.  Telephone notice shall be deemed to be given when the Director or his or her agent is personally given such notice in a telephone call to which the Director or his or her agent is a party.  Electronic mail notice shall be deemed to be given upon transmission of the message to the electronic mail address given to the Corporation by the director.  Facsimile transmission notice shall be deemed to be given upon completion of the transmission of the message to the number given to the Corporation by the director and receipt of a completed answer-back indicating receipt.  Notice by U.S. mail shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the U.S. mail properly addressed, with postage thereon prepaid.  Notice by courier shall be deemed to be given when deposited with or delivered to a courier properly addressed.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be stated in the notice, unless specifically required by statute or these Bylaws.

 

Section 6.                     QUORUM .  A majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, provided that, if less than a majority of such Directors are present at said meeting, a majority of the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice, and provided further that if, pursuant to applicable law, the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, the vote of a majority or other proportion of a particular group of Directors is required for action, a quorum must also include a majority of such group.

 

The Directors present at a meeting which has been duly called and at which a quorum was established may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal from the meeting of enough Directors to leave less than a quorum.

 

Section 7.                     VOTING .  The action of a majority of the Directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws.  If enough Directors have withdrawn from a meeting to leave less than a quorum but the meeting is not adjourned, the action of the majority of that number of Directors necessary to constitute a quorum at such meeting shall be the action of the Board of Directors, unless the concurrence of a greater proportion is required for such action by applicable law, the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 8.                     TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 9.                     INFORMAL ACTION BY DIRECTORS .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing to

 

9



 

such action is signed or submitted by electronic transmission to the Corporation by each Director and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 10.               ORGANIZATION .  At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board or, in the absence of the chairman of the board, the vice chairman, if any, of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of both the chairman and the vice chairman, if any, the chief executive officer or, in the absence of the chief executive officer, the president or, in the absence of the president, a Director chosen by a majority of the remaining Directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting.  The secretary or, in his or her absence, an assistant secretary of the Corporation, or in the absence of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, a person appointed by the chairman, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 11.               VACANCIES .  If for any reason any or all the Directors cease to be Directors, such event shall not terminate the Corporation, or affect these Bylaws or the powers of the remaining Directors hereunder (even if fewer than a quorum of Directors remain).  Any vacancy (including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of Directors) shall be filled, at any regular meeting or at any special meeting called for that purpose, by a majority of the Directors, even if the remaining Directors do not constitute a quorum.  Any individual so elected as Director shall hold office for the unexpired term of the Director he or she is replacing and until a successor is elected and qualifies.

 

Section 12.               COMPENSATION .  Directors shall not receive any stated salary for their services as Directors but, by resolution of the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof, may receive compensation per year and/or per meeting and for any service or activity they performed or engaged in as Directors.  Directors may be reimbursed for expenses of attendance, if any, at each annual, regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof; and for their expenses, if any, in connection with any service or activity performed or engaged in as Directors; but nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any Directors from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.

 

Section 13.               LOSS OF DEPOSITS .  No director shall be liable for any loss which may occur by reason of the failure of the bank, trust company, savings and loan association or other institution with whom moneys or stock have been deposited.

 

Section 14.               SURETY BONDS .  Unless required by law, no Director shall be obligated to give any bond or surety or other security for the performance of any of his or her duties.

 

Section 15.               RELIANCE .  Each Director, officer, employee and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties with respect to the Corporation, be fully justified and protected with regard to any act or failure to act in reliance in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, upon an opinion of counsel or upon reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees or by the adviser, accountants, appraisers or other experts or consultants selected by the Directors or officers of the Corporation, as to matters which the Director, officer, employee or agent reasonably believes to be within the person’s professional or expert competence, regardless of whether such counsel or expert may also be a Director.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COMMITTEES

 

Section 1.                     NUMBER, TENURE AND QUALIFICATIONS .  The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee and may appoint other committees, composed of one or more

 

10


 

 

Directors, to serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors; provided , however , that the membership of each of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee at all times shall comply with the independence and other listing requirements and rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange and the rules and regulations promulgated under the federal securities laws, and any other independence and other requirements set forth in the Company’s corporate governance guidelines and applicable committee charters.

 

Section 2.                     POWERS .  The Board of Directors may delegate to committees appointed under Section 1 of this Article IV any of the powers of the Directors, except as prohibited by law.

 

Section 3.                     MEETINGS .   In the absence of any member of any such committee, the members thereof present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint another Director to act in the place of such absent member provided that such Director meets the requirements of such committee.  Notice of committee meetings shall be given in the same manner as notice for special meetings of the Board of Directors.  Each committee shall keep minutes of its proceedings and shall report the same to the Board of Directors at the next succeeding meeting, and any action by the committee shall be subject to revision and alteration by the Board of Directors, provided that no rights of third persons shall be affected by any such revision or alteration.

 

Section 4.                     QUORUM .  A majority of the members of any committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a committee meeting, and the act of a majority present shall be the act of such committee. The Board of Directors, or the members of a committee to which such power has been duly delegated by the Board of Directors, may designate a chairman of any committee, and such chairman or any two members of any committee may fix the time and place of its meetings unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide.

 

Section 5.                     TELEPHONE MEETINGS .  Members of a committee of the Board of Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time.  Participation in a meeting by these means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

 

Section 6.                     INFORMAL ACTION BY COMMITTEES .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting, if a consent in writing to such action is signed or submitted by electronic transmission to the Corporation by each member of the committee and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of such committee.

 

Section 7.                     VACANCIES, REMOVAL AND DISSOLUTION .  Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies, to designate alternate members to replace any absent or disqualified member or to dissolve any such committee.

 

ARTICLE V

 

OFFICERS

 

Section 1.                     GENERAL PROVISIONS .  The officers of the Corporation shall include a president, a secretary and a treasurer and may include a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board, a chief executive officer, a chief operating officer, a chief financial officer, one or more vice presidents, one or more assistant secretaries and one or more assistant treasurers. In addition, the Board of Directors may from time to time appoint such other officers with such powers and duties as they shall deem necessary or

 

11



 

desirable.  The officers of the Corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at the first meeting of the Board of Directors held after each annual meeting of stockholders, except that the chief executive officer or president may appoint one or more vice presidents, assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers or other officers.  If the election of officers shall not be held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as may be convenient.  Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided.  Any two or more offices except (1) president and vice president and (2) chief executive officer and vice president may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the Board of Directors may leave any office unfilled.  Election of an officer or agent shall not of itself create contract rights between the Corporation and such officer or agent.

 

Section 2.                     REMOVAL AND RESIGNATION .  Any officer or agent of the Corporation may be removed by the Board of Directors, with or without cause, if in its judgment the best interests of the Corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.  Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the Board of Directors, the chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, the president or the secretary.  Any resignation shall take effect immediately upon its receipt or at such later time specified in the notice of resignation.  The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.  Such resignation shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.                     VACANCIES .  A vacancy in any office may be filled by the Board of Directors for the balance of the term.

 

Section 4.                     CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER .  The Board of Directors may designate a chief executive officer.  The chief executive officer shall have responsibility for implementation of the policies of the Corporation, as determined by the Board of Directors, for the general management and administration of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and for the supervision of other officers.  The chief executive officer may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of chief executive officer and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors from time to time.  In the absence of the chairman of the board or the vice chairman of the board, if there be one, the chief executive officer shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present.

 

Section 5.                     CHIEF OPERATING OFFICER .  The Board of Directors may designate a chief operating officer.  The chief operating officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.  In the absence of both the chief executive officer and president, or in the event of a vacancy in both offices, the chief operating officer shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.                     CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER .  The Board of Directors may designate a chief financial officer.  The chief financial officer shall have the responsibilities and duties as set forth by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer.

 

Section 7.                     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD .  The Board of Directors may designate a chairman of the board and shall provide whether the chairman of the board shall also be an officer of the Corporation.  The chairman of the board shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Directors and of

 

12



 

the stockholders at which he or she shall be present and shall in general oversee all of the business and affairs of the Corporation.  The chairman of the board, if designated as an officer of the Corporation, may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed.  The chairman of the board shall perform such other duties as may be assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 8.                     PRESIDENT .  In the absence of the chairman of the board and the chief executive officer, the president shall preside over the meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders at which he or she shall be present.  In the absence of a designation of a chief executive officer by the Board of Directors, the president shall be the chief executive officer.  The president may execute any deed, mortgage, bond, contract or other instrument, except in cases where the execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws to some other officer or agent of the Corporation or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed; and in general shall perform all duties incident to the office of president and such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the chief executive officer from time to time.

 

Section 9.                     VICE PRESIDENTS .  In the absence of each of the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer and the president or in the event of a vacancy in all three offices, the vice president (or in the event there be more than one vice president, the vice presidents in the order designated at the time of their election or, in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the president and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the president; and shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer or by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president, as senior vice president or as vice president for particular areas of responsibility.  The chief executive officer or, in the event there is no chief executive officer, the president may designate one or more vice presidents as vice president for particular areas of responsibility.

 

Section 10.               SECRETARY .  The secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the Corporation; (d) keep a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished to the secretary by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the share transfer books of the Corporation; and (f) in general perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him or her by the chief executive officer, the president or the Board of Directors.

 

Section 11.               TREASURER .  The treasurer shall have the custody of the funds and securities of the Corporation and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.

 

The treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the chief executive officer and Board of Directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors or whenever they may require it, an account of all his or her transactions as treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

Section 12.               ASSISTANT SECRETARIES AND ASSISTANT TREASURERS .  The assistant secretaries and assistant treasurers, in general, shall perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by

 

13



 

the secretary or treasurer, respectively, or by the president, the chief executive officer or the Board of Directors.  The assistant treasurers shall, if required by the Board of Directors, give bonds for the faithful performance of their duties in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors.

 

Section 13.               COMPENSATION .  The compensation of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by reason of the fact that he or she is also a Director.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

CONTRACTS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

 

Section 1.                     CONTRACTS .  The Board of Directors may authorize any officer or agent to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.  Any agreement, deed, mortgage, lease or other document executed by one or more of the Directors or by an authorized person shall be valid and binding upon the Board of Directors and upon the Corporation.

 

Section 2.                     CHECKS AND DRAFTS .  All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or agent of the Corporation in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.                     DEPOSITS .  All funds of the Corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited or invested from time to time to the credit of the Corporation as the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer or any other officer designated by the Board of Directors may determine.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

STOCK

 

Section 1.                     CERTIFICATES .  Except as may be otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, stockholders of the Corporation are not entitled to certificates representing the shares of stock held by them.  In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in such form as prescribed by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized officer, shall contain the statements and information required by the MGCL and shall be signed by the officers of the Corporation in the manner permitted by the MGCL.  In the event that the Corporation issues shares of stock without certificates, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to the record holders of such shares a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on stock certificates.  There shall be no differences in the rights and obligations of stockholders based on whether or not their shares are represented by certificates.

 

Section 2.                     TRANSFERS All transfers of shares of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation, by the holder of the shares of stock, in person or by his or her attorney, in such manner as the Board of Directors or any officer of the Corporation may prescribe and, if such shares of stock are certificated, upon surrender of certificates duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer.  The Board of Directors may require that outstanding certificated shares upon surrender for transfer be issued without certificates Upon the transfer of

 

14



 

uncertificated shares of stock, to the extent then required by the MGCL, the Corporation shall provide to record holders of such shares of stock a written statement of the information required by the MGCL to be included on share certificates.

 

The Corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, transfers of shares of any class or series of stock of the Corporation will be subject in all respects to the charter of the Corporation and all of the terms and conditions contained therein.

 

Section 3.                     REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE .  Any officer designated by the Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate previously issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate to be lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated; provided , however , if such shares of stock have ceased to be certificated, no new certificate shall be issued unless requested in writing by such stockholder and the Board of Directors has determined such certificates may be issued.  When authorizing the issuance of a new certificate, an officer designated by the Board of Directors may, in his or her discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate or the owner’s legal representative to advertise the same in such manner as he or she shall require and/or to give bond, with sufficient surety, to the Corporation to indemnify it against any loss or claim which may arise as a result of the issuance of a new certificate.

 

Section 4.                     CLOSING OF TRANSFER BOOKS OR FIXING OF RECORD DATE .  The Board of Directors may set, in advance, a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or determining stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or the allotment of any other rights, or in order to make a determination of stockholders for any other proper purpose.  Such date, in any case, shall not be prior to 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the day the record date is fixed and shall be not more than 90 days and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders not less than ten days, before the date on which the meeting or particular action requiring such determination of stockholders of record is to be held or taken.

 

In lieu of fixing a record date, the Board of Directors may provide that the stock transfer books shall be closed for a stated period but not longer than 20 days.  If the share transfer books are closed for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders, such books shall be closed for at least ten days before the date of such meeting.

 

If no record date is fixed and the share transfer books are not closed for the determination of stockholders, (a) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at 5:00 p.m., Eastern Time, on the day on which the notice of meeting is mailed or the 30th day before the meting, whichever is the closer date to the meeting; and (b) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive payment of a dividend or an allotment of any other rights shall be the close of business on the day on which the resolution of the Board of Directors, declaring the dividend or allotment of rights, is adopted.

 

When a determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof, except when (i) the determination has been made through the closing of the transfer books and the stated period of closing has expired or (ii) the meeting is adjourned to a date more than 120 days after the record date

 

15



 

fixed for the original meeting, in either of which case a new record date shall be determined as set forth herein.

 

Section 5.                     STOCK LEDGER .  The Corporation shall maintain at its principal office or at the office of its counsel, accountants or transfer agent, an original or duplicate stock ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class of stock held by such stockholder.

 

Section 6.                     FRACTIONAL STOCK; ISSUANCE OF UNITS .  The Board of Directors may issue fractional stock or provide for the issuance of scrip, all on such terms and under such conditions as they may determine.  Notwithstanding any other provision of the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may issue units consisting of different securities of the Corporation.  Any security issued in a unit shall have the same characteristics as any identical securities issued by the Corporation, except that the Board of Directors may provide that for a specified period securities of the Corporation issued in such unit may be transferred to the books of the Corporation only in such unit.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ACCOUNTING YEAR

 

The Board of Directors shall have the power, from time to time, to fix the fiscal year of the Corporation by a duly adopted resolution.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Section 1.                     AUTHORIZATION .  Dividends and other distributions upon the stock of the Corporation may be authorized and declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the applicable provisions of law and the charter of the Corporation.  Dividends and other distributions may be paid in cash, property or stock of the Corporation, subject to the applicable provisions of law and the charter of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.                     CONTINGENCIES .  Before payment of any dividends or other distributions, there may be set aside out of any assets of the Corporation available for dividends or other distributions such sum or sums as the Board of Directors may from time to time, in its absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund for contingencies, for equalizing dividends or other distributions, for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall determine to be in the best interest of the Corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ARTICLE X

 

INVESTMENT POLICY

 

Subject to the provisions of the charter of the Corporation, the Board of Directors may from time to time adopt, amend, revise or terminate any policy or policies with respect to investments by the Corporation as it shall deem appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

16



 

ARTICLE XI

 

SEAL

 

Section 1.                     SEAL .  The Board of Directors may authorize the adoption of a seal by the Corporation.  The seal shall contain the name of the Corporation and the year and state of its incorporation.  The Board of Directors may authorize one or more duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof.

 

Section 2.                     AFFIXING SEAL .  Whenever the Corporation is permitted or required to affix its seal to a document, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a seal to place the word “(SEAL)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to execute the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XII

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND ADVANCE OF EXPENSES

 

To the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, and in accordance with applicable provisions of the Bylaws and any indemnification agreement in effect from time to time, the Corporation shall indemnify, and pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses in advance of final disposition of a proceeding to, (a) any present or former director or officer of the Corporation against any claim or liability to which he or she may become subject by reason of service in such capacity, and (b) any individual who, while a director or officer of the Corporation and at the request of the Corporation, serves or has served as a director, officer, partner or trustee of another corporation, real estate investment trust, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, limited liability company or any other enterprise from and against any claim or liability to which such person may become subject or which such person may incur by reason of his or her service in such capacity.  The indemnification and payment or reimbursement of expenses provided in these Bylaws shall not be deemed exclusive of or limit in any way other rights to which any person seeking indemnification or payment or reimbursement of expenses may be or may become entitled under any bylaw, regulation, insurance, agreement or otherwise.

 

Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption or amendment of any other provision of the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws inconsistent with this Article, shall apply to or affect in any respect the applicability of this Article with respect to any act or omission that occurred prior to the effective date of such amendment, repeal or adoption.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

WAIVER OF NOTICE

 

Whenever any notice is required to be given pursuant to the charter of the Corporation or these Bylaws or pursuant to applicable law, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to such notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to the giving of such notice.  Neither the business to be transacted at nor the purpose of any meeting need be set forth in the waiver of notice, unless specifically required by statute.  The attendance of any person at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where such person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

17



 

ARTICLE XIV

 

AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS

 

The Board of Directors shall have the exclusive power to adopt, alter or repeal any provision of these Bylaws and to make new Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

BOOKS AND RECORDS

 

The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of an executive or other committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors.  The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection.  Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction.

 

ARTICLE XVI

 

SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision of the Bylaws shall be held invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such holding shall apply only to the extent of any such invalidity or unenforceability and shall not in any manner affect, impair or render invalid or unenforceable any other provision of the Bylaws in any jurisdiction.

 

*    *    *    *

 

18


 



Exhibit 4.2

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

THIS REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2010 by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), and the holders listed on Schedule I hereto (each an “ Initial Holder ” and collectively, the “ Initial Holders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaging in various related transactions (the “ IPO Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will effect an initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), the closing of which is occurring on the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO Transactions, the Company is engaging in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Initial Holders are receiving Common Shares on the date hereof in exchange for their respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions (the “ Private Placement Shares ”), as set forth on Schedule I hereto; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company has agreed to grant to the Initial Holders (and their permitted assignees and transferees) the registration rights described in this Agreement (the “ Registration Rights ”).

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.         DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Blackout Period ” is defined in Section 2.1(f)  hereof.

 

Business Day ” any Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday or Friday other than a day on which banks and other financial institutions are authorized or required to be closed for business in the State of New York.

 

Commission ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 



 

Formation Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Holder ” means to (a) any Initial Holder who is the record or beneficial owner of any Registrable Security or (b) any assignee or transferee of such Initial Holder, provided such assignee or transferee agrees in writing to be bound by the all the provisions hereof.

 

Initial Holder ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

IPO Closing Date ” means the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

IPO Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Maximum Threshold ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)  hereof.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Piggy-Back Registration ” is defined in Section 2.2(a)  hereof.

 

Private Placement Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Pro Rata Adjusted ” is defined in Section 2.2(b)(x)  hereof.

 

Prospectus ” means the prospectus or prospectuses included in any Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by Section 2.1(d)  or Section 2.2(a) , including any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Registrable Securities ” means the Private Placement Shares and any additional Common Shares issued with respect thereto by way of share dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization or otherwise, and any Common Shares or shares of common stock issuable upon conversion, exercise or exchange thereof.

 

Registration Notice ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Registration Rights ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Registration Statement ” means a Shelf Registration Statement or other registration statement contemplated by Section 2.1(d)  or Section 2.2(a) , including any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2



 

Shelf Registration Statement ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Suspension Event ” is defined in Section 2.3(a)  hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  hereof.

 

Underwritten Offering Notice ” is defined in Section 2.1(d)  hereof.

 

SECTION 2.         REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

2.1           Demand Registration Rights .

 

(a)            Demand Registration .  Subject to Sections 2.1(e)  and 2.3 hereof, at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, each Holder may deliver to the Company a written notice (a “ Registration Notice ”) informing the Company of such Holder’s desire to have some or all of its Registrable Securities registered for resale and specifying the number of Registrable Securities to be registered by the Company.  Upon receipt of a Registration Notice from a Holder requesting registration of the lesser of (i) one million (1,000,000) Registrable Securities or (ii) all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities, if the Company has not already caused such Registrable Securities to be included as part of an existing shelf registration statement and related prospectus that the Company then has on file with, and which has been declared effective by, the Commission and which remains in effect and not subject to any stop order, injunction or other order or requirement of the Commission (in which event the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its registration obligation under this Section 2.1 with respect to such Registrable Securities), then the Company shall cause to be filed with the Commission as soon as reasonably practicable after receiving the Registration Notice, but in no event more than sixty (60) days following receipt of such notice, a new registration statement and related prospectus pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act covering the resale of the Registrable Securities on a delayed or continuous basis (the “ Shelf Registration Statement ”), which complies as to form in all material respects with applicable Commission rules providing for the sale by such Holder or group of Holders of such Registrable Securities.  The Company agrees (subject to Section 2.3 hereof) to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission as soon as practicable.

 

Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep any Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective (including the preparation and filing of any amendments and supplements necessary for that purpose) until the earlier of (i) the date that is two (2) years after the date of effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement, (ii) the date on which all of the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder, or (iii) the date on which the Holder or Holders consummate the sale of all of the Registrable Securities registered under such Shelf Registration Statement.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may at any time (including, without

 

3



 

limitation, prior to or after receiving a Registration Notice from a Holder), in its sole discretion, include all additional Registrable Securities then outstanding or any portion thereof in any registration statement, including by virtue of adding such Registrable Securities as additional securities to an existing shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (in which event the Company shall be deemed to have satisfied its registration obligation under this Section 2.1(a)  with respect to the Registrable Securities so included, so long as such registration statement remains effective and not the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission).  The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of a Holder, include in any Shelf Registration Statement filed by the Company pursuant to this Section 2.1(a)  with respect to such Holder’s Registrable Securities, (i) any Common Shares to be offered by the Company for its own account or (ii) any Common Shares owned by any Person that is not a Holder.

 

(b)            Notice to Holders .  Upon receipt of a valid Registration Notice at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, the Company shall give written notice of the proposed filing of the Shelf Registration Statement to all other Holders as soon as practicable, and each Holder who wishes to participate in such Shelf Registration Statement shall notify the Company in writing within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company, and shall specify in such notice the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(c)            Offers and Sales .  All offers and sales of Registrable Securities covered by a Shelf Registration Statement by the Holder thereof shall be completed within the period during which such Shelf Registration Statement remains effective and not the subject of any stop order, injunction or other order of the Commission.  Upon notice that such Shelf Registration Statement is no longer effective, no Holder will offer or sell the Registrable Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement.  If directed in writing by the Company, each Holder will return all undistributed copies of the related Prospectus in such Holder’s possession upon the expiration of such period.

 

(d)            Underwritten Registered Resales .  If a Holder or Holders submit a Registration Notice requesting registration of a number of Registrable Securities equal to at least ten percent (10%) of the Private Placement Shares originally issued in the Formation Transactions (an “ Underwritten Offering Notice ”), then such Holder(s) shall be entitled to effect the sale of such Registrable Securities through an underwritten public offering (an “ Underwritten Offering ”); provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than three Underwritten Offerings under this Section 2.1(d) ; and provided , further , that the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or take any action to effect, an Underwritten Offering (i) within one hundred eighty (180) days following the last date on which an Underwritten Offering was effected pursuant to this Section 2.1(d)  or during any lock-up period required by the underwriters in any prior Underwritten Offering conducted by the Company on its own behalf or on behalf of selling stockholders, or (ii) during the period commencing with the date thirty (30) days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of (provided the Company is actively employed in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to file such registration statement), and ending on a date ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a registration statement with respect to an offering by the Company with respect to which the Company gave notice pursuant to

 

4



 

Section 2.2(a) .  Any request for an Underwritten Offering hereunder shall be made to the Company in accordance with the notice provisions of this Agreement.  Upon receipt of a valid Underwritten Offering Notice for an Underwritten Offering in accordance with the terms of this Section 2.1(d) , the Company shall give written notice of the proposed Underwritten Offering to all other Holders as soon as practicable, and each Holder who wishes to participate in such Underwritten Offering shall notify the Company in writing within ten (10) Business Days after the receipt by the Holder of the notice from the Company, and shall specify in such notice the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the Underwritten Offering.  The Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be included in an Underwritten Offering shall be entitled to select the managing underwriters for any such Underwritten Offering, subject to the approval of the Company, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.  The Company shall cooperate with the Holder(s) and such managing underwriters in connection with any such offering, including without limitation entering into such customary agreements (including underwriting and lock-up agreements in customary form) and taking all such other customary actions as the Holders or the managing underwriters of such Underwritten Offering reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of the Registrable Securities subject to such Underwritten Offering (including, without limitation, making members of senior management of the Company available to participate in “road show” and other customary marketing activities), making available customary financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company for review by the underwriters and their counsel and causing to be delivered to the underwriters opinions of counsel to the Company and comfort letters from the Company’s accountants in customary form, covering such matters as are customarily covered in an underwritten public offering, as the managing underwriters may request and addressed to the underwriters.

 

(e)            Limitations on Registration Rights .  Each Holder and its permitted assignees collectively shall be entitled to five (5) exercises of the Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) ; provided , however , that the Holders, collectively and as a group, shall not be permitted to exercise such Registration Rights more than once in any consecutive six month period and the Company shall not be obligated to effect any Shelf Registration Statement within six months after the effective date of a previous Shelf Registration Statement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission within one hundred twenty (120) days after the original filing date or is suspended for more than ninety (90) days at any one time, the Holders shall be deemed not to have exercised their Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) .  Each Holder’s Registration Rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 shall expire upon the date on which all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities are eligible for sale without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (or any successor provision) under the Securities Act without volume limitations or other restrictions on transfer thereunder.  Except as set forth in Section 2.1(d) , the Registration Rights granted pursuant to this Section 2.1 may not be exercised in connection with any underwritten public offering by the Company or by any Holder without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(f)             Black-Out Period .  Each Holder hereby agrees that it shall not, to the extent requested by the Company or an underwriter of securities of the Company, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell (including without limitation any short sale), grant any option or otherwise transfer or dispose of any Registrable Securities (other than to donees or affiliates of

 

5



 

such Holder who agree to be similarly bound) within seven (7) days prior to and for up to ninety (90) days, in the event of any subsequent offering, following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or the date of an underwriting agreement with respect to an underwritten public offering of the Company’s securities (the “ Black-Out Period ”); provided , however , that:

 

(i)             with respect to the Black-Out Period, such agreement shall not be applicable to the Registrable Securities to be sold on such Holder’s behalf to the public in an underwritten offering pursuant to such registration statement;

 

(ii)            all executive officers and directors of the Company then holding Common Shares shall enter into similar agreements;

 

(iii)           the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain similar agreements from each 10% or greater shareholder of the Company; and

 

(iv)           such Holder shall be allowed any concession or proportionate release allowed to any officer, director or other 10% or greater shareholder of the Company that entered into similar agreements.

 

In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Registrable Securities subject to this Section 2.1(f)  and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities and such other Common Shares of any Holder (and the Common Shares or securities of every other Person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such period.

 

Section 2.2             Piggy-Back Registration Rights .

 

(a)            Piggy-Back Registration .  Subject to Section 2.3 hereof, if at any time after the date that is three hundred sixty five (365) days after the IPO Closing Date, the Company proposes to file a Registration Statement under the Securities Act with respect to an underwritten offering of Common Shares by the Company for its own account (other than (i) any Shelf Registration Statement filed in connection with a Registration Notice pursuant to Section 2.1(a)  or (ii) a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8 (or any substitute form that may be adopted by the Commission) or filed in connection with an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing stockholders), then the Company shall give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders as soon as practicable (but in no event less than ten (10) Business Days before the anticipated filing date), and such notice shall offer such Holders the opportunity to register such number of shares of Registrable Securities as each such Holder may request in writing within five (5) Business Days of receiving such notice (a “ Piggy-Back Registration ”).  The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the managing underwriter(s) of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration to be included on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company included therein.  Participation in a Piggy-Back Registration as provided in this Section 2.2(a)  shall not count as an exercise of the Registration Rights under Section 2.1(a) .  All Holders of Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities

 

6



 

through a Piggy-Back Registration shall (i) enter into an underwriting agreement in reasonable and customary form with the underwriter(s) selected by the Company for such Piggy-Back Registration and (ii) complete and execute all questionnaires, powers-of-attorney, indemnities, opinions and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting agreement.

 

(b)            Reduction of Offering .  If the managing underwriter(s) for a Piggy-Back Registration advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities that in their opinion the dollar amount or number of Common Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell, taken together with Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with Persons other than the Holders of Registrable Securities hereunder, the Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 2.2 , and the Common Shares or other securities, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other stockholders of the Company, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of securities, as applicable, the “ Maximum Threshold ”), then the Company shall include if the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (i) first, the Common Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; (ii) second, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clause (i), the Common Shares or other securities, if any, comprised of Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof pro rata in accordance with the number of Registrable Securities which such Holders have requested be included in such underwritten offering, regardless of the number of Registrable Securities or other securities held by each such Person (such proportion is referred to herein as “ Pro Rata Adjusted ”) that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold; and (iii) third, to the extent that the Maximum Threshold has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the Common Shares or other securities for the account of other Persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such Persons and that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Threshold.

 

(c)            Withdrawal .  Any Holder of Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such Holder’s request for inclusion of Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.  The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by Persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a Registration Statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement without thereby incurring any liability to the Holders of Registrable Securities, provided that the Company promptly deliver written notice of such withdrawal to each Holder.  Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the Holders of Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 4 .

 

7



 

2.3           Suspension of Offering .

 

(a)            Notwithstanding Section 2.1 or Section 2.2 hereof, the Company shall be entitled to postpone the filing of a Registration Statement, and from time to time to require Holders not to sell under a Registration Statement or to suspend the effectiveness thereof, if (i) the Company determines in good faith that such registration and/or offering would materially and adversely affect any offering of securities of the Company, or (ii) the negotiation or consummation of a transaction by the Company or its subsidiaries is pending or an event has occurred, which negotiation, consummation or event would require additional disclosure by the Company in the Registration Statement of material information which the Company has a bona fide business purpose for keeping confidential and the non-disclosure of which in the Registration Statement would be expected, in the Company’s reasonable determination, to cause the Registration Statement to fail to comply with applicable disclosure requirements (each such circumstance a “ Suspension Event ”); provided , however , that the Company may not delay, suspend or withdraw such Registration Statement for more than sixty (60) days at any one time, or more than twice in any twelve (12) month period.  Upon receipt of any written notice from the Company of the happening of any Suspension Event during the period the Registration Statement is effective or if as a result of a Suspension Event the Registration Statement or related Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made (in the case of the Prospectus) not misleading, each Holder agrees that (x) it will immediately discontinue offers and sales of the Registrable Securities under such Registration Statement until the Holder receives copies of a supplemental or amended Prospectus (which the Company agrees to promptly prepare) that corrects the misstatement(s) or omission(s) referred to above and receives notice that any post-effective amendment has become effective or unless otherwise notified by the Company that it may resume such offers and sales, and (y) it will maintain the confidentiality of any information included in the written notice delivered by the Company unless otherwise required by law or subpoena.  If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company all copies of the Prospectus covering the Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice, other than permanent file copies then in the possession of such Holder’s counsel.

 

(b)            If all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act have not been filed by the required date taking into account any permissible extension, upon written notice thereof by the Company to the Holders, the rights of the Holders to offer, sell or distribute any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement or to require the Company take action with respect to the registration or sale of any Registrable Securities pursuant to any Registration Statement shall be suspended until the date on which the Company has filed such reports, and the Company shall notify the Holders in writing as promptly as practicable when such suspension is no longer required.

 

2.4           Qualification . The Company shall file such documents as necessary to register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be covered by a Registration Statement by the time such Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission under all applicable state securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions as any Holder may reasonably request in writing, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such Registration Statement is required to be kept

 

8



 

effective pursuant to this Agreement or during the period offers or sales are being made by the Holders, whichever is shorter, and to do any and all other similar acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable the Holders to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities in each such jurisdiction; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction or to register as a broker or dealer in such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Agreement, (ii) take any action that would cause it to become subject to any taxation in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be subject to such taxation or (iii) take any action that would subject it to the general service of process in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject.

 

2.5           Additional Obligations of the Company . When the Company is required to effect the registration of Registrable Securities under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, subject to Section 2.3 hereof, the Company shall:

 

(a)            prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements as to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary (i) to keep such Registration Statement effective and (ii) to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of the Registrable Securities covered by such Registration Statement, in each case for such time as is contemplated in Section 2.1 ;

 

(b)            furnish, without charge, to the Holders such number of copies of the Registration Statement, each amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits), and the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement (including each preliminary Prospectus) in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public sale or other disposition of the Registrable Securities owned by the Holders;

 

(c)            notify the Holders: (i) when the Registration Statement, any pre-effective amendment, the Prospectus or any prospectus supplement related thereto or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed, and, with respect to the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation or threat of any proceedings for that purpose, and (iii) of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any Registrable Securities for sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction or the initiation of any proceeding for such purpose;

 

(d)            promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement, and, if any such order suspending the effectiveness of a Registration Statement is issued, shall promptly use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of such order at the earliest possible moment;

 

(e)            following receipt of a Registration Notice and thereafter until the sooner of completion, abandonment or termination of the offering or sale contemplated thereby and the

 

9



 

expiration of the period during which the Company is required to maintain the effectiveness of the related Registration Statement, promptly notify the Holders: (i) of the existence of any fact of which the Company is aware or the happening of any event which has resulted in (A) the Registration Statement, as then in effect, containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein not misleading or (B) the Prospectus included in such Registration Statement containing an untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make any statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and (ii) of the Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement would be appropriate or that there exist circumstances not yet disclosed to the public which make further sales under such Registration Statement inadvisable pending such disclosure and post-effective amendment; and, if the notification relates to any event described in either of the clauses (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.5(e) , subject to Section 2.3 above, at the request of the Holders, the Company shall prepare and, to the extent the exemption from the prospectus delivery requirements in Rule 172 under the Securities Act is not available, furnish to the Holders a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or post-effective amendment to such Registration Statement or related Prospectus or file any other required document so that (1) such Registration Statement shall not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (2) as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such Prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(f)             use commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on the national securities exchange on which the Common Shares are then listed, if the listing of Registrable Securities is then permitted under the rules of such national securities exchange; and

 

(g)            if requested by any Holder participating in the offering of Registrable Securities, incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information concerning the Holder or the intended method of distribution as the Holder reasonably requests to be included therein and is reasonably necessary to permit the sale of the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Registration Statement, including, without limitation, information with respect to the number of Registrable Securities being sold, the purchase price being paid therefor and any other material terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold in such offering; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to include in any such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment any requested information that is not required by the rules of the Commission and is unreasonable in scope compared with the Company’s most recent prospectus or prospectus supplement used in connection with a primary or secondary offering of equity securities by the Company.

 

2.6           Obligations of the Holder .  In connection with any Registration Statement utilized by the Company to satisfy the Registration Rights pursuant to this Section 2 , each Holder agrees to cooperate with the Company in connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement,

 

10


 

and each Holder agrees that it will (i) respond within ten (10) Business Days to any written request by the Company to provide or verify information regarding the Holder or the Holder’s Registrable Securities (including the proposed manner of sale) that may be required to be included in such Registration Statement and related Prospectus pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Commission, and (ii) provide in a timely manner information regarding the proposed distribution by the Holder of the Registrable Securities and such other information as may be requested by the Company from time to time in connection with the preparation of and for inclusion in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

SECTION 3.        INDEMNIFICATION; CONTRIBUTION

 

3.1          Indemnification by the Company.   The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and each Person, if any, who controls any Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and any of their partners, members, officers, directors, employees or representatives, as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which the Registrable Securities were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each case whether or not a party, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 3.1 does not apply to any Holder with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense to the extent

 

11



 

arising out of (A) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) any Holder’s failure to deliver an amended or supplemental Prospectus furnished to such Holder by the Company, if such loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense would not have arisen had such delivery occurred.

 

3.2          Indemnification by Holder . Each Holder (and each permitted assignee of such Holder, on a several basis) severally and not jointly agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors and officers (including each director and officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement), each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and each other Holder as follows:

 

(i)            against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) pursuant to which the Registrable Securities of such Holder were registered under the Securities Act, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), including all documents incorporated therein by reference, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii)           against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such Holder; and

 

(iii)          against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, in each case whether or not a party, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under subparagraph (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided , however , that the indemnity provided pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall only apply with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, judgment or expense to the extent arising out of (A) any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder

 

12



 

expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or (B) any Holder’s failure to deliver an amended or supplemental Prospectus furnished to the Holder by the Company, if such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense would not have arisen had such delivery occurred.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.2 , a Holder and any permitted assignee shall not be required to indemnify the Company, its officers, directors or control persons with respect to any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Holder or such permitted assignee, as the case may be, from sales of the Registrable Securities of such Holder under the Registration Statement that is the subject of the indemnification claim.

 

3.3          Conduct of Indemnification Proceedings .  An indemnified party hereunder shall give reasonably prompt notice to the indemnifying party of any action or proceeding commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify the indemnifying party (i) shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability which it may have under the indemnity agreement provided in Sections 3.1 or 3.2 above, unless and only to the extent it did not otherwise learn of such action and the lack of notice by the indemnified party results in the forfeiture by the indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) shall not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided under Sections 3.1 or 3.2 above.  If the indemnifying party so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, the indemnifying party may assume the defense of such action or proceeding at such indemnifying party’s own expense with counsel chosen by the indemnifying party and approved by the indemnified party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , however , that the indemnifying party will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any such action or proceeding without the written consent of the indemnified party unless such settlement, compromise or consent secures the unconditional release of the indemnified party of all liability at no cost or expense to the indemnified party; and provided further , that, if the indemnified party reasonably determines that a conflict of interest exists where it is advisable for the indemnified party to be represented by separate counsel or that, upon advice of counsel, there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, then the indemnifying party shall not be entitled to assume such defense and the indemnified party shall be entitled to separate counsel at the indemnifying party’s expense. If the indemnifying party is not entitled to assume the defense of such action or proceeding as a result of the second proviso to the preceding sentence, the indemnifying party’s counsel shall be entitled to conduct the indemnifying party’s defense and counsel for the indemnified party shall be entitled to conduct the defense of the indemnified party, it being understood that both such counsel will cooperate with each other to conduct the defense of such action or proceeding as efficiently as possible. If the indemnifying party is not so entitled to assume the defense of such action or does not assume such defense, after having received the notice referred to in the first sentence of this paragraph, the indemnifying party will pay the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified party. In such event, however, the indemnifying party will not be liable for any settlement effected without the written consent of the indemnifying party (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld). If an indemnifying party is entitled to assume, and assumes, the defense of such action or proceeding in accordance with this paragraph, the indemnifying party shall not be liable for any fees and

 

13



 

expenses of counsel for the indemnified party incurred thereafter in connection with such action or proceeding.

 

3.4          Contribution .

 

(a)           In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 above is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified party although applicable in accordance with its terms, the Company and the relevant Holder shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses of the nature contemplated by such indemnity agreement incurred by the Company and the Holder, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Company on the one hand and the Holder on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the action in question, including any untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact, has been made by, or relates to information supplied by, the indemnifying party or the indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such action.

 

(b)           The parties hereto agree that it would not be just or equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 3.4 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3.4 , a Holder shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount of the net proceeds actually received by such Holder from sales of the Registrable Securities of such Holder under the Registration Statement that is the subject of the indemnification claim.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 3.4 , each Person, if any, who controls a Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Holder, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed a Registration Statement and each Person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

SECTION 4.        EXPENSES

 

The Company shall pay all expenses incident to the performance by the Company of its registration obligations under Section 2 above, including (i) Commission, stock exchange and FINRA registration and filing fees, (ii) all fees and expenses incurred in complying with securities or “blue sky” laws (including reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to any underwriter incurred in connection with “blue sky” qualifications of the Registrable Securities as may be set forth in any underwriting agreement), (iii) all printing, messenger and delivery expenses, (iv) the fees, charges and expenses of counsel to the Company and of its

 

14



 

independent public accountants and any other accounting fees, charges and expenses incurred by the Company (including, without limitation, any expenses arising from any “comfort” letters or any special audits incident to or required by any registration or qualification), and (v) the fees, charges and expenses of one firm of counsel for the selling Holders (which shall be selected by the Holder or Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities being included in any particular registration statement).  Each Holder shall be responsible for the payment of any brokerage and sales commissions, fees and disbursements of such Holder’s counsel, accountants and other advisors (except as contemplated by the preceding sentence), and any transfer taxes relating to the sale or disposition of the Registrable Securities by such Holder pursuant to this Agreement.

 

SECTION 5.        RULE 144 COMPLIANCE

 

The Company covenants that it will use its best efforts to timely file the reports required to be filed by the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act so as to enable the Holders to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  In connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition by a Holder of any Registrable Securities pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Company shall cooperate with the Holder to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Registrable Securities to be sold and not bearing any Securities Act legend, and enable certificates for such Registrable Securities to be for such number of shares and registered in such names as such Holder may reasonably request at least five (5) Business Days prior to any sale of Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

SECTION 6.        MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1          No Conflict of Rights .  The Company shall not, after the date hereof, grant any registration rights which conflict with or impair the rights granted to the Holders hereby.

 

6.2          Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

6.3          Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

6.4          Amendment; Waiver.   Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no

 

15



 

action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

6.5          Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and schedules hereto constitute the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof, as the case may be.

 

6.6          Assignment; Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement and the rights granted hereunder may not be assigned by a Holder without the written consent of the Company; provided , however , that a Holder may assign its rights and obligations hereunder, without such consent, in connection with a transfer of some or all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities (i) to the extent permitted under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation and (ii) provided such transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions hereof and the Holder provides written notice to the Company within ten (10) Business Days of the effectiveness of such assignment.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon all of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, personal and legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns, including, without limitation, any successor of the Company by merger, acquisition, reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise.

 

6.7          Titles .  The titles and captions of the sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

6.8          Third Party Beneficiary .  Except as may be expressly provided herein (including, without limitation, Section 3 hereof), no provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, affiliate, shareholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

6.9          Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement deemed necessary or desirable by the Company to effect such replacement; provided , however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

6.10        Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and

 

16



 

assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to articles, sections, schedules, exhibits and attachments shall be deemed references to articles and sections of, and schedules, exhibits and attachments to, this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular article, section or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  Any deadline or time period set forth in this Agreement that by its terms ends on a day that is not a Business Day shall be automatically extended to the next succeeding Business Day.  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the parties hereto understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

6.11        Notices .  All notices, requests, demands, waivers and communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing signed by or on behalf of the party making such notice, request, demand, waiver or communication and shall be deemed to be given (i) on the day delivered (or if that day is not a Business Day, or if delivered after the close of business on a Business Day, on the next day that is a Business Day) when delivered by personal delivery or overnight courier, (ii) on the third Business Day after mailed by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or (iii) upon transmission when sent by facsimile transmission or email transmission (provided that such facsimile or email is followed by an original of such notice by mail or personal delivery as provided herein).  All notices hereunder shall be delivered to the parties at the addresses set forth opposite their signatures below, or to any other address or addressee as any party entitled to receive notice under this Agreement shall designate, from time to time, to others in the manner provided in this Section 6.11 for the service of notices; provided , however , that notices of a change of address shall be effective only upon receipt thereof.

 

6.12        Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit any Holder to enforce the consummation of the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

17



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

Address:

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Address: See Schedule I for the

 

INITIAL HOLDERS:

addresses of the Initial Holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Edward B. Hermes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement

 



 

Schedule I

 

Initial Holders

 

Common
Shares

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Taylor Walker

 

 

 

 

 

William Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Smith, III

 

 

 

 

 

Richard Warner

 

 

 

 

 

Donna Mighty

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Yavinsky

 

 

 

 

 

Ted Hermes

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah Wilson

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCKHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of [                    ], 2010 by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), Column Guaranteed LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Column ”), William M. Walker (“ WW ”) and Mallory Walker (“ MW ” and collectively with Column and WW, the “ Stockholders ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is engaging in various related transactions (the “ IPO Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, the Company will effect an initial public offering of shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “ Common Shares ”), the closing of which is occurring on the date hereof;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with the IPO Transactions, the Company is engaging in certain formation transactions (the “ Formation Transactions ”) pursuant to which, among other things, Column and the Walker Stockholders, among others, are receiving Common Shares on the date hereof in exchange for their respective interests in the entities participating in the Formation Transactions, as set forth on Schedule I hereto;

 

WHEREAS, in connection with IPO Transactions, Column has executed and delivered to the Company a Lock-Up Agreement (the “ Lock-Up Agreement ”) imposing certain restrictions on the transfer and sale of the Common Shares to be issued to Column pursuant to the Formation Transactions; and

 

WHEREAS, in order to induce Column to enter into the Lock-up Agreement and to consummate the Formation Transactions to which it is a party, the parties hereto desire to enter into this Agreement and provide for certain rights and restrictions with respect to the nomination and election of  Directors.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are acknowledged, hereby agree as follows:

 

SECTION 1.        DEFINITIONS

 

The following capitalized terms used herein have the following meanings:

 

2011 Director Election ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

Agreement ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 



 

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Column ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Column Nominees ” is defined in Section 2.1(a)  hereof.

 

Common Shares ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Company ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Consummation Notice ” is defined in Section 4.2(a)  hereof.

 

Director ” means a member of the Board of Directors.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exempt Transfer ” means (i) a sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition pursuant to a registered offering under the Securities Act or in a broker transaction pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (including the volume limitations thereunder, if applicable), (ii) a pledge or other hypothecation of Common Shares pursuant to a bona fide financing transaction with a third party, and any foreclosure or transfer in lieu of foreclosure of such Common Shares in connection therewith, or (iii) a transfer in connection with a tender or exchange offer made to all stockholders of the Company.

 

Fair Market Value ” means the closing sales price for Common Shares (or the closing bid, if no sales were reported) on the date of determination (or, if no closing sales price or closing bid was reported on that date, as applicable, on the last trading date such closing sales price or closing bid was reported), as reported in The Wall Street Journal.

 

Formation Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

IPO Transactions ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

Lock-Up Agreement ” is defined in the recitals hereto.

 

MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereto.

 

Named Third Party ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Notice Stockholders ” means the Stockholders; provided , that any of Column, MW and WW proposing to make a Transfer shall not be considered a Notice Stockholder with respect to such proposed Transfer.

 

Participation Notice ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereof.

 

Participation Period ” is defined in Section 4.1(b)  hereof.

 

Permitted Transferee ” means (i) with respect to an individual, (a) such individual’s spouse, lineal descendants (in each case, natural or adopted), siblings or parents, (b) any

 

2



 

corporation, limited liability company or partnership in which the direct and beneficial owners of all of the equity interests are the individuals and/or any of the individuals referred to in clause (a) above, (c) any trust the sole beneficiaries of which, or any charitable trust the grantor of which, include the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b) above or any private foundation organized or controlled by any of the Persons described in clause (a) or clause (b) above, or (d) any charitable entity qualified under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, and (ii) with respect to a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, an entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such entity.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, estate, trust, unincorporated association, any federal, state, county or municipal government or any bureau, department or agency thereof and any fiduciary acting in such capacity on behalf of any of the foregoing.

 

Stockholders ” is defined in the preamble hereto.

 

Tag-Along Rights Termination Date ” means the date that is twelve (12) months after the date of the expiration, pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, of the “Restricted Period” (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).

 

Tag-Along Stockholders ” means Column and MW.

 

Termination Date ” means the date that is six (6) months after the date of the expiration, pursuant to the terms of the Lock-Up Agreement, of the “Restricted Period” (as defined in the Lock-Up Agreement).

 

Transfer ” means a sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of more than ten percent (10%) of the issued and outstanding Common Shares of the Company in any transaction or series of related transactions; provided , that a “ Transfer ” shall not include a Transfer to a Permitted Transferee.  For the avoidance of doubt, “Transfer” shall not include (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposition of Common Shares in connection with the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions or (ii) any Exempt Transfer.

 

Transfer Amount ” is defined in Section 4.1(b ) hereof.

 

Transfer Notice ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Transferring Stockholder ” is defined in Section 4.1(a)  hereof.

 

Voting Securities ” means at any time shares of any class of capital stock of the Company which are then entitled to vote generally in the election of Directors.

 

Walker Stockholders ” means William M. Walker and Mallory Walker.

 

3



 

SECTION 2.        BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.1            Column Nominees .

 

(a)           At the annual meeting of stockholders of the Company to be held during the 2011 calendar year, or at any special meeting of stockholders of the Company held prior to the Termination Date at which Directors are to be elected, or at any taking of action by written consent of stockholders of the Company prior to the Termination Date with respect to which Directors are to be elected (each a “ 2011 Director Election ”), Column shall have the right (but not the obligation) to designate two (2) nominees for election to the Board of Directors (such nominees, the “ Column Nominees ”) at such 2011 Director Election.

 

(b)           Column shall not name any person as a Column Nominee if (i) such person is not reasonably experienced in business, financial or commercial real estate finance matters; (ii) such person has been convicted of, or has pled no lo contendere to, a felony; (iii) the election of such person would violate any law; or (iv) any event required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K of the Exchange Act has occurred with respect to such person.

 

(c)           At or prior to any 2011 Director Election: (i) the Company’s nominating committee (or any other committee exercising a similar function) shall recommend to the Board of Directors the nomination of each Column Nominee for election to the Board of Directors, and (ii) the Board of Directors shall recommend to the stockholders of the Company the election of each Column Nominee to the Board of Directors.  The Company shall exercise all authority under applicable law to cause each Column Nominee to be elected to the Board of Directors at any 2011 Director Election, including, without limitation, using its reasonable efforts to solicit from the stockholders of the Company eligible to vote in the election of Directors proxies in favor of the Column Nominees.

 

Section 2.2            Vacancies .  From and after the date hereof until the Termination Date, in the event that any Director who is a Column Nominee ceases to serve as a Director for any reason other than the fact that Column no longer has a right to nominate a Director as provided in Section 2.1(a) , the vacancy resulting thereby shall be filled by a Column Nominee designated by Column and the other Directors shall cause the appointment of such Column Nominee to the Board of Directors; provided , however , that any Column Nominee so designated by Column shall satisfy the qualification requirements set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

 

Section 2.3            Termination of Nomination Right .  The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate as of the Termination Date.

 

SECTION 3.        ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 3.1            Voting Agreement .  At any 2011 Director Election, each of the Walker Stockholders agrees to vote, at a meeting or by written consent, all of the Voting Securities then owned by such Walker Stockholder (and attend such 2011 Director Election, in person or by proxy, for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of written consents in lieu of meetings) in favor of the election to the Board of Directors, to the extent permitted pursuant to the

 

4



 

Company’s Articles of Incorporation and subject to compliance with applicable law, of each of the Column Nominees.

 

SECTION 4.        TAG-ALONG RIGHTS

 

Subject to Section 4.3 below, no Stockholder shall be permitted to engage in a Transfer without first offering each of the Tag-Along Stockholders the right to participate in such Transfer in accordance with this Section 4 .

 

Section 4.1            Transfers by Stockholders .

 

(a)           The Stockholder(s) proposing to make a Transfer (collectively, the “ Transferring Stockholder ”) shall first deliver a written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Notice Stockholders stating (i) the Transferring Stockholder’s desire to Transfer Common Shares to a third party; (ii) the number of Common Shares subject to the proposed Transfer; (iii) the price and the other general terms of the proposed Transfer; and (iv) the identity of the third party transferee (the “ Named Third Party ”).  Thereafter, the Tag-Along Stockholders may elect to participate in the Transfer subject to the participation rights set forth in this Section 4 .

 

(b)           The Tag-Along Stockholders may elect to participate in the contemplated Transfer at the same price per Common Share and on the same terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice by delivering written notice (the “ Participation Notice ”) to the Transferring Stockholder within ten (10) days after delivery of the Transfer Notice (the “ Participation Period ”).  If any such Tag-Along Stockholders elect to participate in such Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder and such Tag-Along Stockholders participating in such sale shall each be entitled to sell in the contemplated Transfer, at the same price and on the same terms, a number of Common Shares equal to the product of (i) the quotient determined by dividing (x) the percentage of all issued and outstanding Common Shares held by such Transferring Stockholder or such Tag-Along Stockholder, as the case may be, as of the applicable date by (y) the aggregate percentage of all issued and outstanding Common Shares owned by the Transferring Stockholder and the Tag-Along Stockholders participating in such sale and (ii) the number of Common Shares to be sold in the contemplated Transfer (such number of shares with respect to each such Transferring Stockholder or Tag-Along Stockholder, as the case may be, the “ Transfer Amount ”); provided , however , that if such Tag-Along Stockholder is MW, (A) MW shall be entitled to sell no more than a number of Common Shares which has an aggregate Fair Market Value of $10,000,000 on the date the Transfer Notice with respect to such proposed Transfer is delivered (such number of shares, the “ MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount ”), and (B) Column shall be entitled to sell, in addition to the Transfer Amount applicable to Column with respect to such proposed Transfer, a number of Common Shares that equals the difference between (X) the Transfer Amount applicable to MW with respect to such proposed Transfer minus (Y) the MW Maximum Tag-Along Amount.  If the Tag-Along Stockholders do not send a Participation Notice during the Participation Period or otherwise decline to participate in the proposed Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder shall be permitted to consummate a transaction with the

 

5



 

Named Third Party on substantially the same terms as the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice, provided that the closing of such transaction occurs within ninety (90) days after the delivery of the Transfer Notice.

 

(c)           If the Transferring Stockholder receives a Participation Notice from one or more of the Tag-Along Stockholders, the Transferring Stockholder shall use reasonable commercial efforts to obtain the agreement of the Named Third Party to the participation of such Tag-Along Stockholders in any contemplated Transfer, and no Transferring Stockholder shall transfer any Common Shares to the Named Third Party if such Named Third Party declines to allow the participation of the Tag-Along Stockholders.

 

Section 4.2            Consummation of Proposed Transfer .

 

(a)           At least ten (10) days prior to the consummation of a Transfer by a Transferring Stockholder and not before the earlier of (x) the end of the Participation Period and (y) the receipt by the Transferring Stockholder of a Participation Notice from the Tag-Along Stockholders, the Transferring Stockholder shall provide written notice (a “ Consummation Notice ”) to each of the Tag-Along Stockholders participating in the Transfer stating (i) the number of Common Shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder will be entitled to sell to the Named Third Party, and (ii) the date the Transfer will be consummated.  At least five (5) days prior to the date of such consummation, each Tag-Along Stockholder participating in the Transfer shall deliver to the Transferring Stockholder (or such other person as may be designated in writing by the Transferring Stockholder) for Transfer to the Named Third Party one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer (or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares by book-entry and/or other evidence of the transfer of Common Shares), which represent the number of Common Shares that such Tag-Along Stockholder is entitled to sell as provided in the Consummation Notice.  The certificate(s) (or evidence of delivery of uncertificated Common Shares) delivered to the Transferring Stockholder (or the Transferring Stockholder’s designee) by the Tag-Along Stockholders shall be transferred to the Named Third Party as part of the consummation of the Transfer of Common Shares pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Transfer Notice and the Consummation Notice.  Except to the extent other arrangements are made between the Transferring Stockholder and the Named Third Party for the delivery of proceeds directly to the Tag-Along Stockholders, upon receipt of the proceeds of the Transfer, the Transferring Stockholder shall promptly remit to each Tag-Along Stockholder that portion of such proceeds to which such Tag-Along Stockholder is entitled by reason of such Tag-Along Stockholder’s participation in such Transfer together with any stock certificates for any shares not sold in the Transfer.

 

(b)           In connection with a Transfer pursuant to this Section 4 , each Stockholder shall be required to make representations and warranties regarding the Common Shares that such Stockholder proposes to Transfer of a type customarily made by similarly situated stockholders, including, but not limited to, such Stockholder’s ownership of and authority to transfer such

 

6



 

Common Shares, the absence of any liens or other encumbrances on such Common Shares, and the compliance of such Transfer with the federal and state securities laws and all other applicable laws and regulations; provided , however , that each Tag-Along Stockholder shall enter into the same agreement or agreements as the Transferring Stockholder with respect to the proposed Transfer.

 

Section 4.3            Termination of Rights .  The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate automatically, without any action by any Stockholder, on the Tag-Along Rights Termination Date.

 

SECTION 5.        MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 5.1            Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and it will not be necessary in making proof of this Agreement or the terms of this Agreement to produce or account for more than one of such counterparts.  All counterparts shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Each party may execute this Agreement via a facsimile (or transmission of a .pdf file) of this Agreement.  In addition, facsimile or .pdf signatures of authorized signatories of the parties shall be valid and binding and delivery of a facsimile or .pdf signature by any party shall constitute due execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.2            Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the choice of laws provisions thereof.

 

Section 5.3            Amendment; Waiver .  Any amendment hereto shall be in writing and signed by all parties hereto.  No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement is sought.  The waiver by any party of the performance of any act shall not operate as a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.  Except as otherwise provided herein, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including any investigation by or on behalf of any party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained in this Agreement.

 

Section 5.4            Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and supersede conflicting provisions set forth in all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

Section 5.5            Assignability .  This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon, and shall be enforceable by and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and any reference to a party shall also be a reference to an heir, legal representative, successor or permitted assign; provided , however , that this Agreement may not be assigned (except by operation of law) by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto, and any attempted assignment without such consent shall be void and of no effect, except that the Company may assign its rights and obligations hereunder to an Affiliate of the Company.  For the avoidance of

 

7



 

doubt, (i) any Person who is a Permitted Transferee shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement, and (ii) any Person who receives Common Shares pursuant to (A) a Transfer in compliance with Section 4 hereof or (B) an Exempt Transfer shall not be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.6            Titles .  The titles and captions of the sections, subsections and paragraphs of this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and shall have no effect on the construction or meaning of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.7            Third Party Beneficiary .  No provision of this Agreement is intended, nor shall it be interpreted, to provide or create any third party beneficiary rights or any other rights of any kind in any customer, Affiliate, stockholder, partner, member, director, officer or employee of any party hereto or any other Person.  All provisions hereof shall be personal solely among the parties to this Agreement.

 

Section 5.8            Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason held to any extent to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will be interpreted so as reasonably to effect the intent of the parties hereto.  The parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision that will achieve, to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision and to execute any amendment, consent or agreement to effect such replacement; provided , however , that such replacement does not defeat the principal purpose of this Agreement.

 

Section 5.9            Interpretation .  This Agreement shall be read and construed in the English language.  As used in this Agreement, any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall include all genders, the plural shall include the singular, and singular shall include the plural.  References herein to a party or other Person include their respective successors and assigns.  The words “include,” “includes” and “including” when used herein shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation” unless such phrase otherwise appears.  Unless the context otherwise requires, references herein to sections and subsections shall be deemed references to sections and subsections of this Agreement.  Unless the context otherwise requires, the words “hereof,” “hereby” and “herein” and words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular section, subsection or provision hereof.  Except when used together with the word “either” or otherwise for the purpose of identifying mutually exclusive alternatives, the term “or” has the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.”  All references in this Agreement to “dollars” or “$” shall mean United States dollars.  With regard to each and every term and condition of this Agreement, the parties understand and agree that the same have or has been mutually negotiated, prepared and drafted, and that if at any time the parties desire or are required to interpret or construe any such term or condition or any agreement or instrument subject thereto, no consideration shall be given to the issue of which party actually prepared, drafted or requested any term or condition of this Agreement.

 

8



 

Section 5.10          Equitable Remedies .  The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with the specific terms hereof or were otherwise breached.  It is accordingly agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any federal or state court located in the State of Maryland (as to which the parties agree to submit to jurisdiction for the purpose of such action), this being in addition to any other remedy to which the parties are entitled under this Agreement; provided , however , that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to permit Column to enforce the consummation of the Formation Transactions or the IPO Transactions.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered in its name and on its behalf as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

COLUMN:

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALKER STOCKHOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

Signature Page to Stockholders Agreement

 



 

Schedule I

 

 

 

Common
Shares

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Mallory Walker

 

 

 

 

 

Column Guaranteed LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this 27 th  day of October, 2010, by Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) with its principal place of business at 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200, Bethesda, MD 20814, and William M. Walker, residing at the address on file with the Company (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement to reflect the Executive’s executive capacities in the Company’s business and to provide for the Company’s employment of the Executive; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth the terms and conditions of that employment;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Term of Employment

 

The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.  Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5, the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the three (3) year period commencing on the date of effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Commencement Date”) and ending on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Initial Term”).  The Initial Term shall be extended for an additional twelve (12) months on the third and each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement Date unless the Company or the Executive provides written notice to the contrary at least sixty (60) days before the applicable anniversary of the Commencement Date.  The Initial Term, together with any such extensions, shall be referred to herein as the “Employment Period.” In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) determines that active efforts to complete the closing of the initial public offering have been abandoned, this Agreement shall become null and void.

 

2.                                       Title; Duties

 

The Executive shall be employed as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  The Executive shall report to the Board of Directors, who shall have the authority to direct, control and supervise the activities of the Executive.  The Executive shall perform such services consistent with his position as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Board of Directors and are consistent with the bylaws of the Company as it may be amended from time to time, including, but not limited to, managing the affairs of the Company.

 

3.                                       Extent of Services

 

(a)                                   General .  The Executive agrees not to engage in any business activities during the Employment Period except those which are for the sole benefit of the Company and its subsidiaries, and to devote his entire business time, attention, skill and

 

1



 

effort to the performance of his duties under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may, without impairing or otherwise adversely affecting the Executive’s performance of his duties to the Company, (i) engage in personal investments and charitable, professional and civic activities, and (ii) with the prior approval of the Board of Directors, serve on the boards of directors of corporations other than the Company, provided, however, that no such approval shall be necessary for the Executive’s continued service on any board of directors on which he was serving on the date of this Agreement, all of which have been previously disclosed to the Board of Directors in writing and provided further, that in no event shall the Executive be permitted to serve on the board of directors of any other entity that competes with the Company in the multifamily finance business.  The Executive shall perform his duties to the best of his ability, shall adhere to the Company’s published policies and procedures, and shall use his best efforts to promote the Company’s interests, reputation, business and welfare.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Opportunities .  The Executive agrees that he will not take personal advantage of any business opportunities which arise during his employment with the Company and which may be of benefit to the Company.  All material facts regarding such opportunities must be promptly reported by the Executive to the Board of Directors for consideration by the Company.

 

4.                                       Compensation and Benefits

 

(a)                                   Salary .  The Company shall pay the Executive a gross base annual salary (“Base Salary”) of $500,000.00.  The Base Salary shall be payable in arrears in approximately equal semi-monthly installments (except that the first and last such semi-monthly installments may be prorated if necessary) on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates, minus such deductions as may be required by law or reasonably requested by the Executive.  The Company’s Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) shall review his Base Salary annually in conjunction with its regular review of employee salaries and may increase (but not decrease) his Base Salary as in effect from time to time as the Compensation Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to earn bonuses with respect to each fiscal year (or partial fiscal year), based upon Executive’s and the Company’s achievement of performance objectives set by the Company within the first three (3) months of each fiscal year of the Employment Period, with a target bonus of 100% of Executive’s Base Salary for such fiscal year (or partial fiscal year).  Any such bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid annually by March 15 of the year following the end of the year for which the bonus was earned.

 

(c)                                   Options and Restricted Stock Grants .  The Executive will be eligible for grants of options to purchase the Company’s common stock and grants of restricted shares of the Company’s common stock subject to certain time vesting requirements and other conditions set forth in the applicable award agreement.

 

2



 

(d)                                  Other Benefits .  The Executive shall be entitled to paid time off and holiday pay in accordance with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time and shall be eligible to participate in such life, health, and disability insurance, pension, deferred compensation and incentive plans, options and awards, performance bonuses and other benefits as the Company extends, as a matter of policy, to its executive employees.  Incentive compensation under the Company’s 2008, 2009 and 2010 long term incentive arrangements are independent of the annual bonuses and will be governed under the terms of those arrangements.

 

(e)                                   Reimbursement of Business Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with, or related to, the performance of his duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, upon presentation by the Executive of documentation, expense statements, vouchers, and/or such other supporting information as the Company may reasonably request.

 

(f)                                 Timing of Reimbursements .  Any reimbursement under this Agreement that is taxable to the Executive shall be made in no event later than sixty (60) days following the calendar year in which the Executive incurred the expense.

 

5.                                       Termination

 

(a)                                   Termination by the Company for Cause .  The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for Cause, upon written notice by the Company to the Executive.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for termination shall mean any of the following: (i) the conviction of the Executive of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Executive to, any felony; (ii) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement by the Executive; (iii) the Executive’s willful failure or gross negligence in the performance of his assigned duties for the Company, which failure or negligence continues for more than fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such willful failure or gross negligence; (iv) the Executive’s breach of any of his fiduciary duties to the Company; (v) a material violation of a material Company policy which, if such violation is curable, such failure is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such failure, with such detail as  sufficient to apprise Executive of the nature and extent of such failure; or (vi) the material breach by the Executive of any material term of this Agreement, which, if such breach is curable, such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such breach, with such detail as sufficient to apprise Executive of the nature and extent of such breach.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason .  Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time without Cause (in the case of the Company) or without Good Reason (in the case of the Executive), upon giving the other party sixty (60) days’ written notice.  At the Company’s sole

 

3



 

discretion, it may substitute sixty (60) days’ Base Salary (or any lesser portion for any shortened period provided) in lieu of notice.  Any Base Salary paid to the Executive in lieu of notice shall not be offset against any entitlement the Executive may have to the Severance Payment pursuant to Section 6(c).  For purposes of this Agreement, in the event the Company elects not to extend the Employment Period in accordance with Section 1 hereof, Executive’s employment shall terminate on the last day of the Employment Period and such election shall be deemed a termination by the Company without Cause.

 

(c)                                   Termination by Executive for Good Reason .  The Executive may terminate his employment under this Agreement at any time for Good Reason, upon written notice by the Executive to the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason for termination shall mean, without the Executive’s consent: (i) the assignment to the Executive of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s position at the Company, or any other action by the Company which results in a substantial diminution of the Executive’s duties or responsibilities other than any such reduction which is remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice thereof from the Executive; (ii) a requirement that the Executive work principally from a location that is twenty (20) miles further from the Executive’s residence than the Company’s address first written above; (iii) a ten (10) percent or greater reduction in the Executive’s aggregate Base Salary and other compensation (including the target bonus amount and retirement plan, welfare plans and fringe benefits) taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets; or (iv) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement.  Good Reason shall not exist pursuant to any subsection of this Section 5(c) unless (A) the Executive shall have delivered notice to the Board within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such event constituting Good Reason, and (B) the Board fails to remedy the circumstances giving rise to the Executive’s notice within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice.  The Executive must terminate his employment under this Section 5(c) at a time agreed reasonably with the Company, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days from the occurrence of an event constituting Good Reason.  For purposes of Good Reason, the Company shall be defined to include any successor to the Company which has assumed the obligations of the Company through merger, acquisition, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Executive’s Death or Disability .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate immediately upon his death or, upon written notice as set forth below, his Disability.  As used in this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean such physical or mental impairment as would render the Executive unable to perform each of the essential duties of the Executive’s position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.  If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of the Executive’s

 

4



 

Disability, either party shall give thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to that effect to the other.

 

(e)                                   Executive’s Retirement .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate upon his Retirement.  As used in this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean the point in which the Executive has reached the age of sixty five (65) and has decided to exit the workforce completely.  If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Retirement, the Executive shall give one hundred eighty (180) days’ advance notice to the effect to the Company.

 

6.                                       Effect of Termination

 

(a)                                   General .  Regardless of the reason for any termination of this Agreement and subject to this Section 6, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate if the Employment Period ends on account of the Executive’s death) shall be entitled to (i) payment of any unpaid portion of his Base Salary through the effective date of termination; (ii) reimbursement for any outstanding reasonable business expense he has incurred in performing his duties hereunder in accordance with Company policy; (iii) continued insurance benefits to the extent required by law; (iv) payment of any vested but unpaid rights as required independent of this Agreement by the terms of any bonus or other incentive pay or equity plan, or any other employee benefit plan or program of the Company; and (v) except in the case of Termination by the Company for Cause, any bonus or incentive compensation amount that had been accrued through the effective date of termination but not paid.  Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Executive shall resign from all boards and committees of the Company, its affiliates and its subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive Without Good Reason .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause or the Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason, the Executive shall have no rights or claims against the Company except to receive the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a).

 

(c)                                   Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive with Good Reason .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b), or the Executive terminates employment with Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c), the Executive shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the items referenced in Section 6(a) (other than any bonus or incentive compensation as to which a pro rata amount shall be paid only to the extent performance goals for the calendar year of termination are achieved), the following:

 

(i)                                      continued payment of his Base Salary, at the rate in effect on his last day of employment (but in no event in an annual amount less than as set forth

 

5



 

in Section 4(a)), for a period of twelve (12) months.  Such amount shall be paid in approximately equal installments on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates, subject to all legally required payroll deductions and withholdings for sums owed by the Executive to the Company;

 

(ii)                                   continued payment by the Company for the Executive’s life and health insurance coverage for twelve (12) months to the same extent that the Company paid for such coverage immediately prior to the termination of the Executive’s employment and subject to the eligibility requirements and other terms and conditions of such insurance coverage;

 

(iii)                                payments equal to two (2) times the average annual bonus earned by the Executive over the two (2) preceding calendar years (or if the Executive has not been employed for two (2) prior calendar years, payments equal to two (2) times the Executive’s target bonus for the year of termination).  For example: if the Executive’s annual bonus over the preceding two (2) years was $300,000 and $0, the average would be $150,000 and the payments would equal $300,000.  An amount equal to the average annual bonus (or target bonus, as applicable), and the pro rata bonus for the year of termination, if any, payable under Section 6(a) shall be paid to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the end of the fiscal year in which such termination occurs and an amount equal to the average annual bonus, if any (or target bonus, as applicable) shall be paid to the Executive within ten (10) days after the end of the Restricted Period; and

 

(iv)                               vesting as of the last day of his employment in any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company.

 

None of the benefits described in this Section 6(c) (the “Severance Payment”) will be payable unless the Executive has signed a general release (attached hereto as Exhibit A) within forty five (45) days of date of termination, which has (and not until it has) become irrevocable, satisfactory to the Company in the reasonable exercise of its discretion, releasing the Company, its affiliates, and their Directors, officers and employees, from any and all claims or potential claims arising from or related to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment.

 

(d)                                  Termination In the Event of Death, Disability or Retirement .

 

In the event of a termination of employment due to death, disability or Retirement, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the items referenced in Section 6(a) (except, in the case of a termination due to Retirement, any bonus or incentive compensation, as to which a pro rata amount shall be paid only to the extent performance goals for the calendar year of termination are achieved and which

 

6



 

amount, if any, shall be paid to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the end of the fiscal year in which such termination occurs).

 

(i)                                      If the Executive’s employment terminates because of his death, any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company shall become fully vested as of the date of his death.  In addition, the Executive’s estate shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of any performance bonus to which he otherwise would have been entitled for the fiscal year in which his death occurs.

 

(ii)                                   In the event the Executive’s employment terminates due to his Disability, he shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary through the effective date of termination.  In addition, as of the effective date of the termination notice specified in Section 5(d), the Executive shall vest in any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company and the Executive shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of any performance bonus to which he otherwise would have been entitled for the fiscal year in which his disability occurs.

 

(iii)                                In the event the Executive’s employment terminates due to his Retirement, any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company shall become fully vested as of the date of his termination.

 

7.                                       Confidentiality

 

(a)                                   Definition of Proprietary Information .  The Executive acknowledges that he may be furnished or may otherwise receive or have access to confidential information which relates to the Company’s past, present or future business activities, strategies, services or products, research and development; financial analysis and data; improvements, inventions, processes, techniques, designs or other technical data; profit margins and other financial information; fee arrangements; compilations for marketing or development; confidential personnel and payroll information; or other information regarding administrative, management, or financial activities of the Company, or of a third party which provided proprietary information to the Company on a confidential basis.  All such information, including in any electronic form, and including any materials or documents containing such information, shall be considered by the Company and the Executive as proprietary and confidential (the “Proprietary Information”).

 

(b)                                  Exclusions .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Proprietary Information shall not include information in the public domain not as a result of a breach of any duty by the Executive or any other person.

 

7



 

(c)                                   Obligations .  Both during and after the Employment Period, the Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of the Proprietary Information and all physical forms thereof, whether disclosed to him before this Agreement is signed or afterward.  In addition, the Executive shall not (i) disclose or disseminate the Proprietary Information to any third party, including employees of the Company (or its affiliates) without a legitimate business need to know during the Employment Period; (ii) remove the Proprietary Information from the Company’s premises without a valid business purpose; or (iii) use the Proprietary Information for his own benefit or for the benefit of any third party.

 

(d)                                  Return of Proprietary Information .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that all the Proprietary Information used or generated during the course of working for the Company is the property of the Company.  The Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all documents and other tangibles containing the Proprietary Information at any time upon request by the Board of Directors during his employment and immediately upon termination of his employment.

 

8.                                       Noncompetition

 

(a)                                   Restriction on Competition .  For the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for twelve (12) months following the expiration or termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive agrees not to engage, directly or indirectly, as a manager, employee, consultant, partner, principal, agent, representative, or in any other individual or representative capacity in any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, including but not limited to the multifamily finance business, where material is defined as fifteen (15) percent of the gross revenues of the Company based on the most recent quarterly earnings.  Executive further agrees that for the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for the Restricted Period, the Executive will not engage, directly or indirectly, as an owner, director, trustee, member, stockholder, or in any other corporate capacity in any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have violated this Section 8(a) solely (i) by reason of his passive ownership of 1% or less of the outstanding stock of any publicly traded corporation or other entity, (ii) by providing legal, accounting or audit services as an employee or partner of a professional services organization or (iii) by providing services to any investment banking or other institution that do not relate to any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(b)                                  Non-Solicitation of Clients .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive agrees not to solicit, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person(s), any client of the Company to whom the Company had provided services at any time during the Executive’s employment with the Company in any line of business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s

 

8



 

termination of employment or that the Company is actively soliciting, for the purpose of marketing or providing any service competitive with any service then offered by the Company.

 

(c)                                   Non-Solicitation of Employees .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive agrees that he will not, directly or indirectly, hire or attempt to hire or cause any business, other than an affiliate of the Company, to hire any person who is then or was at any time during the preceding six (6) months an employee of the Company and who is at the time of such hire or attempted hire, or was at the date of such employee’s separation from the Company a vice president, senior vice president or executive vice president or other senior executive employee of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Acknowledgement .  The Executive acknowledges that he will acquire much Proprietary Information concerning the past, present and future business of the Company as the result of his employment, as well as access to the relationships between the Company and its clients and employees.  The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is very competitive and that competition by him in that business during his employment, or after his employment terminates, would severely injure the Company.  The Executive understands and agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 8 are reasonable and are required for the Company’s legitimate protection, and do not unduly limit his ability to earn a livelihood.

 

(e)                                   Rights and Remedies upon Breach .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 (the “Restrictive Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages would not provide an adequate remedy.  Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company and its affiliates, including the Company, shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall be independent of the other and severally enforceable, and all of which rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates, including the Company, under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages):

 

(i)                                      The right and remedy to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court of competent jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants; and

 

(ii)                                   The right and remedy to require the Executive to account for and pay over to the Company and its affiliates all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits (collectively, “Benefits”) derived or

 

9



 

received by him as the result of any transactions constituting a breach of the Restrictive Covenants, and the Executive shall account for and pay over such Benefits to the Company and, if applicable, its affected affiliates.

 

(f)                                     Without limiting Section 13(j), if any court or other decision-maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.

 

9.                                       Executive Representation

 

The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is not now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature to any person, business or other entity which is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or which would prevent him from performing his obligations under this Agreement.

 

10.                                Mediation and Arbitration

 

(a)                                   Except as provided in Section 10(b) and 10(c), any disputes between the Company and the Executive in any way concerning the Executive’s employment, the termination of his employment, this Agreement or its enforcement shall be subject to mediation.  If the Company and the Executive cannot agree upon a mediator, each shall select one name from a list of mediators maintained by any bona fide dispute resolution provider or other private mediator; the two selected shall then choose a third person who will serve as the sole mediator. The first mediation session shall occur within forty five (45) calendar days following the notice of a dispute.  If within sixty (60) days of the first mediation session the claim is not resolved, either party may request that the dispute be settled exclusively by arbitration in the state of Maryland by a single arbitrator, selected in the same manner as the mediator, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time of submission to arbitration.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.  For purposes of entering any judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrators, any or all of the following courts have jurisdiction:  (i) the United States District Court for the Fourth Circuit, (ii) any of the courts of the State of Maryland, or (iii) any other court having jurisdiction.  Any service of process or notice requirements in any such proceeding shall be satisfied if the rules of such court relating thereto have been substantially satisfied.  The Company and the Executive waive to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to such jurisdiction and any defense of inconvenient forum.  A judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrators may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Each party shall

 

10


 

bear its or his costs and expenses arising in connection with any arbitration proceeding.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, in its sole discretion, may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to seek injunctive relief and such other relief as the Company shall elect to enforce the Restrictive Covenants.  If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided in Section 8(e) above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Restrictive Covenants, as to breaches of such Restrictive Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Restrictive Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata.  The parties hereby agree to waive any right to a trial by jury for any and all disputes hereunder (whether or not relating to the Restrictive Covenants).

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or the Executive may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to resolve any dispute under or seek the enforcement of Section 6.

 

11.                                Section 409A .

 

To the extent the Executive would be subject to the additional twenty (20) percent tax imposed on certain deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such tax and preserve to the maximum extent possible the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive and the Company, and the parties shall promptly execute any amendment reasonably necessary to implement this Section 11.

 

(a)                                   For purposes of Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive installment payments pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, each severance payment and health insurance payment shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.

 

(b)                                  The Executive will be deemed to have a date of termination for purposes of determining the timing of any payments or benefits hereunder that are classified as deferred compensation only upon a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service, (i) the Executive is a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time), and (ii) the Company

 

11



 

makes a good faith determination that an amount payable on account of such separation from service to the Executive constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six (6) month delay rule set forth in Section 409A in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A (the “Delay Period”), then the Company will not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but will instead pay it in a lump sum on the first business day after such six (6) month period (or upon the Executive’s death, if earlier), together with interest for the period of delay, compounded annually, equal to the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal) in effect as of the dates the payments should otherwise have been provided.   To the extent that any benefits to be provided during the Delay Period are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A provided on account of a “separation from service,” and such benefits are not otherwise exempt from Section 409A, the Executive shall pay the cost of such benefit during the Delay Period, and the Company shall reimburse the Executive, to the extent that such costs would otherwise have been paid by the Company or to the extent that such benefits would otherwise have been provided by the Company at no cost to the Executive, the Company’s share of the cost of such benefits upon expiration of the Delay Period, and any remaining benefits shall be reimbursed or provided by the Company in accordance with the procedures specified herein.

 

(d)                                  (A) Any amount that the Executive is entitled to be reimbursed under this Agreement will be reimbursed to the Executive as promptly as practical and in any event not later than the last day of the calendar year after the calendar year in which the expenses are incurred, (B) any right to reimbursement or in kind benefits will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (C) the amount of the expenses eligible for reimbursement during any taxable year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.

 

(e)                                   Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

12.                                Clawback Policies

 

The Executive is subject to any recoupment or clawback policies that the Company may implement or maintain at any time regarding incentive-based compensation, which is granted or awarded to Executive on or after the date of this Agreement.  Such policies may include the right to recover incentive-based compensation (including stock options awarded as compensation) awarded or received during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under federal securities laws.  The Executive agrees to amend any awards

 

12



 

and agreements entered into on or after the date of this Agreement as the Company may request to reasonably implement to policies.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                   Notices .  All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) upon personal delivery, (ii) upon deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission or delivery by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when received, addressed as follows:

 

(b)                                  If to the Company or the Company, to:

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

7501 Wisconsin Avenue

Suite 1200

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention: Deborah A. Wilson

Fax: (301) 634-2150

 

(i)                                      If to the Executive, to:

 

William M. Walker

Address on file with the Company

 

or to such other address or addresses as either party shall designate to the other in writing from time to time by like notice.

 

(c)                                   Pronouns .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

 

(d)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Executive, which amendment or modification is consented to by the Company.

 

(f)                                     Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

(g)                                  Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any

 

13



 

entity with which or into which the Company or the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business or any entity to which the Company or the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that the obligations of the Executive are personal and shall not be assigned or delegated by him.

 

(h)                                  Waiver .  No delays or omission by the Company, the Company or the Executive in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent by the Company shall not be effective unless consented to by the Company.  A waiver or consent given by the Company or the Executive on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

(i)                                      Captions .  The captions appearing in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

 

(j)                                      Severability .  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court or arbitrator with jurisdiction over the parties to this Agreement to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be restated to reflect as nearly as possible the original intentions of the parties in accordance with applicable law, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(k)                                   Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Deborah A. Wilson

 

Name:

Deborah A. Wilson

 

Title:

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WILLIAM M. WALKER

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William M. Walker

 



 

Exhibit A

 

WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Release ”) is entered into as of [                        ] (the “ Effective Date ”), by William M. Walker (“ Executive ”) in consideration of severance pay (the “ Severance Payment ”) provided to Executive by Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Executive (the “ Employment Agreement ”).

 

1.             Waiver and Release Subject to the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 1, Executive, on his own behalf and on behalf of his heirs, executors, administrators, attorneys and assigns, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably releases, waives and forever discharges the Company and each of its affiliates, parents, successors, predecessors, and the subsidiaries, directors, Directors, owners, members, shareholders, officers, agents, and employees of the Company and its affiliates, parents, successors, predecessors, and subsidiaries (collectively, all of the foregoing are referred to as the “ Employer ”), from any and all causes of action, claims and damages, including attorneys’ fees, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, presently asserted or otherwise arising through the date of his signing of this Release, concerning his employment or separation from employment.  Subject to the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 1, this Release includes, but is not limited to, any payments, benefits or damages arising under any federal law (including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Americans with Disabilities Act, Executive Order 11246, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, each as amended, and all other employment discrimination laws whatsoever as may be created or amended from time to time); any claim arising under any state or local laws, ordinances or regulations (including, but not limited to, any state or local laws, ordinances or regulations requiring that advance notice be given of certain workforce reductions); and any claim arising under any common law principle or public policy, including, but not limited to, all suits in tort or contract, such as wrongful termination, defamation, emotional distress, invasion of privacy or loss of consortium.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Release to the contrary, this Release does not encompass, and Executive does not release, waive or discharge, the obligations of the Company (a) to make the payments and provide the other benefits contemplated by the Employment Agreement, or (b) under any restricted stock agreement, option agreement or other agreement pertaining to Executive’s equity ownership, or (c) under any indemnification or similar agreement with Executive or indemnification under the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other governing instruments of the Company .

 

Executive understands that by signing this Release, he is not waiving any claims or administrative charges which cannot be waived by law.  He is waiving, however, any right to monetary recovery or individual relief should any federal, state or local agency (including the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission) pursue any claim on his behalf

 



 

arising out of or related to his employment with and/or separation from employment with the Company.

 

Executive further agrees without any reservation whatsoever, never to sue the Employer or become a party to a lawsuit on the basis of any and all claims of any type lawfully and validly released in this Release.

 

2.             Acknowledgments Executive is signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily.  He acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                   He is hereby advised in writing to consult an attorney before signing this Release;

 

(b)                                  He has relied solely on his own judgment and/or that of his attorney regarding the consideration for and the terms of this Release and is signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily of his own free will;

 

(c)                                   He is not entitled to the Severance Payment unless he agrees to and honors the terms of this Release;

 

(d)                                  He has been given at least twenty-one (21) calendar days to consider this Release, or he expressly waives his right to have at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release;

 

(e)                                   He may revoke this Release within seven (7) calendar days after signing it by submitting a written notice of revocation to the Employer.  He further understands that this Release is not effective or enforceable until after the seven (7) day period of revocation has expired without revocation, and that if he revokes this Release within the seven (7) day revocation period, he will not receive the Severance Payment;

 

(f)                                     He has read and understands the Release and further understands that, subject to the limitations contained herein, it includes a general release of any and all known and unknown, foreseen or unforeseen claims presently asserted or otherwise arising through the date of his signing of this Release that he may have against the Employer; and

 

(g)                                  No statements made or conduct by the Employer has in any way coerced or unduly influenced him to execute this Release.

 

3.             No Admission of Liability This Release does not constitute an admission of liability or wrongdoing on the part of the Employer, the Employer does not admit

 



 

there has been any wrongdoing whatsoever against the Executive, and the Employer expressly denies that any wrongdoing has occurred.

 

4.             Entire Agreement There are no other agreements of any nature between the Employer and Executive with respect to the matters discussed in this Release, except as expressly stated herein, and in signing this Release, Executive is not relying on any agreements or representations, except those expressly contained in this Release.

 

5.             Execution It is not necessary that the Employer sign this Release following Executive’s full and complete execution of it for it to become fully effective and enforceable.

 

6.             Severability If any provision of this Release is found, held or deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, unlawful or unenforceable under any applicable statute or controlling law, the remainder of this Release shall continue in full force and effect.

 

7.             Governing Law This Release shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, excluding the choice of law rules thereof.

 

8.             Headings Section and subsection headings contained in this Release are inserted for the convenience of reference only.  Section and subsection headings shall not be deemed to be a part of this Release for any purpose, and they shall not in any way define or affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of the provisions hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first herein above written.

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

William M. Walker

 




Exhibit 10.3

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this 27 th  day of October, 2010, by Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) with its principal place of business at 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200, Bethesda, MD 20814, and Howard W. Smith, III, residing at the address on file with the Company (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement to reflect the Executive’s executive capacities in the Company’s business and to provide for the Company’s employment of the Executive; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth the terms and conditions of that employment;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Term of Employment

 

The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.  Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5, the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the three (3) year period commencing on the date of effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Commencement Date”) and ending on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Initial Term”).  The Initial Term shall be extended for an additional twelve (12) months on the third and each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement Date unless the Company or the Executive provides written notice to the contrary at least sixty (60) days before the applicable anniversary of the Commencement Date.  The Initial Term, together with any such extensions, shall be referred to herein as the “Employment Period.” In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) determines that active efforts to complete the closing of the initial public offering have been abandoned, this Agreement shall become null and void.

 

2.                                       Title; Duties

 

The Executive shall be employed as Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company.  The Executive shall report to Chief Executive Officer, who shall have the authority to direct, control and supervise the activities of the Executive.  The Executive shall perform such services consistent with his position as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer and are consistent with the bylaws of the Company as it may be amended from time to time, including, but not limited to, managing the affairs of the Company.

 

3.                                       Extent of Services

 

(a)                                   General .  The Executive agrees not to engage in any business activities during the Employment Period except those which are for the sole benefit of the Company and its subsidiaries, and to devote his entire business time, attention, skill and

 

1



 

effort to the performance of his duties under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may, without impairing or otherwise adversely affecting the Executive’s performance of his duties to the Company, (i) engage in personal investments and charitable, professional and civic activities, and (ii) with the prior approval of the Board of Directors, serve on the boards of directors of corporations other than the Company, provided, however, that no such approval shall be necessary for the Executive’s continued service on any board of directors on which he was serving on the date of this Agreement, all of which have been previously disclosed to the Board of Directors in writing and provided further, that in no event shall the Executive be permitted to serve on the board of directors of any other entity that competes with the Company in the multifamily finance business.  The Executive shall perform his duties to the best of his ability, shall adhere to the Company’s published policies and procedures, and shall use his best efforts to promote the Company’s interests, reputation, business and welfare.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Opportunities .  The Executive agrees that he will not take personal advantage of any business opportunities which arise during his employment with the Company and which may be of benefit to the Company.  All material facts regarding such opportunities must be promptly reported by the Executive to the Board of Directors for consideration by the Company.

 

4.                                       Compensation and Benefits

 

(a)                                   Salary .  The Company shall pay the Executive a gross base annual salary (“Base Salary”) of $400,000.00.  The Base Salary shall be payable in arrears in approximately equal semi-monthly installments (except that the first and last such semi-monthly installments may be prorated if necessary) on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates, minus such deductions as may be required by law or reasonably requested by the Executive.  The Company’s Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) shall review his Base Salary annually in conjunction with its regular review of employee salaries and may increase (but not decrease) his Base Salary as in effect from time to time as the Compensation Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to earn bonuses with respect to each fiscal year (or partial fiscal year), based upon Executive’s and the Company’s achievement of performance objectives set by the Company within the first three (3) months of each fiscal year of the Employment Period, with a target bonus of 100% of Executive’s Base Salary for such fiscal year (or partial fiscal year).  Any such bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid annually by March 15 of the year following the end of the year for which the bonus was earned.

 

(c)                                   Options and Restricted Stock Grants .  The Executive will be eligible for grants of options to purchase the Company’s common stock and grants of restricted shares of the Company’s common stock subject to certain time vesting requirements and other conditions set forth in the applicable award agreement.

 

2



 

(d)                                  Other Benefits .  The Executive shall be entitled to paid time off and holiday pay in accordance with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time and shall be eligible to participate in such life, health, and disability insurance, pension, deferred compensation and incentive plans, options and awards, performance bonuses and other benefits as the Company extends, as a matter of policy, to its executive employees.  Incentive compensation under the Company’s 2008, 2009 and 2010 long term incentive arrangements are independent of the annual bonuses and will be governed under the terms of those arrangements.

 

(e)                                   Reimbursement of Business Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with, or related to, the performance of his duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, upon presentation by the Executive of documentation, expense statements, vouchers, and/or such other supporting information as the Company may reasonably request.

 

(f)                                 Timing of Reimbursements .  Any reimbursement under this Agreement that is taxable to the Executive shall be made in no event later than sixty (60) days following the calendar year in which the Executive incurred the expense.

 

5.                                       Termination

 

(a)                                   Termination by the Company for Cause .  The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for Cause, upon written notice by the Company to the Executive.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for termination shall mean any of the following: (i) the conviction of the Executive of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Executive to, any felony; (ii) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement by the Executive; (iii) the Executive’s willful failure or gross negligence in the performance of his assigned duties for the Company, which failure or negligence continues for more than fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such willful failure or gross negligence; (iv) the Executive’s breach of any of his fiduciary duties to the Company; (v) a material violation of a material Company policy which, if such violation is curable, such failure is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such failure, with such detail as  sufficient to apprise Executive of the nature and extent of such failure; or (vi) the material breach by the Executive of any material term of this Agreement, which, if such breach is curable, such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such breach, with such detail as sufficient to apprise Executive of the nature and extent of such breach.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason .  Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time without Cause (in the case of the Company) or without Good Reason (in the case of the Executive), upon giving the other party sixty (60) days’ written notice.  At the Company’s sole

 

3



 

discretion, it may substitute sixty (60) days’ Base Salary (or any lesser portion for any shortened period provided) in lieu of notice.  Any Base Salary paid to the Executive in lieu of notice shall not be offset against any entitlement the Executive may have to the Severance Payment pursuant to Section 6(c).  For purposes of this Agreement, in the event the Company elects not to extend the Employment Period in accordance with Section 1 hereof, Executive’s employment shall terminate on the last day of the Employment Period and such election shall be deemed a termination by the Company without Cause.

 

(c)                                   Termination by Executive for Good Reason .  The Executive may terminate his employment under this Agreement at any time for Good Reason, upon written notice by the Executive to the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason for termination shall mean, without the Executive’s consent: (i) the assignment to the Executive of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s position at the Company, or any other action by the Company which results in a substantial diminution of the Executive’s duties or responsibilities other than any such reduction which is remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice thereof from the Executive; (ii) a requirement that the Executive work principally from a location that is twenty (20) miles further from the Executive’s residence than the Company’s address first written above; (iii) a ten (10) percent or greater reduction in the Executive’s aggregate Base Salary and other compensation (including the target bonus amount and retirement plan, welfare plans and fringe benefits) taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets; or (iv) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement.  Good Reason shall not exist pursuant to any subsection of this Section 5(c) unless (A) the Executive shall have delivered notice to the Board within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such event constituting Good Reason, and (B) the Board fails to remedy the circumstances giving rise to the Executive’s notice within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice.  The Executive must terminate his employment under this Section 5(c) at a time agreed reasonably with the Company, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days from the occurrence of an event constituting Good Reason.  For purposes of Good Reason, the Company shall be defined to include any successor to the Company which has assumed the obligations of the Company through merger, acquisition, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Executive’s Death or Disability .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate immediately upon his death or, upon written notice as set forth below, his Disability.  As used in this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean such physical or mental impairment as would render the Executive unable to perform each of the essential duties of the Executive’s position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.  If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of the Executive’s

 

4



 

Disability, either party shall give thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to that effect to the other.

 

(e)                                   Executive’s Retirement .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate upon his Retirement.  As used in this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean the point in which the Executive has reached the age of sixty five (65) and has decided to exit the workforce completely.  If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Retirement, the Executive shall give one hundred eighty (180) days’ advance notice to the effect to the Company.

 

6.                                       Effect of Termination

 

(a)                                   General .  Regardless of the reason for any termination of this Agreement and subject to this Section 6, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate if the Employment Period ends on account of the Executive’s death) shall be entitled to (i) payment of any unpaid portion of his Base Salary through the effective date of termination; (ii) reimbursement for any outstanding reasonable business expense he has incurred in performing his duties hereunder in accordance with Company policy; (iii) continued insurance benefits to the extent required by law; (iv) payment of any vested but unpaid rights as required independent of this Agreement by the terms of any bonus or other incentive pay or equity plan, or any other employee benefit plan or program of the Company; and (v) except in the case of Termination by the Company for Cause, any bonus or incentive compensation amount that had been accrued through the effective date of termination but not paid.  Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Executive shall resign from all boards and committees of the Company, its affiliates and its subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive Without Good Reason .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause or the Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason, the Executive shall have no rights or claims against the Company except to receive the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a).

 

(c)                                   Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive with Good Reason .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b), or the Executive terminates employment with Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c), the Executive shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the items referenced in Section 6(a) (other than any bonus or incentive compensation as to which a pro rata amount shall be paid only to the extent performance goals for the calendar year of termination are achieved), the following:

 

(i)                                      continued payment of his Base Salary, at the rate in effect on his last day of employment (but in no event in an annual amount less than as set forth

 

5



 

in Section 4(a)), for a period of twelve (12) months.  Such amount shall be paid in approximately equal installments on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates, subject to all legally required payroll deductions and withholdings for sums owed by the Executive to the Company;

 

(ii)                                   continued payment by the Company for the Executive’s life and health insurance coverage for twelve (12) months to the same extent that the Company paid for such coverage immediately prior to the termination of the Executive’s employment and subject to the eligibility requirements and other terms and conditions of such insurance coverage;

 

(iii)                                payments equal to two (2) times the average annual bonus earned by the Executive over the two (2) preceding calendar years (or if the Executive has not been employed for two (2) prior calendar years, payments equal to two (2) times the Executive’s target bonus for the year of termination).  For example: if the Executive’s annual bonus over the preceding two (2) years was $300,000 and $0, the average would be $150,000 and the payments would equal $300,000.  An amount equal to the average annual bonus (or target bonus, as applicable), and the pro rata bonus for the year of termination, if any, payable under Section 6(a) shall be paid to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the end of the fiscal year in which such termination occurs and an amount equal to the average annual bonus, if any (or target bonus, as applicable) shall be paid to the Executive within ten (10) days after the end of the Restricted Period; and

 

(iv)                               vesting as of the last day of his employment in any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company.

 

None of the benefits described in this Section 6(c) (the “Severance Payment”) will be payable unless the Executive has signed a general release (attached hereto as Exhibit A) within forty five (45) days of date of termination, which has (and not until it has) become irrevocable, satisfactory to the Company in the reasonable exercise of its discretion, releasing the Company, its affiliates, and their Directors, officers and employees, from any and all claims or potential claims arising from or related to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment.

 

(d)                                  Termination In the Event of Death, Disability or Retirement .

 

In the event of a termination of employment due to death, disability or Retirement, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the items referenced in Section 6(a) (except, in the case of a termination due to Retirement, any bonus or incentive compensation, as to which a pro rata amount shall be paid only to the extent performance goals for the calendar year of termination are achieved and which

 

6



 

amount, if any, shall be paid to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the end of the fiscal year in which such termination occurs).

 

(i)                                      If the Executive’s employment terminates because of his death, any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company shall become fully vested as of the date of his death.  In addition, the Executive’s estate shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of any performance bonus to which he otherwise would have been entitled for the fiscal year in which his death occurs.

 

(ii)                                   In the event the Executive’s employment terminates due to his Disability, he shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary through the effective date of termination.  In addition, as of the effective date of the termination notice specified in Section 5(d), the Executive shall vest in any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company and the Executive shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of any performance bonus to which he otherwise would have been entitled for the fiscal year in which his disability occurs.

 

(iii)                                In the event the Executive’s employment terminates due to his Retirement, any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company shall become fully vested as of the date of his termination.

 

7.                                       Confidentiality

 

(a)                                   Definition of Proprietary Information .  The Executive acknowledges that he may be furnished or may otherwise receive or have access to confidential information which relates to the Company’s past, present or future business activities, strategies, services or products, research and development; financial analysis and data; improvements, inventions, processes, techniques, designs or other technical data; profit margins and other financial information; fee arrangements; compilations for marketing or development; confidential personnel and payroll information; or other information regarding administrative, management, or financial activities of the Company, or of a third party which provided proprietary information to the Company on a confidential basis.  All such information, including in any electronic form, and including any materials or documents containing such information, shall be considered by the Company and the Executive as proprietary and confidential (the “Proprietary Information”).

 

(b)                                  Exclusions .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Proprietary Information shall not include information in the public domain not as a result of a breach of any duty by the Executive or any other person.

 

7



 

(c)                                   Obligations .  Both during and after the Employment Period, the Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of the Proprietary Information and all physical forms thereof, whether disclosed to him before this Agreement is signed or afterward.  In addition, the Executive shall not (i) disclose or disseminate the Proprietary Information to any third party, including employees of the Company (or its affiliates) without a legitimate business need to know during the Employment Period; (ii) remove the Proprietary Information from the Company’s premises without a valid business purpose; or (iii) use the Proprietary Information for his own benefit or for the benefit of any third party.

 

(d)                                  Return of Proprietary Information .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that all the Proprietary Information used or generated during the course of working for the Company is the property of the Company.  The Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all documents and other tangibles containing the Proprietary Information at any time upon request by the Board of Directors during his employment and immediately upon termination of his employment.

 

8.                                       Noncompetition

 

(a)                                   Restriction on Competition .  For the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for twelve (12) months following the expiration or termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive agrees not to engage, directly or indirectly, as a manager, employee, consultant, partner, principal, agent, representative, or in any other individual or representative capacity in any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, including but not limited to the multifamily finance business, where material is defined as fifteen (15) percent of the gross revenues of the Company based on the most recent quarterly earnings.  Executive further agrees that for the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for the Restricted Period, the Executive will not engage, directly or indirectly, as an owner, director, trustee, member, stockholder, or in any other corporate capacity in any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have violated this Section 8(a) solely (i) by reason of his passive ownership of 1% or less of the outstanding stock of any publicly traded corporation or other entity, (ii) by providing legal, accounting or audit services as an employee or partner of a professional services organization or (iii) by providing services to any investment banking or other institution that do not relate to any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(b)                                  Non-Solicitation of Clients .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive agrees not to solicit, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person(s), any client of the Company to whom the Company had provided services at any time during the Executive’s employment with the Company in any line of business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s

 

8



 

termination of employment or that the Company is actively soliciting, for the purpose of marketing or providing any service competitive with any service then offered by the Company.

 

(c)                                   Non-Solicitation of Employees .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive agrees that he will not, directly or indirectly, hire or attempt to hire or cause any business, other than an affiliate of the Company, to hire any person who is then or was at any time during the preceding six (6) months an employee of the Company and who is at the time of such hire or attempted hire, or was at the date of such employee’s separation from the Company a vice president, senior vice president or executive vice president or other senior executive employee of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Acknowledgement .  The Executive acknowledges that he will acquire much Proprietary Information concerning the past, present and future business of the Company as the result of his employment, as well as access to the relationships between the Company and its clients and employees.  The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is very competitive and that competition by him in that business during his employment, or after his employment terminates, would severely injure the Company.  The Executive understands and agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 8 are reasonable and are required for the Company’s legitimate protection, and do not unduly limit his ability to earn a livelihood.

 

(e)                                   Rights and Remedies upon Breach .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 (the “Restrictive Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages would not provide an adequate remedy.  Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company and its affiliates, including the Company, shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall be independent of the other and severally enforceable, and all of which rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates, including the Company, under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages):

 

(i)                                      The right and remedy to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court of competent jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants; and

 

(ii)                                   The right and remedy to require the Executive to account for and pay over to the Company and its affiliates all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits (collectively, “Benefits”) derived or

 

9



 

received by him as the result of any transactions constituting a breach of the Restrictive Covenants, and the Executive shall account for and pay over such Benefits to the Company and, if applicable, its affected affiliates.

 

(f)                                     Without limiting Section 13(j), if any court or other decision-maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.

 

9.                                       Executive Representation

 

The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is not now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature to any person, business or other entity which is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or which would prevent him from performing his obligations under this Agreement.

 

10.                                Mediation and Arbitration

 

(a)                                   Except as provided in Section 10(b) and 10(c), any disputes between the Company and the Executive in any way concerning the Executive’s employment, the termination of his employment, this Agreement or its enforcement shall be subject to mediation.  If the Company and the Executive cannot agree upon a mediator, each shall select one name from a list of mediators maintained by any bona fide dispute resolution provider or other private mediator; the two selected shall then choose a third person who will serve as the sole mediator. The first mediation session shall occur within forty five (45) calendar days following the notice of a dispute.  If within sixty (60) days of the first mediation session the claim is not resolved, either party may request that the dispute be settled exclusively by arbitration in the state of Maryland by a single arbitrator, selected in the same manner as the mediator, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time of submission to arbitration.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.  For purposes of entering any judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrators, any or all of the following courts have jurisdiction:  (i) the United States District Court for the Fourth Circuit, (ii) any of the courts of the State of Maryland, or (iii) any other court having jurisdiction.  Any service of process or notice requirements in any such proceeding shall be satisfied if the rules of such court relating thereto have been substantially satisfied.  The Company and the Executive waive to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to such jurisdiction and any defense of inconvenient forum.  A judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrators may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Each party shall

 

10


 

bear its or his costs and expenses arising in connection with any arbitration proceeding.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, in its sole discretion, may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to seek injunctive relief and such other relief as the Company shall elect to enforce the Restrictive Covenants.  If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided in Section 8(e) above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Restrictive Covenants, as to breaches of such Restrictive Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Restrictive Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata.  The parties hereby agree to waive any right to a trial by jury for any and all disputes hereunder (whether or not relating to the Restrictive Covenants).

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or the Executive may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to resolve any dispute under or seek the enforcement of Section 6.

 

11.                                Section 409A .

 

To the extent the Executive would be subject to the additional twenty (20) percent tax imposed on certain deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such tax and preserve to the maximum extent possible the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive and the Company, and the parties shall promptly execute any amendment reasonably necessary to implement this Section 11.

 

(a)                               For purposes of Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive installment payments pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, each severance payment and health insurance payment shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.

 

(b)                                  The Executive will be deemed to have a date of termination for purposes of determining the timing of any payments or benefits hereunder that are classified as deferred compensation only upon a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service, (i) the Executive is a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time), and (ii) the Company

 

11



 

makes a good faith determination that an amount payable on account of such separation from service to the Executive constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six (6) month delay rule set forth in Section 409A in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A (the “Delay Period”), then the Company will not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but will instead pay it in a lump sum on the first business day after such six (6) month period (or upon the Executive’s death, if earlier), together with interest for the period of delay, compounded annually, equal to the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal) in effect as of the dates the payments should otherwise have been provided.   To the extent that any benefits to be provided during the Delay Period are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A provided on account of a “separation from service,” and such benefits are not otherwise exempt from Section 409A, the Executive shall pay the cost of such benefit during the Delay Period, and the Company shall reimburse the Executive, to the extent that such costs would otherwise have been paid by the Company or to the extent that such benefits would otherwise have been provided by the Company at no cost to the Executive, the Company’s share of the cost of such benefits upon expiration of the Delay Period, and any remaining benefits shall be reimbursed or provided by the Company in accordance with the procedures specified herein.

 

(d)                                  (A) Any amount that the Executive is entitled to be reimbursed under this Agreement will be reimbursed to the Executive as promptly as practical and in any event not later than the last day of the calendar year after the calendar year in which the expenses are incurred, (B) any right to reimbursement or in kind benefits will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (C) the amount of the expenses eligible for reimbursement during any taxable year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.

 

(e)                                   Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

12.                                Clawback Policies

 

The Executive is subject to any recoupment or clawback policies that the Company may implement or maintain at any time regarding incentive-based compensation, which is granted or awarded to Executive on or after the date of this Agreement.  Such policies may include the right to recover incentive-based compensation (including stock options awarded as compensation) awarded or received during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under federal securities laws.  The Executive agrees to amend any awards

 

12



 

and agreements entered into on or after the date of this Agreement as the Company may request to reasonably implement to policies.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  Notices .  All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) upon personal delivery, (ii) upon deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission or delivery by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when received, addressed as follows:

 

(b)                                  If to the Company or the Company, to:

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

7501 Wisconsin Avenue

Suite 1200

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention: William M. Walker

Fax: (301) 634-2149

 

(i)                                      If to the Executive, to:

 

Howard W. Smith, III

Address on file with the Company

 

or to such other address or addresses as either party shall designate to the other in writing from time to time by like notice.

 

(c)                                   Pronouns .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

 

(d)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Executive, which amendment or modification is consented to by the Company.

 

(f)                                    Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

(g)                                   Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any

 

13



 

entity with which or into which the Company or the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business or any entity to which the Company or the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that the obligations of the Executive are personal and shall not be assigned or delegated by him.

 

(h)                                  Waiver .  No delays or omission by the Company, the Company or the Executive in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent by the Company shall not be effective unless consented to by the Company.  A waiver or consent given by the Company or the Executive on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

(i)                                      Captions .  The captions appearing in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Severability .  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court or arbitrator with jurisdiction over the parties to this Agreement to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be restated to reflect as nearly as possible the original intentions of the parties in accordance with applicable law, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(k)                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HOWARD W. SMITH, III

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Howard W. Smith, III

 



 

Exhibit A

 

WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Release ”) is entered into as of [                        ] (the “ Effective Date ”), by Howard W. Smith, III (“ Executive ”) in consideration of severance pay (the “ Severance Payment ”) provided to Executive by Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Executive (the “ Employment Agreement ”).

 

1.             Waiver and Release Subject to the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 1, Executive, on his own behalf and on behalf of his heirs, executors, administrators, attorneys and assigns, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably releases, waives and forever discharges the Company and each of its affiliates, parents, successors, predecessors, and the subsidiaries, directors, Directors, owners, members, shareholders, officers, agents, and employees of the Company and its affiliates, parents, successors, predecessors, and subsidiaries (collectively, all of the foregoing are referred to as the “ Employer ”), from any and all causes of action, claims and damages, including attorneys’ fees, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, presently asserted or otherwise arising through the date of his signing of this Release, concerning his employment or separation from employment.  Subject to the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 1, this Release includes, but is not limited to, any payments, benefits or damages arising under any federal law (including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Americans with Disabilities Act, Executive Order 11246, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, each as amended, and all other employment discrimination laws whatsoever as may be created or amended from time to time); any claim arising under any state or local laws, ordinances or regulations (including, but not limited to, any state or local laws, ordinances or regulations requiring that advance notice be given of certain workforce reductions); and any claim arising under any common law principle or public policy, including, but not limited to, all suits in tort or contract, such as wrongful termination, defamation, emotional distress, invasion of privacy or loss of consortium.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Release to the contrary, this Release does not encompass, and Executive does not release, waive or discharge, the obligations of the Company (a) to make the payments and provide the other benefits contemplated by the Employment Agreement, or (b) under any restricted stock agreement, option agreement or other agreement pertaining to Executive’s equity ownership, or (c) under any indemnification or similar agreement with Executive or indemnification under the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other governing instruments of the Company .

 

Executive understands that by signing this Release, he is not waiving any claims or administrative charges which cannot be waived by law.  He is waiving, however, any right to monetary recovery or individual relief should any federal, state or local agency (including the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission) pursue any claim on his behalf

 



 

arising out of or related to his employment with and/or separation from employment with the Company.

 

Executive further agrees without any reservation whatsoever, never to sue the Employer or become a party to a lawsuit on the basis of any and all claims of any type lawfully and validly released in this Release.

 

2.             Acknowledgments Executive is signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily.  He acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  He is hereby advised in writing to consult an attorney before signing this Release;

 

(b)                                  He has relied solely on his own judgment and/or that of his attorney regarding the consideration for and the terms of this Release and is signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily of his own free will;

 

(c)                                   He is not entitled to the Severance Payment unless he agrees to and honors the terms of this Release;

 

(d)                                  He has been given at least twenty-one (21) calendar days to consider this Release, or he expressly waives his right to have at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release;

 

(e)                                   He may revoke this Release within seven (7) calendar days after signing it by submitting a written notice of revocation to the Employer.  He further understands that this Release is not effective or enforceable until after the seven (7) day period of revocation has expired without revocation, and that if he revokes this Release within the seven (7) day revocation period, he will not receive the Severance Payment;

 

(f)                                    He has read and understands the Release and further understands that, subject to the limitations contained herein, it includes a general release of any and all known and unknown, foreseen or unforeseen claims presently asserted or otherwise arising through the date of his signing of this Release that he may have against the Employer; and

 

(g)                                   No statements made or conduct by the Employer has in any way coerced or unduly influenced him to execute this Release.

 

3.             No Admission of Liability This Release does not constitute an admission of liability or wrongdoing on the part of the Employer, the Employer does not admit

 



 

there has been any wrongdoing whatsoever against the Executive, and the Employer expressly denies that any wrongdoing has occurred.

 

4.             Entire Agreement There are no other agreements of any nature between the Employer and Executive with respect to the matters discussed in this Release, except as expressly stated herein, and in signing this Release, Executive is not relying on any agreements or representations, except those expressly contained in this Release.

 

5.             Execution It is not necessary that the Employer sign this Release following Executive’s full and complete execution of it for it to become fully effective and enforceable.

 

6.             Severability If any provision of this Release is found, held or deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, unlawful or unenforceable under any applicable statute or controlling law, the remainder of this Release shall continue in full force and effect.

 

7.             Governing Law This Release shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, excluding the choice of law rules thereof.

 

8.             Headings Section and subsection headings contained in this Release are inserted for the convenience of reference only.  Section and subsection headings shall not be deemed to be a part of this Release for any purpose, and they shall not in any way define or affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of the provisions hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first herein above written.

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Howard W. Smith, III

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this 27 th  day of October, 2010, by Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) with its principal place of business at 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200, Bethesda, MD 20814, and Deborah A. Wilson, residing at the address on file with the Company (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement to reflect the Executive’s executive capacities in the Company’s business and to provide for the Company’s employment of the Executive; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth the terms and conditions of that employment;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Term of Employment

 

The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.  Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5, the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the three (3) year period commencing on the date of effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Commencement Date”) and ending on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Initial Term”).  The Initial Term shall be extended for an additional twelve (12) months on the third and each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement Date unless the Company or the Executive provides written notice to the contrary at least sixty (60) days before the applicable anniversary of the Commencement Date.  The Initial Term, together with any such extensions, shall be referred to herein as the “Employment Period.” In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) determines that active efforts to complete the closing of the initial public offering have been abandoned, this Agreement shall become null and void.

 

2.                                       Title; Duties

 

The Executive shall be employed as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.  The Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer, who shall have the authority to direct, control and supervise the activities of the Executive.  The Executive shall perform such services consistent with her position as may be assigned to her from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer and are consistent with the bylaws of the Company as it may be amended from time to time, including, but not limited to, managing the affairs of the Company.

 

1



 

3.                                       Extent of Services

 

(a)                                   General .  The Executive agrees not to engage in any business activities during the Employment Period except those which are for the sole benefit of the Company and its subsidiaries, and to devote her entire business time, attention, skill and effort to the performance of her duties under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may, without impairing or otherwise adversely affecting the Executive’s performance of her duties to the Company, (i) engage in personal investments and charitable, professional and civic activities, and (ii) with the prior approval of the Board of Directors, serve on the boards of directors of corporations other than the Company, provided, however, that no such approval shall be necessary for the Executive’s continued service on any board of directors on which she was serving on the date of this Agreement, all of which have been previously disclosed to the Board of Directors in writing and provided further, that in no event shall the Executive be permitted to serve on the board of directors of any other entity that competes with the Company in the multifamily finance business.  The Executive shall perform her duties to the best of her ability, shall adhere to the Company’s published policies and procedures, and shall use her best efforts to promote the Company’s interests, reputation, business and welfare.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Opportunities .  The Executive agrees that she will not take personal advantage of any business opportunities which arise during her employment with the Company and which may be of benefit to the Company.  All material facts regarding such opportunities must be promptly reported by the Executive to the Board of Directors for consideration by the Company.

 

4.                                       Compensation and Benefits

 

(a)                                   Salary .  The Company shall pay the Executive a gross base annual salary (“Base Salary”) of $300,000.00.  The Base Salary shall be payable in arrears in approximately equal semi-monthly installments (except that the first and last such semi-monthly installments may be prorated if necessary) on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates, minus such deductions as may be required by law or reasonably requested by the Executive.  The Company’s Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) shall review her Base Salary annually in conjunction with its regular review of employee salaries and may increase (but not decrease) her Base Salary as in effect from time to time as the Compensation Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to earn bonuses with respect to each fiscal year (or partial fiscal year), based upon Executive’s and the Company’s achievement of performance objectives set by the Company within the first three (3) months of each fiscal year of the Employment Period, with a target bonus of 100% of Executive’s Base Salary for such fiscal year (or partial fiscal year).  Any

 

2



 

such bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid annually by March 15 of the year following the end of the year for which the bonus was earned.

 

(c)                                   Options and Restricted Stock Grants .  The Executive will be eligible for grants of options to purchase the Company’s common stock and grants of restricted shares of the Company’s common stock subject to certain time vesting requirements and other conditions set forth in the applicable award agreement.

 

(d)                                  Other Benefits .  The Executive shall be entitled to paid time off and holiday pay in accordance with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time and shall be eligible to participate in such life, health, and disability insurance, pension, deferred compensation and incentive plans, options and awards, performance bonuses and other benefits as the Company extends, as a matter of policy, to its executive employees.  Incentive compensation under the Company’s 2008, 2009 and 2010 long term incentive arrangements are independent of the annual bonuses and will be governed under the terms of those arrangements.

 

(e)                                   Reimbursement of Business Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with, or related to, the performance of her duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, upon presentation by the Executive of documentation, expense statements, vouchers, and/or such other supporting information as the Company may reasonably request.

 

(f)                                 Timing of Reimbursements .  Any reimbursement under this Agreement that is taxable to the Executive shall be made in no event later than sixty (60) days following the calendar year in which the Executive incurred the expense.

 

5.                                       Termination

 

(a)                                   Termination by the Company for Cause .  The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for Cause, upon written notice by the Company to the Executive.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for termination shall mean any of the following: (i) the conviction of the Executive of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Executive to, any felony; (ii) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement by the Executive; (iii) the Executive’s willful failure or gross negligence in the performance of her assigned duties for the Company, which failure or negligence continues for more than fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such willful failure or gross negligence; (iv) the Executive’s breach of any of her fiduciary duties to the Company; (v) a material violation of a material Company policy which, if such violation is curable, such failure is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such failure, with such detail as sufficient to apprise Executive of the nature and extent of such failure; or (vi) the material breach by the Executive of

 

3



 

any material term of this Agreement, which, if such breach is curable, such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such breach, with such detail as sufficient to apprise Executive of the nature and extent of such breach.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason .  Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time without Cause (in the case of the Company) or without Good Reason (in the case of the Executive), upon giving the other party sixty (60) days’ written notice.  At the Company’s sole discretion, it may substitute sixty (60) days’ Base Salary (or any lesser portion for any shortened period provided) in lieu of notice.  Any Base Salary paid to the Executive in lieu of notice shall not be offset against any entitlement the Executive may have to the Severance Payment pursuant to Section 6(c).  For purposes of this Agreement, in the event the Company elects not to extend the Employment Period in accordance with Section 1 hereof, Executive’s employment shall terminate on the last day of the Employment Period and such election shall be deemed a termination by the Company without Cause.

 

(c)                                   Termination by Executive for Good Reason .  The Executive may terminate her employment under this Agreement at any time for Good Reason, upon written notice by the Executive to the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason for termination shall mean, without the Executive’s consent: (i) the assignment to the Executive of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s position at the Company, or any other action by the Company which results in a substantial diminution of the Executive’s duties or responsibilities other than any such reduction which is remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice thereof from the Executive; (ii) a requirement that the Executive work principally from a location that is twenty (20) miles further from the Executive’s residence than the Company’s address first written above; (iii) a ten (10) percent or greater reduction in the Executive’s aggregate Base Salary and other compensation (including the target bonus amount and retirement plan, welfare plans and fringe benefits) taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets; or (iv) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement.  Good Reason shall not exist pursuant to any subsection of this Section 5(c) unless (A) the Executive shall have delivered notice to the Board within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such event constituting Good Reason, and (B) the Board fails to remedy the circumstances giving rise to the Executive’s notice within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice.  The Executive must terminate her employment under this Section 5(c) at a time agreed reasonably with the Company, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days from the occurrence of an event constituting Good Reason.  For purposes of Good Reason, the Company shall be defined to include any successor to the Company which has assumed the obligations of the Company through merger, acquisition, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise.

 

4



 

(d)                                  Executive’s Death or Disability .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate immediately upon her death or, upon written notice as set forth below, her Disability.  As used in this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean such physical or mental impairment as would render the Executive unable to perform each of the essential duties of the Executive’s position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.  If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Disability, either party shall give thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to that effect to the other.

 

(e)                                   Executive’s Retirement .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate upon her Retirement.  As used in this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean the point in which the Executive has reached the age of sixty five (65) and has decided to exit the workforce completely.  If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Retirement, the Executive shall give one hundred eighty (180) days’ advance notice to the effect to the Company.

 

6.                                       Effect of Termination

 

(a)                                   General .  Regardless of the reason for any termination of this Agreement and subject to this Section 6, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate if the Employment Period ends on account of the Executive’s death) shall be entitled to (i) payment of any unpaid portion of her Base Salary through the effective date of termination; (ii) reimbursement for any outstanding reasonable business expense she has incurred in performing her duties hereunder in accordance with Company policy; (iii) continued insurance benefits to the extent required by law; (iv) payment of any vested but unpaid rights as required independent of this Agreement by the terms of any bonus or other incentive pay or equity plan, or any other employee benefit plan or program of the Company; and (v) except in the case of Termination by the Company for Cause, any bonus or incentive compensation amount that had been accrued through the effective date of termination but not paid.  Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Executive shall resign from all boards and committees of the Company, its affiliates and its subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive Without Good Reason .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause or the Executive terminates her employment without Good Reason, the Executive shall have no rights or claims against the Company except to receive the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a).

 

(c)                                   Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive with Good Reason .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause

 

5



 

pursuant to Section 5(b), or the Executive terminates employment with Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c), the Executive shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the items referenced in Section 6(a) (other than any bonus or incentive compensation as to which a pro rata amount shall be paid only to the extent performance goals for the calendar year of termination are achieved), the following:

 

(i)                                      continued payment of her Base Salary, at the rate in effect on her last day of employment (but in no event in an annual amount less than as set forth in Section 4(a)), for a period of twelve (12) months.  Such amount shall be paid in approximately equal installments on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates, subject to all legally required payroll deductions and withholdings for sums owed by the Executive to the Company;

 

(ii)                                   continued payment by the Company for the Executive’s life and health insurance coverage for twelve (12) months to the same extent that the Company paid for such coverage immediately prior to the termination of the Executive’s employment and subject to the eligibility requirements and other terms and conditions of such insurance coverage;

 

(iii)                                payments equal to two (2) times the average annual bonus earned by the Executive over the two (2) preceding calendar years (or if the Executive has not been employed for two (2) prior calendar years, payments equal to two (2) times the Executive’s target bonus for the year of termination).  For example: if the Executive’s annual bonus over the preceding two (2) years was $300,000 and $0, the average would be $150,000 and the payments would equal $300,000.  An amount equal to the average annual bonus (or target bonus, as applicable), and the pro rata bonus for the year of termination, if any, payable under Section 6(a) shall be paid to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the end of the fiscal year in which such termination occurs and an amount equal to the average annual bonus, if any (or target bonus, as applicable) shall be paid to the Executive within ten (10) days after the end of the Restricted Period; and

 

(iv)                               vesting as of the last day of her employment in any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company.

 

None of the benefits described in this Section 6(c) (the “Severance Payment”) will be payable unless the Executive has signed a general release (attached hereto as Exhibit A) within forty five (45) days of date of termination, which has (and not until it has) become irrevocable, satisfactory to the Company in the reasonable exercise of its discretion, releasing the Company, its affiliates, and their Directors, officers and employees, from any and all claims or potential claims arising from or related to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment.

 

6



 

(d)                                  Termination In the Event of Death, Disability or Retirement .

 

In the event of a termination of employment due to death, disability or Retirement, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the items referenced in Section 6(a) (except, in the case of a termination due to Retirement, any bonus or incentive compensation, as to which a pro rata amount shall be paid only to the extent performance goals for the calendar year of termination are achieved and which amount, if any, shall be paid to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the end of the fiscal year in which such termination occurs).

 

(i)                                      If the Executive’s employment terminates because of her death, any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company shall become fully vested as of the date of her death.  In addition, the Executive’s estate shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of any performance bonus to which she otherwise would have been entitled for the fiscal year in which her death occurs.

 

(ii)                                   In the event the Executive’s employment terminates due to her Disability, she shall be entitled to receive her Base Salary through the effective date of termination.  In addition, as of the effective date of the termination notice specified in Section 5(d), the Executive shall vest in any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company and the Executive shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of any performance bonus to which she otherwise would have been entitled for the fiscal year in which her disability occurs.

 

(iii)                                In the event the Executive’s employment terminates due to her Retirement, any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company shall become fully vested as of the date of her termination.

 

7.                                       Confidentiality

 

(a)                                   Definition of Proprietary Information .  The Executive acknowledges that she may be furnished or may otherwise receive or have access to confidential information which relates to the Company’s past, present or future business activities, strategies, services or products, research and development; financial analysis and data; improvements, inventions, processes, techniques, designs or other technical data; profit margins and other financial information; fee arrangements; compilations for marketing or development; confidential personnel and payroll information; or other information regarding administrative, management, or financial activities of the Company, or of a third party which provided proprietary information to the Company on a confidential basis.  All such information,

 

7



 

including in any electronic form, and including any materials or documents containing such information, shall be considered by the Company and the Executive as proprietary and confidential (the “Proprietary Information”).

 

(b)                                  Exclusions .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Proprietary Information shall not include information in the public domain not as a result of a breach of any duty by the Executive or any other person.

 

(c)                                   Obligations .  Both during and after the Employment Period, the Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of the Proprietary Information and all physical forms thereof, whether disclosed to her before this Agreement is signed or afterward.  In addition, the Executive shall not (i) disclose or disseminate the Proprietary Information to any third party, including employees of the Company (or its affiliates) without a legitimate business need to know during the Employment Period; (ii) remove the Proprietary Information from the Company’s premises without a valid business purpose; or (iii) use the Proprietary Information for her own benefit or for the benefit of any third party.

 

(d)                                  Return of Proprietary Information .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that all the Proprietary Information used or generated during the course of working for the Company is the property of the Company.  The Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all documents and other tangibles containing the Proprietary Information at any time upon request by the Board of Directors during her employment and immediately upon termination of her employment.

 

8.                                       Noncompetition

 

(a)                                   Restriction on Competition .  For the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for twelve (12) months following the expiration or termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive agrees not to engage, directly or indirectly, as a manager, employee, consultant, partner, principal, agent, representative, or in any other individual or representative capacity in any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, including but not limited to the multifamily finance business, where material is defined as fifteen (15) percent of the gross revenues of the Company based on the most recent quarterly earnings.  Executive further agrees that for the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for the Restricted Period, the Executive will not engage, directly or indirectly, as an owner, director, trustee, member, stockholder, or in any other corporate capacity in any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have violated this Section 8(a) solely (i) by reason of her passive ownership of 1% or less of the outstanding stock of any publicly traded corporation or other entity, (ii) by providing legal, accounting or audit services as an employee or partner of a

 

8



 

professional services organization or (iii) by providing services to any investment banking or other institution that do not relate to any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(b)                                  Non-Solicitation of Clients .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive agrees not to solicit, directly or indirectly, on her own behalf or on behalf of any other person(s), any client of the Company to whom the Company had provided services at any time during the Executive’s employment with the Company in any line of business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment or that the Company is actively soliciting, for the purpose of marketing or providing any service competitive with any service then offered by the Company.

 

(c)                                   Non-Solicitation of Employees .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive agrees that she will not, directly or indirectly, hire or attempt to hire or cause any business, other than an affiliate of the Company, to hire any person who is then or was at any time during the preceding six (6) months an employee of the Company and who is at the time of such hire or attempted hire, or was at the date of such employee’s separation from the Company a vice president, senior vice president or executive vice president or other senior executive employee of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Acknowledgement .  The Executive acknowledges that she will acquire much Proprietary Information concerning the past, present and future business of the Company as the result of her employment, as well as access to the relationships between the Company and its clients and employees.  The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is very competitive and that competition by her in that business during her employment, or after her employment terminates, would severely injure the Company.  The Executive understands and agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 8 are reasonable and are required for the Company’s legitimate protection, and do not unduly limit her ability to earn a livelihood.

 

(e)                                   Rights and Remedies upon Breach .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by her of any of the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 (the “Restrictive Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages would not provide an adequate remedy.  Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company and its affiliates, including the Company, shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall be independent of the other and severally enforceable, and all of which rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates, including the Company, under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages):

 

9



 

(i)                                      The right and remedy to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court of competent jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants; and

 

(ii)                                   The right and remedy to require the Executive to account for and pay over to the Company and its affiliates all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits (collectively, “Benefits”) derived or received by her as the result of any transactions constituting a breach of the Restrictive Covenants, and the Executive shall account for and pay over such Benefits to the Company and, if applicable, its affected affiliates.

 

(f)                                     Without limiting Section 13(j), if any court or other decision-maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.

 

9.                                       Executive Representation

 

The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that she is not now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature to any person, business or other entity which is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or which would prevent her from performing her obligations under this Agreement.

 

10.                                Mediation and Arbitration

 

(a)                                   Except as provided in Section 10(b) and 10(c), any disputes between the Company and the Executive in any way concerning the Executive’s employment, the termination of her employment, this Agreement or its enforcement shall be subject to mediation.  If the Company and the Executive cannot agree upon a mediator, each shall select one name from a list of mediators maintained by any bona fide dispute resolution provider or other private mediator; the two selected shall then choose a third person who will serve as the sole mediator. The first mediation session shall occur within forty five (45) calendar days following the notice of a dispute.  If within sixty (60) days of the first mediation session the claim is not resolved, either party may request that the dispute be settled exclusively by arbitration in the state of Maryland by a single arbitrator, selected in the same manner as the mediator, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in

 

10


 

effect at the time of submission to arbitration.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.  For purposes of entering any judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrators, any or all of the following courts have jurisdiction:  (i) the United States District Court for the Fourth Circuit, (ii) any of the courts of the State of Maryland, or (iii) any other court having jurisdiction.  Any service of process or notice requirements in any such proceeding shall be satisfied if the rules of such court relating thereto have been substantially satisfied.  The Company and the Executive waive to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to such jurisdiction and any defense of inconvenient forum.  A judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrators may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Each party shall bear its or her costs and expenses arising in connection with any arbitration proceeding.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, in its sole discretion, may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to seek injunctive relief and such other relief as the Company shall elect to enforce the Restrictive Covenants.  If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided in Section 8(e) above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Restrictive Covenants, as to breaches of such Restrictive Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Restrictive Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata.  The parties hereby agree to waive any right to a trial by jury for any and all disputes hereunder (whether or not relating to the Restrictive Covenants).

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or the Executive may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to resolve any dispute under or seek the enforcement of Section 6.

 

11.                                Section 409A .

 

To the extent the Executive would be subject to the additional twenty (20) percent tax imposed on certain deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such tax and preserve to the maximum extent possible the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive and the Company, and the parties shall promptly execute any amendment reasonably necessary to implement this Section 11.

 

11



 

(a)                               For purposes of Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive installment payments pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, each severance payment and health insurance payment shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.

 

(b)                                  The Executive will be deemed to have a date of termination for purposes of determining the timing of any payments or benefits hereunder that are classified as deferred compensation only upon a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service, (i) the Executive is a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time), and (ii) the Company makes a good faith determination that an amount payable on account of such separation from service to the Executive constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six (6) month delay rule set forth in Section 409A in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A (the “Delay Period”), then the Company will not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but will instead pay it in a lump sum on the first business day after such six (6) month period (or upon the Executive’s death, if earlier), together with interest for the period of delay, compounded annually, equal to the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal) in effect as of the dates the payments should otherwise have been provided.   To the extent that any benefits to be provided during the Delay Period are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A provided on account of a “separation from service,” and such benefits are not otherwise exempt from Section 409A, the Executive shall pay the cost of such benefit during the Delay Period, and the Company shall reimburse the Executive, to the extent that such costs would otherwise have been paid by the Company or to the extent that such benefits would otherwise have been provided by the Company at no cost to the Executive, the Company’s share of the cost of such benefits upon expiration of the Delay Period, and any remaining benefits shall be reimbursed or provided by the Company in accordance with the procedures specified herein.

 

(d)                                  (A) Any amount that the Executive is entitled to be reimbursed under this Agreement will be reimbursed to the Executive as promptly as practical and in any event not later than the last day of the calendar year after the calendar year in which the expenses are incurred, (B) any right to reimbursement or in kind benefits will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (C) the amount of the expenses eligible for reimbursement during any taxable year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.

 

12



 

(e)                                   Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

12.                                Clawback Policies

 

The Executive is subject to any recoupment or clawback policies that the Company may implement or maintain at any time regarding incentive-based compensation, which is granted or awarded to Executive on or after the date of this Agreement.  Such policies may include the right to recover incentive-based compensation (including stock options awarded as compensation) awarded or received during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under federal securities laws.  The Executive agrees to amend any awards and agreements entered into on or after the date of this Agreement as the Company may request to reasonably implement to policies.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  Notices .  All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) upon personal delivery, (ii) upon deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission or delivery by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when received, addressed as follows:

 

(b)                                  If to the Company or the Company, to:

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

7501 Wisconsin Avenue

Suite 1200

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention: William M. Walker

Fax: (301) 634-2149

 

(i)                                      If to the Executive, to:

 

Deborah A. Wilson

Address on file with the Company

 

or to such other address or addresses as either party shall designate to the other in writing from time to time by like notice.

 

(c)                                   Pronouns .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms,

 

13



 

and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

 

(d)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Executive, which amendment or modification is consented to by the Company.

 

(f)                                    Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

(g)                                   Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any entity with which or into which the Company or the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business or any entity to which the Company or the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that the obligations of the Executive are personal and shall not be assigned or delegated by her.

 

(h)                                  Waiver .  No delays or omission by the Company, the Company or the Executive in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent by the Company shall not be effective unless consented to by the Company.  A waiver or consent given by the Company or the Executive on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

(i)                                      Captions .  The captions appearing in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Severability .  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court or arbitrator with jurisdiction over the parties to this Agreement to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be restated to reflect as nearly as possible the original intentions of the parties in accordance with applicable law, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(k)                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEBORAH A. WILSON

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Deborah A. Wilson

 



 

Exhibit A

 

WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Release ”) is entered into as of [                        ] (the “ Effective Date ”), by Deborah A. Wilson (“ Executive ”) in consideration of severance pay (the “ Severance Payment ”) provided to Executive by Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Executive (the “ Employment Agreement ”).

 

1.             Waiver and Release Subject to the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 1, Executive, on her own behalf and on behalf of her heirs, executors, administrators, attorneys and assigns, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably releases, waives and forever discharges the Company and each of its affiliates, parents, successors, predecessors, and the subsidiaries, directors, Directors, owners, members, shareholders, officers, agents, and employees of the Company and its affiliates, parents, successors, predecessors, and subsidiaries (collectively, all of the foregoing are referred to as the “ Employer ”), from any and all causes of action, claims and damages, including attorneys’ fees, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, presently asserted or otherwise arising through the date of her signing of this Release, concerning her employment or separation from employment.  Subject to the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 1, this Release includes, but is not limited to, any payments, benefits or damages arising under any federal law (including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Americans with Disabilities Act, Executive Order 11246, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, each as amended, and all other employment discrimination laws whatsoever as may be created or amended from time to time); any claim arising under any state or local laws, ordinances or regulations (including, but not limited to, any state or local laws, ordinances or regulations requiring that advance notice be given of certain workforce reductions); and any claim arising under any common law principle or public policy, including, but not limited to, all suits in tort or contract, such as wrongful termination, defamation, emotional distress, invasion of privacy or loss of consortium.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Release to the contrary, this Release does not encompass, and Executive does not release, waive or discharge, the obligations of the Company (a) to make the payments and provide the other benefits contemplated by the Employment Agreement, or (b) under any restricted stock agreement, option agreement or other agreement pertaining to Executive’s equity ownership, or (c) under any indemnification or similar agreement with Executive or indemnification under the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other governing instruments of the Company .

 

Executive understands that by signing this Release, she is not waiving any claims or administrative charges which cannot be waived by law.  He is waiving, however, any right to monetary recovery or individual relief should any federal, state or local agency (including the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission) pursue any claim on her behalf

 



 

arising out of or related to her employment with and/or separation from employment with the Company.

 

Executive further agrees without any reservation whatsoever, never to sue the Employer or become a party to a lawsuit on the basis of any and all claims of any type lawfully and validly released in this Release.

 

2.             Acknowledgments Executive is signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily.  He acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  He is hereby advised in writing to consult an attorney before signing this Release;

 

(b)                                  He has relied solely on her own judgment and/or that of her attorney regarding the consideration for and the terms of this Release and is signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily of her own free will;

 

(c)                                   He is not entitled to the Severance Payment unless she agrees to and honors the terms of this Release;

 

(d)                                  He has been given at least twenty-one (21) calendar days to consider this Release, or she expressly waives her right to have at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release;

 

(e)                                   He may revoke this Release within seven (7) calendar days after signing it by submitting a written notice of revocation to the Employer.  He further understands that this Release is not effective or enforceable until after the seven (7) day period of revocation has expired without revocation, and that if she revokes this Release within the seven (7) day revocation period, she will not receive the Severance Payment;

 

(f)                                    He has read and understands the Release and further understands that, subject to the limitations contained herein, it includes a general release of any and all known and unknown, foreseen or unforeseen claims presently asserted or otherwise arising through the date of her signing of this Release that she may have against the Employer; and

 

(g)                                   No statements made or conduct by the Employer has in any way coerced or unduly influenced her to execute this Release.

 



 

3.             No Admission of Liability This Release does not constitute an admission of liability or wrongdoing on the part of the Employer, the Employer does not admit there has been any wrongdoing whatsoever against the Executive, and the Employer expressly denies that any wrongdoing has occurred.

 

4.             Entire Agreement There are no other agreements of any nature between the Employer and Executive with respect to the matters discussed in this Release, except as expressly stated herein, and in signing this Release, Executive is not relying on any agreements or representations, except those expressly contained in this Release.

 

5.             Execution It is not necessary that the Employer sign this Release following Executive’s full and complete execution of it for it to become fully effective and enforceable.

 

6.             Severability If any provision of this Release is found, held or deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, unlawful or unenforceable under any applicable statute or controlling law, the remainder of this Release shall continue in full force and effect.

 

7.             Governing Law This Release shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, excluding the choice of law rules thereof.

 

8.             Headings Section and subsection headings contained in this Release are inserted for the convenience of reference only.  Section and subsection headings shall not be deemed to be a part of this Release for any purpose, and they shall not in any way define or affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of the provisions hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first herein above written.

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deborah A. Wilson

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this 27 th  day of October, 2010, by Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) with its principal place of business at 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200, Bethesda, MD 20814, and Richard C. Warner, residing at the address on file with the Company (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement to reflect the Executive’s executive capacities in the Company’s business and to provide for the Company’s employment of the Executive; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth the terms and conditions of that employment;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Term of Employment

 

The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.  Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5, the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the three (3) year period commencing on the date of effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Commencement Date”) and ending on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Initial Term”).  The Initial Term shall be extended for an additional twelve (12) months on the third and each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement Date unless the Company or the Executive provides written notice to the contrary at least sixty (60) days before the applicable anniversary of the Commencement Date.  The Initial Term, together with any such extensions, shall be referred to herein as the “Employment Period.” In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) determines that active efforts to complete the closing of the initial public offering have been abandoned, this Agreement shall become null and void.

 

2.                                       Title; Duties

 

The Executive shall be employed as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of the Company.  The Executive shall report to the Chief Operating Officer, who shall have the authority to direct, control and supervise the activities of the Executive.  The Executive shall perform such services consistent with his position as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Chief Operating Officer and are consistent with the bylaws of the Company as it may be amended from time to time, including, but not limited to, managing the affairs of the Company.

 

3.                                       Extent of Services

 

(a)                                   General .  The Executive agrees not to engage in any business activities during the Employment Period except those which are for the sole benefit of the Company

 

1



 

and its subsidiaries, and to devote his entire business time, attention, skill and effort to the performance of his duties under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may, without impairing or otherwise adversely affecting the Executive’s performance of his duties to the Company, (i) engage in personal investments and charitable, professional and civic activities, and (ii) with the prior approval of the Board of Directors, serve on the boards of directors of corporations other than the Company, provided, however, that no such approval shall be necessary for the Executive’s continued service on any board of directors on which he was serving on the date of this Agreement, all of which have been previously disclosed to the Board of Directors in writing and provided further, that in no event shall the Executive be permitted to serve on the board of directors of any other entity that competes with the Company in the multifamily finance business.  The Executive shall perform his duties to the best of his ability, shall adhere to the Company’s published policies and procedures, and shall use his best efforts to promote the Company’s interests, reputation, business and welfare.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Opportunities .  The Executive agrees that he will not take personal advantage of any business opportunities which arise during his employment with the Company and which may be of benefit to the Company.  All material facts regarding such opportunities must be promptly reported by the Executive to the Board of Directors for consideration by the Company.

 

4.                                       Compensation and Benefits

 

(a)                                   Salary .  The Company shall pay the Executive a gross base annual salary (“Base Salary”) of $300,000.00.  The Base Salary shall be payable in arrears in approximately equal semi-monthly installments (except that the first and last such semi-monthly installments may be prorated if necessary) on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates, minus such deductions as may be required by law or reasonably requested by the Executive.  The Company’s Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) shall review his Base Salary annually in conjunction with its regular review of employee salaries and may increase (but not decrease) his Base Salary as in effect from time to time as the Compensation Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to earn bonuses with respect to each fiscal year (or partial fiscal year), based upon Executive’s and the Company’s achievement of performance objectives set by the Company within the first three (3) months of each fiscal year of the Employment Period, with a target bonus of 100% of Executive’s Base Salary for such fiscal year (or partial fiscal year).  Any such bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid annually by March 15 of the year following the end of the year for which the bonus was earned.

 

(c)                                   Options and Restricted Stock Grants .  The Executive will be eligible for grants of options to purchase the Company’s common stock and grants of restricted shares

 

2



 

of the Company’s common stock subject to certain time vesting requirements and other conditions set forth in the applicable award agreement.

 

(d)                                  Other Benefits .  The Executive shall be entitled to paid time off and holiday pay in accordance with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time and shall be eligible to participate in such life, health, and disability insurance, pension, deferred compensation and incentive plans, options and awards, performance bonuses and other benefits as the Company extends, as a matter of policy, to its executive employees.  Incentive compensation under the Company’s 2008, 2009 and 2010 long term incentive arrangements are independent of the annual bonuses and will be governed under the terms of those arrangements.

 

(e)                                   Reimbursement of Business Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with, or related to, the performance of his duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, upon presentation by the Executive of documentation, expense statements, vouchers, and/or such other supporting information as the Company may reasonably request.

 

(f)                                 Timing of Reimbursements .  Any reimbursement under this Agreement that is taxable to the Executive shall be made in no event later than sixty (60) days following the calendar year in which the Executive incurred the expense.

 

5.                                       Termination

 

(a)                                   Termination by the Company for Cause .  The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for Cause, upon written notice by the Company to the Executive.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for termination shall mean any of the following: (i) the conviction of the Executive of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Executive to, any felony; (ii) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement by the Executive; (iii) the Executive’s willful failure or gross negligence in the performance of his assigned duties for the Company, which failure or negligence continues for more than fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such willful failure or gross negligence; (iv) the Executive’s breach of any of his fiduciary duties to the Company; (v) a material violation of a material Company policy which, if such violation is curable, such failure is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such failure, with such detail as sufficient to apprise Executive of the nature and extent of such failure; or (vi) the material breach by the Executive of any material term of this Agreement, which, if such breach is curable, such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such breach, with such detail as sufficient to apprise Executive of the nature and extent of such breach.

 

3



 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason .  Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time without Cause (in the case of the Company) or without Good Reason (in the case of the Executive), upon giving the other party sixty (60) days’ written notice.  At the Company’s sole discretion, it may substitute sixty (60) days’ Base Salary (or any lesser portion for any shortened period provided) in lieu of notice.  Any Base Salary paid to the Executive in lieu of notice shall not be offset against any entitlement the Executive may have to the Severance Payment pursuant to Section 6(c).  For purposes of this Agreement, in the event the Company elects not to extend the Employment Period in accordance with Section 1 hereof, Executive’s employment shall terminate on the last day of the Employment Period and such election shall be deemed a termination by the Company without Cause.

 

(c)                                   Termination by Executive for Good Reason .  The Executive may terminate his employment under this Agreement at any time for Good Reason, upon written notice by the Executive to the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason for termination shall mean, without the Executive’s consent: (i) the assignment to the Executive of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s position at the Company, or any other action by the Company which results in a substantial diminution of the Executive’s duties or responsibilities other than any such reduction which is remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice thereof from the Executive; (ii) a requirement that the Executive work principally from a location that is twenty (20) miles further from the Executive’s residence than the Company’s address first written above; (iii) a ten (10) percent or greater reduction in the Executive’s aggregate Base Salary and other compensation (including the target bonus amount and retirement plan, welfare plans and fringe benefits) taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets; or (iv) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement.  Good Reason shall not exist pursuant to any subsection of this Section 5(c) unless (A) the Executive shall have delivered notice to the Board within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such event constituting Good Reason, and (B) the Board fails to remedy the circumstances giving rise to the Executive’s notice within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice.  The Executive must terminate his employment under this Section 5(c) at a time agreed reasonably with the Company, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days from the occurrence of an event constituting Good Reason.  For purposes of Good Reason, the Company shall be defined to include any successor to the Company which has assumed the obligations of the Company through merger, acquisition, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Executive’s Death or Disability .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate immediately upon his death or, upon written notice as set forth below, his Disability.  As used in this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean such physical or mental impairment as would render the Executive unable to perform each of the

 

4



 

essential duties of the Executive’s position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.  If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Disability, either party shall give thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to that effect to the other.

 

(e)                                   Executive’s Retirement .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate upon his Retirement.  As used in this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean the point in which the Executive has reached the age of sixty five (65) and has decided to exit the workforce completely.  If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Retirement, the Executive shall give one hundred eighty (180) days’ advance notice to the effect to the Company.

 

6.                                       Effect of Termination

 

(a)                                   General .  Regardless of the reason for any termination of this Agreement and subject to this Section 6, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate if the Employment Period ends on account of the Executive’s death) shall be entitled to (i) payment of any unpaid portion of his Base Salary through the effective date of termination; (ii) reimbursement for any outstanding reasonable business expense he has incurred in performing his duties hereunder in accordance with Company policy; (iii) continued insurance benefits to the extent required by law; (iv) payment of any vested but unpaid rights as required independent of this Agreement by the terms of any bonus or other incentive pay or equity plan, or any other employee benefit plan or program of the Company; and (v) except in the case of Termination by the Company for Cause, any bonus or incentive compensation amount that had been accrued through the effective date of termination but not paid.  Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Executive shall resign from all boards and committees of the Company, its affiliates and its subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive Without Good Reason .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause or the Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason, the Executive shall have no rights or claims against the Company except to receive the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a).

 

(c)                                   Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive with Good Reason .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b), or the Executive terminates employment with Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c), the Executive shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the items referenced in Section 6(a) (other than any bonus or incentive compensation as to which a pro rata amount shall be paid only to the extent

 

5



 

performance goals for the calendar year of termination are achieved), the following:

 

(i)                                      continued payment of his Base Salary, at the rate in effect on his last day of employment (but in no event in an annual amount less than as set forth in Section 4(a)), for a period of twelve (12) months.  Such amount shall be paid in approximately equal installments on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates, subject to all legally required payroll deductions and withholdings for sums owed by the Executive to the Company;

 

(ii)                                   continued payment by the Company for the Executive’s life and health insurance coverage for twelve (12) months to the same extent that the Company paid for such coverage immediately prior to the termination of the Executive’s employment and subject to the eligibility requirements and other terms and conditions of such insurance coverage;

 

(iii)                                payments equal to two (2) times the average annual bonus earned by the Executive over the two (2) preceding calendar years (or if the Executive has not been employed for two (2) prior calendar years, payments equal to two (2) times the Executive’s target bonus for the year of termination).  For example: if the Executive’s annual bonus over the preceding two (2) years was $300,000 and $0, the average would be $150,000 and the payments would equal $300,000.  An amount equal to the average annual bonus (or target bonus, as applicable), and the pro rata bonus for the year of termination, if any, payable under Section 6(a) shall be paid to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the end of the fiscal year in which such termination occurs and an amount equal to the average annual bonus, if any (or target bonus, as applicable) shall be paid to the Executive within ten (10) days after the end of the Restricted Period; and

 

(iv)                               vesting as of the last day of his employment in any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company.

 

None of the benefits described in this Section 6(c) (the “Severance Payment”) will be payable unless the Executive has signed a general release (attached hereto as Exhibit A) within forty five (45) days of date of termination, which has (and not until it has) become irrevocable, satisfactory to the Company in the reasonable exercise of its discretion, releasing the Company, its affiliates, and their Directors, officers and employees, from any and all claims or potential claims arising from or related to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment.

 

6



 

(d)                                  Termination In the Event of Death, Disability or Retirement .

 

In the event of a termination of employment due to death, disability or Retirement, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the items referenced in Section 6(a) (except, in the case of a termination due to Retirement, any bonus or incentive compensation, as to which a pro rata amount shall be paid only to the extent performance goals for the calendar year of termination are achieved and which amount, if any, shall be paid to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the end of the fiscal year in which such termination occurs).

 

(i)                                      If the Executive’s employment terminates because of his death, any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company shall become fully vested as of the date of his death.  In addition, the Executive’s estate shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of any performance bonus to which he otherwise would have been entitled for the fiscal year in which his death occurs.

 

(ii)                                   In the event the Executive’s employment terminates due to his Disability, he shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary through the effective date of termination.  In addition, as of the effective date of the termination notice specified in Section 5(d), the Executive shall vest in any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company and the Executive shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of any performance bonus to which he otherwise would have been entitled for the fiscal year in which his disability occurs.

 

(iii)                                In the event the Executive’s employment terminates due to his Retirement, any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company shall become fully vested as of the date of his termination.

 

7.                                       Confidentiality

 

(a)                                   Definition of Proprietary Information .  The Executive acknowledges that he may be furnished or may otherwise receive or have access to confidential information which relates to the Company’s past, present or future business activities, strategies, services or products, research and development; financial analysis and data; improvements, inventions, processes, techniques, designs or other technical data; profit margins and other financial information; fee arrangements; compilations for marketing or development; confidential personnel and payroll information; or other information regarding administrative, management, or financial activities of the Company, or of a third party which provided proprietary information to the Company on a confidential basis.  All such information, including in any electronic form, and including any materials or documents containing such information, shall be considered by the Company and the Executive as proprietary and confidential (the “Proprietary Information”).

 

7



 

(b)                                  Exclusions .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Proprietary Information shall not include information in the public domain not as a result of a breach of any duty by the Executive or any other person.

 

(c)                                   Obligations .  Both during and after the Employment Period, the Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of the Proprietary Information and all physical forms thereof, whether disclosed to him before this Agreement is signed or afterward.  In addition, the Executive shall not (i) disclose or disseminate the Proprietary Information to any third party, including employees of the Company (or its affiliates) without a legitimate business need to know during the Employment Period; (ii) remove the Proprietary Information from the Company’s premises without a valid business purpose; or (iii) use the Proprietary Information for his own benefit or for the benefit of any third party.

 

(d)                                  Return of Proprietary Information .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that all the Proprietary Information used or generated during the course of working for the Company is the property of the Company.  The Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all documents and other tangibles containing the Proprietary Information at any time upon request by the Board of Directors during his employment and immediately upon termination of his employment.

 

8.                                       Noncompetition

 

(a)                                   Restriction on Competition .  For the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for twelve (12) months following the expiration or termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive agrees not to engage, directly or indirectly, as a manager, employee, consultant, partner, principal, agent, representative, or in any other individual or representative capacity in any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, including but not limited to the multifamily finance business, where material is defined as fifteen (15) percent of the gross revenues of the Company based on the most recent quarterly earnings.  Executive further agrees that for the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for the Restricted Period, the Executive will not engage, directly or indirectly, as an owner, director, trustee, member, stockholder, or in any other corporate capacity in any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have violated this Section 8(a) solely (i) by reason of his passive ownership of 1% or less of the outstanding stock of any publicly traded corporation or other entity, (ii) by providing legal, accounting or audit services as an employee or partner of a professional services organization or (iii) by providing services to any investment banking or other institution that do not relate to any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

8



 

(b)                                  Non-Solicitation of Clients .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive agrees not to solicit, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person(s), any client of the Company to whom the Company had provided services at any time during the Executive’s employment with the Company in any line of business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment or that the Company is actively soliciting, for the purpose of marketing or providing any service competitive with any service then offered by the Company.

 

(c)                                   Non-Solicitation of Employees .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive agrees that he will not, directly or indirectly, hire or attempt to hire or cause any business, other than an affiliate of the Company, to hire any person who is then or was at any time during the preceding six (6) months an employee of the Company and who is at the time of such hire or attempted hire, or was at the date of such employee’s separation from the Company a vice president, senior vice president or executive vice president or other senior executive employee of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Acknowledgement .  The Executive acknowledges that he will acquire much Proprietary Information concerning the past, present and future business of the Company as the result of his employment, as well as access to the relationships between the Company and its clients and employees.  The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is very competitive and that competition by him in that business during his employment, or after his employment terminates, would severely injure the Company.  The Executive understands and agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 8 are reasonable and are required for the Company’s legitimate protection, and do not unduly limit his ability to earn a livelihood.

 

(e)                                   Rights and Remedies upon Breach .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 (the “Restrictive Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages would not provide an adequate remedy.  Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company and its affiliates, including the Company, shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall be independent of the other and severally enforceable, and all of which rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates, including the Company, under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages):

 

(i)                                      The right and remedy to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court of competent jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations,

 

9



 

threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants; and

 

(ii)                                   The right and remedy to require the Executive to account for and pay over to the Company and its affiliates all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits (collectively, “Benefits”) derived or received by him as the result of any transactions constituting a breach of the Restrictive Covenants, and the Executive shall account for and pay over such Benefits to the Company and, if applicable, its affected affiliates.

 

(f)                                     Without limiting Section 13(j), if any court or other decision-maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.

 

9.                                       Executive Representation

 

The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is not now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature to any person, business or other entity which is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or which would prevent him from performing his obligations under this Agreement.

 

10.                                Mediation and Arbitration

 

(a)                                   Except as provided in Section 10(b) and 10(c), any disputes between the Company and the Executive in any way concerning the Executive’s employment, the termination of his employment, this Agreement or its enforcement shall be subject to mediation.  If the Company and the Executive cannot agree upon a mediator, each shall select one name from a list of mediators maintained by any bona fide dispute resolution provider or other private mediator; the two selected shall then choose a third person who will serve as the sole mediator. The first mediation session shall occur within forty five (45) calendar days following the notice of a dispute.  If within sixty (60) days of the first mediation session the claim is not resolved, either party may request that the dispute be settled exclusively by arbitration in the state of Maryland by a single arbitrator, selected in the same manner as the mediator, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time of submission to arbitration.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.  For purposes of entering any judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrators, any or all of the following courts have jurisdiction:  (i) the United States District Court for the Fourth Circuit, (ii) any of the courts of the State of Maryland, or (iii) any other court having

 

10


 

jurisdiction.  Any service of process or notice requirements in any such proceeding shall be satisfied if the rules of such court relating thereto have been substantially satisfied.  The Company and the Executive waive to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to such jurisdiction and any defense of inconvenient forum.  A judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrators may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Each party shall bear its or his costs and expenses arising in connection with any arbitration proceeding.

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, in its sole discretion, may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to seek injunctive relief and such other relief as the Company shall elect to enforce the Restrictive Covenants.  If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided in Section 8(e) above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Restrictive Covenants, as to breaches of such Restrictive Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Restrictive Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata.  The parties hereby agree to waive any right to a trial by jury for any and all disputes hereunder (whether or not relating to the Restrictive Covenants).

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or the Executive may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to resolve any dispute under or seek the enforcement of Section 6.

 

11.                                Section 409A .

 

To the extent the Executive would be subject to the additional twenty (20) percent tax imposed on certain deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such tax and preserve to the maximum extent possible the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive and the Company, and the parties shall promptly execute any amendment reasonably necessary to implement this Section 11.

 

(a)                                  For purposes of Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive installment payments pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, each severance payment and health insurance payment shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.

 

11



 

(b)                                  The Executive will be deemed to have a date of termination for purposes of determining the timing of any payments or benefits hereunder that are classified as deferred compensation only upon a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service, (i) the Executive is a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time), and (ii) the Company makes a good faith determination that an amount payable on account of such separation from service to the Executive constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) the payment of which is required to be delayed pursuant to the six (6) month delay rule set forth in Section 409A in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A (the “Delay Period”), then the Company will not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but will instead pay it in a lump sum on the first business day after such six (6) month period (or upon the Executive’s death, if earlier), together with interest for the period of delay, compounded annually, equal to the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal) in effect as of the dates the payments should otherwise have been provided.   To the extent that any benefits to be provided during the Delay Period are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A provided on account of a “separation from service,” and such benefits are not otherwise exempt from Section 409A, the Executive shall pay the cost of such benefit during the Delay Period, and the Company shall reimburse the Executive, to the extent that such costs would otherwise have been paid by the Company or to the extent that such benefits would otherwise have been provided by the Company at no cost to the Executive, the Company’s share of the cost of such benefits upon expiration of the Delay Period, and any remaining benefits shall be reimbursed or provided by the Company in accordance with the procedures specified herein.

 

(d)                                  (A) Any amount that the Executive is entitled to be reimbursed under this Agreement will be reimbursed to the Executive as promptly as practical and in any event not later than the last day of the calendar year after the calendar year in which the expenses are incurred, (B) any right to reimbursement or in kind benefits will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (C) the amount of the expenses eligible for reimbursement during any taxable year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.

 

(e)                                   Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

12



 

12.                                Clawback Policies

 

The Executive is subject to any recoupment or clawback policies that the Company may implement or maintain at any time regarding incentive-based compensation, which is granted or awarded to Executive on or after the date of this Agreement.  Such policies may include the right to recover incentive-based compensation (including stock options awarded as compensation) awarded or received during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under federal securities laws.  The Executive agrees to amend any awards and agreements entered into on or after the date of this Agreement as the Company may request to reasonably implement to policies.

 

13.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  Notices .  All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) upon personal delivery, (ii) upon deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission or delivery by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when received, addressed as follows:

 

(b)                                  If to the Company or the Company, to:

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

7501 Wisconsin Avenue

Suite 1200

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention: William M. Walker

Fax: (301) 634-2149

 

(i)                                      If to the Executive, to:

 

Richard C. Warner

Address on file with the Company

 

or to such other address or addresses as either party shall designate to the other in writing from time to time by like notice.

 

(c)                                   Pronouns .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

 

(d)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

13



 

(e)                                   Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Executive, which amendment or modification is consented to by the Company.

 

(f)                                    Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

(g)                                   Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any entity with which or into which the Company or the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business or any entity to which the Company or the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that the obligations of the Executive are personal and shall not be assigned or delegated by him.

 

(h)                                  Waiver .  No delays or omission by the Company, the Company or the Executive in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent by the Company shall not be effective unless consented to by the Company.  A waiver or consent given by the Company or the Executive on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

(i)                                      Captions .  The captions appearing in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Severability .  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court or arbitrator with jurisdiction over the parties to this Agreement to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be restated to reflect as nearly as possible the original intentions of the parties in accordance with applicable law, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(k)                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RICHARD C. WARNER

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard C. Warner

 



 

Exhibit A

 

WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Release ”) is entered into as of [                        ] (the “ Effective Date ”), by Richard C. Warner (“ Executive ”) in consideration of severance pay (the “ Severance Payment ”) provided to Executive by Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Executive (the “ Employment Agreement ”).

 

1.             Waiver and Release Subject to the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 1, Executive, on his own behalf and on behalf of his heirs, executors, administrators, attorneys and assigns, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably releases, waives and forever discharges the Company and each of its affiliates, parents, successors, predecessors, and the subsidiaries, directors, Directors, owners, members, shareholders, officers, agents, and employees of the Company and its affiliates, parents, successors, predecessors, and subsidiaries (collectively, all of the foregoing are referred to as the “ Employer ”), from any and all causes of action, claims and damages, including attorneys’ fees, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, presently asserted or otherwise arising through the date of his signing of this Release, concerning his employment or separation from employment.  Subject to the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 1, this Release includes, but is not limited to, any payments, benefits or damages arising under any federal law (including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Americans with Disabilities Act, Executive Order 11246, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, each as amended, and all other employment discrimination laws whatsoever as may be created or amended from time to time); any claim arising under any state or local laws, ordinances or regulations (including, but not limited to, any state or local laws, ordinances or regulations requiring that advance notice be given of certain workforce reductions); and any claim arising under any common law principle or public policy, including, but not limited to, all suits in tort or contract, such as wrongful termination, defamation, emotional distress, invasion of privacy or loss of consortium.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Release to the contrary, this Release does not encompass, and Executive does not release, waive or discharge, the obligations of the Company (a) to make the payments and provide the other benefits contemplated by the Employment Agreement, or (b) under any restricted stock agreement, option agreement or other agreement pertaining to Executive’s equity ownership, or (c) under any indemnification or similar agreement with Executive or indemnification under the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other governing instruments of the Company .

 

Executive understands that by signing this Release, he is not waiving any claims or administrative charges which cannot be waived by law.  He is waiving, however, any right to monetary recovery or individual relief should any federal, state or local agency (including the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission) pursue any claim on his behalf

 



 

arising out of or related to his employment with and/or separation from employment with the Company.

 

Executive further agrees without any reservation whatsoever, never to sue the Employer or become a party to a lawsuit on the basis of any and all claims of any type lawfully and validly released in this Release.

 

2.             Acknowledgments Executive is signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily.  He acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  He is hereby advised in writing to consult an attorney before signing this Release;

 

(b)                                  He has relied solely on his own judgment and/or that of his attorney regarding the consideration for and the terms of this Release and is signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily of his own free will;

 

(c)                                   He is not entitled to the Severance Payment unless he agrees to and honors the terms of this Release;

 

(d)                                  He has been given at least twenty-one (21) calendar days to consider this Release, or he expressly waives his right to have at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release;

 

(e)                                   He may revoke this Release within seven (7) calendar days after signing it by submitting a written notice of revocation to the Employer.  He further understands that this Release is not effective or enforceable until after the seven (7) day period of revocation has expired without revocation, and that if he revokes this Release within the seven (7) day revocation period, he will not receive the Severance Payment;

 

(f)                                    He has read and understands the Release and further understands that, subject to the limitations contained herein, it includes a general release of any and all known and unknown, foreseen or unforeseen claims presently asserted or otherwise arising through the date of his signing of this Release that he may have against the Employer; and

 

(g)                                   No statements made or conduct by the Employer has in any way coerced or unduly influenced him to execute this Release.

 



 

3.             No Admission of Liability This Release does not constitute an admission of liability or wrongdoing on the part of the Employer, the Employer does not admit there has been any wrongdoing whatsoever against the Executive, and the Employer expressly denies that any wrongdoing has occurred.

 

4.             Entire Agreement There are no other agreements of any nature between the Employer and Executive with respect to the matters discussed in this Release, except as expressly stated herein, and in signing this Release, Executive is not relying on any agreements or representations, except those expressly contained in this Release.

 

5.             Execution It is not necessary that the Employer sign this Release following Executive’s full and complete execution of it for it to become fully effective and enforceable.

 

6.             Severability If any provision of this Release is found, held or deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, unlawful or unenforceable under any applicable statute or controlling law, the remainder of this Release shall continue in full force and effect.

 

7.             Governing Law This Release shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, excluding the choice of law rules thereof.

 

8.             Headings Section and subsection headings contained in this Release are inserted for the convenience of reference only.  Section and subsection headings shall not be deemed to be a part of this Release for any purpose, and they shall not in any way define or affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of the provisions hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first herein above written.

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard C. Warner

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made this 27 th  day of October, 2010, by Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”) with its principal place of business at 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1200, Bethesda, MD 20814, and Richard M. Lucas, residing at the address on file with the Company (the “Executive”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement to reflect the Executive’s executive capacities in the Company’s business and to provide for the Company’s employment of the Executive; and

 

WHEREAS, the parties wish to set forth the terms and conditions of that employment;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by the parties hereto, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Term of Employment

 

The Company hereby employs the Executive, and the Executive hereby accepts employment with the Company, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.  Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Section 5, the Executive’s employment pursuant to this Agreement shall be for the three (3) year period commencing on the date of effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Commencement Date”) and ending on the third anniversary of the Commencement Date (the “Initial Term”).  The Initial Term shall be extended for an additional twelve (12) months on the third and each subsequent anniversary of the Commencement Date unless the Company or the Executive provides written notice to the contrary at least sixty (60) days before the applicable anniversary of the Commencement Date.  The Initial Term, together with any such extensions, shall be referred to herein as the “Employment Period.” In the event that the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board of Directors”) determines that active efforts to complete the closing of the initial public offering have been abandoned, this Agreement shall become null and void.

 

2.                                       Title; Duties

 

The Executive shall be employed as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of the Company.  The Executive shall report to Chief Executive Officer, who shall have the authority to direct, control and supervise the activities of the Executive.  The Executive shall perform such services consistent with his position as may be assigned to him from time to time by the Chief Executive Officer and are consistent with the bylaws of the Company as it may be amended from time to time, including, but not limited to, managing the affairs of the Company.

 

3.                                       Extent of Services

 

(a)                                   General .  The Executive agrees not to engage in any business activities during the Employment Period except those which are for the sole benefit of the Company and its subsidiaries, and to devote his entire business time, attention, skill and

 

1



 

effort to the performance of his duties under this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive may, without impairing or otherwise adversely affecting the Executive’s performance of his duties to the Company, (i) engage in personal investments and charitable, professional and civic activities, and (ii) with the prior approval of the Board of Directors, serve on the boards of directors of corporations other than the Company, provided, however, that no such approval shall be necessary for the Executive’s continued service on any board of directors on which he was serving on the date of this Agreement, all of which have been previously disclosed to the Board of Directors in writing and provided further, that in no event shall the Executive be permitted to serve on the board of directors of any other entity that competes with the Company in the multifamily finance business.  The Executive shall perform his duties to the best of his ability, shall adhere to the Company’s published policies and procedures, and shall use his best efforts to promote the Company’s interests, reputation, business and welfare.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Opportunities .  The Executive agrees that he will not take personal advantage of any business opportunities which arise during his employment with the Company and which may be of benefit to the Company.  All material facts regarding such opportunities must be promptly reported by the Executive to the Board of Directors for consideration by the Company.

 

4.                                       Compensation and Benefits

 

(a)                                   Salary .  The Company shall pay the Executive a gross base annual salary (“Base Salary”) of $250,000.00.  The Base Salary shall be payable in arrears in approximately equal semi-monthly installments (except that the first and last such semi-monthly installments may be prorated if necessary) on the Company’s regularly scheduled payroll dates, minus such deductions as may be required by law or reasonably requested by the Executive.  The Company’s Compensation Committee (the “Compensation Committee”) shall review his Base Salary annually in conjunction with its regular review of employee salaries and may increase (but not decrease) his Base Salary as in effect from time to time as the Compensation Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

(b)                                  Annual Bonus . Executive shall be entitled to earn bonuses with respect to each fiscal year (or partial fiscal year), based upon Executive’s and the Company’s achievement of performance objectives set by the Company within the first three (3) months of each fiscal year of the Employment Period, with a target bonus of 100% of Executive’s Base Salary for such fiscal year (or partial fiscal year).  Any such bonus earned by the Executive shall be paid annually by March 15 of the year following the end of the year for which the bonus was earned.

 

(c)                                   Options and Restricted Stock Grants .  The Executive will be eligible for grants of options to purchase the Company’s common stock and grants of restricted shares of the Company’s common stock subject to certain time vesting requirements and other conditions set forth in the applicable award agreement.

 

2



 

(d)                                  Other Benefits .  The Executive shall be entitled to paid time off and holiday pay in accordance with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time and shall be eligible to participate in such life, health, and disability insurance, pension, deferred compensation and incentive plans, options and awards, performance bonuses and other benefits as the Company extends, as a matter of policy, to its executive employees.

 

(e)                                   Reimbursement of Business Expenses .  The Company shall reimburse the Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other expenses incurred or paid by the Executive in connection with, or related to, the performance of his duties, responsibilities or services under this Agreement, upon presentation by the Executive of documentation, expense statements, vouchers, and/or such other supporting information as the Company may reasonably request.

 

(f)                                 Timing of Reimbursements .  Any reimbursement under this Agreement that is taxable to the Executive shall be made in no event later than sixty (60) days following the calendar year in which the Executive incurred the expense.

 

5.                                       Termination

 

(a)                                   Termination by the Company for Cause .  The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement at any time for Cause, upon written notice by the Company to the Executive.  For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” for termination shall mean any of the following: (i) the conviction of the Executive of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by the Executive to, any felony; (ii) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement by the Executive; (iii) the Executive’s willful failure or gross negligence in the performance of his assigned duties for the Company, which failure or negligence continues for more than fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such willful failure or gross negligence; (iv) the Executive’s breach of any of his fiduciary duties to the Company; (v) a material violation of a material Company policy which, if such violation is curable, such failure is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such failure, with such detail as  sufficient to apprise Executive of the nature and extent of such failure; or (vi) the material breach by the Executive of any material term of this Agreement, which, if such breach is curable, such breach is not cured within fifteen (15) calendar days following the Executive’s receipt of written notice of such breach, with such detail as sufficient to apprise Executive of the nature and extent of such breach.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason .  Either party may terminate this Agreement at any time without Cause (in the case of the Company) or without Good Reason (in the case of the Executive), upon giving the other party sixty (60) days’ written notice.  At the Company’s sole discretion, it may substitute sixty (60) days’ Base Salary (or any lesser portion for any shortened period provided) in lieu of notice.  Any Base Salary paid to the

 

3



 

Executive in lieu of notice shall not be offset against any entitlement the Executive may have to the Severance Payment pursuant to Section 6(c).  For purposes of this Agreement, in the event the Company elects not to extend the Employment Period in accordance with Section 1 hereof, Executive’s employment shall terminate on the last day of the Employment Period and such election shall be deemed a termination by the Company without Cause.

 

(c)                                   Termination by Executive for Good Reason .  The Executive may terminate his employment under this Agreement at any time for Good Reason, upon written notice by the Executive to the Company.  For purposes of this Agreement, Good Reason for termination shall mean, without the Executive’s consent: (i) the assignment to the Executive of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with the Executive’s position at the Company, or any other action by the Company which results in a substantial diminution of the Executive’s duties or responsibilities other than any such reduction which is remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice thereof from the Executive; (ii) a requirement that the Executive work principally from a location that is twenty (20) miles further from the Executive’s residence than the Company’s address first written above; (iii) a ten (10) percent or greater reduction in the Executive’s aggregate Base Salary and other compensation (including the target bonus amount and retirement plan, welfare plans and fringe benefits) taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets; or (iv) any material breach by the Company of this Agreement.  Good Reason shall not exist pursuant to any subsection of this Section 5(c) unless (A) the Executive shall have delivered notice to the Board within ninety (90) days of the occurrence of such event constituting Good Reason, and (B) the Board fails to remedy the circumstances giving rise to the Executive’s notice within thirty (30) days of receipt of notice.  The Executive must terminate his employment under this Section 5(c) at a time agreed reasonably with the Company, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days from the occurrence of an event constituting Good Reason.  For purposes of Good Reason, the Company shall be defined to include any successor to the Company which has assumed the obligations of the Company through merger, acquisition, stock purchase, asset purchase or otherwise.

 

(d)                                  Executive’s Death or Disability .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate immediately upon his death or, upon written notice as set forth below, his Disability.  As used in this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean such physical or mental impairment as would render the Executive unable to perform each of the essential duties of the Executive’s position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.  If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Disability, either party shall give thirty (30) days’ advance written notice to that effect to the other.

 

4



 

(e)                                   Executive’s Retirement .  The Executive’s employment shall terminate upon his Retirement.  As used in this Agreement, “Retirement” shall mean the point in which the Executive has reached the age of sixty five (65) and has decided to exit the workforce completely.  If the Employment Period is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Retirement, the Executive shall give one hundred eighty (180) days’ advance notice to the effect to the Company.

 

6.                                       Effect of Termination

 

(a)                                   General .  Regardless of the reason for any termination of this Agreement and subject to this Section 6, the Executive (or the Executive’s estate if the Employment Period ends on account of the Executive’s death) shall be entitled to (i) payment of any unpaid portion of his Base Salary through the effective date of termination; (ii) reimbursement for any outstanding reasonable business expense he has incurred in performing his duties hereunder in accordance with Company policy; (iii) continued insurance benefits to the extent required by law; (iv) payment of any vested but unpaid rights as required independent of this Agreement by the terms of any bonus or other incentive pay or equity plan, or any other employee benefit plan or program of the Company; and (v) except in the case of Termination by the Company for Cause, any bonus or incentive compensation amount that had been accrued through the effective date of termination but not paid.  Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Executive shall resign from all boards and committees of the Company, its affiliates and its subsidiaries.

 

(b)                                  Termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive Without Good Reason .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment for Cause or the Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason, the Executive shall have no rights or claims against the Company except to receive the payments and benefits described in Section 6(a).

 

(c)                                   Termination by the Company Without Cause or by the Executive with Good Reason .  If the Company terminates the Executive’s employment without Cause pursuant to Section 5(b), or the Executive terminates employment with Good Reason pursuant to Section 5(c), the Executive shall be entitled to receive, in addition to the items referenced in Section 6(a) (other than any bonus or incentive compensation as to which a pro rata amount shall be paid only to the extent performance goals for the calendar year of termination are achieved), the following:

 

(i)                                      continued payment of his Base Salary, at the rate in effect on his last day of employment (but in no event in an annual amount less than as set forth in Section 4(a)), for a period of twelve (12) months.  Such amount shall be paid in approximately equal installments on the Company’s regularly

 

5



 

scheduled payroll dates, subject to all legally required payroll deductions and withholdings for sums owed by the Executive to the Company;

 

(ii)                                   continued payment by the Company for the Executive’s life and health insurance coverage for twelve (12) months to the same extent that the Company paid for such coverage immediately prior to the termination of the Executive’s employment and subject to the eligibility requirements and other terms and conditions of such insurance coverage;

 

(iii)                                payments equal to two (2) times the average annual bonus earned by the Executive over the two (2) preceding calendar years (or if the Executive has not been employed for two (2) prior calendar years, payments equal to two (2) times the Executive’s target bonus for the year of termination).  For example: if the Executive’s annual bonus over the preceding two (2) years was $300,000 and $0, the average would be $150,000 and the payments would equal $300,000.  An amount equal to the average annual bonus (or target bonus, as applicable), and the pro rata bonus for the year of termination, if any, payable under Section 6(a) shall be paid to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the end of the fiscal year in which such termination occurs and an amount equal to the average annual bonus, if any (or target bonus, as applicable) shall be paid to the Executive within ten (10) days after the end of the Restricted Period; and

 

(iv)                               vesting as of the last day of his employment in any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company.

 

None of the benefits described in this Section 6(c) (the “Severance Payment”) will be payable unless the Executive has signed a general release (attached hereto as Exhibit A) within forty five (45) days of date of termination, which has (and not until it has) become irrevocable, satisfactory to the Company in the reasonable exercise of its discretion, releasing the Company, its affiliates, and their Directors, officers and employees, from any and all claims or potential claims arising from or related to the Executive’s employment or termination of employment.

 

(d)                                  Termination In the Event of Death, Disability or Retirement .

 

In the event of a termination of employment due to death, disability or Retirement, the Executive shall be entitled to receive the items referenced in Section 6(a) (except, in the case of a termination due to Retirement, any bonus or incentive compensation, as to which a pro rata amount shall be paid only to the extent performance goals for the calendar year of termination are achieved and which amount, if any, shall be paid to the Executive within sixty (60) days following the end of the fiscal year in which such termination occurs).

 

6



 

(i)                                      If the Executive’s employment terminates because of his death, any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company shall become fully vested as of the date of his death.  In addition, the Executive’s estate shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of any performance bonus to which he otherwise would have been entitled for the fiscal year in which his death occurs.

 

(ii)                                   In the event the Executive’s employment terminates due to his Disability, he shall be entitled to receive his Base Salary through the effective date of termination.  In addition, as of the effective date of the termination notice specified in Section 5(d), the Executive shall vest in any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company and the Executive shall be entitled to receive a pro-rata share of any performance bonus to which he otherwise would have been entitled for the fiscal year in which his disability occurs.

 

(iii)                                In the event the Executive’s employment terminates due to his Retirement, any unvested portion of any option and restricted stock previously granted to the Executive by the Company shall become fully vested as of the date of his termination.

 

7.                                       Confidentiality

 

(a)                                   Definition of Proprietary Information .  The Executive acknowledges that he may be furnished or may otherwise receive or have access to confidential information which relates to the Company’s past, present or future business activities, strategies, services or products, research and development; financial analysis and data; improvements, inventions, processes, techniques, designs or other technical data; profit margins and other financial information; fee arrangements; compilations for marketing or development; confidential personnel and payroll information; or other information regarding administrative, management, or financial activities of the Company, or of a third party which provided proprietary information to the Company on a confidential basis.  All such information, including in any electronic form, and including any materials or documents containing such information, shall be considered by the Company and the Executive as proprietary and confidential (the “Proprietary Information”).

 

(b)                                  Exclusions .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Proprietary Information shall not include information in the public domain not as a result of a breach of any duty by the Executive or any other person.

 

(c)                                   Obligations .  Both during and after the Employment Period, the Executive agrees to preserve and protect the confidentiality of the Proprietary Information and all physical forms thereof, whether disclosed to him before this Agreement is signed or afterward.  In addition, the Executive shall not (i) disclose or disseminate the

 

7



 

Proprietary Information to any third party, including employees of the Company (or its affiliates) without a legitimate business need to know during the Employment Period; (ii) remove the Proprietary Information from the Company’s premises without a valid business purpose; or (iii) use the Proprietary Information for his own benefit or for the benefit of any third party.

 

(d)                                  Return of Proprietary Information .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that all the Proprietary Information used or generated during the course of working for the Company is the property of the Company.  The Executive agrees to deliver to the Company all documents and other tangibles containing the Proprietary Information at any time upon request by the Board of Directors during his employment and immediately upon termination of his employment.

 

8.                                       Noncompetition

 

(a)                                   Restriction on Competition .  For the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for twelve (12) months following the expiration or termination of the Executive’s employment by the Company (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive agrees not to engage, directly or indirectly, as a manager, employee, consultant, partner, principal, agent, representative, or in any other individual or representative capacity in any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment, including but not limited to the multifamily finance business, where material is defined as fifteen (15) percent of the gross revenues of the Company based on the most recent quarterly earnings.  Executive further agrees that for the period of the Executive’s employment with the Company and for the Restricted Period, the Executive will not engage, directly or indirectly, as an owner, director, trustee, member, stockholder, or in any other corporate capacity in any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Executive shall not be deemed to have violated this Section 8(a) solely (i) by reason of his passive ownership of 1% or less of the outstanding stock of any publicly traded corporation or other entity, (ii) by providing legal, accounting or audit services as an employee or partner of a professional services organization or (iii) by providing services to any investment banking or other institution that do not relate to any material business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment.

 

(b)                                  Non-Solicitation of Clients .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive agrees not to solicit, directly or indirectly, on his own behalf or on behalf of any other person(s), any client of the Company to whom the Company had provided services at any time during the Executive’s employment with the Company in any line of business that the Company conducts as of the date of the Executive’s termination of employment or that the Company is actively soliciting, for the purpose of marketing or providing any service competitive with any service then offered by the Company.

 

8



 

(c)                                   Non-Solicitation of Employees .  During the Restricted Period, the Executive agrees that he will not, directly or indirectly, hire or attempt to hire or cause any business, other than an affiliate of the Company, to hire any person who is then or was at any time during the preceding six (6) months an employee of the Company and who is at the time of such hire or attempted hire, or was at the date of such employee’s separation from the Company a vice president, senior vice president or executive vice president or other senior executive employee of the Company.

 

(d)                                  Acknowledgement .  The Executive acknowledges that he will acquire much Proprietary Information concerning the past, present and future business of the Company as the result of his employment, as well as access to the relationships between the Company and its clients and employees.  The Executive further acknowledges that the business of the Company is very competitive and that competition by him in that business during his employment, or after his employment terminates, would severely injure the Company.  The Executive understands and agrees that the restrictions contained in this Section 8 are reasonable and are required for the Company’s legitimate protection, and do not unduly limit his ability to earn a livelihood.

 

(e)                                   Rights and Remedies upon Breach .  The Executive acknowledges and agrees that any breach by him of any of the provisions of Sections 7 and 8 (the “Restrictive Covenants”) would result in irreparable injury and damage for which money damages would not provide an adequate remedy.  Therefore, if the Executive breaches, or threatens to commit a breach of, any of the provisions of the Restrictive Covenants, the Company and its affiliates, including the Company, shall have the following rights and remedies, each of which rights and remedies shall be independent of the other and severally enforceable, and all of which rights and remedies shall be in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies available to the Company and its affiliates, including the Company, under law or in equity (including, without limitation, the recovery of damages):

 

(i)                                      The right and remedy to have the Restrictive Covenants specifically enforced (without posting bond and without the need to prove damages) by any court of competent jurisdiction, including, without limitation, the right to an entry against the Executive of restraining orders and injunctions (preliminary, mandatory, temporary and permanent) against violations, threatened or actual, and whether or not then continuing, of such covenants; and

 

(ii)                                   The right and remedy to require the Executive to account for and pay over to the Company and its affiliates all compensation, profits, monies, accruals, increments or other benefits (collectively, “Benefits”) derived or received by him as the result of any transactions constituting a breach of the Restrictive Covenants, and the Executive shall account for and pay over such Benefits to the Company and, if applicable, its affected affiliates.

 

9



 

(f)                                     Without limiting Section 13(j), if any court or other decision-maker of competent jurisdiction determines that any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is unenforceable because of the duration or geographical scope of such provision, then, after such determination has become final and unappealable, the duration or scope of such provision, as the case may be, shall be reduced so that such provision becomes enforceable and, in its reduced form, such provision shall then be enforceable and shall be enforced.

 

9.                                       Executive Representation

 

The Executive represents and warrants to the Company that he is not now under any obligation of a contractual or other nature to any person, business or other entity which is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement or which would prevent him from performing his obligations under this Agreement.

 

10.                                Mediation and Arbitration

 

(a)                                   Except as provided in Section 10(b) and 10(c), any disputes between the Company and the Executive in any way concerning the Executive’s employment, the termination of his employment, this Agreement or its enforcement shall be subject to mediation.  If the Company and the Executive cannot agree upon a mediator, each shall select one name from a list of mediators maintained by any bona fide dispute resolution provider or other private mediator; the two selected shall then choose a third person who will serve as the sole mediator. The first mediation session shall occur within forty five (45) calendar days following the notice of a dispute.  If within sixty (60) days of the first mediation session the claim is not resolved, either party may request that the dispute be settled exclusively by arbitration in the state of Maryland by a single arbitrator, selected in the same manner as the mediator, in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association in effect at the time of submission to arbitration.  Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators’ award in any court having jurisdiction.  For purposes of entering any judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrators, any or all of the following courts have jurisdiction:  (i) the United States District Court for the Fourth Circuit, (ii) any of the courts of the State of Maryland, or (iii) any other court having jurisdiction.  Any service of process or notice requirements in any such proceeding shall be satisfied if the rules of such court relating thereto have been substantially satisfied.  The Company and the Executive waive to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to such jurisdiction and any defense of inconvenient forum.  A judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrators may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.  Each party shall bear its or his costs and expenses arising in connection with any arbitration proceeding.

 

10


 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company, in its sole discretion, may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to seek injunctive relief and such other relief as the Company shall elect to enforce the Restrictive Covenants.  If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly unenforceable by reason of breadth of scope or otherwise it is the intention of the Company and the Executive that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right, or the right of any of its affiliates, to the relief provided in Section 8(e) above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Restrictive Covenants, as to breaches of such Restrictive Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Restrictive Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable, diverse and independent covenants, subject, where appropriate, to the doctrine of res judicata.  The parties hereby agree to waive any right to a trial by jury for any and all disputes hereunder (whether or not relating to the Restrictive Covenants).

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or the Executive may bring an action in any court of competent jurisdiction to resolve any dispute under or seek the enforcement of Section 6.

 

11.                                Section 409A .

 

To the extent the Executive would be subject to the additional twenty (20) percent tax imposed on certain deferred compensation arrangements pursuant to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such tax and preserve to the maximum extent possible the original intent and economic benefit to the Executive and the Company, and the parties shall promptly execute any amendment reasonably necessary to implement this Section 11.

 

(a)                               For purposes of Section 409A, the Executive’s right to receive installment payments pursuant to this Agreement including, without limitation, each severance payment and health insurance payment shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct payments.

 

(b)                                  The Executive will be deemed to have a date of termination for purposes of determining the timing of any payments or benefits hereunder that are classified as deferred compensation only upon a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if at the time of the Executive’s separation from service, (i) the Executive is a specified employee (within the meaning of Section 409A and using the identification methodology selected by the Company from time to time), and (ii) the Company makes a good faith determination that an amount payable on account of such separation from service to the Executive constitutes deferred compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) the payment of which is required to be

 

11



 

delayed pursuant to the six (6) month delay rule set forth in Section 409A in order to avoid taxes or penalties under Section 409A (the “Delay Period”), then the Company will not pay such amount on the otherwise scheduled payment date but will instead pay it in a lump sum on the first business day after such six (6) month period (or upon the Executive’s death, if earlier), together with interest for the period of delay, compounded annually, equal to the prime rate (as published in the Wall Street Journal) in effect as of the dates the payments should otherwise have been provided.   To the extent that any benefits to be provided during the Delay Period are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A provided on account of a “separation from service,” and such benefits are not otherwise exempt from Section 409A, the Executive shall pay the cost of such benefit during the Delay Period, and the Company shall reimburse the Executive, to the extent that such costs would otherwise have been paid by the Company or to the extent that such benefits would otherwise have been provided by the Company at no cost to the Executive, the Company’s share of the cost of such benefits upon expiration of the Delay Period, and any remaining benefits shall be reimbursed or provided by the Company in accordance with the procedures specified herein.

 

(d)                                  (A) Any amount that the Executive is entitled to be reimbursed under this Agreement will be reimbursed to the Executive as promptly as practical and in any event not later than the last day of the calendar year after the calendar year in which the expenses are incurred, (B) any right to reimbursement or in kind benefits will not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (C) the amount of the expenses eligible for reimbursement during any taxable year will not affect the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year.

 

(e)                                   Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.

 

12.                                Clawback Policies

 

The Executive is subject to any recoupment or clawback policies that the Company may implement or maintain at any time regarding incentive-based compensation, which is granted or awarded to Executive on or after the date of this Agreement.  Such policies may include the right to recover incentive-based compensation (including stock options awarded as compensation) awarded or received during the three-year period preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under federal securities laws.  The Executive agrees to amend any awards and agreements entered into on or after the date of this Agreement as the Company may request to reasonably implement to policies.

 

12



 

13.                                Miscellaneous

 

(a)                                  Notices .  All notices required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effective (i) upon personal delivery, (ii) upon deposit with the United States Postal Service, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or (iii) in the case of facsimile transmission or delivery by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, when received, addressed as follows:

 

(b)                                  If to the Company or the Company, to:

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

7501 Wisconsin Avenue

Suite 1200

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention: William M. Walker

Fax: (301) 634-2149

 

(i)                                      If to the Executive, to:

 

Richard M. Lucas

Address on file with the Company

 

or to such other address or addresses as either party shall designate to the other in writing from time to time by like notice.

 

(c)                                   Pronouns .  Whenever the context may require, any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular forms of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa.

 

(d)                                  Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, relating to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   Amendment .  This Agreement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument executed by both the Company and the Executive, which amendment or modification is consented to by the Company.

 

(f)                                    Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be construed, interpreted and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

(g)                                   Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of both parties and their respective successors and assigns, including any entity with which or into which the Company or the Company may be merged or which may succeed to its assets or business or any entity to which the Company or the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

13



 

provided, however, that the obligations of the Executive are personal and shall not be assigned or delegated by him.

 

(h)                                  Waiver .  No delays or omission by the Company, the Company or the Executive in exercising any right under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of that or any other right.  A waiver or consent by the Company shall not be effective unless consented to by the Company.  A waiver or consent given by the Company or the Executive on any one occasion shall be effective only in that instance and shall not be construed as a bar or waiver of any right on any other occasion.

 

(i)                                      Captions .  The captions appearing in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and in no way define, limit or affect the scope or substance of any section of this Agreement.

 

(j)                                     Severability .  In case any provision of this Agreement shall be held by a court or arbitrator with jurisdiction over the parties to this Agreement to be invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, such provision shall be restated to reflect as nearly as possible the original intentions of the parties in accordance with applicable law, and the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall in no way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

(k)                                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RICHARD M. LUCAS

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Richard M. Lucas

 



 

Exhibit A

 

WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS WAIVER AND RELEASE AGREEMENT (this “ Release ”) is entered into as of [                        ] (the “ Effective Date ”), by Richard M. Lucas (“ Executive ”) in consideration of severance pay (the “ Severance Payment ”) provided to Executive by Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Executive (the “ Employment Agreement ”).

 

1.             Waiver and Release Subject to the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 1, Executive, on his own behalf and on behalf of his heirs, executors, administrators, attorneys and assigns, hereby unconditionally and irrevocably releases, waives and forever discharges the Company and each of its affiliates, parents, successors, predecessors, and the subsidiaries, directors, Directors, owners, members, shareholders, officers, agents, and employees of the Company and its affiliates, parents, successors, predecessors, and subsidiaries (collectively, all of the foregoing are referred to as the “ Employer ”), from any and all causes of action, claims and damages, including attorneys’ fees, whether known or unknown, foreseen or unforeseen, presently asserted or otherwise arising through the date of his signing of this Release, concerning his employment or separation from employment.  Subject to the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 1, this Release includes, but is not limited to, any payments, benefits or damages arising under any federal law (including, but not limited to, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the Americans with Disabilities Act, Executive Order 11246, the Family and Medical Leave Act, and the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, each as amended, and all other employment discrimination laws whatsoever as may be created or amended from time to time); any claim arising under any state or local laws, ordinances or regulations (including, but not limited to, any state or local laws, ordinances or regulations requiring that advance notice be given of certain workforce reductions); and any claim arising under any common law principle or public policy, including, but not limited to, all suits in tort or contract, such as wrongful termination, defamation, emotional distress, invasion of privacy or loss of consortium.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Release to the contrary, this Release does not encompass, and Executive does not release, waive or discharge, the obligations of the Company (a) to make the payments and provide the other benefits contemplated by the Employment Agreement, or (b) under any restricted stock agreement, option agreement or other agreement pertaining to Executive’s equity ownership, or (c) under any indemnification or similar agreement with Executive or indemnification under the Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws or other governing instruments of the Company .

 

Executive understands that by signing this Release, he is not waiving any claims or administrative charges which cannot be waived by law.  He is waiving, however, any right to monetary recovery or individual relief should any federal, state or local agency (including the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission) pursue any claim on his behalf

 



 

arising out of or related to his employment with and/or separation from employment with the Company.

 

Executive further agrees without any reservation whatsoever, never to sue the Employer or become a party to a lawsuit on the basis of any and all claims of any type lawfully and validly released in this Release.

 

2.             Acknowledgments Executive is signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily.  He acknowledges that:

 

(a)                                  He is hereby advised in writing to consult an attorney before signing this Release;

 

(b)                                  He has relied solely on his own judgment and/or that of his attorney regarding the consideration for and the terms of this Release and is signing this Release knowingly and voluntarily of his own free will;

 

(c)                                   He is not entitled to the Severance Payment unless he agrees to and honors the terms of this Release;

 

(d)                                  He has been given at least twenty-one (21) calendar days to consider this Release, or he expressly waives his right to have at least twenty-one (21) days to consider this Release;

 

(e)                                   He may revoke this Release within seven (7) calendar days after signing it by submitting a written notice of revocation to the Employer.  He further understands that this Release is not effective or enforceable until after the seven (7) day period of revocation has expired without revocation, and that if he revokes this Release within the seven (7) day revocation period, he will not receive the Severance Payment;

 

(f)                                    He has read and understands the Release and further understands that, subject to the limitations contained herein, it includes a general release of any and all known and unknown, foreseen or unforeseen claims presently asserted or otherwise arising through the date of his signing of this Release that he may have against the Employer; and

 

(g)                                   No statements made or conduct by the Employer has in any way coerced or unduly influenced him to execute this Release.

 

3.             No Admission of Liability This Release does not constitute an admission of liability or wrongdoing on the part of the Employer, the Employer does not admit

 



 

there has been any wrongdoing whatsoever against the Executive, and the Employer expressly denies that any wrongdoing has occurred.

 

4.             Entire Agreement There are no other agreements of any nature between the Employer and Executive with respect to the matters discussed in this Release, except as expressly stated herein, and in signing this Release, Executive is not relying on any agreements or representations, except those expressly contained in this Release.

 

5.             Execution It is not necessary that the Employer sign this Release following Executive’s full and complete execution of it for it to become fully effective and enforceable.

 

6.             Severability If any provision of this Release is found, held or deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, unlawful or unenforceable under any applicable statute or controlling law, the remainder of this Release shall continue in full force and effect.

 

7.             Governing Law This Release shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, excluding the choice of law rules thereof.

 

8.             Headings Section and subsection headings contained in this Release are inserted for the convenience of reference only.  Section and subsection headings shall not be deemed to be a part of this Release for any purpose, and they shall not in any way define or affect the meaning, construction or scope of any of the provisions hereof.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first herein above written.

 

 

EXECUTIVE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Richard M. Lucas

 




Exhibit 10.18

 


 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 


 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

PURPOSE

1

2.

DEFINITIONS

1

3.

ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

7

 

3.1.

Board

7

 

3.2.

Committee

7

 

3.3.

Terms of Awards

8

 

3.4.

No Repricing

10

 

3.5.

Deferral Arrangement

10

 

3.6.

No Liability

10

 

3.7.

Stock Issuance/Book-Entry

10

4.

STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

10

 

4.1.

Number of Shares of Stock Available for Awards

10

 

4.2.

Adjustments in Authorized Shares of Stock

10

 

4.3.

Share Usage

11

5.

EFFECTIVE DATE, DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

11

 

5.1.

Effective Date

11

 

5.2.

Term

11

 

5.3.

Amendment and Termination of the Plan

12

6.

AWARD ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS

12

 

6.1.

Service Providers and Other Persons

12

 

6.2.

Limitation on Shares of Stock Subject to Awards and Cash Awards

12

 

6.3.

Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem and Substitute Awards

13

7.

AWARD AGREEMENT

13

8.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

13

 

8.1.

Option Price

13

 

8.2.

Vesting

14

 

8.3.

Term

14

 

8.4.

Termination of Service

14

 

8.5.

Limitations on Exercise of Option

14

 

8.6.

Method of Exercise

14

 

8.7.

Rights of Holders of Options

15

 

8.8.

Delivery of Stock Certificates

15

 

8.9.

Transferability of Options

15

 

8.10.

Family Transfers

15

 

8.11.

Limitations on Incentive Stock Options

16

 

8.12.

Notice of Disqualifying Disposition

16

9.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

16

 

9.1.

Right to Payment and Grant Price

16

 

9.2.

Other Terms

16

 

i



 

 

9.3.

Term

17

 

9.4.

Transferability of SARS

17

 

9.5.

Family Transfers

17

10.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK UNITS

17

 

10.1.

Grant of Restricted Stock or Stock Units

17

 

10.2.

Restrictions

17

 

10.3.

Restricted Stock Certificates

18

 

10.4.

Rights of Holders of Restricted Stock

18

 

10.5.

Rights of Holders of Stock Units

18

 

 

10.5.1.

Voting and Dividend Rights

18

 

 

10.5.2.

Creditor’s Rights

19

 

10.6.

Termination of Service

19

 

10.7.

Purchase of Restricted Stock and Shares of Stock Subject to Stock Units

19

 

10.8.

Delivery of Shares of Stock

19

11.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS AND OTHER EQUITY-BASED AWARDS

19

12.

FORM OF PAYMENT FOR OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK

20

 

12.1.

General Rule

20

 

12.2.

Surrender of Shares of Stock

20

 

12.3.

Cashless Exercise

20

 

12.4.

Other Forms of Payment

20

13.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

21

 

13.1.

Dividend Equivalent Rights

21

 

13.2.

Termination of Service

21

14.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS AND ANNUAL INCENTIVE AWARDS

21

 

14.1.

Grant of Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards

21

 

14.2.

Value of Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards

21

 

14.3.

Earning of Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards

22

 

14.4.

Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards

22

 

14.5.

Performance Conditions

22

 

14.6.

Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees

22

 

 

14.6.1.

Performance Goals Generally

23

 

 

14.6.2.

Timing For Establishing Performance Goals

23

 

 

14.6.3.

Settlement of Awards; Other Terms

23

 

 

14.6.4.

Performance Measures

23

 

 

14.6.5.

Evaluation of Performance

25

 

 

14.6.6.

Adjustment of Performance-Based Compensation

25

 

 

14.6.7.

Board Discretion

25

 

ii



 

 

14.7.

Status of Awards Under Code Section 162(m)

25

15.

PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS

26

16.

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

26

 

16.1.

General

26

 

16.2.

Rule 16b-3

27

17.

EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

28

 

17.1.

Changes in Stock

28

 

17.2.

Reorganization in Which the Company Is the Surviving Entity Which Does not Constitute a Change in Control

28

 

17.3.

Change in Control in which Awards are not Assumed

29

 

17.4.

Change in Control in which Awards are Assumed

30

 

17.5.

Adjustments

30

 

17.6.

No Limitations on Company

30

18.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

30

 

18.1.

Disclaimer of Rights

30

 

18.2.

Nonexclusivity of the Plan

31

 

18.3.

Withholding Taxes

31

 

18.4.

Captions

32

 

18.5.

Other Provisions

32

 

18.6.

Number and Gender

32

 

18.7.

Severability

32

 

18.8.

Governing Law

32

 

18.9.

Section 409A of the Code

32

 

iii


 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), sets forth herein the terms of its 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as follows:

 

1.                                       PURPOSE

 

This Plan is intended to (a) provide incentive to eligible persons to stimulate their efforts towards the success of the Company and to operate and manage its business in a manner that will provide for the long term growth and profitability of the Company; and (b) provide a means of obtaining, rewarding and retaining key personnel.  To this end, the Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock units (including deferred stock units), dividend equivalent rights, other equity-based awards and cash bonus awards.  Any of these awards may, but need not, be made as performance incentives to reward attainment of annual or long-term performance goals in accordance with the terms hereof.  Stock options granted under the Plan may be non-qualified stock options or incentive stock options, as provided herein.

 

2.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of interpreting the Plan and related documents (including Award Agreements), the following definitions shall apply:

 

2.1            “Affiliate” means, with respect to the Company, any company or other trade or business that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Company within the meaning of Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act, including, without limitation, any Subsidiary.  For purposes of granting Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, an entity may not be considered an Affiliate of the Company unless the Company holds a “controlling interest” in such entity, where the term “controlling interest” has the same meaning as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i), provided that the language “at least 50 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent” and, provided further, that where granting of Options or Stock Appreciation Rights is based upon a legitimate business criteria, the language “at least 20 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Treasury Regulation Section 1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i).

 

2.2            “Annual Incentive Award” means an Award, denominated in cash, made subject to attainment of performance goals (as described in Section 14 ) over a Performance Period of up to one (1) year (the Company’s fiscal year, unless otherwise specified by the Board).

 

2.3            “Applicable Laws” means the legal requirements relating to the Plan and the Awards under applicable provisions of the corporate, securities, tax and other laws, rules,

 



 

regulations and government orders, and the rules of any applicable stock exchange or national market system, of any jurisdiction applicable to Awards granted to residents therein.

 

2.4            “Award” means a grant of an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Unrestricted Stock, Stock Units, Dividend Equivalent Right, Performance Award, Annual Incentive Award, or Other Equity-Based Award under the Plan.

 

2.5            “Award Agreement” means the agreement between the Company and a Grantee that evidences and sets out the terms and conditions of an Award.

 

2.6            “Benefit Arrangement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15 .

 

2.7            “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

2.8            “Cause” means, as determined by the Board and unless otherwise provided in an applicable agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, (i) gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of duties; (ii) conviction of a criminal offense (other than minor traffic offenses); (iii) a material violation of a Company policy; or (iv) a material breach of any term of any employment, consulting or other services, confidentiality, intellectual property or non-competition agreements, if any, between the Service Provider and the Company or an Affiliate.

 

2.9            Change in Control ” means:

 

(1)            The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that for purposes of this subsection (1), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition by the Company; (ii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation or trust controlled by the Company; and (iii) any acquisition by any entity pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (3) of this Section 2.9 ; or

 

(2)            Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened

 

2



 

election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

 

(3)            Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of, respectively, the then outstanding common shares and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation that as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, and (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation or trust resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation or trust resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the then outstanding shares of the corporation or trust resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation or trust except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation or trust resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

 

(4)            Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company and consummation of such transaction.

 

2.10          “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

 

2.11          “Committee” means a committee of, and designated from time to time by resolution of, the Board, which shall be constituted as provided in Section 3.2 (or, if no Committee has been designated, the Board itself).

 

2.12          “Company” means Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation.

 

2.13          “Covered Employee” means a Grantee who is a covered employee within the meaning of Code Section 162(m)(3).

 

2.14          “Disability” means the Grantee is unable to perform each of the essential duties of such Grantee’s position by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which is potentially permanent in character or which can be expected to last for a continuous

 

3



 

period of not less than 12 months; provided , however , that, with respect to rules regarding expiration of an Incentive Stock Option following termination of the Grantee’s Service, Disability shall mean the Grantee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months.

 

2.15          “Dividend Equivalent Right” means a right, granted to a Grantee under Section 13 , to receive cash, Stock, other Awards or other property equal in value to dividends paid with respect to a specified number of shares of Stock, or other periodic payments.

 

2.16          “Effective Date” means, as determined by the Board on September 27, 2010, the date the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 becomes effective.

 

2.17          “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

 

2.18          “Fair Market Value” means the value of a share of Stock, determined as follows:  if on the Grant Date the shares of Stock are listed on an established national or regional stock exchange, or are publicly traded on an established securities market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of the Stock on such exchange or in such market (if there is more than one such exchange or market the Board shall determine the appropriate exchange or market) on (i) the date of grant (if the grant is made before trading commences on the exchange or securities market or while such exchange or securities market is open for trading) or (ii) the next trading day after the date of grant (if the grant is made after the exchange or securities market closes on a trading day or if the grant is made on a day that is not a trading day on such exchange or securities market).  If there is no such reported closing price on the applicable date as specified in the immediately preceding sentence, the Fair Market Value shall be the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked prices or between the high and low sale prices on the applicable date as specified in the immediately preceding sentence.  If on the Grant Date the Stock is not listed on such an exchange or traded on such a market, Fair Market Value shall be the value of the Stock as determined by the Board by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method, in a manner consistent with Code Section 409A.  In case of an Award for which the grant date is the IPO Effective Date, the Fair Market Value shall equal the offering price of a share of Stock in the IPO.  For purposes of determining taxable income and the amount of the related tax withholding obligation under Section 18.3 , notwithstanding this Section 2.18 or Section 18.3 , for any shares of Stock that are sold on the same day that such shares are first legally saleable pursuant to the terms of the applicable award agreement, Fair Market Value shall be determined based upon the sale price of such shares so long as the grantee has provided the Company with advance written notice of such sale.

 

2.19          “Family Member” means a person who is a spouse, former spouse, child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother, sister, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of the Grantee, any person sharing the Grantee’s household (other than a tenant or

 

4



 

employee), a trust in which any one or more of these persons have more than fifty percent (50%) of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which any one or more of these persons (or the Grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which one or more of these persons (or the Grantee) own more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests.

 

2.20          “Grant Date” means, as determined by the Board, the latest to occur of (i) the date as of which the Company completes the corporate action constituting the Award, (ii) the date on which the recipient of an Award first becomes eligible to receive an Award under Section 6 , or (iii) such other date as may be specified by the Board.

 

2.21          “Grantee” means a person who receives or holds an Award under the Plan.

 

2.22          “Incentive Stock Option” means an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Code Section 422, or the corresponding provision of any subsequently enacted tax statute, as amended from time to time.

 

2.23          “Initial Public Offering” or “IPO” means the initial firm commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company of the Stock.

 

2.24          “IPO Effective Date” means the date the Stock becomes available for sale in an IPO.

 

2.25          “Non-qualified Stock Option” means an Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.26          “Option” means an option to purchase one or more shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan.

 

2.27          “Option Price” means the exercise price for each share of Stock subject to an Option.

 

2.28          “Other Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15 .

 

2.29          “Outside Director” means a member of the Board who is not an officer or employee of the Company.

 

2.30          Other Equity-Based Award” means a right or other interest that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, or related to, Stock, other than an Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Unrestricted Stock, Stock Units, Dividend Equivalent Right, Performance Award or Annual Incentive Award.

 

2.31          “Performance Award” means an Award made subject to the attainment of performance goals (as described in Section 14 ) over a Performance Period of up to ten (10) years.

 

5



 

2.32          “Performance-Based Compensation” means compensation under an Award that is intended to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 162(m) for certain performance-based compensation paid to Covered Employees.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Plan shall be construed to mean that an Award which does not satisfy the requirements for performance-based compensation under Code Section 162(m) does not constitute performance-based compensation for other purposes, including Code Section 409A.

 

2.33          “Performance Measures” means measures as described in Section 14 on which the performance goals are based and which are approved by the Company’s stockholders pursuant to this Plan in order to qualify Awards as Performance-Based Compensation.

 

2.34          “Performance Period” means the period of time during which the performance goals must be met in order to determine the degree of payout and/or vesting with respect to an Award.

 

2.35          “Plan” means this Walker & Dunlop, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

2.36          “Purchase Price” means the purchase price for each share of Stock pursuant to a grant of Restricted Stock, Stock Units or Unrestricted Stock.

 

2.37          “Reporting Person” means a person who is required to file reports under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act.

 

2.38          “Restricted Stock” means shares of Stock, awarded to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10 .

 

2.39          “SAR Exercise Price” means the per share exercise price of a SAR granted to a Grantee under Section 9 .

 

2.40          “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as now in effect or as hereafter amended.

 

2.41          “Service” means service as a Service Provider to the Company or any Affiliate.  Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, a Grantee’s change in position or duties shall not result in interrupted or terminated Service, so long as such Grantee continues to be a Service Provider to the Company or any Affiliate.  Subject to the preceding sentence, whether a termination of Service shall have occurred for purposes of the Plan shall be determined by the Board, which determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

2.42          “Service Provider” means an employee, officer, director, or a consultant or adviser (who is a natural person) currently providing services to the Company or any of its Affiliates.

 

2.43          “Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

 

6



 

2.44          “Stock Appreciation Right” or “SAR” means a right granted to a Grantee under Section 9 .

 

2.45          “Stock Unit” means a bookkeeping entry representing the equivalent of one share of Stock awarded to a Grantee pursuant to Section 10 .

 

2.46          “Subsidiary” means any “subsidiary corporation” of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(f).

 

2.47          “Substitute Award” means an Award granted upon assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding awards previously granted by a company or other entity acquired by the Company or an Affiliate or with which the Company or an Affiliate combines.

 

2.48          “Ten Percent Stockholder” means an individual who owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of outstanding voting securities of the Company, its parent or any of its Subsidiaries.  In determining stock ownership, the attribution rules of Code Section 424(d) shall be applied.

 

2.49          “Unrestricted Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11 .

 

3.                                       ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN

 

3.1.                             Board.

 

The Board shall have such powers and authorities related to the administration of the Plan as are consistent with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Applicable Laws.  The Board shall have full power and authority to take all actions and to make all determinations required or provided for under the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement, and shall have full power and authority to take all such other actions and make all such other determinations not inconsistent with the specific terms and provisions of the Plan that the Board deems to be necessary or appropriate to the administration of the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement.  All such actions and determinations shall be by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board present at a meeting or by unanimous consent of the Board executed in writing in accordance with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Applicable Laws.  The interpretation and construction by the Board of any provision of the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

3.2.                             Committee.

 

The Board from time to time may delegate to the Committee such powers and authorities related to the administration and implementation of the Plan, as set forth in Section 3.1 above and other applicable provisions, as the Board shall determine, consistent with the Company’s certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Applicable Laws.

 

(i)         Except as provided in Subsection (ii) and except as the Board may otherwise determine, the Committee, if any, appointed by the Board to administer the Plan shall

 

7



 

consist of two or more Outside Directors of the Company who: (a) qualify as “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and who (b) meet such other requirements as may be established from time to time by the Securities and Exchange Commission for plans intended to qualify for exemption under Rule 16b-3 (or its successor) under the Exchange Act and who (c) comply with the independence requirements of the stock exchange on which the Common Stock is listed.

 

(ii)        The Board may also appoint one or more separate committees of the Board, each composed of one or more directors of the Company who need not be Outside Directors, who may administer the Plan with respect to employees or other Service Providers who are not executive officers (as defined under Rule 3b-7 or the Exchange Act) or directors of the Company, may grant Awards under the Plan to such employees or other Service Providers, and may determine all terms of such Awards, subject to the requirements of Code Section 162(m), Rule 16b-3 and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

In the event that the Plan, any Award or any Award Agreement entered into hereunder provides for any action to be taken by or determination to be made by the Board, such action may be taken or such determination may be made by a Committee if the power and authority to do so has been delegated to such Committee by the Board as provided for in this Section.  Unless otherwise expressly determined by the Board, any such action or determination by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

3.3.                             Terms of Awards.

 

Subject to the other terms and conditions of the Plan, the Board shall have full and final authority to:

 

(i)             designate Grantees;

 

(ii)            determine the type or types of Awards to be made to a Grantee;

 

(iii)           determine the number of shares of Stock to be subject to an Award;

 

(iv)           establish the terms and conditions of each Award (including, but not limited to, the exercise price of any Option, the nature and duration of any restriction or condition (or provision for lapse thereof) relating to the vesting, exercise, transfer, or forfeiture of an Award or the shares of Stock subject thereto, the treatment of an Award in the event of a Change in Control, and any terms or conditions that may be necessary to qualify Options as Incentive Stock Options);

 

(v)            prescribe the form of each Award Agreement evidencing an Award; and

 

(vi)           amend, modify, or supplement the terms of any outstanding Award.  Such authority specifically includes the authority, in order to effectuate the purposes of the Plan but without amending the Plan, to make or modify Awards to eligible individuals who are foreign nationals or are individuals who are employed outside the United States to recognize differences in local law,

 

8



 

tax policy, or custom.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment, modification or supplement of any Award shall, without the consent of the Grantee, impair the Grantee’s rights under such Award.

 

The Board shall have the right, in its discretion, to make Awards in substitution or exchange for any other award under another plan of the Company, any Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate.  The Committee may retain the right in an Award Agreement to cause a forfeiture of the gain realized by a Grantee on account of actions taken by the Grantee in violation or breach of or in conflict with any employment agreement, non-competition agreement, any agreement prohibiting solicitation of employees or clients of the Company or any Affiliate thereof or any confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or any Affiliate thereof, to the extent specified in such Award Agreement applicable to the Grantee.  Furthermore, the Company may annul an Award if the Grantee is an employee of the Company or an Affiliate thereof and is terminated for Cause as defined in the applicable Award Agreement or the Plan or any other agreement with the Grantee, as applicable.

 

Any Award granted pursuant to this Plan is subject to mandatory repayment by the Grantee to the Company to the extent the Grantee is or in the future becomes subject to any Company “clawback” or recoupment policy that requires the repayment by the Grantee to the Company of compensation paid by the Company to the Grantee in the event that the Grantee fails to comply with, or violates, the terms or requirements of such policy.

 

Furthermore, if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any Grantee who knowingly engaged in the misconduct, was grossly negligent in engaging in the misconduct, knowingly failed to prevent the misconduct or was grossly negligent in failing to prevent the misconduct, shall reimburse the Company the amount of any payment in settlement of an Award earned or accrued during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document that contained such material noncompliance.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or any provision of any Award Agreement, if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement, then Grantees shall forfeit any cash or Stock received in connection with an Award (or an amount equal to the fair market value of such Stock on the date of delivery if the Grantee no longer holds the shares of Stock) if pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement for such Award, the amount of the Award earned or the vesting in the Award was explicitly based on the achievement of pre-established performance goals set forth in the Award Agreement (including earnings, gains, or other criteria) that are later determined, as a result of the accounting restatement, not to have been achieved.

 

9


 

3.4.                             No Repricing.

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, the Board shall not have the authority, without stockholder approval, (A) to accept the surrender of outstanding Options when the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock is less than the exercise price and grant new Options or other Awards in substitution for them, (B) to reduce the exercise price of any outstanding Option, or (C) to take any other action that would be treated as a repricing under the rules of the stock exchange on which the Stock is listed; provided, that appropriate adjustments shall be made to outstanding Options pursuant to Section 17 .

 

3.5.                             Deferral Arrangement.

 

The Board may permit or require the deferral of any award payment into a deferred compensation arrangement, subject to such rules and procedures as it may establish, which may include provisions for the payment or crediting of interest or dividend equivalents, including converting such credits into deferred Stock equivalents and restricting deferrals to comply with hardship distribution rules affecting 401(k) plans.  Any such deferrals shall be made in a manner that complies with Code Section 409A.

 

3.6.                             No Liability.

 

No member of the Board or the Committee shall be liable for any action or determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement.

 

3.7.                             Stock Issuance/Book-Entry.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, the issuance of the shares of Stock under the Plan may be evidenced in such a manner as the Board, in its discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry registration or issuance of one or more share certificates.

 

4.                                       STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

4.1.                             Number of Shares of Stock Available for Awards.

 

Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 17 , the number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall be 2,140,000.  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 17 , the number of shares of Stock available for issuance as Incentive Stock Options shall be 2,140,000.  Shares of Stock to be issued under the Plan shall be authorized but unissued shares; or, to the extent permitted by Applicable Laws, issued shares that have been reacquired by the Company.

 

4.2.                             Adjustments in Authorized Shares of Stock.

 

The Board shall have the right to substitute or assume Awards in connection with mergers, reorganizations, separations, or other transactions to which Code Section 424(a) applies.  The number of shares of Stock reserved pursuant to Section 4 shall be increased by the corresponding

 

10



 

number of awards assumed and, in the case of a substitution, by the net increase in the number of shares of Stock subject to awards before and after the substitution.  Available shares under a stockholder approved plan of an acquired company (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and do not reduce the number of shares of Stock available under the Plan, subject to applicable stock exchange requirements.

 

4.3.                             Share Usage.

 

Shares of Stock covered by an Award shall be counted as used as of the Grant Date.  Any shares of Stock that are subject to Awards shall be counted against the limit set forth in Section 4.1 as one (1) share of Stock for every one (1) share of Stock subject to an Award.  With respect to SARs, the number of shares of Stock subject to an award of SARs will be counted against the aggregate number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan regardless of the number of shares of Stock actually issued to settle the SAR upon exercise.  If any shares of Stock covered by an Award granted under the Plan are not purchased or are forfeited or expire, or if an Award otherwise terminates without delivery of any shares of Stock subject thereto or is settled in cash in lieu of shares of Stock, then the number of shares of Stock counted against the aggregate number of shares of Stock available under the Plan with respect to such Award shall, to the extent of any such forfeiture, termination or expiration, again be available for making Awards under the Plan in the same amount as such shares of Stock were counted against the limit set forth in Section 4.1 .  The number of shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan shall not be increased by (i) any shares of Stock tendered or withheld or Award surrendered in connection with the purchase of shares of Stock upon exercise of an Option as described in Section 12.2 , (ii) any shares of Stock deducted or delivered from an Award payment in connection with the Company’s tax withholding obligations as described in Section 18.3 or (iii) any shares of Stock purchased by the Company with proceeds from option exercises.

 

5.                                       EFFECTIVE DATE, DURATION AND AMENDMENTS

 

5.1.                             Effective Date.

 

The Plan shall be effective as of the Effective Date, subject to approval of the Plan by the Company’s stockholders within one (1) year of the Effective Date.  Upon approval of the Plan by the stockholders of the Company as set forth above, all Awards made under the Plan on or after the Effective Date shall be fully effective as if the stockholders of the Company had approved the Plan on the Effective Date.  If the stockholders fail to approve the Plan within one (1) year of the Effective Date, any Awards made hereunder shall be null and void and of no effect.

 

5.2.                             Term.

 

The Plan shall terminate automatically ten (10) years after the Effective Date and may be terminated on any earlier date as provided in Section 5.3 .

 

11



 

5.3.                             Amendment and Termination of the Plan.

 

The Board may, at any time and from time to time, amend, suspend, or terminate the Plan as to any shares of Stock as to which Awards have not been made.  An amendment shall be contingent on approval of the Company’s stockholders to the extent stated by the Board, required by Applicable Laws or required by applicable stock exchange listing requirements.  No amendment will be made to the no-repricing provisions of Section 3.4 or the option pricing provisions of Section 8.1 without the approval of the Company’s stockholders.  No amendment, suspension, or termination of the Plan shall, without the consent of the Grantee, impair rights or obligations under any Award theretofore awarded under the Plan.

 

6.                                       AWARD ELIGIBILITY AND LIMITATIONS

 

6.1.                             Service Providers and Other Persons.

 

Subject to this Section 6 , Awards may be made under the Plan to: (i) any Service Provider, as the Board shall determine and designate from time to time and (ii) any other individual whose participation in the Plan is determined to be in the best interests of the Company by the Board.

 

6.2.                             Limitation on Shares of Stock Subject to Awards and Cash Awards.

 

During any time when the Company has a class of equity securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and the transition period under Treasury Regulation Section 1.162-27(f)(2) has lapsed or does not apply:

 

(i) the maximum number of shares of Stock subject to Options or SARs that can be granted under the Plan to any person eligible for an Award under Section 6 is  535,000 in a calendar year; provided , however , that the maximum number of shares of Stock subject to Options or SARs that can be granted under the Plan to any employee eligible for an Award under Section 6 in the year that the person is first employed by the Company or an Affiliate is 1,070,000;

 

(ii) the maximum number of shares of Stock that can be granted under the Plan, other than pursuant to an Option or SARs, to any person eligible for an Award under Section 6 is 267,500 in a calendar year; provided , however , that the maximum number of shares of Stock subject to Awards, other than Options, or SARs that can be granted under the Plan to any employee eligible for an Award under Section 6 in the year that the person is first employed by the Company or an Affiliate is 535,000; and

 

(iii) the maximum amount that may be paid as an Annual Incentive Award in a calendar year to any person eligible for an Award shall be two million dollars ($2,000,000) and the maximum amount that may be paid as a cash-settled Performance Award in respect of a performance period by any person eligible for an Award shall be five million dollars ($5,000,000); provided , however , the maximum amount that may be paid as an Annual Incentive Award in a calendar year to any employee eligible for an Award under Section 6 in the year that the person is first employed by the Company or an Affiliate, is five million dollars ($5,000,000)

 

12



 

and the maximum amount that may be paid as a cash-settled Performance Award in respect of a Performance Period by any employee eligible for an Award for a Performance Period commencing with or immediately following the year that the person is first employed by the Company or an Affiliate shall be seven and one-half million dollars ($7,500,000).

 

The preceding limitations in this Section 6.2 are subject to adjustment as provided in Section 17 .

 

6.3.                             Stand-Alone, Additional, Tandem and Substitute Awards.

 

Subject to Section 3.4 , Awards granted under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Board, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with, or in substitution or exchange for, any other Award or any award granted under another plan of the Company, any Affiliate, or any business entity to be acquired by the Company or an Affiliate, or any other right of a Grantee to receive payment from the Company or any Affiliate.  Such additional, tandem, and substitute or exchange Awards may be granted at any time.  If an Award is granted in substitution or exchange for another Award, the Board shall require the surrender of such other Award in consideration for the grant of the new Award.  In addition, Awards may be granted in lieu of cash compensation, including in lieu of cash amounts payable under other plans of the Company or any Affiliate.  Notwithstanding Section 8.1 and Section 9.1 but subject to Section 3.4 , the Option Price of an Option or the grant price of an SAR that is a Substitute Award may be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the original date of grant; provided, that, the Option Price or grant price is determined in accordance with the principles of Code Section 424 and the regulations thereunder for any Incentive Share Option and consistent with Code Section 409A for any other Option or SAR.

 

7.                                       AWARD AGREEMENT

 

Each Award granted pursuant to the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement, in such form or forms as the Board shall from time to time determine.  Award Agreements granted from time to time or at the same time need not contain similar provisions but shall be consistent with the terms of the Plan.  Each Award Agreement evidencing an Award of Options shall specify whether such Options are intended to be Non-qualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options, and in the absence of such specification such options shall be deemed Non-qualified Stock Options.

 

8.                                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS

 

8.1.                             Option Price.

 

The Option Price of each Option shall be fixed by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement evidencing such Option.  Except in the case of Substitute Awards, the Option Price of each Option shall be at least the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date; provided , however , that in the event that a Grantee is a Ten Percent Stockholder, the Option Price of an

 

13



 

Option granted to such Grantee that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.  In no case shall the Option Price of any Option be less than the par value of a share of Stock.

 

8.2.                             Vesting.

 

Subject to Sections 8.3 and 17.3 , each Option granted under the Plan shall become exercisable at such times and under such conditions as shall be determined by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement. For purposes of this Section 8.2 , fractional numbers of shares of Stock subject to an Option shall be rounded down to the next nearest whole number.

 

8.3.                             Term.

 

Each Option granted under the Plan shall terminate, and all rights to purchase shares of Stock thereunder shall cease, upon the expiration of ten (10) years from the date such Option is granted, or under such circumstances and on such date prior thereto as is set forth in the Plan or as may be fixed by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement relating to such Option; provided , however , that in the event that the Grantee is a Ten Percent Stockholder, an Option granted to such Grantee that is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from its Grant Date.

 

8.4.                             Termination of Service.

 

Each Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Grantee shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Grantee’s Service.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Board, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to the Plan, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of Service.

 

8.5.                             Limitations on Exercise of Option.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in no event may any Option be exercised, in whole or in part, prior to the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company as provided herein or after the occurrence of an event referred to in Section 17 which results in termination of the Option.

 

8.6.                             Method of Exercise.

 

Subject to the terms of Section 12 and Section 18.3 , an Option that is exercisable may be exercised by the Grantee’s delivery to the Company of notice of exercise on any business day, at the Company’s principal office, on the form specified by the Company and in accordance with any additional procedures specified by the Board.  Such notice shall specify the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is being exercised and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the Option Price of the shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised plus the amount (if any) of federal and/or other taxes which the Company may, in its judgment, be required to withhold with respect to an Award.

 

14



 

8.7.                             Rights of Holders of Options.

 

Unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, an individual or entity holding or exercising an Option shall have none of the rights of a stockholder (for example, the right to receive cash or dividend payments or distributions attributable to the subject shares of Stock or to direct the voting of the subject shares of Stock) until the shares of Stock covered thereby are fully paid and issued to him.  Except as provided in Section 17 , no adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such issuance.

 

8.8.                             Delivery of Stock Certificates.

 

Promptly after the exercise of an Option by a Grantee and the payment in full of the Option Price, such Grantee shall be entitled to the issuance of a stock certificate or certificates evidencing his or her ownership of the shares of Stock subject to the Option.

 

8.9.                             Transferability of Options.

 

Except as provided in Section 8.10 , during the lifetime of a Grantee, only the Grantee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetency, the Grantee’s guardian or legal representative) may exercise an Option.  Except as provided in Section 8.10 , no Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee to whom it is granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

8.10.                      Family Transfers.

 

If authorized in the applicable Award Agreement and by the Board, in its sole discretion, a Grantee may transfer, not for value, all or part of an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option to any Family Member.  For the purpose of this Section 8.10 , a “not for value” transfer is a transfer which is (i) a gift, (ii) a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights; or (iii) unless Applicable Law does not permit such transfers, a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests are owned by Family Members (or the Grantee) in exchange for an interest in that entity.  Following a transfer under this Section 8.10 , any such Option shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, and shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the Option shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer of shares as would have applied to the Grantee.  Subsequent transfers of transferred Options are prohibited except to Family Members of the original Grantee in accordance with this Section 8.10 or by will or the laws of descent and distribution.  The events of termination of Service of Section 8.4 shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Grantee, following which the Option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the extent, and for the periods specified, in Section 8.4 .

 

15



 

8.11.                      Limitations on Incentive Stock Options.

 

An Option shall constitute an Incentive Stock Option only (i) if the Grantee of such Option is an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; (ii) to the extent specifically provided in the related Award Agreement; and (iii) to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time the Option is granted) of the shares of Stock with respect to which all Incentive Stock Options held by such Grantee become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan and all other plans of the Grantee’s employer and its Affiliates) does not exceed $100,000.  Except to the extent provided in the regulations under Code Section 422, this limitation shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted.

 

8.12.                      Notice of Disqualifying Disposition.

 

If any Grantee shall make any disposition of shares of Stock issued pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option under the circumstances described in Code Section 421(b) (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), such Grantee shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten (10) days thereof.

 

9.                                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

9.1.                             Right to Payment and Grant Price.

 

A SAR shall confer on the Grantee to whom it is granted a right to receive, upon exercise thereof, the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the date of exercise over (B) the SAR Exercise Price as determined by the Board.  The Award Agreement for a SAR shall specify the SAR Exercise Price, which shall be at least the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the Grant Date.  SARs may be granted in conjunction with all or part of an Option granted under the Plan or at any subsequent time during the term of such Option, in conjunction with all or part of any other Award or without regard to any Option or other Award; provided that a SAR that is granted subsequent to the Grant Date of a related Option must have a SAR Exercise Price that is no less than the Fair Market Value of one share of Stock on the SAR Grant Date.

 

9.2.                             Other Terms.

 

The Board shall determine on the Grant Date or thereafter, the time or times at which and the circumstances under which a SAR may be exercised in whole or in part (including based on achievement of performance goals and/or future service requirements), the time or times at which SARs shall cease to be or become exercisable following termination of Service or upon other conditions, the method of exercise, method of settlement, form of consideration payable in settlement, method by or forms in which shares of Stock will be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Grantees, whether or not a SAR shall be in tandem or in combination with any other Award, and any other terms and conditions of any SAR.

 

16


 

 

9.3.                             Term.

 

Each SAR granted under the Plan shall terminate, and all rights thereunder shall cease, upon the expiration of ten (10) years from the date such SAR is granted, or under such circumstances and on such date prior thereto as is set forth in the Plan or as may be fixed by the Board and stated in the Award Agreement relating to such SAR.

 

9.4.                             Transferability of SARS.

 

Except as provided in Section 9.5 , during the lifetime of a Grantee, only the Grantee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetency, the Grantee’s guardian or legal representative) may exercise a SAR.  Except as provided in Section 9.5 , no SAR shall be assignable or transferable by the Grantee to whom it is granted, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

9.5.                             Family Transfers.

 

If authorized in the applicable Award Agreement and by the Board, in its sole discretion, a Grantee may transfer, not for value, all or part of a SAR to any Family Member.  For the purpose of this Section 9.5 , a “not for value” transfer is a transfer which is (i) a gift, (ii) a transfer under a domestic relations order in settlement of marital property rights; or (iii) unless Applicable Law does not permit such transfers, a transfer to an entity in which more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interests are owned by Family Members (or the Grantee) in exchange for an interest in that entity.  Following a transfer under this Section 9.5 , any such SAR shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable immediately prior to transfer, and shares of Stock acquired pursuant to a SAR shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer or shares as would have applied to the Grantee.  Subsequent transfers of transferred SARs are prohibited except to Family Members of the original Grantee in accordance with this Section 9.5 or by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

 

10.                                TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND STOCK UNITS

 

10.1.                      Grant of Restricted Stock or Stock Units.

 

Awards of Restricted Stock or Stock Units may be made for no consideration (other than par value of the shares of Stock which is deemed paid by past or future Services to the Company or an Affiliate).

 

10.2.                      Restrictions.

 

At the time a grant of Restricted Stock or Stock Units is made, the Board may, in its sole discretion, establish a period of time (a “restricted period”) applicable to such Restricted Stock or Stock Units.  Each Award of Restricted Stock or Stock Units may be subject to a different restricted period.  The Board may in its sole discretion, at the time a grant of Restricted Stock or Stock Units is made, prescribe restrictions in addition to or other than the expiration of the restricted period, including the satisfaction of corporate or individual performance objectives,

 

17



 

which may be applicable to all or any portion of the Restricted Stock or Stock Units as described in Section 14 .  Neither Restricted Stock nor Stock Units may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the restricted period or prior to the satisfaction of any other restrictions prescribed by the Board with respect to such Restricted Stock or Stock Units.

 

10.3.                      Restricted Stock Certificates.

 

Subject to Section 3.7 , the Company shall issue, in the name of each Grantee to whom Restricted Stock have been granted, stock certificates representing the total number of Restricted Stock granted to the Grantee, as soon as reasonably practicable after the Grant Date.  The Board may provide in an Award Agreement that either (i) the Secretary of the Company shall hold such certificates for the Grantee’s benefit until such time as the shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited to the Company or the restrictions lapse and the Grantee shall deliver a stock power to the Company with respect to each certificate, or (ii) such certificates shall be delivered to the Grantee, provided , however , that such certificates shall bear a legend or legends that comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and makes appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed under the Plan and the Award Agreement.  Pursuant to Section 3.7 , to the extent Restricted Stock is represented by a book entry, such book entry will contain an appropriate legend or restriction similar to the foregoing.

 

10.4.                      Rights of Holders of Restricted Stock.

 

Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement, holders of Restricted Stock shall have the right to vote such shares of Stock and the right to receive any dividends declared or paid with respect to such shares of Stock.  The Board may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock must be reinvested in shares of Stock, which may or may not be subject to the same vesting conditions and restrictions applicable to such Restricted Stock.  All distributions, if any, received by a Grantee with respect to Restricted Stock as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of stock, or other similar transaction shall be subject to the restrictions applicable to the original Grant.

 

10.5.                      Rights of Holders of Stock Units.

 

10.5.1.            Voting and Dividend Rights.

 

Holders of Stock Units shall have no rights as stockholders of the Company.  The Board may provide in an Award Agreement evidencing a grant of Stock Units that the holder of such Stock Units shall be entitled to receive, upon the Company’s payment of a cash dividend on its outstanding shares of Stock, a cash payment for each Stock Unit held equal to the per-stock dividend paid on the shares of Stock.  Such Award Agreement may also provide that such cash payment will be deemed reinvested in additional Stock Units at a price per unit equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date that such dividend is paid.

 

18



 

10.5.2.            Creditor’s Rights.

 

A holder of Stock Units shall have no rights other than those of a general creditor of the Company.  Stock Units represent an unfunded and unsecured obligation of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Award Agreement.

 

10.6.                      Termination of Service.

 

Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, upon the termination of a Grantee’s Service, any Restricted Stock or Stock Units held by such Grantee that have not vested, or with respect to which all applicable restrictions and conditions have not lapsed, shall immediately be deemed forfeited.  Upon forfeiture of Restricted Stock or Stock Units, the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Award, including but not limited to any right to vote Restricted Stock or any right to receive dividends with respect to Restricted Stock or Stock Units.

 

10.7.                      Purchase of Restricted Stock and Shares of Stock Subject to Stock Units.

 

The Grantee shall be required, to the extent required by Applicable Laws, to purchase the Restricted Stock or shares of Stock subject to vested Stock Units from the Company at a Purchase Price equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate par value of the shares of Stock represented by such Restricted Stock or Stock Units or (ii) the Purchase Price, if any, specified in the Award Agreement relating to such Restricted Stock or Stock Units.  The Purchase Price shall be payable in a form described in Section 12 or, in the discretion of the Board, in consideration for past or future Services rendered to the Company or an Affiliate.

 

10.8.                      Delivery of Shares of Stock.

 

Upon the expiration or termination of any restricted period and the satisfaction of any other conditions prescribed by the Board, the restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock or Stock Units settled in shares of Stock shall lapse, and, unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, a stock certificate for such shares of Stock shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions, to the Grantee or the Grantee’s beneficiary or estate, as the case may be.  Neither the Grantee, nor the Grantee’s beneficiary or estate, shall have any further rights with regard to a Stock Unit once the share of Stock represented by the Stock Unit has been delivered.

 

11.                                TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS AND OTHER EQUITY-BASED AWARDS

 

The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant (or sell at par value or such other higher purchase price determined by the Board) an Unrestricted Stock Award to any Grantee pursuant to which such Grantee may receive shares of Stock free of any restrictions (“Unrestricted Stock”) under the Plan.  Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted or sold as described in the preceding sentence in respect of past or future services and other valid consideration, or in lieu of, or in addition to, any cash compensation due to such Grantee.

 

19



 

The Board may, in its sole discretion, grant Awards to Participants in the form of Other Equity-Based Awards, as deemed by the Board to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan.  Awards granted pursuant to this paragraph may be granted with vesting, value and/or payment contingent upon the attainment of one or more performance goals.  The Board shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards at the date of grant or thereafter.   Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, upon the termination of a Grantee’s Service, any Other Equity-Based Awards held by such Grantee that have not vested, or with respect to which all applicable restrictions and conditions have not lapsed, shall immediately be deemed forfeited.  Upon forfeiture of Other Equity-Based Awards, the Grantee shall have no further rights with respect to such Award.

 

12.                                FORM OF PAYMENT FOR OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK

 

12.1.                      General Rule.

 

Payment of the Option Price for the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock shall be made in cash or in cash equivalents acceptable to the Company.

 

12.2.                      Surrender of Shares of Stock.

 

To the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price for shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock may be made all or in part through the tender or attestation to the Company of shares of Stock, which shall be valued, for purposes of determining the extent to which the Option Price or Purchase Price has been paid thereby, at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise or surrender.

 

12.3.                      Cashless Exercise.

 

With respect to an Option only (and not with respect to Restricted Stock), to the extent permitted by law and to the extent the Award Agreement so provides, payment of the Option Price for shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be made all or in part by delivery (on a form acceptable to the Board) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell shares of Stock and to deliver all or part of the sales proceeds to the Company in payment of the Option Price and any withholding taxes described in Section 18.3 , or, with the consent of the Company, by issuing the number of shares of Stock equal in value to the difference between the Option Price and the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock subject to the portion of the Option being exercised.

 

12.4.                      Other Forms of Payment.

 

To the extent the Award Agreement so provides and/or unless otherwise specified in an Award Agreement, payment of the Option Price for shares of Stock purchased pursuant to exercise of an Option or the Purchase Price for Restricted Stock may be made in any other form that is

 

20



 

consistent with Applicable Laws, regulations and rules, including, without limitation, Service to the Company or an Affiliate or net exercise.

 

13.                                TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

 

13.1.                      Dividend Equivalent Rights.

 

A Dividend Equivalent Right is an Award entitling the recipient to receive credits based on cash distributions that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such shares of Stock had been issued to and held by the recipient.  A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any Grantee.  The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the grant.  Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents.  Any such reinvestment shall be at Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment.  Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or shares of Stock or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments, all determined in the sole discretion of the Board.  A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of another Award may provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled upon exercise, settlement, or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other award.  A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of another Award may also contain terms and conditions different from such other Award; provided, however, that Dividend Equivalent rights credited pursuant to a Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of another Award which vests or is earned based upon achievement of performance goals shall not vest or be paid unless the performance goals for such underlying Award are achieved.

 

13.2.                      Termination of Service.

 

Unless the Board otherwise provides in an Award Agreement or in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a Grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights or interest equivalents shall automatically terminate upon the Grantee’s termination of Service for any reason.

 

14.                                TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF PERFORMANCE AWARDS AND ANNUAL INCENTIVE AWARDS

 

14.1.                      Grant of Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards.

 

Subject to the terms and provisions of this Plan, the Board, at any time and from time to time, may grant Performance Awards and/or Annual Incentive Awards to a Plan participant in such amounts and upon such terms as the Committee shall determine.

 

14.2.                      Value of Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards.

 

Each Performance Award and Annual Incentive Award shall have an initial value that is established by the Board at the time of grant.  The Board shall set performance goals in its

 

21



 

discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the value and/or number of Performance Awards that will be paid out to the Plan participant.

 

14.3.                      Earning of Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards.

 

Subject to the terms of this Plan, after the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards shall be entitled to receive payout on the value and number of the Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards earned by the Plan participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals have been achieved.

 

14.4.                      Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards.

 

Payment of earned Performance Awards and Annual Incentive Awards shall be as determined by the Board and as evidenced in the Award Agreement.  Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Board, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Awards in the form of cash or in shares of Stock (or in a combination thereof) equal to the value of the earned Performance Awards at the close of the applicable Performance Period, or as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period; provided that, unless specifically provided in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the Award, such payment shall occur no later than the 15th day of the third month following the end of the calendar year in which the Performance Period ends.  Any shares of Stock may be granted subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee.  The determination of the Committee with respect to the form of payout of such Awards shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the Award.

 

14.5.                      Performance Conditions.

 

The right of a Grantee to exercise or receive a grant or settlement of any Award, and the timing thereof, may be subject to such performance conditions as may be specified by the Board.  The Board may use such business criteria and other measures of performance as it may deem appropriate in establishing any performance conditions.  If and to the extent required under Code Section 162(m), any power or authority relating to an Award intended to qualify under Code Section 162(m), shall be exercised by the Committee and not the Board.

 

14.6.                      Performance Awards or Annual Incentive Awards Granted to Designated Covered Employees.

 

If and to the extent that the Board determines that a Performance or Annual Incentive Award to be granted to a Grantee who is designated by the Committee as likely to be a Covered Employee should qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Code Section 162(m), the grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Award shall be contingent upon achievement of pre-established performance goals and other terms set forth in this Section 14.6 .

 

22



 

14.6.1.            Performance Goals Generally.

 

The performance goals for Performance or Annual Incentive Awards shall consist of one or more business criteria and a targeted level or levels of performance with respect to each of such criteria, as specified by the Committee consistent with this Section 14.6 .  Performance goals shall be objective and shall otherwise meet the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder including the requirement that the level or levels of performance targeted by the Committee result in the achievement of performance goals being “substantially uncertain.”  The Committee may determine that such Awards shall be granted, exercised and/or settled upon achievement of any one performance goal or that two (2) or more of the performance goals must be achieved as a condition to grant, exercise and/or settlement of such Awards.  Performance goals may differ for Awards granted to any one Grantee or to different Grantees.

 

14.6.2.            Timing For Establishing Performance Goals.

 

Performance goals shall be established not later than the earlier of (i) 90 days after the beginning of any performance period applicable to such Awards and (ii) the day on which twenty-five percent (25%) of any performance period applicable to such Awards has expired, or at such other date as may be required or permitted for “performance-based compensation” under Code Section 162(m).

 

14.6.3.            Settlement of Awards; Other Terms.

 

Settlement of such Awards shall be in cash, shares of Stock, other Awards or other property, in the discretion of the Committee.  The Committee may, in its discretion, reduce the amount of a settlement otherwise to be made in connection with such Awards.  The Committee shall specify the circumstances in which such Performance or Annual Incentive Awards shall be paid or forfeited in the event of termination of Service by the Grantee prior to the end of a performance period or settlement of Awards.

 

14.6.4.            Performance Measures.

 

The performance goals upon which the payment or vesting of a Performance or Annual Incentive Award to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation shall be limited to the following Performance Measures, with or without adjustment:

 

(a)  net earnings or net income;

 

(b)  operating earnings;

 

(c)  pretax earnings;

 

(d)  earnings per share of stock;

 

23


 

 

(e)  stock price, including growth measures and total stockholder return;

 

(f)  earnings before interest and taxes;

 

(g)  earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization;

 

(h)  sales or revenue growth, whether in general, by type of product or service, or by type of customer;

 

(i)  gross or operating margins;

 

(j)  return measures, including return on assets, capital, investment, equity, sales or revenue;

 

(k)  cash flow, including operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on equity and cash flow return on investment;

 

(l)  productivity ratios;

 

(m)  expense targets;

 

(n)  market share;

 

(o)  financial ratios as provided in credit agreements of the Company and its subsidiaries;

 

(p)  working capital targets;

 

(q)  completion of acquisitions of business or companies;

 

(r)  completion of divestitures and asset sales;

 

(s)  revenues under management;

 

(t)  funds from operations; and

 

(u)  any combination of any of the foregoing business criteria.

 

Any Performance Measure(s) may be used to measure the performance of the Company, Subsidiary, and/or Affiliate as a whole or any business unit of the Company, Subsidiary, and/or Affiliate or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or any of the above Performance Measures as compared to the performance of a group of comparator companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Company may select Performance Measure (e) above as compared to various stock market indices.  The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of

 

24



 

any Award based on the achievement of performance goals pursuant to the Performance Measures specified in this Section 14 .

 

14.6.5.            Evaluation of Performance.

 

The Committee may provide in any such Award that any evaluation of performance may include or exclude any of the following events that occur during a Performance Period: (a) asset write-downs; (b) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (c) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or provisions affecting reported results; (d) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (e) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 and/or in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (f) acquisitions or divestitures; and (g) foreign exchange gains and losses.  To the extent such inclusions or exclusions affect Awards to Covered Employees that are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, they shall be prescribed in a form that meets the requirements of Code Section 162(m) for deductibility.

 

14.6.6.            Adjustment of Performance-Based Compensation.

 

Awards that are intended to qualify as Performance-Based Compensation may not be adjusted upward.  The Committee shall retain the discretion to adjust such Awards downward, either on a formula or discretionary basis, or any combination as the Committee determines.

 

14.6.7.            Board Discretion.

 

In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit Board discretion to alter the governing Performance Measures without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Board shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval provided the exercise of such discretion does not violate Code Sections 162(m) or 409A.  In addition, in the event that the Board determines that it is advisable to grant Awards that shall not qualify as Performance-Based Compensation, the Board may make such grants without satisfying the requirements of Code Section 162(m) and base vesting on Performance Measures other than those set forth in Section 14.6.4 .

 

14.7.                      Status of Awards Under Code Section 162(m).

 

It is the intent of the Company that Awards under Section 14.6 granted to persons who are designated by the Committee as likely to be Covered Employees within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder shall, if so designated by the Committee, constitute “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder.  Accordingly, the terms of Section 14.6 , including the definitions of Covered Employee and other terms used therein, shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Code Section 162(m) and regulations thereunder.  The foregoing notwithstanding, because the Committee cannot determine with certainty whether a given Grantee will be a Covered Employee with respect to a fiscal year that has not yet been completed, the term Covered

 

25



 

Employee as used herein shall mean only a person designated by the Committee, at the time of grant of an Award, as likely to be a Covered Employee with respect to that fiscal year.  If any provision of the Plan or any agreement relating to such Awards does not comply or is inconsistent with the requirements of Code Section 162(m) or regulations thereunder, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such requirements.

 

15.                                PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS

 

If the Grantee is a “disqualified individual,” as defined in Code Section 280G(c), then, notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan or of any other agreement, contract, or understanding heretofore or hereafter entered into by a Grantee with an Applicable Entity, except an agreement, contract, or understanding that expressly addresses Code Section 280G or Code Section 4999 (an “Other Agreement”), and notwithstanding any formal or informal plan or other arrangement for the direct or indirect provision of compensation to the Grantee (including groups or classes of Grantees or beneficiaries of which the Grantee is a member), whether or not such compensation is deferred, is in cash, or is in the form of a benefit to or for the Grantee (a “Benefit Arrangement”), any right to exercise, vesting, payment or benefit to the Grantee under this Plan shall be reduced or eliminated:

 

(i)                                      to the extent that such right to exercise, vesting, payment, or benefit, taking into account all other rights, payments, or benefits to or for the Grantee under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements, would cause any exercise, vesting, payment or benefit to the Grantee under this Plan to be considered a “parachute payment” within the meaning of Code Section 280G(b)(2) as then in effect (a “Parachute Payment”) and

 

(ii)                                   if, as a result of receiving such Parachute Payment, the aggregate after-tax amounts received by the Grantee from the Company under this Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements would be less than the maximum after-tax amount that could be received by the Grantee without causing any such payment or benefit to be considered a Parachute Payment.

 

The Company shall accomplish such reduction by first reducing or eliminating any cash payments (with the payments to be made furthest in the future being reduced first), then by reducing or eliminating any accelerated vesting of Options or SARs, then by reducing or eliminating any accelerated vesting of Restricted Stock or Stock Units, then by reducing or eliminating any other remaining Parachute Payments.

 

16.                                REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

 

16.1.                      General.

 

The Company shall not be required to sell or issue any shares of Stock under any Award if the sale or issuance of such shares of Stock would constitute a violation by the Grantee, any other

 

26



 

individual or entity exercising an Option, or the Company or an Affiliate of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or regulations.  If at any time the Company shall determine, in its discretion, that the listing, registration or qualification of any shares of Stock subject to an Award upon any securities exchange or under any governmental regulatory body is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of shares of Stock hereunder, no shares of Stock may be issued or sold to the Grantee or any other individual or entity exercising an Option pursuant to such Award unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company, and any delay caused thereby shall in no way affect the date of termination of the Award.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with the Securities Act, upon the exercise of any Option or any SAR that may be settled in shares of Stock or the delivery of any shares of Stock underlying an Award, unless a registration statement under such Act is in effect with respect to the shares of Stock covered by such Award, the Company shall not be required to sell or issue such shares of Stock unless the Board has received evidence satisfactory to it that the Grantee or any other individual or entity exercising an Option may acquire such shares of Stock pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.  Any determination in this connection by the Board shall be final, binding, and conclusive.  The Company may, but shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby pursuant to the Securities Act.  The Company shall not be obligated to take any affirmative action in order to cause the exercise of an Option or a SAR or the issuance of shares of Stock pursuant to the Plan to comply with any law or regulation of any governmental authority.  As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the requirement that an Option (or SAR that may be settled in shares of Stock) shall not be exercisable until the shares of Stock covered by such Option (or SAR) are registered or are exempt from registration, the exercise of such Option (or SAR) under circumstances in which the laws of such jurisdiction apply shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such registration or the availability of such an exemption.

 

16.2.                      Rule 16b-3.

 

During any time when the Company has a class of equity security registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of the Company that Awards pursuant to the Plan and the exercise of Options and SARs granted hereunder that would otherwise be subject to Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act will qualify for the exemption provided by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.  To the extent that any provision of the Plan or action by the Board does not comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3, it shall be deemed inoperative with respect to such Awards to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board, and shall not affect the validity of the Plan.  In the event that Rule 16b-3 is revised or replaced, the Board may exercise its discretion to modify this Plan in any respect necessary to satisfy the requirements of, or to take advantage of any features of, the revised exemption or its replacement.

 

27



 

17.                                EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

 

17.1.                      Changes in Stock.

 

If the number of outstanding shares of Stock is increased or decreased or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of stock or other securities of the Company on account of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse split, combination of stock, exchange of stock, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital stock, or other increase or decrease in such stock effected without receipt of consideration by the Company occurring after the Effective Date, the number and kinds of shares of stock for which grants of Options and other Awards may be made under the Plan, including, without limitation, the limits set forth in Section 6.2 , shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly by the Company.  In addition, the number and kind of shares for which Awards are outstanding shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly so that the proportionate interest of the Grantee immediately following such event shall, to the extent practicable, be the same as immediately before such event.  Any such adjustment in outstanding Options or SARs shall not change the aggregate Option Price or SAR Exercise Price payable with respect to shares that are subject to the unexercised portion of an outstanding Option or SAR, as applicable, but shall include a corresponding proportionate adjustment in the Option Price or SAR Exercise Price per share.  The conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as an increase in shares effected without receipt of consideration.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any distribution to the Company’s stockholders of securities of any other entity or other assets (including an extraordinary dividend but excluding a non-extraordinary dividend of the Company) without receipt of consideration by the Company, the Company shall, in such manner as the Company deems appropriate, adjust (i) the number and kind of shares subject to outstanding Awards and/or (ii) the exercise price of outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights to reflect such distribution.

 

17.2.                      Reorganization in Which the Company Is the Surviving Entity Which Does not Constitute a Change in Control.

 

Subject to Section 17.3 , if the Company shall be the surviving entity in any reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Company with one or more other entities which does not constitute a Change in Control, any Option or SAR theretofore granted pursuant to the Plan shall pertain to and apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to such Option or SAR would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization, merger, or consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the Option Price or SAR Exercise Price per share so that the aggregate Option Price or SAR Exercise Price thereafter shall be the same as the aggregate Option Price or SAR Exercise Price of the shares of Stock remaining subject to the Option or SAR immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation.  Subject to any contrary language in an Award Agreement evidencing an Award, any restrictions applicable to such Award shall apply as well to any replacement shares received by the Grantee as a result of the reorganization, merger or consolidation.  In the event of a transaction described in this Section 17.2 , Stock Units shall be adjusted so as to apply to the securities that a holder of the number of shares of Stock subject to the Stock Units would have been entitled to receive immediately following such transaction.

 

28



 

17.3.                      Change in Control in which Awards are not Assumed.

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control in which outstanding Options, SARs, Stock Units, Dividend Equivalent Rights, Restricted Stock, or other Equity-Based Awards are not being assumed or continued:

 

(i) in each case with the exception of any Performance Award, all outstanding Restricted Stock shall be deemed to have vested, all Stock Units shall be deemed to have vested and the shares of Stock subject thereto shall be delivered, and all Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be deemed to have vested and the shares of Stock subject thereto shall be delivered, immediately prior to the occurrence of such Change in Control, and

 

(ii) either of the following two actions shall be taken:

 

(A) fifteen (15) days prior to the scheduled consummation of a Change in Control, all Options and SARs outstanding hereunder shall become immediately exercisable and shall remain exercisable for a period of fifteen (15) days, or

 

(B) the Board may elect, in its sole discretion, to cancel any outstanding Awards of Options, Restricted Stock, Stock Units, and/or SARs and pay or deliver, or cause to be paid or delivered, to the holder thereof an amount in cash or securities having a value (as determined by the Board acting in good faith), in the case of Restricted Stock or Stock Units, equal to the formula or fixed price per share paid to holders of shares of Stock and, in the case of Options or SARs, equal to the product of the number of shares of Stock subject to the Option or SAR (the “Award Stock”) multiplied by the amount, if any, by which (I) the formula or fixed price per share paid to holders of shares of Stock pursuant to such transaction exceeds (II) the Option Price or SAR Exercise Price applicable to such Award Stock.

 

(iii) for Performance Awards denominated in Stock or Stock Units, if less than half of the Performance Period has lapsed, the Awards shall be converted into Restricted Stock or Stock Units assuming target performance has been achieved (or Unrestricted Stock if no further restrictions apply).  If more than half the Performance Period has lapsed, the Awards shall be converted into Restricted Stock or Stock Units based on actual performance to date (or Unrestricted Stock if no further restrictions apply).  If actual performance is not determinable, then Performance Awards shall be converted into Restricted Stock or Stock Units assuming target performance has been achieved, based on the discretion of the Committee (or Unrestricted Stock if no further restrictions apply).

 

(iv) Other-Equity Based Awards shall be governed by the terms of the applicable Award Agreement.

 

With respect to the Company’s establishment of an exercise window, (i) any exercise of an Option or SAR during such fifteen (15)-day period shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the event and shall be effective only immediately before the consummation of the event, and (ii) upon consummation of any Change in Control, the Plan and all outstanding but unexercised

 

29



 

Options and SARs shall terminate.  The Board shall send notice of an event that will result in such a termination to all individuals and entities who hold Options and SARs not later than the time at which the Company gives notice thereof to its stockholders.

 

17.4.                      Change in Control in which Awards are Assumed.

 

The Plan, Options, SARs, Stock Units and Restricted Stock theretofore granted shall continue in the manner and under the terms so provided in the event of any Change in Control to the extent that provision is made in writing in connection with such Change in Control for the assumption or continuation of the Options, SARs, Stock Units and Restricted Stock theretofore granted, or for the substitution for such Options, SARs, Stock Units and Restricted Stock for new common stock options and stock appreciation rights and new common stock units and restricted stock relating to the stock of a successor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate adjustments as to the number of shares (disregarding any consideration that is not common stock) and option and stock appreciation rights exercise prices.

 

17.5.                      Adjustments

 

Adjustments under this Section 17 related to shares of Stock or securities of the Company shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect shall be final, binding and conclusive.  No fractional shares or other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any fractions resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding downward to the nearest whole share.  The Board shall determine the effect of a Change in Control upon Awards other than Options, SARs, Stock Units and Restricted Stock, and such effect shall be set forth in the appropriate Award Agreement.  The Board may provide in the Award Agreements at the time of grant, or any time thereafter with the consent of the Grantee, for different provisions to apply to an Award in place of those described in Sections 17.1, 17.2, 17.3 and 17.4 .  This Section 17 does not limit the Company’s ability to provide for alternative treatment of Awards outstanding under the Plan in the event of change in control events that are not Changes in Control.

 

17.6.                      No Limitations on Company.

 

The making of Awards pursuant to the Plan shall not affect or limit in any way the right or power of the Company to make adjustments, reclassifications, reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets.

 

18.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

18.1.                      Disclaimer of Rights.

 

No provision in the Plan or in any Award or Award Agreement shall be construed to confer upon any individual or entity the right to remain in the employ or Service of the Company or an Affiliate, or to interfere in any way with any contractual or other right or authority of the Company

 

30



 

or an Affiliate either to increase or decrease the compensation or other payments to any individual or entity at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship between any individual or entity and the Company or an Affiliate.  In addition, notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise stated in the applicable Award Agreement, no Award granted under the Plan shall be affected by any change of duties or position of the Grantee, so long as such Grantee continues to provide Service.  The obligation of the Company to pay any benefits pursuant to this Plan shall be interpreted as a contractual obligation to pay only those amounts described herein, in the manner and under the conditions prescribed herein.  The Plan and Awards shall in no way be interpreted to require the Company to transfer any amounts to a third party trustee or otherwise hold any amounts in trust or escrow for payment to any Grantee or beneficiary under the terms of the Plan.

 

18.2.                      Nonexclusivity of the Plan.

 

Neither the adoption of the Plan nor the submission of the Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations upon the right and authority of the Board to adopt such other incentive compensation arrangements (which arrangements may be applicable either generally to a class or classes of individuals or specifically to a particular individual or particular individuals) as the Board in its discretion determines desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options otherwise than under the Plan.

 

18.3.                      Withholding Taxes.

 

The Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to a Grantee any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the vesting of or other lapse of restrictions applicable to an Award or upon the issuance of any shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option or pursuant to an Award.  At the time of such vesting, lapse, or exercise, the Grantee shall pay in cash to the Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, any amount that the Company or an Affiliate may reasonably determine to be necessary to satisfy such withholding obligation; provided , however , that if there is a same day sale, the Grantee shall pay such withholding obligation on the day that the same day sale is completed.  Subject to the prior approval of the Company or an Affiliate, which may be withheld by the Company or an Affiliate, as the case may be, in its sole discretion, the Grantee may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or an Affiliate to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable to the Grantee or (ii) by delivering to the Company or an Affiliate shares of Stock already owned by the Grantee.  The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding obligations.  The Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock used to satisfy such withholding obligation shall be determined by the Company or an Affiliate as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined.  A Grantee who has made an election pursuant to this Section 18.3 may satisfy his or her withholding obligation only with shares of Stock that are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting, or other similar requirements.  The maximum number of shares of Stock that may be withheld from any Award to satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding requirements upon the exercise, vesting, lapse of restrictions applicable to such Award or payment of shares of Stock pursuant to

 

31



 

such Award, as applicable, cannot exceed such number of shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory amount required by the Company or an Affiliate to be withheld and paid to any such federal, state or local taxing authority with respect to such exercise, vesting, lapse of restrictions or payment of shares of Stock.  For purposes of determining taxable income and the amount of the related tax withholding obligation under this Section 18.3 , notwithstanding Section 2.18 or this Section 18.3 , for any Shares that are sold on the same day that such Shares are first legally saleable pursuant to the terms of the applicable award agreement, Fair Market Value shall be determined based upon the sale price for such Shares so long as the Grantee has provided the Company with advance written notice of such sale.

 

18.4.                      Captions.

 

The use of captions in this Plan or any Award Agreement is for the convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision of the Plan or such Award Agreement.

 

18.5.                      Other Provisions.

 

Each Award granted under the Plan may contain such other terms and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be determined by the Board, in its sole discretion.

 

18.6.                      Number and Gender.

 

With respect to words used in this Plan, the singular form shall include the plural form, the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender, etc., as the context requires.

 

18.7.                      Severability.

 

If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

18.8.                      Governing Law

 

The validity and construction of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Awards hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Maryland, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Plan and the instruments evidencing the Awards granted hereunder to the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

18.9.                      Section 409A of the Code.

 

The Company intends to comply with Section 409A, or an exemption to Section 409A, with regard to Awards hereunder that constitute nonqualified deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A.  To the extent that the Company determines that a Grantee would be

 

32



 

subject to the additional twenty percent (20%) tax imposed on certain nonqualified deferred compensation plans pursuant to Section 409A as a result of any provision of any Award granted under this Plan, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax.  The nature of any such amendment shall be determined by the Board.

 

*    *    *

 

To record adoption of the Plan by the Board as of September 27, 2010, and approval of the Plan by the stockholders on November 29, 2010, the Company has caused its authorized officer to execute the Plan.

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Deborah A. Wilson

 

Title:

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

 

33




Exhibit 10.19

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants its shares of common stock, par value $0.01 (“Restricted Stock”) to the Grantee named below, subject to the vesting and other conditions set forth below.  Additional terms and conditions of the grant are set forth on this cover sheet and in the attachment (collectively, the “Agreement”), in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”), and in any employment agreement between you and the Company or any Affiliate.

 

Name of Grantee:                          

 

Grantee’s Social Security Number:              -        -        

 

Number of Restricted Stock:                

 

Grant Date:                                      

 

Vesting Schedule:   [The shares subject to this Restricted Stock Agreement shall vest in equal installments on each vesting date set forth below; provided, however, that any fractional shares shall be rounded down to whole shares in the first two (2) years:

 

·                   Vesting Schedule ]

 

Purchase Price per Share of Stock:  $          .          

 

By your signature below, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described herein, in the attached Agreement, in the Plan, a copy of which is also attached, and in any employment agreement between you and the Company or any Affiliate.  You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this cover sheet or Agreement should appear to be inconsistent.

 

Grantee:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attachment

 

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument.

 

1



 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

Restricted Stock

 

This Agreement evidences an award of shares of Stock in the number set forth on the cover sheet and subject to the vesting and other conditions set forth herein, in the Plan and on the cover sheet (the “Restricted Stock”). The purchase price is deemed paid by your prior Services to the Company.

 

 

 

Transfer of Unvested Restricted Stock

 

Unvested Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor may the Restricted Stock be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process. If you attempt to do any of these things, the Restricted Stock will immediately become forfeited.

 

 

 

Issuance and Vesting

 

The Company will issue your Restricted Stock in the name set forth on the cover sheet.

 

Your rights under this Restricted Stock grant and this Agreement shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth on the cover sheet so long as you continue in Service on the vesting dates set forth on the cover sheet.

 

Notwithstanding your vesting schedule, the Restricted Stock will become 100% vested upon your termination of Service due to your death or Disability .

 

 

 

Change in Control

 

Notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth above, upon the consummation of a Change in Control, the Restricted Stock will become 100% vested (i) if the Restricted Stock is not assumed, or equivalent restricted securities are not substituted for the Restricted Stock, by the Company or its successor, or (ii) if assumed or substituted for, upon your Involuntary Termination within the 12-month period (or for the period of time or lack of a period of time otherwise set forth in any employment agreement between you and the Company or any Affiliate), following the consummation of the Change in Control.

 

Involuntary Termination ” means termination of your Service by reason of (i) your involuntary dismissal by the Company or its successor for reasons other than Cause; or (ii) your voluntary resignation for Good Reason (and without Cause) as defined in any applicable employment or severance agreement, plan, or arrangement between you and the Company, or if none, then following (x) the

 

2



 

 

 

assignment of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with your position at the Company, or any other action by the Company which results in a substantial diminution of your duties or responsibilities other than any such reduction which is remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice from you; (y) a requirement that you work principally from a location outside the twenty-five (25) mile radius from the Company’s principal place of business on the date of this Agreement; or (z) a substantial reduction in your aggregate base salary and other compensation taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets. To qualify as an “Involuntary Termination” you must provide notice to the Company of any of the foregoing occurrences within 90 days of the initial occurrence and the Company shall have 30 days to remedy such occurrence. You must terminate your employment at a time agreed reasonably with the Company, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days from the initial occurrence of any of the foregoing events.

 

 

 

Evidence of Issuance

 

The issuance of the shares of Stock under the grant of Restricted Stock evidenced by this Agreement shall be evidenced in such a manner as the Company, in its discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry, registration or issuance of one or more share certificates, with any unvested Restricted Stock bearing the appropriate restrictions imposed by this Agreement. As your interest in the Restricted Stock vests, the recordation of the number of shares of Restricted Stock attributable to you will be appropriately modified if necessary.

 

 

 

Forfeiture of Unvested Restricted Stock

 

Unless the termination of your Service triggers accelerated vesting of your Restricted Stock or other treatment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Plan, or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate, as applicable, and you, you will automatically forfeit to the Company all of the unvested Restricted Stock in the event you are no longer providing Service.

 

 

 

Forfeiture of Rights

 

If you should take actions in violation or breach of or in conflict with any non-competition agreement, any agreement prohibiting solicitation of employees or clients of the Company or any Affiliate or any confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or any Affiliate or otherwise in competition with the Company or any Affiliate the Company has the right to cause an immediate forfeiture of your rights to the Restricted Stock awarded under this Agreement and the Restricted Stock shall immediately expire.

 

In addition, if you have vested in Restricted Stock during the two year period prior to your actions, you will owe the Company a cash payment (or forfeiture of shares of Stock) in an amount determined as follows:

 

3



 

 

 

(1) for any shares of Stock that you have sold prior to receiving notice from the Company, the amount will be the proceeds received from the sale(s), and (2) for any shares of Stock that you still own, the amount will be the number of shares of Stock owned times the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock on the date you receive notice from the Company (provided, that the Company may require you to satisfy your payment obligations hereunder either by forfeiting and returning to the Company the Restricted Stock or any other shares of Stock or making a cash payment or a combination of these methods as determined by the Company in its sole discretion).

 

[ Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any provision of this Agreement, if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement, then you shall forfeit any cash or Stock received in connection with this Award (or an amount equal to the fair market value of such Stock on the date of delivery if you no longer hold the shares of Stock) if pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the amount of the Award earned or the vesting in the Award was explicitly based on the achievement of pre-established performance goals set forth in this Agreement (including earnings, gains, or other criteria) that are later determined, as a result of the accounting restatement, not to have been achieved. ] [Include if any performance goals are included in award]

 

 

 

Section 83(b) Election

 

Under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the difference between the purchase price paid for the shares of Restricted Stock and their fair market value on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse will be reportable as ordinary income at that time. For this purpose, “forfeiture restrictions” include the forfeiture as to unvested Stock described above. You may elect to be taxed at the time the shares are acquired, rather than when such shares cease to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions, by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the grant date. You will have to make a tax payment to the extent the purchase price is less than the fair market value of the shares on the grant date. No tax payment will have to be made to the extent the purchase price is at least equal to the fair market value of the shares on the grant date. The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit A hereto. Failure to make this filing within the thirty (30) day period will result in the recognition of ordinary income by you (in the event the fair market value of the shares as of the vesting date exceeds the purchase price) as the forfeiture restrictions lapse.

 

YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT IS YOUR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANY’S, TO FILE A

 

4



 

 

 

TIMELY ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF YOU REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON YOUR BEHALF. YOU ARE RELYING SOLELY ON YOUR OWN ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION AS TO WHETHER OR NOT TO FILE ANY 83(b) ELECTION.

 

 

 

Leaves of Absence

 

For purposes of this Agreement, your Service does not terminate when you go on a bona fide leave of absence that was approved by your employer (Walker & Dunlop, LLC or any Affiliate of the Company that directly employs you) in writing if the terms of the leave provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. Your Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends unless you immediately return to active employee work.

 

Your employer may determine, in its discretion, which leaves count for this purpose, and when your Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

 

 

Withholding Taxes

 

You agree as a condition of this grant that you will make acceptable arrangements to pay any withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the vesting or receipt of the Restricted Stock. In the event that the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the vesting or receipt of shares of Stock arising from this grant, the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, shall have the right to require such payments from you, or withhold such amounts from other payments due to you from the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, (including withholding the delivery of vested shares of Stock otherwise deliverable under this Agreement). You may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or an Affiliate to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable to you or (ii) by delivering to the Company or an Affiliate shares of Stock already owned by you. The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding obligations.

 

 

 

Retention Rights

 

This Agreement and the grant evidenced hereby do not give you the right to be retained by the Company or an Affiliate in any capacity. Unless otherwise specified in an employment or other written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, and you, the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, reserves the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

 

 

 

Stockholder Rights

 

You have the right to vote the Restricted Stock and to receive any dividends declared or paid on such stock. Any distributions you

 

5



 

 

 

receive with respect to unvested Restricted Stock as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares or other similar transaction shall be deemed to be a part of the Restricted Stock and subject to the same conditions and restrictions applicable thereto. The Company may in its sole discretion require any dividends paid on unvested Restricted Stock to be reinvested in shares of Stock, which the Company may in its sole discretion deem to be a part of the shares of Restricted Stock and subject to the same conditions and restrictions applicable thereto. Except as described in the Plan, no adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before an appropriate book entry is made (or your certificate is issued).

 

Your grant shall be subject to the terms of any applicable agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.

 

 

 

Legends

 

If and to the extent that the Stock is represented by certificates rather than book entry, all certificates representing the Stock issued under this grant shall, where applicable, have endorsed thereon the following legends:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN VESTING, FORFEITURE AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS OR HER PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”

 

To the extent the Stock is represented by a book entry, such book entry will contain an appropriate legend or restriction similar to the foregoing.

 

 

 

Clawback

 

This Award is subject to mandatory repayment by you to the Company to the extent you are or in the future become subject to any Company “clawback” or recoupment policy that requires the repayment by you to the Company of compensation paid by the Company to you in the event that you fail to comply with, or violate, the terms or requirements of such policy.

 

If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, and you are subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the

 

6



 

 

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or you knowingly engaged in the misconduct, were grossly negligent in engaging in the misconduct, knowingly failed to prevent the misconduct or were grossly negligent in failing to prevent the misconduct, you shall reimburse the Company the amount of any payment in settlement of this Award earned or accrued during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document that contained such material noncompliance.

 

 

 

Applicable Law

 

This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Maryland, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

 

 

The Plan

 

The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference.

 

Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

This Agreement, the Plan and any employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliate constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this grant. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this grant are superseded; except that any written employment, consulting, confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and/or severance agreement between you and the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, shall supersede this Agreement with respect to its subject matter.

 

 

 

Data Privacy

 

In order to administer the Plan, the Company may process personal data about you. Such data includes, but is not limited to, information provided in this Agreement and any changes thereto, other appropriate personal and financial data about you such as your contact information, payroll information and any other information that might be deemed appropriate by the Company to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

 

By accepting this grant, you give explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data.

 

 

 

Code Section 409A

 

It is intended that this Award comply with Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) or an exemption to Section 409A. To the extent that the Company determines that you would be subject to the additional 20% tax imposed on certain non-qualified deferred compensation plans pursuant to Section 409A as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax. The nature of any such amendment shall be determined by the Company. For

 

7



 

 

 

purposes of this Award, a termination of employment only occurs upon an event that would be a Separation from Service within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

By signing this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above, in the Plan, and  in any applicable employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

8



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

 

1.                The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

 

Social Security No.:

 

2.                Description of property with respect to which the election is being made:

 

shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”).

 

3.                The date on which the property was transferred is:                   , 20    .

 

4.                The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year: 20      .

 

5.                Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject:

 

The shares of stock are subject to the provisions of a Restricted Stock Agreement between the undersigned and the Company.  The shares of stock are subject to forfeiture under the terms of the Agreement.

 

6.                The Fair Market Value of the property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any lapse restriction) was: $                     per share, for a total of $                    .

 

7.                The amount paid by taxpayer for the property was: $                    .

 

8.                A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company.

 

Dated:                            , 20    

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

9



 

PROCEDURES FOR MAKING ELECTION

UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 83(b)

 

The following procedures must be followed with respect to the attached form for making an election under Internal Revenue Code section 83(b) in order for the election to be effective:

 

1.                                        You must file one copy of the completed election form with the IRS Service Center where you file your federal income tax returns within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date of your Restricted Stock.

 

2.                                        At the same time you file the election form with the IRS, you must also give a copy of the election form to the Stock Plan Administrator of the Company.

 

3.                                        You must file another copy of the election form with your federal income tax return (generally, Form 1040) for the taxable year in which the stock is transferred to you.

 

10


 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

(Directors)

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants its shares of common stock, par value $0.01 (“Restricted Stock”) to the Grantee named below, subject to the vesting and other conditions set forth below.  Additional terms and conditions of the grant are set forth on this cover sheet and in the attachment (collectively, the “Agreement”) and in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”).

 

Name of Grantee:

 

Grantee’s Social Security Number:              -        -

 

Number of Restricted Stock:

 

Grant Date:                                                 

 

Vesting Schedule:   The Restricted Shares shall vest on each vesting date set forth below:

 

·                   [ Vesting Schedule ]

 

Purchase Price per Share of Stock:  $          .

 

By your signature below, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described herein, in the attached Agreement and in the Plan, a copy of which is also attached.  You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this cover sheet or Agreement should appear to be inconsistent.

 

 

Grantee:

 

 

Date:

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company:

 

 

Date:

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Attachment

 

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument.

 



 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT

 

Restricted Stock

 

This Agreement evidences an award of shares of Stock in the number set forth on the cover sheet and subject to the vesting and other conditions set forth herein, in the Plan and on the cover sheet (the “Restricted Stock”).  The purchase price is deemed paid by your prior Services to the Company.

 

 

 

Transfer of Unvested Restricted Stock

 

Unvested Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor may the Restricted Stock be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.  If you attempt to do any of these things, the Restricted Stock will immediately become forfeited.

 

 

 

Issuance and Vesting

 

The Company will issue your Restricted Stock in the name set forth on the cover sheet.

 

Your rights under this Restricted Stock grant and this Agreement shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth on the cover sheet so long as you continue in Service on the vesting dates set forth on the cover sheet.

 

Notwithstanding your vesting schedule, the Restricted Stock will become 100% vested upon your termination of Service due to your death or Disability.

 

 

 

[Change in Control

 

Notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth above, upon the consummation of a Change in Control, the Restricted Stock will become 100% vested. ]

 

 

 

Evidence of Issuance

 

The issuance of the shares of Stock under the grant of Restricted Stock evidenced by this Agreement shall be evidenced in such a manner as the Company, in its discretion, deems appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry, registration or issuance of one or more share certificates, with any unvested Restricted Stock bearing the appropriate restrictions imposed by this Agreement.  As your interest in the Restricted Stock vests, the recordation of the number of shares of Restricted Stock attributable to you will be appropriately modified if necessary.

 

 

 

Forfeiture of Unvested Restricted Stock

 

Unless the termination of your Service triggers accelerated vesting of your Restricted Stock or other treatment pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Plan, or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate, as applicable, and you, you will automatically forfeit to the Company all of the unvested Restricted

 

2



 

 

 

Stock in the event you are no longer providing Service.

 

 

 

Section 83(b) Election

 

Under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the difference between the purchase price paid for the shares of Restricted Stock and their fair market value on the date any forfeiture restrictions applicable to such shares lapse will be reportable as ordinary income at that time.  For this purpose, “forfeiture restrictions” include the forfeiture as to unvested Stock described above.  You may elect to be taxed at the time the shares are acquired, rather than when such shares cease to be subject to such forfeiture restrictions, by filing an election under Section 83(b) of the Code with the Internal Revenue Service within thirty (30) days after the grant date.  You will have to make a tax payment to the extent the purchase price is less than the fair market value of the shares on the grant date.  No tax payment will have to be made to the extent the purchase price is at least equal to the fair market value of the shares on the grant date.  The form for making this election is attached as Exhibit A hereto.  Failure to make this filing within the thirty (30) day period will result in the recognition of ordinary income by you (in the event the fair market value of the shares as of the vesting date exceeds the purchase price) as the forfeiture restrictions lapse.

 

YOU ACKNOWLEDGE THAT IT IS YOUR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, AND NOT THE COMPANY’S, TO FILE A TIMELY ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b), EVEN IF YOU REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO MAKE THIS FILING ON YOUR BEHALF.  YOU ARE RELYING SOLELY ON YOUR OWN ADVISORS WITH RESPECT TO THE DECISION AS TO WHETHER OR NOT TO FILE ANY 83(b) ELECTION.

 

 

 

Withholding Taxes

 

You agree as a condition of this grant that you will make acceptable arrangements to pay any withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the vesting or receipt of the Restricted Stock.  In the event that the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the vesting or receipt of shares of Stock arising from this grant, the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, shall have the right to require such payments from you, or withhold such amounts from other payments due to you from the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, (including withholding the delivery of vested shares of Stock otherwise deliverable under this Agreement).  You may elect to satisfy such obligations, in whole or in part, (i) by causing the Company or an Affiliate to withhold shares of Stock otherwise issuable to you or (ii) by delivering to the Company or an Affiliate shares of Stock already owned by you.  The shares of Stock so delivered or withheld shall have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to such withholding obligations.

 

3



 

Retention Rights

 

This Agreement and the grant evidenced hereby do not give you the right to be retained by the Company or an Affiliate in any capacity. Unless otherwise specified in an employment or other written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, and you, the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, reserves the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

 

 

 

Stockholder Rights

 

You have the right to vote the Restricted Stock and to receive any dividends declared or paid on such stock.  Any distributions you receive as a result of any stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares or other similar transaction shall be deemed to be a part of the Restricted Stock and subject to the same conditions and restrictions applicable thereto.  The Company may in its sole discretion require any dividends paid on the Restricted Stock to be reinvested in shares of Stock, which the Company may in its sole discretion deem to be a part of the shares of Restricted Stock and subject to the same conditions and restrictions applicable thereto.  Except as described in the Plan, no adjustments are made for dividends or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before an appropriate book entry is made (or your certificate is issued).

 

Your grant shall be subject to the terms of any applicable agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.

 

 

 

Legends

 

If and to the extent that the Stock is represented by certificates rather than book entry, all certificates representing the Stock issued under this grant shall, where applicable, have endorsed thereon the following legends:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN VESTING, FORFEITURE AND OTHER RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND OPTIONS TO PURCHASE SUCH SHARES SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR HIS OR HER PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY AND WILL BE FURNISHED UPON WRITTEN REQUEST TO THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY BY THE HOLDER OF RECORD OF THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE.”

 

To the extent the Stock is represented by a book entry, such book entry will contain an appropriate legend or restriction similar to the foregoing.

 

 

 

Clawback

 

This Award is subject to mandatory repayment by you to the Company to the extent you are or in the future become subject to any Company “clawback” or recoupment policy that requires the repayment by you to the Company of compensation paid by the Company to you in the

 

4



 

 

 

event that you fail to comply with, or violate, the terms or requirements of such policy.

 

 

 

Applicable Law

 

This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Maryland, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

 

 

The Plan 

 

The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference.

 

Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

This Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this grant.  Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this grant are superseded; except that any written employment, consulting, confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and/or severance agreement between you and the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, shall supersede this Agreement with respect to its subject matter.

 

 

 

Data Privacy

 

In order to administer the Plan, the Company may process personal data about you.  Such data includes, but is not limited to, information provided in this Agreement and any changes thereto, other appropriate personal and financial data about you such as your contact information, and any other information that might be deemed appropriate by the Company to facilitate the administration of the Plan.

 

By accepting this grant, you give explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data.

 

 

 

Code Section 409A

 

It is intended that this Award comply with Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) or an exemption to Section 409A.  To the extent that the Company determines that you would be subject to the additional 20% tax imposed on certain non-qualified deferred compensation plans pursuant to Section 409A as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax.  The nature of any such amendment shall be determined by the Company. For purposes of this Award, a termination of employment only occurs upon an event that would be a Separation from Service within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

By signing this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above and in the Plan.

 

5



 

EXHIBIT A

 

ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF
THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned hereby makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the property described below and supplies the following information in accordance with the regulations promulgated thereunder:

 

1.                The name, address and social security number of the undersigned:

 

Name:

 

Address:

 

 

Social Security No.:

 

2.                Description of property with respect to which the election is being made:

 

                       shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”).

 

3.                The date on which the property was transferred is:                   , 20    .

 

4.                The taxable year to which this election relates is calendar year: 20      .

 

5.                Nature of restrictions to which the property is subject:

 

The shares of stock are subject to the provisions of a Restricted Stock Agreement between the undersigned and the Company.  The shares of stock are subject to forfeiture under the terms of the Agreement.

 

6.                The Fair Market Value of the property at the time of transfer (determined without regard to any lapse restriction) was: $                     per share, for a total of $                    .

 

7.                The amount paid by taxpayer for the property was: $                    .

 

8.                A copy of this statement has been furnished to the Company.

 

Dated:                           , 20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name:

 

 

6



 

PROCEDURES FOR MAKING ELECTION

UNDER INTERNAL REVENUE CODE SECTION 83(b)

 

The following procedures must be followed with respect to the attached form for making an election under Internal Revenue Code section 83(b) in order for the election to be effective:

 

1.                You must file one copy of the completed election form with the IRS Service Center where you file your federal income tax returns within thirty (30) days after the Grant Date of your Restricted Stock.

 

2.                At the same time you file the election form with the IRS, you must also give a copy of the election form to the Stock Plan Administrator of the Company.

 

3.                You must file another copy of the election form with your federal income tax return (generally, Form 1040) for the taxable year in which the stock is transferred to you.

 

7




Exhibit 10.20

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants an option to purchase shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Option”), to the optionee named below, subject to the vesting and other conditions set forth below.  Additional terms and conditions of the grant are set forth on this cover sheet and in the attachment (collectively, the “Agreement”), in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”), and in any employment agreement between you and the Company or any Affiliate.

 

Grant Date:                                      , 201 

 

Name of Optionee:

 

Optionee’s Social Security Number:             -        -

 

Number of Shares Covered by Option:

 

Option Price per Share:  $          .       (At least 100% of Fair Market Value)

 

Vesting Schedule:   [The Non-Qualified Options shall vest in equal installments on each vesting date set forth below; provide, however, that any fractional shares shall be rounded down to the nearest whole option in the first two (2) years:]

 

By your signature below, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described herein, in the attached Agreement, in the Plan, a copy of which is also attached, and in any employment agreement between you and the Company or any Affiliate.  You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this cover sheet or Agreement should appear to be inconsistent.

 

Optionee:

 

 

Date:

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company:

 

 

Date:

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Attachment

 

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument.

 



 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Incentive Stock Option

 

This option is intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and will be interpreted accordingly. If you cease to be an employee of the Company, its parent or a subsidiary (“Employee”) but continue to provide Service, this option will be deemed a nonstatutory stock option three months after you cease to be an Employee. In addition, to the extent that all or part of this option exceeds the $100,000 rule of section 422(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, this option or the lesser excess part will be deemed to be a nonstatutory stock option.

 

 

 

Transfer of Option

 

During your lifetime, only you (or, in the event of your legal incapacity or incompetency, your guardian or legal representative) may exercise the Option. Other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution the Option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor may the Option be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

 

If you attempt to do any of these things, this Option will immediately become forfeited.

 

Notwithstanding these restrictions on transfer, the Compensation Committee may authorize, in its sole discretion, the transfer of a vested Option (in whole or in part) to a member of your immediate family or a trust for the benefit of your immediate family.

 

 

 

Vesting

 

Your Option shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule shown on the cover sheet so long as you continue in Service on the vesting dates set forth on the cover sheet and is exercisable only as to its vested portion.

 

 

 

 

 

No additional shares of Stock will vest after your Service has terminated for any reason.

 

 

 

Change in Control

 

Notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth above, upon the consummation of a Change in Control, this option will become 100% vested (i) if it is not assumed, or equivalent options are not substituted for the options, by the Company or its successor, or (ii) if assumed or substituted for, upon your Involuntary Termination within the 12-month period (or for the period of time or lack of a period of time otherwise set forth in any employment agreement between you and

 

2



 

 

 

the Company or any Affiliate), following the consummation of the Change in Control.

 

Involuntary Termination ” means termination of your Service by reason of (i) your involuntary dismissal by the Company or its successor for reasons other than Cause; or (ii) your voluntary resignation for Good Reason (and without Cause) as defined in any applicable employment or severance agreement, plan, or arrangement between you and the Company, or if none, then following (x) the assignment of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with your position at the Company, or any other action by the Company which results in a substantial diminution of your duties or responsibilities other than any such reduction which is remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice from you; (y) a requirement that you work principally from a location outside the twenty-five (25) mile radius from the Company’s principal place of business on the date of this Agreement; or (z) a substantial reduction in your aggregate base salary and other compensation taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets. To qualify as an “Involuntary Termination” you must provide notice to the Company of any of the foregoing occurrences within 90 days of the initial occurrence and the Company shall have 30 days to remedy such occurrence. You must terminate your employment at a time agreed reasonably with the Company, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days from the initial occurrence of any of the foregoing events.

 

 

 

Forfeiture of Unvested Options / Term

 

Unless the termination of your Service triggers accelerated vesting or other treatment of your Option pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Plan, or any other written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, and you, you will automatically forfeit to the Company those portions of the Option that have not yet vested in the event your Service terminates for any reason.

 

Your option will expire in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, as shown on the cover sheet. Your option will expire earlier if your Service terminates, as described below.

 

 

 

Expiration of Vested Options After Service Terminates

 

If your Service terminates for any reason, other than death, Disability or Cause, then the vested portion of your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the 90th day after your termination date.

 

If your Service terminates because of your death or Disability, or if

 

3



 

 

 

you die during the 90-day period after your termination for any reason (other than Cause), then the vested portion of your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date twelve (12) months after the date of your death or termination for Disability. During that twelve (12) month period, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of your Option.

 

If your Service is terminated for Cause, then you shall immediately forfeit all rights to your entire Option and the Option shall immediately expire.

 

 

 

Forfeiture of Rights

 

If you should take actions in violation or breach of or in conflict with any non-competition agreement, any agreement prohibiting solicitation of employees or clients of the Company or any Affiliate or any confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or any Affiliate or otherwise in competition with the Company or any Affiliate, the Company has the right to cause an immediate forfeiture of your rights to this Option and the Option shall immediately expire.

 

In addition, if you have exercised any Options during the two year period prior to your actions, you will owe the Company a cash payment (or forfeiture of shares of Stock) in an amount determined as follows: (1) for any shares of Stock that you have sold prior to receiving notice from the Company, the amount will be the proceeds received from the sale(s), less the option exercise price, and (2) for any shares of Stock that you still own, the amount will be the number of shares of Stock owned times the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock on the date you receive notice from the Company, less the option exercise price (provided, that the Company may require you to satisfy your payment obligations hereunder either by forfeiting and returning to the Company the shares or any other shares of Stock or making a cash payment or a combination of these methods as determined by the Company in its sole discretion).

 

 

 

Leaves of Absence

 

For purposes of this Agreement, your Service does not terminate when you go on a bona fide leave of absence that was approved by your employer (Walker & Dunlop, LLC or any Affiliate of the Company that directly employs you) in writing if the terms of the leave provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law. Your Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends unless you immediately return to active employee work.

 

Your employer may determine, in its discretion, which leaves count for this purpose, and when your Service terminates for all purposes under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

 

4



 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may determine, in its discretion, that a leave counts for this purpose even if your employer does not agree.

 

 

 

Notice of Exercise

 

The Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, to purchase a whole number of vested shares of Stock of not less than 100 shares, unless the number of vested shares purchased is the total number available for purchase under the option, by following the procedures set forth in the Plan and in this Agreement.

 

When you wish to exercise this Option, you must exercise in a manner required or permitted by the Company.

 

If someone else wants to exercise this Option after your death, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so.

 

 

 

Form of Payment

 

When you exercise your Option, you must include payment of the option price indicated on the cover sheet for the shares you are purchasing. Payment may be made in one (or a combination) of the following forms:

 

·           Cash, your personal check, a cashier’s check, a money order or another cash equivalent acceptable to the Company.

 

·           Shares of Stock which are owned by you and which are surrendered to the Company, including through the withholding of shares otherwise issuable upon exercise. The Fair Market Value of the shares as of the effective date of the option exercise will be applied to the option price.

 

·           By delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate option price and any withholding taxes.

 

 

 

Evidence of Issuance

 

The issuance of the shares upon exercise of this Option shall be evidenced in such a manner as the Company, in its discretion, will deem appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry, registration or issuance of one or more share certificates.

 

 

 

Withholding Taxes

 

You agree as a condition of this grant that you will make acceptable arrangements to pay any withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the Option exercise or sale of Stock acquired under this Option. In the event that any the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or

 

5



 

 

 

withholding payment is required relating to the exercise of this Option or sale of Stock arising from this Option, the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable shall have the right to require such payments from you, or withhold such amounts from other payments due to you from the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable (including withholding the delivery of vested shares of Stock otherwise deliverable under this Agreement).

 

 

 

Retention Rights

 

This Agreement and this Option do not give you the right to be retained by the Company or an Affiliate in any capacity. Unless otherwise specified in an employment or other written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, and you, the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, reserves the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

 

 

 

Stockholder Rights

 

You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a shareholder of the Company until the Stock has been issued upon exercise of your Option and either a certificate evidencing your Stock has been issued or an appropriate entry has been made on the Company’s books. No adjustments are made for dividends, distributions or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your certificate is issued (or an appropriate book entry is made), except as described in the Plan.

 

Your Option shall be subject to the terms of any applicable agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.

 

 

 

Clawback

 

This Award is subject to mandatory repayment by you to the Company to the extent you are or in the future become subject to any Company “clawback” or recoupment policy that requires the repayment by you to the Company of compensation paid by the Company to you in the event that you fail to comply with, or violate, the terms or requirements of such policy.

 

If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, and you are subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or you knowingly engaged in the misconduct, were grossly negligent in engaging in the misconduct, knowingly failed to prevent the misconduct or were grossly negligent in failing to prevent the misconduct, you shall reimburse the Company the amount of any payment in settlement of this Award earned or accrued during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial

 

6



 

 

 

document that contained such material noncompliance.

 

[ Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any provision of this Agreement, if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement, then you shall forfeit any cash or Stock received in connection with this Award (or an amount equal to the fair market value of such Stock on the date of delivery if you no longer hold the shares of Stock) if pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the amount of the Award earned or the vesting in the Award was explicitly based on the achievement of pre-established performance goals set forth in this Agreement (including earnings, gains, or other criteria) that are later determined, as a result of the accounting restatement, not to have been achieved. ] [Include if any performance goals are included in award]

 

 

 

Applicable Law

 

This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Maryland, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

 

 

The Plan

 

The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference.

 

Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

This Agreement, the Plan and any employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliate constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this grant are superseded; except that any written consulting, confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and/or severance agreement between you and the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, shall supersede this Agreement with respect to its subject matter.

 

 

 

Data Privacy

 

In order to administer the Plan, the Company may process personal data about you. Such data includes, but is not limited to, information provided in this Agreement and any changes thereto, other appropriate personal and financial data about you such as your contact information, payroll information and any other information that might be deemed appropriate by the Company to facilitate the administration of the Plan. By accepting this grant, you give explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data.

 

 

 

Code Section 409A

 

It is intended that this Award comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”) or an exemption to Section 409A. To the extent that the Company determines that you would be subject to the additional 20% tax imposed on certain non-qualified

 

7



 

 

 

deferred compensation plans pursuant to Section 409A as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax. The nature of any such amendment shall be determined by the Company. For purposes of this Award, a termination of Service only occurs upon an event that would be a Separation from Service within the meaning of Section 409A. To the extent that the Company determines that you would be subject to the additional 20% tax imposed on certain non-qualified deferred compensation plans pursuant to Section 409A as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax. The nature of any such amendment shall be determined by the Company. For purposes of this Award, a termination of employment only occurs upon an event that would be a Separation from Service within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

By signing this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above, in the Plan, and  in any applicable employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

8


 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NON-QUALIFIED OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “Company”), hereby grants an option to purchase shares of its common stock, par value $0.01 (the “Option”), to the optionee named below, subject to the vesting and other conditions set forth below.  Additional terms and conditions of the grant are set forth on this cover sheet and in the attachment (collectively, the “Agreement”), in the Company’s 2010 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time, the “Plan”), and in any employment agreement between you and the Company or any Affiliate.

 

Grant Date:                                      , 201   

 

Name of Optionee:

 

Optionee’s Social Security Number:             -        -

 

Number of Shares Covered by Option:

 

Option Price per Share:  $          .       (At least 100% of Fair Market Value)

 

[Vesting Schedule—The Non-Qualified Options shall vest in equal installments on each vesting date set forth below; provide, however, that any fractional shares shall be rounded down to the nearest whole option in the first two (2) years:]

 

By your signature below, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described herein, in the attached Agreement, in the Plan, a copy of which is also attached, and in any employment agreement between you and the Company or any Affiliate.  You acknowledge that you have carefully reviewed the Plan, and agree that the Plan will control in the event any provision of this cover sheet or Agreement should appear to be inconsistent.

 

 

Optionee:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

Company:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

(Signature)

Title:

 

 

 

Attachment

 

This is not a stock certificate or a negotiable instrument.

 



 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

2010 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

NON-QUALIFIED OPTION AGREEMENT

 

Non-qualified Option

 

This Agreement evidences an award of an Option exercisable for that number of shares of Stock set forth on the cover sheet and subject to the vesting and other conditions set forth herein, in the Plan and on the cover sheet. This option is not intended to be an incentive option under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and will be interpreted accordingly.

 

 

 

Transfer of Option

 

During your lifetime, only you (or, in the event of your legal incapacity or incompetency, your guardian or legal representative) may exercise the Option. Other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution the Option may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered, whether by operation of law or otherwise, nor may the Option be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.

 

 

 

 

 

If you attempt to do any of these things, this Option will immediately become forfeited.

 

 

 

 

 

Notwithstanding these restrictions on transfer, the Compensation Committee may authorize, in its sole discretion, the transfer of a vested Option (in whole or in part) to a member of your immediate family or a trust for the benefit of your immediate family.

 

 

 

Vesting

 

Your Option shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule shown on the cover sheet so long as you continue in Service on the vesting dates set forth on the cover sheet and is exercisable only as to its vested portion.

 

 

 

 

 

No additional shares of Stock will vest after your Service has terminated for any reason.

 

 

 

Change in Control

 

Notwithstanding the vesting schedule set forth above, upon the consummation of a Change in Control, this option will become 100% vested (i) if it is not assumed, or equivalent options are not substituted for the options, by the Company or its successor, or (ii) if assumed or substituted for, upon your Involuntary Termination within the 12-month period (or for the period of time or lack of a period of time otherwise set forth in any employment agreement between you and the Company or any Affiliate), following the consummation of the

 

2



 

 

 

Change in Control.

Involuntary Termination ” means termination of your Service by reason of (i) your involuntary dismissal by the Company or its successor for reasons other than Cause; or (ii) your voluntary resignation for Good Reason (and without Cause) as defined in any applicable employment or severance agreement, plan, or arrangement between you and the Company, or if none, then following (x) the assignment of substantial duties or responsibilities inconsistent with your position at the Company, or any other action by the Company which results in a substantial diminution of your duties or responsibilities other than any such reduction which is remedied by the Company within thirty (30) days of receipt of written notice from you; (y) a requirement that you work principally from a location outside the twenty-five (25) mile radius from the Company’s principal place of business on the date of this Agreement; or (z) a substantial reduction in your aggregate base salary and other compensation taken as a whole, excluding any reductions caused by the failure to achieve performance targets. To qualify as an “Involuntary Termination” you must provide notice to the Company of any of the foregoing occurrences within 90 days of the initial occurrence and the Company shall have 30 days to remedy such occurrence. You must terminate your employment at a time agreed reasonably with the Company, but in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days from the initial occurrence of any of the foregoing events.

 

 

 

Forfeiture of Unvested Options / Term

 

Unless the termination of your Service triggers accelerated vesting or other treatment of your Option pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the Plan, or any other written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, and you, you will automatically forfeit to the Company those portions of the Option that have not yet vested in the event your Service terminates for any reason.

 

 

 

 

 

Your option will expire in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the day before the 10th anniversary of the Grant Date, as shown on the cover sheet. Your option will expire earlier if your Service terminates, as described below.

 

 

 

Expiration of Vested Options After Service Terminates

 

If your Service terminates for any reason, other than death, Disability or Cause, then the vested portion of your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the 90th day after your termination date.

 

 

 

 

 

If your Service terminates because of your death or Disability, or if

 

3



 

 

 

you die during the 90-day period after your termination for any reason (other than Cause), then the vested portion of your Option will expire at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date twelve (12) months after the date of your death or termination for Disability. During that twelve (12) month period, your estate or heirs may exercise the vested portion of your Option.

 

 

 

 

 

If your Service is terminated for Cause, then you shall immediately forfeit all rights to your entire Option and the Option shall immediately expire.

 

 

 

Forfeiture of Rights

 

If you should take actions in violation or breach of or in conflict with any non-competition agreement, any agreement prohibiting solicitation of employees or clients of the Company or any Affiliate or any confidentiality obligation with respect to the Company or any Affiliate or otherwise in competition with the Company or any Affiliate, the Company has the right to cause an immediate forfeiture of your rights to this Option and the Option shall immediately expire.

 

 

 

 

 

In addition, if you have exercised any Options during the two year period prior to your actions, you will owe the Company a cash payment (or forfeiture of shares of Stock) in an amount determined as follows: (1) for any shares of Stock that you have sold prior to receiving notice from the Company, the amount will be the proceeds received from the sale(s), less the option exercise price, and (2) for any shares of Stock that you still own, the amount will be the number of shares of Stock owned times the Fair Market Value of the shares of Stock on the date you receive notice from the Company, less the option exercise price (provided, that the Company may require you to satisfy your payment obligations hereunder either by forfeiting and returning to the Company the shares or any other shares of Stock or making a cash payment or a combination of these methods as determined by the Company in its sole discretion).

 

 

 

Leaves of Absence

 

For purposes of this Agreement, your Service does not terminate when you go on a bona fide leave of absence that was approved by your employer (Walker & Dunlop, LLC or any Affiliate of the Company that directly employs you) in writing if the terms of the leave provide for continued Service crediting, or when continued Service crediting is required by applicable law.  Your Service terminates in any event when the approved leave ends unless you immediately return to active employee work.

 

 

 

 

 

Your employer may determine, in its discretion, which leaves count for this purpose, and when your Service terminates for all purposes

 

4



 

 

 

under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may determine, in its discretion, that a leave counts for this purpose even if your employer does not agree.

 

 

 

Notice of Exercise

 

The Option may be exercised, in whole or in part, to purchase a whole number of vested shares of Stock of not less than 100 shares, unless the number of vested shares purchased is the total number available for purchase under the option, by following the procedures set forth in the Plan and in this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

 

When you wish to exercise this Option, you must exercise in a manner required or permitted by the Company.

 

 

 

 

 

If someone else wants to exercise this Option after your death, that person must prove to the Company’s satisfaction that he or she is entitled to do so.

 

 

 

Form of Payment

 

When you exercise your Option, you must include payment of the option price indicated on the cover sheet for the shares you are purchasing. Payment may be made in one (or a combination) of the following forms:

·         Cash, your personal check, a cashier’s check, a money order or another cash equivalent acceptable to the Company.

·         Shares of Stock which are owned by you and which are surrendered to the Company, including through the withholding of shares otherwise issuable upon exercise. The Fair Market Value of the shares as of the effective date of the option exercise will be applied to the option price.

·         By delivery (on a form prescribed by the Company) of an irrevocable direction to a licensed securities broker acceptable to the Company to sell Stock and to deliver all or part of the sale proceeds to the Company in payment of the aggregate option price and any withholding taxes.

 

 

 

Evidence of Issuance

 

The issuance of the shares upon exercise of this Option shall be evidenced in such a manner as the Company, in its discretion, will deem appropriate, including, without limitation, book-entry, registration or issuance of one or more share certificates.

 

 

 

Withholding Taxes

 

You agree as a condition of this grant that you will make acceptable arrangements to pay any withholding or other taxes that may be due as a result of the Option exercise or sale of Stock acquired under this

 

5



 

 

 

Option. In the event that any the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, determines that any federal, state, local or foreign tax or withholding payment is required relating to the exercise of this Option or sale of Stock arising from this Option, the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable shall have the right to require such payments from you, or withhold such amounts from other payments due to you from the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable (including withholding the delivery of vested shares of Stock otherwise deliverable under this Agreement).

 

 

 

Retention Rights

 

This Agreement and this Option do not give you the right to be retained by the Company or an Affiliate in any capacity. Unless otherwise specified in an employment or other written agreement between the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, and you, the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, reserves the right to terminate your Service at any time and for any reason.

 

 

 

Stockholder Rights

 

You, or your estate or heirs, have no rights as a shareholder of the Company until the Stock has been issued upon exercise of your Option and either a certificate evidencing your Stock has been issued or an appropriate entry has been made on the Company’s books. No adjustments are made for dividends, distributions or other rights if the applicable record date occurs before your certificate is issued (or an appropriate book entry is made), except as described in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

Your Option shall be subject to the terms of any applicable agreement of merger, liquidation or reorganization in the event the Company is subject to such corporate activity.

 

 

 

Clawback

 

This Award is subject to mandatory repayment by you to the Company to the extent you are or in the future become subject to any Company “clawback” or recoupment policy that requires the repayment by you to the Company of compensation paid by the Company to you in the event that you fail to comply with, or violate, the terms or requirements of such policy.

 

 

 

 

 

If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, and you are subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or you knowingly engaged in the misconduct, were grossly negligent in engaging in the misconduct, knowingly failed to prevent the misconduct or were grossly negligent in failing to prevent the misconduct, you shall reimburse the Company the amount of any payment in settlement of this Award earned or accrued during the 12-month period following

 

6



 

 

 

the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document that contained such material noncompliance.

 

 

 

 

 

[ Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any provision of this Agreement, if the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement, then you shall forfeit any cash or Stock received in connection with this Award (or an amount equal to the fair market value of such Stock on the date of delivery if you no longer hold the shares of Stock) if pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, the amount of the Award earned or the vesting in the Award was explicitly based on the achievement of pre-established performance goals set forth in this Agreement (including earnings, gains, or other criteria) that are later determined, as a result of the accounting restatement, not to have been achieved. ] [Include if any performance goals are included in award]

 

 

 

Applicable Law

 

This Agreement will be interpreted and enforced under the laws of the State of Maryland, other than any conflicts or choice of law rule or principle that might otherwise refer construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the substantive law of another jurisdiction.

 

 

 

The Plan

 

The text of the Plan is incorporated in this Agreement by reference.

 

 

 

 

 

Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement are defined in the Plan, and have the meaning set forth in the Plan.

 

 

 

 

 

This Agreement, the Plan and any employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliate constitute the entire understanding between you and the Company regarding this Option. Any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this grant are superseded; except that any written consulting, confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and/or severance agreement between you and the Company or an Affiliate, as applicable, shall supersede this Agreement with respect to its subject matter.

 

 

 

Data Privacy

 

In order to administer the Plan, the Company may process personal data about you. Such data includes, but is not limited to, information provided in this Agreement and any changes thereto, other appropriate personal and financial data about you such as your contact information, payroll information and any other information that might be deemed appropriate by the Company to facilitate the administration of the Plan. By accepting this grant, you give explicit consent to the Company to process any such personal data.

 

7



 

Code Section 409A

 

It is intended that this Award comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”) or an exemption to Section 409A. To the extent that the Company determines that you would be subject to the additional 20% tax imposed on certain non-qualified deferred compensation plans pursuant to Section 409A as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax. The nature of any such amendment shall be determined by the Company. For purposes of this Award, a termination of Service only occurs upon an event that would be a Separation from Service within the meaning of Section 409A. To the extent that the Company determines that you would be subject to the additional 20% tax imposed on certain non-qualified deferred compensation plans pursuant to Section 409A as a result of any provision of this Agreement, such provision shall be deemed amended to the minimum extent necessary to avoid application of such additional tax. The nature of any such amendment shall be determined by the Company. For purposes of this Award, a termination of employment only occurs upon an event that would be a Separation from Service within the meaning of Section 409A.

 

 

By signing this Agreement, you agree to all of the terms and conditions described above, in the
Plan, and in any applicable employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliate.

 

8




Exhibit 10.21

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of  [    ], 2010, by and among Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the “ Company ” or the “ Indemnitor ”) and [                                    ] (the “ Indemnitee ”).

 

WHEREAS , the Indemnitee is an officer [ or ][ and ] a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and in such [ capacity ][ capacities ] is performing a valuable service for the Company;

 

WHEREAS , Maryland law permits the Company to enter into contracts with its officers or members of its Board of Directors with respect to indemnification of, and advancement of expenses to, such persons;

 

WHEREAS, the Articles of Amendment and Restatement of the Company (the “ Charter ”) provide that the Company shall indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time;

 

WHEREAS , the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (the “ Bylaws ”) provide that each director and officer of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time and shall be entitled to advancement of expenses consistent with Maryland law; and

 

WHEREAS , to induce the Indemnitee to provide services to the Company as an officer [ or ][ and ] a member of the Board of Directors, and to provide the Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance that indemnification will be available to the Indemnitee regardless of, among other things, any amendment to or revocation of the Charter or the Bylaws, or any acquisition transaction relating to the Company, the Indemnitor desires to provide the Indemnitee with protection against personal liability as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of this Agreement:

 

(A)                                Change in Control ” shall have the definition set forth in the Walker & Dunlop, Inc. 2010 Equity Incentive Plan.

 



 

(B)                                Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner (limited or general), member, director, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, other enterprise (whether conducted for profit or not for profit) or employee benefit plan. The Company shall be deemed to have requested the Indemnitee to serve an employee benefit plan where the performance of the Indemnitee’s duties to the Company also imposes or imposed duties on, or otherwise involves or involved services by, the Indemnitee to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan.

 

(C)                                Expenses ” shall include all attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

 

(D)                                Proceeding ” includes any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation (including any formal or informal internal investigation to which the Indemnitee is made a party by reason of the Corporate Status of the Indemnitee), administrative hearing, or any other proceeding, including appeals therefrom, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, except one initiated by the Indemnitee pursuant to paragraph 8 of this Agreement to enforce such Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement.

 

(E)                                 Special Legal Counsel ” means a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporate law and neither presently is, or in the past two years has been, retained to represent (i) the Indemnitor or the Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party, or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder.

 

2.                                       INDEMNIFICATION

 

The Indemnitee shall be entitled to the rights of indemnification provided in this paragraph 2 and under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any other agreement, a vote of stockholders or resolution of the Board of Directors or otherwise if, by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, such Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending, or completed Proceeding, including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company.  Unless prohibited by paragraph 13 hereof and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified hereunder, to the maximum extent permitted by Maryland law in effect from time to time, against judgments, penalties, fines

 

2



 

and settlements and reasonable Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein; provided, however, that if such Proceeding was initiated by or in the right of the Company, indemnification may not be made in respect of such Proceeding if the Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged to be liable to the Company.  For purposes of this paragraph 2, excise taxes assessed on the Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall be deemed fines.

 

3.                                       INDEMNIFICATION FOR EXPENSES IN CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES

 

(A)                                Without limiting the effect of any other provision of this Agreement (including the Indemnitee’s rights to indemnification under paragraph 2 and advancement of expenses under paragraph 4), without regard to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under paragraph 2 and without regard to the provisions of paragraph 6 hereof, to the extent that the Indemnitee is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is a party by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, such Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all reasonable Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in connection therewith. (1)

 

(B)                                If the Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues, or matters in such Proceeding, the Indemnitor shall indemnify the Indemnitee against all reasonable Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

 

(C)                                For purposes of this paragraph (3) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

4.                                       ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, but subject to paragraph 13 hereof, if the Indemnitee is or was or becomes a party to or is otherwise involved in any Proceeding (including as a witness), or is or was threatened to be made a party to or a participant (including as a witness) in any such Proceeding, by reason of the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, or by reason of (or arising in part out of) any actual or alleged event or occurrence related to the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, or by reason of any actual or alleged

 


(1)                                  Note: paragraph 3(a) recites the statutory requirement to indemnify for expenses in a successful proceeding, unless limited by charter.  Paragraph 2 provides for mandatory indemnification, including for expenses, to the maximum extent provided by Maryland law and the charter and by-laws of the Corporation.

 

3



 

act or omission on the part of the Indemnitee taken or omitted in or relating to the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, then the Indemnitor shall advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with any such Proceeding within twenty (20) days after the receipt by the Indemnitor of a statement from the Indemnitee requesting such advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding; provided that, such statement shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred or to be incurred by the Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by (i) a written affirmation by the Indemnitee of the Indemnitee’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Indemnitor as authorized by this Agreement has been met and (ii) a written undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay the amounts advanced if it should ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met.  The undertaking required by clause (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be an unlimited general obligation of the Indemnitee but need not be secured and may be accepted without reference to financial ability to make the repayment.

 

5.                                       WITNESS EXPENSES

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Indemnitee is, by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness for any reason in any Proceeding to which such Indemnitee is not a named defendant or respondent, such Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Indemnitor against all Expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in connection therewith.

 

6.                                       DETERMINATION OF ENTITLEMENT TO AND AUTHORIZATION OF INDEMNIFICATION

 

(A)                                To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall submit to the Indemnitor a written request, including therewith such documentation and information reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification.

 

(B)                                Indemnification under this Agreement may not be made unless authorized for a specific Proceeding after a determination has been made in accordance with this paragraph 6(B) that indemnification of the Indemnitee is permissible in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the following standard of conduct: the Indemnitor shall indemnify the Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 2 hereof, unless it is established that: (a) the act or omission of the Indemnitee was material to the matter giving rise to the Proceeding and (x) was committed in bad faith or (y) was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty; (b) the Indemnitee actually received an improper personal benefit in money, property or services; or (c) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful.  Upon receipt by the Indemnitor of the Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification pursuant to subparagraph

 

4



 

6(A), a determination as to whether the applicable standard of conduct has been met shall be made within the period specified in paragraph 6(E):  (i) if a Change in Control shall have occurred, by Special Legal Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Indemnitee, with Special Legal Counsel selected by the Indemnitee (the Indemnitee shall give prompt written notice to the Indemnitor advising the Indemnitor of the identity of the Special Legal Counsel so selected); or (ii) if a Change in Control shall not have occurred, (A) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors not, at the time, parties to the Proceeding, or, if such quorum cannot be obtained, then by a majority vote of a committee of the Board of Directors consisting solely of two or more directors not, at the time, parties to such Proceeding and who were duly designated to act in the matter by a majority vote of the full Board of Directors in which the designated directors who are parties may participate, (B) if the requisite quorum of the full Board of Directors cannot be obtained therefor and the committee cannot be established (or, even if such quorum is obtainable or such committee can be established, if such quorum or committee so directs), by Special Legal Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, with Special Legal Counsel selected by the Board of Directors or a committee of the Board of Directors by vote as set forth in clause (ii)(A) of this paragraph 6(B) (or, if the requisite quorum of the full Board of Directors cannot be obtained therefor and the committee cannot be established, by a majority of the full Board of Directors in which directors who are parties to the Proceeding may participate) (if the Indemnitor selects Special Legal Counsel to make the determination under this clause (ii), the Indemnitor shall give prompt written notice to the Indemnitee advising him or her of the identity of the Special Legal Counsel so selected) or (C) if so directed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors, by the stockholders of the Company.  If it is so determined that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to the Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination. Authorization of indemnification and determination as to reasonableness of Expenses shall be made in the same manner as the determination that indemnification is permissible. However, if the determination that indemnification is permissible is made by Special Legal Counsel under clause (ii)(B) above, authorization of indemnification and determination as to reasonableness of Expenses shall be made in the manner specified under clause (ii)(B) above for the selection of such Special Legal Counsel.

 

(C)                                The Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person or entity making such determination with respect to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and reasonably necessary

 

5



 

to such determination.  Any reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by the Indemnitee in so cooperating shall be borne by the Indemnitor (irrespective of the determination as to the Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Indemnitor hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold the Indemnitee harmless therefrom.

 

(D)                                 In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Special Legal Counsel pursuant to paragraph 6(B) hereof, the Indemnitee, or the Indemnitor, as the case may be, may, within seven days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Indemnitor or to the Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection.  Such objection may be asserted only on the grounds that the Special Legal Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Special Legal Counsel” as defined in paragraph 1 of this Agreement.  If such written objection is made, the Special Legal Counsel so selected may not serve as Special Legal Counsel until a court has determined that such objection is without merit.  If, within twenty (20) days after submission by the Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to paragraph 6(A) hereof, no Special Legal Counsel shall have been selected or, if selected, shall have been objected to, either the Indemnitor or the Indemnitee may petition a court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Indemnitor or the Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Special Legal Counsel and/or for the appointment as Special Legal Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom an objection is so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Special Legal Counsel under paragraph 6(B) hereof.  The Indemnitor shall pay all reasonable fees and expenses of Special Legal Counsel incurred in connection with acting pursuant to paragraph 6(B) hereof, and all reasonable fees and expenses incident to the selection of such Special Legal Counsel pursuant to this paragraph 6(D).  In the event that a determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Special Legal Counsel and such determination shall not have been made and delivered in a written opinion within ninety (90) days after the receipt by the Indemnitor of the Indemnitee’s request in accordance with paragraph 6(A), upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding in accordance with paragraph 8(A) of this Agreement, Special Legal Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity.

 

(E)                                 If the person or entity making the determination whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Indemnitor of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made and the Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification,

 

6



 

absent:  (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.  Such 45-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional fifteen (15) days, if the person or entity making said determination in good faith requires additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto.  The foregoing provisions of this paragraph 6(E) shall not apply: (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders and if within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Indemnitor of the request for such determination the Board of Directors resolves to submit such determination to the stockholders for consideration at an annual or special meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made at such meeting, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Special Legal Counsel pursuant to paragraph 6(B) of this Agreement.

 

7.                                       PRESUMPTIONS

 

(A)                                In making a determination with respect to entitlement or authorization of indemnification hereunder, the person or entity making such determination shall presume that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Indemnitor shall have the burden of proof to overcome such presumption.

 

(B)                                The termination of any Proceeding by conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, or an entry of an order of probation prior to judgment, creates a rebuttable presumption that the Indemnitee did not meet the requisite standard of conduct described herein for indemnification.

 

8.                                       REMEDIES

 

(A)                                In the event that:  (i) a determination is made in accordance with the provisions of paragraph 6 that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, or (ii) advancement of reasonable Expenses is not timely made pursuant to this Agreement, or (iii) payment of indemnification due the Indemnitee under this Agreement is not timely made, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court of competent jurisdiction of such Indemnitee’s entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses.

 

(B)                                In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to paragraph 6 of this Agreement that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this paragraph 8 shall be

 

7



 

conducted in all respects as a de novo trial on the merits.  The fact that a determination had been made earlier pursuant to paragraph 6 of this Agreement that the Indemnitee was not entitled to indemnification shall not be taken into account in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this paragraph 8 and the Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced in any way by reason of that adverse determination.  In any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this paragraph 8, the Indemnitor shall have the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be.

 

(C)                                If a determination shall have been made or deemed to have been made pursuant to this Agreement that the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Indemnitor shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this paragraph 8, absent:  (i) a misstatement by the Indemnitee of a material fact, or an omission of a material fact necessary to make the Indemnitee’s statement not materially misleading, in connection with the request for indemnification, or (ii) a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

 

(D)                                The Indemnitor shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this paragraph 8 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Indemnitor is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(E)                                 In the event that the Indemnitee, pursuant to this paragraph 8, seeks a judicial adjudication of such Indemnitee’s rights under, or to recover damages for breach of, this Agreement, if successful on the merits or otherwise as to all or less than all claims, issues or matters in such judicial adjudication, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Indemnitor, and shall be indemnified by the Indemnitor against, any and all reasonable Expenses actually incurred by such Indemnitee in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

 

9.                                       NOTIFICATION AND DEFENSE OF CLAIMS

 

The Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Indemnitor in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information, or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder, but the failure so to notify the Indemnitor will not relieve the Indemnitor from any liability that the Indemnitor may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement unless the Indemnitor is materially prejudiced thereby.  With respect to any such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee notifies the Indemnitor of the commencement thereof:

 

8


 

 

(A)                               The Indemnitor will be entitled to participate therein at its own expense.

 

(B)                                Except as otherwise provided below, the Indemnitor will be entitled to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee.  After notice from the Indemnitor to Indemnitee of the Indemnitor’s election to assume the defense thereof, the Indemnitor will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation or as otherwise provided below.  Indemnitee shall have the right to employ Indemnitee’s own counsel in such Proceeding, but the fees and disbursements of such counsel incurred after notice from the Indemnitor of the Indemnitor’s assumption of the defense thereof shall be at the expense of Indemnitee unless (a) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Indemnitor, (b) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Indemnitor and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action, (c) such Proceeding seeks penalties or other relief against the Indemnitee with respect to which the Indemnitor could not provide monetary indemnification to the Indemnitee (such as injunctive relief or incarceration) or (d) the Indemnitor shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the fees and disbursements of counsel shall be at the expense of the Indemnitor.  The Indemnitor shall not be entitled to assume the defense of any Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Indemnitor, or as to which the Indemnitee shall have reached the conclusion specified in clause (b) above, or which involves penalties or other relief against the Indemnitee of the type referred to in clause (c) above.

 

(C)                                 The Indemnitor shall not be liable to indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any action or claim effected without the Indemnitor’s written consent.  The Indemnitor shall not settle any action or claim in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s written consent.  Neither the Indemnitor nor Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold or delay consent to any proposed settlement.

 

10.                                NON-EXCLUSIVITY; SURVIVAL OF RIGHTS; INSURANCE SUBROGATION

 

(A)                                The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of reasonable Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which the Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Charter, the Bylaws, any other agreement, a vote of stockholders, a resolution of the Board of Directors or otherwise, except that

 

9



 

any payments otherwise required to be made by the Indemnitor hereunder shall be offset by any and all amounts received by the Indemnitee from any other indemnitor or under one or more liability insurance policies maintained by an indemnitor or otherwise and shall not be duplicative of any other payments received by an Indemnitee from the Indemnitor in respect of the matter giving rise to the indemnity hereunder; provided, however, that if indemnification rights are provided by an Additional Indemnitor as defined in Section 18(B) hereof, such Section shall govern.  No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or any provision hereof shall be effective as to the Indemnitee with respect to any action taken or omitted by the Indemnitee prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

(B)                                To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors and officers of the Company, the Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available and upon any “Change in Control” the Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain or arrange for continuation and/or “tail” coverage for the Indemnitee to the maximum extent obtainable at such time.

 

(C)                                Except as otherwise provided in Section 18(B) hereof, in the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all actions necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Indemnitor to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(D)                                Except as otherwise provided in Section 18(B) hereof, the Indemnitor shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that the Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, or otherwise.

 

11.                                CONTINUATION OF INDEMNITY

 

(A)                                All agreements and obligations of the Indemnitor contained herein shall continue during the period the Indemnitee is an officer or a member of the Board of Directors of the Company and shall continue thereafter so long as the Indemnitee shall be subject to any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by reason of such Indemnitee’s Corporate Status and during the period of statute of limitations for any act or omission occurring during the Indemnitee’s term of Corporate Status.  This Agreement shall be binding upon the Indemnitor and its respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the

 

10



 

benefit of the Indemnitee and such Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

 

(B)                                The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

12.                                SEVERABILITY

 

If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provisions held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

13.                                EXCEPTIONS TO RIGHT OF INDEMNIFICATION OR ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of reasonable Expenses under this Agreement with respect to (i) any Proceeding initiated by such Indemnitee against the Indemnitor other than a proceeding commenced pursuant to paragraph 8 hereof, or (ii) any Proceeding for an accounting of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company in violation of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, or any similar provisions of any federal, state or local statute.

 

14.           NOTICE TO THE COMPANY STOCKHOLDERS

 

Any indemnification of, or advancement of reasonable Expenses, to an Indemnitee in accordance with this Agreement, if arising out of a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company, shall be reported in writing to the stockholders of the Company with the notice of the next Company stockholders’ meeting or prior to the meeting.

 

11



 

15.           HEADINGS

 

The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

16.           MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

 

No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto.  No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

17.           NOTICES

 

All notices, requests, demands, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and received by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, if so delivered or mailed, as the case may be, to the following addresses:

 

If to the Indemnitee, to the address set forth in the records of the Company.

 

If to the Indemnitor, to:

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

7501 Wisconsin Avenue

Suite 1200

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention:  Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Fax No.:     (301) 215-5500

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished to the Indemnitee by the Indemnitor or to the Indemnitor by the Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

18.           CONTRIBUTION

 

(A)                                To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, penalties, fines and settlements and reasonable expenses actually incurred by or on behalf of an Indemnitee, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed

 

12



 

fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

(B)                                The Company acknowledges and agrees that as between the Company and any other entity that has provided indemnification rights in respect of Indemnitee’s service as a director of the Company at the request of such entity (an “Additional Indemnitor”), the Company shall be primarily liable to Indemnitee as set forth in this Agreement for any indemnification claim (including, without limitation, any claim for advancement of Expenses) by Indemnitee in respect of any Proceeding for which Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder.  In the event the Additional Indemnitor is liable to any extent to Indemnitee by virtue of indemnification rights provided by the Additional Indemnitor to Indemnitee in respect of Indemnitee’s service on the Board at the request of the Additional Investor and Indemnitee is also entitled to indemnification under this Agreement (including, without limitation, for advancement of Expenses) as a result of any Proceeding, the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any indemnification claim (including, without limitation, any claim for advancement of Expenses) brought by the Indemnitee against the Company under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any claim for advancement of Expenses) without requiring the Additional Indemnitor to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution, subrogation or any other right of recovery of any kind it may have against the Additional Indemnitor in respect thereof.  The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Additional Indemnitor on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Additional Indemnitor shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company.

 

19.           GOVERNING LAW

 

The parties agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Maryland, without application of the conflict of laws principles thereof.

 

13



 

20.           NO ASSIGNMENTS

 

The Indemnitee may not assign its rights or delegate obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Indemnitor.  Any assignment or delegation in violation of this paragraph 19 shall be null and void.

 

21.           NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

Except for the rights of an Additional Indemnitor under paragraph 18(B) hereof: (a), nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement; and (b) this Agreement and all of its provisions are for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

22.           COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together constitute an agreement binding on all of the parties hereto.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

14



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 




Exhibit 10.26

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED WAREHOUSING
CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED WAREHOUSING CREDIT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of November 29, 2010, by and among WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC (the “ Borrower ”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as credit agent (the “ Credit Agent ”), and the lenders party hereto (the “ Lenders ”).  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings specified therefor in that certain Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement dated as of October 15, 2009, among the Borrower, the Credit Agent, and the Lenders, as amended (the “ Loan Agreement ”).

 

R E C I T A L S

 

A.                                    The Borrower, the Credit Agent, and the Lenders desire to further amend the Loan Agreement on, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

B.                                      In addition, the Borrower has informed the Credit Agent and the Lenders that the Borrower has formed W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I GP, LLC (“ Fund GP ”) and Green Park Express, LLC (“GPFE”) as Subsidiaries, and has requested that the Credit Agent and the Lenders waive any Event of Default under Section 8.3 of the Loan Agreement resulting therefrom and consent to the continuation of Fund GP and GPFE as Subsidiaries of the Borrower, and the Credit Agent and the Lenders have agreed to provide the requested waiver on, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Amendments .  Effective as of the Effective Date, the Loan Agreement is amended as follows:

 

(a)                                   Clause (a) of Section 1.2 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the date “November 29, 2010” where it appears therein with the date “November 28, 2011.”

 

(b)                                  Section 13.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the following definition in its entirety, and replacing it with the following:

 

Applicable Margin ” means (a) for LIBOR Loans, 2.50%, and (b) for Base Rate Loans, 2.50%.

 

(c)                                   Exhibits C and L to the Loan Agreement are hereby deleted in their entirety and replaced with the forms of Exhibits C and L annexed hereto.

 

2.                                        Consent and Waiver .  On and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, as of the Effective Date the Credit Agent and the Lenders consent to, and waive any

 



 

Event of Default caused by, the prior formation by the Borrower of Fund GP and GPFE as Subsidiaries, and consent to Fund GP and GPFE remaining as direct, wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Borrower; provided, however (i) no funds of any kind shall be made available to, or for the benefit or the account of, GP Fund or GPFE by the Borrower or any direct or indirect holder of any Equity Interests in the Borrower, whether by way of capital contribution or other equity investment, loan, or otherwise, after the date of this Agreement (whether or not the Effective Date occurs), and (ii) for the purposes of the Loan Agreement, including, without limitation for the determination of compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 8 of the Loan Agreement, Fund GP and GPFE, including the Borrower’s investment therein and all related income and expenses, shall be disregarded as a Subsidiaries of the Borrower and excluded from all financial statements and reports of the Borrower.

 

3.                                        Acknowledgments by Borrower .  The Borrower acknowledges, confirms and agrees that:

 

(a)                                   This Amendment is a Loan Document, and all references in any Loan Document to the Borrower’s Obligations shall mean and include the Obligations as amended by this Amendment.

 

(b)                                  Except as provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect, and the Borrower hereby (x) ratifies, confirms and reaffirms all and singular of the terms and conditions of the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (y) represents and warrants that:

 

(i)                                      no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date the Borrower executes this Amendment, nor will a Default or Event of Default exist as of the Effective Date.

 

(ii)                                   the representations and warranties made by the Borrower in the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Date, except as to (1) matters which speak to a specific date, (2) changes in the ordinary course to the extent permitted and contemplated by the Loan Agreement, and (3) as reflected in the updated Exhibits annexed to this Amendment.

 

(iii)                                the Borrower has the power and authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment, has taken all necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment, and the person executing and delivering this Amendment on behalf of the Borrower  is duly authorized to do so.

 

(iv)                               this Amendment constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the

 

2



 

rights of creditors generally and the effect of equitable principles whether applied in an action at law or a suit in equity.

 

(v)                                  Exhibits   D , E , F , G , H , J , and K attached hereto are true, correct, and complete updates as of the Effective Date of the corresponding Exhibits to the Loan Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall promptly pay upon receipt of an invoice or statement therefor the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements incurred by the Credit Agent and the Lenders in connection with this Amendment and any prior matters involving the Loan.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower acknowledges that it has no defenses, set offs or counterclaims with respect to any of its obligations to the Credit Agent or the Lenders, and hereby releases, waives, and forever relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which it has or may have as of the date hereof and as of the Effective Date against the Credit Agent or any Lender, or their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, independent contractors, and predecessors, together with their successors and assigns, directly or indirectly arising out of or based upon any matter connected with the Loan Agreement or the administration thereof or the obligations created thereby (including pursuant to this Amendment).

 

4.                                        Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall be effective upon the satisfaction by the Borrower of, or written waiver by the Credit Agent and the Lenders of, the following conditions and any other conditions set forth in this Amendment, by no later than 4:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the date of this Amendment, as such time and date may be extended in writing by the Credit Agent and the Lenders, in their sole discretion (with the date, if at all, by which such conditions have been satisfied or waived being referred to herein as, the “ Effective Date ”), failing which this Amendment and all related documents shall be null and void at the option of the Credit Agent and the Lenders:

 

(a)                                   Delivery by the Borrower to the Credit Agent and each Lender of the following:

 

(i)                                      This Amendment, duly executed by the Borrower, the Credit Agent and each Lender.

 

(ii)                                   Such certificates of resolutions or other actions, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of an authorized officer the Borrower as the Credit Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of the Borrower to enter into this Amendment and any other documents to be executed and delivered in connection herewith, and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each officer of the Borrower authorized to act on its behalf in connection with this Amendment and the other Loan Documents.

 

3



 

(iii)                                A copy of the Operating Agreement of the Borrower, as amended and in effect as of the Effective Date certified by an appropriate officer thereof.

 

(iv)                               An opinion of counsel to the Borrower in form and substance satisfactory to the Credit Agent.

 

(v)                                  Such other documents as the Credit Agent or any Lender reasonably may require, duly executed and delivered.

 

(b)                                  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(c)                                   The representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in this Agreement or in any document, instrument, or agreement delivered or to be delivered in connection with this Agreement (i) shall have been true and correct in all material respects on the date that such representations and warranties were made, and (ii) shall be true and correct in all material respects on the Effective Date as if made on and as of such date.

 

(d)                                  In addition to all other expense payment and reimbursement obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and other Loan Documents, the Borrower will, promptly following their receipt of an appropriate invoice therefor, pay or reimburse the Credit Agent and each Lender for all of their respective reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements) incurred  in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and any other documents in connection herewith and the matters addressed in and contemplated by, this Amendment.

 

(e)                                   The Borrower shall have executed and delivered to (i) the Credit Agent, and (ii) the Lenders, separate Fee Letters, in form and substance acceptable to the Credit Agent and the Lenders, respectively, and the Credit Agent and the Lenders shall have received payment in immediately available funds of all amounts payable thereunder in connection with this Amendment.

 

5.                                        Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   This Amendment shall be governed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to conflict of laws principles) as an instrument under seal.

 

(b)                                  This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Signatures transmitted electronically (including by fax or e-mail) shall have the same legal effect as originals, but each party nevertheless shall deliver original signed counterparts of this Amendment to each other party, upon request.

 

4



 

(c)                                   This Amendment constitutes the complete agreement among the Borrower, the Credit Agent, and the Lenders with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding relating to the subject matter of this Amendment, and may not be modified, altered, or amended except in accordance with the Loan Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of this Amendment.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

5



 

Executed as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC

 

 

 

By

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Credit Agent and a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ Jane E. Huntington

 

Name:

Jane E. Huntington

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

TD BANK, N.A., as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By

/s/ William J. Olsen

 

Name:

William J. Olsen

 

Title:

S.V.P.

 

Signature page to Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement

 


 

EXHIBIT C

 

ELIGIBLE LOANS AND OTHER ASSETS

 

Walker & Dunlop LLC

 

LIMITATIONS ON WAREHOUSING ADVANCES AGAINST MORTGAGE LOANS

 

Lenders’ obligation to make Warehousing Advances under the Agreement is subject to the following limitations:

 

1.             No Warehousing Advance will be made against any Mortgage Loan that has been previously sold or pledged to obtain financing (whether or not such financing constitutes Indebtedness) under another warehousing financing arrangement or a gestation agreement.

 

2.             No Warehousing Advance will be made against any Mortgage Loan that Credit Agent believes may be based on untrue, incomplete or inaccurate or fraudulent information or may otherwise be subject to fraud.

 

3.             No Warehousing Advance will be made against a Mortgage Loan if the Warehousing Advance will exceed the Advance Rate applicable to that type of Eligible Loan at the time it is pledged.

 

4.             No Warehousing Advance will be made against any Third Party Originated Loan.

 

5.             No Warehousing Advance will be made against a Special Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan unless (A) no Person other than Lenders has an outstanding advance to Borrower against the related Master Credit Facility Agreement,  and (B) the related Mortgage Note is in the possession of Credit Agent or a Person other than Borrower or an Affiliate of Borrower, subject to an appropriate bailee arrangement acceptable to Credit Agent, for the benefit of Credit Agent (as agent for Lenders).

 

6.             No Warehousing Advance will be made against an FHA Construction Mortgage Loan unless (a) Credit Agent has at one time had or will obtain (as provided in Exhibit B- FHA/GNMA) possession of the related Mortgage Note, and (b) the related Mortgage Note is in the possession of a Person other than the Borrower or an Affiliate of the Borrower, subject to an appropriate bailee arrangement acceptable to Credit Agent, for the benefit of Credit Agent (as agent for Lenders).

 

ELIGIBLE LOANS AND TERMS OF WAREHOUSING ADVANCES

 

Subject to compliance with the terms and limitations set forth below, and the terms, representations and warranties and the covenants in the Agreement (including applicable

 

1



 

Exhibits), each of the following Mortgage Loans is an Eligible Loan for purposes of the Agreement:

 

1.             Fannie Mae DUS Mortgage Loan

 

(a)           Definition :   A permanent Mortgage Loan on a Multifamily Property originated by a Borrower  under Fannie Mae’s Delegated Underwriting and Servicing Guide.

 

(b)           Subordinate Mortgage Loan :  Only Second Mortgage Loans and Third Mortgage Loans permitted.

 

(c)           Committed/Uncommitted : Purchase Commitment required.

 

(d)           Advance Rate : 100% of the lesser of (i) the Mortgage Note Amount or (ii) the Committed Purchase Price.

 

(e)           Warehouse Period : 45 days for cash transactions. 45 days for an Agency Security issued by Fannie Mae.

 

(f)            Shipped Period : 45 days for cash transactions. 45 days for an Agency Security issued by Fannie Mae.

 

2.             Special Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan

 

(a)           Definition : A permanent Mortgage Loan on one or more Multifamily Properties originated by a Borrower under a Master Credit Facility Agreement and evidenced by one or more Mortgage Notes in the possession of Credit Agent (or a bailee for the benefit of Credit Agent, as agent for Lenders) or Fannie Mae (under an applicable bailee or other arrangement recognizing Credit Agent’s first priority security interest therein, as agent for Lenders).

 

(b)           Subordinate Mortgage Loan : Not permitted.

 

(c)           Committed/Uncommitted : Purchase Commitment required.

 

(d)           Advance Rate : 100% of the lesser of (i) the Mortgage Note Amount or (ii) the Committed Purchase Price.

 

(e)           Warehouse Period : 45 days for cash transactions. 45 days for an Agency Security issued by Fannie Mae.

 

(f)            Shipped Period : 45 days for cash transactions. 45 days for an Agency Security issued by Fannie Mae.

 

3.             Other Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan

 

(a)           Definition : A permanent Mortgage Loan originated by Borrower on a Multifamily Property

 

2



 

covered by a Purchase Commitment issued by Fannie Mae, other than (i) a Fannie Mae DUS Mortgage Loan or (ii) a Special Fannie Mae Mortgage Loan.

 

(b)           Subordinate Mortgage Loan : Not permitted.

 

(c)           Committed/Uncommitted : Purchase Commitment required.

 

(d)           Advance Rate : 100% of the lesser of (i) the Mortgage Note Amount or (ii) the Committed Purchase Price.

 

(e)           Warehouse Period : 45 days for cash transactions. 45 days for an Agency Security issued by Fannie Mae.

 

(f)            Shipped Period : 45 days for cash transactions. 45 days for an Agency Security issued by Fannie Mae.

 

4.             FHA Permanent Mortgage Loan

 

(a)           Definition : A permanent FHA fully-insured Mortgage Loan secured by a mortgage on a Multi-Family Property.

 

(b)           Subordinate Mortgage Loans : Only second mortgage loans permitted.

 

(c)           Committed/Uncommitted : Purchase Commitment required.

 

(d)           Advance Rate: 100% of the lesser of (i) the Mortgage Note Amount or (ii) the Committed Purchase Price.

 

(e)           Warehouse Period : 45 days.

 

(f)            Shipped Period : 45 days.

 

5.             FHA Construction Mortgage Loan

 

(a)           Definition . An FHA fully-insured Mortgage Loan for the construction or substantial rehabilitation of a Multi-Family Property.

 

(b)           Subordinate Mortgage Loans : Not permitted.

 

(c)           Committed/Uncommitted : Purchase Commitment required.

 

(d).          Advance Rate: 100% of the lesser of (i) the Mortgage Note Amount or (ii) the Committed Purchase Price.

 

(e)           Warehouse Period : 45 days.

 

(f).           Shipped Period : 45 days.

 

3



 

6.             Freddie Mac Program Plus Loan

 

(a)           Definition : Multi-Family Loans sold to Freddie Mac pursuant to the Freddie Mac Program Plus Seller/Servicer program.

 

(b)           Subordinate Mortgage Loans : Only Second Mortgage Loans or Third Mortgage Loans permitted.

 

(c)           Committed/Uncommitted : Purchase Commitment required.

 

(d).          Advance Rate: 100% of the lesser of (i) the Mortgage Note Amount or (ii) the Committed Purchase Price.

 

(e).          Warehouse Period : 45 days.

 

(f).           Shipped Period : 45 days.

 

4


 

Exhibit D

 

Authorized Representatives

 

William M Walker

Deborah A Wilson

Debra Casale

Veronica Langhofer

Gregory Florkowski

Judy DiRienzo

Shanekwa N. Harrison

Stacy Kraft

 



 

Exhibit E

 

Master Credit Facilities

 

UDRT

 

$

250,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

MILESTONE

 

$

322,113,900

 

 

 

 

 

BENCHMARK

 

$

480,030,000

 

 



 

Exhibit F

 

Subsidiaries of Walker & Dunlop, LLC

 

Subsidiary Name

 

Address

 

Jurisdiction of
Organization

 

Foreign
Qualifications

 

Percentage of
Ownership
Interests Held

 

W&D Balanced Real Estate Fund I GP, LLC

 

7501 Wisconsin Avenue

Suite 1200

Bethesda, MD 20814-6531

 

Delaware

 

None

 

100

%

Green Park Express, LLC

 

7501 Wisconsin Avenue

Suite 1200

Bethesda, MD 20814-6531

 

Delaware

 

California

 

100

%

 



 

Exhibit G

 

Assumed Names

 

None.

 



 

Exhibit H

 

Servicing Portfolio

 

Attached is the Servicing Portfolio of Walker & Dunlop, LLC as of September 30, 2010.

 



 

Walker & Dunlop, LLC

 

Loan Servicing Portfolio

Portfolio Size and Number of Loans

 

 

 

September 30, 2010

 

Fannie Mae

 

 

 

 

 

Fannie Mae-At Risk

 

5,736,752,237

 

(949

)

Fannie Mae-No Risk

 

1,433,510,718

 

(68

)

Fannie Mae-Modified Risk

 

2,001,830,486

 

(145

)

Non-Fannie Mae

 

 

 

 

 

Ginnie Mae-HUD

 

700,940,646

 

(92

)

Freddie Mac

 

2,385,979,531

 

(181

)

CDT

 

17,107,846

 

(12

)

Aegon Non-Cashier (Est.)

 

472,528,911

 

(29

)

Prudential Mtg Non-Cashier (Est.)

 

1,611,653

 

(1

)

PNC Non-Cashier (Est.)

 

146,541,314

 

(7

)

Reliastar/ING

 

12,934,914

 

(4

)

ING Investment Management

 

61,392,568

 

(10

)

SunAmerica/AIG Life Ins. Co.

 

305,982,535

 

(15

)

Berkadia (f.k.a Amresco)

 

1,208,548

 

(1

)

Berkadia (formerly Capmark/GMAC)

 

86,918,440

 

(8

)

Sun Life Assurance of Canada

 

267,818,983

 

(50

)

American Equity Investment

 

59,911,528

 

(19

)

Nationwide Life Insurance Co.

 

144,989,925

 

(10

)

Wachovia Bank

 

190,047,027

 

(19

)

Indianapolis Life Ins. Co. (AVIVA)

 

34,323,093

 

(3

)

American Investors Life Ins. Co.

 

94,498,627

 

(5

)

Ohio National Financial Services

 

9,020,627

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

14,165,850,157

 

(1,630

)

 



 

Exhibit J

 

Lines of Credit

 

Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, GPF Acquisition, LLC, as Borrower, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, as Guarantors, and Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as Pledgor, and the Lenders Party thereto.

 

Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated as of June 30, 2010, by and between Walker & Dunlop, LLC, as Borrower, and PNC Bank, N.A.

 

Master Loan Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of March 30, 2010, by and between Walker & Dunlop, LLC and Kemps Landing Capital Company

 



 

Exhibit K

 

Foreign Qualifications and Licenses

 

Walker & Dunlop, LLC Foreign Qualification

 

Alabama, California, Colorado, Georgia, Illinois, Louisiana, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Jersey, New York, Ohio, Oklahoma, Texas, Wisconsin

 

Walker & Dunlop, LLC Mortgage Lender and Mortgage Servicer Licenses

 

Freddie Mac Multifamily Program Plus Approval

 

Fannie Mae DUS Authority

 

California Finance Lender License

 

South Dakota Lender License

 



 

EXHIBIT L

 

MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND CHARGES

 

Collateral Handling Fee:

 

$250.00 per transaction

 

 

 

Annual Base Custody Fee:

 

$3,500

 

 

 

Custody Transaction Fees:

 

$40.00 per MBS transaction

 




Exhibit 10.30

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of January 30, 2009

among

GPF ACQUISITION, LLC,

as Borrower

 

WALKER & DUNLOP MULTIFAMILY, INC., WALKER & DUNLOP GP, LLC,
and GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

 

as Guarantors

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC,

as Pledgor

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent

and

THE LENDERS PARTY HERETO

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I. DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

2

 

 

 

1.01

Defined Terms

2

1.02

Other Interpretive Provisions

26

1.03

Accounting Terms

26

1.04

Rounding

27

1.05

Times of Day

27

 

 

 

ARTICLE II. THE COMMITMENTS AND LOANS

27

 

 

 

2.01

Loans

27

2.02

Conversions and Continuations of Loans

27

2.03

Prepayments and Repayments

27

2.04

Extension Option

28

2.05

Interest

28

2.06

Computation of Interest

29

2.07

Evidence of Debt

29

2.08

Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback

29

2.09

Sharing of Payments by Lenders

30

 

 

 

ARTICLE III. TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

31

 

 

 

3.01

Taxes

31

3.02

Illegality

32

3.03

Inability to Determine Rates

33

3.04

Increased Costs; Reserves on LIBOR Rate Loans

33

3.05

Compensation for Losses

34

3.06

Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders

35

3.07

Survival

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS

35

 

 

 

4.01

Conditions of Loan

35

 

 

 

ARTICLE V. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

38

 

 

 

5.01

Existence, Qualification and Power

38

5.02

Authorization; No Contravention

38

5.03

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

38

5.04

Binding Effect

38

5.05

Base Line Projections

39

5.06

Litigation

39

5.07

No Default

39

5.08

Ownership of Property; Liens

39

5.09

Environmental Compliance

39

5.10

Insurance

40

5.11

Taxes

40

5.12

ERISA Compliance

40

5.13

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

41

5.14

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

41

5.15

Disclosure

42

5.16

Compliance with Laws

42

5.17

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

42

 

1



 

5.18

Labor Matters

42

5.19

Security Documents

43

5.20

Solvency

43

5.21

Deposit Accounts

43

5.22

Brokers

43

5.23

Customer and Trade Relations

43

5.24

Material Contracts

43

5.25

Casualty

44

5.26

Transaction

44

 

 

 

ARTICLE  VI. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

45

 

 

 

6.01

Financial Statements

45

6.02

Certificates; Other Information

46

6.03

Notices

47

6.04

Payment of Obligations

47

6.05

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

48

6.06

Maintenance of Properties

48

6.07

Maintenance of Insurance

48

6.08

Compliance with Laws

48

6.09

Books and Records; Accountants

48

6.10

Inspection Rights; Appraisals

49

6.11

Information Regarding the Collateral

49

6.12

Environmental Laws

50

6.13

Further Assurances

50

6.14

Material Contracts

50

6.15

Operating Accounts

50

6.16

Subsequent Transaction Documents

50

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

51

 

 

 

7.01

Liens; Negative Pledges

51

7.02

Investments

51

7.03

Indebtedness

51

7.04

Fundamental Changes

51

7.05

Dispositions

52

7.06

Restricted Payments; Restricted Distributions; Affiliate Tax Loans

52

7.07

Prepayments of Indebtedness

54

7.08

Change in Nature of Business

55

7.09

Transactions with Affiliates

55

7.10

Burdensome Agreements

56

7.11

Use of Proceeds

56

7.12

Amendment of Material Documents

56

7.13

Corporate Name; Fiscal Year

56

7.14

Financial Covenants

56

7.15

Warehousing Agreement

58

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII. SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING GREEN PARK AND WDLLC

59

 

 

 

8.01

Special Representations, Warranties and Covenants Concerning Green Park Eligibility as Seller/Servicer of Mortgage Loans

59

8.02

Special Representation, Warranty and Covenant with respect to Green Park Concerning Fannie Mae Program Reserve Requirements

59

8.03

Green Park Pledge of Fannie Mae Servicing Contract Rights

59

 

2



 

8.04

Special Representations, Warranties and Covenants Concerning WDLLC Eligibility as Seller/Servicer of Mortgage Loans

61

8.05

Special Representation, Warranty and Covenant with respect to WDLLC Concerning Fannie Mae Program Reserve Requirements

61

8.06

WDLLC Pledge of Fannie Mae Servicing Contract Rights

61

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

63

 

 

 

9.01

Events of Default

63

9.02

Remedies Upon Event of Default

66

9.03

Application of Funds

66

9.04

Fannie Mae Limitations

67

9.05

Freddie Mac Limitations

67

 

 

 

ARTICLE X. ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

67

 

 

 

10.01

Appointment and Authority

67

10.02

Rights as a Lender

68

10.03

Exculpatory Provisions

68

10.04

Reliance by Agents

69

10.05

Delegation of Duties

69

10.06

Resignation of Agents

69

10.07

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

70

10.08

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

70

10.09

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

71

10.10

Notice of Transfer

71

10.11

Reports and Financial Statements

71

10.12

Agency for Perfection

72

10.13

Indemnification of Agents

72

10.14

Relation among Credit Parties

72

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI. GUARANTEE; PLEDGES OF NON-FANNIE MAE SERVICING CONTRACTS

72

 

 

 

11.01

The Guarantee

72

11.02

Obligations Unconditional

73

11.03

Reinstatement

74

11.04

Subrogation; Subordination

74

11.05

Remedies

74

11.06

Continuing Guarantee

74

11.07

Pledge of Investor Servicing Rights by Green Park

74

11.08

Pledge of Investor Servicing Rights by WDLLC

76

11.09

Grant of Security Interest in Transaction Documents

78

 

 

 

ARTICLE XII. MISCELLANEOUS

79

 

 

 

12.01

Amendments, Etc.

79

12.02

Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications

80

12.03

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

81

12.04

Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver

82

12.05

Payments Set Aside

83

12.06

Successors and Assigns

83

12.07

Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality

86

12.08

Right of Setoff

86

12.09

Interest Rate Limitation

87

 

3



 

12.10

Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness

87

12.11

Survival

87

12.12

Severability

87

12.13

Replacement of Lenders

88

12.14

Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

88

12.15

Waiver of Jury Trial

89

12.16

No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility

89

12.17

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

90

12.18

Time of the Essence

90

12.19

Press Releases

90

12.20

Additional Waivers

91

12.21

No Strict Construction

92

12.22

Attachments

92

 

4



 

SCHEDULES

 

2.01

Commitments and Applicable Percentages

5.01

Loan Parties Organizational Information

5.10

Insurance

5.13

Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments

5.21

Deposit Accounts

5.24

Material Contracts

7.01

Existing Liens

 

 

EXHIBITS

 

 

A

Form of Note

B

Form of Compliance Certificate

C

Form of Assignment and Assumption

 

1



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT is entered into as of January 30, 2009 among

 

GPF ACQUISITION, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Borrower” ),

 

WALKER & DUNLOP MULTIFAMILY, INC., a Delaware corporation, and WALKER & DUNLOP GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as Guarantors,

 

GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a District of Columbia limited partnership (“Green Park”),

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC., a Delaware corporation (“WD”),

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( “WDLLC” ),

 

each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender” ), and

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS:

 

Pursuant to the Partnership Interest Purchase Agreement dated as of October 26 2006 by and among the Borrower, Sun GP Corp. and SunAmerica Life Insurance Company, as sellers, the Borrower acquired (the “Acquisition” ) all of the interests of such sellers in Green Park.

 

At the request of the Borrower the Lenders provided a $42,500,000 term loan facility to finance the Acquisition, pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in that certain Credit Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date entered in to among the Borrower, Multifamily Inc., GP, Green Park, WD, the Lenders party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (as amended and in effect, the “Existing Credit Agreement” ). As of the date hereof the current outstanding principal balance of the Loan is $33,300,000.00.

 

Green Park and WD have advised Administrative Agent and the Lenders that they have entered into the Transaction Documents with CGL (as hereafter defined), pursuant to which they have formed WDLLC for the purpose of creating a vehicle by which they may aggregate their assets and experience for the purpose of enhancing the business of each of Green Park, WD and CGL.

 

In connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (the “Transaction” ), parties to the Existing Agreement desire to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement as provided herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth in this Agreement, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Lenders, the Agents, the Guarantors and the Borrower hereby agree that the Existing Credit Agreement shall be amended and restated, without novation, in its entirety to read as follows:

 

1



 

ARTICLE I.
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

 

1.01 Defined Terms. In addition to terms which are defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

ACH ” means automated clearing house transfers.

 

Accommodation Payment ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.20(d) .

 

Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements hereto.

 

Additional Distribution ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06(c) .

 

Additional Distribution Subordinated Note ” has the meaning specified in Section. 7.06(c) .

 

Adjusted LIBOR Rate ” means, with respect to any LIBOR Rate Loan for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/16 of one percent (1%)) equal to (a) the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate. The Adjusted LIBOR Rate will be adjusted automatically as to all LIBOR Rate Loans then outstanding as of the effective date of any change in the Statutory Reserve Rate.

 

Adjusted Tangible Net Worth ” means with respect to WDLLC, as of the date of determination thereof (net of intercompany accounts and without duplication):

 

(a)            the result of total assets minus total liabilities, each determined on in accordance with GAAP,

 

plus

 

(b)            the Fair Market Value of all Servicing Contracts of WDLLC,

 

minus

 

the sum of (i) the GAAP value of all Servicing Contracts of WDLLC and (ii) intangible assets of WDLLC and its Subsidiaries (only to the extent not included in the immediately preceding clause (i)).

 

Administrative Agent ” means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.

 

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account, as set forth in Section 12.02 or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Lenders.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, (i) another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified (and, if the specified Person is an individual, including any member of such Person’s immediate family (by blood or marriage)), (ii) any director, officer, managing member, partner, trustee, or beneficiary of that Person, (iii) any other Person directly or indirectly holding 10% or more of any class of the Equity Interests of that Person, and (iv) any other Person 10% or more of any class of whose Equity Interests is held directly or indirectly by that Person.

 

2



 

Affiliate Tax Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06 .

 

Agent(s) ” means, individually, the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, and collectively means both of them.

 

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

 

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement, as the same may be from time to time amended, modified, or restated, or any provision hereof waived.

 

Applicable Margin ” means 3.50%.

 

Applicable Percentage ” means with respect to each Lender, that percentage of the Commitments of all Lenders hereunder to make Loans to the Borrower. The initial Applicable Percentage of each Lender is set forth opposite the name of such Lender on Schedule 2.01 or in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable.

 

Appraised Value ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.10(c) .

 

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Assignee Group ” means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another or two or more Approved Funds managed by the same investment advisor.

 

Assignment and Assumption ” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an Eligible Assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 12.06(b)) , and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in substantially the form of Exhibit C or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

At Risk Mortgage Loans ” means Mortgage Loans as to which WDLLC has any loss sharing arrangement or otherwise are with recourse to WDLLC.

 

Bank of America ” means Bank of America, N.A. and its successors.

 

Bankruptcy Code ” is defined within the definition of “ Debtor Relief Laws .”

 

Base Line Projections ” means the projections provided to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 4.01(c) .

 

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate for such day, or (b) sum of (i) the Federal Funds Rate for such day, plus (ii) 0.50%.

 

Base Rate Loan ” means the Term Loan at any time that it is required to bear interest based on the Base Rate in accordance with applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located and, if such day relates to any LIBOR Rate Loan, means any

 

3



 

such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank market.

 

Cash Management Services ” means any one or more of the following types or services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates: (a) ACH transactions, (b) cash management services, including, without limitation, controlled disbursement services, treasury, depository, overdraft, and electronic funds transfer services, or (c) foreign exchange facilities.

 

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq.

 

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

 

CGL ” means Column Guaranteed LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

 

Change of Control ” means an event or series of events, by which:

 

(a)            Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith III, William M. Walker and Taylor S. Walker shall cease to own and control legally and beneficially (free and clear of all Liens other than Related Party Permitted Encumbrances) not less than 51% on a fully-diluted basis, of all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Multifamily Inc.;

 

(b)            Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith III, William M. Walker and Taylor S. Walker shall cease to own and control legally and beneficially (free and clear of all Liens other than Related Party Permitted Encumbrances) not less than 51% on a fully-diluted basis, of all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in WD; provided , however , that the parties hereto agree that a proportionate reduction in the ownership percentages set forth in this clause (b) resulting from the WD Disposition shall not constitute a Change of Control;

 

(c)            Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith III, William M. Walker and Taylor S. Walker shall cease to own and control legally and beneficially (free and clear of all Liens other than Related Party Permitted Encumbrances) not less than 51% on a fully-diluted basis, of all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in GP;

 

(d)            Other than pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith III, William M. Walker and Taylor S. Walker shall cease to own and control legally and beneficially (free and clear of all Liens other than Related Party Permitted Encumbrances) not less than 51% on a fully-diluted basis, of all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in the Borrower;

 

(e)            Multifamily Inc., GP and Borrower shall cease to collectively and directly own and Control, legally and beneficially (free and clear of all Liens), 100% of all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Green Park;

 

4


 

(f)             GP shall cease to be the managing general partner of Green Park;

 

(g)            WD, Green Park, and their Affiliates shall cease to collectively and directly own and Control, legally and beneficially (free and clear of all Liens), not less than 51% of all the issued and outstanding Common Units or other voting Equity Interests issued by WDLLC, or otherwise shall cease to collectively and directly Control WDLLC;

 

(h)            Both Principals cease to be actively involved in the management of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries to the same extent as on the Original Closing Date, and, with respect to WDLLC as contemplated as of the Closing Date (except due to the Principals’ death or disability, provided, however, in such instance, any replacement of such Principals shall be subject to approval in writing by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, within 60 days of such death or disability); or

 

(i)             any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation thereof, will result in its or their acquisition of the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of any Loan Party or of WDLLC, or Control over the Equity Interests of any Loan Party or of WDLLC which is entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the subject Person, on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such Person or Persons have the right to acquire pursuant to any option right);

 

provided , however , that any change in the ownership percentages set forth in any of clauses (a), (b) or (c) resulting from (i) the exercise by WD or Multifamily, Inc., as applicable, of foreclosure rights with respect to Related Party Permitted Encumbrances as permitted under the Smith Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) the exercise of any repurchase of Equity Interests from a Minority Holder or a Principal permitted under the Loan Documents, shall not constitute a Change of Control; provided , further , that in the event of a transfer of Equity Interests by operation of law which violates any of clauses (a) through (j), (I) the Borrower agrees to notify the Administrative Agent promptly and in any event within two (2) Business Days following Borrower becoming aware of such transfer and (II) the Loan Parties, WDLLC and the Administrative Agent agree to work together in good faith for a period of 30 days following the delivery of such notice to seek a mutually satisfactory resolution of such breach, during which 30 days any breach of clauses (a) through (j) resulting from such transfer shall not be deemed to be an Event of Default hereunder. Any transfer which is mutually agreed to by the Administrative Agent, the Loan Parties and WDLLC in accordance with the foregoing shall be referred to as a “Permitted Operation of Law Transfer”.

 

Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 12.01.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended and in effect.

 

Collateral ” means any and all collateral as defined in, or in which a security interest shall be granted pursuant to, this Agreement and each other applicable Security Document and all other property that is or is intended under the terms of the this Agreement and/or other Security Documents to be subject to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent.

 

Collateral Agent ” means Bank of America, N.A., acting in such capacity for its own benefit and the ratable benefit of the other Credit Parties.

 

5



 

Commitment ” means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01 , in the principal amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 2.01 .

 

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

Consent ” means actual consent given by a Lender from whom such consent is sought.

 

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

Credit Party ” or “ Credit Parties ” means (a) individually, (i) each Lender and its Affiliates, (ii) each Agent, (iii) each beneficiary of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Loan Document, (iv) any other Person to whom Obligations under this Agreement and other Loan Documents are owing, and (v) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (b) collectively, all of the foregoing.

 

Credit Party Expenses ” means, without limitation,

 

(a)            all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agents and their respective Affiliates, in connection with

 

(i)            this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including without limitation the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Agents, outside consultants for the Agents, appraisers and all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations, and

 

(ii)           the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the Loan Documents or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral, or any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Obligations; and

 

(b)            all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Credit Parties who are not the Agents or any Affiliate of any of them, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, provided that such Credit Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement for no more than one counsel representing all such Credit Parties (absent a conflict of interest in which case the Credit Parties may engage and be reimbursed for additional counsel).

 

Debtor Relief Laws ” means Title 11 of the United States Code (as amended from time to time, and any successor statute or statutes, the “Bankruptcy Code”), and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

6



 

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate ” means the following:

 

(a)            with respect to Base Rate Loans an interest rate equal to (i) the Base Rate plus (ii) the Applicable Margin applicable to Base Rate Loans, plus (iii) 4% per annum; and

 

(b)            with respect to a LIBOR Rate Loan, an interest rate equal to (i) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, plus (ii) the Applicable Margin applicable to LIBOR Rate Loans, plus (iii) 4% per annum.

 

Defaulting Lender ” means any Lender that (a) has failed to pay over to the Administrative Agent or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute, or (b) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding.

 

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale, transfer, license or other disposition of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets) to or in favor of any Person) of any property (including, without limitation, any Equity Interests) by any Person (or the granting of any option or other right to do any of the foregoing), including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith .

 

Dollars ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

 

EBITDA ” means, at any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to the following, all as determined in accordance with GAAP (net of intercompany transactions and without duplication):

 

(c)            Net Income for the most recently completed Measurement Period;

 

plus

 

(d)            to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income, and to the extent prefunded or to be funded by CGL (i) up to $500,000, in the aggregate, of termination fees and other costs associated with terminating WDLLC’s servicing contract with Capmark and transferring the services previously provided by Capmark to WDLLC, (ii) up to $4,833,205, in the aggregate in compensation expenses associated with WDLLC employment of former employees of CGL, (iii) up to $750,000, in the aggregate, of operating deficits assumed by WDLLC in respect of CGL’s FHA lending operation, and (iv) up to $2,973,805.75, in the aggregate, of losses arising out of CGL’s Servicing Portfolio;

 

plus

 

(e)            an amount equal to any Passed-Through Interest Distributions made during the applicable Measurement Period.

 

7



 

minus

 

(f)             to the extent included in calculating Net Income, (i) capitalized amounts attributable to origination of Servicing Contract rights and (ii) cash received under the Rate Cap Agreement and any unrealized gains under the Rate Cap Agreement.

 

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Credit Party or any of its Affiliates; (b) a bank, insurance company, or company engaged in the business of making commercial loans, which Person, together with its Affiliates, has a combined capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000; (c) an Approved Fund; (d) any Person to whom a Credit Party assigns its rights and obligations under this Agreement as part of an assignment and transfer of such Credit Party’s rights in and to a material portion of such Credit Party’s portfolio of asset based credit facilities, and (e) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include a Loan Party or any of the Loan Parties’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

 

Employee LLC ” means Walker & Dunlop II, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

 

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

 

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

 

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

 

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

 

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a

 

8



 

cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.01 . An Event of Default shall be deemed to be continuing unless and until that Event of Default has been duly waived as provided in Section 12.03 .

 

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, a Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 12.13) , any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure or inability (other than as a result of a Change in Law) to comply with Section 3.01(e) , except to the extent that such Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Borrower with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 3.01(a) .

 

Extension Option ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04 .

 

Extraordinary Receipt ” means any cash received by or paid to or for the account of any Person not in the ordinary course of business, including tax refunds, pension plan reversions, proceeds of insurance (other than proceeds of business interruption insurance to the extent such proceeds constitute compensation for lost earnings), condemnation awards (and payments in lieu thereof), indemnity payments and any purchase price adjustments.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, at any time for any Servicing Contract as of any date of determination, the Appraised Value thereof, using the mid-point if such Appraised Value is expressed as a range, based upon the most recent appraisal approved by the Administrative Agent, or, if the most recent approved appraisal is more than 90 days old, based upon the estimated fair market value thereof determined as of the then most recently ended Fiscal Quarter by WDLLC in good faith, and subject to the Administrative Agent’s prior approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, by applying the same metrics (same stratifications by type and same valuation factors (including the mid-point thereof if such appraisal expressed the valuation factors as a range)) utilized by the appraiser who provided the most recent Appraised Value to the updated Servicing Contracts (i.e., the updated principal balances of Mortgage Loans being serviced thereunder).

 

Fannie Mae ” means Fannie Mae, a corporation created under the laws of the United States, and any successor corporation or other entity.

 

9



 

Fannie Mae Agreements ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03(a) .

 

Fannie Mae Aggregation Program ” means Fannie Mae’s program for the purchase of Mortgage Loans described in the Aggregation Product Line portion of Fannie Mae’s Negotiated Transactions Guide, as amended from time to time.

 

Fannie Mae DUS Mortgage Loan ” means a permanent Mortgage Loan on a Multifamily Property originated under Fannie Mae’s Delegated Underwriting and Servicing Guide, as amended from time to time.

 

Fannie Mae DUS Program ” means Fannie Mae’s program for the purchase of Mortgage Loans originated under Fannie Mae’s Delegated Underwriting and Servicing Guide, as amended from time to time.

 

Fannie Mae Program ” means any of (i) the Fannie Mae DUS Program, (ii) Fannie Mae Aggregation Program, (iii) Fannie Mae Small Mortgage Loan Program (successor to the former 3MaxExpress Program), (iv) Fannie Mae DUS Plus Program and (v) any other program offered by Fannie Mae at any time and from time to time in which WDLLC participates, or Green Park and CGL participate (but only during the applicable transitional periods set forth in the Transition Services Agreement).

 

Fannie Mae Servicing Contracts ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03(a) .

 

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

First Extended Maturity Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04.

 

Fiscal Month ” means any fiscal month of any Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means any fiscal quarter of any Fiscal Year.

 

Fiscal Year ” means any period of twelve consecutive months ending on December 31 of any calendar year.

 

FM Designated Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03(a) .

 

Foreign Lender ” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

 

Formation Agreement ” means the Formation Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009 by and among Green Park, WD, CGL and WDLLC.

 

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

10



 

Freddie Mac ” means Freddie Mac, a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, and any successor corporation or other entity.

 

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

 

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

 

GP ” means Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Green Park ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

Green Park FM Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03(a) .

 

Green Park FM Security Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03(a) .

 

Green Park Investor Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(a) .

 

Green Park Investor Designated Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(a) .

 

Green Park Investor Security Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(a) .

 

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum

 

11



 

reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

Guarantor ” means each of Multifamily Inc., GP and Green Park, and each other Person that shall at any time become a guarantor hereunder.

 

Hazardous Materials ” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Hedging Arrangements ” means, with respect to any Person, any agreements or other arrangements (including interest rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and forward sale agreements) entered into to protect that Person against changes in interest rates or the market value of assets.

 

HUD ” means the Department of Housing and Urban Development, and any successor agency or other entity.

 

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person, all obligations, contingent and otherwise, that in accordance with GAAP should be classified upon the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and such Person’s Subsidiaries as liabilities, or to which reference should be made by footnotes thereto, including in any event and whether or not so classified: (a) all obligations for borrowed money or other extensions of credit whether secured or unsecured, absolute or contingent, including, without limitation, unmatured reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit or guarantees issued for the account of or on behalf of such Person and its Subsidiaries and all obligations representing the deferred purchase price of property; (b) all obligations evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments; (c) all liabilities secured by any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, or other encumbrance existing on property owned or acquired subject thereto, whether or not the liability secured thereby shall have been assumed; (d) all guarantees, endorsements and other contingent obligations whether direct or indirect, in respect of indebtedness of others or otherwise, including any obligations under Hedging Arrangements and otherwise with respect to puts, swaps, and other similar undertakings, any obligation to supply funds to or in any manner to invest in, directly or indirectly, the debtor, to purchase indebtedness, or to assure the owner of indebtedness against loss, through an agreement to purchase goods, supplies, or services for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of the indebtedness held by such owner or otherwise, and the obligations to reimburse the issuer in respect of any letters of credit; and (e) that portion of all obligations arising under capital leases that is required to be capitalized on the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries; but excluding, in all events obligations arising under operating leases and accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

 

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.04(b) .

 

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.07 .

 

Initial Maturity Date ” means October 31, 2009.

 

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any LIBOR Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each month and the Maturity Date.

 

12



 

Interest Period ” means, unless the Term Loan has become a Base Rate Loan, the period commencing on the first day following each expiring Interest Period (as provided in Section 2.02), or on the first day that the Term Loan resumes as a LIBOR Rate Loan after having been required to become a Base Rate Loan as required by applicable provisions of this Agreement, and ending in each case on the date one month thereafter; provided that:

 

(i)               any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

 

(ii)              any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period;

 

(iii)             no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date; and

 

(iv)             notwithstanding the provisions of clause (iii), no Interest Period shall have a duration of other than one (1) month, and if any Interest Period applicable to a LIBOR Rate Loan would be for a shorter period, such Interest Period shall not be available hereunder.

 

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person; provided , however , that trade advances, prepaid expenses and similar transactions made in the ordinary course of business shall not be deemed “Investments”, (c) any acquisition, or (d) any other investment of money or capital in order to obtain a profitable return. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

 

Investor ” means any Person (other than Fannie Mae) that purchases Mortgage Loans serviced by Green Park.

 

Investor Servicing Contracts ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(a) .

 

Investor Agreements ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.07(a) .

 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Laws ” means each international, foreign, Federal, state and local statute, treaty, rule, guideline, regulation, ordinance, code and administrative or judicial precedent or authority, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and each applicable administrative order, directed duty, request, license, authorization and permit of, and agreement with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

 

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

13



 

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender from time to time described as such in a written notice to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, at least three (3) Business Days before any payment is due hereunder or any other Loan Documents to any such Lender.

 

LIBOR Rate ” means for any Interest Period applicable to the Term Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“BBA LIBOR”) , as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “LIBOR Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Term Loan with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of America’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

LIBOR Rate Loan ” means the Term Loan at any time other than when it is required to be a Base Rate Loan in accordance with applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

Lien ” means (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever and (b) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities.

 

Liquid Assets ” means the following unrestricted and unencumbered assets owned by a Person (and, if applicable, that Person’s Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis) as of any date of determination: (a) cash, (b) funds on deposit in accounts with any bank located in the United States, (c) investment grade commercial paper, (d) money market funds, (e) marketable securities actively traded on a major U.S. exchange, (f) securities issued or fully guarantied or insured by the United States government or any agency thereof (but subject to the full faith and credit of the United States) or Fannie Mae and (g) Mortgage Loans secured by Multifamily Properties that are presold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or a conduit or investor approved in writing by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion.

 

Liquidation ” means the exercise by the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent of those rights and remedies accorded to such Agents under the Loan Documents and applicable Law as a creditor of the Loan Parties with respect to the realization on the Collateral, including (after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default) the conduct by the Loan Parties acting with the consent of the Administrative Agent, of any public, or private sale or other disposition of the Collateral for the purpose of liquidating the Collateral. Derivations of the word “Liquidation” (such as “Liquidate”) are used with like meaning in this Agreement.

 

Loan ” means the extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower under Article II .

 

Loan Account ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07 .

 

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, each Note, the Security Documents, and any other instrument or agreement now or hereafter executed and delivered in connection herewith, or in connection with any transaction arising out of any Cash Management Services, each as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

14


 

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower, each Guarantor, and WD.

 

LTSV Ratio ” means, at any time of determination, the quotient, expressed as a percentage, of (a) the then Outstanding Amount of the Loan, divided by (b) the then Fair Market Value of all Servicing Contracts of WDLLC.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), or condition (financial or otherwise) of any Loan Party, WDLLC or the Loan Parties taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party or WDLLC to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Agent or the Lenders under any Loan Document or a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party or WDLLC of any Loan Document to which it is a party. In determining whether any individual event would result in a Material Adverse Effect, notwithstanding that such event in and of itself does not have such effect, a Material Adverse Effect shall be deemed to have occurred if the cumulative effect of such event and all other then existing events would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Material Contract ” means any Contractual Obligation the default or breach of which by any party thereto could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Maturity Date ” means, as applicable, the Initial Maturity Date, the First Extended Maturity Date, or the Second Extended Maturity Date.

 

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning provided therefor in Section 12.09 .

 

Measurement Period ” means, at any date of determination, the most recently completed four Fiscal Quarters of the applicable Person. For purposes of calculating any financial ratio or financial covenant for a Measurement Period (a) other than with respect to the last Fiscal Quarter of any Fiscal Year, the financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(b) shall be used with respect to each respective Fiscal Quarter covered thereby, provided that, when a Measurement Period includes a Fiscal Quarter which is covered by the then most recently delivered audited financial statements required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(a), then the financial statements relating to such prior covered Fiscal Quarters shall be adjusted pursuant to any adjustments made in such audited financial statements, and (b) for the fourth Fiscal Quarter, the audited financial statements for the Fiscal Year then ended shall be used.

 

Minority Holders ” means each holder of five percent or less of Equity Interests in a Loan Party.

 

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

Mortgage ” means a mortgage or deed of trust on real property that is improved and substantially completed.

 

Mortgage Loan ” means any loan evidenced by a Mortgage Note and secured by a Mortgage and, if applicable, a Mortgage Security Agreement.

 

Mortgage Note ” means a promissory note secured by one or more Mortgages and, if applicable, one or more Mortgage Security Agreements.

 

15



 

Mortgage Security Agreement ” means a security agreement or other agreement that creates a Lien on personal property, including furniture, fixtures and equipment, to secure repayment of a Mortgage Loan.

 

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

 

Multifamily Inc .” means Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

Multifamily Property ” means real property that contains or that will contain more than 4 dwelling units.

 

National City Agreement ” means that certain Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2009, by and between Green Park and National City Bank, as amended from time to time.

 

Net Income ” means, as of any date of determination, the net income of WDLLC for the most recently completed Measurement Period, after deduction of (a) all expenses, taxes, and other proper charges, all as determined in accordance with GAAP, and (b) Passed-Through Interest Distributions.

 

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning provided therefor in Section 12.01 .

 

Non-Compete Agreement ” shall mean the Non-Competition Agreements, each dated as of the Original Closing Date, among WD, Green Park and each of Mallory Walker and William M. Walker.

 

Normal Warehousing Line ” means, collectively, the Warehousing Agreement, the National City Agreement, and any substantially similar replacement warehousing line of credit entered into in each case for the sole purpose of financing the origination of Mortgage Loans secured by Multifamily Properties which Mortgage Loans are pre-sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac, or a conduit or investor approved in writing by the Required Lenders in their sole discretion; provided , however, that any increase in the maximum committed loan amount under any such Normal Warehousing Line from the maximum committed loan amount in effect on the Closing Date shall be subject in any event to Section   7.15 and shall not be permitted without the prior written consent of the Required Lenders, which consent shall be granted or withheld in the Required Lender’s reasonable discretion and shall take into consideration, among other things, the developments in the business of WDLLC, including, without limitation, its then current borrowing needs.

 

Notes ” means the promissory notes of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit A , issued at the request of a Lender pursuant to Section 2.07 and each payable to the order of such Lender, evidencing the Loan made by such Lender, and “ Note ” means any one of such Notes.

 

Obligations ” means (a) all advances to, and debts (including principal, interest, fees, costs, and expenses), liabilities, obligations, covenants, indemnities, and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding, and (b) any Other Liabilities.

 

16



 

Operating Agreement ” means the Operating Agreement of WDLLC dated as of January 30, 2009.

 

Optional Prepayment ” has the meaning provided therefor in Section 2.03(a) .

 

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity, and (d) in each case, all shareholder or other equity holder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements to which such Person is a party or which is applicable to its Equity Interests and all other arrangements relating to the Control or management of such Person.

 

Original Closing Date ” means October 31, 2006.

 

Other Liabilities ” means (a) any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties, WDLLC or any of their Subsidiaries, and (b) any hedging product between any Loan Party, WDLLC or any of their Subsidiaries and the Agent or any of its Affiliates, each as may be amended from time to time.

 

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document. In no event shall Other Taxes include any Excluded Taxes.

 

Outstanding Amount ” means on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans after giving effect to any prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date.

 

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.06(d) .

 

Passed-Through Interest Distributions ” means cash distributions made by WDLLC to Green Park pursuant to the Operating Agreement for the purposes of, and which actually are used by Green Park for, further distribution to the Borrower or Multifamily Inc. for the payment of interest under this Agreement or the United Bank Credit Facility, to the extent actually paid by the Borrower.

 

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

 

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

 

Permitted Encumbrances ” means:

 

17



 

(a)            Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 6.04 ;

 

(b)            Liens in respect of judgments that would not constitute an Event of Default hereunder;

 

(c )            Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under clause (e) of the definition of Permitted Indebtedness;

 

(d)            Liens in favor the Collateral Agent securing the Obligations;

 

(e)            Purchase money Liens securing no more than $250,000 in the aggregate amount outstanding (i) on equipment acquired or held by the applicable Person incurred for financing the acquisition of the equipment, or (ii) existing on equipment when acquired, if, in either case, the Lien is confined to property and improvements and the proceeds of equipment;

 

(f)             Liens, including without limitation, Related Party Permitted Encumbrances, existing on the date hereof as set forth on Schedule 7.01 hereto;

 

(g)            Liens in favor of landlords, suppliers, mechanics, carriers, materialmen or workmen and other Liens imposed by law created in the ordinary course of business for amounts not yet due that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(h)            Liens relating to personal property leased in the ordinary course of business, and limited to such personal property; and

 

(i)             Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (h), provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the Indebtedness may not increase;

 

Permitted Indebtedness ” means:

 

(a)            Indebtedness of Multifamily Inc. under the United Bank Agreement as such Agreement was in effect on the Original Closing Date, subject to the United Bank Subordination Agreement;

 

(b)            Indebtedness of any Loan Party, Green Park or WDLLC to any other Loan Party, Green Park or WDLLC;

 

(c)            Indebtedness of any Loan Party, Green Park or WDLLC (including with respect to an Affiliate Tax Loan) to a Principal or Minority Holder, so long as such Principal or Minority Holder shall have entered into a subordination agreement with Administrative Agent on terms and conditions satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

 

(d)            obligations (contingent or otherwise) of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof existing or arising under the Rate Cap Agreement;

 

(e)            Subject to Section 7.15 , Indebtedness of WDLLC or, for the applicable periods under the Transition Services Agreement, Green Park, under any (i) Normal Warehousing Line or (ii) any Supplemental Warehousing Line;

 

18



 

(f)           Contigent liabilities under Green Park’s or WDLLC’s loss sharing agreements with Fannie Mae;

 

(g)              Contingent obligations of WDLLC under agreements with Fannie Mae previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent of not more than $1,000,000, with respect to the obligations of W&D Multifamily Equity I to Apartment Fund I;

 

(h)              the Obligations;

 

(i)               Indebtedness (not for borrowed money) incurred in the ordinary course of business for normal and customary operating activities and in any event to be paid in the ordinary course;

 

(j)               Extensions, refinancings, modifications, amendments and restatements of any items of Permitted Indebtedness (a) through (i) above; provided, that the principal amount thereof is not increased , the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon any Loan Party or Green Park, and, if applicable, the collateral thereunder is of substantially the same type.

 

Permitted Operation of Law Transfer ” has the meaning specified in the last sentence to the definition of Change of Control.

 

Permitted Transfer ” means an assignment by any Person which is a holder of Equity Interests in the Borrower on the Closing Date (each, an “Original Owner”) or the issuance of additional Equity Interests in the Borrower after the Closing Date, subject to the following:

 

(a)                Borrower shall:

 

(i)               provide the Administrative Agent with at least ten (10) Business Days prior written notice of any proposed transfer or issuance, which notice shall describe in detail the proposed transfer or issuance, including, without limitation, the number or percentage of membership interests being transferred and/or issued, the identity of the transferor and transferee and/or new member, as applicable, as well as a pro forma schedule listing all holders of Equity Interests in Borrower and their percentage ownership of all such Equity Interests, together with such other information regarding the identity of the transferee and/or new member, as applicable, as Administrative Agent shall reasonably request;

 

(ii)             provide the Administrative Agent with true and accurate copies of all documents, instruments and agreements to effectuate such transfer or issuance;

 

(iii)            execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent an amendment to any, or a new, applicable Pledge Agreement to reflect such transfer and/or issuance, or in Collateral Agent’s sole discretion, a replacement Ownership Interests Pledge and Security Agreement (in either case, a “Replacement Pledge”) in form and substance satisfactory to Collateral Agent; and

 

(iv)            reimburse the Agents for any costs incurred by the Agents in connection with the issuance of an endorsement to the UCC Insurance Policy which insures the applicable Pledge Agreement, as modified, or any Replacement Pledge, which endorsement shall reflect such transfer or new issuance;

 

(b)          Any such transfer and/or issuance shall be subject to the consent of Administrative Agent, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed (but in any event shall be

 

19



 

subject to Administrative Agent’s satisfaction of the results of regulatory and/or internal policies and procedures regarding due diligence of its customers and their owners); and

 

(c)           The aggregate amount of Equity Interests in Borrower held by Persons who were not Original Owners shall at no time exceed 49% of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in Borrower, on a fully-diluted basis, provided that, the Principals and Taylor S. Walker, individually or collectively, shall at all times have Control over the management and policies of Borrower and shall have control over the Equity Interests of Borrower which are entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Borrower.

 

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Pledge Agreement ” means, collectively, the Pledge Agreements dated as of the Original Closing Date and the Closing Date among the pledgors party thereto and the Collateral Agent, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

Pledgor ” means any pledgor under a Pledge Agreement.

 

Prepayment ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(a) .

 

Prime Rate ” means on any day, the rate of interest per annum then most recently established by Bank of America as its “prime rate,” it being understood and agreed that such rate is set by Bank of America as a general reference rate of interest, taking into account such factors as Bank of America may deem appropriate, that it is not necessarily the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer or a favored rate, that it may not correspond with future increases or decreases in interest rates charged by other lenders or market rates in general, and that Bank of America may make various business or other loans at rates of interest having no relationship to such rate. If Bank of America ceases to exist or to establish or publish a prime rate from which the Prime Rate is then determined, the applicable variable rate from which the Prime Rate is determined thereafter shall be instead the prime rate reported in The Wall Street Journal (or the average prime rate if a high and a low prime rate are therein reported), and the Prime Rate shall change without notice with each change in such prime rate as of the date such change is reported.

 

Principals ” means William M. Walker and Howard W. Smith, III.

 

Production Report ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01(d) .

 

Rate Cap Agreement ” means the Interest Rate Swap Stand Alone Transaction Rate Cap/Floor dated on or about the Original Closing Date between the Borrower and Bank of America which caps the 30 day Adjusted LIBOR Rate at not more than 6.5%, in form and substance acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

Real Estate ” means all land, together with the buildings, structures, parking areas, and other improvements thereon, now or hereafter owned by any Loan Party, including all easements, rights-of-way, and similar rights relating thereto and all leases, tenancies, and occupancies thereof.

 

20



 

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 12.06(c) .

 

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Related Party Loan ” has the meaning provided in Section 7.09(a) .

 

Related Party Permitted Encumbrances ” means any Lien (a) securing any Related Party Loan (to the extent satisfying all of the requirements applicable thereto as set forth in this Agreement, including subordination of any such Lien to Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent securing the Obligations), (b) in favor of the Collateral Agent securing the Obligations, or (c) relating to the repurchase of any Equity Interest from a Minority Holder contemplated by, and subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of, Section 7.06(f)) ; provided , however , that for purposes of clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the definition of Change of Control, and Section 5.13 , “ Related Party Permitted Encumbrances ” shall be deemed to include any Lien relating to the repurchase of any Equity Interest from a Principal.

 

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

 

Reports ” has the meaning provided in Section 10.11(a) .

 

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders holding more than 50% of the Outstanding Amount of the Loans; provided that the portion of the Outstanding Amount of the Loans held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; and provided further , that if there shall be two Lenders at any time, Required Lenders shall mean both Lenders.

 

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party or any of the other individuals designated in writing to the Administrative Agent by an existing Responsible Officer of a Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

 

Restricted Distribution ” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(a)            the retirement, redemption, purchase, or other acquisition for value of any Equity Interests issued by such Person;

 

(b)            the declaration or payment of any dividend or distribution on or with respect to any Equity Interests;

 

(c)            any loan or advance by such Person to, or other investment by such Person in, the holder of any of such Equity Interests; and

 

(d)            any other payment by such Person in respect of such Equity Interests.

 

Restricted Payment ” means:

 

21



 

(a)            any retirement, redemption, repurchase, prepayment or other acquisition, or the setting aside of any money for a sinking, defeasance or other analogous fund for any such retirement, redemption, repurchase, prepayment or other acquisition, prior to the stated maturity thereof or prior to the due date of any regularly scheduled installment or amortization payment with respect thereto, of any Indebtedness of a Person (other than the Obligations and mandatory prepayments otherwise permitted under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and trade debt);

 

(b)            any payments in respect of Subordinated Indebtedness to the extent such payments are not permitted under the terms and conditions of any Subordination Agreement entered into in connection with such Subordinated Indebtedness;

 

(c)            the payment by any Person of the principal amount of or interest on any Indebtedness (other than trade debt) owing to an Affiliate of such Person, including, without limitation, payments in respect of the Affiliate Tax Loans; and

 

(d)            the payment of any management, consulting or similar fee by any Person to an Affiliate of such Person.

 

Restriction List ” and “ Restriction Lists ” means each and every list of Persons who are Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons or otherwise are Persons to whom the Government of the United States prohibits or otherwise restricts the provision of financial services. For the purposes of this Agreement, Restriction Lists include the list of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons established pursuant to Executive Order 13224 (September 23, 2001) and maintained by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control or any successor agency or other entity, U.S. Department of the Treasury, current as of the day the Restriction List is used for purposes of comparison in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement.

 

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

Second Extended Maturity Date ’ has the meaning specified in Section 2.04.”

 

Security Documents ” means each Pledge Agreement (and related Control Agreement) and each other security agreement or other instrument or document executed and delivered to the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document granting a Lien to secure any of the Obligations, and includes this Agreement to the extent that security interests are granted pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

Security Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.03(a) .

 

Servicing Contract ” means, with respect to any Person, the arrangement, whether or not in writing, under which that Person has the right to service Mortgage Loans.

 

Servicing Portfolio ” means, as to any Person, the unpaid principal balance of Mortgage Loans serviced by that Person under Servicing Contracts, minus the principal balance of all Mortgage Loans that are serviced by that Person for others under subservicing arrangements.

 

Servicing Portfolio Report ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01(c) .

 

Smith Intercreditor Agreements ” means, collectively, the Intercreditor Agreement between WD and the Agent with respect to Equity Interest in WD owned by Howard W Smith, III and the Intercreditor

 

22



 

Agreement between Multifamily and the Agent with respect to Equity Interest in Multifamily owned by Howard W Smith, III, each dated the Original Closing Date.

 

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) at fair valuation, all of the properties and assets of such Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the properties and assets of such Person is not less than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its properties and assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s properties and assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged. The amount of all contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

 

Statutory Reserve Rate ” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the FRB to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency Liabilities” in Regulation D of the Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D. LIBOR Rate Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage; provided , however, that no adjustment to the Statutory Reserve Rate shall be made under this Agreement if any such change in a reserve percentage is not imposed generally on all clients of the Lenders with loans with interest rates that are determined in a manner substantially similar to the manner by which the rate of interest applicable to LIBOR Rate Loans hereunder is determined.

 

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations and which is in form and on terms approved in writing by the Administrative Agent.

 

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of a Loan Party. Further, unless the context specifically contemplates otherwise, Green Park and WDLLC shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary of each Loan Party (therefor, for example, if a representation or warranty or covenant is stated to include or encompass the Subsidiaries of the Loan Parties (or any of them), Green Park and WDLLC shall be deemed to be covered by such representation, warranty or covenant, whether or not Green Park or WDLLC is specifically referred to therein, unless the context or the specific terms thereof require otherwise; provided, however, the inclusion of a specific reference to Green Park and/or WDLLC, for clarity or emphasis, in any such provision that also refers to Subsidiaries of a Loan Party shall not be construed to in any way limit this provision).

 

23



 

Supplemental Distribution ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06(d) .

 

Supplemental Warehousing Line ” means at any time (a) an increase in the amount Green Park or WDLLC may borrow under any Normal Warehousing Line and/or (b) a new warehousing line of credit for the sole purpose of financing the origination of Mortgage Loans secured by Multifamily Properties which are pre-sold to Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or a conduit or investor approved in writing by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion; provided , however , that (a) the aggregate amount of all such increases outstanding at any time under any Normal Warehousing Line plus the maximum commitment amount of any new warehousing line(s) or credit, shall not exceed $250,000,000 and (b) the maturity date related to any such increase or new warehousing line(s) or credit shall not exceed ninety (90) days.

 

Tax Distribution ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06(b) .

 

Tax Distribution Refund Agreement ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.06(b) .

 

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Termination Date ” means the earliest to occur of (i) the Maturity Date, (ii) the date on which the maturity of the Obligations is accelerated (or deemed accelerated) in accordance with Article IX.

 

Term Loan ” means, taken as a whole, the Loans made hereunder by the Lenders pursuant to Article II.

 

Transaction ” has the meaning specified in the Preliminary Statements hereto.

 

Transaction Documents ” means the Formation Agreement, the Operating Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement, and each document, instrument and agreement executed and delivered by any Person in connection with the Transaction.

 

Transaction Documents Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.09(a) .

 

Transaction Documents Security Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 11.09(a) .

 

Transition Services Agreement ” means the Transition Services Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009 by and among Green Park, WD, CGL and WDLLC.

 

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a LIBOR Rate Loan.

 

UCC ” or “ Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts; provided , however , that if a term is defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code differently than in another Article thereof, the term shall have the meaning set forth in Article 9; provided   further that, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, perfection, or the effect of perfection or non-perfection, of a security interest in any Collateral or the availability of any remedy hereunder is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, “ Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection or availability of such remedy, as the case may be.

 

24


 

Unfunded Pension Liability ” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

 

United Bank Credit Facility ” means that certain $7,600,000 loan arrangement between Multifamily Inc. and United Bank, evidenced by a certain Loan Agreement dated January 19, 2006, between United Bank and Multifamily Inc., a certain Promissory Note dated January 19, 2006, as amended by a letter agreement dated May 1, 2006, and a certain Guaranty dated January 19, 2006, executed and delivered to United Bank by Mallory Walker and Diana Walker.

 

United Bank Subordination Agreement ” means the Subordination and Standstill Agreement dated as of the Original Closing Date among United Bank, Multifamily Inc., the Administrative Agent, Mallory Walker and Diana Walker.

 

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

 

Warehousing Agreement ” means the Warehousing Credit And Security Agreement, dated on or about the date of this Agreement among WDLLC, Green Park and Bank of America, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time.

 

WD ” means Walker & Dunlop, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

WD Disposition ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.05 .

 

WDLLC ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

WDLLC Fannie Mae Servicing Contracts ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.06(a) .

 

WDLLC FM Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.06(a) .

 

WDLLC FM Designated Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.06(a) .

 

WDLLC FM Security Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.06(a) .

 

WDLLC Investor ” means any Person (other than Fannie Mae) that purchases Mortgage Loans serviced by WDLLC.

 

WDLLC Investor Agreements ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.08 (a) .

 

WDLLC Investor Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.08(a) .

 

WDLLC Investor Designated Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.08(a) .

 

WDLLC Investor Security Interest ” has the meaning specified in Section 11.08(a) .

 

WDLLC Investor Servicing Contracts” has the meaning specified in Section 11.08 (a).

 

25



 

1.02         Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

 

(a)            The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns (but in no event shall imply approval or consent to any assignment or the like that is otherwise prohibited hereunder or under any other Loan Document or requires consent or approval hereunder or under any other Loan Document), (iii) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights, and (vii) the phrases, “ to the knowledge of any Loan Party ,” a “ Loan Party’s knowledge ,” or phrases or words of similar import shall be references to the actual knowledge of any of Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith, III, William M. Walker and/or the chief financial officer (or individual having the responsibilities customarily assigned to an organization’s chief financial officer) of any Loan Party, or of Green Park or WDLLC, or to such knowledge that a person acting with appropriate diligence and care would have in carrying out such person’s responsibilities for the subject Loan Party, or Green Park or WDLLC.

 

(b)            In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

 

(c)            Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

1.03         Accounting Terms.

 

(a)          Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all fmancial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Base Line Projections, as applicable, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

 

26



 

(b)          Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders); provided   that , until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

 

1.04         Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

 

1.05         Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight saving or standard, as applicable).

 

ARTICLE II.
THE COMMITMENTS AND LOANS

 

2.01         Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Existing Credit Agreement, each Lender severally made a single Loan to the Borrower on the Original Closing Date in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment, to be maintained and continued on and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein. The Term Loan consists of the Loans made simultaneously by the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments as provided initially in the Existing Credit Agreement, and, as of the Closing Date, herein. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01 and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed.

 

2.02         Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

 

(a)            The entire Term Loan shall be a LIBOR Rate Loan, unless required to be a Base Rate Loan pursuant to applicable provisions of this Agreement.

 

(b)            Upon the expiration of each Interest Period applicable to the Term Loan, the Term Loan shall automatically continue as a LIBOR Rate Loan, having an Interest Period commencing immediately upon the expiration of the then expiring Interest Period as specified in the definition of “Interest Period” in Section 1.01; provided, however, upon the expiration of any Interest Period during the existence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Term Loan shall be converted to a Base Rate Loan.

 

2.03         Prepayments and Repayments.

 

(a)          The Borrower may, upon irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent, voluntarily prepay the Loans (each, a “Prepayment”), without premium or penalty at any time, provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of a Prepayment of LIBOR Rate Loans and (B) on the date of a

 

27



 

Prepayment of Base Rate Loans; and (ii) on the last day of each of the first four Fiscal Quarters immediately succeeding the Closing Date, the Borrower may voluntarily prepay the Loans (each an “Optional Prepayment”) in a principal amount of $500,000, less any other Prepayments made during such Fiscal Quarter. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of such Prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such Prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 .

 

(b)              Commencing on January 31, 2009, and continuing on the last day of each April, July, October and January thereafter, Borrower shall make quarterly payments of principal in the amount of $900,000.

 

(c)              In any event, all Obligations shall be due and payable in full on the Termination Date.

 

2.04         Extension Option

 

Subject to the conditions set forth below, the Borrower shall have two (2) options (each, an “Extension Option”) to extend the then Maturity Date, first from the Initial Maturity Date until October 31, 2011 (the “First Extended Maturity Date”), and second from the First Extended Maturity Date until October 31, 2013 (the “Second Extended Maturity Date”). In order to exercise an Extension Option, the Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent a written notice (each, a “Notice to Extend”), not less than thirty (30) days prior to the then Maturity Date, stating that the Borrower has elected to exercise the Extension Option. Borrower’s delivery of a Notice to Extend shall be irrevocable. Borrower’s right to exercise each Extension Option shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)            No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either on the date Borrower delivers the Notice to Extend to the Administrative Agent or on the date that the Obligations otherwise would have become due.

 

(b)            The Borrower shall have delivered a fully completed Compliance Certificate to the Administrative Agent not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the then Maturity Date.

 

(c)            The Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders any fees that respectively may be due to them in connection with the subject extension.

 

2.05            Interest.

 

(a)            Subject to the provisions of Section 2.05(b) , (i) while the Term Loan is a LIBOR Rate Loan, the Term Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Margin; and (ii) while the Term Loan is a Base Rate Loan, the Term Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

 

(b)            If any amount payable under any Loan Document is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. If any other Event of Default exists, then the Administrative Agent may, and upon the request of

 

28



 

the Required Lenders shall, notify the Borrower that all outstanding Obligations shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate and thereafter such Obligations shall bear interest at the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

(c)            Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

 

(d)            Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

2.06         Computation of Interest. All computations of interest and any fees that are or may become payable under or in respect of this Agreement and/or the Loans, shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed. Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

 

2.07         Evidence of Debt. The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent (the “Loan Account”) in the ordinary course of business. In addition, each Lender may record in such Lender’s internal records, an appropriate notation evidencing the date and amount of each Loan from such Lender, each payment and prepayment of principal of any such Loan, and each payment of interest, fees and other amounts due in connection with the Obligations due to such Lender. The accounts or records maintained by the Administrative Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Administrative Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loan in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loan and payments with respect thereto. Upon receipt of an affidavit of a Lender as to the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of such Lender’s Note and upon cancellation of such Note, the Borrower will issue, in lieu thereof, a replacement Note in favor of such Lender, in the same principal amount thereof and otherwise of like tenor.

 

2.08         Payments Generally; Administrative Agent’s Clawback.

 

(a)          General . All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after

 

29



 

2:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue until such next succeeding Business Day. If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

 

(b)              Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Administrative Agent . Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the time at which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender, in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

(c)              Obligations of Lenders Several . The failure of any Lender to make any payment under Section 12.04(c)  on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make its payment under Section 12.04(c) .

 

2.09         Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Credit Party shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of, interest on, or other amounts with respect to, any of the Obligations resulting in such Credit Party’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Obligations greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein (including as in contravention of the priorities of payment set forth in Section 9.03) , then the Credit Party receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Obligations of the other Credit Parties, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Credit Parties ratably and in the priorities set forth in Section 9.03 ; provided , however , that:

 

(i)             if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

 

(ii)            the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by the Loan Parties pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (y) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loan to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary thereof (as to which the provisions of this Section shall apply).

 

Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

 

30



 

ARTICLE III.
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

 

3.01         Taxes.

 

(a)            Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrower shall be required by applicable Law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or the applicable Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything contained herein or in any Loan Document to the contrary, in the event that the Borrower is required by applicable Law to reduce or withhold from any such payments for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes of a Foreign Lender, the Borrower shall not be obligated to increase any sums payable to the Administrative Agent or to such Foreign Lender after making any such deduction or withholding or otherwise compensate the Administrative Agent or such Foreign Lender for the reduced or withheld amounts.

 

(b)            Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law.

 

(c)            Indemnification by the Loan Parties . The Loan Parties shall indemnify Credit Parties, within 30 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by such Credit Party and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto in each case arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Credit Party (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Credit Party shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(d)            Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes in each case arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document, by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)            Status of Lenders . Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any

 

31



 

Lender, if requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will enable the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(i)                  duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

 

(ii)                 duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,

 

(iii)               in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or

 

(iv)                any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

 

(f)           Treatment of Certain Refunds . If the Administrative Agent or any other Credit Party determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender related thereto and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Administrative Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

 

3.02         Illegality. If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to maintain LIBOR Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the LIBOR Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to continue

 

32



 

LIBOR Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Term Loan to a Base Rate Loan, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain LIBOR Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such LIBOR Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted.

 

3.03         Inability to Determine Rates. If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason in connection with any automatic continuation of the Term Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan, that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such LIBOR Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the LIBOR Rate for any particular applicable Interest Period, or (c) the LIBOR Rate for any Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of maintaining such Lender’s Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to maintain and continue the Term Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Term Loan shall convert to a Base Rate Loan.

 

3.04         Increased Costs; Reserves on LIBOR Rate Loans.

 

(a)            Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

 

(i)             impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement reflected in the LIBOR Rate);

 

(ii)           subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any LIBOR Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by such Lender); or

 

(iii)          impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the Term Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of maintaining its Applicable Percentage of the Term Loan any LIBOR Rate Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)            Capital Requirements . If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting such Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loan made by such Lender, to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s

 

33



 

holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s or holding company for any such reduction suffered that is attributable to this Agreement or the Lender’s Loan outstanding hereunder.

 

(c)            Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 30 days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)            Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than three months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the three-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

(e)            Reserves on LIBOR Rate Loans . The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “Eurocurrency liabilities”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of Term Loan as a LIBOR Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Lender’s Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 15 days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 15 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 15 days from receipt of such notice.

 

3.05         Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or reasonable expense incurred by it as a result of:

 

(a)            any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan, other than a Base Rate Loan, on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or

 

(b)            any assignment of such Lender’s Loan while a LIBOR Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 12.13 ;

 

including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing.

 

34


 

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to each affected Lender under this Section 3.05 , each Lender shall be deemed to have funded its Applicable Percentage of the LIBOR Rate Loan at the LIBOR Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the LIBOR Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

 

3.06        Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

 

(a)              Designation of a Different Lending Office . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agree to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

(b)              Replacement of Lenders . If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , the Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with Section 12.13 .

 

3.07        Survival. All of the Borrower’s obligations under Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 of this Article III shall survive termination of the Obligations hereunder.

 

ARTICLE IV.
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO LOANS

 

4.01        Conditions of Loan. The obligation of each Lender to amend, restate and continue its Loan on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a)           The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or electronically transmitted facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, Green Park, or WDLLC, as applicable, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

 

(i)             executed counterparts of this Agreement sufficient in number for distribution to the Administrative Agent, each Lender and the Borrower;

 

(ii)            such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party, Green Park and WDLLC as the Administrative Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of each Loan Party, Green Park and WDLLC to enter into this Agreement and the other Loan

 

35



 

Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party or is to be a party;

 

(iii)          copies of each Loan Party’s, Green Park’s and WDLLC’s Organization Documents and such other documents and certifications as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party, Green Park and WDLLC is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party, Green Park and WDLLC is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(iv)           an opinion of Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, Green Park and WDLLC, addressed to the Administrative Agent and each Lender, as to such matters concerning the Loan Parties, Green Park and WDLLC and the Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request;

 

(v)            evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan Documents and all endorsements in favor of the Agents required under the Loan Documents have been obtained and are in effect;

 

(vi)           the Security Documents and certificates evidencing any certificated securities being pledged thereunder, together with undated stock powers executed in blank, each duly executed by the applicable parties;

 

(vii)         all other Loan Documents, each duly executed by the applicable parties;

 

(viii)        written consent of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent;

 

(ix)           copies of all agreements with Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, approving the Transaction, including, without limitation, with respect to Fannie Mae, the Fannie Mae Transfer Agreement, Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract, DUS Addendum Reserve Agreement, Master Loss Sharing Agreement, Firewall Agreement, DUS Obligations Agreement and Guaranty (previously from WD. for the benefit of Fannie Mae);

 

(x)            written consent of National City Bank;

 

(xi)           results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, Green Park and WDLLC, except for Permitted Encumbrances and the absence of Liens on any assets to be pledged or in which a security interest is to be granted by any Person pursuant to this Agreement or any Security Document;

 

(xii)         all documents and instruments, including Uniform Commercial Code financing statements, required by law or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the first priority Liens intended to be

 

36



 

created under the Loan Documents and all such documents and instruments shall have been so filed, registered or recorded to the satisfaction of the Collateral Agent; and

 

(xiii)       such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Agents reasonably may require.

 

(b)            The Administrative Agent shall have received such financial and other information and documentation concerning the Loan Parties, Green Park, WDLLC, and CGL as it has deemed appropriate, and be reasonably satisfied that any financial statements delivered to it fairly present the business and financial condition of the Loan Parties, Green Park, WDLLC and CGL, and that there has been no Material Adverse Effect since the date of the most recent financial information delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)            The Administrative Agent shall have received and be reasonably satisfied with (i) a detailed forecast with respect to WDLLC for the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on December 31, 2009 and 2010, which shall include a balance sheet and income statement for the Fiscal Years respectively ending December 31, 2009 and 2010, by Fiscal Year, each prepared on a basis consistent with GAAP in all material respects and consistent with Green Park’s current practices (as previously detailed to the Administrative Agent), and (ii) such other information (financial or otherwise) reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)            There shall not be pending any litigation or other proceeding, the result of which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(e)            There shall not have occurred any default of any Material Contract of any Loan Party, or of Green Park or WDLLC which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(f)             The consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall not violate any applicable Law or any Organization Document, in either case which could have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(g)            All fees required to be paid to the Credit Parties on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid in full.

 

(h)            The Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it following the Closing Date in connection with the closing of the Term Loan and related matters (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Administrative Agent).

 

Without limiting the generality of the provisions of Section 10.04 , for purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this Section 4.01 , each Lender that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have Consented to, approved or accepted or to be satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be Consented to or approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender.

 

37



 

ARTICLE V.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

To induce the Credit Parties to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans hereunder, each Loan Party, Green Park and WDLLC, as applicable, each represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties that:

 

5.01        Existence, Qualification and Power. Each Loan Party, Green Park and WDLLC (a) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or limited partnership, duly organized or formed, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 5.01 annexed hereto sets forth, as of the Closing Date, each Loan Party’s, Green Park’s and WDLLC’s name as it appears in official filings in its state of incorporation or organization, its state of incorporation or organization, its organization type, its organization number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or organization, and its federal employer identification number.

 

5.02        Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party and of Green Park and WDLLC of each Loan Document to which such Person is or is to be a party, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and does not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b)   conflict with or result in any breach, termination, or contravention of, or constitute a default under, or (other than pursuant to the Transaction Documents) require any payment to be made, under (i) any agreement or Indebtedness to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject, in either case that could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any asset of any Loan Party or Green Park (other than Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent under the Security Documents and other Permitted Encumbrances); or (d) violate any Law that could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.03        Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party, Green Park or WDLLC of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except for (a) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under this Agreement and the Security Documents (including the first priority nature thereof), or (b) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect (and copies of which have been provided to the Administrative Agent prior to the date hereof).

 

5.04        Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered, will have been, duly executed and delivered by Green Park and WDLLC (as to this Agreement and any other Loan Document to which it may be a party) and each Loan Party that is party thereto. This

 

38



 

Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, Green Park and WDLLC, enforceable against Green Park, WDLLC and each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

5.05        Base Line Projections. The Base Line Projections fairly present in all material respects the pro forma financial condition of WDLLC as at the subject dates and the pro forma results of operations of WDLLC for the subject dates, after giving effect to the Transaction, and were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, WDLLC’s reasonable estimate of their respective and collective future financial performance.

 

5.06        Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, investigations, claims or disputes pending or, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, Green Park and WDLLC threatened, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party, or any of their Subsidiaries, or Green Park or WDLLC, or against any of its properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.07        No Default. No Loan Party, any Subsidiary, Green Park or WDLLC is in default under or with respect to, or party to, any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound or any Indebtedness. that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No such default would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or the Transaction.

 

5.08        Ownership of Property; Liens.

 

(a)            Each of the Loan Parties and each Subsidiary thereof, Green Park and WDLLC has title in fee simple to or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Loan Parties, each Subsidiary, Green Park and WDLLC has title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses to use all personal property and assets material to the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Loan Parties, any Subsidiaries thereof, Green Park or WDLLC own any Real Estate as of the Closing Date.

 

(b)            A complete and accurate list of all Investments held by any Loan Party, any Subsidiary of a Loan Party, Green Park or WDLLC on the date hereof, is set forth in Section 7.02 .

 

5.09        Environmental Compliance

 

(a)           No Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability (other than an Environmental Liability comprised of an indemnity or similar covenant pursuant to a contract, agreement

 

39



 

or other consensual arrangement but with respect to which no claim has been made or liability actually incurred), (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability, except, in each case, as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)            None of the properties currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; there are no and never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or, to the best of the knowledge of the Loan Parties, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof; there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on any property currently owned or operated by any Loan Party or Subsidiary thereof; and Hazardous Materials have not been released, discharged or disposed of on any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof.

 

(c)            No Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is undertaking, and no Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof has completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law; and all Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof have been disposed of in a manner not reasonably expected to result in material liability to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof.

 

5.10        Insurance. The properties of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Loan Parties, in such amounts, with such deductibles and covering such risks (including, without limitation, workmen’s compensation, public liability, business interruption and property damage insurance) as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Loan Parties or the applicable Subsidiary operates. Schedule 5.10 sets forth a description of all insurance maintained by or on behalf of the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date. Each insurance policy listed on Schedule 5.10 is in full force and effect and all premiums in respect thereof that are due and payable have been paid.

 

5.11        Taxes. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings being diligently conducted, for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, there is no proposed tax assessment against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof is a party to any tax sharing agreement.

 

5.12        ERISA Compliance.

 

(a)           Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to be qualified under

 

40



 

Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently pending before the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, no amendment or similar change to such Plan has been made that would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. The Loan Parties and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan. No Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan.

 

(b)            There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)            (i)            No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

 

5.13        Subsidiaries; Equity Interests. The Loan Parties and WDLLC have no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 , which Schedule sets forth the legal name, jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and authorized Equity Interests of each such Subsidiary. All of the outstanding Equity Interests in each Loan Party and WDLLC and such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and, as to such Subsidiaries are owned by a Loan Party (or a Subsidiary of a Loan Party) as specified on Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 free and clear of all Liens except for those created under the Security Documents. Except as set forth in Schedule 5.13 , there are no outstanding rights to purchase any Equity Interests in any Subsidiary or any Loan Party. The Loan Parties have no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part(b) of Schedule 5.13 . All of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Loan Parties and WDLLC have been validly issued, and are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned in the amounts specified on Part (c) of Schedule 5.13 (both before and after giving effect to the Transaction) free and clear of all Liens except for those created under the Security Documents and Related Party Permitted Encumbrances. The copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and WDLLC and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to Section 4.01 are true and correct copies of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect. Schedule 5.13 also sets forth in detail the ownership of each Loan Party and of WDLLC (after giving effect to the Transaction), each Lien on any ownership interests in any Loan Party (other than those granted to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Documents), and any repurchase rights or obligations to repurchase any such ownership interests.

 

5.14        Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

 

(a)           No Loan Party is engaged or will be engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin

 

41



 

stock. None of the proceeds of the Loans shall be used directly or indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Loans to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X issued by the FRB.

 

(b)            None of the Loan Parties, any Person Controlling any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

5.15        Disclosure. Each Loan Party and WDLLC has disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Each report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party or WDLLC to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement, including, but not limited, to the Base Line Projections, was prepared in good faith by such Loan Party. No exhibit, schedule or financial statement furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time and no assurance is given that these projections will be realized.

 

5.16        Compliance with Laws. Each of the Loan Parties and each Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.17        Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. The Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the intellectual property, licenses, permits and other authorizations that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person. To the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method, substance, part or other material now employed by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Loan Parties, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.18        Labor Matters. There are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other material labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties comply with the Fair Labor Standards Act and any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters. No Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Act or similar state Law. All payments due from any Loan Party

 

42



 

and its Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or properly accrued in accordance with GAAP as a liability on the books of such Loan Party. No Loan Party or any Subsidiary is a party to or bound by any collective bargaining agreement, management agreement, employment agreement, bonus, restricted stock, stock option, or stock appreciation plan or agreement or any similar plan, agreement or arrangement. There are no representation proceedings pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened to be filed with the National Labor Relations Board, and no labor organization or group of employees of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary has made a pending demand for recognition. There are no complaints, unfair labor practice charges, grievances, arbitrations, unfair employment practices charges or any other claims or complaints against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment of any employee of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is bound.

 

5.19        Security Documents. The Security Documents create in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties a legal, valid and enforceable security interest in the Collateral, and the Security Documents constitute, or will upon the filing of financing statements and/or the obtaining of “control”, in each case with respect to the relevant Collateral as required under the applicable UCC, the creation of a fully perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the Loan Parties thereunder in such Collateral, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person, except for Permitted Encumbrances having priority under applicable Law.

 

5.20        Solvency. After giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and before and after giving effect to each Loan, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent. No transfer of property has been or will be made by any Loan Party and no obligation has been or will be incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of any Loan Party.

 

5.21        Deposit Accounts. Annexed hereto as Schedule 5.21 is a list of all deposit accounts (other than thirty-party escrow or custodial accounts) maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Closing Date, which Schedule includes, with respect to each such account (i) the name and address of the depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with such depository; (iii) a contact person at such depository, and (iv) the identification of each bank.

 

5.22        Brokers. No broker or finder brought about the obtaining, making or closing of the Loans or transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents, and no Loan Party or Affiliate thereof has any obligation to any Person in respect of any finder’s or brokerage fees in connection therewith.

 

5.23        Customer and Trade Relations. There exists no actual or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened, termination or cancellation of, or any material adverse modification or change in the business relationship of any Loan Party with any supplier material to its operations.

 

5.24        Material Contracts. Schedule 5.24 sets forth all Material Contracts to which any Loan Party is a party or is bound as of the Closing Date. The Loan Parties have delivered true, correct and

 

43



 

complete copies of such Material Contracts to the Administrative Agent on or before the date hereof. The Loan Parties are not in breach or in default in any material respect of or under any Material Contract and have not received any notice of the intention of any other party thereto to terminate any Material Contract.

 

5.25        Casualty. Neither the businesses nor the properties of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries are affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other labor dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, act of God or of the public enemy or other casualty (whether or not covered by insurance) that, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5.26        Transaction.

 

(a)              None of the parties to any Transaction Document is in default of any of its material obligations under such Transaction Document, (ii) all written information with respect to the Transaction and the business and assets to be acquired in connection with the Transaction furnished to the Agents by WDLLC or on behalf of WDLLC, was, at the time the same were so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects, or has been subsequently supplemented by other written information, to the extent necessary to give the Agents and Lenders a true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter of each of them in relation to the Transaction and the business and assets to be acquired in connection with the Transaction, in all material respects, (iii) to the knowledge of Green Park, WD, and WDLLC, no representation, warranty or statement made by any party to any Transaction Document, at the time they were made in any Transaction Document, or any agreement, certificate, statement or document required to be delivered pursuant to any Transaction Document, contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such Transaction Documents not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, and (iv) after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Transaction Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and Loan Documents, WDLLC will have good title to the assets to be transferred pursuant to the Transaction Documents, free and clear of all Liens.

 

(b)             WDLLC did not and will not incur or assume any liabilities or obligations pursuant to or in connection with the Transaction, except as set forth in the Transaction Documents.

 

(c)              WDLLC has delivered to the Agent a complete and correct copy of each Transaction Document, including all disclosure letters, schedules and exhibits thereto. The Transaction Documents set forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties thereto relating to the subject matter thereof, and there are no other agreements, arrangements or understandings, written or oral, relating to the matters covered thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of each such Transaction Document has been duly authorized by all necessary action (including, without limitation, the obtaining of any consent of holders of Equity Interests or Indebtedness of each Person party thereto as required by law or by any applicable corporate or other organizational documents) on the part of each such Person. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to filing with or license from, any Governmental Authority is required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents other than such as have been obtained on or prior to the Closing Date, or copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent. Each Transaction Document is the legal, valid and binding obligation of Green Park, WD, WDLLC and, to the knowledge of WDLLC, the other parties thereto, enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms.

 

(d)              The representations and warranties of Green Park, WD and WDLLC contained in each Transaction Document are true and correct in all material respects on the date hereof (except to the extent any such representation or warranty specifically relate to an earlier date in which case such

 

44


 

 

representation or warranty shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such date), and the Agents shall be entitled to rely upon such representations and warranties with the same force and effect as if they were incorporated in this Agreement and made to the Agents and Lenders directly.

 

(e)            All aspects of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents have been effected in all material respects in accordance with terms of the Transaction Documents and applicable law. At the time of consummation thereof, all consents and approvals of, and filings and registrations with, and all other actions in respect of, all Government Authorities required in order to consummate the transactions in accordance with the terms of the Transaction Documents and all applicable Laws shall have been obtained, given, filed or taken and are in full force and effect (or effective judicial relief with respect thereto has been obtained). Additionally, at the time of consummation thereof, there does not exist any judgment, order or injunction prohibiting or imposing material adverse conditions upon the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents.

 

ARTICLE VI.
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

So long any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, the Loan Parties shall and shall cause each Subsidiary to:

 

6.01        Financial Statements. Deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)              As soon as available and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, audited fiscal year-end statements of income and cash flows of WDLLC for that year, and the related audited balance sheet as of the end of that year (setting forth in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding Fiscal Year), all in reasonable detail and accompanied by (1) an opinion as to those financial statements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and prepared by an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Administrative Agent (it being acknowledged by the Administrative Agent that KPMG currently is an acceptable independent certified public accounting firm) and (2) if then available or otherwise within fifteen (15) days of receipt by WDLLC, any management letters, management reports or other supplementary comments or reports delivered by those accountants to WDLLC or its governing board, body, manager, general partner, or the like;

 

(b)              As soon as available and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter of WDLLC, including its last fiscal quarter, interim statements of income of WDLLC, separately, and on a combining basis with the Borrower, Green Park and Multifamily Inc., for that fiscal quarter and the period from the beginning of the Fiscal Year to end of that fiscal quarter, and the related balance sheet (including contingent liabilities) as at the end of that fiscal quarter, all in reasonable detail, subject, however, to year-end audit adjustments;

 

(c)              As soon as available and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a report (“Servicing Portfolio Report” ) as of the end of the Fiscal Quarter, as to all Mortgage Loans the servicing rights to which are owned by WDLLC (specified by investor type, recourse and non-recourse). The Servicing Portfolio Report must be in similar summary form as previously presented to Administrative Agent (or as Administrative Agent otherwise may agree), and must, at a minimum, indicate which Mortgage Loans (1) are current and in good standing, (2) are more than 30, 60 or 90 days past due, (3) are the subject of pending bankruptcy or foreclosure proceedings, or (4) have

 

45



 

been converted (through foreclosure or other proceedings in lieu of foreclosure) into real estate owned by a Loan Party, its Subsidiaries, or WDLLC, and include, by Mortgage Loan type (x) weighted average coupon, (y) weighted average maturity, and (z) weighted average servicing fee;

 

(d)              As soon as available and in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, a loan origination and production report (a “Production Report” ), for WDLLC, providing summary information with respect to all mortgage loan and “CMBS” originations, loan brokerage volume, real estate equity placement volume and advisory services volume for such Fiscal Quarter; provided, that in no event shall such Production Report include client names, property address or other specific identifying information relating to any loans described therein; and

 

(e)              As soon as available, but in any event at least 60 days before the end of each Fiscal Year, preliminary forecasts prepared by management of WDLLC, in form satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, of balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of WDLLC on a monthly basis for the immediately following Fiscal Year (including the fiscal year in which the Maturity Date occurs). WDLLC shall furnish the final version of such forecasts to the Administrative Agent, as soon as available, but in any event prior to the date that is 30 days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year.

 

6.02        Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Administrative Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)              concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate of the independent certified public accounting firm (which must be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent) of WDLLC certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary for their certification of such financial statements, such accounting firm has not obtained any knowledge of the existence of any Default under the financial covenants set forth herein or, if any such Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event;

 

(b)              concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(b) , 6.01(c)  and 6.01(d) , a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of WDLLC, and in the event of any change in GAAP used in the preparation of such financial statements, WDLLC shall also provide a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP and (ii) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to such financial statements;

 

(c)              promptly upon receipt, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of WDLLC by its accounting firm in connection with the accounts or books of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

 

(d)              promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the equity holders generally of WDLLC;

 

(e)              promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or of WDLLC pursuant to the terms of any indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01 or any other clause of this Section 6.02(e) ;

 

(f)               promptly, and in any event within five (5) Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or WDLLC, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from any Governmental Authority concerning any proceeding with, or investigation or possible

 

46



 

investigation or other inquiry by such Governmental Authority regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or WDLLC or any other matter which, if adversely determined, could reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

(g)            promptly, such additional information regarding the business affairs, financial condition or operations of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary, or WDLLC, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

6.03        Notices. Promptly notify the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)              of the occurrence of any Default;

 

(b)              of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, any agreement or with respect to Indebtedness of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary thereof or WDLLC; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party, any Subsidiary thereof or WDLLC and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party, any Subsidiary thereof or WDLLC, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws;

 

(c)              of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

 

(d)              of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or of WDLLC;

 

(e)              of any change in any Loan Party’s or WDLLC’s senior executive officers;

 

(f)               of the discharge by any Loan Party or WDLLC of its present accounting firm or any withdrawal or resignation by such accounting firm;

 

(g)              of any collective bargaining agreement or other labor contract to which a Loan Party or WDLLC becomes a party, or the application for the certification of a collective bargaining agent; and

 

(h)              of the filing of any Lien for unpaid Taxes in an amount (individually or in the aggregate) greater than $100,000.00 against any Loan Party or WDLLC, or that reasonably could be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the affected Loan Party or WDLLC, as applicable, setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action such affected Person has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

 

6.04        Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, (b) all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims of landlords, warehousemen, customs brokers, and carriers) which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property; and (c) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination

 

47



 

provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness, except, in each case, where (i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (ii) such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (iii) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.05        Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its material intellectual property, except to the extent such intellectual property is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties, Green Park or WDLLC, as the case may be.

 

6.06        Maintenance of Properties. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.07        Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with (a) an insurance company rated “A” or better by A.M. Best Company, Inc., (b) Lloyd’s of London, or (c) other insurance companies reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business and operating in the same or similar locations or as is required by applicable Law, of such types and in such amounts as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and as are reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

 

6.08        Compliance with Laws. Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside and maintained by the Loan Parties in accordance with GAAP; and (ii) such contest effectively suspends enforcement of the contested Laws, or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.09        Books and Records; Accountants

 

(a)              Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Loan Parties, such Subsidiary, Green Park and WDLLC, as the case may be; and (ii) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Loan Parties or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

(b)              At all times retain an independent certified public accounting firm which is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and instruct such accounting firm to cooperate with, and be available to, the Administrative Agent or its representatives to discuss the Loan Parties’, Green Park’s and WDLLC’s financial performance, financial condition, operating results, controls, and such

 

48



 

other matters, within the scope of the retention of such accounting firm, as may be raised by the Administrative Agent.

 

6.10        Inspection Rights; Appraisals.

 

(a)              Permit representatives of the Administrative Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and to take notes with respect thereto or make abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and accounting firm, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and at such reasonable times during normal business hours not more than two times per Fiscal Year, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided , however , that when an Event of Default exists the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing, and make copies of the Loan Parties’, Green Park’s and WDLLC’s corporate, financial and operating records. as often as may be desired at the expense of the Loan Parties at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

 

(b)              Within 30 days of the Closing Date, the Borrower shall cause an appraiser retained by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to provide an appraisal, as of a date between December 31, 2008 and the date that is 30 days after the Closing Date, of the Servicing Contracts of WDLLC, the results of which are reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent.

 

(c)              The Borrower shall cause an appraiser retained by the Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent to conduct one appraisal of the Servicing Contracts of WDLLC each Fiscal Year, which shall have an “as of date of December 31 of such year and shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent as soon as available, provided, however, that in the 2009 Fiscal Year and in the 2011 Fiscal year, such annual appraisal shall have an “as of date of August 31 of such year and the results of such appraisal shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent as soon as available and in any event not later than October 31 of such year. To the extent such appraised value is reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, it shall be deemed the “Appraised Value” thereof, it being understood that if such appraisal shall indicate a range of value, the Administrative Agent shall use the mid-point of such range as the “Appraised Value.” The Borrower shall pay the fees and expenses of the Administrative Agent or such professionals with respect to such appraisal. Without limiting the foregoing, the Loan Parties, Green Park and WDLLC acknowledge that the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, undertake additional appraisals at the Loan Parties’ expense during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

6.11        Information Regarding the Collateral.

 

Furnish to the Administrative Agent at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of any change in: (i) any Loan Party’s, Green Park’s or WDLLC’s name or in any trade name used to identify it in the conduct of its business or in the ownership of its properties; (ii) the location of any Loan Party’s, Green Park’s or WDLLC’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility); (iii) any Loan Party’s, Green Park’s or WDLLC’s organizational structure or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or (iv) any Loan Party’s, Green Park’s or WDLLC’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization. The Loan Parties, Green Park and WDLLC agree not to effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless all filings have been made under the UCC or otherwise that are required in order for the Collateral Agent to

 

49



 

continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest in all the Collateral for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Credit Parties.

 

6.12        Environmental Laws. (a) Conduct its operations and keep and maintain its leased real property, and any Real Estate acquired at any time in the future, in material compliance with all Environmental Laws; (b) obtain and renew all environmental permits necessary for its operations and properties; and (c) implement any and all investigation, remediation, removal and response actions that are reasonably appropriate or necessary to maintain the value and marketability of its leased real property, and any Real Estate acquired at any time in the future, or to otherwise comply with Environmental Laws pertaining to the presence, generation, treatment, storage, use, disposal, transportation or release of any Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its leased real property, or any Real Estate acquired at any time in the future; provided , however , that neither a Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside and are being maintained with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

 

6.13        Further Assurances. Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any applicable Law, or which any Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties also agree to provide to the Agents, from time to time upon request, evidence satisfactory to the Agents as to the perfection and priority of the Liens created or intended to be created by the Security Documents.

 

6.14        Material Contracts. Perform and observe all the terms and provisions of each Material Contract to be performed or observed by it in all material respects, maintain each such Material Contract which is material to its business in full force and effect, enforce each such Material Contract in accordance with its terms in all material respects, take all such action to such end as may be from time to time reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent and, upon reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, make to each other party to each such Material Contract such demands and requests for information and reports or for action as any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries is entitled to make under such Material Contract, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to do so, except, in any case, where the failure to do so, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.15        Operating Accounts. The Loan Parties, Green Park and WDLLC shall at all times, cause their principal operating accounts to be located at Bank of America. The pricing of depository services shall not materially differ from those presented by Bank of America to the Loan Parties and Green Park as of June 1, 2006. LIBOR based pricing shall not be available on deposits in such accounts, but Bank of America will offer its best sweep or money market rates on similar account.

 

6.16        Subsequent Transaction Documents.

 

Promptly upon receipt or entering into, copies of all documents, agreements, approvals and other relevant materials pertaining to (a) the transfer to WDLLC of the HUD Business (as defined in the Transaction Documents) of CGL, (b) the granting of any licenses or approvals from Freddie Mac, HUD, or any other applicable licensing or authorizing authority, or (c) the satisfaction of any other post-closing

 

50



 

matters under the Transaction Documents (including any post-closing financial statements of any party thereto).

 

ARTICLE VII.
NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

So long as any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, no Loan Party shall, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (including WDLLC) to, directly or indirectly:

 

7.01        Liens; Negative Pledges. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or sign or file or suffer to exist under the UCC or any similar Law or statute of any jurisdiction a financing statement that names any Loan Party, Green Park or WDLLC as debtor; sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any Person thereunder to file such financing statement; sell any of its property or assets subject to an understanding or agreement (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase such property or assets with recourse to it or any of its Subsidiaries; or assign or otherwise transfer any accounts or other rights to receive income, other than, as to all of the above, Permitted Encumbrances. No Loan Party, Subsidiary or Green Park or WDLLC shall agree with any other Person not to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired (i.e., no Loan Party, Subsidiary or Green Park or WDLLC shall grant a so-called “negative pledge” on any of its now owned or hereafter acquired property, assets or revenues, however characterized for UCC or other purposes, in favor of any Person other than the Lenders, other than, as to all of the above, Permitted Encumbrances.

 

7.02        Investments. Make any Investments, except (i) Investments in Liquid Assets, (ii) Investments by the Loan Parties or Green Park in their Subsidiaries, other Loan Parties or Green Park, or WDLLC, in each case as of the Closing Date, (iii) Investments permitted under Sections 7.08 and 7.09 and (iv) Green Park’s Investment in QFC/Green Park Financial LLC as of the Original Closing Date, but not any increase in the amount thereof.

 

7.03        Indebtedness.

 

(a)              Create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except Permitted Indebtedness; or

 

(b)              Make or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any payment or other distribution (whether in cash securities or other property) of or in respect of principal of or interest on any Indebtedness, or any payment or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, prepayment, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Indebtedness, except (i) mandatory payments as and when due in respect of any Permitted Indebtedness (subject to the terms and conditions of any subordination agreements in favor of the Agents and the Lenders), and (ii) payments on account of the Obligations.

 

7.04        Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person (or agree to do any of the foregoing), without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

51



 

7.05        Dispositions. Make any Disposition (including, without limitation, of any Servicing Contracts) or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except (i) Dispositions of sub-servicing from one Loan Party to another Loan Party or a Subsidiary thereof, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary or from a Subsidiary to a Loan Party (provided the Administrative Agent has been given prior written notice thereof and copies of all such sub-servicing agreements), (ii) a Disposition by WD of Equity Interests representing not more than an aggregate of 4% of the Equity Interests of WD on a fully diluted basis (the “WD Disposition” ) commencing as of the Original Closing Date, (iii) any other Dispositions of minority Equity Interests by a Loan Party, or WDLLC in connection with the hiring of new employees by such Loan Party or WDLLC, which Disposition is approved by the Administrative Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (subject to the Administrative Agent’s being satisfied with the results of regulatory and Administrative Agent’s policies and procedures relating to due diligence with respect to its customers and their owners), and (iv) any other Dispositions of minority Equity Interests in a Loan Party or WDLLC which do not result in a Change of Control provided that the requirements of subsections (a)(i)-(iv) of the definition of “Permitted Transfers” are complied with in connection therewith.

 

7.06        Restricted Payments; Restricted Distributions; Affiliate Tax Loans . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, or issue or sell any Equity Interests or accept any capital contribution, or make any Restricted Distribution except that, so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing prior to or immediately after giving effect to any action described below or would result therefrom:

 

(a)              Each Loan Party, Green Park and each of their respective Subsidiaries, and WDLLC may make Restricted Payments to any other Loan Party, Green Park and each of their respective Subsidiaries, and WDLLC with respect to Indebtedness incurred in accordance with Section 7.09(a) , and Green Park and WDLLC may make Restricted Distributions to the holders of their respective Equity Interests in accordance with the Transaction Documents, as in effect on the Closing Date;

 

(b)              Multifamily Inc. and WD shall each be permitted to make Restricted Distributions to its stockholders in respect of any taxable year or portion thereof during which Multifamily Inc. or WD, as the case may be, shall be a Subchapter S corporation for federal tax purposes, and GP and Borrower shall each be permitted to make Restricted Distributions to its members, in each case in an aggregate amount (such Restricted Distributions referred to herein as “Tax Distributions” ) equal to the product of (x) such Loan Party’s aggregate taxable income for such year (determined as if such Loan Party were an individual whose only source of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit for income tax purposes (“tax items” ) for such year consisted solely of the tax items recognized by such Loan Party for such year or properly carried over to such year from any prior year); and (y) the highest aggregate marginal federal, state and local income tax rate (determined by taking into account the deductibility of state and local income taxes for federal income tax purposes) to which any stockholder or member of such Loan Party who is an individual is subject for such year; such Tax Distributions may be made on a taxable quarterly basis based on a reasonable estimate (“Estimated Taxes”) for such year of the amounts specified in clauses (x) and (y) above (with the actual result of such amounts being referred to herein as, the “Actual Attributable Taxes”) ; provided   however , that

 

(i)             Each such Loan Party shall be permitted, in lieu of making any such Tax Distribution, to make a loan (each, an “Affiliate Tax Loan” ) to any of its stockholders or members, as the case may be, in the amount of such Estimated Taxes, so long as any Tax Distribution made by such Loan Party to such members or stockholders is made within 60 days after the making of such Affiliate Tax Loan and is used to repay such Affiliate

 

52



 

Tax Loan in full, and all such Affiliate Tax Loans shall not in any event exceed $3,000,000 in the aggregate outstanding at any one time; and

 

(ii)            If any of Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith, III, Taylor S. Walker or William M. Walker, receives distributions of Estimated Taxes in respect of any Fiscal Year which, as to such Person, exceed the Actual Attributable Taxes allocable to such Person for the subject Fiscal Year by greater than $100,000.00, Borrower shall cause such Person to return the amount of such excess to Borrower, WD, Multifamily, Inc. or GP, as the case may be, and Borrower, WD), Multifamily, Inc. and GP, as applicable, shall enter into an agreement (each, a “Tax Distribution Refund Agreement”), reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, with such Person evidencing this obligation to repay.

 

(c)              WD shall be permitted to make Restricted Distributions (referred to herein as “Additional Distributions” ) (x) to each Minority Holder and any other non-voting shareholders of WD who do not also hold any Equity Interests in any of Multifamily Inc., Borrower or GP (provided, that Taylor S. Walker shall be eligible to receive Additional Dividends notwithstanding his ownership of Equity Interests in WD and Multifamily, Inc.), for any Fiscal Quarter in an aggregate amount equal to such Person’s pro rata share of consolidated Net Income attributable to WD for such Fiscal Quarter, less any Tax Distributions made by WD for such Fiscal Quarter, and (y) to each of Mallory Walker, William M. Walker and Howard W. Smith, III, for any Fiscal Quarter in an aggregate amount equal to such Person’s pro rata share of consolidated Net Income attributable to WD for such Fiscal Quarter, less any Tax Distributions made by WD for such Fiscal Quarter. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

 

(i)             if at any time Additional Distributions for the immediately previous Fiscal Quarter were less than consolidated Net Income attributable to WD for such immediately previous Fiscal Quarter, then Additional Distributions for the current Fiscal Quarter may not exceed (i) the sum of (x) consolidated Net Income attributable to WD for the current Fiscal Quarter, and (y) consolidated Net Income attributable to WD for the immediately previous Fiscal Quarter, less (ii) Additional Distributions for the immediately previous Fiscal Quarter; and

 

(ii)            with respect solely to Mallory Walker, William M. Walker and Howard W. Smith, III, if any such Person shall receive Additional Distributions, then the applicable Person shall on the same day remit 100% of such Additional Distribution to WD in exchange for, in WD’s sole discretion, either (x) receipt of a subordinated note (each, an “Additional Distribution Subordinated Note” ) in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in the amount of such Additional Distribution (a copy of each such Additional Distribution Subordinated Note to be delivered to the Agent within five (5) days of issuance thereof), or (y) with respect solely to Howard W. Smith, III, a reduction in the amounts owed by Howard W. Smith, III to WD or Multifamily Inc.;

 

(d)           Borrower, Multifamily, Inc., GP and WD shall each be permitted to make Restricted Distributions (referred to herein as “Supplemental Distributions” ) to each of Mallory Walker, Howard W. Smith, III, Taylor S. Walker and William M. Walker and, while they respectively hold Equity Interests in the Borrower that they have received pursuant to a Permitted Transfer, to each of the Minority Holders, for any Fiscal Quarter in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of the excess, if any, of (i) the consolidated EBITDA based on the consolidated financial statements of the Loan Parties and Green Park for such Fiscal Quarter, less (ii) the sum for such Fiscal Quarter of (x) all principal and interest actually paid under this Agreement, and (y) all principal and interest actually paid on the United Bank Loan, and

 

53



 

(z) Tax Distributions and Additional Distributions (not repaid in full to WD in accordance with Section 7.06(c)(ii)) made for such Fiscal Quarter.

 

The calculation of Supplemental Distributions, and the determination of whether they may be made, shall be made by the Borrower (although the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to determine whether a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing prior to or immediately after giving effect to any action described above or would result therefrom) based on quarterly financial statements of WDLLC delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 6.01(a)  subject to the approval by the Administrative Agent, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and shall be confirmed annually by the Administrative Agent using audited financial statements delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 6.01(a) . If, and to the extent that, Administrative Agent determines that there has in fact been an over-payment under this Section 7.06(d) by any of Borrower, Multifamily, Inc., GP or WD, the applicable Loan Party shall withhold future quarterly distributions of any type (i.e., all Tax Distributions, Supplemental Distributions and Additional Distributions) to the Person to whom such over-payment was made until such time as such future quarterly distributions equal to the amount of such over-payment have been withheld from such Person. Commencing with the first full Fiscal Quarter ending after the LTSV Ratio is less than or equal to 75% (and thereafter does not exceed 75% or such lower LTSV as is then required pursuant to Section 7.14(f)), the percentage in the fourth (4 th ) line of this Section 7.06(d) shall be increased from 50% to 75%; provided, however, amounts that the Borrower would have been entitled to distribute pursuant to this Section 7.06(d) with respect to a particular Fiscal Quarter and which are not so distributed within 60 days after the last day of that Fiscal Quarter may not be distributed thereafter.

 

(e)              WD shall be permitted to make the WD Disposition;

 

(f)               Any Loan Party shall be permitted to make any payment related to the repurchase of any Equity Interest in such Loan Party owned by a Minority Holder pursuant to any agreement between such Loan Party and such Minority Holder;

 

(g)              Green Park shall be permitted to make a bonus payment to William M. Walker for each Fiscal Year; provided, that in no event shall the amount of such bonus payment in any Fiscal Year exceed an amount equal to the base salary of William M. Walker in the applicable Fiscal Year, multiplied by 1.50;

 

(h)              Any Loan Party or Green Park shall be permitted to make salary and bonus payments to any employee, including without limitation, Principals and other holders of Equity Interests in any Loan Parties, subject to Sections 7.06(h) and 7.09(b);

 

(i)               WD shall be permitted to make certain interest payments in respect of each outstanding Additional Distribution Subordinated Note, pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in any such Additional Distribution Subordinated Note; and

 

(j)               Multifamily, WD and GP shall be permitted to make certain interest payments in respect of each outstanding subordinated promissory note issued to a Principal in connection with a repurchase of any Equity Interests held by such Principal that is permitted under a Loan Document.

 

7.07        Prepayments of Indebtedness. Prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner any Indebtedness, or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Subordinated Indebtedness.

 

54


 

 

7.08         Change in Nature of Business.

 

(a)            In the case of Multifamily Inc., engage in any business or activity other than owning an Equity Interest in Green Park.

 

(b)            In the case of the Borrower, engage in any business or activity other than owning Equity Interests in Green Park.

 

(c)            In the case of GP, engage in any business or activity other than (i) owning Equity Interests in and serving as the managing general partner of Green Park and performing all related functions, and (ii) owning Equity Interests in and serving as the manager of the Borrower and performing all related functions.

 

(d)            In the case of WD, engage in any business or activity other than (i) acting as a broker of Mortgage Loans and real estate equity, (ii) providing real estate advisory services, (iii) servicing Mortgage Loans under Servicing Contracts, but only for the applicable period under the Transition Services Agreement, and (iv) owning Equity Interests in WDLLC.

 

(e)            In the case of Green Park, engage in any line of business substantially different from the business of originating and servicing multifamily Mortgage Loans on a transitional basis in accordance with the terms of the Transition Services Agreement, and otherwise engaging in any business or activity other than owing Equity Interests in WDLLC.

 

(f)             In the case of WDLLC, engage in any line of business substantially different from the business of originating and servicing multifamily Mortgage Loans.

 

7.09         Transactions with Affiliates

 

(a)            Enter into, renew, extend or be a party to any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of any Loan Party, any Subsidiary thereof, Green Park or WDLLC, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to such Loan Party, such Subsidiary thereof or Green Park or WDLLC as would be obtainable by such Loan Party, such Subsidiary thereof or Green Park or WDLLC at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, except (i) loans between and among Loan Parties and Green Park and WDLLC, (ii) loans on the Original Closing Date from the Loan Parties to Principals and Minority Holders not in excess of an aggregate of $250,000, and to be subordinated to the Obligations on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, but not any renewal, increase or other modification thereof (a “Related Party Loan”), (iii) loans (which constitute Permitted Indebtedness) to or from, and/or Investments in, Walker & Dunlop Service Corp. and/or W&D Holding, Inc., not in excess of an aggregate of $650,000 and (iv) transactions relating to the repurchase of any Equity Interests by a Loan Party permitted under any Loan Document and any loan from a Loan Party to a Principal in connection therewith.

 

(b)            Increase the base salary of any Principal who is also an executive officer by more than three (3%) percent each Fiscal Year, or amend or modify in any material respect any bonus programs for such Persons as in effect on the Original Closing Date; provided, however, that Green Park shall be entitled to make the bonus payments to William M. Walker contemplated by Section 7.06(g) .

 

55



 

7.10         Burdensome Agreements. Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement, any other Loan Document, the Warehousing Agreement, the National City Agreement or any other warehousing agreement entered into by a Loan Party to the extent permitted under this Agreement) that limits the ability (i) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments or other distributions to any Loan Party or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in a Loan Party, (ii) of any Subsidiary to Guarantee the Obligations, (iii) of any Subsidiary to make or repay loans to a Loan Party, or (iv) of the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person in favor of the Collateral Agent.

 

7.11         Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Loan, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund Indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

 

7.12         Amendment of Material Documents. Amend, modify or waive any of a Loan Party’s rights under (a) its Organization Documents or (b) any Material Contract (other than on account of any refinancing thereof otherwise permitted hereunder), in each case to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect (or is otherwise limited by an applicable provision of this Agreement). Neither the Operating Agreement, nor any Transaction Document shall be amended or modified in any material respect, nor any material provisions thereof waived, without the consent of the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion.

 

7.13         Corporate Name; Fiscal Year.

 

(a)            Change the Fiscal Year of any Loan Party or of Green Park or WDLLC, or the accounting policies or reporting practices of the Loan Parties, Green Park or WDLLC, except as required by GAAP (which changes shall be subject to applicable provisions of this Agreement addressing the impact on any changes in GAAP).

 

(b)            Change its name as it appears in official filings in the state of its incorporation or other organization (b) change its chief executive office, principal place of business, corporate offices or warehouses or locations at which Collateral is held or stored, or the location of its records concerning the Collateral, (c) change the type of entity that it is, (d) change its organization identification number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or other organization, or (e) change its state of incorporation or organization, in each case without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to the Collateral Agent and after the Collateral Agent’s written acknowledgment, which acknowledgment shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, that any reasonable action requested by the Collateral Agent in connection therewith, including to continue the perfection of any Liens in favor of the Collateral Agent, in any Collateral, has been completed or taken, and provided that any such new location shall be in the continental United States.

 

7.14         Financial Covenants

 

(a)            Permit Adjusted Tangible Net Worth at any time to be less than the applicable amount set forth below as of the dates, and during the applicable periods, set forth below, to be tested as of such dates and on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter occurring during each applicable period (assuming for the purposes hereof that both Extension Options are duly exercised), or otherwise not to be in compliance with applicable requirements of HUD, WDLLC Investors (including Freddie Mac) or Fannie Mae.

 

56



 

Specified Date and Period

 

Applicable 
Minimum Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Closing Date to October 30, 2009

 

$

60,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

October 31, 2009 to October 30, 2010

 

$

65,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

October 31, 2010 and thereafter

 

$

70,000,000

 

 

(b)           Permit Liquid Assets at any time to be less than the applicable amount set forth below as of the dates, and during the applicable periods, set forth below, to be tested as of the such dates and on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter occurring during each applicable period (assuming for the purposes hereof that both Extension Options are duly exercised), or otherwise not to be in compliance with applicable requirements of HUD, WDLLC Investors (including Freddie Mac) or Fannie Mae.

 

Specified Date and Period

 

Applicable 
Minimum Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Closing Date to October 30, 2009

 

$

6,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

October 31, 2009 and thereafter

 

$

7,000,000

 

 

(c)           Permit EBITDA at any time to be less than the applicable amount set forth below as of the dates, and during the applicable periods, set forth below, to be tested as of the such dates and on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter occurring during each applicable period (assuming for the purposes hereof that both Extension Options are duly exercised).

 

Specified Date and Period

 

Applicable 
Minimum Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Closing Date to October 30, 2009(1)

 

$

10,500,000

 

 

 

 

 

October 31, 2009 to October 30, 2010

 

$

11,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

October 31, 2010 and thereafter

 

$

12,000,000

 

 

(d)            Permit the ratio of (i) EBITDA to (ii) the sum of (a) interest payments made or required to be made by the Borrower on account of the Obligations ( less cash received by the Borrower under the Rate Cap Agreement), plus (b) an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loan required to be paid by the Borrower hereunder (whether or not so paid) during the applicable year in accordance with Section 2.03(b) , to be less than the ratio set forth below, determined for the applicable Measurement Period.

 


(1) EBITDA calculations for such Specified Period shall be annualized.

 

57



 

Specified Date and Period

 

Applicable 
Minimum Amount

 

 

 

 

 

Closing Date to October 30, 2009(2)

 

2.00:1.00

 

 

 

 

 

October 31, 2009 to October 30, 2010

 

2.00:1.00

 

 

 

 

 

October 31, 2011 and thereafter

 

2.25:1.00

 

 

(e)            Permit the aggregate unpaid principal amount of (i) all Mortgage Loans comprising the Servicing Portfolio of WDLLC to be less than $8.0 billion at any time or (ii) all Fannie Mae DUS Mortgage Loans comprising the Servicing Portfolio of WDLLC to be less than $5.0 billion at any time, calculated as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter, calculated as of the last day of each Fiscal Quarter.

 

(f)             Permit the LTSV Ratio at any time to be greater than the applicable percentage set forth below as of the dates, and during the applicable periods, set forth below, to be tested as of the such dates and on the last day of each Fiscal Quarter occurring during each applicable period (assuming for the purposes hereof that both Extension Options are duly exercised).

 

Specified Date and Period

 

Maximum LTSV

 

 

 

 

 

Closing Date to October 30, 2009

 

60

%

 

 

 

 

October 31, 2009 to October 30, 2010

 

55

%

 

 

 

 

October 31, 2010 and thereafter

 

50

%

 

(g)            Permit (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Fannie Mae DUS Mortgage Loans comprising WDLLC’s Servicing Portfolio which are sixty (60) or more days past due or otherwise in default at any time to exceed two percent (2%) of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all Fannie Mae DUS Mortgage Loans comprising WDLLC’s Servicing Portfolios at such time, or (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of At Risk Mortgage Loans comprising WDLLC’s Servicing Portfolio which are sixty (60) or more days past due or otherwise in default to increase by more than one-half percent (.5%) from the last day of a Fiscal Quarter to the last day of the following Fiscal Quarter.

 

For the purposes of any testing of the foregoing financial covenants which is made as of the end of a Fiscal Quarter, such testing shall be based on (i) for any of the first three Fiscal Quarters of any Fiscal Year, the financial statements required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.01(b) with respect to the subject Fiscal Quarter, and (ii) for the fourth Fiscal Quarter of any Fiscal Year, the audited financial statements required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) with respect to the Fiscal Year then ended.

 

7.15         Warehousing Agreement. WDLLC shall at all times maintain the maximum committed loan amount under the Warehousing Agreement at no less than the maximum committed loan amount in

 


(2) EBITDA calculations for such Specified Period shall be annualized.

 

58



 

effect at such time under the National City Agreement or any replacement thereof (without regard to any Supplemental Warehousing Lines), unless the Warehousing Agreement is not renewed by Bank of America upon maturity; provided , however , that if Bank of America offers to renew the Warehousing Agreement, the offered terms and conditions thereof shall not be materially different than those presented in a certain term sheet dated June 1, 2006. This provision shall in no way be construed as a commitment to enter into such a facility, expressed or implied.

 

ARTICLE VIII.
SPECIAL PROVISIONS REGARDING GREEN PARK AND WDLLC

 

8.01         Special Representations, Warranties and Covenants Concerning Green Park Eligibility as Seller/Servicer of Mortgage Loans. To induce the Credit Parties to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans hereunder, Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties that as of the date of this Agreement, Green Park is and during the period covered by the Transition Services Agreement, shall be, approved, qualified and in good standing as a lender, seller/servicer or issuer, as set forth below, and meets and shall meet all requirements applicable to its status as a Fannie Mae-approved seller/servicer of Mortgage Loans, eligible to originate, purchase, hold, sell and service Mortgage Loans to be sold to Fannie Mae under any Fannie Mae Program

 

8.02         Special Representation, Warranty and Covenant with respect to Green Park Concerning Fannie Mae Program Reserve Requirements.

 

(a)            Borrower represents and warrants to the Credit Parties that Green Park will have met the Fannie Mae DUS Program requirements for lender reserves for each Fannie Mae DUS Mortgage Loan originated by it, at such time as required by Fannie Mae under the Fannie Mae DUS Program.

 

(b)            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, any and all reserves relating to Fannie Mae Program requirements for lender reserves returned or to be returned to Green Park shall be applied to repayment of the Obligations in such order as Administrative Agent shall determine.

 

(c)            Nothing in this Agreement will limit (i) Fannie Mae’s rights to set reserve and capital requirements under Fannie Mae’s agreements with Green Park and applicable Fannie Mae guides or (ii) Green Park’s obligation to comply with such reserve and capital requirements.

 

8.03         Green Park Pledge of Fannie Mae Servicing Contract Rights

 

(a)            Green Park hereby grants the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties, a security interest (the “Green Park FM Security Interest”) in the following (the “Green Park FM Collateral”) to secure payment and performance of the Obligations: all servicing income actually received by Green Park with respect to the Mortgage Loans (“FM Designated Loans”) serviced at any time and from time to time under any Servicing Contracts between Green Park and Fannie Mae (“Fannie Mae Servicing Contracts”), but not in the Fannie Mae Servicing Contracts or any other income related to the FM Designated Loans. Collateral Agent’s security interest is subject and subordinate to all rights, remedies, powers and prerogatives of Fannie Mae under all applicable selling and servicing agreements between Fannie Mae and Green Park, including the guides, however titled, referred to in those selling and servicing agreements (collectively, the “Fannie Mae Agreements”), including Fannie Mae’s right to terminate Green Park’s servicing rights with respect to the FM Designated Loans as provided in the Fannie Mae Agreements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions, Collateral Agent

 

59



 

acknowledges that its security interest is subject to the rights of Fannie Mae which must approve Collateral Agent’s security interest.

 

(b)            Green Park authorizes the Collateral Agent to file such financing statements as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to perfect the Security Interest in the Green Park FM Collateral.

 

(c)            Subject to Section 8.03(a) , Green Park hereby irrevocably appoints (which appointment is coupled with an interest) the Collateral Agent, or its delegate, as the attorney in fact of Green Park with the right (but not the duty) from time to time, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to (i) create, prepare, complete, execute, deliver, endorse or file, in the name and on behalf of Green Park, any and all instruments, documents, financing statements, applications for insurance and other agreements and writings required to be obtained, executed, delivered or endorsed by Green Park under this Section 8.03(c) ; (ii) convert the Green Park FM Collateral into cash, including, without limitation, the sale (either public or private) of all or any portion or portions of the Green Park FM Collateral; (iii) enforce collection of the Green Park FM Collateral, either in its own name or in the name of Green Park, including, without limitation, executing releases and prosecuting, defending, compromising or releasing any action relating to the Green Park FM Collateral; and (iv) take such other actions as Collateral Agent deems necessary or desirable in order to continue the perfection and priority of its Security Interest or realize upon the Green Park FM Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to do any of the acts or exercise any of the powers hereinabove authorized, but if the Collateral Agent elects to do any such act or exercise any such power, it shall not be accountable for more than it actually receives as a result of such exercise of power, and it shall not be responsible to Green Park or any other Person except for gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

 

(d)            To the extent that FM Designated Loans remain subject to the Fannie Mae Agreements, Green Park will remain the servicer of the FM Designated Loans and will continue to service the FM Designated Loans in accordance with Fannie Mae requirements. Green Park shall not, and no Loan Party shall permit Green Park to, pledge any of its servicing rights with respect to the FM Designated Loans to any other Person.

 

(e)            Collateral Agent has no right to service the FM Designated Loans or affect the manner in which Green Park services the FM Designated Loans. If Fannie Mae terminates Green Park’s servicing rights with respect to the FM Designated Loans, this pledge will automatically terminate, and the Collateral Agent will release its Lien created by such pledge and execute and file all necessary documents to reflect such release.

 

(f)             Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default for 30 days or more, and the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its rights under Section 9.02 , Collateral Agent may: (i) direct that all servicing fees payable to Green Park with respect to the FM Designated Loans be deposited into lockbox accounts held by Collateral Agent; (ii) in its own name, in the name of Green Park or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Green Park FM Collateral, but Collateral Agent has no obligation to do so; (iii) by written notice to Green Park , direct Green Park to sell the servicing rights to the FM Designated Loans (in which event Green Park shall (x) retain a nationally recognized firm that specializes in the sale of Fannie Mae servicing rights (which firm must be reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent) and (y) sell the servicing rights to the FM Designated Loans to another Fannie Mae lender/servicer within 60 days of such notice from Collateral Agent); and (iv) exercise and enforce any or all rights and remedies available upon default to Collateral Agent under the UCC, at law or in equity. Any sale of the Green Park FM Collateral would be subject to Fannie Mae approval. All proceeds of such sale will be applied first to the expenses of the sale, then to any amounts due to Fannie Mae for Green

 

60



 

Park under the Servicing Contracts sold, and then to the outstanding balance of the Obligations (as provided in Section 9.03) , with any remaining balance remitted to Borrower. Fannie Mae shall have no obligation to comply with any directions of the Collateral Agent or to alter in any way servicing requirements, flows of funds, or accounting of servicing.

 

(g)            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default for 30 days or more, Collateral Agent or its designee is entitled to receive and collect all sums payable to Green Park in respect of the Green Park FM Collateral, and, in such case (1) Collateral Agent or its designee in its discretion may, in its own name, in the name of Green Park or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Green Park FM Collateral, but Collateral Agent has no obligation to do so, (2) Green Park must, if Collateral Agent requests it to do so, hold in trust for the benefit of the Lenders and immediately pay to Collateral Agent at its office designated by Notice, all amounts received by Green Park upon or in respect of any of the Green Park FM Collateral, advising Collateral Agent as to the source of those funds and (3) all amounts so received and collected by Collateral Agent will be held by it as part of the Green Park FM Collateral.

 

(h)            To the extent any amounts are received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section, all rights of Green Park against any Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations.

 

8.04         Special Representations, Warranties and Covenants Concerning WDLLC Eligibility as Seller/Servicer of Mortgage Loans. To induce the Credit Parties to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans hereunder, Borrower represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Credit Parties that as of the date of this Agreement, WDLLC is, and so long as any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, WDLLC shall be, approved, qualified and in good standing as a lender, seller/servicer or issuer, as set forth below, and meets and shall meet all requirements applicable to its status as a Fannie Mae-approved seller/servicer of Mortgage Loans, eligible to originate, purchase, hold, sell and service Mortgage Loans to be sold to Fannie Mae under any Fannie Mae Program, and as a Freddie Mac Program Plus seller.

 

8.05         Special Representation, Warranty and Covenant with respect to WDLLC Concerning Fannie Mae Program Reserve Requirements.

 

(a)            Borrower represents and warrants to the Credit Parties that WDLLC will have met the Fannie Mae DUS Program requirements for lender reserves for each Fannie Mae DUS Mortgage Loan originated by it, at such time as required by Fannie Mae under the Fannie Mae DUS Program.

 

(b)            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default, any and all reserves relating to Fannie Mae Program requirements for lender reserves returned or to be returned to Green Park shall be applied to repayment of the Obligations in such order as Administrative Agent shall determine

 

Nothing in this Agreement will limit (i) Fannie Mae’s rights to set reserve and capital requirements under Fannie Mae’s agreements with WDLLC and applicable Fannie Mae guides or (ii) WDLLC’s obligation to comply with such reserve and capital requirements.

 

8.06         WDLLC Pledge of Fannie Mae Servicing Contract Rights

 

61



 

(a)            WDLLC hereby grants the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties, a security interest (the “WDLLC FM Security Interest” ) in the following (the “WDLLC FM Collateral” ) to secure payment and performance of the Obligations: all servicing income actually received by WDLLC with respect to the Mortgage Loans ( “WDLLC FM Designated Loans” ) serviced at any time and from time to time under any Servicing Contracts between WDLLC and Fannie Mae ( “WDLLC Fannie Mae Servicing Contracts” ) , but not in the WDLLC Fannie Mae Servicing Contracts or any other income related to the WDLLC FM Designated Loans. Collateral Agent’s security interest is subject and subordinate to all rights, remedies, powers and prerogatives of Fannie Mae under all applicable Fannie Mae Agreements, including Fannie Mae’s right to terminate WDLLC’s servicing rights with respect to the WDLLC FM Designated Loans as provided in the Fannie Mae Agreements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions, Collateral Agent acknowledges that its security interest is subject to the rights of Fannie Mae which must approve Collateral Agent’s security interest.

 

(b)            WDLLC authorizes the Collateral Agent to file such financing statements as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to perfect the Security Interest in the WDLLC FM Collateral.

 

(c)            Subject to Section 8.03(a) , WDLLC hereby irrevocably appoints (which appointment is coupled with an interest) the Collateral Agent, or its delegate, as the attorney in fact of WDLLC with the right (but not the duty) from time to time, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to (i) create, prepare, complete, execute, deliver, endorse or file, in the name and on behalf of WDLLC, any and all instruments, documents, financing statements, applications for insurance and other agreements and writings required to be obtained, executed, delivered or endorsed by WDLLC under this Section 8.03(c) ; (ii) convert the WDLLC FM Collateral into cash, including, without limitation, the sale (either public or private) of all or any portion or portions of the WDLLC FM Collateral; (iii) enforce collection of the WDLLC FM Collateral, either in its own name or in the name of WDLLC, including, without limitation, executing releases and prosecuting, defending, compromising or releasing any action relating to the WDLLC FM Collateral; and (iv) take such other actions as Collateral Agent deems necessary or desirable in order to continue the perfection and priority of its Security Interest or realize upon the WDLLC FM Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to do any of the acts or exercise any of the powers hereinabove authorized, but if the Collateral Agent elects to do any such act or exercise any such power, it shall not be accountable for more than it actually receives as a result of such exercise of power, and it shall not be responsible to WDLLC or any other Person except for gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.

 

(d)            To the extent that WDLLC FM Designated Loans remain subject to the Fannie Mae Agreements, WDLLC will remain the servicer of the WDLLC FM Designated Loans and will continue to service the WDLLC FM Designated Loans in accordance with Fannie Mae requirements. WDLLC shall not, and no Loan Party shall permit WDLLC to, pledge any of its servicing rights with respect to the WDLLC FM Designated Loans to any other Person.

 

(e)            Collateral Agent has no right to service the Designated Loans or affect the manner in which WDLLC services the Designated Loans. If Fannie Mae terminates WDLLC’s servicing rights with respect to the WDLLC FM Designated Loans, this pledge will automatically terminate, and the Collateral Agent will release its Lien created by such pledge and execute and file all necessary documents to reflect such release.

 

(f)             Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default for 30 days or more, and the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its rights under Section 9.02 , Collateral Agent may: (i) direct that all servicing fees payable to WDLLC with respect to the WDLLC FM Designated Loans be deposited into lockbox accounts held by Collateral Agent; (ii) in its own name, in the name of

 

62



 

WDLLC or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the WDLLC FM Collateral, but Collateral Agent has no obligation to do so; (iii) by written notice to WDLLC , direct WDLLC to sell the servicing rights to the WDLLC FM Designated Loans (in which event WDLLC shall (x) retain a nationally recognized firm that specializes in the sale of Fannie Mae servicing rights (which firm must be reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent) and (y) sell the servicing rights to the WDLLC FM Designated Loans to another Fannie Mae lender/servicer within 60 days of such notice from Collateral Agent); and (iv) exercise and enforce any or all rights and remedies available upon default to Collateral Agent under the UCC, at law or in equity. Any sale of the WDLLC FM Collateral would be subject to Fannie Mae approval. All proceeds of such sale will be applied first to the expenses of the sale, then to any amounts due to Fannie Mae for WDLLC under the Servicing Contracts sold, and then to the outstanding balance of the Obligations (as provided in Section 9.03 ), with any remaining balance remitted to Borrower. Fannie Mae shall have no obligation to comply with any directions of the Collateral Agent or to alter in any way servicing requirements, flows of funds, or accounting of servicing.

 

(g)            Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default for 30 days or more, Collateral Agent or its designee is entitled to receive and collect all sums payable to WDLLC in respect of the WDLLC FM Collateral, and, in such case (1) Collateral Agent or its designee in its discretion may, in its own name, in the name of WDLLC or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the WDLLC FM Collateral, but Collateral Agent has no obligation to do so, (2) WDLLC must, if Collateral Agent requests it to do so, hold in trust for the benefit of the Lenders and immediately pay to Collateral Agent at its office designated by Notice, all amounts received by WDLLC upon or in respect of any of the WDLLC FM Collateral, advising Collateral Agent as to the source of those funds and (3) all amounts so received and collected by Collateral Agent will be held by it as part of the WDLLC FM Collateral.

 

(h)            To the extent any amounts are received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section, all rights of WDLLC against any Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations.

 

(i)             Promptly upon becoming an eligible Freddie Mac Program Plus Servicer, WDLLC shall grant to the Administrative Agent, for itself and for the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in all related rights, to the maximum extent then permitted by Freddie Mac.

 

ARTICLE IX.
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

9.01         Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

 

(a)            Non-Payment . The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay when and as required to be paid herein, (i) any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) any interest on any Loan or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) any other amount payable hereunder (including without limitation, with respect to Cash Management Services) or under any other Loan Document, and in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii), such failure continues for a period of five days; provided , that any failure to pay any amounts in respect of Cash Management Services shall be for an aggregate amount greater than $50,000; or

 

(b)            Specific Covenants . (i) Any Loan Party or Subsidiary (including Green Park, and WDLLC, as applicable) fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any

 

63



 

of Section 6.01 , 6.03 , 6.05 , 6.07 , 6.10 , 6.11 , or 6.12 or Article  VII; or (ii) any Guarantor fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in Article X or elsewhere in this Agreement; or

 

(c)            Other Defaults . Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days; or

 

(d)            Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

 

(e)            Cross-Default . (i) There shall occur any default or event of default under the Warehousing Agreement or the United Bank Credit Facility, or (ii) any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (x) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than $1,500,000, or (y) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or

 

(f)             Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or a proceeding shall be commenced or a petition filed, without the application or consent of such Person, seeking or requesting the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed and the appointment continues undischarged, undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

 

(g)            Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 45 days after its issue or levy; or

 

(h)            Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof (i) one or more judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments and orders) exceeding $750,000 (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer is rated at least “A” by A.M. Best Company, has been notified of the potential claim and does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary judgments that

 

64


 

have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B)   there is a period of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment or order, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

 

(i)             ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of $150,000, or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of $150,000; or

 

(j)             Invalidity of Loan Documents . (i) Any provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any provision of any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any provision of any Loan Document or seeks to avoid, limit or otherwise adversely affect any Lien purported to be created under any Security Document; or (ii) any Lien purported to be created hereunder or under any Security Document shall cease to be, or shall be asserted by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof or any other Person not to be, a valid and perfected Lien on any Collateral, with the priority required by the applicable Security Document; or

 

(k)            Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control without the prior approval of the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; or

 

(1)            Cessation of Business . Except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof shall take any action to suspend the operation of its business in the ordinary course, liquidate all or a material portion of its assets, or employ an agent or other third party to conduct a program of closings or liquidations of any material portion of its business; or

 

(m)           Loss of Collateral . There occurs any uninsured loss to any material portion of any Collateral; or

 

(n)            Breach of Contractual Obligation . Any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof fails to (i) make any payment, individually or in the aggregate in excess of $750,000, when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Contractual Obligation, or (ii) observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any Material Contract or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the counterparty to such Material Contract to terminate such Material Contract; or

 

(o)            Indictment . The indictment or institution of any legal process or proceeding against, any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, under any federal, state, municipal, and other criminal statute, rule, regulation, order, or other requirement having the force of law for a felony (it being understood and agreed that an indictment or institution of any legal process or proceeding against any Principal or employee or agent of a Loan Party or Subsidiary shall not constitute an Event of Default under this Section 9.01(o) ); or

 

65



 

(p)            Guaranty . The termination or attempted termination of any Guaranty including, without limitation, the Guaranty in Article XI of this Agreement; or

 

(q)            Subordination . (i) The subordination provisions of the documents evidencing or governing any Subordinated Indebtedness (the “Subordinated Provisions”) shall, in whole or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against any holder of the applicable Subordinated Indebtedness; or (ii) any Loan Party shall, directly or indirectly, disavow or contest in any manner (A) the effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any of the Subordination Provisions, (B) that the Subordination Provisions exist for the benefit of the Credit Parties, or (C) that all payments of principal of or premium and interest on the applicable Subordinated Indebtedness, or realized from the liquidation of any property of any Loan Party, shall be subject to any of the Subordination Provisions; provided that the relevant Subordinated Provisions relate to or affect Subordinated Indebtedness (1) of the Loan Parties, Green Park or WDLLC with respect to the Principals or any employees of the Loan Parties, Green Park or WDLLC in an aggregate amount in excess of $250,000 or (2) any other Person.

 

9.02         Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent may, or, at the request of the Required Lenders shall, take any or all of the following actions:

 

(a)            declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Loan Parties; and

 

(b)            whether or not the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant hereto, may (and at the direction of the Required Lenders, shall) proceed to protect, enforce and exercise all rights and remedies of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or applicable Law, including, but not limited to, by suit in equity, action at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for the specific performance of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any instrument pursuant to which the Obligations are evidenced, and, if such amount shall have become due, by declaration or otherwise, proceed to enforce the payment thereof or any other legal or equitable right of the Credit Parties;

 

provided however , that upon the entry of an order for relief with respect to any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof under any Debtor Relief Law, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

 

No remedy herein is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy and each and every remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or any other provision of Law.

 

9.03         Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 9.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

 

(i)             to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, Credit Party Expenses and other amounts (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral

 

66



 

Agent and amounts payable under Article III ) payable to the Administrative Agent and the Collateral Agent, each in its capacity as such, and then

 

(ii)            to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting indemnities, Credit Party Expenses, and other amounts (other than principal, interest and fees) payable to the Lenders (including fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the respective Lenders and amounts payable under Article III ), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause payable to them, and then

 

(iii)          to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and other Obligations, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause payable to them, and then

 

(iv)           to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause held by them, and then

 

(v)             to payment of all other Obligations (including without limitation the cash collateralization of unliquidated indemnification obligations as provided in Section 12.04(b) , but excluding any Other Liabilities), ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause held by them, and then

 

(vi)           to payment of that portion of the Obligations arising from Cash Management Services to the extent secured under the Security Documents, ratably among the Credit Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause held by them, and then

 

(vii)          the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Loan Parties or as otherwise required by Law.

 

9.04         Fannie Mae Limitations. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any Security Document, the Collateral Agent may not cause the transfer of any indirect ownership interest in Green Park or WDLLC to a third-party which is not an Affiliate of the Collateral Agent without the approval of Fannie Mae, provided that Fannie Mae utilizes its customary review and approval process applicable to such circumstances.

 

9.05         Freddie Mac Limitations. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement or any Security Document, the Collateral Agent may not cause the transfer of any indirect ownership interest in Green Park or WDLLC to a third-party which is not an Affiliate of the Collateral Agent without the approval of Freddie Mac, provided that Freddie Mac utilizes its customary review and approval process applicable to such circumstances.

 

ARTICLE X.
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

10.01       Appointment and Authority.

 

(a)            Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the

 

67



 

Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, and no Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

 

(b)            Each of the Lenders, in its capacities as a Lender, hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America as Collateral Agent and authorizes the Collateral Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Collateral Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co- agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Collateral Agent pursuant to Section 10.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Security Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Collateral Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article IX and Article XI (including Section 12.04(c)) , as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

 

10.02       Rights as a Lender. The Persons serving as the Agents hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in their capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though they were not the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

 

10.03       Exculpatory Provisions. The Agents shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agents:

 

(a)            shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(b)            shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent, as applicable, is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that no Agent shall be required to take any action that, in its respective opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose such Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law; and

 

(c)            shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Loan Parties or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

 

No Agent shall be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the Consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as such Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections

 

68



 

12.01 and 9.02 ) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith as determined by a final and non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. The Agents shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to such Agent by the Loan Parties or a Lender.

 

The Agents shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Security Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (vi) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agents.

 

10.04       Reliance by Agents. Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including, but not limited to, any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Administrative Agent shall have received written notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any Loan Party), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

10.05       Delegation of Duties. Each Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agents and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as such Agent.

 

10.06       Resignation of Agents. Either Agent may at any time give written notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Borrower, to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under

 

69



 

the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any Collateral held by the Collateral Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Collateral Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Collateral Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Section 12.04 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent hereunder.

 

10.07       Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agents or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. Except as provided in Section 10.11 , the Agents shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Credit Party with any other credit or other information concerning the affairs, financial condition or business of any Loan Party that may come into the possession of the Agents.

 

10.08       Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Loan Parties) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise

 

(a)            to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the other Credit Parties (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, such Credit Parties and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and such Credit Parties under Section 12.04 ) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

 

(b)            to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

 

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses,

 

70



 

disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.05 and 12.04 .

 

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.

 

10.09       Collateral and Guaranty Matters.

 

(a)            The Credit Parties irrevocably authorize the Agents, at their option and in their discretion, to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Collateral Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon the payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations for which no claim has been asserted), (ii) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, or (iii) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 12.01 .

 

(b)            Upon request by any Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing such Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property. In each case as specified in this Section 10.09 , the Agents will, at the Loan Parties’ expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Security Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 10.09 .

 

10.10       Notice of Transfer. The Agents may deem and treat a Lender party to this Agreement as the owner of such Lender’s portion of the Obligations for all purposes, unless and until, and except to the extent, an Assignment and Acceptance shall have become effective as set forth in Section 12.06 .

 

10.11       Reports and Financial Statements. By signing this Agreement, each Lender:

 

(a)            is deemed to have requested that the Administrative Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after they become available, copies of all financial statements required to be delivered by the Borrower hereunder and all commercial finance examinations and appraisals of the Collateral received by the Agents (collectively, the “Reports” );

 

(b)            expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Administrative Agent makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the Reports, and shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report;

 

(c)            expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that the Agents or any other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding the Loan Parties and will rely significantly upon the Loan Parties’ books and records, as well as on representations of the Loan Parties’ personnel;

 

(d)            agrees to keep all Reports confidential in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.07 ; and

 

71



 

(e)            without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any Loans that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to the Borrower, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a Loan or Loans; and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend, and hold the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including attorney costs) incurred by the Agents and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

 

10.12       Agency for Perfection. Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting Liens for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders, in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC or any other applicable Law of the United States can be perfected only by possession. Should any Lender (other than the Agents) obtain possession of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify the Agents thereof, and, promptly upon the Collateral Agent’s request therefor shall deliver such Collateral to the Collateral Agent or otherwise deal with such Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Agent’s instructions.

 

10.13       Indemnification of Agents. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Agents (to the extent not reimbursed by the Loan Parties and without limiting the obligations of Loan Parties hereunder), ratably according to their respective pro rata shares, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted to be taken by any Agent in connection therewith; provided , that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

10.14       Relation among Credit Parties. The Credit Parties are not partners or co-venturers, and no Credit Party shall be liable for the acts or omissions of, or (except as otherwise set forth herein in case of the Agents) authorized to act for, any other Credit Party.

 

ARTICLE XI.
GUARANTEE; PLEDGES OF NON-FANNIE MAE SERVICING CONTRACTS

 

11.01       The Guarantee. The Guarantors, jointly and severally, hereby fully and unconditionally guarantee, each as a primary obligor and not as a surety, to each Credit Party the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of and interest (including any interest, fees, costs or charges that would accrue but for the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code after any bankruptcy or insolvency petition under the Bankruptcy Code) on all Obligations from time to time owing to any Credit Party under this Agreement and under any Notes and by any Loan Party under any of the other Loan Documents, in each case strictly in accordance with the terms thereof. The Guarantors hereby agree that if Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Obligations, the Guarantors will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of the Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by

 

72



 

acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal. The Guarantors also agree to cause Borrower to perform all of Borrower’s obligations under the Loan Documents.

 

11.02       Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Guarantors under Section 11.01 are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, joint and several, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of any Loan Party under this Agreement or any Loan Documents, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, irrespective of any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor (except for payment in full). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of any Guarantor hereunder which shall remain absolute, irrevocable and unconditional under any and all circumstances as described above:

 

(a)            at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Guarantors, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

 

(b)            any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be performed or omitted;

 

(c)            the maturity of any of the Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Obligations shall be amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein or therein shall be amended or waived in any respect or any other guarantee of any of the Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with; or

 

(d)            any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, any Credit Party as security for any of the Obligations shall fail to be perfected.

 

Each Guarantor hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that any Credit Party exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against Borrower under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Obligations. Each Guarantor waives any and all notice of the creation, renewal, extension, waiver, termination or accrual of any of the Obligations and notice of or proof of reliance by any Credit Party upon this guarantee or acceptance of this guarantee, and the Obligations, and any of them, shall conclusively be deemed to have been created, contracted or incurred in reliance upon this guarantee, and all dealings between Borrower and the Credit Parties shall likewise be conclusively presumed to have been had or consummated in reliance upon this guarantee. This guarantee shall be construed as a continuing, absolute, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of payment without regard to any right of offset with respect to the Obligations at any time or from time to time held by the Credit Parties, and the obligations and liabilities of the Guarantors hereunder shall not be conditioned or contingent upon the pursuit by any Credit Party or any other Person at any time of any right or remedy against Borrower or against any other Person which may be or become liable in respect of all or any part of the Obligations or against any collateral security or guarantee therefor or right of offset with respect thereto. This guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and be binding in accordance with and to the extent of its terms upon the Guarantors and the successors and assigns thereof, and shall inure to the benefit of the Credit Parties, until there are no Obligations outstanding.

 

73



 

11.03       Reinstatement. The obligations of the Guarantors under this Article XI shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of Borrower in respect of the Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise. Each Guarantor agrees that it will indemnify each of the Credit Parties on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable fees of counsel) incurred by it in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law, other than any costs or expenses resulting from the gross negligence, willful misconduct, or bad faith of such Credit Party.

 

11.04       Subrogation; Subordination. Each Guarantor agrees that until the indefeasible payment and satisfaction in full in cash of all Obligations it shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 11.01 , whether by subrogation or otherwise, against Borrower of any of the Obligations or any security for any of the Obligations. The payment of any amounts due with respect to any indebtedness of Borrower now or hereafter owing to any Guarantor by reason of any payment by such Guarantor under the guarantee in this Article XI is hereby subordinated to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations. Each Guarantor agrees that it will not demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any such indebtedness of Borrower to such Guarantor until the Obligations shall have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash. If, notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, any Guarantor shall prior to the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations collect, enforce or receive any amounts in respect of such indebtedness, such amounts shall be collected, enforced and received by such Guarantor as trustee for the Credit Parties and be paid over to Administrative Agent on account of the Obligations without affecting in any manner the liability of such Guarantor under the other provisions of the guarantee contained herein.

 

11.05       Remedies. Each Guarantor agrees that, as between such Guarantor and the Credit Parties, the obligations of Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided herein, or shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided herein, for purposes of Section 11.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantors for purposes of Section 11.01 .

 

11.06       Continuing Guarantee. The guarantee in this Article XI is a continuing guarantee, and shall apply to all Obligations whenever arising.

 

11.07       Pledge of Investor Servicing Rights by Green Park.

 

(a)            Green Park hereby grants the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties, a security interest (the “Green Park Investor Security Interest” ) in the following (the “Green Park Investor Collateral” ) to secure payment and performance of the Obligations: all servicing income actually received by Green Park with respect to the Mortgage Loans ( “Green Park Investor Designated Loans” ) serviced at any time and from time to time under any Servicing Contracts between Green Park and an Investor (collectively, “Investor Servicing Contracts” ), but not in the Investor Servicing Contracts or any other income related to the Green Park Investor Designated Loans. Collateral Agent’s security interest is subject and subordinate to all rights, remedies, powers and prerogatives of the

 

74


 

Investors under all applicable selling and servicing agreements between such Investors and Green Park (collectively, the “Investor Agreements” ), including an Investor’s right (if set forth in the applicable Investor Agreement) to terminate Green Park’s servicing rights with respect to the Green Park Investor Designated Loans as provided in the applicable Investor Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions, Collateral Agent acknowledges that its security interest is subject to the rights of any Investor which must approve Collateral Agent’s security interest pursuant to the terms of the applicable Investor Agreement.

 

(b)            Green Park each authorizes the Collateral Agent to file such financing statements as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to perfect the Security Interest in the Green Park Investor Collateral.

 

(c)            Subject to Section 11.07(a) , Green Park hereby irrevocably appoints (which appointment is coupled with an interest) the Collateral Agent, or its delegate, as the attorney in fact of Green Park with the right (but not the duty) from time to time, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to (i) create, prepare, complete, execute, deliver, endorse or file, in the name and on behalf of Green Park any and all instruments, documents, financing statements, applications for insurance and other agreements and writings required to be obtained, executed, delivered or endorsed by Green Park under this Section 11.07 ; (ii) convert all or any portion of the Green Park Investor Collateral into cash, including, without limitation, the sale (either public or private) of all or any portion or portions of the Green Park Investor Collateral; (iii) enforce collection of the Green Park Investor Collateral, either in its own name or in the name of Green Park, as the case may be, including, without limitation, executing releases and prosecuting, defending, compromising or releasing any action relating to the Green Park Investor Collateral; and (iv) take such other actions as Collateral Agent deems necessary or desirable in order to continue the perfection and priority of the Green Park Investor Security Interest or realize upon the Green Park Investor Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to do any of the acts or exercise any of the powers hereinabove authorized, but if the Collateral Agent elects to do any such act or exercise any such power, it shall not be accountable for more than it actually receives as a result of such exercise of power, and it shall not be responsible to Green Park or any other Person except for gross negligence, willful misconduct or in bad faith.

 

(d)            To the extent that Green Park Investor Designated Loans remain subject to the Investor Agreements, Green Park will remain the servicer of the Green Park Investor Designated Loans and will continue to service the Green Park Investor Designated Loans in accordance with applicable Investor requirements. Green Park shall not pledge any of its servicing rights with respect to the Green Park Investor Designated Loans to any other Person, nor agree to give a negative pledge thereof to any other Person.

 

(e)            Collateral Agent has no right to service the Green Park Investor Designated Loans or affect the manner in which Green Park services the Green Park Investor Designated Loans. If an Investor terminates Green Park’s servicing rights with respect such Investor’s Green Park Investor Designated Loans, this pledge will automatically terminate.

 

(f)             Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default for 30 days or more and the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its rights under Section 9.02 , Collateral Agent may: (i) direct that all servicing fees payable to Green Park with respect to the Green Park Investor Designated Loans be deposited into lockbox accounts held by Collateral Agent; (ii) in its own name, in the name of Green Park, or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Green Park Investor Collateral, but Collateral Agent has no obligation to do so; (iii) by written notice to Green Park, direct Green Park to sell the servicing rights to the Green Park Investor Designated Loans of such Person (in which event, Green

 

75



 

Park shall (x) retain a nationally recognized firm that specializes in the sale of similar servicing rights (which firm must be reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent) and (y) sell the servicing rights to the subject Green Park Investor Designated Loans to another servicer within 60 days of such notice from Collateral Agent); and (iv) exercise and enforce any or all rights and remedies available upon default to Collateral Agent under the UCC, at law or in equity. Any sale of the Green Park Investor Collateral might be subject to the approval of the subject Investor. All proceeds of such sale will be applied first to the expenses of the sale, then to any amounts due to the subject Investor for Green Park under the Servicing Contracts sold, and then to the outstanding balance of the Obligations (as provided in Section 9.03 ), with any remaining balance remitted to Green Park.

 

(g)            After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default for 30 days or more, Collateral Agent or its designee is entitled to service and receive and collect all sums payable to Green Park in respect of the Green Park Collateral, and, in such case (1) Collateral Agent or its designee in its discretion may, in its own name, in the name of Green Park, or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Green Park Collateral, but Collateral Agent has no obligation to do so, (2) Green Park must, if Collateral Agent requests it to do so, hold in trust for the benefit of the Lenders and immediately pay to Collateral Agent at its office designated by Notice, all amounts received by Green Park upon or in respect of any of the Green Park Collateral, advising Collateral Agent as to the source of those funds and (3) all amounts so received and collected by Collateral Agent will be held by it as part of the Green Park Collateral.

 

(h)            To the extent any amounts are received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section, all rights Green Park against any Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations.

 

11.08       Pledge of Investor Servicing Rights by WDLLC.

 

(a)            WDLLC hereby grants the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties, a security interest (the “WDLLC Investor Security Interest” ) in the following (the “WDLLC Investor Collateral” ) to secure payment and performance of the Obligations: all servicing income actually received by WDLLC with respect to the Mortgage Loans ( “WDLLC Investor Designated Loans” ) serviced at any time and from time to time under any Servicing Contracts between WDLLC and a WDLLC Investor (collectively, “WDLLC Investor Servicing Contracts” ), but not in the WDLLC Investor Servicing Contracts or any other income related to the WDLLC Investor Designated Loans. Collateral Agent’s security interest is subject and subordinate to all rights, remedies, powers and prerogatives of the WDLLC Investors under all applicable selling and servicing agreements between such WDLLC Investors and WDLLC (collectively, the “WDLLC Investor Agreements” ), including a WDLLC Investor’s right (if set forth in the applicable WDLLC Investor Agreement) to terminate WDLLC’s servicing rights with respect to the WDLLC Investor Designated Loans as provided in the applicable WDLLC Investor Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions, Collateral Agent acknowledges that its security interest is subject to the rights of any WDLLC Investor which must approve Collateral Agent’s security interest pursuant to the terms of the applicable WDLLC Investor Agreement.

 

(b)            WDLLC each authorizes the Collateral Agent to file such financing statements as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to perfect the Security Interest in the WDLLC Investor Collateral.

 

76



 

(c)            Subject to Section 11.08(a) , WDLLC hereby irrevocably appoints (which appointment is coupled with an interest) the Collateral Agent, or its delegate, as the attorney in fact of WDLLC with the right (but not the duty) from time to time, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to (i) create, prepare, complete, execute, deliver, endorse or file, in the name and on behalf of WDLLC any and all instruments, documents, financing statements, applications for insurance and other agreements and writings required to be obtained, executed, delivered or endorsed by WDLLC under this Section 11.08 ; (ii) convert all or any portion of the WDLLC Investor Collateral into cash, including, without limitation, the sale (either public or private) of all or any portion or portions of the WDLLC Investor Collateral; (iii) enforce collection of the WDLLC Investor Collateral, either in its own name or in the name of WDLLC, as the case may be, including, without limitation, executing releases and prosecuting, defending, compromising or releasing any action relating to the WDLLC Investor Collateral; and (iv) take such other actions as Collateral Agent deems necessary or desirable in order to continue the perfection and priority of the WDLLC Investor Security Interest or realize upon the WDLLC Investor Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to do any of the acts or exercise any of the powers hereinabove authorized, but if the Collateral Agent elects to do any such act or exercise any such power, it shall not be accountable for more than it actually receives as a result of such exercise of power, and it shall not be responsible to WDLLC or any other Person except for gross negligence, willful misconduct or in bad faith.

 

(d)            To the extent that WDLLC Investor Designated Loans remain subject to the Investor Agreements, WDLLC will remain the servicer of the WDLLC Investor Designated Loans and will continue to service the WDLLC Investor Designated Loans in accordance with applicable Investor requirements. WDLLC shall not pledge any of its servicing rights with respect to the WDLLC Investor Designated Loans to any other Person, nor agree to give a negative pledge thereof to any other Person.

 

(e)            Collateral Agent has no right to service the WDLLC Investor Designated Loans or affect the manner in which WDLLC services the WDLLC Investor Designated Loans. If a WDLLC Investor terminates WDLLC’s servicing rights with respect such WDLLC Investor’s WDLLC Investor Designated Loans, this pledge will automatically terminate.

 

(f)             Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default for 30 days or more and the exercise by the Collateral Agent of its rights under Section 9.02 , Collateral Agent may: (i) direct that all servicing fees payable to WDLLC with respect to the WDLLC Investor Designated Loans be deposited into lockbox accounts held by Collateral Agent; (ii) in its own name, in the name of WDLLC, or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the WDLLC Investor Collateral, but Collateral Agent has no obligation to do so; (iii) by written notice to WDLLC, direct WDLLC to sell the servicing rights to the WDLLC Investor Designated Loans of such Person (in which event, WDLLC shall (x) retain a nationally recognized firm that specializes in the sale of similar servicing rights (which firm must be reasonably acceptable to Collateral Agent) and (y) sell the servicing rights to the subject WDLLC Investor Designated Loans to another servicer within 60 days of such notice from Collateral Agent); and (iv) exercise and enforce any or all rights and remedies available upon default to Collateral Agent under the UCC, at law or in equity. Any sale of the WDLLC Investor Collateral might be subject to the approval of the subject WDLLC Investor. All proceeds of such sale will be applied first to the expenses of the sale, then to any amounts due to the subject WDLLC Investor for WDLLC under the Servicing Contracts sold, and then to the outstanding balance of the Obligations (as provided in Section 9.03 ), with any remaining balance remitted to WDLLC.

 

(g)            After the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default for 30 days or more, Collateral Agent or its designee is entitled to service and receive and collect all sums payable to WDLLC in respect of the WDLLC Collateral, and, in such case (1) Collateral Agent or its

 

77



 

designee in its discretion may, in its own name, in the name of WDLLC, or otherwise, demand, sue for, collect or receive any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the WDLLC Collateral, but Collateral Agent has no obligation to do so, (2) WDLLC must, if Collateral Agent requests it to do so, hold in trust for the benefit of the Lenders and immediately pay to Collateral Agent at its office designated by Notice, all amounts received by WDLLC upon or in respect of any of the WDLLC Collateral, advising Collateral Agent as to the source of those funds and (3) all amounts so received and collected by Collateral Agent will be held by it as part of the WDLLC Collateral.

 

(h)            To the extent any amounts are received by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this Section, all rights of WDLLC against any Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations.

 

11.09       Grant of Security Interest in Transaction Documents.

 

(a)            WDLLC hereby grants the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Credit Parties, a security interest (the “Transaction Documents Security Interest”) in the following (the “Transaction Documents Collateral”) to secure payment and performance of the Obligations: all rights of WDLLC arising under any of the Transaction Documents, including all payments and proceeds arising therefrom.

 

(b)            WDLLC each authorizes the Collateral Agent to file such financing statements as the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to perfect the Security Interest in the Transaction Documents Collateral.

 

(c)            WDLLC hereby irrevocably appoints (which appointment is coupled with an interest) the Collateral Agent, or its delegate, as the attorney in fact of WDLLC with the right (but not the duty) from time to time, following the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, to (i) create, prepare, complete, execute, deliver, endorse or file, in the name and on behalf of WDLLC any and all instruments, documents, financing statements, applications for insurance and other agreements and writings required to be obtained, executed, delivered or endorsed by WDLLC under this Section 11.07 ; (ii) convert all or any portion of the Transaction Documents Collateral into cash, including, without limitation, the sale (either public or private) of all or any portion or portions of the Transaction Documents Collateral; (iii) enforce collection of the Transaction Documents Collateral, either in its own name or in the name of WDLLC, as the case may be, including, without limitation, executing releases and prosecuting, defending, compromising or releasing any action relating to the Transaction Documents Collateral; and (iv) take such other actions as Collateral Agent deems necessary or desirable in order to continue the perfection and priority of the Transaction Documents Security Interest or realize upon the Transaction Documents Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall not be obliged to do any of the acts or exercise any of the powers hereinabove authorized, but if the Collateral Agent elects to do any such act or exercise any such power, it shall not be accountable for more than it actually receives as a result of such exercise of power, and it shall not be responsible to WDLLC or any other Person except for gross negligence, willful misconduct or in bad faith.

 

(d)            Each of the Loan Parties acknowledges and agrees, and shall cause CGL to acknowledge and agree, that the Collateral Agent may enforce any and all of WDLLC’s rights under the provisions of the Transaction Documents notwithstanding any term or provision contained in the Transaction Documents to the contrary.

 

78



 

ARTICLE XII.
MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.01       Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no Consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Administrative Agent, with the Consent of the Required Lenders, and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, and each such waiver or Consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided however , that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

(a)            extend or, increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated pursuant to Section 9.02 ) without the written Consent of such Lender;

 

(b)            postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for (i) any payment or mandatory prepayment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to the Lenders (or any of them) hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents without the written Consent of each Lender entitled to such payment, or (ii) any scheduled or mandatory reduction of the Commitments hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written Consent of each Lender;

 

(c)            reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, or any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the written Consent of each Lender entitled to such amount; provided however , that only the Consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;

 

(d)            change Section 2.09 or Section 9.03 in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby without the written Consent of each Lender;

 

(e)            change any provision of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders”, or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written Consent of each Lender;

 

(f)             except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, release, or limit the liability of, any Loan Party without the written Consent of each Lender;

 

(g)            release all or substantially all of the Collateral from the Liens of the Security Documents without the written Consent of each Lender; or

 

(h)            except as expressly permitted herein or in any other Loan Document, subordinate the Obligations hereunder or the Liens granted hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, to any other Indebtedness or Lien, as the case may be without the written Consent of each Lender;

 

and, provided   further , that (i) no amendment, waiver or Consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (ii) no amendment, waiver or Consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Collateral Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the Collateral Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan

 

79



 

Document. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or Consent hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender.

 

(i)             If any Lender does not Consent (a “Non-Consenting Lender”) to a proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release with respect to any Loan Document that requires the Consent of each Lender and that has been approved by the Required Lenders, the Borrower may replace such Non-Consenting Lender in accordance with Section 12.13 if the replacement of such Non-Consenting Lender, together with all other such assignments required by the Borrower to be made pursuant to this paragraph, would be sufficient to cause there to be enough affirmative votes by Lenders for the proposed amendment, waiver, consent or release to be effective.

 

12.02       Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications.

 

(a)            Notices Generally .

 

Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, if to the Loan Parties, or any Credit Party, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person below:

 

If to a Loan Party:

Walker & Dunlop

 

7501 Wisconsin Avenue — Suite 1200

 

Bethesda, Maryland 20814

 

Attention: Donna Mighty

 

Facsimile: (202) 737-1847

 

 

With a copy to:

Morgan, Lewis & Bockius LLP

 

1701 Market Street

 

Philadelphia, PA 19103-2921

 

Attention:

 

 

 

Facsimile:

 

 

 

 

If to an Agent:

Bank of America, N.A.

 

Mail Stop: MA DE 10304X

 

One Federal Street

 

Boston, MA 02110

 

Attention: Jane Huntington

 

Facsimile: (617) 346-5025

 

 

with a copy to:

Riemer & Braunstein LLP

 

Three Center Plaza

 

Boston, MA 02108

 

Attention: Ronald N. Braunstein, Esquire

 

Facsimile: (617) 880-3456

 

80



 

Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

 

(b)            Electronic Communications . Notices and other communications to the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Article II if such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

 

(c)            Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Loan Parties and the Agents may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrower and the Agents. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.

 

(d)            Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Agents and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Loan Parties even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Agents, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Loan Parties. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Agents may be recorded by the Agents, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

 

12.03       No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by any Credit Party to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided herein and in the other Loan Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and

 

81



 

privileges provided by law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

12.04       Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

 

(a)            The Borrower shall pay all Credit Party Expenses.

 

(b)            The Loan Parties shall indemnify the Agents (and any sub-agent thereof), each other Credit Party, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee” ) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Agents (and any sub-agents thereof) and their Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, (iv) any claims of, or amounts paid by any Credit Party to, any Person which has entered into a control agreement with any Credit Party hereunder, or (v) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by any Borrower or any other Loan Party or any of the Loan Parties’ directors, shareholders or creditors, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto, in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the comparative, contributory or sole negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by a Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such other Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c)            To the extent that the Loan Parties for any reason fail to indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agents (or any such sub-agent), or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Agents (or any such sub-agent) or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Agents (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity.

 

(d)            To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the Loan Parties shall not assert, and hereby waive, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended

 

82



 

recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(e)            All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

 

(f)             The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of any Agent, the assignment of any Commitment or Loan by any Lender, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

 

12.05       Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Loan Parties is made to any Credit Party, or any Credit Party exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Credit Party in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agents upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agents, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders and under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

12.06       Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)            Successors and Assigns Generally . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the prior written Consent of the Administrative Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.06(b), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection Section 12.06(d), or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 12.06(f) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void), and in any event, Bank of America shall at all times hold not less than 75% of the Outstanding Amount of all Loans. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Credit Parties) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

(b)            Assignments by Lenders . Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment(s) and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

83



 

(i)     Minimum Amounts

 

(A)   in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

 

(B)   in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the portion of the principal outstanding balance of the Loan of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , however , that concurrent assignments to members of an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee Group) will be treated as a single assignment for purposes of determining whether such minimum amount has been met;

 

(C)   Proportionate Amounts . Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loan;

 

(D)   Required Consents . No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition (i) the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) a Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; and (ii) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of any Commitment if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, an Affiliate of such Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to such Lender.

 

(E)    Assignment and Assumption . The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, provided however , that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment.

 

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 3.04 , 3.05 , and 12.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 12.06(d) .

 

84


 

(c)            Register . The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register” ). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(d)            Participations . Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Loan Parties or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Loan Parties or any of the Loan Parties’ Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans; provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any Participant shall agree in writing to comply with all confidentiality obligations set forth in Section 12.07 as if such Participant was a Lender hereunder.

 

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the first proviso to Section 12.01 that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Loan Parties agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01,   3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 12.06(b) . To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 12.08 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.09 as though it were a Lender.

 

(e)            Limitations upon Participant Rights . A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Loan Parties, to comply with Section 3.01(e)  as though it were a Lender.

 

(f)             Certain Pledges . Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(g)            Electronic Execution of Assignments . The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based

 

85



 

recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

 

12.07      Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality. Each of the Credit Parties agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to any Loan Party and its obligations, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to any Credit Party or any of their respective Affiliates on a non- confidential basis from a source other than the Loan Parties and (1) which source, if prohibited from making such disclosure, is not actually known by such Credit Party, acting reasonably, to be so prohibited and (2) it would not be apparent to a reasonable person familiar with the Loan Party or Subsidiary as a Lender that such Information is confidential.

 

For purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof relating to the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof or their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to any Credit Party on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Loan Parties or any Subsidiary thereof, provided that, in the case of information received from any Loan Party or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential or it would be apparent to a reasonable person familiar with the Loan Party or Subsidiary as a Lender that such information is confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

12.08      Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or if any Lender shall have been served with a trustee process or similar attachment relating to property of a Loan Party, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the Obligations now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch

 

86



 

or office of such Lender different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender and its Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender or its Affiliates may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

12.09      Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate” ). If the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Administrative Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

 

12.10      Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

12.11      Survival. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Credit Parties, regardless of any investigation made by any Credit Party or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Credit Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Loan, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied. Further, the provisions of Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05, 12.04 and Article XI shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the repayment of the Obligations, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. In connection with the termination of this Agreement and the release and termination of the security interests in the Collateral, the Agents may require such indemnities and collateral security as they shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to protect the Credit Parties against (x) loss on account of credits previously applied to the Obligations that may subsequently be reversed or revoked, and (y) any obligations that may thereafter arise with respect to the Other Liabilities.

 

12.12      Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable

 

87



 

provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

12.13      Replacement of Lenders. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if any Lender is a Defaulting Lender or a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in, and consents required by, Section 12.06 ), all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment), provided that:

 

(a)            the Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in Section 12.06(b) ;

 

(b)            such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under Section 3.05 ) from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts);

 

(c)            in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.04 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 3.01 , such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter; and

 

(d)            such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws.

 

A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply.

 

12.14      Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

 

(a)            GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS.

 

(b)            SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . EACH LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS SITTING IN SUFFOLK COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS , AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE LOAN PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS (SUFFOLK COUNTY) COURT OR, TO THE

 

88



 

FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE LOAN PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT ANY CREDIT PARTY MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST ANY LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

 

(c)            WAIVER OF VENUE . EACH LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE LOAN PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

(d)            SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 12.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

 

(e)            ACTIONS COMMENCED BY LOAN PARTIES . EACH LOAN PARTY AGREES THAT ANY ACTION COMMENCED BY ANY LOAN PARTY ASSERTING ANY CLAIM OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT SOLELY IN A COURT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS SITTING IN SUFFOLK COUNTY OR ANY FEDERAL COURT SITTING THEREIN AS THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT MAY ELECT IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION AND CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS WITH RESPECT TO ANY SUCH ACTION.

 

12.15      Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

12.16      No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility. In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, the Loan Parties each acknowledge and agree that: (i) the credit facility provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in

 

89



 

connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Loan Parties, on the one hand, and the Credit Parties, on the other hand, and each of the Loan Parties is capable of evaluating and understanding and understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, the each Credit Party is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the financial advisor, agent or fiduciary, for the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates, stockholders, creditors or employees or any other Person; (iii) none of the Credit Parties has assumed or will assume an advisory, agency or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Loan Parties with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto, including with respect to any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document (irrespective of whether any of the Credit Parties has advised or is currently advising any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates on other matters) and none of the Credit Parties has any obligation to any Loan Party or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; (iv) the Credit Parties and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and none of the Credit Parties has any obligation to disclose any of such interests by virtue of any advisory, agency or fiduciary relationship; and (v) the Credit Parties have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and each of the Loan Parties has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate. Each of the Loan Parties hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that it may have against each of the Credit Parties with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty.

 

12.17      USA PATRIOT Act Notice. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify each Loan Party in accordance with the Act. Each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the Patriot Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used by the Loan Parties, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12.18      Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

 

12.19      Press Releases. Each Credit Party executing this Agreement agrees that neither it nor its Affiliates will in the future issue any press releases or other public disclosure using the name of Administrative Agent or its Affiliates or referring to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents without at least two (2) Business Days’ prior notice to Administrative Agent and without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent unless (and only to the extent that) such Credit Party or Affiliate is required to do so under applicable Law and then, in any event, such Credit Party or Affiliate will consult with Administrative Agent before issuing such press release or other public disclosure. Each Loan Party consents to the publication by Administrative Agent or any Lender of advertising material relating to the

 

90



 

financing transactions contemplated by this Agreement using any Loan Party’s name, product photographs, logo or trademark. Administrative Agent or such Lender shall provide a draft reasonably in advance of any advertising material to the Borrower for review and comment prior to the publication thereof. Administrative Agent reserves the right to provide to industry trade organizations information necessary and customary for inclusion in league table measurements.

 

12.20      Additional Waivers.

 

(a)            The Obligations are the joint and several obligation of each Loan Party. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, the obligations of each Loan Party shall not be affected by (i) the failure of any Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against any other Loan Party under the provisions of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or otherwise, (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any release from any of the terms or provisions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or (iii) the failure to perfect any security interest in, or the release of, any of the Collateral or other security held by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any other Credit Party.

 

(b)            The obligations of each Loan Party shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of the Obligations after the termination of the Commitments), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of any of the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Loan Party hereunder shall not be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of any Agent or any other Credit Party to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, by any waiver or modification of any provision of any thereof, any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of any of the Obligations, or by any other act or omission that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Loan Party or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Loan Party as a matter of law or equity (other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations after the termination of the Commitments).

 

(c)            To the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, each Loan Party waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of any other Loan Party or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of any other Loan Party, other than the indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations and the termination of the Commitments. The Collateral Agent and the other Credit Parties may, at their election, foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, accept an assignment of any such security in lieu of foreclosure, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any other Loan Party, or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against any other Loan Party, without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of any Loan Party hereunder except to the extent that all the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full in cash and the Commitments have been terminated. Each Loan Party waives any defense arising out of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable Law, to impair or to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of such Loan Party against any other Loan Party, as the case may be, or any security.

 

(d)            Upon payment by any Loan Party of any Obligations, all rights of such Loan Party against any other Loan Party arising as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or otherwise shall in all respects be subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full in cash of all the Obligations. In addition, any indebtedness of

 

91



 

any Loan Party now or hereafter held by any other Loan Party is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the prior indefeasible payment in full of the Obligations and no Loan Party will demand, sue for or otherwise attempt to collect any such indebtedness. If any amount shall erroneously be paid to any Loan Party on account of (i) such subrogation, contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar right or (ii) any such indebtedness of any Loan Party, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Credit Parties and shall forthwith be paid to the Administrative Agent to be credited against the payment of the Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Subject to the foregoing, to the extent that any Loan Party shall, under this Agreement as a joint and several obligor, repay any of the Obligations incurred directly and primarily by any other Loan Party (an “Accommodation Payment”), then the Loan Party making such Accommodation Payment shall be entitled to contribution and indemnification from, and be reimbursed by, each of the other Loan Parties in an amount, for each of such other Loan Parties, equal to a fraction of such Accommodation Payment, the numerator of which fraction is such other Loan Party’s Allocable Amount and the denominator of which is the sum of the Allocable Amounts of all of the Loan Parties. As of any date of determination, the “Allocable Amount” of each Loan Party shall be equal to the maximum amount of liability for Accommodation Payments which could be asserted against such Loan Party hereunder without (a) rendering such Loan Party “insolvent” within the meaning of Section 101 (31) of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act (“UFTA”) or Section 2 of the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act (“UFCA”), (b) leaving such Loan Party with unreasonably small capital or assets, within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code, Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA, or (c) leaving such Loan Party unable to pay its debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or Section 4 of the UFTA, or Section 5 of the UFCA.

 

12.21      No Strict Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties hereto and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any provisions of this Agreement.

 

12.22      Attachments. The exhibits, schedules and annexes attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein and shall be considered a part of this Agreement for the purposes stated herein, except that in the event of any conflict between any of the provisions of such exhibits and the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall prevail.

 

92



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

GPF ACQUISITION, LLC

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP MULTIFAMILY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP GP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 



 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 


 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent and as Collateral Agent

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jane E. Huntington

 

Name:

Jane E. Huntington

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N. A., as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jane E. Huntington

 

Name:

Jane E. Huntington

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 



 

 

NATIONAL CITY BANK, as a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael A. Johnson

 

Name:

Michael A. Johnson

 

Title:

Vice President

 

4



 

EXHIBIT A

 

NOTE

 

$               

                , 2006

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (the, “Borrower”), promises to pay                                               (hereinafter, together with its successors in title and registered assigns or its registered agents, the “Lender”), c/o Bank of America, N.A., One Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, the principal sum of                           AND NO/100 ($                     ) DOLLARS, or such greater or lesser amounts as may be due and payable as provided in the Credit Agreement dated of even date (as such may be amended, modified, supplemented or restated hereafter, the “Credit Agreement”) by, among others, (i) the Borrower, (ii) the Guarantors, (iii) Green Park, (iv) Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (in such capacities, the “Agent”) for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Credit Parties, and (v) the Lenders party thereto, with interest, fees, expenses, and costs at the rate and payable in the manner stated therein.

 

This is a “Note” to which reference is made in the Credit Agreement and is subject to all terms and provisions thereof. The principal of, and interest on, this Note shall be payable at the times, in the manner, and in the amounts as provided in the Credit Agreement and shall be subject to prepayment and acceleration as provided therein. Borrower shall have the right to repay amounts hereunder pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions of the Credit Agreement, it being understood by Borrower, as provided in the Credit Agreement, that amounts repaid hereunder may not be reborrowed. Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Agent’s books and records concerning the Lender’s Loan, the accrual of interest thereon, and the repayment of the Lender’s Loan, shall be prima facie evidence of the indebtedness hereunder, absent manifest error.

 

No delay or omission by the Agent or the Lender in exercising or enforcing any of Agent’s or such Lender’s powers, rights, privileges, remedies, or discretions hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof on that occasion nor on any other occasion. No waiver of any Event of Default shall operate as a waiver of any other Event of Default, nor as a continuing waiver.

 

Borrower, and each endorser and guarantor of this Note, each waives presentment, demand, notice, and protest, and also waives any delay on the part of the holder hereof. Borrower assents to any extension or other indulgence (including, without limitation, the release or substitution of Collateral) permitted by Agent and/or the Lender with respect to this Note and/or any Collateral or any extension or other indulgence with respect to any other liability or any collateral given to secure any other liability of Borrower or any other Person obligated on account of this Note.

 

This Note shall be binding upon Borrower, each endorser and guarantor hereof, and upon their respective successors, assigns, and representatives, and shall inure to the benefit of the Lender and its successors and registered assigns.

 

B-1



 

The liabilities of Borrower, and of any endorser or guarantor of this Note, are joint and several, provided , however, the release by Agent or the Lender of any one or more such Persons shall not release any other Person obligated on account of this Note. Each reference in this Note to Borrower, any endorser, and any guarantor, is to such Person individually and also to all such Persons jointly. No Person obligated on account of this Note may seek contribution from any other Person also obligated unless and until all liabilities, obligations and indebtedness to the Lender of the Person from whom contribution is sought have been satisfied in full.

 

Borrower agrees that any suit for the enforcement of this Note or any other Loan Document may be brought in any Commonwealth of Massachusetts or federal court, in either case sitting in Suffolk County, Massachusetts as the Agent may elect in its sole discretion, and consents to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts. Borrower hereby waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit or any such court or that such suit is brought in an inconvenient forum. Borrower agrees that any action commenced by Borrower asserting any claim or counterclaim arising under or in connection with this Note or any other Loan Document shall be brought solely in any Commonwealth of Massachusetts or federal court, in either case sitting in Suffolk County, Massachusetts as the Agent may elect in its sole discretion, and consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts with respect to any such action.

 

THIS NOTE IS DELIVERED TO THE LENDER AT THE OFFICES OF THE AGENT IN BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS, AND SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS.

 

Borrower makes the following waiver knowingly, voluntarily, and intentionally, and understands that the Agent and the Lender, in the establishment and maintenance of their respective relationship with the Borrower contemplated by this Note, is relying thereon. BORROWER, EACH GUARANTOR, ENDORSER AND SURETY, AND THE LENDER BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE, ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT AND THIS NOTE BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS HEREIN.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

B-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the date set forth above.

 

 

BORROWER:

 

 

 

GPF ACQUISITION, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

SP-1 [Term Note]



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

Reference is made to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January         , 2009 (as modified, amended, supplemented or restated and in effect from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), between and among GPF ACQUISITION, LLC (the “Borrower”), WALKER & DUNLOP MULTIFAMILY, INC., WALKER & DUNLOP GP, LLC, GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, WALKER & DUNLOP, INC., and WALKER & DUNLOP LLC (“WDLLC”), each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Lenders” and individually, a “Lender”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and collectively, the “Agents”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

The undersigned each hereby certifies to the Agents and Lenders that, as of the close of business on                      (“Statement Date”):

 

1.                                       I am the Responsible Officer, having the title below, of the entity for which I have signed this Certificate.

 

2.                                       As demonstrated by the attached calculations supporting this Compliance Certificate, no Event of Default exists under Section 7.14 of the Credit Agreement, or, if any such Event of Default exists, a detailed explanation is attached setting forth the nature and the period of existence of any such Default or Event of Default.

 

3.                                       I have reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement, and have made, or caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and conditions of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries and WDLLC. That review has not disclosed, and I have no other knowledge of the existence of, any Default or Event of Default, or if any such Default or Event of Default existed or exists, a detailed explanation is attached setting forth the nature and the period of existence of such Default or Event of Default and the action the applicable Loan Party, Subsidiary thereof and/or WDLLC has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect that Default or Event of Default.

 

4.                                       In accordance with Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement, attached are the financial statements and related materials of the Loan Parties (other than the Borrower, but only with respect to the Compliance Certificate delivered as of the Closing Date) and their Subsidiaries and of WDLLC as of the Statement Date. The financial statements for the period ending on the Statement Date fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Loan Parties (other than the Borrower, but only with respect to the Compliance Certificate delivered as of the Closing Date) and their Subsidiaries and of WDLLC, as of the Statement Date.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 



 

Submitted under the pains and penalties of perjury this         day of         , 2   .

 

 

GPF ACQUISITION, LLC

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP MULTIFAMILY, INC.

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP GP, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP LLC

 

 

 

By:                                , its Managing          Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

S/1


 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

Dated: as of             , 200 

 

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of October     , 2006, by and among GPF ACQUISITION, LLC (the “Borrower”), WALKER & DUNLOP MULTIFAMILY, INC. and WALKER & DUNLOP GP LLC, as Guarantors, GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP (“Green Park”), and WALKER & DUNLOP, INC., as pledgors (each, a “Pledgor”), BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national banking association, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent and the Lenders party thereto (as amended, modified, restated and/or supplemented and in effect, the “Credit Agreement”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

                                    (the “ Assignor ”) and                                    (the “Assignee”) agree as follows:

 

1.             The Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, $                           of the unpaid principal balance outstanding under the Assignor’s Note, representing an Applicable Percentage of (    %) as of the Effective Date (as hereinafter defined).

 

2.              The Assignor:

 

(a)                                   represents that as of the date hereof, its Applicable Percentage of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan (without giving effect to assignments thereof which have not yet become effective) is     %, and the unpaid principal balance of the Term Loan outstanding under the Note held by the Assignor (unreduced by any assignments thereof which have not yet become effective) is $                                 ;

 

(b)                                   makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Term Loan Documents or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant thereto, other than that the Assignor is the legal and beneficial owner of the interest being assigned by it hereunder, that such interest is free and clear of any adverse claim, and that it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance;

 

(c)                                   makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of the Borrower, any other Loan Party, Green Park or any other Person which may be primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the Obligations or any of their obligations, or the performance or observance by the Borrower, any other Loan Party, Green Park, or any other Person primarily or secondarily liable in respect of any of the Obligations under any of the Loan Documents or obligations under any other instrument or document delivered or executed pursuant thereto; and

 

C-1



 

(d)                                   attaches the Note delivered to it under the Credit Agreement and requests that the Borrower exchange such Note for a new Note payable to each of the Assignor and the Assignee as follows:

 

 

 

Note Payable to the Order of:

 

Amount of Note

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assignor

 

                        

 

$

           

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assignee

 

                        

 

$

           

 

 

3.             The Assignee

 

(a)                                   represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance;

 

(b)                                   confirms that it has received a copy of the Loan Documents, together with copies of the most recent financial statements of the Loan Parties and Green Park delivered pursuant to the Credit Agreement and such other documents and information as the Assignee has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Acceptance;

 

(c)                                   confirms and represents that, independently and without reliance upon the Assignor, the Administrative Agent, or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as the Assignee deems appropriate, made such Person’s own credit decision to join in the credit facility contemplated by the Loan Documents and to become a “Lender”;

 

(d)                                   agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Assignor, any other Lender or the Administrative Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents;

 

(e)                                   confirms that it is an Eligible Assignee;

 

(f)                                     appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are expressly delegated to or conferred upon the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan Documents together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto

 

(g)                                  agrees that it will perform all the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by the Assignee as a Lender in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents; and

 

(h)                                  specifies as its address for notices the office set forth beneath its name on the signature page hereof.

 

C-2



 

4.                                       The effective date for this Assignment and Acceptance shall be               ,               (the “ Effective Date ”). Following the execution of this Assignment and Acceptance, it will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for acceptance and recording in the Register by the Administrative Agent. Upon such acceptance and recording, from and after the Effective Date:

 

(a)                                        the Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder; and

 

(b)                                        the Assignor shall, with respect to that portion of its interest under the Loan Documents assigned hereunder relinquish its future rights and be released from its future obligations under the Loan Documents but shall remain liable for all obligations which arose prior to such assignment.

 

5.                                       Upon acceptance and recording hereof, from and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the rights and obligations assigned hereby (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignee. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments for periods prior to the Effective Date by the Administrative Agent or with respect to the making of this assignment directly between themselves.

 

THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE IS INTENDED TO TAKE EFFECT AS A SEALED INSTRUMENT AND SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED, CONSTRUED, APPLIED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

C-3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, intending to be legally bound, each of the undersigned has caused this Assignment and Acceptance to be executed on its behalf by its officer thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNOR

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSIGNEE

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Attn:

 

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

 

Telecopier No.:

 

 

 

 

 

Wiring Instructions of Assignee:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Administrative Agent hereby approves the foregoing assignment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

If required under the Credit Agreement, the Borrower hereby approves the foregoing assignment.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GPF ACQUISITION, LLC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

C-4



 

Schedule 2.01

 

Commitments and Applicable Percentages

 

Lender

 

Commitment

 

Applicable Percentage

 

Bank of America, N.A.

 

$

31,875,000.00

 

75.00000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

National City Bank

 

$

10,625,000.00

 

25.00000

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

42,500,000.00

 

100.00000

%

 



 

Schedule 5.01

 

Loan Parties Organizational Information

 

Name in Official Filings

 

State of
Incorporation or
Organization

 

Organization
Type

 

Organization
Number

 

Federal Employer ID
Number

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership

 

District of Columbia

 

Partnership

 

N/A

 

52-2024351

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Limited Liability Company

 

N/A

 

06-1797612

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

S-corporation

 

N/A

 

52-1572893

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Limited Liability Company

 

N/A

 

52-2002612

Walker & Dunlop, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Limited Liability Company

 

N/A

 

80-0312140

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

S-corporation

 

N/A

 

52-1521634

 


 

Section 5.10

 

Insurance

 

Insurer

 

Type of Insurance

 

Policy Number

 

1. Great Northern Insurance Company

 

Commercial Package Policy

 

3567-12-21

 

2. Federal Insurance Company

 

Business Automobile Policy

 

7354-73-86

 

3. Chubb Indemnity Insurance Company

 

Workers Compensation Policy

 

7170-24-36

 

4. Federal Insurance Company

 

Umbrella Policy

 

7986-04-05

 

5. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America

 

Fiduciary Liability Policy

 

105129603

 

6. Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America

 

ERISA Bond

 

104543075

 

7. Lloyd’s of London

 

Special Mortgage Bankers Bond

 

SUA 3274

 

8. Lloyd’s of London

 

Excess Special Mortgage Bankers Bond

 

P014010800

 

9. Great American Insurance Company

 

D&O Profit – Private Companies

 

DOL5592781

 

10. Lloyd’s of London

 

Mortgage Protection Insurance for Financial Institutions

 

B066435562A08

 

11. Lloyd’s of London

 

Mortgage Company Professional Liability

 

SUA 11654

 

12. Ohio National Life

 

Keyman Life

 

6860021

 

 



 

Section 5.13

 

Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments

 

Part (a) – List of Subsidiaries

 

Loan Party

 

Subsidiary Name

 

Jurisdiction

 

Equity Interest

 

Green Park Financial LP

 

Green Park Express LLC

 

Delaware

 

$

10,000 (approximate)

 

 

Part (b) – Equity Investments

 

Loan Party

 

Entity Name

 

Jurisdiction

 

Equity Interest

 

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership

 

Green Park Express LLC

 

Delaware

 

$

36,929 (book)

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership

 

District of Columbia

 

$

273,600 (book)

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

 

GPF Acquisition LLC

 

Delaware

 

$

92,446 (book)

 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

 

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership

 

District of Columbia

 

$

21,663,849 (book)

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership

 

District of Columbia

 

$

49,171,483 (book)

 

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership

 

Walker & Dunlop, LLC

 

Delaware

 

$

55,438,137 (book)

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

Walker & Dunlop, LLC

 

Delaware

 

$

130,404 (book)

 

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership

 

Walker & Dunlop II, LLC

 

Delaware

 

$

0

 

 

Except as set forth on Part (d) of this Schedule 5.13 or otherwise set forth in the Loan Documents, there are no outstanding rights to purchase any Equity Interests in any Loan Party or the Subsidiary listed in Part (a) above.

 

Part (c) – List of Owners

 

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership

General Partners of GPF:

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC – Managing General Partner (0.5% partnership interest)

GPF Acquisition, LLC – Associate General Partner (0.5% partnership interest)

 

Class A Limited Partners of GPF:

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc. (50.5% partnership interest)

GPF Acquisition, LLC (48.5% partnership interest)

 

Class B Limited Partners of GPF:

GPF Acquisition, LLC



 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

Mallory Walker – 758 shares (74.0957%)

William M. Walker – 65 shares (6.3539%)

Taylor S. Walker – 65 shares (6.3539%)

Howard W. Smith(1) – 135 shares (13.1965%)

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

Mallory Walker – 75% of equity interests

William M. Walker – 25% of equity interests

 

GPF Acquisition, LLC

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC – 1.1299% of equity interests

Mallory Walker – 14.1243% of equity interests

Howard W. Smith – 21.5424% of equity interests

William M. Walker – 49.3164% of equity interests

Taylor S. Walker – 7.1073% of equity interests

Richard C. Warner – 3.9548% of equity interests

Donna Mighty – 2.8249% of equity interests

 

Walker & Dunlop, LLC

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership – 59.8% of equity interests

Walker & Dunlop, Inc. – 5.0%

Column Guaranteed LLC – 35%

Walker & Dunlop II, LLC – 0.2%

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

 

Individual

 

Ownership Percentage

 

Mallory Walker

 

0.7992

%

Howard Smith

 

5.5934

%

Taylor Walker

 

39.5595

%

Willy Walker

 

45.1528

%

J. B. Gurley

 

3.3562

%

Ted Hermes

 

2.2100

%

Michael Yavinsky

 

2.2100

%

Donna Mighty

 

1.1190

%

Total

 

100

%

 

Part (d) – Liens and Repurchase Rights

 

Walker & Dunlop, LLC

 

·                   Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Walker & Dunlop, LLC dated as of January    ,2009.

 


(1) Fifty three shares are pledged to Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc. as collateral for a note receivable from
Howard W. Smith.

 



 

Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc.

·                        Stock Purchase and Stockholder’s Agreement by and among Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc. and Howard W. Smith, dated May 1, 1997.

·                        Stock Purchase and Stockholder’s Agreement by and among Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc. and Howard W. Smith, dated January 1, 2003, as amended pursuant to an amendment dated as of October 31, 2006.

·                        Pledge Agreement by and among Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc. and Howard W. Smith dated January 1, 2003.

·                        Note payable to Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc. by Howard W. Smith dated January 1, 2003.

 

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC

·                       Membership Interest Purchase and Member’s Agreement by and among Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC and William M. Walker, dated January 1, 2006, as amended pursuant to an amendment dated as of October 31, 2006.

 

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.

·                        Stock Purchase and Stockholder’s Agreement by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and William M. Walker, dated January 1, 2004, as amended on October 31, 2006.

·                        Pledge Agreement by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and William M. Walker, dated January 1, 2004.

·                        Stock Purchase and Stockholder’s Agreement by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Howard W. Smith, dated January 1, 2004, as amended on October 31, 2006.

·                        Pledge Agreement by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Howard W. Smith, dated January 1, 2004.

·                        Note payable to Walker & Dunlop, Inc. by Howard W. Smith, dated January 1, 2004.

·                        Stock Purchase and Stockholder’s Agreement by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Michael P. Yavinksy, dated January 1, 2004.

·                        Stock Purchase and Stockholder’s Agreement by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Donna M. Mighty, dated January 1, 2004.

·                        Stock Purchase and Stockholder’s Agreement by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and James B. Gurley, dated January 1, 2004.

·                        Stock Purchase and Stockholder’s Agreement by and between Walker & Dunlop, Inc. and Edward B. Hermes, dated November 1, 2005.

 



 

Section 5.21

 

Deposit Accounts

 



 

Section 5.24

 

Material Contracts

 

Loan Agreement, dated January 19, 2006, by and between Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc. and United Bank.

 

Fannie Mae Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract by and between Federal National Mortgage Association and Green Park Financial Limited Partnership dated July 24, 1990.

 

Delegated Underwriting and Servicing Addendum to Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract by and between Federal National Mortgage Association and Green Park Financial Limited Partnership dated March 4, 1994.

 

Second DUS Addendum to Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract by and between Federal National Mortgage Association and Green Park Financial Limited Partnership dated May 15, 1998.

 

Master Loss Sharing Agreement by and between Federal National Mortgage Association and Green Park Financial Limited Partnership dated March 15, 1994.

 

Second Amended and Restated Delegated Underwriting and Servicing Reserve Agreement by and between Federal National Mortgage Association, U.S. Bank National Association and Green Park Financial Limited Partnership dated as of August 1, 2008.

 

Amended and Restated Warehousing Credit and Security Agreement, dated January     , 2009, by and between Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, LLC and Bank of America, N.A.

 

Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement, dated January     , 2009, by and among Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, LLC and National City Bank.

 

Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Walker & Dunlop, LLC dated as of January       , 2009.

 

DUS Plus Mezzanine Loan Addendum to Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract by and between Fannie Mae and GPF dated July 6, 2005.

 

3MaxExpress Streamlined Mortgage Loan Addendum to Mortgage Selling and Servicing Contract by and between Fannie Mae and GPF dated May 1, 2000.

 

Multifamily As Soon As Pooled Plus Agreement by and between Fannie Mae and GPF dated May 20, 2008.

 

Multifamily As Soon As Pooled Sale Agreement by and between Fannie Mae and GPF dated November 21, 2008.

 



 

Mezzanine Loan Servicing Agreement by and between RCG Longview Mezz Plus, L.P. and GPF dated July 1, 2005.

 



 

Section 7.01
Existing Liens

 

SECURED PARTY

 

FILE DATE

 

FILE #

 

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION

 

Debtor: Green Park Financial Limited Partnership
Jurisdiction: District of Columbia

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1. National City Bank of Kentucky; Amended to National City Bank as of 08/01/06.

 

09/20/00

 

2000084812

 

Underlying loans, notes and related mortgages described more fully on the financing statement. Amendments filed 11/22/02, 04/28/03, 01/14/05 and 09/09/05. Continuations filed 09/09/05 and 09/13/05

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2. National City Bank of Kentucky

 

05/12/05

 

2005064911

 

UCC-1 in lieu of continuation filed originally in state of Maryland on 08/07/00. Collateral is underlying loans, notes and related mortgages described more fully on the financing statement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3. Bank of America, NA

 

12/02/05

 

2005173531

 

Certain mortgage loans, mortgage notes, mortgages, and related property.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4. Bank of America, NA

 

11/01/06

 

2006148680

 

All right, title and interest to all servicing income with respect to mortgage loans described more fully on the financing statement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5. Bank of America, NA

 

11/01/06

 

2006148682

 

All right, title and interest to all servicing income with respect to mortgage loans described more fully on the financing statement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6. U.S. Bank National Association

 

10/03/07

 

2007127860

 

All right, title and interest in collateral held by Fannie Mae or U.S. Bank National Association described more fully on the financing statement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Debtor: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC
Jurisdiction: Delaware

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7. Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent

 

11/01/06

 

63827771

 

100% of the membership interests in GPF Acquisition, LLC

 

 




Exhibit 10.31

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of March 31, 2009, as an amendment to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party thereto, as amended (the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

The Loan Parties and WDLLC (collectively, the “ Obligor Group ”) have requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agree to amend the Credit Agreement, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have agreed to do so, on, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Amendment to Definition of EBITDA . Effective as of the Effective Date (as hereafter defined), the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending the definition of EBITDA to read as follows:

 

EBITDA ” means, at any date of determination thereof, an amount equal to the following, all as determined in accordance with GAAP (net of intercompany transactions and without duplication):

 

(a)           Net Income for the most recently completed Measurement Period;

 

plus

 

(b)           to the extent deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income: the sum of (i) depreciation expenses, (ii) amortization and write-offs of Servicing Contracts and (iii) any unrealized losses under the Rate Cap Agreement;

 

plus

 

(c)           to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income, and to the extent prefunded or to be funded by CGL, the following, to be deducted on a one time basis (i) up to $500,000, in the aggregate, of termination fees and other costs associated with terminating WDLLC’s servicing contract with Capmark and transferring the services previously provided by Capmark to WDLLC, (ii) up to $4,833,205, in the aggregate, in compensation expenses associated with WDLLC employment of former employees of CGL, (iii) up to $2,534,081.00, in the aggregate, of losses arising out of CGL’s Servicing Portfolio, and (iv) up to $2,500,000.00, in the aggregate, of professional fees incurred in connection with the Transaction,

 

plus

 

(d)           to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income, and to the extent prefunded or to be funded by CGL, the following, to be deducted for calendar year 2009 only

 



 

 

(1) up to $1,000,000, in the aggregate, of operating deficits assumed by WDLLC in respect of CGL’s FHA lending operation, and (ii) up to $1,000,000.00, in the aggregate, of non-cash leasing expenses.

 

plus

 

(e)          to the extent deducted in calculating Net Income, an amount equal to any Passed-Through Interest Distributions made during the applicable Measurement Period.

 

minus

 

(f)          to the extent included in calculating Net Income, (i) capitalized amounts attributable to origination of Servicing Contract rights and (ii) cash received under the Rate Cap Agreement and any unrealized gains under the Rate Cap Agreement.

 

2.             Obligor Group Acknowledgments . Each member of the Obligor Group acknowledges, confirms and agrees that:

 

(a)           Except as provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (each, as previously amended to the date hereof) remain in full force and effect, and each hereby (x) ratifies, confirms and reaffirms all and singular of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents applicable to such Person, and (y) represents and warrants that:

 

(i)            no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date such Person executes this Amendment, nor will a Default or Event of Default exist as of the Effective Date.

 

(ii)           the representations and warranties made by, or with respect to, each such Person in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof as if remade herein, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Date, except as to (1) matters which speak to a specific date, and (2) changes in the ordinary course to the extent permitted and contemplated by the Credit Agreement.

 

(iii)          each such Person has the power and authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment, has taken any necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment, and the individual executing and delivering this Amendment on behalf of such Person is duly authorized to do so.

 

(iv)          this Amendment has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person, enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the effect of equitable principles whether applied in an action at law or a suit in equity.

 

(b)           This Amendment constitutes a Loan Document, and the Obligations include the Obligations as amended by this Amendment.

 

2



 

(c)          Such Person has no defenses, set offs or counterclaims with respect to any of its obligations to the Lenders, and hereby releases, waives, and forever relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which it has or may have as of the date hereof and as of the Effective Date against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, and/or any of the Lenders, or their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, independent contractors, and predecessors, together with their successors and assigns, directly or indirectly arising out of or based upon any matter connected with the Credit Agreement or the administration thereof or the obligations created thereby.

 

3.             Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall be effective upon the satisfaction by the Obligor Group of, or written waiver by the Administrative Agent of, the following conditions and any other conditions set forth in this Amendment, by no later than 5:00 p.m. on the date set forth above (or such later date as may be set forth below as to any particular item), as such date may be extended in writing by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion (with the date, if at all, by which such conditions have been satisfied or waived being referred to herein as, the “ Effective Date ”), failing which this Amendment and all related documents shall be null and void at the option of the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)           Delivery to the Administrative Agent of the following:

 

(i)            This Amendment, duly executed by each member of the Obligor Group,

 

(ii)           Such other documents as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent reasonably may require, duly executed and delivered.

 

(b)           No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(c)           In addition to all other expense payment and reimbursement obligations of the Obligor Group under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents, the Borrower will, promptly following its receipt of an appropriate invoice therefor, pay or reimburse the Agents for all of its reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements) incurred in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and any other documents in connection herewith and the matters addressed in and contemplated by, this Amendment

 

4.                Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           The Borrower shall promptly pay upon receipt of an invoice or statement therefor the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements incurred by the Agents in connection with this Amendment.

 

(b)           The terms and provisions of this Amendment shall modify and supersede all inconsistent terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the documents related thereto and, except as expressly modified by this Amendment, the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and such other documents are ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

3



 

(c)          This Amendment shall be governed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to conflict of laws principles) as an instrument under seal.

 

(d)         This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Signatures transmitted electronically (including by fax or e-mail) shall have the same legal effect as originals, but each party nevertheless shall deliver original signed counterparts of this Amendment to each other party if so requested by such other party.

 

(e)          This Amendment constitutes the complete agreement among the Obligor Group and the Credit Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding relating to the subject matter of this Amendment, and may not be modified, altered, or amended except in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

(f)          Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of this Amendment.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

4



 

Executed as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

 

 

GPF ACQUISITION, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP MULTIFAMILY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP GP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

By:

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

S-1



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jane E. Huntington

 

 

Name:

Jane E. Huntington

 

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

NATIONAL CITY BANK, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary Jo Reiss

 

 

Name:

Mary Jo Reiss

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

S-2




Exhibit 10.32

 

SECOND AMENDMENT AND CONSENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT AND CONSENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of October 2, 2009, as an amendment to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party thereto, as amended (the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

 

R E C I T A L S

 

The Loan Parties and WDLLC (collectively, the “ Obligor Group ”) have requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (a) consent to (i) certain amendments to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of WDLLC dated January 30, 2009 (the “ WDLLC  Agreement ”) pursuant to Amendment No. 1, Amendment No. 2 and Amendment No. 3 thereto, respectively, to be in substantially the forms of Exhibits A , and B and C annexed hereto (the “ LLC Agreement Amendments ”), and (ii) as required pursuant to the definitions of Normal Warehousing Line and Supplemental Warehousing Line in the Credit Agreement, the amendment and restatement of the Warehousing Agreement to, among other things, permanently increase to $100,000,000 the maximum revolving credit limit thereunder (the “ Warehousing Line Amendment and Restatement ”), and (b) agree to amend the Credit Agreement, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have agreed to do so, on, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.                                        Consents . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the LLC Agreement Amendments and the Warehousing Line Amendment and Restatement. To the extent required pursuant to any applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement, no consent to any other amendments to or modifications or waivers of any provisions of the WDLLC Agreement, or of the Warehousing Agreement are to be inferred from the within consents. Any such further amendments, modifications, or waivers shall be subject to all applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

2.                                        Amendment to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date (as hereafter defined), the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

(a)                                   Section 1.01 is hereby amended by adding the following definition in the appropriate alphabetical order:

 

Second Amendment Effective Date ” means the “Effective Date” as defined in that certain Second Amendment and Consent to this Agreement dated as of October 2, 2009.

 

(b)                                  Section 7.06(a) is hereby amended by adding the following text immediately prior to the semi-colon appearing at the end thereof:

 



 

“ or, from and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, as in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date, as applicable”

 

3.                                        Obligor Group Acknowledgments . Each member of the Obligor Group acknowledges, confirms and agrees that:

 

(a)                                   Except as provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (each as previously amended to the date hereof) remain in full force and effect, and each hereby (x) ratifies, confirms and reaffirms all and singular of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents applicable to such Person, and (y) represents and warrants that:

 

(i)                                           other than pursuant to the LLC Agreement Amendments as of the Effective Date, the WDLLC Agreement has not been amended, nor any provisions thereof modified or waived.

 

(ii)                                        no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date such Person executes this Agreement, nor will a Default or Event of Default exist as of the Effective Date.

 

(iii)                                     the representations and warranties made by, or with respect to, each such Person in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof as if remade herein, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Date, except as to (1) matters which speak to a specific date, and (2) changes in the ordinary course to the extent permitted and contemplated by the Credit Agreement.

 

(iv)                                    each such Person has the power and authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, has taken any necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement, and the individual executing and delivering this Agreement on behalf of such Person is duly authorized to do so.

 

(v)                                       this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person, enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the effect of equitable principles whether applied in an action at law or a suit in equity.

 

(b)                                  By granting the consents set forth in Section 1 hereof, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are not consenting to any other or subsequent amendment to, or modification or waiver of any other provisions of, the WDLLC Agreement or the Warehousing Agreement, or to any waiver of the strict application of all applicable provisions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Document.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement constitutes a Loan Document, and the Obligations include the Obligations as amended by this Agreement.

 

2



 

(d)                                  Such Person has no defenses, set offs or counterclaims with respect to any of its obligations to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, or the Lenders, and hereby releases, waives, and forever relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which it has or may have as of the date hereof and as of the Effective Date against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, and/or any of the Lenders, or their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, independent contractors, and predecessors, together with their successors and assigns, directly or indirectly arising out of or based upon any matter connected with the Credit Agreement or the administration thereof or the obligations created thereby.

 

4.                                        Conditions Precedent . This Agreement shall be effective upon the satisfaction by the Obligor Group of, or written waiver by the Administrative Agent of, the following conditions and any other conditions set forth in this Agreement, by no later than 5:00 p.m. on the date set forth above, as such date may be extended in writing by the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion (with the date, if at all, by which such conditions have been satisfied or waived being referred to herein as, the “ Effective Date ”), failing which this Agreement and all related documents shall be null and void at the option of the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)                                   Delivery to the Administrative Agent of the following:

 

(i)                                           This Agreement, duly executed by each member of the Obligor Group,

 

(ii)                                        Copies of fully executed counterparts of the WDLLC Agreement Amendments, and

 

(iii)                                     Such other documents as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent reasonably may require, duly executed and delivered.

 

(b)                                  No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(c)                                   In addition to all other expense payment and reimbursement obligations of the Obligor Group under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents, the Borrower will, promptly following its receipt of an appropriate invoice therefor, pay or reimburse the Agents for all of their reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements) incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and any other documents in connection herewith and the matters addressed in and contemplated by, this Agreement

 

5.                                    Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                   The Borrower shall promptly pay upon receipt of an invoice or statement therefor the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements incurred by the Agents in connection with this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall modify and supersede all inconsistent terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the documents related thereto and, except as expressly modified by this Agreement, the terms and provisions of

 

3



 

the Credit Agreement and such other documents are ratified and confirmed and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

(c)                                   This Agreement shall be governed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to conflict of laws principles) as an instrument under seal.

 

(d)                                  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures transmitted electronically (including by fax or e-mail) shall have the same legal effect as originals, but each party nevertheless shall deliver original signed counterparts of this Agreement to each other party if so requested by such other party.

 

(e)                                   This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement among the Obligor Group and the Credit Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, and may not be modified, altered, or amended except in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

(f)                                     Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

4



 

Executed as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

 

 

GPF ACQUISITION, LLC

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP MULTIFAMILY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP GP, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

S-1



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, and a Lender

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jane E. Huntington

 

Name:

Jane E. Huntington

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

NATIONAL CITY BANK, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary Jo Reiss

 

Name:

Mary Jo Reiss

 

Title:

Vice President

 

S-2


 

EXHIBIT A

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 (“ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), dated January 30, 2009 (the “ Operating Agreement ”), is entered into by and among Green Park Financial Limited Partnership (“ GPF ”), Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (“ W&D ”), Column Guaranteed LLC (“ CGL ”), Walker & Dunlop II, LLC (“ Employee LLC ”) and such other Persons who may be admitted as Members pursuant to the Operating Agreement from time to time, and is effective as of the        day of             , 2009. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Operating Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company is party to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, among GPF Acquisition, LLC (as Borrower thereunder), Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., and Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC (as Guarantors thereunder), GPF, W&D and the Company (as Pledgors thereunder), each lender from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A. (as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent thereunder) (the “ Credit Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS , GPF, W&D, CGL and Employee LLC have each pledged and granted a security interest in the Units owned by it to secure, in part, the obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement (the “ Pledge ”) and in connection therewith the Company has entered into Control Agreements, dated as of January 30, 2009, with the Collateral Agent (the “ Control Agreements ”);

 

WHEREAS , Section 11.2.1 of the Operating Agreement contains restrictions on the transfer of Employee LLC Units;

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Members desire (i) to amend Section 11.2.1 of the Operating Agreement to permit the transfer of the Employee LLC Units in connection with the Pledge, (ii) to amend the Operating Agreement to designate the Units as “securities” for purposes of the Uniform Commercial Code and (iii) to ratify and confirm the Control Agreements;

 

WHEREAS , Section 15.4.1 of the Operating Agreement provides that the Operating Agreement may be amended at any time with the written consent of the Company and for so long as the CGL Members have an aggregate Common Sharing Percentage of at least 15%, Common Members who are the record owners of at least 75% of the then issued and outstanding Units; and

 

WHEREAS , GPF, W&D, CGL and Employee LLC are the record owners of all of the issued and outstanding Units.

 



 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby consent and agree as follows:

 

1.      Amendment to Article XI . Section 11.2.1 of the Operating Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“11.2.1. Employee LLC Units may not be Transferred; provided, however, any Member may pledge its Employee LLC Unit to secure the Retained GPF Debt (including any extensions, modifications or refinancing thereof effected at the request of the Board of Managers) and may Transfer its Employee LLC Units to such lenders in the event of the foreclosure of such pledge or any purchaser in such foreclosure.”

 

2.      Amendment to Article XV . Section 15.16 is hereby added to the Operating Agreement as follows:

 

“Section 15.16 UCC Article 8 . The Company and the Members hereby opt into Article 8 of the UCC and the Units shall be deemed “securities” for purposes of UCC compliance only. The act of opting into Article 8 of the UCC shall not categorize the Units as “securities” for any other non-UCC purpose, including, without limitation, under any federal investment company laws or federal or state securities laws.”

 

3.      Reaffirmation of Control Agreement . The Company and the Members hereby reaffirm and confirm the Control Agreements and all obligations and rights thereunder.

 

4.      No Further Amendment . Except as hereby amended, the Operating Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

5.      Headings . The various section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose, and shall not be considered in interpreting this Amendment.

 

6.      Severability . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Amendment is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Amendment, and this Amendment shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

7.      Entire Agreement . This Amendment constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between of the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings between or among the Members respecting such subject matter.

 

2



 

8.      Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or as an attachment to an electronic mail message in “pdf” or similar format) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same Amendment.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the day and year first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

MEMBERS:

 

 

GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

By:

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Anand N. Gajjar

 

Title:

Authorized Person

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP II, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

4



 

EXHIBIT B

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 (“ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), dated January 30, 2009, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of             , 2009 (the “ Operating Agreement ”), is entered into by and among Green Park Financial Limited Partnership (“ GPF ”), Walker  & Dunlop, Inc. (“ W&D ”), Column Guaranteed LLC (“ CGL ”), Walker & Dunlop II, LLC (“ Employee LLC ”) and such other Persons who may be admitted as Members pursuant to the Operating Agreement from time to time, and is effective as of the       day of             , 2009. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Operating Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS , the Company desires to be approved as a lender with the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“ HUD ”);

 

WHEREAS , in order to be approved as a HUD lender, the Company is required to amend its Operating Agreement to contain certain provisions required by HUD relating to vacancies in office and dissolution of the Company (the “ HUD Requirements ”);

 

WHEREAS , the Company and the Members desire to amend the Operating Agreement as set forth herein to satisfy the HUD Requirements;

 

WHEREAS , Section 15.4.1 of the Operating Agreement provides that the Operating Agreement may be amended at any time with the written consent of the Company and for so long as the CGL Members have an aggregate Common Sharing Percentage of at least 15%, Common Members who are the record owners of at least 75% of the then issued and outstanding Units; and

 

WHEREAS , GPF, W&D, CGL and Employee LLC are the record owners of all of the issued and outstanding Units.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby consent and agree as follows:

 

1.      Amendment to Article I . The following definitions are hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Operating Agreement:

 

CEO ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5 .

 



 

COO ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.

 

FHA ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.

 

2.      Amendment to Article V . Section 5.5 of the Operating Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“Section 5.5 Vacancies in Offices . A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or other reason shall be filled in the manner prescribed in this Article V, or pursuant to authority delegated, by resolution or order of the Board of Managers. If the individual who holds the title of Chief Executive Officer (“ CEO ”) of the Company is for any reason incapable of performing the duties necessary to managing the business of the Company, then such individual who holds the title of Chief Operating Officer (“ COO ”) will assume the role of CEO and manage the Company sufficiently and to the best of his or her ability. If, at any time the foregoing appointee is for any reason incapable of managing the business of the Company, the person who holds the title of Chief Financial Officer will assume the role of CEO and manage the Company sufficiently and to the best of his or her ability.”

 

3.      Amendment to Article X .

 

a) Section 10.2 of the Operating Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“Section 10.2 Dissolution Events . Subject to Section 10.4, the Company shall be dissolved and terminated upon the earlier to occur of the following (each a “ Dissolution Event ”):

 

(a)            the Bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company;

 

(b)            the decision by the Board to dissolve the Company; or

 

(c)            the dissolution of the Company by judicial decree or operation of law.”

 

b) Section 10.4 is hereby added to the Operating Agreement as follows:

 

“Section 10.4. HUD Requirement . The Company shall not dissolve, terminate or cease conducting business-related activities until all Federal Housing Administration (“ FHA ”) loans that the Company holds and/or services are designated to another FHA-approved mortgagee.”

 

4.      No Further Amendment . Except as hereby amended, the Operating Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

2



 

5.      Headings . The various section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose, and shall not be considered in interpreting this Amendment.

 

6.      Severability . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Amendment is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Amendment, and this Amendment shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

7.      Entire Agreement . This Amendment constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between of the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings between or among the Members respecting such subject matter.

 

8.      Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or as an attachment to an electronic mail message in “pdf” or similar format) in one or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same Amendment.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the day and year first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

MEMBERS:

 

 

GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

By:

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Anand N. Gajjar

 

Title:

Authorized Person

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP II, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

4


 

EXHIBIT C

 

AMENDMENT NO. 3

TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED OPERATING AGREEMENT OF

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 3 (“ Amendment ”) to the Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of Walker & Dunlop, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), dated January 30, 2009, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of            , 2009 and Amendment No. 2 dated as of            , 2009 (collectively, the “ Operating Agreement ”), is entered into by and among Green Park Financial Limited Partnership (“ GPF ”), Walker & Dunlop, Inc. (“ W&D ”), Column Guaranteed LLC (“ CGL ”), Walker & Dunlop II, LLC (“ Employee LLC ”) and such other Persons who may be admitted as Members pursuant to the Operating Agreement from time to time, and is effective as of the         day of             , 2009. All capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Operating Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Members desire to amend the Operating Agreement as set forth herein to provide the Board of Managers greater flexibility in authorizing and approving Distributions to the Members in accordance with Article IX of the Operating Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, Section 15.4.1 of the Operating Agreement provides that the Operating Agreement may be amended at any time with the written consent of the Company and for so long as the CGL Members have an aggregate Common Sharing Percentage of at least 15%, Common Members who are the record owners of at least 75% of the then issued and outstanding Units; and

 

WHEREAS, GPF, W&D, CGL and Employee LLC are the record owners of all of the issued and outstanding Units.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, do hereby consent and agree as follows:

 

1.      Amendment to Article I . The following definition is hereby added to Section 1.1 of the Operating Agreement:

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means each three-month period ending on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each Fiscal Year.

 



 

2.      Amendment to Article IX .

 

a)       Section 9.1.1(c) of the Operating Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

“(c) At the close of each Fiscal Quarter, GPF shall receive a distribution under this Section 9.1.1(c) equivalent to the excess, if any, of the aggregate amounts that GPF was entitled to receive for all prior Fiscal Quarters under Section 9.1.1(a)  and (b)  (determined without regard to the limitation in Section 9.1.1(d)) over the aggregate amount that GPF actually received for all prior Fiscal Quarters under Section 9.1.1 (a), (b)  and (c).”

 

b)       Section 9.1.2 is hereby added to the Operating Agreement as follows:

 

“9.1.2 Residual Distributions . After accounting for GPF’s priority distributions and loans under Section 9.1.1 and Section 4.4.3, within 90 days after the Close of each Fiscal Quarter all remaining Cash Available for Distribution shall be distributed to the Members in proportion to their Sharing Percentages.”

 

c)       Section 9.2.6 is hereby added to the Operating Agreement as follows:

 

“9.2.6 No distributions shall be made pursuant to this Section 9.2 for a Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year, as applicable, unless and until all distributions and loans to GPF under Section 9.1.1 and Section 4.4.3 have been made for such Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year, as applicable.”

 

3.      No Further Amendment . Except as hereby amended, the Operating Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.

 

4.      Headings . The various section headings in this Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only, do not constitute a part of this Amendment for any other purpose, and shall not be considered in interpreting this Amendment.

 

5.      Severability . In the event one or more of the provisions of this Amendment is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Amendment, and this Amendment shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

 

6.      Entire Agreement . This Amendment constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between of the Members with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements and understandings between or among the Members respecting such subject matter.

 

7.      Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed and delivered (including by facsimile transmission or as an attachment to an electronic mail message in “pdf” or similar format) in one

 

2



 

or more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same Amendment.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the day and year first above written.

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

MEMBERS:

 

 

GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

 

By:

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

COLUMN GUARANTEED LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

Anand N. Gajjar

 

Title:

Authorized Person

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP II, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

4




Exhibit 10.33

 

THIRD AMENDMENT AND WAIVER AGREEMENT

 

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT AND WAIVER AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of March 22, 2010, with respect to and as an amendment to that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the Lenders party thereto, as amended (the “ Credit Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings specified therefor in the Credit Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

The Borrower and the Administrative Agent have determined that Supplemental Distributions were made pursuant to Section 7.06(d) of the Credit Agreement with respect to the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2009, in an amount which exceeded the permitted Supplemental Distributions for such Fiscal Quarter by approximately $83,428 (the “ 03/09 Over- Distribution ”).

 

The Loan Parties and WDLLC (collectively, the “ Obligor Group ”) have requested that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders (a) waive the requirement of Section 7.06(d) of the Credit Agreement that future quarterly distributions of any kind by the Loan Parties be withheld in respect of, and in an amount equal to, the Q3/09 Over-Distribution (the “ Waiver ”), and (b) agree to amend the Credit Agreement, and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders have agreed to do so, on, and subject to, the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.             Waiver . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby grant the Waiver. The Waiver granted herein is a one-time waiver and relates solely to the Q3/09 Over-Distribution. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to constitute an agreement by the Administrative Agent and/or the Lenders to waive any of the requirements of Section 7.06(d) of the Credit Agreement (or any other provision of the Credit Agreement) in the future.

 

2.             Amendment to Credit Agreement . Effective as of the Effective Date (as hereafter defined), the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting in its entirety the proviso at the end of the second paragraph of Section 7.06(d) of the Credit Agreement.

 

3.             Confirmation of Maturity Date . The parties hereby confirm that, pursuant to the Borrower’s timely Notice to Extend the Initial Maturity Date to the First Extended Maturity Date, and the Borrower’s compliance with the related applicable requirements of Section 2.04 of the Credit Agreement, the Maturity Date has been extended to October 31, 2011.

 

4.             Obligor Group Acknowledgments . Each member of the Obligor Group acknowledges, confirms and agrees that:

 



 

(a)           Except as provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (each as previously amended to the date hereof) remain in full force and effect, and each hereby (x) ratifies, confirms and reaffirms all and singular of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents applicable to such Person, and (y) represents and warrants that:

 

(i)            After giving effect to this Agreement, no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date such Person executes this Agreement, nor will a Default or Event of Default exist as of the Effective Date.

 

(ii)           The representations and warranties made by, or with respect to, each such Person in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof as if remade herein, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Date, except as to (1) matters which speak to a specific date, and (2) changes in the ordinary course to the extent permitted and contemplated by the Credit Agreement.

 

(iii)          Each such Person has the power and authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement, has taken any necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement, and the individual executing and delivering this Agreement on behalf of such Person is duly authorized to do so.

 

(iv)          This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person, enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the effect of equitable principles whether applied in an action at law or a suit in equity.

 

(b)           This Agreement constitutes a Loan Document.

 

(c)           Such Person has no defenses, set offs or counterclaims with respect to any of its obligations to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, or the Lenders, and hereby releases, waives, and forever relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which it has or may have as of the date hereof and as of the Effective Date against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, and/or any of the Lenders, or their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, independent contractors, and predecessors, together with their successors and assigns, directly or indirectly arising out of or based upon any matter connected with the Credit Agreement or the administration thereof or the obligations created thereby.

 

5.             Conditions Precedent . This Agreement shall be effective upon the satisfaction by the Obligor Group of, or written waiver by the Administrative Agent of, the following conditions and any other conditions set forth in this Agreement, by no later than 5:00 p.m. on the date set forth above, as such date may be extended in writing by the Administrative Agent, in its sole

 

2



 

discretion (with the date, if at all, by which such conditions have been satisfied or waived being referred to herein as, the “ Effective Date ”), failing which this Agreement and all related documents shall be null and void at the option of the Administrative Agent:

 

(a)           Delivery to the Administrative Agent of the following:

 

(i)            This Agreement, duly executed by each member of the Obligor Group, and by the Administrative Agent and the Required Lenders, and

 

(ii)           Such other documents as the Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent reasonably may require, duly executed and delivered.

 

(b)           No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(c)           In addition to all other expense payment and reimbursement obligations of the Obligor Group under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents, the Borrower will, promptly following its receipt of an appropriate invoice therefor, pay or reimburse the Agents for all of their reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements) incurred in connection with the preparation of this Agreement and any other documents in connection herewith and the matters addressed in and contemplated by, this Agreement

 

6.             Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           Except as specifically provided herein, nothing in this Agreement shall, or shall be construed to (i) modify the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) modify, waive, impair, or affect any of the covenants, agreements, terms, and/or conditions thereof, or (iii) waive the due keeping, observance, and/or performance thereof, each of which is hereby ratified and confirmed by each member of the Obligor Group.

 

(b)           This Agreement shall be governed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to conflict of laws principles) as an instrument under seal.

 

(c)           This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures transmitted electronically (including by fax or e-mail) shall have the same legal effect as originals, but each party nevertheless shall deliver original signed counterparts of this Agreement to each other party if so requested by such other party.

 

(d)           This Agreement constitutes the complete agreement among the Obligor Group and the Credit Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding relating to the subject matter of this Agreement, and may not be modified, altered, or amended except in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

3



 

(e)           Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

4



 

Executed as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

 

 

GPF ACQUISITION, LLC

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP MULTIFAMILY, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP GP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Signature page to Third Amendment and Waiver Agreement - 1

 



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent,
Collateral Agent, and a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jane E. Huntington

 

Name:

Jane E. Huntington

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, successor to
NATIONAL CITY BANK, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael A. Johnson

 

Name:

Michael A. Johnson

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Signature page to Third Amendment and Waiver Agreement - 2

 




Exhibit 10.34

 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made as of July 30, 2010, by and among GPF Acquisition, LLC, Walker & Dunlop Multifamily, Inc., Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, Green Park Financial Limited Partnership, Walker & Dunlop, Inc., Walker & Dunlop, LLC (collectively, the “ Obligor Group ”), Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), and the lenders party hereto (the “ Lenders ”), as amended (the “ Credit  Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings specified therefor in that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009, by and among the Obligor Group, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders.

 

RECITALS

 

The Obligor Group, the Administrative Agent, and the Lenders desire to amend the Credit Agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements of the parties set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

2.           Amendment . Effective as of the Effective Date (as hereafter defined), the Credit Agreement is amended by deleting Section 7.14(g) thereof in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“(g) Permit (i) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Fannie Mae DUS Mortgage Loans comprising WDLLC’s Servicing Portfolio which are sixty (60) or more days past due or otherwise in default at any time to exceed two percent (2%) of the aggregate unpaid principal balance of all Fannie Mae DUS Mortgage Loans comprising WDLLC’s Servicing Portfolios at such time, or (ii) the aggregate unpaid principal amount of At Risk Mortgage Loans comprising WDLLC’s Servicing Portfolio which are sixty (60) or more days past due or otherwise in default to increase from the last day of a Fiscal Quarter to the last day of the following Fiscal Quarter (with each such last day of each such following Fiscal Quarter being referred to herein as a “ Measurement Date ”) by more than (x) with respect to Measurement Dates occurring prior to June 30, 2010, one-half percent (0.5%), and (y) with respect to Measurement Dates occurring on and after June 30, 2010, one percent (1.0%).”

 

3.           Obligor Group Acknowledgments . Each member of the Obligor Group acknowledges, confirms and agrees that:

 

(a)           This Amendment is a Loan Document, and all references in any Loan Document to the Obligations shall mean and include the Obligations as amended by this Amendment.

 

(b)           Except as provided herein, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents remain in full force and effect, and each

 



 

hereby (x) ratifies, confirms and reaffirms all and singular of the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents applicable to such Person, and (y) represents and warrants that:

 

(i)            After giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default exists as of the date such Person executes this Amendment, nor will a Default or Event of Default exist as of the Effective Date.

 

(ii)           The representations and warranties made by, or with respect to, each such Person in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof as if remade herein, and will be true and correct as of the Effective Date, except as to (1) matters which speak to a specific date, and (2) changes in the ordinary course to the extent permitted and contemplated by the Credit Agreement.

 

(iii)          Each such Person has the power and authority and legal right to execute, deliver and perform this Amendment, has taken any necessary action to authorize the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment, and the individual executing and delivering this Amendment on behalf of such Person is duly authorized to do so.

 

(iv)          This Amendment has been duly executed and delivered on behalf of such Person and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Person, enforceable against such Person in accordance with its terms, subject to the effect of applicable bankruptcy and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and the effect of equitable principles whether applied in an action at law or a suit in equity.

 

(c)           Upon receipt of an invoice or statement therefor, the reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements incurred by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in connection with this Amendment shall be paid.

 

(d)           Such Person has no defenses, set offs or counterclaims with respect to any of its obligations to the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, or the Lenders, and hereby releases, waives, and forever relinquishes all claims, demands, obligations, liabilities, and causes of action whatever kind or nature, whether known or unknown, which it has or may have as of the date hereof and as of the Effective Date against the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, and/or any of the Lenders, or their respective affiliates, officers, directors, employees, agents, attorneys, independent contractors, and predecessors, together with their successors and assigns, directly or indirectly arising out of or based upon any matter connected with the Credit Agreement or the administration thereof or the obligations created thereby (including pursuant to this Amendment).

 

4.             Conditions Precedent . This Amendment shall be effective upon the satisfaction by the Obligor Group of, or written waiver by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders of, the following conditions and any other conditions set forth in this Amendment, by no later than 4:00 p.m. (Boston time) on the date of this Amendment, as such time and date may be extended in

 

2



 

writing by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, in their sole discretion (with the date, if at all, by which such conditions have been satisfied or waived being referred to herein as, the “ Effective Date ”), failing which this Amendment and all related documents shall be null and void at the option of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders:

 

(a)           Delivery to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of the following:

 

(i)            This Amendment, duly executed by each member of the Obligor Group, and by the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and

 

(ii)           Such other documents as the Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, or any Lender reasonably may require, duly executed and delivered.

 

(b)           The Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the Lenders to be shared equally by the Lenders, a non-refundable, fully earned amendment fee in the amount of $10,000.00.

 

(c)           No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

 

(d)           In addition to all other expense payment and reimbursement obligations of the Obligor Group under the Credit Agreement and other Loan Documents, the Borrower will, promptly following its receipt of an appropriate invoice therefor, pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for all of their respective reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses and disbursements) incurred in connection with the preparation of this Amendment and any other documents in connection herewith and the matters addressed in and contemplated by, this Amendment

 

5.             Miscellaneous .

 

(a)           This Amendment shall be governed in accordance with the internal laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (without regard to conflict of laws principles) as an instrument under seal.

 

(b)           This Amendment may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures transmitted electronically (including by fax or e-mail) shall have the same legal effect as originals, but each party nevertheless shall deliver original signed counterparts of this Amendment to each other party upon request.

 

(c)           This Amendment constitutes the complete agreement among the Obligor Group and the Credit Parties with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment and supersedes all prior agreements and understanding relating to the subject matter of this Amendment, and may not be modified, altered, or amended except in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

3



 

(d)           Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of this Amendment.

 

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

 

4



 

Executed as a sealed instrument as of the date first above written.

 

 

GPF ACQUISITION, LLC

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing Member

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP MULTIFAMILY, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP GP, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

 

GREEN PARK FINANCIAL LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Walker & Dunlop GP, LLC, its Managing General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

 

WALKER & DUNLOP, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William M. Walker

 

Name:

William M. Walker

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

Signature page to Fourth Amendment - page 1 of 2

 



 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent,
Collateral Agent, and a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jane E. Huntington

 

Name:

Jane E. Huntington

 

Title:

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

 

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, successor to
NATIONAL CITY BANK, as a Lender

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tend Wyde

 

Name:

Tend Wyde

 

Title:

Vice President

 

Signature page to Fourth Amendment - page 2 of 2

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

Column Guaranteed LLC:

 

We consent to the inclusion in the registration statement (No. 333-168535) on Form S-1/A of Walker and Dunlop, Inc. of our report dated March 30, 2009, with respect to the statement of financial condition of Column Guaranteed LLC as of December 31, 2008, and the related statements of operations, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for the year then ended and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts,” in the prospectus.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

New York, New York

November 29, 2010

 




Exhibit 23.2

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

Walker & Dunlop, Inc.:

 

We consent to the inclusion in the registration statement (No. 333-168535) on Form S-1/A of Walker and Dunlop Inc. of our report dated August 2, 2010, with respect to the consolidated and combined balance sheets of Walker & Dunlop (predecessor) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related statements of income, changes in members’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2009, and the financial statement schedule and to the reference to our firm under the headings “Summary Selected Financial Data,” Selected Financial Data,” and “Experts,” in the prospectus.

 

Our report refers to Walker & Dunlop’s change in 2008 of its method of accounting for written loan commitments with the adoption of SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 109 (included in FASB ASC Subtopic 815, Derivatives and Hedging) , and adoption of FASB Statement No. 159, Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (included in FASB ASC Subtopic 825, Financial Instruments ), for certain financial assets and liabilities.

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

 

McLean, Virginia

November 29, 2010